summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorNicolas Goaziou <mail@nicolasgoaziou.fr>2018-03-28 16:11:37 +0200
committerNicolas Goaziou <mail@nicolasgoaziou.fr>2018-03-28 17:13:56 +0200
commite01bc94506e5a8a4e1fcdd8aff96c296d07ab436 (patch)
treeacbc21499d3ae0e8b00a58f3a764a1a91103e922
parentbfd6d3c86765452419402ee46a90c9f85fe991b3 (diff)
downloadorg-mode-e01bc94506e5a8a4e1fcdd8aff96c296d07ab436.tar.gz
org.texi: Overwrite with the one generated from "org-manual.org"
* doc/org.texi: Overwrite with the one generated from "org-manual.org".
-rw-r--r--doc/org.texi26567
1 files changed, 14304 insertions, 12263 deletions
diff --git a/doc/org.texi b/doc/org.texi
index aaa1804..b78a22e 100644
--- a/doc/org.texi
+++ b/doc/org.texi
@@ -1,265 +1,21 @@
-\input texinfo @c -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
+\input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*-
@c %**start of header
-@setfilename ../../info/org.info
+@setfilename org.info
@settitle The Org Manual
-@include docstyle.texi
-
-@include org-version.inc
-
-@c Version and Contact Info
-@set MAINTAINERSITE @uref{https://orgmode.org,maintainers web page}
-@set AUTHOR Carsten Dominik
+@documentencoding UTF-8
+@documentlanguage en
+@set txicodequoteundirected
+@set txicodequotebacktick
+@set MAINTAINERSITE @uref{https://orgmode.org,maintainers webpage}
@set MAINTAINER Carsten Dominik
@set MAINTAINEREMAIL @email{carsten at orgmode dot org}
@set MAINTAINERCONTACT @uref{mailto:carsten at orgmode dot org,contact the maintainer}
@c %**end of header
-@finalout
-
-
-@c -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-@c Macro definitions for commands and keys
-@c =======================================
-
-@c The behavior of the key/command macros will depend on the flag cmdnames
-@c When set, commands names are shown. When clear, they are not shown.
-
-@set cmdnames
-
-@c Below we define the following macros for Org key tables:
-
-@c orgkey{key} A key item
-@c orgcmd{key,cmd} Key with command name
-@c xorgcmd{key,cmd} Key with command name as @itemx
-@c orgcmdnki{key,cmd} Like orgcmd, but do not index the key
-@c orgcmdtkc{text,key,cmd} Like orgcmd,special text instead of key
-@c orgcmdkkc{key1,key2,cmd} Two keys with one command name, use "or"
-@c orgcmdkxkc{key1,key2,cmd} Two keys with one command name, but
-@c different functions, so format as @itemx
-@c orgcmdkskc{key1,key2,cmd} Same as orgcmdkkc, but use "or short"
-@c xorgcmdkskc{key1,key2,cmd} Same as previous, but use @itemx
-@c orgcmdkkcc{key1,key2,cmd1,cmd2} Two keys and two commands
-
-@c a key but no command
-@c Inserts: @item key
-@macro orgkey{key}
-@kindex \key\
-@item @kbd{\key\}
-@end macro
-
-@macro xorgkey{key}
-@kindex \key\
-@itemx @kbd{\key\}
-@end macro
-
-@c one key with a command
-@c Inserts: @item KEY COMMAND
-@macro orgcmd{key,command}
-@ifset cmdnames
-@kindex \key\
-@findex \command\
-@iftex
-@item @kbd{\key\} @hskip 0pt plus 1filll @code{\command\}
-@end iftex
-@ifnottex
-@item @kbd{\key\} @tie{}@tie{}@tie{}@tie{}(@code{\command\})
-@end ifnottex
-@end ifset
-@ifclear cmdnames
-@kindex \key\
-@item @kbd{\key\}
-@end ifclear
-@end macro
-
-@c One key with one command, formatted using @itemx
-@c Inserts: @itemx KEY COMMAND
-@macro xorgcmd{key,command}
-@ifset cmdnames
-@kindex \key\
-@findex \command\
-@iftex
-@itemx @kbd{\key\} @hskip 0pt plus 1filll @code{\command\}
-@end iftex
-@ifnottex
-@itemx @kbd{\key\} @tie{}@tie{}@tie{}@tie{}(@code{\command\})
-@end ifnottex
-@end ifset
-@ifclear cmdnames
-@kindex \key\
-@itemx @kbd{\key\}
-@end ifclear
-@end macro
-
-@c one key with a command, bit do not index the key
-@c Inserts: @item KEY COMMAND
-@macro orgcmdnki{key,command}
-@ifset cmdnames
-@findex \command\
-@iftex
-@item @kbd{\key\} @hskip 0pt plus 1filll @code{\command\}
-@end iftex
-@ifnottex
-@item @kbd{\key\} @tie{}@tie{}@tie{}@tie{}(@code{\command\})
-@end ifnottex
-@end ifset
-@ifclear cmdnames
-@item @kbd{\key\}
-@end ifclear
-@end macro
-
-@c one key with a command, and special text to replace key in item
-@c Inserts: @item TEXT COMMAND
-@macro orgcmdtkc{text,key,command}
-@ifset cmdnames
-@kindex \key\
-@findex \command\
-@iftex
-@item @kbd{\text\} @hskip 0pt plus 1filll @code{\command\}
-@end iftex
-@ifnottex
-@item @kbd{\text\} @tie{}@tie{}@tie{}@tie{}(@code{\command\})
-@end ifnottex
-@end ifset
-@ifclear cmdnames
-@kindex \key\
-@item @kbd{\text\}
-@end ifclear
-@end macro
-
-@c two keys with one command
-@c Inserts: @item KEY1 or KEY2 COMMAND
-@macro orgcmdkkc{key1,key2,command}
-@ifset cmdnames
-@kindex \key1\
-@kindex \key2\
-@findex \command\
-@iftex
-@item @kbd{\key1\} @ @r{or} @ @kbd{\key2\} @hskip 0pt plus 1filll @code{\command\}
-@end iftex
-@ifnottex
-@item @kbd{\key1\} @ @r{or} @ @kbd{\key2\} @tie{}@tie{}@tie{}@tie{}(@code{\command\})
-@end ifnottex
-@end ifset
-@ifclear cmdnames
-@kindex \key1\
-@kindex \key2\
-@item @kbd{\key1\} @ @r{or} @ @kbd{\key2\}
-@end ifclear
-@end macro
-
-@c Two keys with one command name, but different functions, so format as
-@c @itemx
-@c Inserts: @item KEY1
-@c @itemx KEY2 COMMAND
-@macro orgcmdkxkc{key1,key2,command}
-@ifset cmdnames
-@kindex \key1\
-@kindex \key2\
-@findex \command\
-@iftex
-@item @kbd{\key1\}
-@itemx @kbd{\key2\} @hskip 0pt plus 1filll @code{\command\}
-@end iftex
-@ifnottex
-@item @kbd{\key1\}
-@itemx @kbd{\key2\} @tie{}@tie{}@tie{}@tie{}(@code{\command\})
-@end ifnottex
-@end ifset
-@ifclear cmdnames
-@kindex \key1\
-@kindex \key2\
-@item @kbd{\key1\}
-@itemx @kbd{\key2\}
-@end ifclear
-@end macro
-
-@c Same as previous, but use "or short"
-@c Inserts: @item KEY1 or short KEY2 COMMAND
-@macro orgcmdkskc{key1,key2,command}
-@ifset cmdnames
-@kindex \key1\
-@kindex \key2\
-@findex \command\
-@iftex
-@item @kbd{\key1\} @ @r{or short} @ @kbd{\key2\} @hskip 0pt plus 1filll @code{\command\}
-@end iftex
-@ifnottex
-@item @kbd{\key1\} @ @r{or short} @ @kbd{\key2\} @tie{}@tie{}@tie{}@tie{}(@code{\command\})
-@end ifnottex
-@end ifset
-@ifclear cmdnames
-@kindex \key1\
-@kindex \key2\
-@item @kbd{\key1\} @ @r{or short} @ @kbd{\key2\}
-@end ifclear
-@end macro
-
-@c Same as previous, but use @itemx
-@c Inserts: @itemx KEY1 or short KEY2 COMMAND
-@macro xorgcmdkskc{key1,key2,command}
-@ifset cmdnames
-@kindex \key1\
-@kindex \key2\
-@findex \command\
-@iftex
-@itemx @kbd{\key1\} @ @r{or short} @ @kbd{\key2\} @hskip 0pt plus 1filll @code{\command\}
-@end iftex
-@ifnottex
-@itemx @kbd{\key1\} @ @r{or short} @ @kbd{\key2\} @tie{}@tie{}@tie{}@tie{}(@code{\command\})
-@end ifnottex
-@end ifset
-@ifclear cmdnames
-@kindex \key1\
-@kindex \key2\
-@itemx @kbd{\key1\} @ @r{or short} @ @kbd{\key2\}
-@end ifclear
-@end macro
-
-@c two keys with two commands
-@c Inserts: @item KEY1 COMMAND1
-@c @itemx KEY2 COMMAND2
-@macro orgcmdkkcc{key1,key2,command1,command2}
-@ifset cmdnames
-@kindex \key1\
-@kindex \key2\
-@findex \command1\
-@findex \command2\
-@iftex
-@item @kbd{\key1\} @hskip 0pt plus 1filll @code{\command1\}
-@itemx @kbd{\key2\} @hskip 0pt plus 1filll @code{\command2\}
-@end iftex
-@ifnottex
-@item @kbd{\key1\} @tie{}@tie{}@tie{}@tie{}(@code{\command1\})
-@itemx @kbd{\key2\} @tie{}@tie{}@tie{}@tie{}(@code{\command2\})
-@end ifnottex
-@end ifset
-@ifclear cmdnames
-@kindex \key1\
-@kindex \key2\
-@item @kbd{\key1\}
-@itemx @kbd{\key2\}
-@end ifclear
-@end macro
-@c -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-@iftex
-@c @hyphenation{time-stamp time-stamps time-stamp-ing time-stamp-ed}
-@end iftex
-
-@c Subheadings inside a table.
-@macro tsubheading{text}
-@ifinfo
-@subsubheading \text\
-@end ifinfo
-@ifnotinfo
-@item @b{\text\}
-@end ifnotinfo
-@end macro
@copying
-This manual is for Org version @value{VERSION}.
+This manual is for Org version 9.1.
-Copyright @copyright{} 2004--2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2004--2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@quotation
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
@@ -276,872 +32,839 @@ modify this GNU manual.''
@dircategory Emacs editing modes
@direntry
-* Org Mode: (org). Outline-based notes management and organizer
+* Org Mode: (org). Outline-based notes management and organizer.
@end direntry
+@finalout
@titlepage
@title The Org Manual
-
-@subtitle Release @value{VERSION}
+@subtitle Release 9.1
@author by Carsten Dominik
-with contributions by Bastien Guerry, Nicolas Goaziou, Eric Schulte,
-Jambunathan K, Dan Davison, Thomas Dye, David O'Toole, and Philip Rooke.
-
-@c The following two commands start the copyright page.
+@author with contributions by Bastien Guerry, Nicolas Goaziou, Eric Schulte, Jambunathan K, Dan Davison, Thomas Dye, David O'Toole, and Philip Rooke.
@page
@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
@insertcopying
@end titlepage
-@c Output the short table of contents at the beginning.
-@shortcontents
-
-@c Output the table of contents at the beginning.
@contents
@ifnottex
-
-@node Top, Introduction, (dir), (dir)
-@top Org Mode Manual
+@node Top
+@top The Org Manual
@insertcopying
@end ifnottex
@menu
-* Introduction:: Getting started
-* Document structure:: A tree works like your brain
-* Tables:: Pure magic for quick formatting
-* Hyperlinks:: Notes in context
-* TODO items:: Every tree branch can be a TODO item
-* Tags:: Tagging headlines and matching sets of tags
-* Properties and columns:: Storing information about an entry
-* Dates and times:: Making items useful for planning
-* Capture - Refile - Archive:: The ins and outs for projects
-* Agenda views:: Collecting information into views
-* Markup:: Prepare text for rich export
-* Exporting:: Sharing and publishing notes
-* Publishing:: Create a web site of linked Org files
-* Working with source code:: Export, evaluate, and tangle code blocks
-* Miscellaneous:: All the rest which did not fit elsewhere
-* Hacking:: How to hack your way around
-* MobileOrg:: Viewing and capture on a mobile device
-* History and acknowledgments:: How Org came into being
-* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation.
-* Main Index:: An index of Org's concepts and features
-* Key Index:: Key bindings and where they are described
-* Command and Function Index:: Command names and some internal functions
-* Variable Index:: Variables mentioned in the manual
+* Introduction:: Getting started.
+* Document Structure:: A tree works like your brain.
+* Tables:: Pure magic for quick formatting.
+* Hyperlinks:: Notes in context.
+* TODO Items:: Every tree branch can be a TODO item.
+* Tags:: Tagging headlines and matching sets of tags.
+* Properties and Columns:: Storing information about an entry.
+* Dates and Times:: Making items useful for planning.
+* Capture, Refile, Archive: Capture Refile Archive. The ins and outs for projects.
+* Agenda Views:: Collecting information into views.
+* Markup:: Prepare text for rich export.
+* Exporting:: Sharing and publishing notes.
+* Publishing:: Create a web site of linked Org files.
+* Working with Source Code:: Export, evaluate, and tangle code blocks.
+* Miscellaneous:: All the rest which did not fit elsewhere.
+* Hacking:: How to hack your way around.
+* MobileOrg:: Viewing and capture on a mobile device.
+* History and Acknowledgments:: How Org came into being.
+* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation.
+* Main Index:: An index of Org's concepts and features.
+* Key Index:: Key bindings and where they are described.
+* Command and Function Index:: Command names and some internal functions.
+* Variable Index:: Variables mentioned in the manual.
@detailmenu
- --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
+--- The Detailed Node Listing ---
Introduction
-* Summary:: Brief summary of what Org does
-* Installation:: Installing Org
-* Activation:: How to activate Org for certain buffers
-* Feedback:: Bug reports, ideas, patches etc.
-* Conventions:: Typesetting conventions in the manual
+* Summary:: Brief summary of what Org does.
+* Installation:: Installing Org.
+* Activation:: How to activate Org for certain buffers.
+* Feedback:: Bug reports, ideas, patches, etc.
+* Conventions:: Typesetting conventions used in this manual.
-Document structure
+Document Structure
-* Outlines:: Org is based on Outline mode
-* Headlines:: How to typeset Org tree headlines
-* Visibility cycling:: Show and hide, much simplified
-* Motion:: Jumping to other headlines
-* Structure editing:: Changing sequence and level of headlines
-* Sparse trees:: Matches embedded in context
-* Plain lists:: Additional structure within an entry
-* Drawers:: Tucking stuff away
-* Blocks:: Folding blocks
-* Footnotes:: How footnotes are defined in Org's syntax
-* Org syntax:: Formal description of Org's syntax
+* Outlines:: Org is based on Outline mode.
+* Headlines:: How to typeset Org tree headlines.
+* Visibility Cycling:: Show and hide, much simplified.
+* Motion:: Jumping to other headlines.
+* Structure Editing:: Changing sequence and level of headlines.
+* Sparse Trees:: Matches embedded in context.
+* Plain Lists:: Additional structure within an entry.
+* Drawers:: Tucking stuff away.
+* Blocks:: Folding blocks.
+* Creating Footnotes:: How footnotes are defined in Org's syntax.
+* Org Syntax:: Formal description of Org's syntax.
-Visibility cycling
+Visibility Cycling
-* Global and local cycling:: Cycling through various visibility states
-* Initial visibility:: Setting the initial visibility state
-* Catching invisible edits:: Preventing mistakes when editing invisible parts
+* Global and local cycling:: Cycling through various visibility states.
+* Initial visibility:: Setting the initial visibility state.
+* Catching invisible edits:: Preventing mistakes when editing invisible parts.
Tables
-* Built-in table editor:: Simple tables
-* Column width and alignment:: Overrule the automatic settings
-* Column groups:: Grouping to trigger vertical lines
-* Orgtbl mode:: The table editor as minor mode
-* The spreadsheet:: The table editor has spreadsheet capabilities
-* Org-Plot:: Plotting from org tables
+* Built-in Table Editor:: Simple tables.
+* Column Width and Alignment:: Overrule the automatic settings.
+* Column Groups:: Grouping to trigger vertical lines.
+* Orgtbl Mode:: The table editor as minor mode.
+* The spreadsheet:: The table editor has spreadsheet capabilities.
+* Org Plot:: Plotting from Org tables.
The spreadsheet
-* References:: How to refer to another field or range
-* Formula syntax for Calc:: Using Calc to compute stuff
-* Formula syntax for Lisp:: Writing formulas in Emacs Lisp
-* Durations and time values:: How to compute durations and time values
-* Field and range formulas:: Formula for specific (ranges of) fields
-* Column formulas:: Formulas valid for an entire column
-* Lookup functions:: Lookup functions for searching tables
-* Editing and debugging formulas:: Fixing formulas
-* Updating the table:: Recomputing all dependent fields
-* Advanced features:: Field and column names, parameters and automatic recalc
+* References:: How to refer to another field or range.
+* Formula syntax for Calc:: Using Calc to compute stuff.
+* Formula syntax for Lisp:: Writing formulas in Emacs Lisp.
+* Durations and time values:: How to compute durations and time values.
+* Field and range formulas:: Formula for specific (ranges of) fields.
+* Column formulas:: Formulas valid for an entire column.
+* Lookup functions:: Lookup functions for searching tables.
+* Editing and debugging formulas:: Fixing formulas.
+* Updating the table:: Recomputing all dependent fields.
+* Advanced features:: Field and column names, automatic recalculation...
Hyperlinks
-* Link format:: How links in Org are formatted
-* Internal links:: Links to other places in the current file
-* External links:: URL-like links to the world
-* Handling links:: Creating, inserting and following
-* Using links outside Org:: Linking from my C source code?
-* Link abbreviations:: Shortcuts for writing complex links
-* Search options:: Linking to a specific location
-* Custom searches:: When the default search is not enough
-
-Internal links
-
-* Radio targets:: Make targets trigger links in plain text
-
-TODO items
-
-* TODO basics:: Marking and displaying TODO entries
-* TODO extensions:: Workflow and assignments
-* Progress logging:: Dates and notes for progress
-* Priorities:: Some things are more important than others
-* Breaking down tasks:: Splitting a task into manageable pieces
-* Checkboxes:: Tick-off lists
-
-Extended use of TODO keywords
-
-* Workflow states:: From TODO to DONE in steps
-* TODO types:: I do this, Fred does the rest
-* Multiple sets in one file:: Mixing it all, and still finding your way
-* Fast access to TODO states:: Single letter selection of a state
-* Per-file keywords:: Different files, different requirements
-* Faces for TODO keywords:: Highlighting states
-* TODO dependencies:: When one task needs to wait for others
-
-Progress logging
-
-* Closing items:: When was this entry marked DONE?
+* Link Format:: How links in Org are formatted.
+* Internal Links:: Links to other places in the current file.
+* Radio Targets:: Make targets trigger links in plain text.
+* External Links:: URL-like links to the world.
+* Handling Links:: Creating, inserting and following.
+* Using Links Outside Org:: Linking from my C source code?
+* Link Abbreviations:: Shortcuts for writing complex links.
+* Search Options:: Linking to a specific location.
+* Custom Searches:: When the default search is not enough.
+
+TODO Items
+
+* TODO Basics:: Marking and displaying TODO entries.
+* TODO Extensions:: Workflow and assignments.
+* Progress Logging:: Dates and notes for progress.
+* Priorities:: Some things are more important than others.
+* Breaking Down Tasks:: Splitting a task into manageable pieces.
+* Checkboxes:: Tick-off lists.
+
+TODO Extensions
+
+* Workflow states:: From TODO to DONE in steps.
+* TODO types:: I do this, Fred does the rest.
+* Multiple sets in one file:: Mixing it all, still finding your way.
+* Fast access to TODO states:: Single letter selection of state.
+* Per-file keywords:: Different files, different requirements.
+* Faces for TODO keywords:: Highlighting states.
+* TODO dependencies:: When one task needs to wait for others.
+
+Progress Logging
+
+* Closing items:: When was this entry marked DONE?
* Tracking TODO state changes:: When did the status change?
-* Tracking your habits:: How consistent have you been?
+* Tracking your habits:: How consistent have you been?
Tags
-* Tag inheritance:: Tags use the tree structure of the outline
-* Setting tags:: How to assign tags to a headline
-* Tag hierarchy:: Create a hierarchy of tags
-* Tag searches:: Searching for combinations of tags
+* Tag Inheritance:: Tags use the tree structure of an outline.
+* Setting Tags:: How to assign tags to a headline.
+* Tag Hierarchy:: Create a hierarchy of tags.
+* Tag Searches:: Searching for combinations of tags.
-Properties and columns
+Properties and Columns
-* Property syntax:: How properties are spelled out
-* Special properties:: Access to other Org mode features
-* Property searches:: Matching property values
-* Property inheritance:: Passing values down the tree
-* Column view:: Tabular viewing and editing
-* Property API:: Properties for Lisp programmers
+* Property Syntax:: How properties are spelled out.
+* Special Properties:: Access to other Org mode features.
+* Property Searches:: Matching property values.
+* Property Inheritance:: Passing values down a tree.
+* Column View:: Tabular viewing and editing.
-Column view
+Column View
-* Defining columns:: The COLUMNS format property
-* Using column view:: How to create and use column view
-* Capturing column view:: A dynamic block for column view
+* Defining columns:: The COLUMNS format property.
+* Using column view:: How to create and use column view.
+* Capturing column view:: A dynamic block for column view.
Defining columns
* Scope of column definitions:: Where defined, where valid?
-* Column attributes:: Appearance and content of a column
+* Column attributes:: Appearance and content of a column.
-Dates and times
+Dates and Times
-* Timestamps:: Assigning a time to a tree entry
-* Creating timestamps:: Commands which insert timestamps
-* Deadlines and scheduling:: Planning your work
-* Clocking work time:: Tracking how long you spend on a task
-* Effort estimates:: Planning work effort in advance
-* Timers:: Notes with a running timer
+* Timestamps:: Assigning a time to a tree entry.
+* Creating Timestamps:: Commands to insert timestamps.
+* Deadlines and Scheduling:: Planning your work.
+* Clocking Work Time:: Tracking how long you spend on a task.
+* Effort Estimates:: Planning work effort in advance.
+* Timers:: Notes with a running timer.
-Creating timestamps
+Creating Timestamps
-* The date/time prompt:: How Org mode helps you entering date and time
-* Custom time format:: Making dates look different
+* The date/time prompt:: How Org mode helps you enter dates and times.
+* Custom time format:: Making dates look different.
-Deadlines and scheduling
+Deadlines and Scheduling
-* Inserting deadline/schedule:: Planning items
-* Repeated tasks:: Items that show up again and again
+* Inserting deadline/schedule:: Planning items.
+* Repeated tasks:: Items that show up again and again.
-Clocking work time
+Clocking Work Time
-* Clocking commands:: Starting and stopping a clock
-* The clock table:: Detailed reports
-* Resolving idle time:: Resolving time when you've been idle
+* Clocking commands:: Starting and stopping a clock.
+* The clock table:: Detailed reports.
+* Resolving idle time:: Resolving time when you've been idle.
-Capture - Refile - Archive
+Capture, Refile, Archive
-* Capture:: Capturing new stuff
-* Attachments:: Add files to tasks
-* RSS feeds:: Getting input from RSS feeds
-* Protocols:: External (e.g., Browser) access to Emacs and Org
-* Refile and copy:: Moving/copying a tree from one place to another
-* Archiving:: What to do with finished projects
+* Capture:: Capturing new stuff.
+* Attachments:: Add files to tasks.
+* RSS Feeds:: Getting input from RSS feeds.
+* Protocols:: External access to Emacs and Org.
+* Refile and Copy:: Moving/copying a tree from one place to another.
+* Archiving:: What to do with finished products.
Capture
-* Setting up capture:: Where notes will be stored
-* Using capture:: Commands to invoke and terminate capture
-* Capture templates:: Define the outline of different note types
+* Setting up capture:: Where notes will be stored.
+* Using capture:: Commands to invoke and terminate capture.
+* Capture templates:: Define the outline of different note types.
Capture templates
-* Template elements:: What is needed for a complete template entry
-* Template expansion:: Filling in information about time and context
-* Templates in contexts:: Only show a template in a specific context
+* Template elements:: What is needed for a complete template entry.
+* Template expansion:: Filling in information about time and context.
+* Templates in contexts:: Only show a template in a specific context.
-Protocols for external access
+Protocols
-* @code{store-link} protocol:: Store a link, push URL to kill-ring.
-* @code{capture} protocol:: Fill a buffer with external information.
+* @code{store-link} protocol:: Store a link, push URL to kill-ring.
+* @code{capture} protocol:: Fill a buffer with external information.
* @code{open-source} protocol:: Edit published contents.
Archiving
-* Moving subtrees:: Moving a tree to an archive file
-* Internal archiving:: Switch off a tree but keep it in the file
+* Moving subtrees:: Moving a tree to an archive file.
+* Internal archiving:: Switch off a tree but keep it in the file.
-Agenda views
+Agenda Views
-* Agenda files:: Files being searched for agenda information
-* Agenda dispatcher:: Keyboard access to agenda views
-* Built-in agenda views:: What is available out of the box?
-* Presentation and sorting:: How agenda items are prepared for display
-* Agenda commands:: Remote editing of Org trees
-* Custom agenda views:: Defining special searches and views
-* Exporting agenda views:: Writing a view to a file
-* Agenda column view:: Using column view for collected entries
+* Agenda Files:: Files being searched for agenda information.
+* Agenda Dispatcher:: Keyboard access to agenda views.
+* Built-in Agenda Views:: What is available out of the box?
+* Presentation and Sorting:: How agenda items are prepared for display.
+* Agenda Commands:: Remote editing of Org trees.
+* Custom Agenda Views:: Defining special searches and views.
+* Exporting Agenda Views:: Writing a view to a file.
+* Agenda Column View:: Using column view for collected entries.
-The built-in agenda views
+Built-in Agenda Views
-* Weekly/daily agenda:: The calendar page with current tasks
-* Global TODO list:: All unfinished action items
-* Matching tags and properties:: Structured information with fine-tuned search
-* Search view:: Find entries by searching for text
-* Stuck projects:: Find projects you need to review
+* Weekly/daily agenda:: The calendar page with current tasks.
+* Global TODO list:: All unfinished action items.
+* Matching tags and properties:: Structured information with fine-tuned search.
+* Search view:: Find entries by searching for text.
+* Stuck projects:: Find projects you need to review.
-Presentation and sorting
+Presentation and Sorting
-* Categories:: Not all tasks are equal
-* Time-of-day specifications:: How the agenda knows the time
-* Sorting agenda items:: The order of things
-* Filtering/limiting agenda items:: Dynamically narrow the agenda
+* Categories:: Not all tasks are equal.
+* Time-of-day specifications:: How the agenda knows the time.
+* Sorting of agenda items:: The order of things.
+* Filtering/limiting agenda times:: Dynamically narrow the agenda.
-Custom agenda views
+Custom Agenda Views
-* Storing searches:: Type once, use often
-* Block agenda:: All the stuff you need in a single buffer
-* Setting options:: Changing the rules
+* Storing searches:: Type once, use often.
+* Block agenda:: All the stuff you need in a single buffer.
+* Setting options:: Changing the rules.
-Markup for rich export
+Markup
-* Paragraphs:: The basic unit of text
-* Emphasis and monospace:: Bold, italic, etc.
-* Horizontal rules:: Make a line
-* Images and tables:: Images, tables and caption mechanism
-* Literal examples:: Source code examples with special formatting
-* Special symbols:: Greek letters and other symbols
-* Subscripts and superscripts:: Simple syntax for raising/lowering text
-* Embedded @LaTeX{}:: LaTeX can be freely used inside Org documents
+* Paragraphs:: The basic unit of text.
+* Emphasis and Monospace:: Bold, italic, etc.
+* Horizontal Rules:: Make a line.
+* Images and Tables:: Images, tables and caption mechanism.
+* Literal Examples:: Source code examples with special formatting.
+* Special Symbols:: Greek letters and other symbols.
+* Subscripts and Superscripts:: Simple syntax for raising/lowering text.
+* Embedded @LaTeX{}:: LaTeX can be freely used inside Org documents.
Embedded @LaTeX{}
-* @LaTeX{} fragments:: Complex formulas made easy
-* Previewing @LaTeX{} fragments:: What will this snippet look like?
-* CDLaTeX mode:: Speed up entering of formulas
+* @LaTeX{} fragments:: Complex formulas made easy.
+* Previewing @LaTeX{} fragments:: What will this snippet look like?
+* CD@LaTeX{} mode:: Speed up entering of formulas.
Exporting
-* The export dispatcher:: The main interface
-* Export settings:: Common export settings
-* Table of contents:: The if and where of the table of contents
-* Include files:: Include additional files into a document
-* Macro replacement:: Use macros to create templates
-* Comment lines:: What will not be exported
-* ASCII/Latin-1/UTF-8 export:: Exporting to flat files with encoding
-* Beamer export:: Exporting as a Beamer presentation
-* HTML export:: Exporting to HTML
-* @LaTeX{} export:: Exporting to @LaTeX{}, and processing to PDF
-* Markdown export:: Exporting to Markdown
-* OpenDocument Text export:: Exporting to OpenDocument Text
-* Org export:: Exporting to Org
-* Texinfo export:: Exporting to Texinfo
-* iCalendar export:: Exporting to iCalendar
-* Other built-in back-ends:: Exporting to a man page
-* Advanced configuration:: Fine-tuning the export output
-* Export in foreign buffers:: Author tables and lists in Org syntax
-
-Beamer export
-
-* Beamer export commands:: For creating Beamer documents.
-* Beamer specific export settings:: For customizing Beamer export.
-* Sectioning Frames and Blocks in Beamer:: For composing Beamer slides.
-* Beamer specific syntax:: For using in Org documents.
-* Editing support:: For using helper functions.
-* A Beamer example:: A complete presentation.
-
-HTML export
-
-* HTML Export commands:: Invoking HTML export
-* HTML Specific export settings:: Settings for HTML export
-* HTML doctypes:: Exporting various (X)HTML flavors
-* HTML preamble and postamble:: Inserting preamble and postamble
-* Quoting HTML tags:: Using direct HTML in Org files
-* Links in HTML export:: Interpreting and formatting links
-* Tables in HTML export:: Formatting and modifying tables
-* Images in HTML export:: Inserting figures with HTML output
-* Math formatting in HTML export:: Handling math equations
-* Text areas in HTML export:: Showing an alternate approach, an example
-* CSS support:: Styling HTML output
-* JavaScript support:: Folding scripting in the web browser
-
-@LaTeX{} export
-
-* @LaTeX{} export commands:: For producing @LaTeX{} and PDF documents.
-* @LaTeX{} specific export settings:: Unique to this @LaTeX{} back-end.
-* @LaTeX{} header and sectioning:: For file structure.
-* Quoting @LaTeX{} code:: Directly in the Org document.
-* Tables in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to tables.
-* Images in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to images.
-* Plain lists in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to lists.
-* Source blocks in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to source code blocks.
-* Example blocks in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to example blocks.
-* Special blocks in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to special blocks.
-* Horizontal rules in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to horizontal rules.
-
-OpenDocument Text export
-
-* Pre-requisites for ODT export:: Required packages.
-* ODT export commands:: Invoking export.
-* ODT specific export settings:: Configuration options.
-* Extending ODT export:: Producing @file{.doc}, @file{.pdf} files.
-* Applying custom styles:: Styling the output.
-* Links in ODT export:: Handling and formatting links.
-* Tables in ODT export:: Org table conversions.
-* Images in ODT export:: Inserting images.
-* Math formatting in ODT export:: Formatting @LaTeX{} fragments.
-* Labels and captions in ODT export:: Rendering objects.
-* Literal examples in ODT export:: For source code and example blocks.
-* Advanced topics in ODT export:: For power users.
+* The Export Dispatcher:: The main interface.
+* Export Settings:: Common export settings.
+* Table of Contents:: The if and where of the table of contents.
+* Include Files:: Include additional files into a document.
+* Macro Replacement:: Use macros to create templates.
+* Comment Lines:: What will not be exported.
+* ASCII/Latin-1/UTF-8 export:: Exporting to flat files with encoding.
+* Beamer Export::
+* HTML Export:: Exporting to HTML.
+* @LaTeX{} Export:: Exporting to @LaTeX{} and processing to PDF.
+* Markdown Export:: Exporting to Markdown.
+* OpenDocument Text Export:: Exporting to OpenDocument Text.
+* Org Export:: Exporting to Org.
+* Texinfo Export:: Exporting to Texinfo.
+* iCalendar Export:: Exporting to iCalendar.
+* Other Built-in Back-ends:: Exporting to a man page.
+* Advanced Configuration:: Fine-tuning the export output.
+* Export in Foreign Buffers:: Author tables and lists in Org syntax.
+
+Beamer Export
+
+* Beamer export commands:: For creating Beamer documents.
+* Beamer specific export settings:: For customizing Beamer export.
+* Frames and Blocks in Beamer:: For composing Beamer slides.
+* Beamer specific syntax:: For using in Org documents.
+* Editing support:: Editing support.
+* A Beamer example:: A complete presentation.
+
+HTML Export
+
+* HTML export commands:: Invoking HTML export.
+* HTML specific export settings:: Settings for HTML export.
+* HTML doctypes:: Exporting various (X)HTML flavors.
+* HTML preamble and postamble:: Inserting preamble and postamble.
+* Quoting HTML tags:: Using direct HTML in Org files.
+* Links in HTML export:: Inserting and formatting links.
+* Tables in HTML export:: How to modify the formatting of tables.
+* Images in HTML export:: How to insert figures into HTML output.
+* Math formatting in HTML export:: Beautiful math also on the web.
+* Text areas in HTML export:: An alternate way to show an example.
+* CSS support:: Changing the appearance of the output.
+* JavaScript support:: Info and folding in a web browser.
+
+@LaTeX{} Export
+
+* @LaTeX{}/PDF export commands:: For producing @LaTeX{} and PDF documents.
+* @LaTeX{} specific export settings:: Unique to this @LaTeX{} back-end.
+* @LaTeX{} header and sectioning:: Setting up the export file structure.
+* Quoting @LaTeX{} code:: Incorporating literal @LaTeX{} code.
+* Tables in @LaTeX{} export:: Options for exporting tables to @LaTeX{}.
+* Images in @LaTeX{} export:: How to insert figures into @LaTeX{} output.
+* Plain lists in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to lists.
+* Source blocks in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to source code blocks.
+* Example blocks in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to example blocks.
+* Special blocks in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to special blocks.
+* Horizontal rules in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to horizontal rules.
+
+OpenDocument Text Export
+
+* Pre-requisites for ODT export:: Required packages.
+* ODT export commands:: Invoking export.
+* ODT specific export settings:: Configuration options.
+* Extending ODT export:: Producing DOC, PDF files.
+* Applying custom styles:: Styling the output.
+* Links in ODT export:: Handling and formatting links.
+* Tables in ODT export:: Org tables conversions.
+* Images in ODT export:: Inserting images.
+* Math formatting in ODT export:: Formatting @LaTeX{} fragments.
+* Labels and captions in ODT export:: Rendering objects.
+* Literal examples in ODT export:: For source code and example blocks.
+* Advanced topics in ODT export:: For power users.
Math formatting in ODT export
-* Working with @LaTeX{} math snippets:: Embedding in @LaTeX{} format.
-* Working with MathML or OpenDocument formula files:: Embedding in native format.
-
-Advanced topics in ODT export
-
-* Configuring a document converter:: Registering a document converter.
-* Working with OpenDocument style files:: Exploring internals.
-* Creating one-off styles:: Customizing styles, highlighting.
-* Customizing tables in ODT export:: Defining table templates.
-* Validating OpenDocument XML:: Debugging corrupted OpenDocument files.
-
-Texinfo export
-
-* Texinfo export commands:: Invoking commands.
-* Texinfo specific export settings:: Setting the environment.
-* Texinfo file header:: Generating the header.
-* Texinfo title and copyright page:: Creating preamble pages.
-* Info directory file:: Installing a manual in Info file hierarchy.
-* Headings and sectioning structure:: Building document structure.
-* Indices:: Creating indices.
-* Quoting Texinfo code:: Incorporating literal Texinfo code.
-* Plain lists in Texinfo export:: List attributes.
-* Tables in Texinfo export:: Table attributes.
-* Images in Texinfo export:: Image attributes.
-* Special blocks in Texinfo export:: Special block attributes.
-* A Texinfo example:: Processing Org to Texinfo.
+* @LaTeX{} math snippets:: Embedding in @LaTeX{} format.
+* MathML and OpenDocument formula files:: Embedding in native format.
+
+Texinfo Export
+
+* Texinfo export commands:: Invoking commands.
+* Texinfo specific export settings:: Setting the environment.
+* Texinfo file header:: Generating the header.
+* Texinfo title and copyright page:: Creating preamble pages.
+* Info directory file:: Installing a manual in Info file hierarchy.
+* Headings and sectioning structure:: Building document structure.
+* Indices:: Creating indices.
+* Quoting Texinfo code:: Incorporating literal Texinfo code.
+* Plain lists in Texinfo export:: List attributes.
+* Tables in Texinfo export:: Table attributes.
+* Images in Texinfo export:: Image attributes.
+* Special blocks in Texinfo export:: Special block attributes.
+* A Texinfo example:: Processing Org to Texinfo.
Publishing
-* Configuration:: Defining projects
-* Uploading files:: How to get files up on the server
-* Sample configuration:: Example projects
-* Triggering publication:: Publication commands
+* Configuration:: Defining projects.
+* Uploading Files:: How to get files up on the server.
+* Sample Configuration:: Example projects.
+* Triggering Publication:: Publication commands.
Configuration
-* Project alist:: The central configuration variable
-* Sources and destinations:: From here to there
-* Selecting files:: What files are part of the project?
-* Publishing action:: Setting the function doing the publishing
-* Publishing options:: Tweaking HTML/@LaTeX{} export
-* Publishing links:: Which links keep working after publishing?
-* Sitemap:: Generating a list of all pages
-* Generating an index:: An index that reaches across pages
-
-Sample configuration
-
-* Simple example:: One-component publishing
-* Complex example:: A multi-component publishing example
-
-Working with source code
-
-* Structure of code blocks:: Code block syntax described
-* Editing source code:: Language major-mode editing
-* Exporting code blocks:: Export contents and/or results
-* Extracting source code:: Create pure source code files
-* Evaluating code blocks:: Place results of evaluation in the Org mode buffer
-* Library of Babel:: Use and contribute to a library of useful code blocks
-* Languages:: List of supported code block languages
-* Header arguments:: Configure code block functionality
-* Results of evaluation:: How evaluation results are handled
-* Noweb reference syntax:: Literate programming in Org mode
-* Key bindings and useful functions:: Work quickly with code blocks
-* Batch execution:: Call functions from the command line
-
-Header arguments
-
-* Using header arguments:: Different ways to set header arguments
-* Specific header arguments:: List of header arguments
-
-Using header arguments
-
-* System-wide header arguments:: Set globally, language-specific
-* Language-specific header arguments:: Set in the Org file's headers
-* Header arguments in Org mode properties:: Set in the Org file
-* Language-specific mode properties::
-* Code block specific header arguments:: The most commonly used method
-* Arguments in function calls:: The most specific level, takes highest priority
-
-Specific header arguments
-
-* var:: Pass arguments to @samp{src} code blocks
-* results:: Specify results type; how to collect
-* file:: Specify a path for output file
-* file-desc:: Specify a description for file results
-* file-ext:: Specify an extension for file output
-* output-dir:: Specify a directory for output file
-* dir:: Specify the default directory for code block execution
-* exports:: Specify exporting code, results, both, none
-* tangle:: Toggle tangling; or specify file name
-* mkdirp:: Toggle for parent directory creation for target files during tangling
-* comments:: Toggle insertion of comments in tangled code files
-* padline:: Control insertion of padding lines in tangled code files
-* no-expand:: Turn off variable assignment and noweb expansion during tangling
-* session:: Preserve the state of code evaluation
-* noweb:: Toggle expansion of noweb references
-* noweb-ref:: Specify block's noweb reference resolution target
-* noweb-sep:: String to separate noweb references
-* cache:: Avoid re-evaluating unchanged code blocks
-* sep:: Delimiter for writing tabular results outside Org
-* hlines:: Handle horizontal lines in tables
-* colnames:: Handle column names in tables
-* rownames:: Handle row names in tables
-* shebang:: Make tangled files executable
-* tangle-mode:: Set permission of tangled files
-* eval:: Limit evaluation of specific code blocks
-* wrap:: Mark source block evaluation results
-* post:: Post processing of results of code block evaluation
-* prologue:: Text to prepend to body of code block
-* epilogue:: Text to append to body of code block
+* Project alist:: The central configuration variable.
+* Sources and destinations:: From here to there.
+* Selecting files:: What files are part of the project?
+* Publishing action:: Setting the function doing the publishing.
+* Publishing options:: Tweaking HTML/@LaTeX{} export.
+* Publishing links:: Which links keep working after publishing?
+* Site map:: Generating a list of all pages.
+* Generating an index:: An index that reaches across pages.
+
+Sample Configuration
+
+* Simple example:: One-component publishing.
+* Complex example:: A multi-component publishing example.
+
+Working with Source Code
+
+* Structure of Code Blocks:: Code block syntax described.
+* Using Header Arguments:: Different ways to set header arguments.
+* Environment of a Code Block:: Arguments, sessions, working directory...
+* Evaluating Code Blocks:: Place results of evaluation in the Org buffer.
+* Results of Evaluation:: Choosing a results type, post-processing...
+* Exporting Code Blocks:: Export contents and/or results.
+* Extracting Source Code:: Create pure source code files.
+* Languages:: List of supported code block languages.
+* Editing Source Code:: Language major-mode editing.
+* Noweb Reference Syntax:: Literate programming in Org mode.
+* Library of Babel:: Use and contribute to a library of useful code blocks.
+* Key bindings and Useful Functions:: Work quickly with code blocks.
+* Batch Execution:: Call functions from the command line.
Miscellaneous
-* Completion:: M-@key{TAB} guesses completions
-* Structure templates:: Quick insertion of structural elements
-* Speed keys:: Electric commands at the beginning of a headline
-* Code evaluation security:: Org mode files evaluate inline code
-* Customization:: Adapting Org to changing tastes
-* In-buffer settings:: Overview of the #+KEYWORDS
-* The very busy C-c C-c key:: When in doubt, press C-c C-c
-* Clean view:: Getting rid of leading stars in the outline
-* TTY keys:: Using Org on a tty
-* Interaction:: With other Emacs packages
-* org-crypt:: Encrypting Org files
+* Completion:: M-@key{TAB} guesses completions.
+* Structure Templates:: Quick insertion of structural elements.
+* Speed Keys:: Electric commands at the beginning of a headline.
+* Code Evaluation Security:: Org files evaluate in-line code.
+* Customization:: Adapting Org to your taste.
+* In-buffer Settings:: Overview of keywords.
+* The Very Busy @kbd{C-c C-c} Key:: When in doubt, press @kbd{C-c C-c}.
+* Clean View:: Getting rid of leading stars in the outline.
+* TTY Keys:: Using Org on a tty.
+* Interaction:: With other Emacs packages.
+* Org Crypt:: Encrypting Org files.
-Interaction with other packages
+Interaction
-* Cooperation:: Packages Org cooperates with
-* Conflicts:: Packages that lead to conflicts
+* Cooperation:: Packages Org cooperates with.
+* Conflicts:: Packages that lead to conflicts.
Hacking
-* Hooks:: How to reach into Org's internals
-* Add-on packages:: Available extensions
-* Adding hyperlink types:: New custom link types
-* Adding export back-ends:: How to write new export back-ends
-* Context-sensitive commands:: How to add functionality to such commands
-* Tables in arbitrary syntax:: Orgtbl for @LaTeX{} and other programs
-* Dynamic blocks:: Automatically filled blocks
-* Special agenda views:: Customized views
-* Speeding up your agendas:: Tips on how to speed up your agendas
-* Extracting agenda information:: Post-processing of agenda information
-* Using the property API:: Writing programs that use entry properties
-* Using the mapping API:: Mapping over all or selected entries
-
-Tables and lists in arbitrary syntax
-
-* Radio tables:: Sending and receiving radio tables
-* A @LaTeX{} example:: Step by step, almost a tutorial
-* Translator functions:: Copy and modify
+* Hooks: Hooks (2). How to reach into Org's internals.
+* Add-on Packages:: Available extensions.
+* Adding Hyperlink Types:: New custom link types.
+* Adding Export Back-ends:: How to write new export back-ends.
+* Tables in Arbitrary Syntax:: Orgtbl for LaTeX and other programs.
+* Dynamic Blocks:: Automatically filled blocks.
+* Special Agenda Views:: Customized views.
+* Speeding Up Your Agendas:: Tips on how to speed up your agendas.
+* Extracting Agenda Information:: Post-processing agenda information.
+* Using the Property API:: Writing programs that use entry properties.
+* Using the Mapping API:: Mapping over all or selected entries.
+
+Tables in Arbitrary Syntax
+
+* Radio tables:: Sending and receiving radio tables.
+* A @LaTeX{} example:: Step by step, almost a tutorial.
+* Translator functions:: Copy and modify.
MobileOrg
-* Setting up the staging area:: For the mobile device
-* Pushing to MobileOrg:: Uploading Org files and agendas
-* Pulling from MobileOrg:: Integrating captured and flagged items
+* Setting Up the Staging Area:: For the mobile device.
+* Pushing to MobileOrg:: Uploading Org files and agendas.
+* Pulling from MobileOrg:: Integrating captured and flagged items.
@end detailmenu
@end menu
@node Introduction
@chapter Introduction
+
@cindex introduction
@menu
-* Summary:: Brief summary of what Org does
-* Installation:: Installing Org
-* Activation:: How to activate Org for certain buffers
-* Feedback:: Bug reports, ideas, patches etc.
-* Conventions:: Typesetting conventions in the manual
+* Summary:: Brief summary of what Org does.
+* Installation:: Installing Org.
+* Activation:: How to activate Org for certain buffers.
+* Feedback:: Bug reports, ideas, patches, etc.
+* Conventions:: Typesetting conventions used in this manual.
@end menu
@node Summary
@section Summary
+
@cindex summary
-Org is a mode for keeping notes, maintaining TODO lists, and project planning
-with a fast and effective plain-text system. It also is an authoring system
-with unique support for literate programming and reproducible research.
-
-Org is implemented on top of Outline mode, which makes it possible to keep
-the content of large files well structured. Visibility cycling and structure
-editing help to work with the tree. Tables are easily created with a
-built-in table editor. Plain text URL-like links connect to websites,
-emails, Usenet messages, BBDB entries, and any files related to the projects.
-
-Org develops organizational tasks around notes files that contain lists or
-information about projects as plain text. Project planning and task
-management makes use of metadata which is part of an outline node. Based on
-this data, specific entries can be extracted in queries and create dynamic
-@i{agenda views} that also integrate the Emacs calendar and diary. Org can
-be used to implement many different project planning schemes, such as David
-Allen's GTD system.
-
-Org files can serve as a single source authoring system with export to many
-different formats such as HTML, @LaTeX{}, Open Document, and Markdown. New
-export backends can be derived from existing ones, or defined from scratch.
-
-Org files can include source code blocks, which makes Org uniquely suited for
-authoring technical documents with code examples. Org source code blocks are
-fully functional; they can be evaluated in place and their results can be
-captured in the file. This makes it possible to create a single file
-reproducible research compendium.
-
-Org keeps simple things simple. When first fired up, it should feel like a
-straightforward, easy to use outliner. Complexity is not imposed, but a
-large amount of functionality is available when needed. Org is a toolbox.
-Many users actually run only a (very personal) fraction of Org's capabilities, and
-know that there is more whenever they need it.
-
-All of this is achieved with strictly plain text files, the most portable and
-future-proof file format. Org runs in Emacs. Emacs is one of the most
-widely ported programs, so that Org mode is available on every major
-platform.
+Org is a mode for keeping notes, maintaining TODO lists, and project
+planning with a fast and effective plain-text system. It also is an
+authoring system with unique support for literate programming and
+reproducible research.
+
+Org is implemented on top of Outline mode, which makes it possible to
+keep the content of large files well structured. Visibility cycling
+and structure editing help to work with the tree. Tables are easily
+created with a built-in table editor. Plain text URL-like links
+connect to websites, emails, Usenet messages, BBDB entries, and any
+files related to the projects.
+
+Org develops organizational tasks around notes files that contain
+lists or information about projects as plain text. Project planning
+and task management makes use of metadata which is part of an outline
+node. Based on this data, specific entries can be extracted in
+queries and create dynamic @emph{agenda views} that also integrate the
+Emacs calendar and diary. Org can be used to implement many different
+project planning schemes, such as David Allen's GTD system.
+
+Org files can serve as a single source authoring system with export to
+many different formats such as HTML, @LaTeX{}, Open Document, and
+Markdown. New export backends can be derived from existing ones, or
+defined from scratch.
+
+Org files can include source code blocks, which makes Org uniquely
+suited for authoring technical documents with code examples. Org
+source code blocks are fully functional; they can be evaluated in
+place and their results can be captured in the file. This makes it
+possible to create a single file reproducible research compendium.
+
+Org keeps simple things simple. When first fired up, it should feel
+like a straightforward, easy to use outliner. Complexity is not
+imposed, but a large amount of functionality is available when needed.
+Org is a toolbox. Many users actually run only a---very
+personal---fraction of Org's capabilities, and know that there is more
+whenever they need it.
+
+All of this is achieved with strictly plain text files, the most
+portable and future-proof file format. Org runs in Emacs. Emacs is
+one of the most widely ported programs, so that Org mode is available
+on every major platform.
@cindex FAQ
-There is a website for Org which provides links to the newest
-version of Org, as well as additional information, frequently asked
-questions (FAQ), links to tutorials, etc. This page is located at
+There is a website for Org which provides links to the newest version
+of Org, as well as additional information, frequently asked questions
+(FAQ), links to tutorials, etc. This page is located at
@uref{https://orgmode.org}.
-@cindex print edition
-
-An earlier version (7.3) of this manual is available as a
-@uref{http://www.network-theory.co.uk/org/manual/, paperback book from
-Network Theory Ltd.}
-@page
+@cindex print edition
+An earlier version (7.3) of this manual is available as a @uref{http://www.network-theory.co.uk/org/manual/, paperback
+book from Network Theory Ltd.}.
@node Installation
@section Installation
+
@cindex installation
-Org is part of recent distributions of GNU Emacs, so you normally don't need
-to install it. If, for one reason or another, you want to install Org on top
-of this pre-packaged version, there are three ways to do it:
+Org is part of recent distributions of GNU Emacs, so you normally do
+not need to install it. If, for one reason or another, you want to
+install Org on top of this pre-packaged version, there are three ways
+to do it:
-@itemize @bullet
-@item By using Emacs package system.
-@item By downloading Org as an archive.
-@item By using Org's git repository.
+@itemize
+@item
+By using Emacs package system.
+@item
+By downloading Org as an archive.
+@item
+By using Org's git repository.
@end itemize
-We @b{strongly recommend} to stick to a single installation method.
+We @strong{strongly recommend} to stick to a single installation method.
-@subsubheading Using Emacs packaging system
+@anchor{Using Emacs packaging system}
+@subheading Using Emacs packaging system
-Recent Emacs distributions include a packaging system which lets you install
-Elisp libraries. You can install Org with @kbd{M-x package-install @key{RET}
-org}.
+Recent Emacs distributions include a packaging system which lets you
+install Elisp libraries. You can install Org with @kbd{M-x package-install @key{RET} org}.
-@noindent @b{Important}: you need to do this in a session where no @code{.org} file has
+@noindent
+@strong{Important}: you need to do this in a session where no @samp{.org} file has
been visited, i.e., where no Org built-in function have been loaded.
Otherwise autoload Org functions will mess up the installation.
-Then, to make sure your Org configuration is taken into account, initialize
-the package system with @code{(package-initialize)} in your Emacs init file
-before setting any Org option. If you want to use Org's package repository,
-check out the @uref{https://orgmode.org/elpa.html, Org ELPA page}.
+Then, to make sure your Org configuration is taken into account,
+initialize the package system with @code{(package-initialize)} in your
+Emacs init file before setting any Org option. If you want to use
+Org's package repository, check out the @uref{https://orgmode.org/elpa.html, Org ELPA page}.
-@subsubheading Downloading Org as an archive
+@anchor{Downloading Org as an archive}
+@subheading Downloading Org as an archive
-You can download Org latest release from @uref{https://orgmode.org/, Org's
-website}. In this case, make sure you set the load-path correctly in your
-Emacs init file:
+You can download Org latest release from @uref{https://orgmode.org/, Org's website}. In this case,
+make sure you set the load-path correctly in your Emacs init file:
@lisp
(add-to-list 'load-path "~/path/to/orgdir/lisp")
@end lisp
-The downloaded archive contains contributed libraries that are not included
-in Emacs. If you want to use them, add the @file{contrib} directory to your
-load-path:
+The downloaded archive contains contributed libraries that are not
+included in Emacs. If you want to use them, add the @samp{contrib/}
+directory to your load-path:
@lisp
(add-to-list 'load-path "~/path/to/orgdir/contrib/lisp" t)
@end lisp
-Optionally, you can compile the files and/or install them in your system.
-Run @code{make help} to list compilation and installation options.
+Optionally, you can compile the files and/or install them in your
+system. Run @samp{make help} to list compilation and installation options.
-@subsubheading Using Org's git repository
+@anchor{Using Org's git repository}
+@subheading Using Org's git repository
You can clone Org's repository and install Org like this:
@example
$ cd ~/src/
-$ git clone https://code.orgmode.org/bzg/org-mode.git
+$ git clone git@@code.orgmode.org:bzg/org-mode.git
$ make autoloads
@end example
-Note that in this case, @code{make autoloads} is mandatory: it defines Org's
-version in @file{org-version.el} and Org's autoloads in
-@file{org-loaddefs.el}.
+Note that in this case, @code{make autoloads} is mandatory: it defines
+Org's version in @samp{org-version.el} and Org's autoloads in
+@samp{org-loaddefs.el}.
-Remember to add the correct load-path as described in the method above.
+Remember to add the correct load-path as described in the method
+above.
-You can also compile with @code{make}, generate the documentation with
-@code{make doc}, create a local configuration with @code{make config} and
-install Org with @code{make install}. Please run @code{make help} to get
-the list of compilation/installation options.
+You can also compile with @samp{make}, generate the documentation with
+@samp{make doc}, create a local configuration with @samp{make config} and
+install Org with @samp{make install}. Please run @samp{make help} to get the
+list of compilation/installation options.
-For more detailed explanations on Org's build system, please check the Org
-Build System page on @uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/dev/org-build-system.html,
-Worg}.
+For more detailed explanations on Org's build system, please check the
+Org Build System page on @uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/dev/org-build-system.html, Worg}.
@node Activation
@section Activation
+
@cindex activation
@cindex autoload
@cindex ELPA
@cindex global key bindings
@cindex key bindings, global
-@findex org-agenda
-@findex org-capture
-@findex org-store-link
-@findex org-switchb
-Org mode buffers need font-lock to be turned on: this is the default in
-Emacs@footnote{If you don't use font-lock globally, turn it on in Org buffer
-with @code{(add-hook 'org-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)}}.
+Org mode buffers need Font Lock to be turned on: this is the default
+in Emacs@footnote{If you do not use Font Lock globally turn it on in Org buffer
+with @code{(add-hook 'org-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)}.}.
There are compatibility issues between Org mode and some other Elisp
-packages, please take the time to check the list (@pxref{Conflicts}).
+packages (see @ref{Conflicts}). Please take the
+time to check the list.
+
+@findex org-agenda
+@findex org-capture
+@findex org-store-link
+For a better experience, the three Org commands @code{org-store-link},
+@code{org-capture} and @code{org-agenda} ought to be accessible anywhere in
+Emacs, not just in Org buffers. To that effect, you need to bind them
+to globally available keys, like the ones reserved for users (see
+@ref{Key Binding Conventions,,,elisp,}). Here are suggested
+bindings, please modify the keys to your own liking.
-The four Org commands @command{org-store-link}, @command{org-capture},
-@command{org-agenda}, and @command{org-switchb} should be accessible through
-global keys (i.e., anywhere in Emacs, not just in Org buffers). Here are
-suggested bindings for these keys, please modify the keys to your own
-liking.
@lisp
(global-set-key "\C-cl" 'org-store-link)
(global-set-key "\C-ca" 'org-agenda)
(global-set-key "\C-cc" 'org-capture)
-(global-set-key "\C-cb" 'org-switchb)
@end lisp
@cindex Org mode, turning on
-Files with the @file{.org} extension use Org mode by default. To turn on Org
-mode in a file that does not have the extension @file{.org}, make the first
-line of a file look like this:
+Files with the @samp{.org} extension use Org mode by default. To turn on
+Org mode in a file that does not have the extension @samp{.org}, make the
+first line of a file look like this:
@example
MY PROJECTS -*- mode: org; -*-
@end example
@vindex org-insert-mode-line-in-empty-file
-@noindent which will select Org mode for this buffer no matter what
-the file's name is. See also the variable
-@code{org-insert-mode-line-in-empty-file}.
+@noindent
+which selects Org mode for this buffer no matter what the file's name
+is. See also the variable @code{org-insert-mode-line-in-empty-file}.
-Many commands in Org work on the region if the region is @i{active}. To make
-use of this, you need to have @code{transient-mark-mode} turned on, which is
-the default. If you do not like @code{transient-mark-mode}, you can create
-an active region by using the mouse to select a region, or pressing
-@kbd{C-@key{SPC}} twice before moving the cursor.
+Many commands in Org work on the region if the region is @emph{active}. To
+make use of this, you need to have @code{transient-mark-mode} turned on,
+which is the default. If you do not like @code{transient-mark-mode}, you
+can create an active region by using the mouse to select a region, or
+pressing @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} twice before moving the cursor.
@node Feedback
@section Feedback
+
@cindex feedback
@cindex bug reports
+@cindex reporting a bug
@cindex maintainer
@cindex author
-If you find problems with Org, or if you have questions, remarks, or ideas
-about it, please mail to the Org mailing list @email{emacs-orgmode@@gnu.org}.
-You can subscribe to the list
-@uref{https://lists.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/emacs-orgmode, on this web page}.
-If you are not a member of the mailing list, your mail will be passed to the
-list after a moderator has approved it@footnote{Please consider subscribing
-to the mailing list, in order to minimize the work the mailing list
-moderators have to do.}.
+If you find problems with Org, or if you have questions, remarks, or
+ideas about it, please mail to the Org mailing list
+@email{emacs-orgmode@@gnu.org}. You can subscribe to the list @uref{https://lists.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/emacs-orgmode, on this
+web page}. If you are not a member of the mailing list, your mail will
+be passed to the list after a moderator has approved it@footnote{Please consider subscribing to the mailing list in order to
+minimize the work the mailing list moderators have to do.}.
+@findex org-version
+@findex org-submit-bug-report
For bug reports, please first try to reproduce the bug with the latest
-version of Org available---if you are running an outdated version, it is
-quite possible that the bug has been fixed already. If the bug persists,
-prepare a report and provide as much information as possible, including the
-version information of Emacs (@kbd{M-x emacs-version @key{RET}}) and Org
-(@kbd{M-x org-version @key{RET}}), as well as the Org related setup in the
-Emacs init file. The easiest way to do this is to use the command
+version of Org available---if you are running an outdated version, it
+is quite possible that the bug has been fixed already. If the bug
+persists, prepare a report and provide as much information as
+possible, including the version information of Emacs (@kbd{M-x emacs-version}) and Org (@kbd{M-x org-version}), as well as
+the Org related setup in the Emacs init file. The easiest way to do
+this is to use the command
+
@example
-@kbd{M-x org-submit-bug-report @key{RET}}
+M-x org-submit-bug-report <RET>
@end example
-@noindent which will put all this information into an Emacs mail buffer so
-that you only need to add your description. If you are not sending the Email
-from within Emacs, please copy and paste the content into your Email program.
-Sometimes you might face a problem due to an error in your Emacs or Org mode
-setup. Before reporting a bug, it is very helpful to start Emacs with minimal
-customizations and reproduce the problem. Doing so often helps you determine
-if the problem is with your customization or with Org mode itself. You can
-start a typical minimal session with a command like the example below.
+@noindent
+which puts all this information into an Emacs mail buffer so that you
+only need to add your description. If you are not sending the Email
+from within Emacs, please copy and paste the content into your Email
+program.
+
+Sometimes you might face a problem due to an error in your Emacs or
+Org mode setup. Before reporting a bug, it is very helpful to start
+Emacs with minimal customizations and reproduce the problem. Doing so
+often helps you determine if the problem is with your customization or
+with Org mode itself. You can start a typical minimal session with
+a command like the example below.
@example
$ emacs -Q -l /path/to/minimal-org.el
@end example
-However if you are using Org mode as distributed with Emacs, a minimal setup
-is not necessary. In that case it is sufficient to start Emacs as
-@code{emacs -Q}. The @code{minimal-org.el} setup file can have contents as
+However if you are using Org mode as distributed with Emacs, a minimal
+setup is not necessary. In that case it is sufficient to start Emacs
+as @samp{emacs -Q}. The @samp{minimal-org.el} setup file can have contents as
shown below.
@lisp
-;;; Minimal setup to load latest 'org-mode'
+;;; Minimal setup to load latest `org-mode'.
-;; activate debugging
+;; Activate debugging.
(setq debug-on-error t
debug-on-signal nil
debug-on-quit nil)
-;; add latest org-mode to load path
-(add-to-list 'load-path "/path/to/org-mode/lisp")
-(add-to-list 'load-path "/path/to/org-mode/contrib/lisp" t)
+;; Add latest Org mode to load path.
+(add-to-list 'load-path (expand-file-name "/path/to/org-mode/lisp"))
+(add-to-list 'load-path (expand-file-name "/path/to/org-mode/contrib/lisp" t))
@end lisp
-If an error occurs, a backtrace can be very useful (see below on how to
-create one). Often a small example file helps, along with clear information
-about:
+If an error occurs, a ``backtrace'' can be very useful---see below on
+how to create one. Often a small example file helps, along with clear
+information about:
@enumerate
-@item What exactly did you do?
-@item What did you expect to happen?
-@item What happened instead?
+@item
+What exactly did you do?
+@item
+What did you expect to happen?
+@item
+What happened instead?
@end enumerate
-@noindent Thank you for helping to improve this program.
-@subsubheading How to create a useful backtrace
+@noindent
+Thank you for helping to improve this program.
+
+@anchor{How to create a useful backtrace}
+@subheading How to create a useful backtrace
@cindex backtrace of an error
-If working with Org produces an error with a message you don't
+If working with Org produces an error with a message you do not
understand, you may have hit a bug. The best way to report this is by
-providing, in addition to what was mentioned above, a @emph{backtrace}.
-This is information from the built-in debugger about where and how the
+providing, in addition to what was mentioned above, a backtrace. This
+is information from the built-in debugger about where and how the
error occurred. Here is how to produce a useful backtrace:
@enumerate
@item
-Reload uncompiled versions of all Org mode Lisp files. The backtrace
-contains much more information if it is produced with uncompiled code.
-To do this, use
+Reload uncompiled versions of all Org mode Lisp files. The
+backtrace contains much more information if it is produced with
+uncompiled code. To do this, use
+
@example
-@kbd{C-u M-x org-reload @key{RET}}
+C-u M-x org-reload <RET>
@end example
+
@noindent
-or select @code{Org -> Refresh/Reload -> Reload Org uncompiled} from the
-menu.
+or, from the menu: Org @arrow{} Refresh/Reload @arrow{} Reload Org uncompiled.
+
@item
-Go to the @code{Options} menu and select @code{Enter Debugger on Error}.
+Then, activate the debugger:
+
+@example
+M-x toggle-debug-or-error <RET>
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+or, from the menu: Options @arrow{} Enter Debugger on Error.
+
@item
-Do whatever you have to do to hit the error. Don't forget to
+Do whatever you have to do to hit the error. Do not forget to
document the steps you take.
+
@item
-When you hit the error, a @file{*Backtrace*} buffer will appear on the
-screen. Save this buffer to a file (for example using @kbd{C-x C-w}) and
-attach it to your bug report.
+When you hit the error, a @samp{*Backtrace*} buffer appears on the
+screen. Save this buffer to a file---for example using @kbd{C-x C-w}---and attach it to your bug report.
@end enumerate
@node Conventions
-@section Typesetting conventions used in this manual
+@section Typesetting Conventions Used in this Manual
+
-@subsubheading TODO keywords, tags, properties, etc.
-Org mainly uses three types of keywords: TODO keywords, tags and property
-names. In this manual we use the following conventions:
+@anchor{TODO keywords tags properties etc}
+@subheading TODO keywords, tags, properties, etc.
-@table @code
-@item TODO
-@itemx WAITING
+Org uses various syntactical elements: TODO keywords, tags, property
+names, keywords, blocks, etc. In this manual we use the following
+conventions:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{TODO}
+@itemx @samp{WAITING}
TODO keywords are written with all capitals, even if they are
user-defined.
-@item boss
-@itemx ARCHIVE
-User-defined tags are written in lowercase; built-in tags with special
-meaning are written with all capitals.
-@item Release
-@itemx PRIORITY
+
+@item @samp{boss}
+@itemx @samp{ARCHIVE}
+User-defined tags are written in lowercase; built-in tags with
+special meaning are written with all capitals.
+
+@item @samp{Release}
+@itemx @samp{PRIORITY}
User-defined properties are capitalized; built-in properties with
special meaning are written with all capitals.
+
+@item @samp{TITLE}
+@itemx @samp{BEGIN} @dots{} @samp{END}
+Keywords and blocks are written in uppercase to enhance their
+readability, but you can use lowercase in your Org files.
@end table
-Moreover, Org uses @i{option keywords} (like @code{#+TITLE} to set the title)
-and @i{environment keywords} (like @code{#+BEGIN_EXPORT html} to start
-a @code{HTML} environment). They are written in uppercase in the manual to
-enhance its readability, but you can use lowercase in your Org file.
+@anchor{Key bindings and commands}
+@subheading Key bindings and commands
-@subsubheading Key bindings and commands
-@kindex C-c a
-@findex org-agenda
-@kindex C-c c
-@findex org-capture
+The manual lists both the keys and the corresponding commands for
+accessing a functionality. Org mode often uses the same key for
+different functions, depending on context. The command that is bound
+to such keys has a generic name, like @code{org-metaright}. In the manual
+we will, wherever possible, give the function that is internally
+called by the generic command. For example, in the chapter on
+document structure, @kbd{M-@key{RIGHT}} will be listed to call
+@code{org-do-demote}, while in the chapter on tables, it will be listed to
+call @code{org-table-move-column-right}.
+
+@node Document Structure
+@chapter Document Structure
-The manual suggests a few global key bindings, in particular @kbd{C-c a} for
-@code{org-agenda} and @kbd{C-c c} for @code{org-capture}. These are only
-suggestions, but the rest of the manual assumes that these key bindings are in
-place in order to list commands by key access.
-
-Also, the manual lists both the keys and the corresponding commands for
-accessing a functionality. Org mode often uses the same key for different
-functions, depending on context. The command that is bound to such keys has
-a generic name, like @code{org-metaright}. In the manual we will, wherever
-possible, give the function that is internally called by the generic command.
-For example, in the chapter on document structure, @kbd{M-@key{RIGHT}} will
-be listed to call @code{org-do-demote}, while in the chapter on tables, it
-will be listed to call @code{org-table-move-column-right}. If you prefer,
-you can compile the manual without the command names by unsetting the flag
-@code{cmdnames} in @file{org.texi}.
-
-@node Document structure
-@chapter Document structure
@cindex document structure
@cindex structure of document
@@ -1149,77 +872,80 @@ Org is based on Outline mode and provides flexible commands to
edit the structure of the document.
@menu
-* Outlines:: Org is based on Outline mode
-* Headlines:: How to typeset Org tree headlines
-* Visibility cycling:: Show and hide, much simplified
-* Motion:: Jumping to other headlines
-* Structure editing:: Changing sequence and level of headlines
-* Sparse trees:: Matches embedded in context
-* Plain lists:: Additional structure within an entry
-* Drawers:: Tucking stuff away
-* Blocks:: Folding blocks
-* Footnotes:: How footnotes are defined in Org's syntax
-* Org syntax:: Formal description of Org's syntax
+* Outlines:: Org is based on Outline mode.
+* Headlines:: How to typeset Org tree headlines.
+* Visibility Cycling:: Show and hide, much simplified.
+* Motion:: Jumping to other headlines.
+* Structure Editing:: Changing sequence and level of headlines.
+* Sparse Trees:: Matches embedded in context.
+* Plain Lists:: Additional structure within an entry.
+* Drawers:: Tucking stuff away.
+* Blocks:: Folding blocks.
+* Creating Footnotes:: How footnotes are defined in Org's syntax.
+* Org Syntax:: Formal description of Org's syntax.
@end menu
@node Outlines
@section Outlines
+
@cindex outlines
@cindex Outline mode
-Org is implemented on top of Outline mode. Outlines allow a
-document to be organized in a hierarchical structure, which (at least
-for me) is the best representation of notes and thoughts. An overview
-of this structure is achieved by folding (hiding) large parts of the
+Org is implemented on top of Outline mode. Outlines allow a document
+to be organized in a hierarchical structure, which, least for me, is
+the best representation of notes and thoughts. An overview of this
+structure is achieved by folding, i.e., hiding large parts of the
document to show only the general document structure and the parts
-currently being worked on. Org greatly simplifies the use of
-outlines by compressing the entire show/hide functionality into a single
-command, @command{org-cycle}, which is bound to the @key{TAB} key.
+currently being worked on. Org greatly simplifies the use of outlines
+by compressing the entire show and hide functionalities into a single
+command, @code{org-cycle}, which is bound to the @kbd{@key{TAB}} key.
@node Headlines
@section Headlines
+
@cindex headlines
@cindex outline tree
@vindex org-special-ctrl-a/e
@vindex org-special-ctrl-k
@vindex org-ctrl-k-protect-subtree
-Headlines define the structure of an outline tree. The headlines in Org
-start with one or more stars, on the left margin@footnote{See the variables
-@code{org-special-ctrl-a/e}, @code{org-special-ctrl-k}, and
-@code{org-ctrl-k-protect-subtree} to configure special behavior of @kbd{C-a},
-@kbd{C-e}, and @kbd{C-k} in headlines.} @footnote{Clocking only works with
-headings indented less than 30 stars.}. For example:
+Headlines define the structure of an outline tree. The headlines in
+Org start with one or more stars, on the left margin@footnote{See the variables @code{org-special-ctrl-a/e}, @code{org-special-ctrl-k},
+and @code{org-ctrl-k-protect-subtree} to configure special behavior of
+@kbd{C-a}, @kbd{C-e}, and @kbd{C-k} in headlines. Note
+also that clocking only works with headings indented less than 30
+stars.}. For
+example:
@example
* Top level headline
** Second level
-*** 3rd level
+*** Third level
some text
-*** 3rd level
+*** Third level
more text
-
* Another top level headline
@end example
@vindex org-footnote-section
-@noindent Note that a headline named after @code{org-footnote-section},
-which defaults to @samp{Footnotes}, is considered as special. A subtree with
-this headline will be silently ignored by exporting functions.
+@noindent
+Note that the name defined in @code{org-footnote-section} is reserved. Do
+not use it as a title for your own headings.
-Some people find the many stars too noisy and would prefer an
-outline that has whitespace followed by a single star as headline
-starters. @ref{Clean view}, describes a setup to realize this.
+Some people find the many stars too noisy and would prefer an outline
+that has whitespace followed by a single star as headline starters.
+See @ref{Clean View}.
@vindex org-cycle-separator-lines
An empty line after the end of a subtree is considered part of it and
-will be hidden when the subtree is folded. However, if you leave at
-least two empty lines, one empty line will remain visible after folding
-the subtree, in order to structure the collapsed view. See the
-variable @code{org-cycle-separator-lines} to modify this behavior.
+is hidden when the subtree is folded. However, if you leave at least
+two empty lines, one empty line remains visible after folding the
+subtree, in order to structure the collapsed view. See the variable
+@code{org-cycle-separator-lines} to modify this behavior.
+
+@node Visibility Cycling
+@section Visibility Cycling
-@node Visibility cycling
-@section Visibility cycling
@cindex cycling, visibility
@cindex visibility cycling
@cindex trees, visibility
@@ -1227,25 +953,28 @@ variable @code{org-cycle-separator-lines} to modify this behavior.
@cindex hide text
@menu
-* Global and local cycling:: Cycling through various visibility states
-* Initial visibility:: Setting the initial visibility state
-* Catching invisible edits:: Preventing mistakes when editing invisible parts
+* Global and local cycling:: Cycling through various visibility states.
+* Initial visibility:: Setting the initial visibility state.
+* Catching invisible edits:: Preventing mistakes when editing invisible parts.
@end menu
@node Global and local cycling
@subsection Global and local cycling
-Outlines make it possible to hide parts of the text in the buffer.
-Org uses just two commands, bound to @key{TAB} and
-@kbd{S-@key{TAB}} to change the visibility in the buffer.
-
@cindex subtree visibility states
@cindex subtree cycling
@cindex folded, subtree visibility state
@cindex children, subtree visibility state
@cindex subtree, subtree visibility state
+
+Outlines make it possible to hide parts of the text in the buffer.
+Org uses just two commands, bound to @kbd{@key{TAB}} and
+@kbd{S-@key{TAB}} to change the visibility in the buffer.
+
@table @asis
-@orgcmd{@key{TAB},org-cycle}
+@item @kbd{@key{TAB}} (@code{org-cycle})
+@kindex TAB
+@findex org-cycle
@emph{Subtree cycling}: Rotate current subtree among the states
@example
@@ -1254,16 +983,18 @@ Org uses just two commands, bound to @key{TAB} and
@end example
@vindex org-cycle-emulate-tab
-The cursor must be on a headline for this to work@footnote{see, however,
-the option @code{org-cycle-emulate-tab}.}.
+The cursor must be on a headline for this to work@footnote{See, however, the option @code{org-cycle-emulate-tab}.}.
+@item @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} (@code{org-global-cycle})
+@itemx @kbd{C-u @key{TAB}}
@cindex global visibility states
@cindex global cycling
@cindex overview, global visibility state
@cindex contents, global visibility state
@cindex show all, global visibility state
-@orgcmd{S-@key{TAB},org-global-cycle}
-@itemx C-u @key{TAB}
+@kindex C-u TAB
+@kindex S-TAB
+@findex org-global-cycle
@emph{Global cycling}: Rotate the entire buffer among the states
@example
@@ -1271,67 +1002,84 @@ the option @code{org-cycle-emulate-tab}.}.
'--------------------------------------'
@end example
-When @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} is called with a numeric prefix argument N, the
-CONTENTS view up to headlines of level N will be shown. Note that inside
-tables, @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} jumps to the previous field.
+When @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} is called with a numeric prefix argument N,
+the CONTENTS view up to headlines of level N are shown. Note
+that inside tables (see @ref{Tables}), @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} jumps to the
+previous field instead.
@vindex org-cycle-global-at-bob
-You can run global cycling using @key{TAB} only if point is at the very
-beginning of the buffer, but not on a headline, and
+You can run global cycling using @kbd{@key{TAB}} only if point is
+at the very beginning of the buffer, but not on a headline, and
@code{org-cycle-global-at-bob} is set to a non-@code{nil} value.
-@cindex set startup visibility, command
-@orgcmd{C-u C-u @key{TAB},org-set-startup-visibility}
-Switch back to the startup visibility of the buffer (@pxref{Initial visibility}).
+@item @kbd{C-u C-u @key{TAB}} (@code{org-set-startup-visibility})
+@cindex startup visibility
+@kindex C-u C-u TAB
+@findex org-set-startup-visibility
+Switch back to the startup visibility of the buffer (see @ref{Initial visibility}).
+
+@item @kbd{C-u C-u C-u @key{TAB}} (@code{outline-show-all})
@cindex show all, command
-@orgcmd{C-u C-u C-u @key{TAB},outline-show-all}
+@kindex C-u C-u C-u TAB
+@findex outline-show-all
Show all, including drawers.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-r} (@code{org-reveal})
@cindex revealing context
-@orgcmd{C-c C-r,org-reveal}
-Reveal context around point, showing the current entry, the following heading
-and the hierarchy above. Useful for working near a location that has been
-exposed by a sparse tree command (@pxref{Sparse trees}) or an agenda command
-(@pxref{Agenda commands}). With a prefix argument show, on each
-level, all sibling headings. With a double prefix argument, also show the
+@kindex C-c C-r
+@findex org-reveal
+Reveal context around point, showing the current entry, the
+following heading and the hierarchy above. Useful for working
+near a location that has been exposed by a sparse tree command
+(see @ref{Sparse Trees}) or an agenda command (see @ref{Agenda Commands}). With a prefix argument show, on each level, all
+sibling headings. With a double prefix argument, also show the
entire subtree of the parent.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-k} (@code{outline-show-branches})
@cindex show branches, command
-@orgcmd{C-c C-k,outline-show-branches}
-Expose all the headings of the subtree, CONTENTS view for just one subtree.
+@kindex C-c C-k
+@findex outline-show-branches
+Expose all the headings of the subtree, CONTENTS view for just
+one subtree.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c @key{TAB}} (@code{outline-show-children})
@cindex show children, command
-@orgcmd{C-c @key{TAB},outline-show-children}
-Expose all direct children of the subtree. With a numeric prefix argument N,
-expose all children down to level N@.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x b,org-tree-to-indirect-buffer}
-Show the current subtree in an indirect buffer@footnote{The indirect buffer
-(@pxref{Indirect Buffers,,,emacs,GNU Emacs Manual}) will contain the entire
-buffer, but will be narrowed to the current tree. Editing the indirect
-buffer will also change the original buffer, but without affecting visibility
-in that buffer.}. With a numeric prefix argument N, go up to level N and
-then take that tree. If N is negative then go up that many levels. With
-a @kbd{C-u} prefix, do not remove the previously used indirect buffer.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x v,org-copy-visible}
-Copy the @i{visible} text in the region into the kill ring.
+@kindex C-c TAB
+@findex outline-show-children
+Expose all direct children of the subtree. With a numeric prefix
+argument N, expose all children down to level N.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x b} (@code{org-tree-to-indirect-buffer})
+@kindex C-c C-x b
+@findex org-tree-to-indirect-buffer
+Show the current subtree in an indirect buffer@footnote{The indirect buffer contains the entire buffer, but is narrowed
+to the current tree. Editing the indirect buffer also changes the
+original buffer, but without affecting visibility in that buffer. For
+more information about indirect buffers, see @ref{Indirect Buffers,GNU Emacs Manual,,emacs,}.}. With
+a numeric prefix argument, N, go up to level N and then take that
+tree. If N is negative then go up that many levels. With
+a @kbd{C-u} prefix, do not remove the previously used
+indirect buffer.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x v} (@code{org-copy-visible})
+@kindex C-c C-x v
+@findex org-copy-visible
+Copy the @emph{visible} text in the region into the kill ring.
@end table
@node Initial visibility
@subsection Initial visibility
-@cindex visibility, initialize
@vindex org-startup-folded
-@vindex org-agenda-inhibit-startup
-@cindex @code{overview}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{content}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{showall}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{showeverything}, STARTUP keyword
-
-When Emacs first visits an Org file, the global state is set to OVERVIEW,
-i.e., only the top level headlines are visible@footnote{When
-@code{org-agenda-inhibit-startup} is non-@code{nil}, Org will not honor the default
-visibility state when first opening a file for the agenda (@pxref{Speeding up
-your agendas}).}. This can be configured through the variable
-@code{org-startup-folded}, or on a per-file basis by adding one of the
-following lines anywhere in the buffer:
+When Emacs first visits an Org file, the global state is set to
+OVERVIEW, i.e., only the top level headlines are visible@footnote{When @code{org-agenda-inhibit-startup} is non-@code{nil}, Org does not
+honor the default visibility state when first opening a file for the
+agenda (see @ref{Speeding Up Your Agendas}).}. This
+can be configured through the variable @code{org-startup-folded}, or on
+a per-file basis by adding one of the following lines anywhere in the
+buffer:
+@cindex STARTUP, keyword
@example
#+STARTUP: overview
#+STARTUP: content
@@ -1339,73 +1087,110 @@ following lines anywhere in the buffer:
#+STARTUP: showeverything
@end example
-@cindex property, @code{VISIBILITY}
+@cindex @samp{VISIBILITY}, property
@noindent
-Furthermore, any entries with a @code{VISIBILITY} property (@pxref{Properties
-and columns}) will get their visibility adapted accordingly. Allowed values
-for this property are @code{folded}, @code{children}, @code{content}, and
-@code{all}.
+Furthermore, any entries with a @samp{VISIBILITY} property (see @ref{Properties and Columns}) get their visibility adapted accordingly. Allowed values
+for this property are @samp{folded}, @samp{children}, @samp{content}, and @code{all}.
@table @asis
-@orgcmd{C-u C-u @key{TAB},org-set-startup-visibility}
-Switch back to the startup visibility of the buffer, i.e., whatever is
-requested by startup options and @code{VISIBILITY} properties in individual
-entries.
+@item @kbd{C-u C-u @key{TAB}} (@code{org-set-startup-visibility})
+@kindex C-u C-u TAB
+@findex org-set-startup-visibility
+Switch back to the startup visibility of the buffer, i.e.,
+whatever is requested by startup options and @samp{VISIBILITY}
+properties in individual entries.
@end table
@node Catching invisible edits
@subsection Catching invisible edits
-@vindex org-catch-invisible-edits
@cindex edits, catching invisible
-Sometimes you may inadvertently edit an invisible part of the buffer and be
-confused on what has been edited and how to undo the mistake. Setting
-@code{org-catch-invisible-edits} to non-@code{nil} will help prevent this. See the
-docstring of this option on how Org should catch invisible edits and process
-them.
+
+@vindex org-catch-invisible-edits
+Sometimes you may inadvertently edit an invisible part of the buffer
+and be confused on what has been edited and how to undo the mistake.
+Setting @code{org-catch-invisible-edits} to non-@code{nil} helps preventing
+this. See the docstring of this option on how Org should catch
+invisible edits and process them.
@node Motion
@section Motion
+
@cindex motion, between headlines
@cindex jumping, to headlines
@cindex headline navigation
+
The following commands jump to other headlines in the buffer.
@table @asis
-@orgcmd{C-c C-n,org-next-visible-heading}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-n} (@code{outline-next-visible-heading})
+@kindex C-c C-n
+@findex outline-next-visible-heading
Next heading.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-p,org-previous-visible-heading}
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-p} (@code{outline-previous-visible-heading})
+@kindex C-c C-p
+@findex outline-previous-visible-heading
Previous heading.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-f,org-forward-same-level}
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-f} (@code{org-forward-same-level})
+@kindex C-c C-f
+@findex org-forward-same-level
Next heading same level.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-b,org-backward-same-level}
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-b} (@code{org-backward-same-level})
+@kindex C-c C-b
+@findex org-backward-same-level
Previous heading same level.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-u,outline-up-heading}
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-u} (@code{outline-up-heading})
+@kindex C-c C-u
+@findex outline-up-heading
Backward to higher level heading.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-j,org-goto}
-Jump to a different place without changing the current outline
-visibility. Shows the document structure in a temporary buffer, where
-you can use the following keys to find your destination:
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-j} (@code{org-goto})
+@kindex C-c C-j
+@findex org-goto
@vindex org-goto-auto-isearch
-@example
-@key{TAB} @r{Cycle visibility.}
-@key{DOWN} / @key{UP} @r{Next/previous visible headline.}
-@key{RET} @r{Select this location.}
-@kbd{/} @r{Do a Sparse-tree search}
-@r{The following keys work if you turn off @code{org-goto-auto-isearch}}
-n / p @r{Next/previous visible headline.}
-f / b @r{Next/previous headline same level.}
-u @r{One level up.}
-0-9 @r{Digit argument.}
-q @r{Quit}
-@end example
+Jump to a different place without changing the current outline
+visibility. Shows the document structure in a temporary buffer,
+where you can use the following keys to find your destination:
+
+@multitable @columnfractions 0.3 0.7
+@item @kbd{@key{TAB}}
+@tab Cycle visibility.
+@item @kbd{@key{DOWN}} / @kbd{@key{UP}}
+@tab Next/previous visible headline.
+@item @kbd{@key{RET}}
+@tab Select this location.
+@item @kbd{/}
+@tab Do a Sparse-tree search
+@end multitable
+
+@noindent
+The following keys work if you turn off @code{org-goto-auto-isearch}
+
+@multitable @columnfractions 0.3 0.7
+@item @kbd{n} / @kbd{p}
+@tab Next/previous visible headline.
+@item @kbd{f} / @kbd{b}
+@tab Next/previous headline same level.
+@item @kbd{u}
+@tab One level up.
+@item @kbd{0} @dots{} @kbd{9}
+@tab Digit argument.
+@item @kbd{q}
+@tab Quit.
+@end multitable
+
@vindex org-goto-interface
@noindent
-See also the option @code{org-goto-interface}.
+See also the variable @code{org-goto-interface}.
@end table
-@node Structure editing
-@section Structure editing
+@node Structure Editing
+@section Structure Editing
+
@cindex structure editing
@cindex headline, promotion and demotion
@cindex promotion, of subtrees
@@ -1418,130 +1203,202 @@ See also the option @code{org-goto-interface}.
@cindex subtrees, cut and paste
@table @asis
-@orgcmd{M-@key{RET},org-meta-return}
+@item @kbd{M-@key{RET}} (@code{org-meta-return})
+@kindex M-RET
+@findex org-meta-return
@vindex org-M-RET-may-split-line
Insert a new heading, item or row.
-If the command is used at the @emph{beginning} of a line, and if there is
-a heading or a plain list item (@pxref{Plain lists}) at point, the new
-heading/item is created @emph{before} the current line. When used at the
-beginning of a regular line of text, turn that line into a heading.
-
-When this command is used in the middle of a line, the line is split and the
-rest of the line becomes the new item or headline. If you do not want the
-line to be split, customize @code{org-M-RET-may-split-line}.
-
-Calling the command with a @kbd{C-u} prefix unconditionally inserts a new
-heading at the end of the current subtree, thus preserving its contents.
-With a double @kbd{C-u C-u} prefix, the new heading is created at the end of
-the parent subtree instead.
-@orgcmd{C-@key{RET},org-insert-heading-respect-content}
+If the command is used at the @emph{beginning} of a line, and if there
+is a heading or a plain list item (see @ref{Plain Lists}) at point,
+the new heading/item is created @emph{before} the current line. When
+used at the beginning of a regular line of text, turn that line
+into a heading.
+
+When this command is used in the middle of a line, the line is
+split and the rest of the line becomes the new item or headline.
+If you do not want the line to be split, customize
+@code{org-M-RET-may-split-line}.
+
+Calling the command with a @kbd{C-u} prefix unconditionally
+inserts a new heading at the end of the current subtree, thus
+preserving its contents. With a double @kbd{C-u C-u}
+prefix, the new heading is created at the end of the parent
+subtree instead.
+
+@item @kbd{C-@key{RET}} (@code{org-insert-heading-respect-content})
+@kindex C-RET
+@findex org-insert-heading-respect-content
Insert a new heading at the end of the current subtree.
-@orgcmd{M-S-@key{RET},org-insert-todo-heading}
+
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{RET}} (@code{org-insert-todo-heading})
+@kindex M-S-RET
+@findex org-insert-todo-heading
@vindex org-treat-insert-todo-heading-as-state-change
-Insert new TODO entry with same level as current heading. See also the
-variable @code{org-treat-insert-todo-heading-as-state-change}.
-@orgcmd{C-S-@key{RET},org-insert-todo-heading-respect-content}
+Insert new TODO entry with same level as current heading. See
+also the variable
+@code{org-treat-insert-todo-heading-as-state-change}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-S-@key{RET}} (@code{org-insert-todo-heading-respect-content})
+@kindex C-S-RET
+@findex org-insert-todo-heading-respect-content
Insert new TODO entry with same level as current heading. Like
-@kbd{C-@key{RET}}, the new headline will be inserted after the current
+@kbd{C-@key{RET}}, the new headline is inserted after the current
subtree.
-@orgcmd{@key{TAB},org-cycle}
-In a new entry with no text yet, the first @key{TAB} demotes the entry to
-become a child of the previous one. The next @key{TAB} makes it a parent,
-and so on, all the way to top level. Yet another @key{TAB}, and you are back
-to the initial level.
-@orgcmd{M-@key{LEFT},org-do-promote}
+
+@item @kbd{@key{TAB}} (@code{org-cycle})
+@kindex TAB
+@findex org-cycle
+In a new entry with no text yet, the first @kbd{@key{TAB}} demotes
+the entry to become a child of the previous one. The next
+@kbd{@key{TAB}} makes it a parent, and so on, all the way to top
+level. Yet another @kbd{@key{TAB}}, and you are back to the
+initial level.
+
+@item @kbd{M-@key{LEFT}} (@code{org-do-promote})
+@kindex M-LEFT
+@findex org-do-promote
Promote current heading by one level.
-@orgcmd{M-@key{RIGHT},org-do-demote}
+
+@item @kbd{M-@key{RIGHT}} (@code{org-do-demote})
+@kindex M-RIGHT
+@findex org-do-demote
Demote current heading by one level.
-@orgcmd{M-S-@key{LEFT},org-promote-subtree}
+
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{LEFT}} (@code{org-promote-subtree})
+@kindex M-S-LEFT
+@findex org-promote-subtree
Promote the current subtree by one level.
-@orgcmd{M-S-@key{RIGHT},org-demote-subtree}
+
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{RIGHT}} (@code{org-demote-subtree})
+@kindex M-S-RIGHT
+@findex org-demote-subtree
Demote the current subtree by one level.
-@orgcmd{M-@key{UP},org-move-subtree-up}
-Move subtree up (swap with previous subtree of same
-level).
-@orgcmd{M-@key{DOWN},org-move-subtree-down}
-Move subtree down (swap with next subtree of same level).
-@orgcmd{M-h,org-mark-element}
-Mark the element at point. Hitting repeatedly will mark subsequent elements
-of the one just marked. E.g., hitting @key{M-h} on a paragraph will mark it,
-hitting @key{M-h} immediately again will mark the next one.
-@orgcmd{C-c @@,org-mark-subtree}
-Mark the subtree at point. Hitting repeatedly will mark subsequent subtrees
-of the same level than the marked subtree.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-w,org-cut-subtree}
+
+@item @kbd{M-@key{UP}} (@code{org-move-subtree-up})
+@kindex M-UP
+@findex org-move-subtree-up
+Move subtree up, i.e., swap with previous subtree of same level.
+
+@item @kbd{M-@key{DOWN}} (@code{org-move-subtree-down})
+@kindex M-DOWN
+@findex org-move-subtree-down
+Move subtree down, i.e., swap with next subtree of same level.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c @@} (@code{org-mark-subtree})
+@kindex C-c @@
+@findex org-mark-subtree
+Mark the subtree at point. Hitting repeatedly marks subsequent
+subtrees of the same level as the marked subtree.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-w} (@code{org-cut-subtree})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-w
+@findex org-cut-subtree
Kill subtree, i.e., remove it from buffer but save in kill ring.
With a numeric prefix argument N, kill N sequential subtrees.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x M-w,org-copy-subtree}
-Copy subtree to kill ring. With a numeric prefix argument N, copy the N
-sequential subtrees.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-y,org-paste-subtree}
-Yank subtree from kill ring. This does modify the level of the subtree to
-make sure the tree fits in nicely at the yank position. The yank level can
-also be specified with a numeric prefix argument, or by yanking after a
-headline marker like @samp{****}.
-@orgcmd{C-y,org-yank}
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x M-w} (@code{org-copy-subtree})
+@kindex C-c C-x M-w
+@findex org-copy-subtree
+Copy subtree to kill ring. With a numeric prefix argument N,
+copy the N sequential subtrees.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-y} (@code{org-paste-subtree})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-y
+@findex org-paste-subtree
+Yank subtree from kill ring. This does modify the level of the
+subtree to make sure the tree fits in nicely at the yank
+position. The yank level can also be specified with a numeric
+prefix argument, or by yanking after a headline marker like
+@samp{****}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-y} (@code{org-yank})
+@kindex C-y
+@findex org-yank
@vindex org-yank-adjusted-subtrees
@vindex org-yank-folded-subtrees
-Depending on the options @code{org-yank-adjusted-subtrees} and
-@code{org-yank-folded-subtrees}, Org's internal @code{yank} command will
-paste subtrees folded and in a clever way, using the same command as @kbd{C-c
-C-x C-y}. With the default settings, no level adjustment will take place,
-but the yanked tree will be folded unless doing so would swallow text
-previously visible. Any prefix argument to this command will force a normal
-@code{yank} to be executed, with the prefix passed along. A good way to
-force a normal yank is @kbd{C-u C-y}. If you use @code{yank-pop} after a
-yank, it will yank previous kill items plainly, without adjustment and
+Depending on the variables @code{org-yank-adjusted-subtrees} and
+@code{org-yank-folded-subtrees}, Org's internal @code{yank} command pastes
+subtrees folded and in a clever way, using the same command as
+@kbd{C-c C-x C-y}. With the default settings, no level
+adjustment takes place, but the yanked tree is folded unless
+doing so would swallow text previously visible. Any prefix
+argument to this command forces a normal @code{yank} to be executed,
+with the prefix passed along. A good way to force a normal yank
+is @kbd{C-u C-y}. If you use @code{yank-pop} after a yank, it
+yanks previous kill items plainly, without adjustment and
folding.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x c,org-clone-subtree-with-time-shift}
-Clone a subtree by making a number of sibling copies of it. You will be
-prompted for the number of copies to make, and you can also specify if any
-timestamps in the entry should be shifted. This can be useful, for example,
-to create a number of tasks related to a series of lectures to prepare. For
-more details, see the docstring of the command
-@code{org-clone-subtree-with-time-shift}.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-w,org-refile}
-Refile entry or region to a different location. @xref{Refile and copy}.
-@orgcmd{C-c ^,org-sort}
-Sort same-level entries. When there is an active region, all entries in the
-region will be sorted. Otherwise the children of the current headline are
-sorted. The command prompts for the sorting method, which can be
-alphabetically, numerically, by time (first timestamp with active preferred,
-creation time, scheduled time, deadline time), by priority, by TODO keyword
-(in the sequence the keywords have been defined in the setup) or by the value
-of a property. Reverse sorting is possible as well. You can also supply
-your own function to extract the sorting key. With a @kbd{C-u} prefix,
-sorting will be case-sensitive.
-@orgcmd{C-x n s,org-narrow-to-subtree}
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x c} (@code{org-clone-subtree-with-time-shift})
+@kindex C-c C-x c
+@findex org-clone-subtree-with-time-shift
+Clone a subtree by making a number of sibling copies of it. You
+are prompted for the number of copies to make, and you can also
+specify if any timestamps in the entry should be shifted. This
+can be useful, for example, to create a number of tasks related
+to a series of lectures to prepare. For more details, see the
+docstring of the command @code{org-clone-subtree-with-time-shift}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-w} (@code{org-refile})
+@kindex C-c C-w
+@findex org-refile
+Refile entry or region to a different location. See @ref{Refile and Copy}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c ^} (@code{org-sort})
+@kindex C-c ^
+@findex org-sort
+Sort same-level entries. When there is an active region, all
+entries in the region are sorted. Otherwise the children of the
+current headline are sorted. The command prompts for the sorting
+method, which can be alphabetically, numerically, by time---first
+timestamp with active preferred, creation time, scheduled time,
+deadline time---by priority, by TODO keyword---in the sequence
+the keywords have been defined in the setup---or by the value of
+a property. Reverse sorting is possible as well. You can also
+supply your own function to extract the sorting key. With
+a @kbd{C-u} prefix, sorting is case-sensitive.
+
+@item @kbd{C-x n s} (@code{org-narrow-to-subtree})
+@kindex C-x n s
+@findex org-narrow-to-subtree
Narrow buffer to current subtree.
-@orgcmd{C-x n b,org-narrow-to-block}
+
+@item @kbd{C-x n b} (@code{org-narrow-to-block})
+@kindex C-x n b
+@findex org-narrow-to-block
Narrow buffer to current block.
-@orgcmd{C-x n w,widen}
+
+@item @kbd{C-x n w} (@code{widen})
+@kindex C-x n w
+@findex widen
Widen buffer to remove narrowing.
-@orgcmd{C-c *,org-toggle-heading}
-Turn a normal line or plain list item into a headline (so that it becomes a
-subheading at its location). Also turn a headline into a normal line by
-removing the stars. If there is an active region, turn all lines in the
-region into headlines. If the first line in the region was an item, turn
-only the item lines into headlines. Finally, if the first line is a
-headline, remove the stars from all headlines in the region.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c *} (@code{org-toggle-heading})
+@kindex C-c *
+@findex org-toggle-heading
+Turn a normal line or plain list item into a headline---so that
+it becomes a subheading at its location. Also turn a headline
+into a normal line by removing the stars. If there is an active
+region, turn all lines in the region into headlines. If the
+first line in the region was an item, turn only the item lines
+into headlines. Finally, if the first line is a headline, remove
+the stars from all headlines in the region.
@end table
@cindex region, active
@cindex active region
@cindex transient mark mode
-When there is an active region (Transient Mark mode), promotion and
-demotion work on all headlines in the region. To select a region of
-headlines, it is best to place both point and mark at the beginning of a
-line, mark at the beginning of the first headline, and point at the line
-just after the last headline to change. Note that when the cursor is
-inside a table (@pxref{Tables}), the Meta-Cursor keys have different
-functionality.
+When there is an active region---i.e., when Transient Mark mode is
+active---promotion and demotion work on all headlines in the region.
+To select a region of headlines, it is best to place both point and
+mark at the beginning of a line, mark at the beginning of the first
+headline, and point at the line just after the last headline to
+change. Note that when the cursor is inside a table (see @ref{Tables}),
+the Meta-Cursor keys have different functionality.
+@node Sparse Trees
+@section Sparse Trees
-@node Sparse trees
-@section Sparse trees
@cindex sparse trees
@cindex trees, sparse
@cindex folding, sparse trees
@@ -1550,42 +1407,56 @@ functionality.
@vindex org-show-context-detail
An important feature of Org mode is the ability to construct @emph{sparse
trees} for selected information in an outline tree, so that the entire
-document is folded as much as possible, but the selected information is made
-visible along with the headline structure above it@footnote{See also the
-variable @code{org-show-context-detail} to decide how much context is shown
-around each match.}. Just try it out and you will see immediately how it
-works.
+document is folded as much as possible, but the selected information
+is made visible along with the headline structure above it@footnote{See also the variable @code{org-show-context-detail} to decide how
+much context is shown around each match.}.
+Just try it out and you will see immediately how it works.
-Org mode contains several commands for creating such trees, all these
+Org mode contains several commands creating such trees, all these
commands can be accessed through a dispatcher:
@table @asis
-@orgcmd{C-c /,org-sparse-tree}
-This prompts for an extra key to select a sparse-tree creating command.
-@orgcmdkkc{C-c / r,C-c / /,org-occur}
+@item @kbd{C-c /} (@code{org-sparse-tree})
+@kindex C-c /
+@findex org-sparse-tree
+This prompts for an extra key to select a sparse-tree creating
+command.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c / r} or @kbd{C-c / /} (@code{org-occur})
+@kindex C-c / r
+@kindex C-c / /
+@findex org-occur
@vindex org-remove-highlights-with-change
-Prompts for a regexp and shows a sparse tree with all matches. If
-the match is in a headline, the headline is made visible. If the match is in
-the body of an entry, headline and body are made visible. In order to
-provide minimal context, also the full hierarchy of headlines above the match
-is shown, as well as the headline following the match. Each match is also
-highlighted; the highlights disappear when the buffer is changed by an
-editing command@footnote{This depends on the option
-@code{org-remove-highlights-with-change}}, or by pressing @kbd{C-c C-c}.
-When called with a @kbd{C-u} prefix argument, previous highlights are kept,
-so several calls to this command can be stacked.
-@orgcmdkkc{M-g n,M-g M-n,next-error}
+Prompts for a regexp and shows a sparse tree with all matches.
+If the match is in a headline, the headline is made visible. If
+the match is in the body of an entry, headline and body are made
+visible. In order to provide minimal context, also the full
+hierarchy of headlines above the match is shown, as well as the
+headline following the match. Each match is also highlighted;
+the highlights disappear when the buffer is changed by an editing
+command, or by pressing @kbd{C-c C-c}@footnote{This depends on the option @code{org-remove-highlights-with-change}.}. When called
+with a @kbd{C-u} prefix argument, previous highlights are
+kept, so several calls to this command can be stacked.
+
+@item @kbd{M-g n} or @kbd{M-g M-n} (@code{next-error})
+@kindex M-g n
+@kindex M-g M-n
+@findex next-error
Jump to the next sparse tree match in this buffer.
-@orgcmdkkc{M-g p,M-g M-p,previous-error}
+
+@item @kbd{M-g p} or @kbd{M-g M-p} (@code{previous-error})
+@kindex M-g p
+@kindex M-g M-p
+@findex previous-error
Jump to the previous sparse tree match in this buffer.
@end table
-@noindent
@vindex org-agenda-custom-commands
+@noindent
For frequently used sparse trees of specific search strings, you can
-use the option @code{org-agenda-custom-commands} to define fast
-keyboard access to specific sparse trees. These commands will then be
-accessible through the agenda dispatcher (@pxref{Agenda dispatcher}).
+use the variable @code{org-agenda-custom-commands} to define fast keyboard
+access to specific sparse trees. These commands will then be
+accessible through the agenda dispatcher (see @ref{Agenda Dispatcher}).
For example:
@lisp
@@ -1593,307 +1464,325 @@ For example:
'(("f" occur-tree "FIXME")))
@end lisp
-@noindent will define the key @kbd{C-c a f} as a shortcut for creating
-a sparse tree matching the string @samp{FIXME}.
+@noindent
+defines the key @kbd{f} as a shortcut for creating a sparse tree
+matching the string @samp{FIXME}.
The other sparse tree commands select headings based on TODO keywords,
-tags, or properties and will be discussed later in this manual.
+tags, or properties and are discussed later in this manual.
-@kindex C-c C-e C-v
+@kindex C-c C-e v
@cindex printing sparse trees
@cindex visible text, printing
To print a sparse tree, you can use the Emacs command
-@code{ps-print-buffer-with-faces} which does not print invisible parts of the
-document. Or you can use @kbd{C-c C-e C-v} to export only the visible part
-of the document and print the resulting file.
+@code{ps-print-buffer-with-faces} which does not print invisible parts of
+the document. Or you can use the command @kbd{C-c C-e v} to
+export only the visible part of the document and print the resulting
+file.
+
+@node Plain Lists
+@section Plain Lists
-@node Plain lists
-@section Plain lists
@cindex plain lists
@cindex lists, plain
@cindex lists, ordered
@cindex ordered lists
Within an entry of the outline tree, hand-formatted lists can provide
-additional structure. They also provide a way to create lists of checkboxes
-(@pxref{Checkboxes}). Org supports editing such lists, and every exporter
-(@pxref{Exporting}) can parse and format them.
+additional structure. They also provide a way to create lists of
+checkboxes (see @ref{Checkboxes}). Org supports editing such lists, and
+every exporter (see @ref{Exporting}) can parse and format them.
Org knows ordered lists, unordered lists, and description lists.
-@itemize @bullet
+
+@itemize
@item
-@emph{Unordered} list items start with @samp{-}, @samp{+}, or
-@samp{*}@footnote{When using @samp{*} as a bullet, lines must be indented or
-they will be seen as top-level headlines. Also, when you are hiding leading
-stars to get a clean outline view, plain list items starting with a star may
-be hard to distinguish from true headlines. In short: even though @samp{*}
-is supported, it may be better to not use it for plain list items.} as
-bullets.
+@emph{Unordered} list items start with @samp{-}, @samp{+}, or @samp{*}@footnote{When using @samp{*} as a bullet, lines must be indented so that they
+are not interpreted as headlines. Also, when you are hiding leading
+stars to get a clean outline view, plain list items starting with
+a star may be hard to distinguish from true headlines. In short: even
+though @samp{*} is supported, it may be better to not use it for plain list
+items.} as bullets.
+
@item
@vindex org-plain-list-ordered-item-terminator
-@vindex org-list-allow-alphabetical
-@emph{Ordered} list items start with a numeral followed by either a period or
-a right parenthesis@footnote{You can filter out any of them by configuring
-@code{org-plain-list-ordered-item-terminator}.}, such as @samp{1.} or
-@samp{1)}@footnote{You can also get @samp{a.}, @samp{A.}, @samp{a)} and
-@samp{A)} by configuring @code{org-list-allow-alphabetical}. To minimize
-confusion with normal text, those are limited to one character only. Beyond
-that limit, bullets will automatically fallback to numbers.}. If you want a
-list to start with a different value (e.g., 20), start the text of the item
-with @code{[@@20]}@footnote{If there's a checkbox in the item, the cookie
-must be put @emph{before} the checkbox. If you have activated alphabetical
-lists, you can also use counters like @code{[@@b]}.}. Those constructs can
-be used in any item of the list in order to enforce a particular numbering.
+@vindex org-alphabetical-lists
+@emph{Ordered} list items start with a numeral followed by either
+a period or a right parenthesis@footnote{You can filter out any of them by configuring
+@code{org-plain-list-ordered-item-terminator}.}, such as @samp{1.} or @samp{1)}@footnote{You can also get @samp{a.}, @samp{A.}, @samp{a)} and @samp{A)} by configuring
+@code{org-list-allow-alphabetical}. To minimize confusion with normal
+text, those are limited to one character only. Beyond that limit,
+bullets automatically become numbers.}
+If you want a list to start with a different value---e.g.,
+20---start the text of the item with @samp{[@@20]}@footnote{If there's a checkbox in the item, the cookie must be put
+@emph{before} the checkbox. If you have activated alphabetical lists, you
+can also use counters like @samp{[@@b]}.}. Those
+constructs can be used in any item of the list in order to enforce
+a particular numbering.
+
@item
@emph{Description} list items are unordered list items, and contain the
-separator @samp{ :: } to distinguish the description @emph{term} from the
+separator @samp{::} to distinguish the description @emph{term} from the
description.
@end itemize
-Items belonging to the same list must have the same indentation on the first
-line. In particular, if an ordered list reaches number @samp{10.}, then the
-2--digit numbers must be written left-aligned with the other numbers in the
-list. An item ends before the next line that is less or equally indented
-than its bullet/number.
-
-A list ends whenever every item has ended, which means before any line less
-or equally indented than items at top level. It also ends before two blank
-lines. In that case, all items are closed. Here is an example:
-
-@example
-@group
-** Lord of the Rings
- My favorite scenes are (in this order)
- 1. The attack of the Rohirrim
- 2. Eowyn's fight with the witch king
- + this was already my favorite scene in the book
- + I really like Miranda Otto.
- 3. Peter Jackson being shot by Legolas
- - on DVD only
- He makes a really funny face when it happens.
- But in the end, no individual scenes matter but the film as a whole.
- Important actors in this film are:
- - @b{Elijah Wood} :: He plays Frodo
- - @b{Sean Astin} :: He plays Sam, Frodo's friend. I still remember
- him very well from his role as Mikey Walsh in @i{The Goonies}.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-Org supports these lists by tuning filling and wrapping commands to deal with
-them correctly, and by exporting them properly (@pxref{Exporting}). Since
-indentation is what governs the structure of these lists, many structural
-constructs like @code{#+BEGIN_...} blocks can be indented to signal that they
-belong to a particular item.
+Items belonging to the same list must have the same indentation on the
+first line. In particular, if an ordered list reaches number @samp{10.},
+then the 2-digit numbers must be written left-aligned with the other
+numbers in the list. An item ends before the next line that is less
+or equally indented than its bullet/number.
+
+A list ends whenever every item has ended, which means before any line
+less or equally indented than items at top level. It also ends before
+two blank lines. In that case, all items are closed. Here is an
+example:
+
+@example
+* Lord of the Rings
+My favorite scenes are (in this order)
+1. The attack of the Rohirrim
+2. Eowyn's fight with the witch king
+ + this was already my favorite scene in the book
+ + I really like Miranda Otto.
+3. Peter Jackson being shot by Legolas
+ - on DVD only
+ He makes a really funny face when it happens.
+But in the end, no individual scenes matter but the film as a whole.
+Important actors in this film are:
+- Elijah Wood :: He plays Frodo
+- Sean Astin :: He plays Sam, Frodo's friend. I still remember him
+ very well from his role as Mikey Walsh in /The Goonies/.
+@end example
+
+Org supports these lists by tuning filling and wrapping commands to
+deal with them correctly, and by exporting them properly (see
+@ref{Exporting}). Since indentation is what governs the structure of these
+lists, many structural constructs like @samp{#+BEGIN_} blocks can be
+indented to signal that they belong to a particular item.
@vindex org-list-demote-modify-bullet
@vindex org-list-indent-offset
-If you find that using a different bullet for a sub-list (than that used for
-the current list-level) improves readability, customize the variable
-@code{org-list-demote-modify-bullet}. To get a greater difference of
-indentation between items and their sub-items, customize
+If you find that using a different bullet for a sub-list---than that
+used for the current list-level---improves readability, customize the
+variable @code{org-list-demote-modify-bullet}. To get a greater difference
+of indentation between items and theirs sub-items, customize
@code{org-list-indent-offset}.
@vindex org-list-automatic-rules
-The following commands act on items when the cursor is in the first line of
-an item (the line with the bullet or number). Some of them imply the
-application of automatic rules to keep list structure intact. If some of
-these actions get in your way, configure @code{org-list-automatic-rules}
-to disable them individually.
+The following commands act on items when the cursor is in the first
+line of an item---the line with the bullet or number. Some of them
+imply the application of automatic rules to keep list structure
+intact. If some of these actions get in your way, configure
+@code{org-list-automatic-rules} to disable them individually.
@table @asis
-@orgcmd{@key{TAB},org-cycle}
+@item @kbd{@key{TAB}} (@code{org-cycle})
@cindex cycling, in plain lists
+@kindex TAB
+@findex org-cycle
@vindex org-cycle-include-plain-lists
-Items can be folded just like headline levels. Normally this works only if
-the cursor is on a plain list item. For more details, see the variable
-@code{org-cycle-include-plain-lists}. If this variable is set to
-@code{integrate}, plain list items will be treated like low-level
-headlines. The level of an item is then given by the indentation of the
-bullet/number. Items are always subordinate to real headlines, however; the
-hierarchies remain completely separated. In a new item with no text yet, the
-first @key{TAB} demotes the item to become a child of the previous
-one. Subsequent @key{TAB}s move the item to meaningful levels in the list
-and eventually get it back to its initial position.
-@orgcmd{M-@key{RET},org-insert-heading}
+Items can be folded just like headline levels. Normally this
+works only if the cursor is on a plain list item. For more
+details, see the variable @code{org-cycle-include-plain-lists}. If
+this variable is set to @code{integrate}, plain list items are treated
+like low-level headlines. The level of an item is then given by
+the indentation of the bullet/number. Items are always
+subordinate to real headlines, however; the hierarchies remain
+completely separated. In a new item with no text yet, the first
+@kbd{@key{TAB}} demotes the item to become a child of the previous
+one. Subsequent @kbd{@key{TAB}}s move the item to meaningful
+levels in the list and eventually get it back to its initial
+position.
+
+@item @kbd{M-@key{RET}} (@code{org-insert-heading})
+@kindex M-RET
+@findex org-insert-heading
@vindex org-M-RET-may-split-line
-@vindex org-list-automatic-rules
-Insert new item at current level. With a prefix argument, force a new
-heading (@pxref{Structure editing}). If this command is used in the middle
-of an item, that item is @emph{split} in two, and the second part becomes the
-new item@footnote{If you do not want the item to be split, customize the
-variable @code{org-M-RET-may-split-line}.}. If this command is executed
-@emph{before item's body}, the new item is created @emph{before} the current
-one.
-@end table
-
-@table @kbd
+Insert new item at current level. With a prefix argument, force
+a new heading (see @ref{Structure Editing}). If this command is used
+in the middle of an item, that item is @emph{split} in two, and the
+second part becomes the new item@footnote{If you do not want the item to be split, customize the
+variable @code{org-M-RET-may-split-line}.}. If this command is
+executed @emph{before item's body}, the new item is created @emph{before}
+the current one.
+
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{RET}}
@kindex M-S-RET
-@item M-S-@key{RET}
-Insert a new item with a checkbox (@pxref{Checkboxes}).
+Insert a new item with a checkbox (see @ref{Checkboxes}).
+
+@item @kbd{S-@key{UP}}
+@itemx @kbd{S-@key{DOWN}}
+@kindex S-UP
@kindex S-DOWN
-@item S-up
-@itemx S-down
@cindex shift-selection-mode
@vindex org-support-shift-select
@vindex org-list-use-circular-motion
-Jump to the previous/next item in the current list@footnote{If you want to
-cycle around items that way, you may customize
-@code{org-list-use-circular-motion}.}, but only if
-@code{org-support-shift-select} is off. If not, you can still use paragraph
-jumping commands like @kbd{C-@key{UP}} and @kbd{C-@key{DOWN}} to quite
-similar effect.
+Jump to the previous/next item in the current list, but only if
+@code{org-support-shift-select} is off@footnote{If you want to cycle around items that way, you may customize
+@code{org-list-use-circular-motion}.}. If not, you can
+still use paragraph jumping commands like @kbd{C-@key{UP}}
+and @kbd{C-@key{DOWN}} to quite similar effect.
+
+@item @kbd{M-@key{UP}}
+@itemx @kbd{M-@key{DOWN}}
@kindex M-UP
@kindex M-DOWN
-@item M-up
-@itemx M-down
-Move the item including subitems up/down@footnote{See
-@code{org-list-use-circular-motion} for a cyclic behavior.} (swap with
-previous/next item of same indentation). If the list is ordered, renumbering
-is automatic.
+Move the item including subitems up/down@footnote{See @code{org-list-use-circular-motion} for a cyclic behavior.}, i.e., swap with
+previous/next item of same indentation. If the list is ordered,
+renumbering is automatic.
+
+@item @kbd{M-@key{LEFT}}
+@itemx @kbd{M-@key{RIGHT}}
@kindex M-LEFT
@kindex M-RIGHT
-@item M-left
-@itemx M-right
-Decrease/increase the indentation of an item, leaving children alone.
+Decrease/increase the indentation of an item, leaving children
+alone.
+
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{LEFT}}
+@itemx @kbd{M-S-@key{RIGHT}}
@kindex M-S-LEFT
@kindex M-S-RIGHT
-@item M-S-@key{LEFT}
-@itemx M-S-@key{RIGHT}
-Decrease/increase the indentation of the item, including subitems.
-Initially, the item tree is selected based on current indentation. When
-these commands are executed several times in direct succession, the initially
-selected region is used, even if the new indentation would imply a different
-hierarchy. To use the new hierarchy, break the command chain with a cursor
-motion or so.
-
-As a special case, using this command on the very first item of a list will
-move the whole list. This behavior can be disabled by configuring
-@code{org-list-automatic-rules}. The global indentation of a list has no
-influence on the text @emph{after} the list.
+Decrease/increase the indentation of the item, including
+subitems. Initially, the item tree is selected based on current
+indentation. When these commands are executed several times in
+direct succession, the initially selected region is used, even if
+the new indentation would imply a different hierarchy. To use
+the new hierarchy, break the command chain with a cursor motion
+or so.
+
+As a special case, using this command on the very first item of
+a list moves the whole list. This behavior can be disabled by
+configuring @code{org-list-automatic-rules}. The global indentation
+of a list has no influence on the text @emph{after} the list.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c}
@kindex C-c C-c
-@item C-c C-c
-If there is a checkbox (@pxref{Checkboxes}) in the item line, toggle the
-state of the checkbox. In any case, verify bullets and indentation
-consistency in the whole list.
+If there is a checkbox (see @ref{Checkboxes}) in the item line, toggle
+the state of the checkbox. In any case, verify bullets and
+indentation consistency in the whole list.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c -}
@kindex C-c -
@vindex org-plain-list-ordered-item-terminator
-@item C-c -
-Cycle the entire list level through the different itemize/enumerate bullets
-(@samp{-}, @samp{+}, @samp{*}, @samp{1.}, @samp{1)}) or a subset of them,
-depending on @code{org-plain-list-ordered-item-terminator}, the type of list,
-and its indentation. With a numeric prefix argument N, select the Nth bullet
-from this list. If there is an active region when calling this, all selected
-lines are converted to list items. With a prefix argument, selected text is
-changed into a single item. If the first line already was a list item, any
-item marker will be removed from the list. Finally, even without an active
-region, a normal line will be converted into a list item.
+Cycle the entire list level through the different
+itemize/enumerate bullets (@samp{-}, @samp{+}, @samp{*}, @samp{1.}, @samp{1)}) or a subset
+of them, depending on @code{org-plain-list-ordered-item-terminator},
+the type of list, and its indentation. With a numeric prefix
+argument N, select the Nth bullet from this list. If there is an
+active region when calling this, selected text is changed into an
+item. With a prefix argument, all lines are converted to list
+items. If the first line already was a list item, any item
+marker is removed from the list. Finally, even without an active
+region, a normal line is converted into a list item.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c *}
@kindex C-c *
-@item C-c *
-Turn a plain list item into a headline (so that it becomes a subheading at
-its location). @xref{Structure editing}, for a detailed explanation.
+Turn a plain list item into a headline---so that it becomes
+a subheading at its location. See @ref{Structure Editing}, for
+a detailed explanation.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-*}
@kindex C-c C-*
-@item C-c C-*
-Turn the whole plain list into a subtree of the current heading. Checkboxes
-(@pxref{Checkboxes}) will become TODO (resp. DONE) keywords when unchecked
-(resp. checked).
+Turn the whole plain list into a subtree of the current heading.
+Checkboxes (see @ref{Checkboxes}) become TODO, respectively DONE,
+keywords when unchecked, respectively checked.
+
+@item @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}}
+@itemx @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}}
+@vindex org-support-shift-select
@kindex S-LEFT
@kindex S-RIGHT
-@item S-@key{LEFT}/@key{RIGHT}
-@vindex org-support-shift-select
-This command also cycles bullet styles when the cursor in on the bullet or
-anywhere in an item line, details depending on
+This command also cycles bullet styles when the cursor in on the
+bullet or anywhere in an item line, details depending on
@code{org-support-shift-select}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c ^}
@kindex C-c ^
@cindex sorting, of plain list
-@item C-c ^
-Sort the plain list. You will be prompted for the sorting method:
-numerically, alphabetically, by time, by checked status for check lists,
-or by a custom function.
+Sort the plain list. Prompt for the sorting method: numerically,
+alphabetically, by time, or by custom function.
@end table
@node Drawers
@section Drawers
+
@cindex drawers
@cindex visibility cycling, drawers
-@cindex @code{org-insert-drawer}
-@kindex C-c C-x d
-Sometimes you want to keep information associated with an entry, but you
-normally don't want to see it. For this, Org mode has @emph{drawers}. They
-can contain anything but a headline and another drawer. Drawers look like
-this:
+Sometimes you want to keep information associated with an entry, but
+you normally do not want to see it. For this, Org mode has @emph{drawers}.
+They can contain anything but a headline and another drawer. Drawers
+look like this:
@example
** This is a headline
- Still outside the drawer
- :DRAWERNAME:
- This is inside the drawer.
- :END:
- After the drawer.
-@end example
-
-You can interactively insert drawers at point by calling
-@code{org-insert-drawer}, which is bound to @key{C-c C-x d}. With an active
-region, this command will put the region inside the drawer. With a prefix
-argument, this command calls @code{org-insert-property-drawer} and add
-a property drawer right below the current headline. Completion over drawer
-keywords is also possible using @kbd{M-@key{TAB}}@footnote{Many desktops
-intercept @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} to switch windows. Use @kbd{C-M-i} or
-@kbd{@key{ESC} @key{TAB}} instead for completion (@pxref{Completion}).}.
-
-Visibility cycling (@pxref{Visibility cycling}) on the headline will hide and
-show the entry, but keep the drawer collapsed to a single line. In order to
-look inside the drawer, you need to move the cursor to the drawer line and
-press @key{TAB} there. Org mode uses the @code{PROPERTIES} drawer for
-storing properties (@pxref{Properties and columns}), and you can also arrange
-for state change notes (@pxref{Tracking TODO state changes}) and clock times
-(@pxref{Clocking work time}) to be stored in a drawer @code{LOGBOOK}. If you
-want to store a quick note in the LOGBOOK drawer, in a similar way to state
-changes, use
-
-@table @kbd
+Still outside the drawer
+:DRAWERNAME:
+This is inside the drawer.
+:END:
+After the drawer.
+@end example
+
+@kindex C-c C-x d
+@findex org-insert-drawer
+You can interactively insert a drawer at point by calling
+@code{org-insert-drawer}, which is bound to @kbd{C-c C-x d}. With an
+active region, this command puts the region inside the drawer. With
+a prefix argument, this command calls @code{org-insert-property-drawer},
+which creates a @samp{PROPERTIES} drawer right below the current headline.
+Org mode uses this special drawer for storing properties (see
+@ref{Properties and Columns}). You cannot use it for anything else.
+
+Completion over drawer keywords is also possible using
+@kbd{M-@key{TAB}}@footnote{Many desktops intercept @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} to switch windows.
+Use @kbd{C-M-i} or @kbd{@key{ESC} @key{TAB}} instead.}.
+
+Visibility cycling (see @ref{Visibility Cycling}) on the headline hides and
+shows the entry, but keep the drawer collapsed to a single line. In
+order to look inside the drawer, you need to move the cursor to the
+drawer line and press @kbd{@key{TAB}} there.
+
+You can also arrange for state change notes (see @ref{Tracking TODO state changes}) and clock times (see @ref{Clocking Work Time}) to be stored in
+a @samp{LOGBOOK} drawer. If you want to store a quick note there, in
+a similar way to state changes, use
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-z}
@kindex C-c C-z
-@item C-c C-z
-Add a time-stamped note to the LOGBOOK drawer.
+Add a time-stamped note to the @samp{LOGBOOK} drawer.
@end table
-@vindex org-export-with-drawers
-@vindex org-export-with-properties
-You can select the name of the drawers which should be exported with
-@code{org-export-with-drawers}. In that case, drawer contents will appear in
-export output. Property drawers are not affected by this variable: configure
-@code{org-export-with-properties} instead.
-
@node Blocks
@section Blocks
@vindex org-hide-block-startup
@cindex blocks, folding
-Org mode uses begin...end blocks for various purposes from including source
-code examples (@pxref{Literal examples}) to capturing time logging
-information (@pxref{Clocking work time}). These blocks can be folded and
-unfolded by pressing @key{TAB} in the begin line. You can also get all blocks
-folded at startup by configuring the option @code{org-hide-block-startup}
-or on a per-file basis by using
-@cindex @code{hideblocks}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{nohideblocks}, STARTUP keyword
+Org mode uses @samp{#+BEGIN} @dots{} @samp{#+END} blocks for various purposes from
+including source code examples (see @ref{Literal Examples}) to capturing
+time logging information (see @ref{Clocking Work Time}). These blocks can
+be folded and unfolded by pressing @kbd{@key{TAB}} in the @samp{#+BEGIN}
+line. You can also get all blocks folded at startup by configuring
+the variable @code{org-hide-block-startup} or on a per-file basis by using
+
+@cindex STARTUP, keyword
@example
#+STARTUP: hideblocks
#+STARTUP: nohideblocks
@end example
-@node Footnotes
-@section Footnotes
+@node Creating Footnotes
+@section Creating Footnotes
+
@cindex footnotes
Org mode supports the creation of footnotes.
-A footnote is started by a footnote marker in square brackets in column 0, no
-indentation allowed. It ends at the next footnote definition, headline, or
-after two consecutive empty lines. The footnote reference is simply the
-marker in square brackets, inside text. Markers always start with
-@code{fn:}. For example:
+A footnote is started by a footnote marker in square brackets in
+column 0, no indentation allowed. It ends at the next footnote
+definition, headline, or after two consecutive empty lines. The
+footnote reference is simply the marker in square brackets, inside
+text. Markers always start with @samp{fn:}. For example:
@example
The Org homepage[fn:1] now looks a lot better than it used to.
@@ -1904,143 +1793,143 @@ The Org homepage[fn:1] now looks a lot better than it used to.
Org mode extends the number-based syntax to @emph{named} footnotes and
optional inline definition. Here are the valid references:
-@table @code
-@item [fn:name]
-A named footnote reference, where @code{name} is a unique label word, or, for
-simplicity of automatic creation, a number.
-@item [fn::This is the inline definition of this footnote]
-A @LaTeX{}-like anonymous footnote where the definition is given directly at the
-reference point.
-@item [fn:name:a definition]
-An inline definition of a footnote, which also specifies a name for the note.
-Since Org allows multiple references to the same note, you can then use
-@code{[fn:name]} to create additional references.
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{[fn:NAME]}
+A named footnote reference, where @var{NAME} is a unique
+label word, or, for simplicity of automatic creation, a number.
+
+@item @samp{[fn:: This is the inline definition of this footnote]}
+A @LaTeX{}-like anonymous footnote where the definition is given
+directly at the reference point.
+
+@item @samp{[fn:NAME: a definition]}
+An inline definition of a footnote, which also specifies a name
+for the note. Since Org allows multiple references to the same
+note, you can then use @samp{[fn:NAME]} to create additional
+references.
@end table
@vindex org-footnote-auto-label
-Footnote labels can be created automatically, or you can create names yourself.
-This is handled by the variable @code{org-footnote-auto-label} and its
-corresponding @code{#+STARTUP} keywords. See the docstring of that variable
-for details.
+Footnote labels can be created automatically, or you can create names
+yourself. This is handled by the variable @code{org-footnote-auto-label}
+and its corresponding @samp{STARTUP} keywords. See the docstring of that
+variable for details.
-@noindent The following command handles footnotes:
+@noindent
+The following command handles footnotes:
-@table @kbd
-@kindex C-c C-x f
-@item C-c C-x f
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x f}
The footnote action command.
-When the cursor is on a footnote reference, jump to the definition. When it
-is at a definition, jump to the (first) reference.
+@kindex C-c C-x f
+When the cursor is on a footnote reference, jump to the
+definition. When it is at a definition, jump to
+the---first---reference.
@vindex org-footnote-define-inline
@vindex org-footnote-section
+Otherwise, create a new footnote. Depending on the variable
+@code{org-footnote-define-inline}@footnote{The corresponding in-buffer setting is: @samp{#+STARTUP: fninline}
+or @samp{#+STARTUP: nofninline}.}, the definition is placed
+right into the text as part of the reference, or separately into
+the location determined by the variable @code{org-footnote-section}.
+
+When this command is called with a prefix argument, a menu of
+additional options is offered:
+
+@multitable @columnfractions 0.1 0.9
+@item @kbd{s}
+@tab Sort the footnote definitions by reference sequence.
+@item @kbd{r}
+@tab Renumber the simple @samp{fn:N} footnotes.
+@item @kbd{S}
+@tab Short for first @kbd{r}, then @kbd{s} action.
+@item @kbd{n}
+@tab Rename all footnotes into a @samp{fn:1} @dots{} @samp{fn:n} sequence.
+@item @kbd{d}
+@tab Delete the footnote at point, including definition and references.
+@end multitable
+
@vindex org-footnote-auto-adjust
-Otherwise, create a new footnote. Depending on the option
-@code{org-footnote-define-inline}@footnote{The corresponding in-buffer
-setting is: @code{#+STARTUP: fninline} or @code{#+STARTUP: nofninline}}, the
-definition will be placed right into the text as part of the reference, or
-separately into the location determined by the option
-@code{org-footnote-section}.
-
-When this command is called with a prefix argument, a menu of additional
-options is offered:
-@example
-s @r{Sort the footnote definitions by reference sequence. During editing,}
- @r{Org makes no effort to sort footnote definitions into a particular}
- @r{sequence. If you want them sorted, use this command, which will}
- @r{also move entries according to @code{org-footnote-section}. Automatic}
- @r{sorting after each insertion/deletion can be configured using the}
- @r{option @code{org-footnote-auto-adjust}.}
-r @r{Renumber the simple @code{fn:N} footnotes. Automatic renumbering}
- @r{after each insertion/deletion can be configured using the option}
- @r{@code{org-footnote-auto-adjust}.}
-S @r{Short for first @code{r}, then @code{s} action.}
-n @r{Normalize the footnotes by collecting all definitions (including}
- @r{inline definitions) into a special section, and then numbering them}
- @r{in sequence. The references will then also be numbers.}
-d @r{Delete the footnote at point, and all definitions of and references}
- @r{to it.}
-@end example
-Depending on the variable @code{org-footnote-auto-adjust}@footnote{the
-corresponding in-buffer options are @code{fnadjust} and @code{nofnadjust}.},
-renumbering and sorting footnotes can be automatic after each insertion or
-deletion.
+Depending on the variable @code{org-footnote-auto-adjust}@footnote{The corresponding in-buffer options are @samp{#+STARTUP: fnadjust}
+and @samp{#+STARTUP: nofnadjust}.},
+renumbering and sorting footnotes can be automatic after each
+insertion or deletion.
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c}
@kindex C-c C-c
-@item C-c C-c
-If the cursor is on a footnote reference, jump to the definition. If it is a
-the definition, jump back to the reference. When called at a footnote
-location with a prefix argument, offer the same menu as @kbd{C-c C-x f}.
+If the cursor is on a footnote reference, jump to the definition.
+If it is at the definition, jump back to the reference. When
+called at a footnote location with a prefix argument, offer the
+same menu as @kbd{C-c C-x f}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-o} or @kbd{mouse-1/2}
@kindex C-c C-o
@kindex mouse-1
@kindex mouse-2
-@item C-c C-o @r{or} mouse-1/2
-Footnote labels are also links to the corresponding definition/reference, and
-you can use the usual commands to follow these links.
-
-@vindex org-edit-footnote-reference
-@kindex C-c '
-@item C-c '
-@item C-c '
-Edit the footnote definition corresponding to the reference at point in
-a separate window. The window can be closed by pressing @kbd{C-c '}.
-
+Footnote labels are also links to the corresponding definition or
+reference, and you can use the usual commands to follow these
+links.
@end table
-@node Org syntax
-@section Org syntax
-@cindex Org syntax
+@node Org Syntax
+@section Org Syntax
A reference document providing a formal description of Org's syntax is
-available as @uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/dev/org-syntax.html, a draft on
-Worg}, written and maintained by Nicolas Goaziou. It defines Org's core
-internal concepts such as @code{headlines}, @code{sections}, @code{affiliated
-keywords}, @code{(greater) elements} and @code{objects}. Each part of an Org
-file falls into one of the categories above.
+available as @uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/dev/org-syntax.html, a draft on Worg}, written and maintained by Nicolas
+Goaziou. It defines Org's core internal concepts such as @samp{headlines},
+@samp{sections}, @samp{affiliated keywords}, @samp{(greater) elements} and @samp{objects}.
+Each part of an Org file falls into one of the categories above.
-To explore the abstract structure of an Org buffer, run this in a buffer:
+To explore the abstract structure of an Org buffer, run this in
+a buffer:
-@lisp
-M-: (org-element-parse-buffer) @key{RET}
-@end lisp
+@example
+M-: (org-element-parse-buffer) <RET>
+@end example
-It will output a list containing the buffer's content represented as an
-abstract structure. The export engine relies on the information stored in
-this list. Most interactive commands (e.g., for structure editing) also
-rely on the syntactic meaning of the surrounding context.
+@noindent
+It outputs a list containing the buffer's content represented as an
+abstract structure. The export engine relies on the information
+stored in this list. Most interactive commands---e.g., for structure
+editing---also rely on the syntactic meaning of the surrounding
+context.
@cindex syntax checker
@cindex linter
+@findex org-lint
You can check syntax in your documents using @code{org-lint} command.
@node Tables
@chapter Tables
+
@cindex tables
@cindex editing tables
Org comes with a fast and intuitive table editor. Spreadsheet-like
-calculations are supported using the Emacs @file{calc} package
-(@pxref{Top, Calc, , calc, GNU Emacs Calculator Manual}).
+calculations are supported using the Emacs Calc package (see @ref{Top,GNU Emacs
+Calculator Manual,,calc,}).
@menu
-* Built-in table editor:: Simple tables
-* Column width and alignment:: Overrule the automatic settings
-* Column groups:: Grouping to trigger vertical lines
-* Orgtbl mode:: The table editor as minor mode
-* The spreadsheet:: The table editor has spreadsheet capabilities
-* Org-Plot:: Plotting from org tables
+* Built-in Table Editor:: Simple tables.
+* Column Width and Alignment:: Overrule the automatic settings.
+* Column Groups:: Grouping to trigger vertical lines.
+* Orgtbl Mode:: The table editor as minor mode.
+* The spreadsheet:: The table editor has spreadsheet capabilities.
+* Org Plot:: Plotting from Org tables.
@end menu
-@node Built-in table editor
-@section The built-in table editor
+@node Built-in Table Editor
+@section Built-in Table Editor
+
@cindex table editor, built-in
-Org makes it easy to format tables in plain ASCII@. Any line with @samp{|} as
-the first non-whitespace character is considered part of a table. @samp{|}
-is also the column separator@footnote{To insert a vertical bar into a table
-field, use @code{\vert} or, inside a word @code{abc\vert@{@}def}.}. A table
-might look like this:
+Org makes it easy to format tables in plain ASCII. Any line with @samp{|}
+as the first non-whitespace character is considered part of a table.
+@samp{|} is also the column separator@footnote{To insert a vertical bar into a table field, use @samp{\vert} or,
+inside a word @samp{abc\vert@{@}def}.}. A table might look like
+this:
@example
| Name | Phone | Age |
@@ -2049,312 +1938,412 @@ might look like this:
| Anna | 4321 | 25 |
@end example
-A table is re-aligned automatically each time you press @key{TAB} or
-@key{RET} or @kbd{C-c C-c} inside the table. @key{TAB} also moves to
-the next field (@key{RET} to the next row) and creates new table rows
-at the end of the table or before horizontal lines. The indentation
-of the table is set by the first line. Any line starting with
-@samp{|-} is considered as a horizontal separator line and will be
-expanded on the next re-align to span the whole table width. So, to
-create the above table, you would only type
+A table is re-aligned automatically each time you press
+@kbd{@key{TAB}}, @kbd{@key{RET}} or @kbd{C-c C-c} inside the table.
+@kbd{@key{TAB}} also moves to the next field---@kbd{@key{RET}} to the
+next row---and creates new table rows at the end of the table or
+before horizontal lines. The indentation of the table is set by the
+first line. Any line starting with @samp{|-} is considered as a horizontal
+separator line and will be expanded on the next re-align to span the
+whole table width. So, to create the above table, you would only type
@example
|Name|Phone|Age|
|-
@end example
-@noindent and then press @key{TAB} to align the table and start filling in
-fields. Even faster would be to type @code{|Name|Phone|Age} followed by
+@noindent
+and then press @kbd{@key{TAB}} to align the table and start filling in
+fields. Even faster would be to type @samp{|Name|Phone|Age} followed by
@kbd{C-c @key{RET}}.
-@vindex org-table-auto-blank-field
-When typing text into a field, Org treats @key{DEL}, @key{Backspace}, and all
-character keys in a special way, so that inserting and deleting avoids
-shifting other fields. Also, when typing @emph{immediately after the cursor
-was moved into a new field with @kbd{@key{TAB}}, @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} or
-@kbd{@key{RET}}}, the field is automatically made blank. If this behavior is
-too unpredictable for you, configure the option
-@code{org-table-auto-blank-field}.
-
-@table @kbd
-@tsubheading{Creation and conversion}
-@orgcmd{C-c |,org-table-create-or-convert-from-region}
-Convert the active region to a table. If every line contains at least one
-TAB character, the function assumes that the material is tab separated.
-If every line contains a comma, comma-separated values (CSV) are assumed.
-If not, lines are split at whitespace into fields. You can use a prefix
-argument to force a specific separator: @kbd{C-u} forces CSV, @kbd{C-u
-C-u} forces TAB, @kbd{C-u C-u C-u} will prompt for a regular expression to
-match the separator, and a numeric argument N indicates that at least N
-consecutive spaces, or alternatively a TAB will be the separator.
-@*
+When typing text into a field, Org treats @kbd{DEL},
+@kbd{Backspace}, and all character keys in a special way, so that
+inserting and deleting avoids shifting other fields. Also, when
+typing @emph{immediately} after the cursor was moved into a new field with
+@kbd{@key{TAB}}, @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} or @kbd{@key{RET}}, the field is
+automatically made blank. If this behavior is too unpredictable for
+you, configure the option @code{org-table-auto-blank-field}.
+
+@anchor{Creation and conversion}
+@subheading Creation and conversion
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c |} (@code{org-table-create-or-convert-from-region})
+@kindex C-c |
+@findex org-table-create-or-convert-from-region
+Convert the active region to table. If every line contains at
+least one @kbd{@key{TAB}} character, the function assumes that the
+material is tab separated. If every line contains a comma,
+comma-separated values (CSV) are assumed. If not, lines are
+split at whitespace into fields. You can use a prefix argument
+to force a specific separator: @kbd{C-u} forces CSV,
+@kbd{C-u C-u} forces @kbd{@key{TAB}}, @kbd{C-u C-u C-u}
+prompts for a regular expression to match the separator, and
+a numeric argument N indicates that at least N consecutive
+spaces, or alternatively a @kbd{@key{TAB}} will be the separator.
+
If there is no active region, this command creates an empty Org
-table. But it is easier just to start typing, like
-@kbd{|Name|Phone|Age @key{RET} |- @key{TAB}}.
-
-@tsubheading{Re-aligning and field motion}
-@orgcmd{C-c C-c,org-table-align}
-Re-align the table and don't move to another field.
-@c
-@orgcmd{C-c @key{SPC},org-table-blank-field}
-Blank the field at point.
-@c
-@orgcmd{@key{TAB},org-table-next-field}
+table. But it is easier just to start typing, like @kbd{| N a m e | P h o n e | A g e @key{RET} | - @key{TAB}}.
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Re-aligning and field motion}
+@subheading Re-aligning and field motion
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c} (@code{org-table-align})
+@kindex C-c C-c
+@findex org-table-align
+Re-align the table without moving the cursor.
+
+@item @kbd{@key{TAB}} (@code{org-table-next-field})
+@kindex TAB
+@findex org-table-next-field
Re-align the table, move to the next field. Creates a new row if
necessary.
-@c
-@orgcmd{S-@key{TAB},org-table-previous-field}
+
+@item @kbd{C-c @key{SPC}} (@code{org-table-blank-field})
+@kindex C-c SPC
+@findex org-table-blank-field
+Blank the field at point.
+
+@item @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} (@code{org-table-previous-field})
+@kindex S-TAB
+@findex org-table-previous-field
Re-align, move to previous field.
-@c
-@orgcmd{@key{RET},org-table-next-row}
-Re-align the table and move down to next row. Creates a new row if
-necessary. At the beginning or end of a line, @key{RET} still does
-NEWLINE, so it can be used to split a table.
-@c
-@orgcmd{M-a,org-table-beginning-of-field}
-Move to beginning of the current table field, or on to the previous field.
-@orgcmd{M-e,org-table-end-of-field}
+
+@item @kbd{@key{RET}} (@code{org-table-next-row})
+@kindex RET
+@findex org-table-next-row
+Re-align the table and move down to next row. Creates a new row
+if necessary. At the beginning or end of a line, @kbd{@key{RET}}
+still inserts a new line, so it can be used to split a table.
+
+@item @kbd{M-a} (@code{org-table-beginning-of-field})
+@kindex M-a
+@findex org-table-beginning-of-field
+Move to beginning of the current table field, or on to the
+previous field.
+
+@item @kbd{M-e} (@code{org-table-end-of-field})
+@kindex M-e
+@findex org-table-end-of-field
Move to end of the current table field, or on to the next field.
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Column and row editing}
+@subheading Column and row editing
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{M-@key{LEFT}} (@code{org-table-move-column-left})
+@kindex M-LEFT
+@findex org-table-move-column-left
+Move the current column left.
-@tsubheading{Column and row editing}
-@orgcmdkkcc{M-@key{LEFT},M-@key{RIGHT},org-table-move-column-left,org-table-move-column-right}
-Move the current column left/right.
-@c
-@orgcmd{M-S-@key{LEFT},org-table-delete-column}
+@item @kbd{M-@key{RIGHT}} (@code{org-table-move-column-right})
+@kindex M-RIGHT
+@findex org-table-move-column-right
+Move the current column right.
+
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{LEFT}} (@code{org-table-delete-column})
+@kindex M-S-LEFT
+@findex org-table-delete-column
Kill the current column.
-@c
-@orgcmd{M-S-@key{RIGHT},org-table-insert-column}
+
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{RIGHT}} (@code{org-table-insert-column})
+@kindex M-S-RIGHT
+@findex org-table-insert-column
Insert a new column to the left of the cursor position.
-@c
-@orgcmdkkcc{M-@key{UP},M-@key{DOWN},org-table-move-row-up,org-table-move-row-down}
-Move the current row up/down.
-@c
-@orgcmd{M-S-@key{UP},org-table-kill-row}
+
+@item @kbd{M-@key{UP}} (@code{org-table-move-row-up})
+@kindex M-UP
+@findex org-table-move-row-up
+Move the current row up.
+
+@item @kbd{M-@key{DOWN}} (@code{org-table-move-row-down})
+@kindex M-DOWN
+@findex org-table-move-row-down
+Move the current row down.
+
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{UP}} (@code{org-table-kill-row})
+@kindex M-S-UP
+@findex org-table-kill-row
Kill the current row or horizontal line.
-@c
-@orgcmd{M-S-@key{DOWN},org-table-insert-row}
-Insert a new row above the current row. With a prefix argument, the line is
-created below the current one.
-@c
-@orgcmd{C-c -,org-table-insert-hline}
-Insert a horizontal line below current row. With a prefix argument, the line
-is created above the current line.
-@c
-@orgcmd{C-c @key{RET},org-table-hline-and-move}
-Insert a horizontal line below current row, and move the cursor into the row
-below that line.
-@c
-@orgcmd{C-c ^,org-table-sort-lines}
-Sort the table lines in the region. The position of point indicates the
-column to be used for sorting, and the range of lines is the range
-between the nearest horizontal separator lines, or the entire table. If
-point is before the first column, you will be prompted for the sorting
-column. If there is an active region, the mark specifies the first line
-and the sorting column, while point should be in the last line to be
-included into the sorting. The command prompts for the sorting type
-(alphabetically, numerically, or by time). You can sort in normal or
-reverse order. You can also supply your own key extraction and comparison
-functions. When called with a prefix argument, alphabetic sorting will be
-case-sensitive.
-
-@tsubheading{Regions}
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x M-w,org-table-copy-region}
-Copy a rectangular region from a table to a special clipboard. Point and
-mark determine edge fields of the rectangle. If there is no active region,
-copy just the current field. The process ignores horizontal separator lines.
-@c
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-w,org-table-cut-region}
-Copy a rectangular region from a table to a special clipboard, and
-blank all fields in the rectangle. So this is the ``cut'' operation.
-@c
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-y,org-table-paste-rectangle}
-Paste a rectangular region into a table.
-The upper left corner ends up in the current field. All involved fields
-will be overwritten. If the rectangle does not fit into the present table,
-the table is enlarged as needed. The process ignores horizontal separator
-lines.
-@c
-@orgcmd{M-@key{RET},org-table-wrap-region}
-Split the current field at the cursor position and move the rest to the line
-below. If there is an active region, and both point and mark are in the same
-column, the text in the column is wrapped to minimum width for the given
-number of lines. A numeric prefix argument may be used to change the number
-of desired lines. If there is no region, but you specify a prefix argument,
-the current field is made blank, and the content is appended to the field
-above.
-@tsubheading{Calculations}
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{DOWN}} (@code{org-table-insert-row})
+@kindex M-S-DOWN
+@findex org-table-insert-row
+Insert a new row above the current row. With a prefix argument,
+the line is created below the current one.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c -} (@code{org-table-insert-hline})
+@kindex C-c -
+@findex org-table-insert-hline
+Insert a horizontal line below current row. With a prefix
+argument, the line is created above the current line.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c @key{RET}} (@code{org-table-hline-and-move})
+@kindex C-c RET
+@findex org-table-hline-and-move
+Insert a horizontal line below current row, and move the cursor
+into the row below that line.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c ^} (@code{org-table-sort-lines})
+@kindex C-c ^
+@findex org-table-sort-lines
+Sort the table lines in the region. The position of point
+indicates the column to be used for sorting, and the range of
+lines is the range between the nearest horizontal separator
+lines, or the entire table. If point is before the first column,
+you are prompted for the sorting column. If there is an active
+region, the mark specifies the first line and the sorting column,
+while point should be in the last line to be included into the
+sorting. The command prompts for the sorting type,
+alphabetically, numerically, or by time. You can sort in normal
+or reverse order. You can also supply your own key extraction
+and comparison functions. When called with a prefix argument,
+alphabetic sorting is case-sensitive.
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Regions}
+@subheading Regions
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x M-w} (@code{org-table-copy-region})
+@kindex C-c C-x M-w
+@findex org-table-copy-region
+Copy a rectangular region from a table to a special clipboard.
+Point and mark determine edge fields of the rectangle. If there
+is no active region, copy just the current field. The process
+ignores horizontal separator lines.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-w} (@code{org-table-cut-region})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-w
+@findex org-table-cut-region
+Copy a rectangular region from a table to a special clipboard,
+and blank all fields in the rectangle. So this is the ``cut''
+operation.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-y} (@code{org-table-paste-rectangle})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-y
+@findex org-table-paste-rectangle
+Paste a rectangular region into a table. The upper left corner
+ends up in the current field. All involved fields are
+overwritten. If the rectangle does not fit into the present
+table, the table is enlarged as needed. The process ignores
+horizontal separator lines.
+
+@item @kbd{M-@key{RET}} (@code{org-table-wrap-region})
+@kindex M-RET
+@findex org-table-wrap-region
+Split the current field at the cursor position and move the rest
+to the line below. If there is an active region, and both point
+and mark are in the same column, the text in the column is
+wrapped to minimum width for the given number of lines.
+A numeric prefix argument may be used to change the number of
+desired lines. If there is no region, but you specify a prefix
+argument, the current field is made blank, and the content is
+appended to the field above.
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Calculations}
+@subheading Calculations
+
@cindex formula, in tables
@cindex calculations, in tables
-@cindex region, active
-@cindex active region
-@cindex transient mark mode
-@orgcmd{C-c +,org-table-sum}
-Sum the numbers in the current column, or in the rectangle defined by
-the active region. The result is shown in the echo area and can
-be inserted with @kbd{C-y}.
-@c
-@orgcmd{S-@key{RET},org-table-copy-down}
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c +} (@code{org-table-sum})
+@kindex C-c +
+@findex org-table-sum
+Sum the numbers in the current column, or in the rectangle
+defined by the active region. The result is shown in the echo
+area and can be inserted with @kbd{C-y}.
+
+@item @kbd{S-@key{RET}} (@code{org-table-copy-down})
+@kindex S-RET
+@findex org-table-copy-down
@vindex org-table-copy-increment
-When current field is empty, copy from first non-empty field above. When not
-empty, copy current field down to next row and move cursor along with it.
-Depending on the option @code{org-table-copy-increment}, integer field
-values will be incremented during copy. Integers that are too large will not
-be incremented. Also, a @code{0} prefix argument temporarily disables the
-increment. This key is also used by shift-selection and related modes
-(@pxref{Conflicts}).
-
-@tsubheading{Miscellaneous}
-@orgcmd{C-c `,org-table-edit-field}
-Edit the current field in a separate window. This is useful for fields that
-are not fully visible (@pxref{Column width and alignment}). When called with
-a @kbd{C-u} prefix, just make the full field visible, so that it can be
-edited in place. When called with two @kbd{C-u} prefixes, make the editor
-window follow the cursor through the table and always show the current
-field. The follow mode exits automatically when the cursor leaves the table,
-or when you repeat this command with @kbd{C-u C-u C-c `}.
-@c
-@item M-x org-table-import @key{RET}
+When current field is empty, copy from first non-empty field
+above. When not empty, copy current field down to next row and
+move cursor along with it. Depending on the variable
+@code{org-table-copy-increment}, integer field values can be
+incremented during copy. Integers that are too large are not
+incremented, however. Also, a @code{0} prefix argument temporarily
+disables the increment. This key is also used by shift-selection
+and related modes (see @ref{Conflicts}).
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Miscellaneous (1)}
+@subheading Miscellaneous
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c `} (@code{org-table-edit-field})
+@kindex C-c `
+@findex org-table-edit-field
+Edit the current field in a separate window. This is useful for
+fields that are not fully visible (see @ref{Column Width and Alignment}). When called with a @kbd{C-u} prefix, just make
+the full field visible, so that it can be edited in place. When
+called with two @kbd{C-u} prefixes, make the editor window
+follow the cursor through the table and always show the current
+field. The follow mode exits automatically when the cursor
+leaves the table, or when you repeat this command with @kbd{C-u C-u C-c `}.
+
+@item @kbd{M-x org-table-import}
+@findex org-table-import
Import a file as a table. The table should be TAB or whitespace
-separated. Use, for example, to import a spreadsheet table or data
-from a database, because these programs generally can write
-TAB-separated text files. This command works by inserting the file into
-the buffer and then converting the region to a table. Any prefix
-argument is passed on to the converter, which uses it to determine the
-separator.
-@orgcmd{C-c |,org-table-create-or-convert-from-region}
+separated. Use, for example, to import a spreadsheet table or
+data from a database, because these programs generally can write
+TAB-separated text files. This command works by inserting the
+file into the buffer and then converting the region to a table.
+Any prefix argument is passed on to the converter, which uses it
+to determine the separator.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c |} (@code{org-table-create-or-convert-from-region})
+@kindex C-c |
+@findex org-table-create-or-convert-from-region
Tables can also be imported by pasting tabular text into the Org
-buffer, selecting the pasted text with @kbd{C-x C-x} and then using the
-@kbd{C-c |} command (see above under @i{Creation and conversion}).
-@c
-@item M-x org-table-export @key{RET}
+buffer, selecting the pasted text with @kbd{C-x C-x} and
+then using the @kbd{C-c |} command (see @ref{Creation and conversion}).
+
+@item @kbd{M-x org-table-export}
@findex org-table-export
@vindex org-table-export-default-format
-Export the table, by default as a TAB-separated file. Use for data
-exchange with, for example, spreadsheet or database programs. The format
-used to export the file can be configured in the option
-@code{org-table-export-default-format}. You may also use properties
-@code{TABLE_EXPORT_FILE} and @code{TABLE_EXPORT_FORMAT} to specify the file
-name and the format for table export in a subtree. Org supports quite
-general formats for exported tables. The exporter format is the same as the
-format used by Orgtbl radio tables, see @ref{Translator functions}, for a
-detailed description.
+Export the table, by default as a TAB-separated file. Use for
+data exchange with, for example, spreadsheet or database
+programs. The format used to export the file can be configured
+in the variable @code{org-table-export-default-format}. You may also
+use properties @samp{TABLE_EXPORT_FILE} and @samp{TABLE_EXPORT_FORMAT} to
+specify the file name and the format for table export in
+a subtree. Org supports quite general formats for exported
+tables. The exporter format is the same as the format used by
+Orgtbl radio tables, see @ref{Translator functions}, for a detailed
+description.
@end table
-@node Column width and alignment
-@section Column width and alignment
+@node Column Width and Alignment
+@section Column Width and Alignment
+
@cindex narrow columns in tables
@cindex alignment in tables
-The width of columns is automatically determined by the table editor. The
-alignment of a column is determined automatically from the fraction of
-number-like versus non-number fields in the column.
+The width of columns is automatically determined by the table editor.
+The alignment of a column is determined automatically from the
+fraction of number-like versus non-number fields in the column.
@vindex org-table-automatic-realign
-Editing a field may modify alignment of the table. Moving a contiguous row
-or column---i.e., using @kbd{TAB} or @kbd{RET}---automatically re-aligns it.
-If you want to disable this behavior, set @code{org-table-automatic-realign}
-to @code{nil}. In any case, you can always align manually a table:
+Editing a field may modify alignment of the table. Moving
+a contiguous row or column---i.e., using @kbd{@key{TAB}} or
+@kbd{@key{RET}}---automatically re-aligns it. If you want to disable
+this behavior, set @code{org-table-automatic-realign} to @code{nil}. In any
+case, you can always align manually a table:
@table @asis
-@orgcmd{C-c C-c,org-table-align}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c} (@code{org-table-align})
+@kindex C-c C-c
+@findex org-table-align
Align the current table.
@end table
-@vindex org-startup-align-all-tables
@noindent
+@vindex org-startup-align-all-tables
Setting the option @code{org-startup-align-all-tables} re-aligns all tables
-in a file upon visiting it. You can also set this option on a per-file basis
-with:
+in a file upon visiting it. You can also set this option on
+a per-file basis with:
@example
#+STARTUP: align
#+STARTUP: noalign
@end example
-Sometimes a single field or a few fields need to carry more text, leading to
-inconveniently wide columns. Maybe you want to hide away several columns or
-display them with a fixed width, regardless of content, as shown in the
-following example.
+Sometimes a single field or a few fields need to carry more text,
+leading to inconveniently wide columns. Maybe you want to hide away
+several columns or display them with a fixed width, regardless of
+content, as shown in the following example.
@example
-@group
-|---+---------------------+--------| |---+-------@dots{}|@dots{}|
-| | <6> | | | | <6> @dots{}|@dots{}|
-| 1 | one | some | ----\ | 1 | one @dots{}|@dots{}|
-| 2 | two | boring | ----/ | 2 | two @dots{}|@dots{}|
-| 3 | This is a long text | column | | 3 | This i@dots{}|@dots{}|
-|---+---------------------+--------| |---+-------@dots{}|@dots{}|
-@end group
+|---+---------------------+--------| |---+-------…|…|
+| | <6> | | | | <6> …|…|
+| 1 | one | some | ----\ | 1 | one …|…|
+| 2 | two | boring | ----/ | 2 | two …|…|
+| 3 | This is a long text | column | | 3 | This i…|…|
+|---+---------------------+--------| |---+-------…|…|
@end example
-To set the width of a column, one field anywhere in the column may contain
-just the string @samp{<N>} where @samp{N} specifies the width as a number of
-characters. You control displayed width of columns with the following tools:
+To set the width of a column, one field anywhere in the column may
+contain just the string @samp{<N>} where @var{N} specifies the width
+as a number of characters. You control displayed width of columns
+with the following tools:
@table @asis
-@orgcmd{C-c @key{TAB},org-table-toggle-column-width}
+@item @kbd{C-c @key{TAB}} (@code{org-table-toggle-column-width})
+@kindex C-c TAB
+@findex org-table-toggle-column-width
Shrink or expand current column.
-If a width cookie specifies a width W for the column, shrinking it displays
-the first W visible characters only. Otherwise, the column is shrunk to
-a single character.
+If a width cookie specifies a width W for the column, shrinking
+it displays the first W visible characters only. Otherwise, the
+column is shrunk to a single character.
-When called before the first column or after the last one, ask for a list of
-column ranges to operate on.
+When called before the first column or after the last one, ask
+for a list of column ranges to operate on.
-@orgcmd{C-u C-c @key{TAB},org-table-shrink}
+@item @kbd{C-u C-c @key{TAB}} (@code{org-table-shrink})
+@kindex C-u C-c TAB
+@findex org-table-shrink
Shrink all columns with a column width. Expand the others.
-@orgcmd{C-u C-u C-c @key{TAB},org-table-expand}
+@item @kbd{C-u C-u C-c @key{TAB}} (@code{org-table-expand})
+@kindex C-u C-u C-c TAB
+@findex org-table-expand
Expand all columns.
@end table
-To see the full text of a shrunk field, hold the mouse over it---a tool-tip
-window then shows the full content. Alternatively @kbd{C-h .}
-(@code{display-local-help}) reveals the full content. For convenience, any
-change to a shrunk column expands it.
+To see the full text of a shrunk field, hold the mouse over it---a
+tool-tip window then shows the full content. Alternatively @kbd{C-h .} (@code{display-local-help}) reveals the full content. For
+convenience, any change to a shrunk column expands it.
@vindex org-startup-shrink-all-tables
Setting the option @code{org-startup-shrink-all-tables} shrinks all columns
-containing a width cookie in a file the moment it is visited. You can also
-set this option on a per-file basis with:
+containing a width cookie in a file the moment it is visited. You can
+also set this option on a per-file basis with:
@example
#+STARTUP: shrink
@end example
-If you would like to overrule the automatic alignment of number-rich columns
-to the right and of string-rich columns to the left, you can use @samp{<r>},
-@samp{<c>} or @samp{<l>} in a similar fashion. You may also combine
+If you would like to overrule the automatic alignment of number-rich
+columns to the right and of string-rich columns to the left, you can
+use @samp{<r>}, @samp{<c>} or @samp{<l>} in a similar fashion. You may also combine
alignment and field width like this: @samp{<r10>}.
-Lines which only contain these formatting cookies are removed automatically
-upon exporting the document.
+Lines which only contain these formatting cookies are removed
+automatically upon exporting the document.
+
+@node Column Groups
+@section Column Groups
-@node Column groups
-@section Column groups
@cindex grouping columns in tables
-When Org exports tables, it does so by default without vertical lines because
-that is visually more satisfying in general. Occasionally however, vertical
-lines can be useful to structure a table into groups of columns, much like
-horizontal lines can do for groups of rows. In order to specify column
-groups, you can use a special row where the first field contains only
-@samp{/}. The further fields can either contain @samp{<} to indicate that
-this column should start a group, @samp{>} to indicate the end of a group, or
-@samp{<>} (no space between @samp{<} and @samp{>}) to make a column a group
-of its own. Boundaries between column groups will upon export be marked with
-vertical lines. Here is an example:
-
-@example
-| N | N^2 | N^3 | N^4 | ~sqrt(n)~ | ~sqrt[4](N)~ |
-|---+-----+-----+-----+-----------+--------------|
-| / | < | | > | < | > |
-| 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 |
-| 2 | 4 | 8 | 16 | 1.4142 | 1.1892 |
-| 3 | 9 | 27 | 81 | 1.7321 | 1.3161 |
-|---+-----+-----+-----+-----------+--------------|
+When Org exports tables, it does so by default without vertical lines
+because that is visually more satisfying in general. Occasionally
+however, vertical lines can be useful to structure a table into groups
+of columns, much like horizontal lines can do for groups of rows. In
+order to specify column groups, you can use a special row where the
+first field contains only @samp{/}. The further fields can either contain
+@samp{<} to indicate that this column should start a group, @samp{>} to indicate
+the end of a column, or @samp{<>} (no space between @samp{<} and @samp{>}) to make
+a column a group of its own. Upon export, boundaries between column
+groups are marked with vertical lines. Here is an example:
+
+@example
+| N | N^2 | N^3 | N^4 | sqrt(n) | sqrt[4](N) |
+|---+-----+-----+-----+---------+------------|
+| / | < | | > | < | > |
+| 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 |
+| 2 | 4 | 8 | 16 | 1.4142 | 1.1892 |
+| 3 | 9 | 27 | 81 | 1.7321 | 1.3161 |
+|---+-----+-----+-----+---------+------------|
#+TBLFM: $2=$1^2::$3=$1^3::$4=$1^4::$5=sqrt($1)::$6=sqrt(sqrt(($1)))
@end example
@@ -2362,200 +2351,222 @@ It is also sufficient to just insert the column group starters after
every vertical line you would like to have:
@example
-| N | N^2 | N^3 | N^4 | sqrt(n) | sqrt[4](N) |
-|----+-----+-----+-----+---------+------------|
-| / | < | | | < | |
+| N | N^2 | N^3 | N^4 | sqrt(n) | sqrt[4](N) |
+|---+-----+-----+-----+---------+------------|
+| / | < | | | < | |
@end example
-@node Orgtbl mode
-@section The Orgtbl minor mode
+@node Orgtbl Mode
+@section The Orgtbl Minor Mode
+
@cindex Orgtbl mode
@cindex minor mode for tables
-If you like the intuitive way the Org table editor works, you might also want
-to use it in other modes like Text mode or Mail mode. The minor mode Orgtbl
-mode makes this possible. You can always toggle the mode with @kbd{M-x
-orgtbl-mode @key{RET}}. To turn it on by default, for example in Message
-mode, use
+@findex orgtbl-mode
+If you like the intuitive way the Org table editor works, you might
+also want to use it in other modes like Text mode or Mail mode. The
+minor mode Orgtbl mode makes this possible. You can always toggle the
+mode with @kbd{M-x orgtbl-mode}. To turn it on by default, for
+example in Message mode, use
@lisp
(add-hook 'message-mode-hook 'turn-on-orgtbl)
@end lisp
-Furthermore, with some special setup, it is possible to maintain tables
-in arbitrary syntax with Orgtbl mode. For example, it is possible to
-construct @LaTeX{} tables with the underlying ease and power of
-Orgtbl mode, including spreadsheet capabilities. For details, see
-@ref{Tables in arbitrary syntax}.
+Furthermore, with some special setup, it is possible to maintain
+tables in arbitrary syntax with Orgtbl mode. For example, it is
+possible to construct @LaTeX{} tables with the underlying ease and power
+of Orgtbl mode, including spreadsheet capabilities. For details, see
+@ref{Tables in Arbitrary Syntax}.
@node The spreadsheet
@section The spreadsheet
+
@cindex calculations, in tables
@cindex spreadsheet capabilities
-@cindex @file{calc} package
-
-The table editor makes use of the Emacs @file{calc} package to implement
-spreadsheet-like capabilities. It can also evaluate Emacs Lisp forms to
-derive fields from other fields. While fully featured, Org's implementation
-is not identical to other spreadsheets. For example, Org knows the concept
-of a @emph{column formula} that will be applied to all non-header fields in a
-column without having to copy the formula to each relevant field. There is
-also a formula debugger, and a formula editor with features for highlighting
-fields in the table corresponding to the references at the point in the
-formula, moving these references by arrow keys
+@cindex Calc package
+
+The table editor makes use of the Emacs Calc package to implement
+spreadsheet-like capabilities. It can also evaluate Emacs Lisp forms
+to derive fields from other fields. While fully featured, Org's
+implementation is not identical to other spreadsheets. For example,
+Org knows the concept of a @emph{column formula} that will be applied to
+all non-header fields in a column without having to copy the formula
+to each relevant field. There is also a formula debugger, and
+a formula editor with features for highlighting fields in the table
+corresponding to the references at the point in the formula, moving
+these references by arrow keys.
@menu
-* References:: How to refer to another field or range
-* Formula syntax for Calc:: Using Calc to compute stuff
-* Formula syntax for Lisp:: Writing formulas in Emacs Lisp
-* Durations and time values:: How to compute durations and time values
-* Field and range formulas:: Formula for specific (ranges of) fields
-* Column formulas:: Formulas valid for an entire column
-* Lookup functions:: Lookup functions for searching tables
-* Editing and debugging formulas:: Fixing formulas
-* Updating the table:: Recomputing all dependent fields
-* Advanced features:: Field and column names, parameters and automatic recalc
+* References:: How to refer to another field or range.
+* Formula syntax for Calc:: Using Calc to compute stuff.
+* Formula syntax for Lisp:: Writing formulas in Emacs Lisp.
+* Durations and time values:: How to compute durations and time values.
+* Field and range formulas:: Formula for specific (ranges of) fields.
+* Column formulas:: Formulas valid for an entire column.
+* Lookup functions:: Lookup functions for searching tables.
+* Editing and debugging formulas:: Fixing formulas.
+* Updating the table:: Recomputing all dependent fields.
+* Advanced features:: Field and column names, automatic recalculation...
@end menu
@node References
@subsection References
+
@cindex references
To compute fields in the table from other fields, formulas must
-reference other fields or ranges. In Org, fields can be referenced
-by name, by absolute coordinates, and by relative coordinates. To find
-out what the coordinates of a field are, press @kbd{C-c ?} in that
-field, or press @kbd{C-c @}} to toggle the display of a grid.
+reference other fields or ranges. In Org, fields can be referenced by
+name, by absolute coordinates, and by relative coordinates. To find
+out what the coordinates of a field are, press @kbd{C-c ?} in
+that field, or press @kbd{C-c @}} to toggle the display of a grid.
+@anchor{Field references}
@subsubheading Field references
+
@cindex field references
@cindex references, to fields
-
-Formulas can reference the value of another field in two ways. Like in
-any other spreadsheet, you may reference fields with a letter/number
-combination like @code{B3}, meaning the 2nd field in the 3rd row.
-@vindex org-table-use-standard-references
-However, Org prefers@footnote{Org will understand references typed by the
-user as @samp{B4}, but it will not use this syntax when offering a formula
-for editing. You can customize this behavior using the option
-@code{org-table-use-standard-references}.} to use another, more general
-representation that looks like this:
-@example
-@@@var{row}$@var{column}
-@end example
-
-Column specifications can be absolute like @code{$1},
-@code{$2},...@code{$@var{N}}, or relative to the current column (i.e., the
-column of the field which is being computed) like @code{$+1} or @code{$-2}.
-@code{$<} and @code{$>} are immutable references to the first and last
-column, respectively, and you can use @code{$>>>} to indicate the third
-column from the right.
-
-The row specification only counts data lines and ignores horizontal separator
-lines (hlines). Like with columns, you can use absolute row numbers
-@code{@@1}, @code{@@2},...@code{@@@var{N}}, and row numbers relative to the
-current row like @code{@@+3} or @code{@@-1}. @code{@@<} and @code{@@>} are
-immutable references the first and last@footnote{For backward compatibility
-you can also use special names like @code{$LR5} and @code{$LR12} to refer in
-a stable way to the 5th and 12th field in the last row of the table.
-However, this syntax is deprecated, it should not be used for new documents.
-Use @code{@@>$} instead.} row in the table, respectively. You may also
-specify the row relative to one of the hlines: @code{@@I} refers to the first
-hline, @code{@@II} to the second, etc. @code{@@-I} refers to the first such
-line above the current line, @code{@@+I} to the first such line below the
-current line. You can also write @code{@@III+2} which is the second data line
-after the third hline in the table.
-
-@code{@@0} and @code{$0} refer to the current row and column, respectively,
-i.e., to the row/column for the field being computed. Also, if you omit
-either the column or the row part of the reference, the current row/column is
-implied.
-
-Org's references with @emph{unsigned} numbers are fixed references
-in the sense that if you use the same reference in the formula for two
-different fields, the same field will be referenced each time.
-Org's references with @emph{signed} numbers are floating
-references because the same reference operator can reference different
-fields depending on the field being calculated by the formula.
+Formulas can reference the value of another field in two ways. Like
+in any other spreadsheet, you may reference fields with
+a letter/number combination like @samp{B3}, meaning the second field in the
+third row. However, Org prefers to use another, more general
+representation that looks like this:@footnote{Org understands references typed by the user as @samp{B4}, but it
+does not use this syntax when offering a formula for editing. You can
+customize this behavior using the variable
+@code{org-table-use-standard-references}.}
+
+@example
+@@ROW$COLUMN
+@end example
+
+Column specifications can be absolute like @samp{$1}, @samp{$2}, @dots{}, @samp{$N}, or
+relative to the current column, i.e., the column of the field which is
+being computed, like @samp{$+1} or @samp{$-2}. @samp{$<} and @samp{$>} are immutable
+references to the first and last column, respectively, and you can use
+@samp{$>>>} to indicate the third column from the right.
+
+The row specification only counts data lines and ignores horizontal
+separator lines, or ``hlines''. Like with columns, you can use absolute
+row numbers @samp{@@1}, @samp{@@2}, @dots{}, @samp{@@N}, and row numbers relative to the
+current row like @samp{@@+3} or @samp{@@-1}. @samp{@@<} and @samp{@@>} are immutable
+references the first and last row in the table, respectively. You may
+also specify the row relative to one of the hlines: @samp{@@I} refers to the
+first hline, @samp{@@II} to the second, etc. @samp{@@-I} refers to the first such
+line above the current line, @samp{@@+I} to the first such line below the
+current line. You can also write @samp{@@III+2} which is the second data
+line after the third hline in the table.
+
+@samp{@@0} and @samp{$0} refer to the current row and column, respectively, i.e.,
+to the row/column for the field being computed. Also, if you omit
+either the column or the row part of the reference, the current
+row/column is implied.
+
+Org's references with @emph{unsigned} numbers are fixed references in the
+sense that if you use the same reference in the formula for two
+different fields, the same field is referenced each time. Org's
+references with @emph{signed} numbers are floating references because the
+same reference operator can reference different fields depending on
+the field being calculated by the formula.
Here are a few examples:
-@example
-@@2$3 @r{2nd row, 3rd column (same as @code{C2})}
-$5 @r{column 5 in the current row (same as @code{E&})}
-@@2 @r{current column, row 2}
-@@-1$-3 @r{the field one row up, three columns to the left}
-@@-I$2 @r{field just under hline above current row, column 2}
-@@>$5 @r{field in the last row, in column 5}
-@end example
+@multitable @columnfractions 0.2 0.8
+@item @samp{@@2$3}
+@tab 2nd row, 3rd column (same as @samp{C2})
+@item @samp{$5}
+@tab column 5 in the current row (same as @samp{E&})
+@item @samp{@@2}
+@tab current column, row 2
+@item @samp{@@-1$-3}
+@tab field one row up, three columns to the left
+@item @samp{@@-I$2}
+@tab field just under hline above current row, column 2
+@item @samp{@@>$5}
+@tab field in the last row, in column 5
+@end multitable
+@anchor{Range references}
@subsubheading Range references
+
@cindex range references
@cindex references, to ranges
+You may reference a rectangular range of fields by specifying two
+field references connected by two dots @samp{..}. If both fields are in
+the current row, you may simply use @samp{$2..$7}, but if at least one
+field is in a different row, you need to use the general @samp{@@ROW$COLUMN}
+format at least for the first field, i.e., the reference must start
+with @samp{@@} in order to be interpreted correctly. Examples:
-You may reference a rectangular range of fields by specifying two field
-references connected by two dots @samp{..}. If both fields are in the
-current row, you may simply use @samp{$2..$7}, but if at least one field
-is in a different row, you need to use the general @code{@@row$column}
-format at least for the first field (i.e the reference must start with
-@samp{@@} in order to be interpreted correctly). Examples:
-
-@example
-$1..$3 @r{first three fields in the current row}
-$P..$Q @r{range, using column names (see under Advanced)}
-$<<<..$>> @r{start in third column, continue to the last but one}
-@@2$1..@@4$3 @r{6 fields between these two fields (same as @code{A2..C4})}
-@@-1$-2..@@-1 @r{3 fields in the row above, starting from 2 columns on the left}
-@@I..II @r{between first and second hline, short for @code{@@I..@@II}}
-@end example
+@multitable @columnfractions 0.2 0.8
+@item @samp{$1..$3}
+@tab first three fields in the current row
+@item @samp{$P..$Q}
+@tab range, using column names (see @ref{Advanced features})
+@item @samp{$<<<..$>>}
+@tab start in third column, continue to the last but one
+@item @samp{@@2$1..@@4$3}
+@tab six fields between these two fields (same as @samp{A2..C4})
+@item @samp{@@-1$-2..@@-1}
+@tab 3 fields in the row above, starting from 2 columns on the left
+@item @samp{@@I..II}
+@tab between first and second hline, short for @samp{@@I..@@II}
+@end multitable
-@noindent Range references return a vector of values that can be fed
-into Calc vector functions. Empty fields in ranges are normally suppressed,
-so that the vector contains only the non-empty fields. For other options
-with the mode switches @samp{E}, @samp{N} and examples @pxref{Formula syntax
-for Calc}.
+@noindent
+Range references return a vector of values that can be fed into Calc
+vector functions. Empty fields in ranges are normally suppressed, so
+that the vector contains only the non-empty fields. For other options
+with the mode switches @samp{E}, @samp{N} and examples, see @ref{Formula syntax for Calc}.
+@anchor{Field coordinates in formulas}
@subsubheading Field coordinates in formulas
+
@cindex field coordinates
@cindex coordinates, of field
@cindex row, of field coordinates
@cindex column, of field coordinates
+@vindex org-table-current-column
+@vindex org-table-current-dline
+One of the very first actions during evaluation of Calc formulas and
+Lisp formulas is to substitute @samp{@@#} and @samp{$#} in the formula with the
+row or column number of the field where the current result will go to.
+The traditional Lisp formula equivalents are @code{org-table-current-dline}
+and @code{org-table-current-column}. Examples:
-One of the very first actions during evaluation of Calc formulas and Lisp
-formulas is to substitute @code{@@#} and @code{$#} in the formula with the
-row or column number of the field where the current result will go to. The
-traditional Lisp formula equivalents are @code{org-table-current-dline} and
-@code{org-table-current-column}. Examples:
-
-@table @code
-@item if(@@# % 2, $#, string(""))
-Insert column number on odd rows, set field to empty on even rows.
-@item $2 = '(identity remote(FOO, @@@@#$1))
-Copy text or values of each row of column 1 of the table named @code{FOO}
-into column 2 of the current table.
-@item @@3 = 2 * remote(FOO, @@1$$#)
-Insert the doubled value of each column of row 1 of the table named
-@code{FOO} into row 3 of the current table.
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{if(@@# % 2, $#, string(""))}
+Insert column number on odd rows, set field to empty on even
+rows.
+
+@item @samp{$2 = '(identity remote(FOO, @@@@#$1))}
+Copy text or values of each row of column 1 of the table named
+@var{FOO} into column 2 of the current table.
+
+@item @samp{@@3 = 2 * remote(FOO, @@@@1$$#)}
+Insert the doubled value of each column of row 1 of the table
+named @var{FOO} into row 3 of the current table.
@end table
-@noindent For the second/third example, the table named @code{FOO} must have
-at least as many rows/columns as the current table. Note that this is
-inefficient@footnote{The computation time scales as O(N^2) because the table
-named @code{FOO} is parsed for each field to be read.} for large number of
-rows/columns.
+@noindent
+For the second and third examples, table @var{FOO} must have at
+least as many rows or columns as the current table. Note that this is
+inefficient@footnote{The computation time scales as O(N^2) because table
+@var{FOO} is parsed for each field to be copied.} for large number of rows.
+@anchor{Named references}
@subsubheading Named references
+
@cindex named references
@cindex references, named
@cindex name, of column or field
@cindex constants, in calculations
-@cindex @code{#+CONSTANTS}
-
+@cindex @samp{CONSTANTS}, keyword
@vindex org-table-formula-constants
-@samp{$name} is interpreted as the name of a column, parameter or
-constant. Constants are defined globally through the option
-@code{org-table-formula-constants}, and locally (for the file) through a
-line like
+
+@samp{$name} is interpreted as the name of a column, parameter or constant.
+Constants are defined globally through the variable
+@code{org-table-formula-constants}, and locally---for the file---through
+a line like this example:
@example
#+CONSTANTS: c=299792458. pi=3.14 eps=2.4e-6
@@ -2564,438 +2575,522 @@ line like
@noindent
@vindex constants-unit-system
@pindex constants.el
-Also properties (@pxref{Properties and columns}) can be used as
-constants in table formulas: for a property @samp{:Xyz:} use the name
-@samp{$PROP_Xyz}, and the property will be searched in the current
-outline entry and in the hierarchy above it. If you have the
-@file{constants.el} package, it will also be used to resolve constants,
-including natural constants like @samp{$h} for Planck's constant, and
-units like @samp{$km} for kilometers@footnote{@file{constants.el} can
-supply the values of constants in two different unit systems, @code{SI}
-and @code{cgs}. Which one is used depends on the value of the variable
-@code{constants-unit-system}. You can use the @code{#+STARTUP} options
-@code{constSI} and @code{constcgs} to set this value for the current
-buffer.}. Column names and parameters can be specified in special table
-lines. These are described below, see @ref{Advanced features}. All
-names must start with a letter, and further consist of letters and
-numbers.
-
+Also, properties (see @ref{Properties and Columns}) can be used as
+constants in table formulas: for a property @samp{Xyz} use the name
+@samp{$PROP_Xyz}, and the property will be searched in the current outline
+entry and in the hierarchy above it. If you have the @samp{constants.el}
+package, it will also be used to resolve constants, including natural
+constants like @samp{$h} for Planck's constant, and units like @samp{$km} for
+kilometers@footnote{The file @samp{constants.el} can supply the values of constants in
+two different unit systems, @samp{SI} and @samp{cgs}. Which one is used depends
+on the value of the variable @code{constants-unit-system}. You can use the
+@samp{STARTUP} options @samp{constSI} and @samp{constcgs} to set this value for the
+current buffer.}. Column names and parameters can be specified in
+special table lines. These are described below, see @ref{Advanced features}. All names must start with a letter, and further consist
+of letters and numbers.
+
+@anchor{Remote references}
@subsubheading Remote references
+
@cindex remote references
@cindex references, remote
@cindex references, to a different table
@cindex name, of column or field
-@cindex constants, in calculations
-@cindex @code{#+NAME}, for table
-
-You may also reference constants, fields and ranges from a different table,
-either in the current file or even in a different file. The syntax is
+@cindex @samp{NAME}, keyword
+You may also reference constants, fields and ranges from a different
+table, either in the current file or even in a different file. The
+syntax is
@example
-remote(NAME-OR-ID,REF)
+remote(NAME,REF)
@end example
@noindent
-where NAME can be the name of a table in the current file as set by a
-@code{#+NAME: Name} line before the table. It can also be the ID of an
-entry, even in a different file, and the reference then refers to the first
-table in that entry. REF is an absolute field or range reference as
-described above for example @code{@@3$3} or @code{$somename}, valid in the
-referenced table.
-
-Indirection of NAME-OR-ID: When NAME-OR-ID has the format @code{@@ROW$COLUMN}
-it will be substituted with the name or ID found in this field of the current
-table. For example @code{remote($1, @@>$2)} => @code{remote(year_2013,
-@@>$1)}. The format @code{B3} is not supported because it can not be
-distinguished from a plain table name or ID.
+where @var{NAME} can be the name of a table in the current file
+as set by a @samp{#+NAME:} line before the table. It can also be the ID of
+an entry, even in a different file, and the reference then refers to
+the first table in that entry. @var{REF} is an absolute field or
+range reference as described above for example @samp{@@3$3} or @samp{$somename},
+valid in the referenced table.
+
+@cindex table indirection
+When @var{NAME} has the format @samp{@@ROW$COLUMN}, it is substituted
+with the name or ID found in this field of the current table. For
+example @samp{remote($1, @@@@>$2)} @result{} @samp{remote(year_2013, @@@@>$1)}. The format
+@samp{B3} is not supported because it can not be distinguished from a plain
+table name or ID.
@node Formula syntax for Calc
@subsection Formula syntax for Calc
+
@cindex formula syntax, Calc
@cindex syntax, of formulas
-A formula can be any algebraic expression understood by the Emacs @file{Calc}
-package. Note that @file{calc} has the non-standard convention that @samp{/}
-has lower precedence than @samp{*}, so that @samp{a/b*c} is interpreted as
-@samp{a/(b*c)}. Before evaluation by @code{calc-eval} (@pxref{Calling Calc
-from Your Programs, calc-eval, Calling Calc from Your Lisp Programs, calc,
-GNU Emacs Calc Manual}), variable substitution takes place according to the
-rules described above.
+A formula can be any algebraic expression understood by the Emacs Calc
+package. Note that Calc has the non-standard convention that @samp{/} has
+lower precedence than @samp{*}, so that @samp{a/b*c} is interpreted as
+@samp{(a/(b*c))}. Before evaluation by @code{calc-eval} (see @ref{Calling Calc from Your Programs,Calling Calc from
+Your Lisp Programs,,calc,}), variable substitution takes place according to
+the rules described above.
+
@cindex vectors, in table calculations
The range vectors can be directly fed into the Calc vector functions
-like @samp{vmean} and @samp{vsum}.
+like @code{vmean} and @code{vsum}.
-@cindex format specifier
-@cindex mode, for @file{calc}
+@cindex format specifier, in spreadsheet
+@cindex mode, for Calc
@vindex org-calc-default-modes
A formula can contain an optional mode string after a semicolon. This
string consists of flags to influence Calc and other modes during
execution. By default, Org uses the standard Calc modes (precision
-12, angular units degrees, fraction and symbolic modes off). The display
-format, however, has been changed to @code{(float 8)} to keep tables
-compact. The default settings can be configured using the option
-@code{org-calc-default-modes}.
-
-@noindent List of modes:
+12, angular units degrees, fraction and symbolic modes off). The
+display format, however, has been changed to @code{(float 8)} to keep
+tables compact. The default settings can be configured using the
+variable @code{org-calc-default-modes}.
@table @asis
-@item @code{p20}
+@item @samp{p20}
Set the internal Calc calculation precision to 20 digits.
-@item @code{n3}, @code{s3}, @code{e2}, @code{f4}
-Normal, scientific, engineering or fixed format of the result of Calc passed
-back to Org. Calc formatting is unlimited in precision as long as the Calc
-calculation precision is greater.
-@item @code{D}, @code{R}
+
+@item @samp{n3}, @samp{s3}, @samp{e2}, @samp{f4}
+Normal, scientific, engineering or fixed format of the result of
+Calc passed back to Org. Calc formatting is unlimited in
+precision as long as the Calc calculation precision is greater.
+
+@item @samp{D}, @samp{R}
Degree and radian angle modes of Calc.
-@item @code{F}, @code{S}
+
+@item @samp{F}, @samp{S}
Fraction and symbolic modes of Calc.
-@item @code{T}, @code{t}, @code{U}
-Duration computations in Calc or Lisp, @pxref{Durations and time values}.
-@item @code{E}
-If and how to consider empty fields. Without @samp{E} empty fields in range
-references are suppressed so that the Calc vector or Lisp list contains only
-the non-empty fields. With @samp{E} the empty fields are kept. For empty
-fields in ranges or empty field references the value @samp{nan} (not a
-number) is used in Calc formulas and the empty string is used for Lisp
-formulas. Add @samp{N} to use 0 instead for both formula types. For the
-value of a field the mode @samp{N} has higher precedence than @samp{E}.
-@item @code{N}
-Interpret all fields as numbers, use 0 for non-numbers. See the next section
-to see how this is essential for computations with Lisp formulas. In Calc
-formulas it is used only occasionally because there number strings are
-already interpreted as numbers without @samp{N}.
-@item @code{L}
+
+@item @samp{T}, @samp{t}, @samp{U}
+Duration computations in Calc or Lisp, @ref{Durations and time values}.
+
+@item @samp{E}
+If and how to consider empty fields. Without @samp{E} empty fields in
+range references are suppressed so that the Calc vector or Lisp
+list contains only the non-empty fields. With @samp{E} the empty
+fields are kept. For empty fields in ranges or empty field
+references the value @samp{nan} (not a number) is used in Calc
+formulas and the empty string is used for Lisp formulas. Add @samp{N}
+to use 0 instead for both formula types. For the value of
+a field the mode @samp{N} has higher precedence than @samp{E}.
+
+@item @samp{N}
+Interpret all fields as numbers, use 0 for non-numbers. See the
+next section to see how this is essential for computations with
+Lisp formulas. In Calc formulas it is used only occasionally
+because there number strings are already interpreted as numbers
+without @samp{N}.
+
+@item @samp{L}
Literal, for Lisp formulas only. See the next section.
@end table
@noindent
-Unless you use large integer numbers or high-precision-calculation and
--display for floating point numbers you may alternatively provide a
-@samp{printf} format specifier to reformat the Calc result after it has been
-passed back to Org instead of letting Calc already do the
-formatting@footnote{The @samp{printf} reformatting is limited in precision
-because the value passed to it is converted into an @samp{integer} or
-@samp{double}. The @samp{integer} is limited in size by truncating the
-signed value to 32 bits. The @samp{double} is limited in precision to 64
-bits overall which leaves approximately 16 significant decimal digits.}. A
-few examples:
-
-@example
-$1+$2 @r{Sum of first and second field}
-$1+$2;%.2f @r{Same, format result to two decimals}
-exp($2)+exp($1) @r{Math functions can be used}
-$0;%.1f @r{Reformat current cell to 1 decimal}
-($3-32)*5/9 @r{Degrees F -> C conversion}
-$c/$1/$cm @r{Hz -> cm conversion, using @file{constants.el}}
-tan($1);Dp3s1 @r{Compute in degrees, precision 3, display SCI 1}
-sin($1);Dp3%.1e @r{Same, but use printf specifier for display}
-taylor($3,x=7,2) @r{Taylor series of $3, at x=7, second degree}
-@end example
-
-Calc also contains a complete set of logical operations, (@pxref{Logical
-Operations, , Logical Operations, calc, GNU Emacs Calc Manual}). For example
-
-@table @code
-@item if($1 < 20, teen, string(""))
-"teen" if age $1 is less than 20, else the Org table result field is set to
-empty with the empty string.
-@item if("$1" == "nan" || "$2" == "nan", string(""), $1 + $2); E f-1
-Sum of the first two columns. When at least one of the input fields is empty
-the Org table result field is set to empty. @samp{E} is required to not
-convert empty fields to 0. @samp{f-1} is an optional Calc format string
-similar to @samp{%.1f} but leaves empty results empty.
-@item if(typeof(vmean($1..$7)) == 12, string(""), vmean($1..$7); E
-Mean value of a range unless there is any empty field. Every field in the
-range that is empty is replaced by @samp{nan} which lets @samp{vmean} result
-in @samp{nan}. Then @samp{typeof == 12} detects the @samp{nan} from
-@samp{vmean} and the Org table result field is set to empty. Use this when
-the sample set is expected to never have missing values.
-@item if("$1..$7" == "[]", string(""), vmean($1..$7))
-Mean value of a range with empty fields skipped. Every field in the range
-that is empty is skipped. When all fields in the range are empty the mean
-value is not defined and the Org table result field is set to empty. Use
-this when the sample set can have a variable size.
-@item vmean($1..$7); EN
-To complete the example before: Mean value of a range with empty fields
-counting as samples with value 0. Use this only when incomplete sample sets
-should be padded with 0 to the full size.
+Unless you use large integer numbers or high-precision calculation and
+display for floating point numbers you may alternatively provide
+a @code{printf} format specifier to reformat the Calc result after it has
+been passed back to Org instead of letting Calc already do the
+formatting@footnote{The printf reformatting is limited in precision because the
+value passed to it is converted into an ``integer'' or ``double''. The
+``integer'' is limited in size by truncating the signed value to 32
+bits. The ``double'' is limited in precision to 64 bits overall which
+leaves approximately 16 significant decimal digits.}. A few examples:
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @samp{$1+$2}
+@tab Sum of first and second field
+@item @samp{$1+$2;%.2f}
+@tab Same, format result to two decimals
+@item @samp{exp($2)+exp($1)}
+@tab Math functions can be used
+@item @samp{$0;%.1f}
+@tab Reformat current cell to 1 decimal
+@item @samp{($3-32)*5/9}
+@tab Degrees F @arrow{} C conversion
+@item @samp{$c/$1/$cm}
+@tab Hz @arrow{} cm conversion, using @samp{constants.el}
+@item @samp{tan($1);Dp3s1}
+@tab Compute in degrees, precision 3, display SCI 1
+@item @samp{sin($1);Dp3%.1e}
+@tab Same, but use @code{printf} specifier for display
+@item @samp{vmean($2..$7)}
+@tab Compute column range mean, using vector function
+@item @samp{vmean($2..$7);EN}
+@tab Same, but treat empty fields as 0
+@item @samp{taylor($3,x=7,2)}
+@tab Taylor series of $3, at x=7, second degree
+@end multitable
+
+Calc also contains a complete set of logical operations (see @ref{Logical Operations,Logical
+Operations,,calc,}). For example
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{if($1 < 20, teen, string(""))}
+@samp{"teen"} if age @samp{$1} is less than 20, else the Org table result
+field is set to empty with the empty string.
+
+@item @samp{if("$1" =} ``nan'' || ``$2'' @samp{= "nan", string(""), $1 + $2); E f-1}
+Sum of the first two columns. When at least one of the input
+fields is empty the Org table result field is set to empty. @samp{E}
+is required to not convert empty fields to 0. @samp{f-1} is an
+optional Calc format string similar to @samp{%.1f} but leaves empty
+results empty.
+
+@item @samp{if(typeof(vmean($1..$7)) =} 12, string(``''), vmean($1..$7); E=
+Mean value of a range unless there is any empty field. Every
+field in the range that is empty is replaced by @samp{nan} which lets
+@samp{vmean} result in @samp{nan}. Then @samp{typeof =} 12= detects the @samp{nan}
+from @code{vmean} and the Org table result field is set to empty. Use
+this when the sample set is expected to never have missing
+values.
+
+@item @samp{if("$1..$7" =} ``[]'', string(``''), vmean($1..$7))=
+Mean value of a range with empty fields skipped. Every field in
+the range that is empty is skipped. When all fields in the range
+are empty the mean value is not defined and the Org table result
+field is set to empty. Use this when the sample set can have
+a variable size.
+
+@item @samp{vmean($1..$7); EN}
+To complete the example before: Mean value of a range with empty
+fields counting as samples with value 0. Use this only when
+incomplete sample sets should be padded with 0 to the full size.
@end table
-You can add your own Calc functions defined in Emacs Lisp with @code{defmath}
-and use them in formula syntax for Calc.
+You can add your own Calc functions defined in Emacs Lisp with
+@code{defmath} and use them in formula syntax for Calc.
@node Formula syntax for Lisp
@subsection Emacs Lisp forms as formulas
+
@cindex Lisp forms, as table formulas
-It is also possible to write a formula in Emacs Lisp. This can be useful
-for string manipulation and control structures, if Calc's functionality is
-not enough.
+It is also possible to write a formula in Emacs Lisp. This can be
+useful for string manipulation and control structures, if Calc's
+functionality is not enough.
-If a formula starts with an apostrophe followed by an opening parenthesis,
-then it is evaluated as a Lisp form. The evaluation should return either a
-string or a number. Just as with @file{calc} formulas, you can specify modes
-and a printf format after a semicolon.
+If a formula starts with a single-quote followed by an opening
+parenthesis, then it is evaluated as a Lisp form. The evaluation
+should return either a string or a number. Just as with Calc
+formulas, you can specify modes and a @code{printf} format after
+a semicolon.
With Emacs Lisp forms, you need to be conscious about the way field
-references are interpolated into the form. By default, a reference will be
-interpolated as a Lisp string (in double-quotes) containing the field. If
-you provide the @samp{N} mode switch, all referenced elements will be numbers
-(non-number fields will be zero) and interpolated as Lisp numbers, without
-quotes. If you provide the @samp{L} flag, all fields will be interpolated
-literally, without quotes. I.e., if you want a reference to be interpreted
-as a string by the Lisp form, enclose the reference operator itself in
-double-quotes, like @code{"$3"}. Ranges are inserted as space-separated
-fields, so you can embed them in list or vector syntax.
+references are interpolated into the form. By default, a reference is
+interpolated as a Lisp string (in double-quotes) containing the field.
+If you provide the @samp{N} mode switch, all referenced elements are
+numbers---non-number fields will be zero---and interpolated as Lisp
+numbers, without quotes. If you provide the @samp{L} flag, all fields are
+interpolated literally, without quotes. I.e., if you want a reference
+to be interpreted as a string by the Lisp form, enclose the reference
+operator itself in double-quotes, like @samp{"$3"}. Ranges are inserted as
+space-separated fields, so you can embed them in list or vector
+syntax.
Here are a few examples---note how the @samp{N} mode is used when we do
computations in Lisp:
-@table @code
-@item '(concat (substring $1 1 2) (substring $1 0 1) (substring $1 2))
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{'(concat (substring $1 1 2) (substring $1 0 1) (substring $1 2))}
Swap the first two characters of the content of column 1.
-@item '(+ $1 $2);N
-Add columns 1 and 2, equivalent to Calc's @code{$1+$2}.
-@item '(apply '+ '($1..$4));N
-Compute the sum of columns 1 to 4, like Calc's @code{vsum($1..$4)}.
+
+@item @samp{'(+ $1 $2);N}
+Add columns 1 and 2, equivalent to Calc's @samp{$1+$2}.
+
+@item @samp{'(apply '+ '($1..$4));N}
+Compute the sum of columns 1 to 4, like Calc's @samp{vsum($1..$4)}.
@end table
@node Durations and time values
@subsection Durations and time values
+
@cindex Duration, computing
@cindex Time, computing
@vindex org-table-duration-custom-format
-If you want to compute time values use the @code{T}, @code{t}, or @code{U}
-flag, either in Calc formulas or Elisp formulas:
+If you want to compute time values use the @samp{T}, @samp{t}, or @samp{U} flag,
+either in Calc formulas or Elisp formulas:
@example
-@group
- | Task 1 | Task 2 | Total |
- |---------+----------+----------|
- | 2:12 | 1:47 | 03:59:00 |
- | 2:12 | 1:47 | 03:59 |
- | 3:02:20 | -2:07:00 | 0.92 |
- #+TBLFM: @@2$3=$1+$2;T::@@3$3=$1+$2;U::@@4$3=$1+$2;t
-@end group
+| Task 1 | Task 2 | Total |
+|---------+----------+----------|
+| 2:12 | 1:47 | 03:59:00 |
+| 2:12 | 1:47 | 03:59 |
+| 3:02:20 | -2:07:00 | 0.92 |
+#+TBLFM: @@2$3=$1+$2;T::@@3$3=$1+$2;U::@@4$3=$1+$2;t
@end example
-Input duration values must be of the form @code{HH:MM[:SS]}, where seconds
-are optional. With the @code{T} flag, computed durations will be displayed
-as @code{HH:MM:SS} (see the first formula above). With the @code{U} flag,
-seconds will be omitted so that the result will be only @code{HH:MM} (see
-second formula above). Zero-padding of the hours field will depend upon the
-value of the variable @code{org-table-duration-hour-zero-padding}.
+Input duration values must be of the form @samp{HH:MM[:SS]}, where seconds
+are optional. With the @samp{T} flag, computed durations are displayed as
+@samp{HH:MM:SS} (see the first formula above). With the @samp{U} flag, seconds
+are omitted so that the result is only @samp{HH:MM} (see second formula
+above). Zero-padding of the hours field depends upon the value of the
+variable @code{org-table-duration-hour-zero-padding}.
-With the @code{t} flag, computed durations will be displayed according to the
+With the @samp{t} flag, computed durations are displayed according to the
value of the option @code{org-table-duration-custom-format}, which defaults
-to @code{'hours} and will display the result as a fraction of hours (see the
+to @code{hours} and displays the result as a fraction of hours (see the
third formula in the example above).
-Negative duration values can be manipulated as well, and integers will be
+Negative duration values can be manipulated as well, and integers are
considered as seconds in addition and subtraction.
@node Field and range formulas
@subsection Field and range formulas
+
@cindex field formula
@cindex range formula
@cindex formula, for individual table field
@cindex formula, for range of fields
-To assign a formula to a particular field, type it directly into the field,
-preceded by @samp{:=}, for example @samp{:=vsum(@@II..III)}. When you press
-@key{TAB} or @key{RET} or @kbd{C-c C-c} with the cursor still in the field,
-the formula will be stored as the formula for this field, evaluated, and the
-current field will be replaced with the result.
-
-@cindex @code{#+TBLFM}
-Formulas are stored in a special line starting with @code{#+TBLFM:} directly
-below the table. If you type the equation in the 4th field of the 3rd data
-line in the table, the formula will look like @samp{@@3$4=$1+$2}. When
-inserting/deleting/swapping columns and rows with the appropriate commands,
-@i{absolute references} (but not relative ones) in stored formulas are
-modified in order to still reference the same field. To avoid this, in
-particular in range references, anchor ranges at the table borders (using
-@code{@@<}, @code{@@>}, @code{$<}, @code{$>}), or at hlines using the
-@code{@@I} notation. Automatic adaptation of field references does of course
-not happen if you edit the table structure with normal editing
-commands---then you must fix the equations yourself.
-
-Instead of typing an equation into the field, you may also use the following
-command
-
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-u C-c =,org-table-eval-formula}
-Install a new formula for the current field. The command prompts for a
-formula with default taken from the @code{#+TBLFM:} line, applies
-it to the current field, and stores it.
+To assign a formula to a particular field, type it directly into the
+field, preceded by @samp{:=}, for example @samp{vsum(@@II..III)}. When you press
+@kbd{@key{TAB}} or @kbd{@key{RET}} or @kbd{C-c C-c} with the cursor
+still in the field, the formula is stored as the formula for this
+field, evaluated, and the current field is replaced with the result.
+
+@cindex @samp{TBLFM}, keyword
+Formulas are stored in a special @samp{TBLFM} keyword located directly
+below the table. If you type the equation in the fourth field of the
+third data line in the table, the formula looks like @samp{@@3$4=$1+$2}.
+When inserting/deleting/swapping column and rows with the appropriate
+commands, @emph{absolute references} (but not relative ones) in stored
+formulas are modified in order to still reference the same field. To
+avoid this from happening, in particular in range references, anchor
+ranges at the table borders (using @samp{@@<}, @samp{@@>}, @samp{$<}, @samp{$>}), or at
+hlines using the @samp{@@I} notation. Automatic adaptation of field
+references does of course not happen if you edit the table structure
+with normal editing commands---then you must fix the equations
+yourself.
+
+Instead of typing an equation into the field, you may also use the
+following command
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-u C-c =} (@code{org-table-eval-formula})
+@kindex C-u C-c =
+@findex org-table-eval-formula
+Install a new formula for the current field. The command prompts
+for a formula with default taken from the @samp{TBLFM} keyword,
+applies it to the current field, and stores it.
@end table
-The left-hand side of a formula can also be a special expression in order to
-assign the formula to a number of different fields. There is no keyboard
-shortcut to enter such range formulas. To add them, use the formula editor
-(@pxref{Editing and debugging formulas}) or edit the @code{#+TBLFM:} line
-directly.
-
-@table @code
-@item $2=
-Column formula, valid for the entire column. This is so common that Org
-treats these formulas in a special way, see @ref{Column formulas}.
-@item @@3=
-Row formula, applies to all fields in the specified row. @code{@@>=} means
-the last row.
-@item @@1$2..@@4$3=
-Range formula, applies to all fields in the given rectangular range. This
-can also be used to assign a formula to some but not all fields in a row.
-@item $name=
+The left-hand side of a formula can also be a special expression in
+order to assign the formula to a number of different fields. There is
+no keyboard shortcut to enter such range formulas. To add them, use
+the formula editor (see @ref{Editing and debugging formulas}) or edit the
+@samp{TBLFM} keyword directly.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{$2=}
+Column formula, valid for the entire column. This is so common
+that Org treats these formulas in a special way, see @ref{Column formulas}.
+
+@item @code{@@3=}
+Row formula, applies to all fields in the specified row. @samp{@@>=}
+means the last row.
+
+@item @samp{@@1$2..@@4$3=}
+Range formula, applies to all fields in the given rectangular
+range. This can also be used to assign a formula to some but not
+all fields in a row.
+
+@item @samp{$NAME=}
Named field, see @ref{Advanced features}.
@end table
@node Column formulas
@subsection Column formulas
+
@cindex column formula
@cindex formula, for table column
-When you assign a formula to a simple column reference like @code{$3=}, the
-same formula will be used in all fields of that column, with the following
-very convenient exceptions: (i) If the table contains horizontal separator
-hlines with rows above and below, everything before the first such hline is
-considered part of the table @emph{header} and will not be modified by column
-formulas. Therefore a header is mandatory when you use column formulas and
-want to add hlines to group rows, like for example to separate a total row at
-the bottom from the summand rows above. (ii) Fields that already get a value
-from a field/range formula will be left alone by column formulas. These
-conditions make column formulas very easy to use.
-
-To assign a formula to a column, type it directly into any field in the
-column, preceded by an equal sign, like @samp{=$1+$2}. When you press
-@key{TAB} or @key{RET} or @kbd{C-c C-c} with the cursor still in the field,
-the formula will be stored as the formula for the current column, evaluated
-and the current field replaced with the result. If the field contains only
-@samp{=}, the previously stored formula for this column is used. For each
-column, Org will only remember the most recently used formula. In the
-@code{#+TBLFM:} line, column formulas will look like @samp{$4=$1+$2}. The
-left-hand side of a column formula cannot be the name of column, it must be
-the numeric column reference or @code{$>}.
+When you assign a formula to a simple column reference like @samp{$3=}, the
+same formula is used in all fields of that column, with the following
+very convenient exceptions: (i) If the table contains horizontal
+separator hlines with rows above and below, everything before the
+first such hline is considered part of the table @emph{header} and is not
+modified by column formulas. Therefore a header is mandatory when you
+use column formulas and want to add hlines to group rows, like for
+example to separate a total row at the bottom from the summand rows
+above. (ii) Fields that already get a value from a field/range
+formula are left alone by column formulas. These conditions make
+column formulas very easy to use.
+
+To assign a formula to a column, type it directly into any field in
+the column, preceded by an equal sign, like @samp{=$1+$2}. When you press
+@kbd{@key{TAB}} or @kbd{@key{RET}} or @kbd{C-c C-c} with the cursor
+still in the field, the formula is stored as the formula for the
+current column, evaluated and the current field replaced with the
+result. If the field contains only @samp{=}, the previously stored formula
+for this column is used. For each column, Org only remembers the most
+recently used formula. In the @samp{TBLFM} keyword, column formulas look
+like @samp{$4=$1+$2}. The left-hand side of a column formula can not be
+the name of column, it must be the numeric column reference or @samp{$>}.
Instead of typing an equation into the field, you may also use the
following command:
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c =,org-table-eval-formula}
-Install a new formula for the current column and replace current field with
-the result of the formula. The command prompts for a formula, with default
-taken from the @code{#+TBLFM} line, applies it to the current field and
-stores it. With a numeric prefix argument(e.g., @kbd{C-5 C-c =}) the command
-will apply it to that many consecutive fields in the current column.
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c =} (@code{org-table-eval-formula})
+@kindex C-c =
+@findex org-table-eval-formula
+Install a new formula for the current column and replace current
+field with the result of the formula. The command prompts for
+a formula, with default taken from the @samp{TBLFM} keyword, applies
+it to the current field and stores it. With a numeric prefix
+argument, e.g., @kbd{C-5 C-c =}, the command applies it to
+that many consecutive fields in the current column.
@end table
@node Lookup functions
@subsection Lookup functions
+
@cindex lookup functions in tables
@cindex table lookup functions
Org has three predefined Emacs Lisp functions for lookups in tables.
-@table @code
-@item (org-lookup-first VAL S-LIST R-LIST &optional PREDICATE)
+
+@table @asis
+@item @code{(org-lookup-first VAL S-LIST R-LIST &optional PREDICATE)}
@findex org-lookup-first
-Searches for the first element @code{S} in list @code{S-LIST} for which
+Searches for the first element @var{S} in list
+@var{S-LIST} for which
@lisp
(PREDICATE VAL S)
@end lisp
-is @code{t}; returns the value from the corresponding position in list
-@code{R-LIST}. The default @code{PREDICATE} is @code{equal}. Note that the
-parameters @code{VAL} and @code{S} are passed to @code{PREDICATE} in the same
-order as the corresponding parameters are in the call to
-@code{org-lookup-first}, where @code{VAL} precedes @code{S-LIST}. If
-@code{R-LIST} is @code{nil}, the matching element @code{S} of @code{S-LIST}
-is returned.
-@item (org-lookup-last VAL S-LIST R-LIST &optional PREDICATE)
+is non-@code{nil}; returns the value from the corresponding position
+in list @var{R-LIST}. The default @var{PREDICATE} is
+@code{equal}. Note that the parameters @var{VAL} and
+@var{S} are passed to @var{PREDICATE} in the same order
+as the corresponding parameters are in the call to
+@code{org-lookup-first}, where @var{VAL} precedes
+@var{S-LIST}. If @var{R-LIST} is @code{nil}, the matching
+element @var{S} of @var{S-LIST} is returned.
+
+@item @code{(org-lookup-last VAL S-LIST R-LIST &optional PREDICATE)}
@findex org-lookup-last
-Similar to @code{org-lookup-first} above, but searches for the @i{last}
-element for which @code{PREDICATE} is @code{t}.
-@item (org-lookup-all VAL S-LIST R-LIST &optional PREDICATE)
+Similar to @code{org-lookup-first} above, but searches for the @emph{last}
+element for which @var{PREDICATE} is non-@code{nil}.
+
+@item @code{(org-lookup-all VAL S-LIST R-LIST &optional PREDICATE)}
@findex org-lookup-all
-Similar to @code{org-lookup-first}, but searches for @i{all} elements for
-which @code{PREDICATE} is @code{t}, and returns @i{all} corresponding
-values. This function can not be used by itself in a formula, because it
-returns a list of values. However, powerful lookups can be built when this
-function is combined with other Emacs Lisp functions.
+Similar to @code{org-lookup-first}, but searches for @emph{all} elements
+for which @var{PREDICATE} is non-@code{nil}, and returns @emph{all}
+corresponding values. This function can not be used by itself in
+a formula, because it returns a list of values. However,
+powerful lookups can be built when this function is combined with
+other Emacs Lisp functions.
@end table
-If the ranges used in these functions contain empty fields, the @code{E} mode
-for the formula should usually be specified: otherwise empty fields will not be
-included in @code{S-LIST} and/or @code{R-LIST} which can, for example, result
-in an incorrect mapping from an element of @code{S-LIST} to the corresponding
-element of @code{R-LIST}.
+If the ranges used in these functions contain empty fields, the @samp{E}
+mode for the formula should usually be specified: otherwise empty
+fields are not included in @var{S-LIST} and/or @var{R-LIST}
+which can, for example, result in an incorrect mapping from an element
+of @var{S-LIST} to the corresponding element of
+@var{R-LIST}.
-These three functions can be used to implement associative arrays, count
-matching cells, rank results, group data etc. For practical examples
-see @uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/org-tutorials/org-lookups.html, this
-tutorial on Worg}.
+These three functions can be used to implement associative arrays,
+count matching cells, rank results, group data, etc. For practical
+examples see @uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/org-tutorials/org-lookups.html, this tutorial on Worg}.
@node Editing and debugging formulas
@subsection Editing and debugging formulas
+
@cindex formula editing
@cindex editing, of table formulas
@vindex org-table-use-standard-references
-You can edit individual formulas in the minibuffer or directly in the field.
-Org can also prepare a special buffer with all active formulas of a table.
-When offering a formula for editing, Org converts references to the standard
-format (like @code{B3} or @code{D&}) if possible. If you prefer to only work
-with the internal format (like @code{@@3$2} or @code{$4}), configure the
-option @code{org-table-use-standard-references}.
-
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmdkkc{C-c =,C-u C-c =,org-table-eval-formula}
+You can edit individual formulas in the minibuffer or directly in the
+field. Org can also prepare a special buffer with all active formulas
+of a table. When offering a formula for editing, Org converts
+references to the standard format (like @samp{B3} or @samp{D&}) if possible. If
+you prefer to only work with the internal format (like @samp{@@3$2} or
+@samp{$4}), configure the variable @code{org-table-use-standard-references}.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c =} or @kbd{C-u C-c =} (@code{org-table-eval-formula})
+@kindex C-c =
+@kindex C-u C-c =
+@findex org-table-eval-formula
Edit the formula associated with the current column/field in the
minibuffer. See @ref{Column formulas}, and @ref{Field and range formulas}.
-@orgcmd{C-u C-u C-c =,org-table-eval-formula}
-Re-insert the active formula (either a
-field formula, or a column formula) into the current field, so that you
-can edit it directly in the field. The advantage over editing in the
-minibuffer is that you can use the command @kbd{C-c ?}.
-@orgcmd{C-c ?,org-table-field-info}
+
+@item @kbd{C-u C-u C-c =} (@code{org-table-eval-formula})
+@kindex C-u C-u C-c =
+@findex org-table-eval-formula
+Re-insert the active formula (either a field formula, or a column
+formula) into the current field, so that you can edit it directly
+in the field. The advantage over editing in the minibuffer is
+that you can use the command @kbd{C-c ?}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c ?} (@code{org-table-field-info})
+@kindex C-c ?
+@findex org-table-field-info
While editing a formula in a table field, highlight the field(s)
-referenced by the reference at the cursor position in the formula.
+referenced by the reference at the cursor position in the
+formula.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c @}} (@code{org-table-toggle-coordinate-overlays})
@kindex C-c @}
@findex org-table-toggle-coordinate-overlays
-@item C-c @}
-Toggle the display of row and column numbers for a table, using overlays
-(@command{org-table-toggle-coordinate-overlays}). These are updated each
-time the table is aligned; you can force it with @kbd{C-c C-c}.
+Toggle the display of row and column numbers for a table, using
+overlays. These are updated each time the table is aligned; you
+can force it with @kbd{C-c C-c}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c @{} (@code{org-table-toggle-formula-debugger})
@kindex C-c @{
@findex org-table-toggle-formula-debugger
-@item C-c @{
-Toggle the formula debugger on and off
-(@command{org-table-toggle-formula-debugger}). See below.
-@orgcmd{C-c ',org-table-edit-formulas}
-Edit all formulas for the current table in a special buffer, where the
-formulas will be displayed one per line. If the current field has an
-active formula, the cursor in the formula editor will mark it.
-While inside the special buffer, Org will automatically highlight
-any field or range reference at the cursor position. You may edit,
-remove and add formulas, and use the following commands:
-
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmdkkc{C-c C-c,C-x C-s,org-table-fedit-finish}
-Exit the formula editor and store the modified formulas. With @kbd{C-u}
-prefix, also apply the new formulas to the entire table.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-q,org-table-fedit-abort}
+Toggle the formula debugger on and off. See below.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c '} (@code{org-table-edit-formulas})
+@kindex C-c '
+@findex org-table-edit-formulas
+Edit all formulas for the current table in a special buffer,
+where the formulas are displayed one per line. If the current
+field has an active formula, the cursor in the formula editor
+marks it. While inside the special buffer, Org automatically
+highlights any field or range reference at the cursor position.
+You may edit, remove and add formulas, and use the following
+commands:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c} or @kbd{C-x C-s} (@code{org-table-fedit-finish})
+@kindex C-x C-s
+@kindex C-c C-c
+@findex org-table-fedit-finish
+Exit the formula editor and store the modified formulas. With
+@kbd{C-u} prefix, also apply the new formulas to the
+entire table.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-q} (@code{org-table-fedit-abort})
+@kindex C-c C-q
+@findex org-table-fedit-abort
Exit the formula editor without installing changes.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-r,org-table-fedit-toggle-ref-type}
-Toggle all references in the formula editor between standard (like
-@code{B3}) and internal (like @code{@@3$2}).
-@orgcmd{@key{TAB},org-table-fedit-lisp-indent}
-Pretty-print or indent Lisp formula at point. When in a line containing
-a Lisp formula, format the formula according to Emacs Lisp rules.
-Another @key{TAB} collapses the formula back again. In the open
-formula, @key{TAB} re-indents just like in Emacs Lisp mode.
-@orgcmd{M-@key{TAB},lisp-complete-symbol}
-Complete Lisp symbols, just like in Emacs Lisp mode.@footnote{Many desktops
-intercept @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} to switch windows. Use @kbd{C-M-i} or
-@kbd{@key{ESC} @key{TAB}} instead for completion (@pxref{Completion}).}
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-r} (@code{org-table-fedit-toggle-ref-type})
+@kindex C-c C-r
+@findex org-table-fedit-toggle-ref-type
+Toggle all references in the formula editor between standard
+(like @samp{B3}) and internal (like @samp{@@3$2}).
+
+@item @kbd{@key{TAB}} (@code{org-table-fedit-lisp-indent})
+@kindex TAB
+@findex org-table-fedit-lisp-indent
+Pretty-print or indent Lisp formula at point. When in a line
+containing a Lisp formula, format the formula according to
+Emacs Lisp rules. Another @kbd{@key{TAB}} collapses the formula
+back again. In the open formula, @kbd{@key{TAB}} re-indents
+just like in Emacs Lisp mode.
+
+@item @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} (@code{lisp-complete-symbol})
+@kindex M-TAB
+@findex lisp-complete-symbol
+Complete Lisp symbols, just like in Emacs Lisp mode.
+
+@item @kbd{S-@key{UP}}, @kbd{S-@key{DOWN}}, @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}}, @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}}
@kindex S-UP
@kindex S-DOWN
@kindex S-LEFT
@@ -3004,44 +3099,61 @@ intercept @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} to switch windows. Use @kbd{C-M-i} or
@findex org-table-fedit-ref-down
@findex org-table-fedit-ref-left
@findex org-table-fedit-ref-right
-@item S-@key{UP}/@key{DOWN}/@key{LEFT}/@key{RIGHT}
-Shift the reference at point. For example, if the reference is
-@code{B3} and you press @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}}, it will become @code{C3}.
-This also works for relative references and for hline references.
-@orgcmdkkcc{M-S-@key{UP},M-S-@key{DOWN},org-table-fedit-line-up,org-table-fedit-line-down}
-Move the test line for column formulas in the Org buffer up and
-down.
-@orgcmdkkcc{M-@key{UP},M-@key{DOWN},org-table-fedit-scroll-down,org-table-fedit-scroll-up}
-Scroll the window displaying the table.
+Shift the reference at point. For example, if the reference
+is @samp{B3} and you press @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}}, it becomes @samp{C3}.
+This also works for relative references and for hline
+references.
+
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{UP}} (@code{org-table-fedit-line-up})
+@kindex M-S-UP
+@findex org-table-fedit-line-up
+Move the test line for column formulas up in the Org buffer.
+
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{DOWN}} (@code{org-table-fedit-line-down})
+@kindex M-S-DOWN
+@findex org-table-fedit-line-down
+Move the test line for column formulas down in the Org buffer.
+
+@item @kbd{M-@key{UP}} (@code{org-table-fedit-scroll-up})
+@kindex M-UP
+@findex org-table-fedit-scroll-up
+Scroll up the window displaying the table.
+
+@item @kbd{M-@key{DOWN}} (@code{org-table-fedit-scroll-down})
+@kindex M-DOWN
+@findex org-table-fedit-scroll-down
+Scroll down the window displaying the table.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c @}}
@kindex C-c @}
@findex org-table-toggle-coordinate-overlays
-@item C-c @}
Turn the coordinate grid in the table on and off.
@end table
@end table
Making a table field blank does not remove the formula associated with
-the field, because that is stored in a different line (the @code{#+TBLFM}
-line)---during the next recalculation the field will be filled again.
-To remove a formula from a field, you have to give an empty reply when
-prompted for the formula, or to edit the @code{#+TBLFM} line.
+the field, because that is stored in a different line---the @samp{TBLFM}
+keyword line. During the next recalculation, the field will be filled
+again. To remove a formula from a field, you have to give an empty
+reply when prompted for the formula, or to edit the @samp{TBLFM} keyword.
@kindex C-c C-c
-You may edit the @code{#+TBLFM} directly and re-apply the changed
+You may edit the @samp{TBLFM} keyword directly and re-apply the changed
equations with @kbd{C-c C-c} in that line or with the normal
recalculation commands in the table.
-@anchor{Using multiple #+TBLFM lines}
-@subsubheading Using multiple @code{#+TBLFM} lines
-@cindex @code{#+TBLFM} line, multiple
-@cindex @code{#+TBLFM}
-@cindex @code{#+TBLFM}, switching
-@kindex C-c C-c
+@anchor{Using multiple @samp{TBLFM} lines}
+@subsubheading Using multiple @samp{TBLFM} lines
-You may apply the formula temporarily. This is useful when you
-switch the formula. Place multiple @code{#+TBLFM} lines right
-after the table, and then press @kbd{C-c C-c} on the formula to
-apply. Here is an example:
+@cindex multiple formula lines
+@cindex @samp{TBLFM} keywords, multiple
+@cindex @samp{TBLFM}, switching
+
+@kindex C-c C-c
+You may apply the formula temporarily. This is useful when you switch
+the formula. Place multiple @samp{TBLFM} keywords right after the table,
+and then press @kbd{C-c C-c} on the formula to apply. Here is an
+example:
@example
| x | y |
@@ -3065,8 +3177,9 @@ Pressing @kbd{C-c C-c} in the line of @samp{#+TBLFM: $2=$1*2} yields:
@end example
@noindent
-Note: If you recalculate this table (with @kbd{C-u C-c *}, for example), you
-will get the following result of applying only the first @code{#+TBLFM} line.
+Note: If you recalculate this table, with @kbd{C-u C-c *}, for
+example, you get the following result of applying only the first
+@samp{TBLFM} keyword.
@example
| x | y |
@@ -3077,74 +3190,88 @@ will get the following result of applying only the first @code{#+TBLFM} line.
#+TBLFM: $2=$1*2
@end example
+@anchor{Debugging formulas}
@subsubheading Debugging formulas
+
@cindex formula debugging
@cindex debugging, of table formulas
+
When the evaluation of a formula leads to an error, the field content
-becomes the string @samp{#ERROR}. If you would like see what is going
-on during variable substitution and calculation in order to find a bug,
-turn on formula debugging in the @code{Tbl} menu and repeat the
-calculation, for example by pressing @kbd{C-u C-u C-c = @key{RET}} in a
-field. Detailed information will be displayed.
+becomes the string @samp{#ERROR}. If you would like to see what is going
+on during variable substitution and calculation in order to find
+a bug, turn on formula debugging in the Tbl menu and repeat the
+calculation, for example by pressing @kbd{C-u C-u C-c = @key{RET}} in
+a field. Detailed information are displayed.
@node Updating the table
@subsection Updating the table
+
@cindex recomputing table fields
@cindex updating, table
Recalculation of a table is normally not automatic, but needs to be
-triggered by a command. See @ref{Advanced features}, for a way to make
-recalculation at least semi-automatic.
+triggered by a command. To make recalculation at least
+semi-automatic, see @ref{Advanced features}.
In order to recalculate a line of a table or the entire table, use the
following commands:
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c *,org-table-recalculate}
-Recalculate the current row by first applying the stored column formulas
-from left to right, and all field/range formulas in the current row.
-@c
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c *} (@code{org-table-recalculate})
+@kindex C-c *
+@findex org-table-recalculate
+Recalculate the current row by first applying the stored column
+formulas from left to right, and all field/range formulas in the
+current row.
+
+@item @kbd{C-u C-c *} or @kbd{C-u C-c C-c}
@kindex C-u C-c *
-@item C-u C-c *
@kindex C-u C-c C-c
-@itemx C-u C-c C-c
-Recompute the entire table, line by line. Any lines before the first
-hline are left alone, assuming that these are part of the table header.
-@c
-@orgcmdkkc{C-u C-u C-c *,C-u C-u C-c C-c,org-table-iterate}
-Iterate the table by recomputing it until no further changes occur.
-This may be necessary if some computed fields use the value of other
-fields that are computed @i{later} in the calculation sequence.
-@item M-x org-table-recalculate-buffer-tables @key{RET}
+Recompute the entire table, line by line. Any lines before the
+first hline are left alone, assuming that these are part of the
+table header.
+
+@item @kbd{C-u C-u C-c *} or @kbd{C-u C-u C-c C-c} (@code{org-table-iterate})
+@kindex C-u C-u C-c *
+@kindex C-u C-u C-c C-c
+@findex org-table-iterate
+Iterate the table by recomputing it until no further changes
+occur. This may be necessary if some computed fields use the
+value of other fields that are computed @emph{later} in the
+calculation sequence.
+
+@item @kbd{M-x org-table-recalculate-buffer-tables}
@findex org-table-recalculate-buffer-tables
Recompute all tables in the current buffer.
-@item M-x org-table-iterate-buffer-tables @key{RET}
+
+@item @kbd{M-x org-table-iterate-buffer-tables}
@findex org-table-iterate-buffer-tables
-Iterate all tables in the current buffer, in order to converge table-to-table
-dependencies.
+Iterate all tables in the current buffer, in order to converge
+table-to-table dependencies.
@end table
@node Advanced features
@subsection Advanced features
-If you want the recalculation of fields to happen automatically, or if you
-want to be able to assign @i{names}@footnote{Such names must start by an
-alphabetic character and use only alphanumeric/underscore characters.} to
-fields and columns, you need to reserve the first column of the table for
-special marking characters.
-
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-#,org-table-rotate-recalc-marks}
-Rotate the calculation mark in first column through the states @samp{ },
-@samp{#}, @samp{*}, @samp{!}, @samp{$}. When there is an active region,
-change all marks in the region.
+If you want the recalculation of fields to happen automatically, or if
+you want to be able to assign @emph{names}@footnote{Such names must start with an alphabetic character and use
+only alphanumeric/underscore characters.} to fields and columns,
+you need to reserve the first column of the table for special marking
+characters.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-#} (@code{org-table-rotate-recalc-marks})
+@kindex C-#
+@findex org-table-rotate-recalc-marks
+Rotate the calculation mark in first column through the states
+@samp{#}, @samp{*}, @samp{!}, @samp{$}. When there is an active region, change all
+marks in the region.
@end table
-Here is an example of a table that collects exam results of students and
-makes use of these features:
+Here is an example of a table that collects exam results of students
+and makes use of these features:
@example
-@group
|---+---------+--------+--------+--------+-------+------|
| | Student | Prob 1 | Prob 2 | Prob 3 | Total | Note |
|---+---------+--------+--------+--------+-------+------|
@@ -3160,61 +3287,61 @@ makes use of these features:
| $ | max=50 | | | | | |
|---+---------+--------+--------+--------+-------+------|
#+TBLFM: $6=vsum($P1..$P3)::$7=10*$Tot/$max;%.1f::$at=vmean(@@-II..@@-I);%.1f
-@end group
@end example
-@noindent @b{Important}: please note that for these special tables,
-recalculating the table with @kbd{C-u C-c *} will only affect rows that
-are marked @samp{#} or @samp{*}, and fields that have a formula assigned
-to the field itself. The column formulas are not applied in rows with
-empty first field.
+@noindent
+@strong{Important}: please note that for these special tables, recalculating
+the table with @kbd{C-u C-c *} only affects rows that are marked
+@samp{#} or @samp{*}, and fields that have a formula assigned to the field
+itself. The column formulas are not applied in rows with empty first
+field.
@cindex marking characters, tables
The marking characters have the following meaning:
-@table @samp
-@item !
-The fields in this line define names for the columns, so that you may
-refer to a column as @samp{$Tot} instead of @samp{$6}.
-@item ^
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{!}
+The fields in this line define names for the columns, so that you
+may refer to a column as @samp{$Tot} instead of @samp{$6}.
+
+@item @samp{^}
This row defines names for the fields @emph{above} the row. With such
a definition, any formula in the table may use @samp{$m1} to refer to
-the value @samp{10}. Also, if you assign a formula to a names field, it
-will be stored as @samp{$name=...}.
-@item _
+the value @samp{10}. Also, if you assign a formula to a names field,
+it is stored as @samp{$name = ...}.
+
+@item @samp{_}
Similar to @samp{^}, but defines names for the fields in the row
@emph{below}.
-@item $
+
+@item @samp{$}
Fields in this row can define @emph{parameters} for formulas. For
-example, if a field in a @samp{$} row contains @samp{max=50}, then
-formulas in this table can refer to the value 50 using @samp{$max}.
-Parameters work exactly like constants, only that they can be defined on
+example, if a field in a @samp{$} row contains @samp{max=50}, then formulas
+in this table can refer to the value 50 using @samp{$max}. Parameters
+work exactly like constants, only that they can be defined on
a per-table basis.
-@item #
+
+@item @samp{#}
Fields in this row are automatically recalculated when pressing
-@key{TAB} or @key{RET} or @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} in this row. Also, this row
-is selected for a global recalculation with @kbd{C-u C-c *}. Unmarked
-lines will be left alone by this command.
-@item *
-Selects this line for global recalculation with @kbd{C-u C-c *}, but
-not for automatic recalculation. Use this when automatic
-recalculation slows down editing too much.
-@item @w{ }
-Unmarked lines are exempt from recalculation with @kbd{C-u C-c *}.
-All lines that should be recalculated should be marked with @samp{#}
-or @samp{*}.
-@item /
-Do not export this line. Useful for lines that contain the narrowing
-@samp{<N>} markers or column group markers.
+@kbd{@key{TAB}} or @kbd{@key{RET}} or @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} in this row.
+Also, this row is selected for a global recalculation with
+@kbd{C-u C-c *}. Unmarked lines are left alone by this
+command.
+
+@item @samp{*}
+Selects this line for global recalculation with @kbd{C-u C-c *}, but not for automatic recalculation. Use this when
+automatic recalculation slows down editing too much.
+
+@item @samp{/}
+Do not export this line. Useful for lines that contain the
+narrowing @samp{<N>} markers or column group markers.
@end table
Finally, just to whet your appetite for what can be done with the
-fantastic @file{calc.el} package, here is a table that computes the Taylor
-series of degree @code{n} at location @code{x} for a couple of
-functions.
+fantastic Calc package, here is a table that computes the Taylor
+series of degree n at location x for a couple of functions.
@example
-@group
|---+-------------+---+-----+--------------------------------------|
| | Func | n | x | Result |
|---+-------------+---+-----+--------------------------------------|
@@ -3226,29 +3353,28 @@ functions.
| * | tan(x) | 3 | x | 0.0175 x + 1.77e-6 x^3 |
|---+-------------+---+-----+--------------------------------------|
#+TBLFM: $5=taylor($2,$4,$3);n3
-@end group
@end example
-@node Org-Plot
-@section Org-Plot
+@node Org Plot
+@section Org Plot
+
@cindex graph, in tables
@cindex plot tables using Gnuplot
-@cindex @code{#+PLOT}
-Org-Plot can produce graphs of information stored in org tables, either
-graphically or in ASCII-art.
+Org Plot can produce graphs of information stored in Org tables,
+either graphically or in ASCII art.
-@subheading Graphical plots using @file{Gnuplot}
+@anchor{Graphical plots using Gnuplot}
+@subheading Graphical plots using Gnuplot
-Org-Plot produces 2D and 3D graphs using @file{Gnuplot}
-@uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/} and @file{gnuplot-mode}
-@uref{http://xafs.org/BruceRavel/GnuplotMode}. To see this in action, ensure
-that you have both Gnuplot and Gnuplot mode installed on your system, then
-call @kbd{C-c " g} or @kbd{M-x org-plot/gnuplot @key{RET}} on the following
-table.
+@cindex @samp{PLOT}, keyword
+Org Plot can produce 2D and 3D graphs of information stored in Org
+tables using @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/, Gnuplot} and @uref{http://cars9.uchicago.edu/~ravel/software/gnuplot-mode.html, Gnuplot mode}. To see this in action, ensure
+that you have both Gnuplot and Gnuplot mode installed on your system,
+then call @kbd{C-c " g} or @kbd{M-x org-plot/gnuplot} on the
+following table.
@example
-@group
#+PLOT: title:"Citas" ind:1 deps:(3) type:2d with:histograms set:"yrange [0:]"
| Sede | Max cites | H-index |
|-----------+-----------+---------|
@@ -3257,79 +3383,79 @@ table.
| Sao Paolo | 71.00 | 11.50 |
| Stockholm | 134.19 | 14.33 |
| Morelia | 257.56 | 17.67 |
-@end group
@end example
-Notice that Org Plot is smart enough to apply the table's headers as labels.
-Further control over the labels, type, content, and appearance of plots can
-be exercised through the @code{#+PLOT:} lines preceding a table. See below
-for a complete list of Org-plot options. The @code{#+PLOT:} lines are
-optional. For more information and examples see the Org-plot tutorial at
-@uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/org-tutorials/org-plot.html}.
+Notice that Org Plot is smart enough to apply the table's headers as
+labels. Further control over the labels, type, content, and
+appearance of plots can be exercised through the @samp{PLOT} keyword
+preceding a table. See below for a complete list of Org Plot options.
+For more information and examples see the @uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/org-tutorials/org-plot.html, Org Plot tutorial}.
-@subsubheading Plot Options
+@anchor{Plot options}
+@subsubheading Plot options
-@table @code
-@item set
-Specify any @command{gnuplot} option to be set when graphing.
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{set}
+Specify any Gnuplot option to be set when graphing.
-@item title
+@item @samp{title}
Specify the title of the plot.
-@item ind
-Specify which column of the table to use as the @code{x} axis.
+@item @samp{ind}
+Specify which column of the table to use as the @samp{x} axis.
-@item deps
-Specify the columns to graph as a Lisp style list, surrounded by parentheses
-and separated by spaces for example @code{dep:(3 4)} to graph the third and
-fourth columns (defaults to graphing all other columns aside from the @code{ind}
-column).
+@item @samp{deps}
+Specify the columns to graph as a Lisp style list, surrounded by
+parentheses and separated by spaces for example @samp{dep:(3 4)} to
+graph the third and fourth columns. Defaults to graphing all
+other columns aside from the @samp{ind} column.
-@item type
-Specify whether the plot will be @code{2d}, @code{3d}, or @code{grid}.
+@item @samp{type}
+Specify whether the plot is @samp{2d}, @samp{3d}, or @samp{grid}.
-@item with
-Specify a @code{with} option to be inserted for every col being plotted
-(e.g., @code{lines}, @code{points}, @code{boxes}, @code{impulses}, etc...).
-Defaults to @code{lines}.
+@item @samp{with}
+Specify a @samp{with} option to be inserted for every column being
+plotted, e.g., @samp{lines}, @samp{points}, @samp{boxes}, @samp{impulses}. Defaults
+to @samp{lines}.
-@item file
-If you want to plot to a file, specify @code{"@var{path/to/desired/output-file}"}.
+@item @samp{file}
+If you want to plot to a file, specify
+@samp{"path/to/desired/output-file"}.
-@item labels
-List of labels to be used for the @code{deps} (defaults to the column headers
-if they exist).
+@item @samp{labels}
+List of labels to be used for the @samp{deps}. Defaults to the column
+headers if they exist.
-@item line
+@item @samp{line}
Specify an entire line to be inserted in the Gnuplot script.
-@item map
-When plotting @code{3d} or @code{grid} types, set this to @code{t} to graph a
-flat mapping rather than a @code{3d} slope.
-
-@item timefmt
-Specify format of Org mode timestamps as they will be parsed by Gnuplot.
-Defaults to @samp{%Y-%m-%d-%H:%M:%S}.
-
-@item script
-If you want total control, you can specify a script file (place the file name
-between double-quotes) which will be used to plot. Before plotting, every
-instance of @code{$datafile} in the specified script will be replaced with
-the path to the generated data file. Note: even if you set this option, you
-may still want to specify the plot type, as that can impact the content of
-the data file.
+@item @samp{map}
+When plotting @samp{3d} or @samp{grid} types, set this to @samp{t} to graph
+a flat mapping rather than a @samp{3d} slope.
+
+@item @samp{timefmt}
+Specify format of Org mode timestamps as they will be parsed by
+Gnuplot. Defaults to @samp{%Y-%m-%d-%H:%M:%S}.
+
+@item @samp{script}
+If you want total control, you can specify a script file---place
+the file name between double-quotes---which will be used to plot.
+Before plotting, every instance of @samp{$datafile} in the specified
+script will be replaced with the path to the generated data file.
+Note: even if you set this option, you may still want to specify
+the plot type, as that can impact the content of the data file.
@end table
+@anchor{ASCII bar plots}
@subheading ASCII bar plots
-While the cursor is on a column, typing @kbd{C-c " a} or
-@kbd{M-x orgtbl-ascii-plot @key{RET}} create a new column containing an
+While the cursor is on a column, typing @kbd{C-c `` a} or
+@kbd{M-x orgtbl-ascii-plot} create a new column containing an
ASCII-art bars plot. The plot is implemented through a regular column
-formula. When the source column changes, the bar plot may be updated by
-refreshing the table, for example typing @kbd{C-u C-c *}.
+formula. When the source column changes, the bar plot may be updated
+by refreshing the table, for example typing @kbd{C-u C-c *}.
@example
-@group
| Sede | Max cites | |
|---------------+-----------+--------------|
| Chile | 257.72 | WWWWWWWWWWWW |
@@ -3339,104 +3465,110 @@ refreshing the table, for example typing @kbd{C-u C-c *}.
| Morelia | 257.56 | WWWWWWWWWWWH |
| Rochefourchat | 0.00 | |
#+TBLFM: $3='(orgtbl-ascii-draw $2 0.0 257.72 12)
-@end group
@end example
-The formula is an elisp call:
-@lisp
-(orgtbl-ascii-draw COLUMN MIN MAX WIDTH)
-@end lisp
+The formula is an Elisp call.
-@table @code
-@item COLUMN
- is a reference to the source column.
+@defun orgtbl-ascii-draw value min max &optional width
+Draw an ASCII bar in a table.
-@item MIN MAX
- are the minimal and maximal values displayed. Sources values
- outside this range are displayed as @samp{too small}
- or @samp{too large}.
+@var{VALUE} is the value to plot.
-@item WIDTH
- is the width in characters of the bar-plot. It defaults to @samp{12}.
+@var{MIN} is the value displayed as an empty bar. @var{MAX}
+is the value filling all the @var{WIDTH}. Sources values outside
+this range are displayed as @samp{too small} or @samp{too large}.
-@end table
+@var{WIDTH} is the number of characters of the bar plot. It
+defaults to @samp{12}.
+@end defun
@node Hyperlinks
@chapter Hyperlinks
+
@cindex hyperlinks
Like HTML, Org provides links inside a file, external links to
other files, Usenet articles, emails, and much more.
@menu
-* Link format:: How links in Org are formatted
-* Internal links:: Links to other places in the current file
-* External links:: URL-like links to the world
-* Handling links:: Creating, inserting and following
-* Using links outside Org:: Linking from my C source code?
-* Link abbreviations:: Shortcuts for writing complex links
-* Search options:: Linking to a specific location
-* Custom searches:: When the default search is not enough
+* Link Format:: How links in Org are formatted.
+* Internal Links:: Links to other places in the current file.
+* Radio Targets:: Make targets trigger links in plain text.
+* External Links:: URL-like links to the world.
+* Handling Links:: Creating, inserting and following.
+* Using Links Outside Org:: Linking from my C source code?
+* Link Abbreviations:: Shortcuts for writing complex links.
+* Search Options:: Linking to a specific location.
+* Custom Searches:: When the default search is not enough.
@end menu
-@node Link format
-@section Link format
+@node Link Format
+@section Link Format
+
@cindex link format
@cindex format, of links
-Org will recognize plain URL-like links and activate them as
-clickable links. The general link format, however, looks like this:
+Org recognizes plain URL-like links and activate them as clickable
+links. The general link format, however, looks like this:
@example
-[[link][description]] @r{or alternatively} [[link]]
+[[LINK][DESCRIPTION]]
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+or alternatively
+
+@example
+[[LINK]]
@end example
@noindent
Once a link in the buffer is complete (all brackets present), Org
-will change the display so that @samp{description} is displayed instead
-of @samp{[[link][description]]} and @samp{link} is displayed instead of
-@samp{[[link]]}. Links will be highlighted in the face @code{org-link},
-which by default is an underlined face. You can directly edit the
-visible part of a link. Note that this can be either the @samp{link}
-part (if there is no description) or the @samp{description} part. To
-edit also the invisible @samp{link} part, use @kbd{C-c C-l} with the
-cursor on the link.
+changes the display so that @samp{DESCRIPTION} is displayed instead of
+@samp{[[LINK][DESCRIPTION]]} and @samp{LINK} is displayed instead of @samp{[[LINK]]}. Links are be
+highlighted in the face @code{org-link}, which by default is an underlined
+face. You can directly edit the visible part of a link. Note that
+this can be either the LINK part, if there is no description, or the
+@var{DESCRIPTION} part. To edit also the invisible
+@var{LINK} part, use @kbd{C-c C-l} with the cursor on the
+link.
If you place the cursor at the beginning or just behind the end of the
-displayed text and press @key{BACKSPACE}, you will remove the
-(invisible) bracket at that location. This makes the link incomplete
-and the internals are again displayed as plain text. Inserting the
-missing bracket hides the link internals again. To show the
-internal structure of all links, use the menu entry
-@code{Org->Hyperlinks->Literal links}.
-
-@node Internal links
-@section Internal links
+displayed text and press @kbd{@key{BS}}, you remove
+the---invisible---bracket at that location. This makes the link
+incomplete and the internals are again displayed as plain text.
+Inserting the missing bracket hides the link internals again. To show
+the internal structure of all links, use the menu: Org @arrow{} Hyperlinks @arrow{}
+Literal links.
+
+@node Internal Links
+@section Internal Links
+
@cindex internal links
@cindex links, internal
@cindex targets, for links
-@cindex property, @code{CUSTOM_ID}
-If the link does not look like a URL, it is considered to be internal in the
-current file. The most important case is a link like
-@samp{[[#my-custom-id]]} which will link to the entry with the
-@code{CUSTOM_ID} property @samp{my-custom-id}. You are responsible yourself
-to make sure these custom IDs are unique in a file.
+@cindex @samp{CUSTOM_ID}, property
+If the link does not look like a URL, it is considered to be internal
+in the current file. The most important case is a link like
+@samp{[[#my-custom-id]]} which links to the entry with the @samp{CUSTOM_ID} property
+@samp{my-custom-id}. You are responsible yourself to make sure these
+custom IDs are unique in a file.
-Links such as @samp{[[My Target]]} or @samp{[[My Target][Find my target]]}
-lead to a text search in the current file.
+Links such as @samp{[[My Target]]} or @samp{[[My Target][Find my target]]} lead to a text search in
+the current file.
-The link can be followed with @kbd{C-c C-o} when the cursor is on the link,
-or with a mouse click (@pxref{Handling links}). Links to custom IDs will
-point to the corresponding headline. The preferred match for a text link is
-a @i{dedicated target}: the same string in double angular brackets, like
-@samp{<<My Target>>}.
+The link can be followed with @kbd{C-c C-o} when the cursor is on
+the link, or with a mouse click (see @ref{Handling Links}). Links to
+custom IDs point to the corresponding headline. The preferred match
+for a text link is a @emph{dedicated target}: the same string in double
+angular brackets, like @samp{<<My Target>>}.
-@cindex @code{#+NAME}
-If no dedicated target exists, the link will then try to match the exact name
-of an element within the buffer. Naming is done with the @code{#+NAME}
-keyword, which has to be put in the line before the element it refers to, as
-in the following example
+@cindex @samp{NAME}, keyword
+If no dedicated target exists, the link tries to match the exact name
+of an element within the buffer. Naming is done with the @samp{NAME}
+keyword, which has to be put in the line before the element it refers
+to, as in the following example
@example
#+NAME: My Target
@@ -3445,23 +3577,23 @@ in the following example
| of | four cells |
@end example
-If none of the above succeeds, Org will search for a headline that is exactly
-the link text but may also include a TODO keyword and tags@footnote{To insert
-a link targeting a headline, in-buffer completion can be used. Just type
-a star followed by a few optional letters into the buffer and press
-@kbd{M-@key{TAB}}. All headlines in the current buffer will be offered as
-completions.}.
+If none of the above succeeds, Org searches for a headline that is
+exactly the link text but may also include a TODO keyword and
+tags@footnote{To insert a link targeting a headline, in-buffer completion
+can be used. Just type a star followed by a few optional letters into
+the buffer and press @kbd{M-@key{TAB}}. All headlines in the current
+buffer are offered as completions.}.
-During export, internal links will be used to mark objects and assign them
-a number. Marked objects will then be referenced by links pointing to them.
-In particular, links without a description will appear as the number assigned
-to the marked object@footnote{When targeting a @code{#+NAME} keyword,
-@code{#+CAPTION} keyword is mandatory in order to get proper numbering
-(@pxref{Images and tables}).}. In the following excerpt from an Org buffer
+During export, internal links are used to mark objects and assign them
+a number. Marked objects are then referenced by links pointing to
+them. In particular, links without a description appear as the number
+assigned to the marked object@footnote{When targeting a @samp{NAME} keyword, @samp{CAPTION} keyword is
+mandatory in order to get proper numbering (see @ref{Images and Tables}).}. In the following excerpt from
+an Org buffer
@example
-- one item
-- <<target>>another item
+1. one item
+2. <<target>>another item
Here we refer to item [[target]].
@end example
@@ -3469,354 +3601,422 @@ Here we refer to item [[target]].
The last sentence will appear as @samp{Here we refer to item 2} when
exported.
-In non-Org files, the search will look for the words in the link text. In
-the above example the search would be for @samp{my target}.
+In non-Org files, the search looks for the words in the link text. In
+the above example the search would be for @samp{target}.
Following a link pushes a mark onto Org's own mark ring. You can
-return to the previous position with @kbd{C-c &}. Using this command
-several times in direct succession goes back to positions recorded
-earlier.
+return to the previous position with @kbd{C-c &}. Using this
+command several times in direct succession goes back to positions
+recorded earlier.
-@menu
-* Radio targets:: Make targets trigger links in plain text
-@end menu
+@node Radio Targets
+@section Radio Targets
-@node Radio targets
-@subsection Radio targets
@cindex radio targets
@cindex targets, radio
@cindex links, radio targets
-Org can automatically turn any occurrences of certain target names
-in normal text into a link. So without explicitly creating a link, the
+Org can automatically turn any occurrences of certain target names in
+normal text into a link. So without explicitly creating a link, the
text connects to the target radioing its position. Radio targets are
enclosed by triple angular brackets. For example, a target @samp{<<<My
Target>>>} causes each occurrence of @samp{my target} in normal text to
-become activated as a link. The Org file is scanned automatically
-for radio targets only when the file is first loaded into Emacs. To
-update the target list during editing, press @kbd{C-c C-c} with the
-cursor on or at a target.
+become activated as a link. The Org file is scanned automatically for
+radio targets only when the file is first loaded into Emacs. To
+update the target list during editing, press @kbd{C-c C-c} with
+the cursor on or at a target.
+
+@node External Links
+@section External Links
-@node External links
-@section External links
@cindex links, external
@cindex external links
@cindex Gnus links
@cindex BBDB links
-@cindex IRC links
+@cindex irc links
@cindex URL links
@cindex file links
-@cindex RMAIL links
+@cindex Rmail links
@cindex MH-E links
-@cindex USENET links
-@cindex SHELL links
+@cindex Usenet links
+@cindex shell links
@cindex Info links
@cindex Elisp links
Org supports links to files, websites, Usenet and email messages, BBDB
database entries and links to both IRC conversations and their logs.
-External links are URL-like locators. They start with a short identifying
-string followed by a colon. There can be no space after the colon. The
-following list shows examples for each link type.
-
-@example
-http://www.astro.uva.nl/~dominik @r{on the web}
-doi:10.1000/182 @r{DOI for an electronic resource}
-file:/home/dominik/images/jupiter.jpg @r{file, absolute path}
-/home/dominik/images/jupiter.jpg @r{same as above}
-file:papers/last.pdf @r{file, relative path}
-./papers/last.pdf @r{same as above}
-file:/ssh:myself@@some.where:papers/last.pdf @r{file, path on remote machine}
-/ssh:myself@@some.where:papers/last.pdf @r{same as above}
-file:sometextfile::NNN @r{file, jump to line number}
-file:projects.org @r{another Org file}
-file:projects.org::some words @r{text search in Org file}@footnote{
-The actual behavior of the search will depend on the value of
-the option @code{org-link-search-must-match-exact-headline}. If its value
-is @code{nil}, then a fuzzy text search will be done. If it is @code{t}, then only
-the exact headline will be matched, ignoring spaces and cookies. If the
-value is @code{query-to-create}, then an exact headline will be searched; if
-it is not found, then the user will be queried to create it.}
-file:projects.org::*task title @r{heading search in Org file}@footnote{
-Headline searches always match the exact headline, ignoring
-spaces and cookies. If the headline is not found and the value of the option
-@code{org-link-search-must-match-exact-headline} is @code{query-to-create},
-then the user will be queried to create it.}
-docview:papers/last.pdf::NNN @r{open in doc-view mode at page}
-id:B7423F4D-2E8A-471B-8810-C40F074717E9 @r{Link to heading by ID}
-news:comp.emacs @r{Usenet link}
-mailto:adent@@galaxy.net @r{Mail link}
-mhe:folder @r{MH-E folder link}
-mhe:folder#id @r{MH-E message link}
-rmail:folder @r{RMAIL folder link}
-rmail:folder#id @r{RMAIL message link}
-gnus:group @r{Gnus group link}
-gnus:group#id @r{Gnus article link}
-bbdb:R.*Stallman @r{BBDB link (with regexp)}
-irc:/irc.com/#emacs/bob @r{IRC link}
-info:org#External links @r{Info node or index link}
-shell:ls *.org @r{A shell command}
-elisp:org-agenda @r{Interactive Elisp command}
-elisp:(find-file-other-frame "Elisp.org") @r{Elisp form to evaluate}
-@end example
+External links are URL-like locators. They start with a short
+identifying string followed by a colon. There can be no space after
+the colon. The following list shows examples for each link type.
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @samp{http://www.astro.uva.nl/=dominik}
+@tab on the web
+@item @samp{doi:10.1000/182}
+@tab DOI for an electronic resource
+@item @samp{file:/home/dominik/images/jupiter.jpg}
+@tab file, absolute path
+@item @samp{/home/dominik/images/jupiter.jpg}
+@tab same as above
+@item @samp{file:papers/last.pdf}
+@tab file, relative path
+@item @samp{./papers/last.pdf}
+@tab same as above
+@item @samp{file:/ssh:me@@some.where:papers/last.pdf}
+@tab file, path on remote machine
+@item @samp{/ssh:me@@some.where:papers/last.pdf}
+@tab same as above
+@item @samp{file:sometextfile::NNN}
+@tab file, jump to line number
+@item @samp{file:projects.org}
+@tab another Org file
+@item @samp{file:projects.org::some words}
+@tab text search in Org file@footnote{The actual behavior of the search depends on the value of the
+variable @code{org-link-search-must-match-exact-headline}. If its value is
+@code{nil}, then a fuzzy text search is done. If it is @code{t}, then only the
+exact headline is matched, ignoring spaces and statistic cookies. If
+the value is @code{query-to-create}, then an exact headline is searched; if
+it is not found, then the user is queried to create it.}
+@item @samp{file:projects.org::*task title}
+@tab heading search in Org file
+@item @samp{file+sys:/path/to/file}
+@tab open via OS, like double-click
+@item @samp{file+emacs:/path/to/file}
+@tab force opening by Emacs
+@item @samp{docview:papers/last.pdf::NNN}
+@tab open in doc-view mode at page
+@item @samp{id:B7423F4D-2E8A-471B-8810-C40F074717E9}
+@tab Link to heading by ID
+@item @samp{news:comp.emacs}
+@tab Usenet link
+@item @samp{mailto:adent@@galaxy.net}
+@tab Mail link
+@item @samp{mhe:folder}
+@tab MH-E folder link
+@item @samp{mhe:folder#id}
+@tab MH-E message link
+@item @samp{rmail:folder}
+@tab Rmail folder link
+@item @samp{rmail:folder#id}
+@tab Rmail message link
+@item @samp{gnus:group}
+@tab Gnus group link
+@item @samp{gnus:group#id}
+@tab Gnus article link
+@item @samp{bbdb:R.*Stallman}
+@tab BBDB link (with regexp)
+@item @samp{irc:/irc.com/#emacs/bob}
+@tab IRC link
+@item @samp{info:org#External links}
+@tab Info node link
+@item @samp{shell:ls *.org}
+@tab A shell command
+@item @samp{elisp:org-agenda}
+@tab Interactive Elisp command
+@item @samp{elisp:(find-file-other-frame "Elisp.org")}
+@tab Elisp form to evaluate
+@end multitable
@cindex VM links
-@cindex WANDERLUST links
+@cindex Wanderlust links
On top of these built-in link types, some are available through the
-@code{contrib/} directory (@pxref{Installation}). For example, these links
-to VM or Wanderlust messages are available when you load the corresponding
-libraries from the @code{contrib/} directory:
-
-@example
-vm:folder @r{VM folder link}
-vm:folder#id @r{VM message link}
-vm://myself@@some.where.org/folder#id @r{VM on remote machine}
-vm-imap:account:folder @r{VM IMAP folder link}
-vm-imap:account:folder#id @r{VM IMAP message link}
-wl:folder @r{WANDERLUST folder link}
-wl:folder#id @r{WANDERLUST message link}
-@end example
+@samp{contrib/} directory (see @ref{Installation}). For example, these links to
+VM or Wanderlust messages are available when you load the
+corresponding libraries from the @samp{contrib/} directory:
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @samp{vm:folder}
+@tab VM folder link
+@item @samp{vm:folder#id}
+@tab VM message link
+@item @samp{vm://myself@@some.where.org/folder#id}
+@tab VM on remote machine
+@item @samp{vm-imap:account:folder}
+@tab VM IMAP folder link
+@item @samp{vm-imap:account:folder#id}
+@tab VM IMAP message link
+@item @samp{wl:folder}
+@tab Wanderlust folder link
+@item @samp{wl:folder#id}
+@tab Wanderlust message link
+@end multitable
-For customizing Org to add new link types @ref{Adding hyperlink types}.
+For customizing Org to add new link types, see @ref{Adding Hyperlink Types}.
-A link should be enclosed in double brackets and may contain a descriptive
-text to be displayed instead of the URL (@pxref{Link format}), for example:
+A link should be enclosed in double brackets and may contain
+a descriptive text to be displayed instead of the URL (see @ref{Link Format}), for example:
@example
-[[https://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/][GNU Emacs]]
+[[http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/][GNU Emacs]]
@end example
@noindent
If the description is a file name or URL that points to an image, HTML
-export (@pxref{HTML export}) will inline the image as a clickable
-button. If there is no description at all and the link points to an
-image,
-that image will be inlined into the exported HTML file.
+export (see @ref{HTML Export}) inlines the image as a clickable button. If
+there is no description at all and the link points to an image, that
+image is inlined into the exported HTML file.
@cindex square brackets, around links
+@cindex angular brackets, around links
@cindex plain text external links
-Org also finds external links in the normal text and activates them
-as links. If spaces must be part of the link (for example in
-@samp{bbdb:Richard Stallman}), or if you need to remove ambiguities
-about the end of the link, enclose them in square brackets.
+Org also finds external links in the normal text and activates them as
+links. If spaces must be part of the link (for example in
+@samp{bbdb:Richard Stallman}), or if you need to remove ambiguities about
+the end of the link, enclose them in square or angular brackets.
+
+@node Handling Links
+@section Handling Links
-@node Handling links
-@section Handling links
@cindex links, handling
-Org provides methods to create a link in the correct syntax, to
-insert it into an Org file, and to follow the link.
+Org provides methods to create a link in the correct syntax, to insert
+it into an Org file, and to follow the link.
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c l,org-store-link}
+@findex org-store-link
@cindex storing links
-Store a link to the current location. This is a @emph{global} command (you
-must create the key binding yourself) which can be used in any buffer to
-create a link. The link will be stored for later insertion into an Org
-buffer (see below). What kind of link will be created depends on the current
-buffer:
+The main function is @code{org-store-link}, called with @kbd{M-x org-store-link}. Because of its importance, we suggest to bind it
+to a widely available key (see @ref{Activation}). It stores a link to the
+current location. The link is stored for later insertion into an Org
+buffer---see below. What kind of link is created depends on the
+current buffer:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @emph{Org mode buffers}
+For Org files, if there is a @samp{<<target>>} at the cursor, the link
+points to the target. Otherwise it points to the current
+headline, which is also the description@footnote{If the headline contains a timestamp, it is removed from the
+link, which results in a wrong link---you should avoid putting
+a timestamp in the headline.}.
+
+@vindex org-link-to-org-use-id
+@cindex @samp{CUSTOM_ID}, property
+@cindex @samp{ID}, property
+If the headline has a @samp{CUSTOM_ID} property, store a link to this
+custom ID. In addition or alternatively, depending on the value
+of @code{org-link-to-org-use-id}, create and/or use a globally unique
+ID property for the link@footnote{The Org Id library must first be loaded, either through
+@code{org-customize}, by enabling @code{id} in @code{org-modules}, or by adding
+@code{(require 'org-id)} in your Emacs init file.}. So using this command in Org
+buffers potentially creates two links: a human-readable link from
+the custom ID, and one that is globally unique and works even if
+the entry is moved from file to file. Later, when inserting the
+link, you need to decide which one to use.
+
+@item @emph{Email/News clients: VM, Rmail, Wanderlust, MH-E, Gnus}
+Pretty much all Emacs mail clients are supported. The link
+points to the current article, or, in some Gnus buffers, to the
+group. The description is constructed from the author and the
+subject.
+
+@item @emph{Web browsers: W3, W3M and EWW}
+Here the link is the current URL, with the page title as
+description.
-@b{Org mode buffers}@*
-For Org files, if there is a @samp{<<target>>} at the cursor, the link points
-to the target. Otherwise it points to the current headline, which will also
-be the description@footnote{If the headline contains a timestamp, it will be
-removed from the link and result in a wrong link---you should avoid putting
-timestamp in the headline.}.
-
-@vindex org-id-link-to-org-use-id
-@cindex property, @code{CUSTOM_ID}
-@cindex property, @code{ID}
-If the headline has a @code{CUSTOM_ID} property, a link to this custom ID
-will be stored. In addition or alternatively (depending on the value of
-@code{org-id-link-to-org-use-id}), a globally unique @code{ID} property will
-be created and/or used to construct a link@footnote{The library
-@file{org-id.el} must first be loaded, either through @code{org-customize} by
-enabling @code{org-id} in @code{org-modules}, or by adding @code{(require
-'org-id)} in your Emacs init file.}. So using this command in Org buffers
-will potentially create two links: a human-readable from the custom ID, and
-one that is globally unique and works even if the entry is moved from file to
-file. Later, when inserting the link, you need to decide which one to use.
-
-@b{Email/News clients: VM, Rmail, Wanderlust, MH-E, Gnus}@*
-Pretty much all Emacs mail clients are supported. The link will point to the
-current article, or, in some GNUS buffers, to the group. The description is
-constructed from the author and the subject.
-
-@b{Web browsers: Eww, W3 and W3M}@*
-Here the link will be the current URL, with the page title as description.
-
-@b{Contacts: BBDB}@*
-Links created in a BBDB buffer will point to the current entry.
-
-@b{Chat: IRC}@*
-@vindex org-irc-link-to-logs
-For IRC links, if you set the option @code{org-irc-link-to-logs} to @code{t},
-a @samp{file:/} style link to the relevant point in the logs for the current
-conversation is created. Otherwise an @samp{irc:/} style link to the
-user/channel/server under the point will be stored.
-
-@b{Other files}@*
-For any other files, the link will point to the file, with a search string
-(@pxref{Search options}) pointing to the contents of the current line. If
-there is an active region, the selected words will form the basis of the
-search string. If the automatically created link is not working correctly or
-accurately enough, you can write custom functions to select the search string
-and to do the search for particular file types---see @ref{Custom searches}.
-The key binding @kbd{C-c l} is only a suggestion---see @ref{Installation}.
-
-@b{Agenda view}@*
-When the cursor is in an agenda view, the created link points to the
-entry referenced by the current line.
-
-@c
-@orgcmd{C-c C-l,org-insert-link}
+@item @emph{Contacts: BBDB}
+Links created in a BBDB buffer point to the current entry.
+
+@item @emph{Chat: IRC}
+@vindex org-irc-links-to-logs
+For IRC links, if the variable @code{org-irc-link-to-logs} is
+non-@code{nil}, create a @samp{file} style link to the relevant point in
+the logs for the current conversation. Otherwise store an @samp{irc}
+style link to the user/channel/server under the point.
+
+@item @emph{Other files}
+For any other file, the link points to the file, with a search
+string (see @ref{Search Options}) pointing to the
+contents of the current line. If there is an active region, the
+selected words form the basis of the search string. If the
+automatically created link is not working correctly or accurately
+enough, you can write custom functions to select the search
+string and to do the search for particular file types (see
+@ref{Custom Searches}).
+
+You can also define dedicated links to other files. See @ref{Adding Hyperlink Types}.
+
+@item @emph{Agenda view}
+When the cursor is in an agenda view, the created link points to
+the entry referenced by the current line.
+@end table
+
+From an Org buffer, the following commands create, navigate or, more
+generally, act on links.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-l} (@code{org-insert-link})
+@kindex C-c C-l
+@findex org-insert-link
@cindex link completion
@cindex completion, of links
@cindex inserting links
@vindex org-keep-stored-link-after-insertion
-@vindex org-link-parameters
-Insert a link@footnote{Note that you don't have to use this command to
-insert a link. Links in Org are plain text, and you can type or paste them
-straight into the buffer. By using this command, the links are automatically
-enclosed in double brackets, and you will be asked for the optional
-descriptive text.}. This prompts for a link to be inserted into the buffer.
-You can just type a link, using text for an internal link, or one of the link
-type prefixes mentioned in the examples above. The link will be inserted
-into the buffer@footnote{After insertion of a stored link, the link will be
-removed from the list of stored links. To keep it in the list later use, use
-a triple @kbd{C-u} prefix argument to @kbd{C-c C-l}, or configure the option
-@code{org-keep-stored-link-after-insertion}.}, along with a descriptive text.
-If some text was selected when this command is called, the selected text
-becomes the default description.
-
-@b{Inserting stored links}@*
-All links stored during the
-current session are part of the history for this prompt, so you can access
-them with @key{UP} and @key{DOWN} (or @kbd{M-p/n}).
-
-@b{Completion support}@* Completion with @key{TAB} will help you to insert
-valid link prefixes like @samp{https:}, including the prefixes
-defined through link abbreviations (@pxref{Link abbreviations}). If you
-press @key{RET} after inserting only the @var{prefix}, Org will offer
-specific completion support for some link types@footnote{This works if
-a completion function is defined in the @samp{:complete} property of a link
-in @code{org-link-parameters}.} For example, if you type @kbd{file
-@key{RET}}, file name completion (alternative access: @kbd{C-u C-c C-l}, see
-below) will be offered, and after @kbd{bbdb @key{RET}} you can complete
-contact names.
-@orgkey C-u C-c C-l
+Insert a link@footnote{Note that you do not have to use this command to insert
+a link. Links in Org are plain text, and you can type or paste them
+straight into the buffer. By using this command, the links are
+automatically enclosed in double brackets, and you will be asked for
+the optional descriptive text.}. This prompts for a link to be inserted
+into the buffer. You can just type a link, using text for an
+internal link, or one of the link type prefixes mentioned in the
+examples above. The link is inserted into the buffer, along with
+a descriptive text@footnote{After insertion of a stored link, the link will be removed
+from the list of stored links. To keep it in the list later use, use
+a triple @kbd{C-u} prefix argument to @kbd{C-c C-l}, or
+configure the option @code{org-keep-stored-link-after-insertion}.}. If some text was selected at this
+time, it becomes the default description.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @emph{Inserting stored links}
+All links stored during the current session are part of the
+history for this prompt, so you can access them with
+@kbd{@key{UP}} and @kbd{@key{DOWN}} (or @kbd{M-p},
+@kbd{M-n}).
+
+@item @emph{Completion support}
+Completion with @kbd{@key{TAB}} helps you to insert valid link
+prefixes like @samp{http} or @samp{ftp}, including the prefixes defined
+through link abbreviations (see @ref{Link Abbreviations}). If you
+press @kbd{@key{RET}} after inserting only the prefix, Org
+offers specific completion support for some link types@footnote{This works if a function has been defined in the @code{:complete}
+property of a link in @code{org-link-parameters}.}.
+For example, if you type @kbd{f i l e @key{RET}}---alternative
+access: @kbd{C-u C-c C-l}, see below---Org offers file
+name completion, and after @kbd{b b d b @key{RET}} you can
+complete contact names.
+@end table
+
+@item @kbd{C-u C-c C-l}
@cindex file name completion
@cindex completion, of file names
-When @kbd{C-c C-l} is called with a @kbd{C-u} prefix argument, a link to
-a file will be inserted and you may use file name completion to select
-the name of the file. The path to the file is inserted relative to the
-directory of the current Org file, if the linked file is in the current
-directory or in a sub-directory of it, or if the path is written relative
-to the current directory using @samp{../}. Otherwise an absolute path
-is used, if possible with @samp{~/} for your home directory. You can
-force an absolute path with two @kbd{C-u} prefixes.
-@c
-@item C-c C-l @ @r{(with cursor on existing link)}
-When the cursor is on an existing link, @kbd{C-c C-l} allows you to edit the
-link and description parts of the link.
-@c
+@kindex C-u C-c C-l
+When @kbd{C-c C-l} is called with a @kbd{C-u} prefix
+argument, insert a link to a file. You may use file name
+completion to select the name of the file. The path to the file
+is inserted relative to the directory of the current Org file, if
+the linked file is in the current directory or in a sub-directory
+of it, or if the path is written relative to the current
+directory using @samp{../}. Otherwise an absolute path is used, if
+possible with @samp{~/} for your home directory. You can force an
+absolute path with two @kbd{C-u} prefixes.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-l} (with cursor on existing link)
@cindex following links
-@orgcmd{C-c C-o,org-open-at-point}
+When the cursor is on an existing link, @kbd{C-c C-l} allows
+you to edit the link and description parts of the link.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-o} (@code{org-open-at-point})
+@kindex C-c C-o
+@findex org-open-at-point
@vindex org-file-apps
+Open link at point. This launches a web browser for URL (using
+@code{browse-url-at-point}), run VM/MH-E/Wanderlust/Rmail/Gnus/BBDB
+for the corresponding links, and execute the command in a shell
+link. When the cursor is on an internal link, this command runs
+the corresponding search. When the cursor is on a TAG list in
+a headline, it creates the corresponding TAGS view. If the
+cursor is on a timestamp, it compiles the agenda for that date.
+Furthermore, it visits text and remote files in @samp{file} links with
+Emacs and select a suitable application for local non-text files.
+Classification of files is based on file extension only. See
+option @code{org-file-apps}. If you want to override the default
+application and visit the file with Emacs, use a @kbd{C-u}
+prefix. If you want to avoid opening in Emacs, use a @kbd{C-u C-u} prefix.
+
@vindex org-link-frame-setup
-Open link at point. This will launch a web browser for URLs (using
-@command{browse-url-at-point}), run VM/MH-E/Wanderlust/Rmail/Gnus/BBDB for
-the corresponding links, and execute the command in a shell link. When the
-cursor is on an internal link, this command runs the corresponding search.
-When the cursor is on a TAG list in a headline, it creates the corresponding
-TAGS view. If the cursor is on a timestamp, it compiles the agenda for that
-date. Furthermore, it will visit text and remote files in @samp{file:} links
-with Emacs and select a suitable application for local non-text files.
-Classification of files is based on file extension only. See option
-@code{org-file-apps}. If you want to override the default application and
-visit the file with Emacs, use a @kbd{C-u} prefix. If you want to avoid
-opening in Emacs, use a @kbd{C-u C-u} prefix.@*
-If the cursor is on a headline, but not on a link, offer all links in the
-headline and entry text. If you want to setup the frame configuration for
-following links, customize @code{org-link-frame-setup}.
-
-@orgkey @key{RET}
+If the cursor is on a headline, but not on a link, offer all
+links in the headline and entry text. If you want to setup the
+frame configuration for following links, customize
+@code{org-link-frame-setup}.
+
+@item @kbd{@key{RET}}
@vindex org-return-follows-link
-When @code{org-return-follows-link} is set, @kbd{@key{RET}} will also follow
-the link at point.
-@c
+@kindex RET
+When @code{org-return-follows-link} is set, @kbd{@key{RET}} also
+follows the link at point.
+
+@item @kbd{mouse-2} or @kbd{mouse-1}
@kindex mouse-2
@kindex mouse-1
-@item mouse-2
-@itemx mouse-1
-On links, @kbd{mouse-1} and @kbd{mouse-2} will open the link just as @kbd{C-c
-C-o} would.
-@c
-@kindex mouse-3
-@item mouse-3
+On links, @kbd{mouse-1} and @kbd{mouse-2} opens the
+link just as @kbd{C-c C-o} does.
+
+@item @kbd{mouse-3}
@vindex org-display-internal-link-with-indirect-buffer
-Like @kbd{mouse-2}, but force file links to be opened with Emacs, and
-internal links to be displayed in another window@footnote{See the
-option @code{org-display-internal-link-with-indirect-buffer}}.
-@c
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-v,org-toggle-inline-images}
+@kindex mouse-3
+Like @kbd{mouse-2}, but force file links to be opened with
+Emacs, and internal links to be displayed in another
+window@footnote{See the variable @code{org-display-internal-link-with-indirect-buffer}.}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-v} (@code{org-toggle-inline-images})
@cindex inlining images
@cindex images, inlining
@vindex org-startup-with-inline-images
-@cindex @code{inlineimages}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{noinlineimages}, STARTUP keyword
-Toggle the inline display of linked images. Normally this will only inline
-images that have no description part in the link, i.e., images that will also
-be inlined during export. When called with a prefix argument, also display
-images that do have a link description. You can ask for inline images to be
-displayed at startup by configuring the variable
-@code{org-startup-with-inline-images}@footnote{with corresponding
-@code{#+STARTUP} keywords @code{inlineimages} and @code{noinlineimages}}.
-@orgcmd{C-c %,org-mark-ring-push}
+@kindex C-c C-x C-v
+@findex org-toggle-inline-images
+Toggle the inline display of linked images. Normally this only
+inlines images that have no description part in the link, i.e.,
+images that are inlined during export. When called with a prefix
+argument, also display images that do have a link description.
+You can ask for inline images to be displayed at startup by
+configuring the variable @code{org-startup-with-inline-images}@footnote{The variable @code{org-startup-with-inline-images} can be set
+within a buffer with the @samp{STARTUP} options @samp{inlineimages} and
+@samp{noinlineimages}.}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c %} (@code{org-mark-ring-push})
+@kindex C-c %
+@findex org-mark-ring-push
@cindex mark ring
-Push the current position onto the mark ring, to be able to return
-easily. Commands following an internal link do this automatically.
-@c
-@orgcmd{C-c &,org-mark-ring-goto}
+Push the current position onto the mark ring, to be able to
+return easily. Commands following an internal link do this
+automatically.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c &} (@code{org-mark-ring-goto})
+@kindex C-c &
+@findex org-mark-ring-goto
@cindex links, returning to
Jump back to a recorded position. A position is recorded by the
-commands following internal links, and by @kbd{C-c %}. Using this
-command several times in direct succession moves through a ring of
-previously recorded positions.
-@c
-@orgcmdkkcc{C-c C-x C-n,C-c C-x C-p,org-next-link,org-previous-link}
+commands following internal links, and by @kbd{C-c %}.
+Using this command several times in direct succession moves
+through a ring of previously recorded positions.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-n} (@code{org-next-link})
+@itemx @kbd{C-c C-x C-p} (@code{org-previous-link})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-p
+@findex org-previous-link
+@kindex C-c C-x C-n
+@findex org-next-link
@cindex links, finding next/previous
-Move forward/backward to the next link in the buffer. At the limit of
-the buffer, the search fails once, and then wraps around. The key
-bindings for this are really too long; you might want to bind this also
-to @kbd{C-n} and @kbd{C-p}
+Move forward/backward to the next link in the buffer. At the
+limit of the buffer, the search fails once, and then wraps
+around. The key bindings for this are really too long; you might
+want to bind this also to @kbd{M-n} and @kbd{M-p}.
+
@lisp
(add-hook 'org-load-hook
- (lambda ()
- (define-key org-mode-map "\C-n" 'org-next-link)
- (define-key org-mode-map "\C-p" 'org-previous-link)))
+ (lambda ()
+ (define-key org-mode-map "\M-n" 'org-next-link)
+ (define-key org-mode-map "\M-p" 'org-previous-link)))
@end lisp
@end table
-@node Using links outside Org
-@section Using links outside Org
+@node Using Links Outside Org
+@section Using Links Outside Org
-You can insert and follow links that have Org syntax not only in
-Org, but in any Emacs buffer. For this, you should create two
-global commands, like this (please select suitable global keys
-yourself):
+@findex org-insert-link-global
+@findex org-open-at-point-global
+You can insert and follow links that have Org syntax not only in Org,
+but in any Emacs buffer. For this, Org provides two functions:
+@code{org-insert-link-global} and @code{org-open-at-point-global}.
-@lisp
-(global-set-key "\C-c L" 'org-insert-link-global)
-(global-set-key "\C-c o" 'org-open-at-point-global)
-@end lisp
+You might want to bind them to globally available keys. See
+@ref{Activation} for some advice.
+
+@node Link Abbreviations
+@section Link Abbreviations
-@node Link abbreviations
-@section Link abbreviations
@cindex link abbreviations
@cindex abbreviation, links
-Long URLs can be cumbersome to type, and often many similar links are
+Long URL can be cumbersome to type, and often many similar links are
needed in a document. For this you can use link abbreviations. An
abbreviated link looks like this
@@ -3826,78 +4026,76 @@ abbreviated link looks like this
@noindent
@vindex org-link-abbrev-alist
-where the tag is optional.
-The @i{linkword} must be a word, starting with a letter, followed by
-letters, numbers, @samp{-}, and @samp{_}. Abbreviations are resolved
-according to the information in the variable @code{org-link-abbrev-alist}
-that relates the linkwords to replacement text. Here is an example:
-
-@smalllisp
-@group
+where the tag is optional. The @emph{linkword} must be a word, starting
+with a letter, followed by letters, numbers, @samp{-}, and @samp{_}.
+Abbreviations are resolved according to the information in the
+variable @code{org-link-abbrev-alist} that relates the linkwords to
+replacement text. Here is an example:
+
+@lisp
(setq org-link-abbrev-alist
- '(("bugzilla" . "http://10.1.2.9/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=")
- ("url-to-ja" . "http://translate.google.fr/translate?sl=en&tl=ja&u=%h")
- ("google" . "http://www.google.com/search?q=")
- ("gmap" . "http://maps.google.com/maps?q=%s")
- ("omap" . "http://nominatim.openstreetmap.org/search?q=%s&polygon=1")
- ("ads" . "http://adsabs.harvard.edu/cgi-bin/nph-abs_connect?author=%s&db_key=AST")))
-@end group
-@end smalllisp
-
-If the replacement text contains the string @samp{%s}, it will be
-replaced with the tag. Using @samp{%h} instead of @samp{%s} will
-url-encode the tag (see the example above, where we need to encode
-the URL parameter.) Using @samp{%(my-function)} will pass the tag
-to a custom function, and replace it by the resulting string.
-
-If the replacement text doesn't contain any specifier, the tag will simply be
-appended in order to create the link.
+ '(("bugzilla" . "http://10.1.2.9/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=")
+ ("url-to-ja" . "http://translate.google.fr/translate?sl=en&tl=ja&u=%h")
+ ("google" . "http://www.google.com/search?q=")
+ ("gmap" . "http://maps.google.com/maps?q=%s")
+ ("omap" . "http://nominatim.openstreetmap.org/search?q=%s&polygon=1")
+ ("ads" . "http://adsabs.harvard.edu/cgi-bin/nph-abs_connect?author=%s&db_key=AST")))
+@end lisp
+
+If the replacement text contains the string @samp{%s}, it is replaced with
+the tag. Using @samp{%h} instead of @samp{%s} percent-encodes the tag (see the
+example above, where we need to encode the URL parameter). Using
+@samp{%(my-function)} passes the tag to a custom function, and replace it
+by the resulting string.
+
+If the replacement text do not contain any specifier, it is simply
+appended to the string in order to create the link.
Instead of a string, you may also specify a function that will be
called with the tag as the only argument to create the link.
With the above setting, you could link to a specific bug with
-@code{[[bugzilla:129]]}, search the web for @samp{OrgMode} with
-@code{[[google:OrgMode]]}, show the map location of the Free Software
-Foundation @code{[[gmap:51 Franklin Street, Boston]]} or of Carsten office
-@code{[[omap:Science Park 904, Amsterdam, The Netherlands]]} and find out
-what the Org author is doing besides Emacs hacking with
-@code{[[ads:Dominik,C]]}.
+@samp{[[bugzilla:129]]}, search the web for @samp{OrgMode} with @samp{[[google:OrgMode]]},
+show the map location of the Free Software Foundation @samp{[[gmap:51
+Franklin Street, Boston]]} or of Carsten office @samp{[[omap:Science Park 904,
+Amsterdam, The Netherlands]]} and find out what the Org author is doing
+besides Emacs hacking with @samp{[[ads:Dominik,C]]}.
If you need special abbreviations just for a single Org buffer, you
can define them in the file with
-@cindex @code{#+LINK}
+@cindex @samp{LINK}, keyword
@example
#+LINK: bugzilla http://10.1.2.9/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=
#+LINK: google http://www.google.com/search?q=%s
@end example
@noindent
-In-buffer completion (@pxref{Completion}) can be used after @samp{[} to
-complete link abbreviations. You may also define a function that implements
-special (e.g., completion) support for inserting such a link with @kbd{C-c
-C-l}. Such a function should not accept any arguments, and return the full
-link with prefix. You can add a completion function to a link like this:
+In-buffer completion (see @ref{Completion}) can be used after @samp{[} to
+complete link abbreviations. You may also define a function that
+implements special (e.g., completion) support for inserting such
+a link with @kbd{C-c C-l}. Such a function should not accept any
+arguments, and return the full link with prefix. You can set the link
+completion function like this:
@lisp
-(org-link-set-parameters ``type'' :complete #'some-function)
+(org-link-set-parameter "type" :complete #'some-completion-function)
@end lisp
+@node Search Options
+@section Search Options in File Links
-@node Search options
-@section Search options in file links
@cindex search option in file links
@cindex file links, searching
-File links can contain additional information to make Emacs jump to a
-particular location in the file when following a link. This can be a
-line number or a search option after a double@footnote{For backward
-compatibility, line numbers can also follow a single colon.} colon. For
-example, when the command @kbd{C-c l} creates a link (@pxref{Handling
-links}) to a file, it encodes the words in the current line as a search
-string that can be used to find this line back later when following the
-link with @kbd{C-c C-o}.
+File links can contain additional information to make Emacs jump to
+a particular location in the file when following a link. This can be
+a line number or a search option after a double colon@footnote{For backward compatibility, line numbers can also follow a
+single colon.}. For
+example, when the command @code{org-store-link} creates a link (see
+@ref{Handling Links}) to a file, it encodes the words in the current line
+as a search string that can be used to find this line back later when
+following the link with @kbd{C-c C-o}.
Here is the syntax of the different ways to attach a search to a file
link, together with an explanation:
@@ -3910,87 +4108,90 @@ link, together with an explanation:
[[file:~/xx.org::/regexp/]]
@end example
-@table @code
-@item 255
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{255}
Jump to line 255.
-@item My Target
+
+@item @samp{My Target}
Search for a link target @samp{<<My Target>>}, or do a text search for
@samp{my target}, similar to the search in internal links, see
-@ref{Internal links}. In HTML export (@pxref{HTML export}), such a file
-link will become an HTML reference to the corresponding named anchor in
-the linked file.
-@item *My Target
+@ref{Internal Links}. In HTML export (see @ref{HTML Export}), such a file
+link becomes a HTML reference to the corresponding named anchor
+in the linked file.
+
+@item @samp{*My Target}
In an Org file, restrict search to headlines.
-@item #my-custom-id
-Link to a heading with a @code{CUSTOM_ID} property
-@item /regexp/
-Do a regular expression search for @code{regexp}. This uses the Emacs
-command @code{occur} to list all matches in a separate window. If the
-target file is in Org mode, @code{org-occur} is used to create a
-sparse tree with the matches.
-@c If the target file is a directory,
-@c @code{grep} will be used to search all files in the directory.
+
+@item @samp{#my-custom-id}
+Link to a heading with a @samp{CUSTOM_ID} property
+
+@item @samp{/REGEXP/}
+Do a regular expression search for @var{REGEXP}. This uses
+the Emacs command @code{occur} to list all matches in a separate
+window. If the target file is in Org mode, @code{org-occur} is used
+to create a sparse tree with the matches.
@end table
As a degenerate case, a file link with an empty file name can be used
-to search the current file. For example, @code{[[file:::find me]]} does
-a search for @samp{find me} in the current file, just as
-@samp{[[find me]]} would.
+to search the current file. For example, @samp{[[file:::find me]]} does
+a search for @samp{find me} in the current file, just as @samp{[[find me]]} would.
-@node Custom searches
+@node Custom Searches
@section Custom Searches
+
@cindex custom search strings
@cindex search strings, custom
The default mechanism for creating search strings and for doing the
actual search related to a file link may not work correctly in all
cases. For example, Bib@TeX{} database files have many entries like
-@samp{year="1993"} which would not result in good search strings,
-because the only unique identification for a Bib@TeX{} entry is the
-citation key.
+@code{year="1993"} which would not result in good search strings, because
+the only unique identification for a Bib@TeX{} entry is the citation key.
@vindex org-create-file-search-functions
@vindex org-execute-file-search-functions
-If you come across such a problem, you can write custom functions to set
-the right search string for a particular file type, and to do the search
-for the string in the file. Using @code{add-hook}, these functions need
-to be added to the hook variables
+If you come across such a problem, you can write custom functions to
+set the right search string for a particular file type, and to do the
+search for the string in the file. Using @code{add-hook}, these functions
+need to be added to the hook variables
@code{org-create-file-search-functions} and
@code{org-execute-file-search-functions}. See the docstring for these
-variables for more information. Org actually uses this mechanism
-for Bib@TeX{} database files, and you can use the corresponding code as
-an implementation example. See the file @file{org-bibtex.el}.
+variables for more information. Org actually uses this mechanism for
+Bib@TeX{} database files, and you can use the corresponding code as an
+implementation example. See the file @samp{org-bibtex.el}.
+
+@node TODO Items
+@chapter TODO Items
-@node TODO items
-@chapter TODO items
@cindex TODO items
-Org mode does not maintain TODO lists as separate documents@footnote{Of
-course, you can make a document that contains only long lists of TODO items,
-but this is not required.}. Instead, TODO items are an integral part of the
-notes file, because TODO items usually come up while taking notes! With Org
-mode, simply mark any entry in a tree as being a TODO item. In this way,
-information is not duplicated, and the entire context from which the TODO
-item emerged is always present.
+Org mode does not maintain TODO lists as separate documents@footnote{Of course, you can make a document that contains only long
+lists of TODO items, but this is not required.}.
+Instead, TODO items are an integral part of the notes file, because
+TODO items usually come up while taking notes! With Org mode, simply
+mark any entry in a tree as being a TODO item. In this way,
+information is not duplicated, and the entire context from which the
+TODO item emerged is always present.
Of course, this technique for managing TODO items scatters them
-throughout your notes file. Org mode compensates for this by providing
-methods to give you an overview of all the things that you have to do.
+throughout your notes file. Org mode compensates for this by
+providing methods to give you an overview of all the things that you
+have to do.
@menu
-* TODO basics:: Marking and displaying TODO entries
-* TODO extensions:: Workflow and assignments
-* Progress logging:: Dates and notes for progress
-* Priorities:: Some things are more important than others
-* Breaking down tasks:: Splitting a task into manageable pieces
-* Checkboxes:: Tick-off lists
+* TODO Basics:: Marking and displaying TODO entries.
+* TODO Extensions:: Workflow and assignments.
+* Progress Logging:: Dates and notes for progress.
+* Priorities:: Some things are more important than others.
+* Breaking Down Tasks:: Splitting a task into manageable pieces.
+* Checkboxes:: Tick-off lists.
@end menu
-@node TODO basics
-@section Basic TODO functionality
+@node TODO Basics
+@section Basic TODO Functionality
-Any headline becomes a TODO item when it starts with the word
-@samp{TODO}, for example:
+Any headline becomes a TODO item when it starts with the word @samp{TODO},
+for example:
@example
*** TODO Write letter to Sam Fortune
@@ -3999,11 +4200,10 @@ Any headline becomes a TODO item when it starts with the word
@noindent
The most important commands to work with TODO entries are:
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c C-t,org-todo}
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-t} (@code{org-todo})
+@kindex C-c C-t
@cindex cycling, of TODO states
-@vindex org-use-fast-todo-selection
-
Rotate the TODO state of the current item among
@example
@@ -4011,152 +4211,167 @@ Rotate the TODO state of the current item among
'--------------------------------'
@end example
-If TODO keywords have fast access keys (see @ref{Fast access to TODO
-states}), you will be prompted for a TODO keyword through the fast selection
-interface; this is the default behavior when
+If TODO keywords have fast access keys (see @ref{Fast access to TODO states}), prompt for a TODO keyword through the fast
+selection interface; this is the default behavior when
@code{org-use-fast-todo-selection} is non-@code{nil}.
-The same rotation can also be done ``remotely'' from agenda buffers with the
-@kbd{t} command key (@pxref{Agenda commands}).
+The same rotation can also be done ``remotely'' from the timeline
+and agenda buffers with the @kbd{t} command key (see
+@ref{Agenda Commands}).
-@orgkey{C-u C-c C-t}
-When TODO keywords have no selection keys, select a specific keyword using
-completion; otherwise force cycling through TODO states with no prompt. When
-@code{org-use-fast-todo-selection} is set to @code{prefix}, use the fast
-selection interface.
+@item @kbd{C-u C-c C-t}
+@kindex C-u C-c C-t
+When TODO keywords have no selection keys, select a specific
+keyword using completion; otherwise force cycling through TODO
+states with no prompt. When @code{org-use-fast-todo-selection} is set
+to @code{prefix}, use the fast selection interface.
+@item @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}}
@kindex S-RIGHT
@kindex S-LEFT
-@item S-@key{RIGHT} @ @r{/} @ S-@key{LEFT}
@vindex org-treat-S-cursor-todo-selection-as-state-change
-Select the following/preceding TODO state, similar to cycling. Useful
-mostly if more than two TODO states are possible (@pxref{TODO
-extensions}). See also @ref{Conflicts}, for a discussion of the interaction
-with @code{shift-selection-mode}. See also the variable
+Select the following/preceding TODO state, similar to cycling.
+Useful mostly if more than two TODO states are possible (see
+@ref{TODO Extensions}). See also @ref{Conflicts}, for a discussion of the interaction with
+@code{shift-selection-mode}. See also the variable
@code{org-treat-S-cursor-todo-selection-as-state-change}.
-@orgcmd{C-c / t,org-show-todo-tree}
+
+@item @kbd{C-c / t} (@code{org-show-todo-tree})
+@kindex C-c / t
@cindex sparse tree, for TODO
@vindex org-todo-keywords
-View TODO items in a @emph{sparse tree} (@pxref{Sparse trees}). Folds the
-entire buffer, but shows all TODO items (with not-DONE state) and the
-headings hierarchy above them. With a prefix argument (or by using @kbd{C-c
-/ T}), search for a specific TODO@. You will be prompted for the keyword,
-and you can also give a list of keywords like @code{KWD1|KWD2|...} to list
-entries that match any one of these keywords. With a numeric prefix argument
-N, show the tree for the Nth keyword in the option @code{org-todo-keywords}.
-With two prefix arguments, find all TODO states, both un-done and done.
-@orgcmd{C-c a t,org-todo-list}
-Show the global TODO list. Collects the TODO items (with not-DONE states)
-from all agenda files (@pxref{Agenda views}) into a single buffer. The new
-buffer will be in @code{agenda-mode}, which provides commands to examine and
-manipulate the TODO entries from the new buffer (@pxref{Agenda commands}).
-@xref{Global TODO list}, for more information.
-@orgcmd{S-M-@key{RET},org-insert-todo-heading}
+@findex org-show-todo-tree
+View TODO items in a @emph{sparse tree} (see @ref{Sparse Trees}). Folds
+the entire buffer, but shows all TODO items---with not-DONE
+state---and the headings hierarchy above them. With a prefix
+argument, or by using @kbd{C-c / T}, search for a specific
+TODO. You are prompted for the keyword, and you can also give
+a list of keywords like @samp{KWD1|KWD2|...} to list entries that
+match any one of these keywords. With a numeric prefix argument
+N, show the tree for the Nth keyword in the variable
+@code{org-todo-keywords}. With two prefix arguments, find all TODO
+states, both un-done and done.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c a t} (@code{org-todo-list})
+@kindex C-c a t
+Show the global TODO list. Collects the TODO items (with
+not-DONE states) from all agenda files (see @ref{Agenda Views}) into
+a single buffer. The new buffer is in Org Agenda mode, which
+provides commands to examine and manipulate the TODO entries from
+the new buffer (see @ref{Agenda Commands}). See @ref{Global TODO list}, for more information.
+
+@item @kbd{S-M-@key{RET}} (@code{org-insert-todo-heading})
+@kindex S-M-RET
+@findex org-insert-todo-heading
Insert a new TODO entry below the current one.
@end table
-@noindent
@vindex org-todo-state-tags-triggers
-Changing a TODO state can also trigger tag changes. See the docstring of the
-option @code{org-todo-state-tags-triggers} for details.
+@noindent
+Changing a TODO state can also trigger tag changes. See the docstring
+of the option @code{org-todo-state-tags-triggers} for details.
+
+@node TODO Extensions
+@section Extended Use of TODO Keywords
-@node TODO extensions
-@section Extended use of TODO keywords
@cindex extended TODO keywords
@vindex org-todo-keywords
By default, marked TODO entries have one of only two states: TODO and
-DONE@. Org mode allows you to classify TODO items in more complex ways
-with @emph{TODO keywords} (stored in @code{org-todo-keywords}). With
-special setup, the TODO keyword system can work differently in different
+DONE. Org mode allows you to classify TODO items in more complex ways
+with @emph{TODO keywords} (stored in @code{org-todo-keywords}). With special
+setup, the TODO keyword system can work differently in different
files.
-Note that @i{tags} are another way to classify headlines in general and
-TODO items in particular (@pxref{Tags}).
+Note that @emph{tags} are another way to classify headlines in general and
+TODO items in particular (see @ref{Tags}).
@menu
-* Workflow states:: From TODO to DONE in steps
-* TODO types:: I do this, Fred does the rest
-* Multiple sets in one file:: Mixing it all, and still finding your way
-* Fast access to TODO states:: Single letter selection of a state
-* Per-file keywords:: Different files, different requirements
-* Faces for TODO keywords:: Highlighting states
-* TODO dependencies:: When one task needs to wait for others
+* Workflow states:: From TODO to DONE in steps.
+* TODO types:: I do this, Fred does the rest.
+* Multiple sets in one file:: Mixing it all, still finding your way.
+* Fast access to TODO states:: Single letter selection of state.
+* Per-file keywords:: Different files, different requirements.
+* Faces for TODO keywords:: Highlighting states.
+* TODO dependencies:: When one task needs to wait for others.
@end menu
@node Workflow states
@subsection TODO keywords as workflow states
+
@cindex TODO workflow
@cindex workflow states as TODO keywords
-You can use TODO keywords to indicate different @emph{sequential} states
-in the process of working on an item, for example@footnote{Changing
-this variable only becomes effective after restarting Org mode in a
-buffer.}:
+You can use TODO keywords to indicate different @emph{sequential} states in
+the process of working on an item, for example@footnote{Changing the variable @code{org-todo-keywords} only becomes
+effective after restarting Org mode in a buffer.}:
@lisp
(setq org-todo-keywords
- '((sequence "TODO" "FEEDBACK" "VERIFY" "|" "DONE" "DELEGATED")))
+ '((sequence "TODO" "FEEDBACK" "VERIFY" "|" "DONE" "DELEGATED")))
@end lisp
The vertical bar separates the TODO keywords (states that @emph{need
action}) from the DONE states (which need @emph{no further action}). If
-you don't provide the separator bar, the last state is used as the DONE
-state.
+you do not provide the separator bar, the last state is used as the
+DONE state.
+
@cindex completion, of TODO keywords
-With this setup, the command @kbd{C-c C-t} will cycle an entry from TODO
-to FEEDBACK, then to VERIFY, and finally to DONE and DELEGATED@. You may
-also use a numeric prefix argument to quickly select a specific state. For
-example @kbd{C-3 C-c C-t} will change the state immediately to VERIFY@.
-Or you can use @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} to go backward through the sequence. If you
-define many keywords, you can use in-buffer completion
-(@pxref{Completion}) or even a special one-key selection scheme
-(@pxref{Fast access to TODO states}) to insert these words into the
-buffer. Changing a TODO state can be logged with a timestamp, see
-@ref{Tracking TODO state changes}, for more information.
+With this setup, the command @kbd{C-c C-t} cycles an entry from
+@samp{TODO} to @samp{FEEDBACK}, then to @samp{VERIFY}, and finally to @samp{DONE} and
+@samp{DELEGATED}. You may also use a numeric prefix argument to quickly
+select a specific state. For example @kbd{C-3 C-c C-t} changes
+the state immediately to @samp{VERIFY}. Or you can use @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}}
+to go backward through the sequence. If you define many keywords, you
+can use in-buffer completion (see @ref{Completion}) or even a special
+one-key selection scheme (see @ref{Fast access to TODO states}) to insert
+these words into the buffer. Changing a TODO state can be logged with
+a timestamp, see @ref{Tracking TODO state changes}, for more information.
@node TODO types
@subsection TODO keywords as types
+
@cindex TODO types
@cindex names as TODO keywords
@cindex types as TODO keywords
The second possibility is to use TODO keywords to indicate different
-@emph{types} of action items. For example, you might want to indicate
-that items are for ``work'' or ``home''. Or, when you work with several
-people on a single project, you might want to assign action items
-directly to persons, by using their names as TODO keywords. This would
-be set up like this:
+@emph{types} of action items. For example, you might want to indicate that
+items are for ``work'' or ``home''. Or, when you work with several people
+on a single project, you might want to assign action items directly to
+persons, by using their names as TODO keywords. This would be set up
+like this:
@lisp
(setq org-todo-keywords '((type "Fred" "Sara" "Lucy" "|" "DONE")))
@end lisp
-In this case, different keywords do not indicate a sequence, but rather
-different types. So the normal work flow would be to assign a task to
-a person, and later to mark it DONE@. Org mode supports this style by
-adapting the workings of the command @kbd{C-c C-t}@footnote{This is also true
-for the @kbd{t} command in the agenda buffers.}. When used several times in
-succession, it will still cycle through all names, in order to first select
-the right type for a task. But when you return to the item after some time
-and execute @kbd{C-c C-t} again, it will switch from any name directly to
-DONE@. Use prefix arguments or completion to quickly select a specific name.
-You can also review the items of a specific TODO type in a sparse tree by
-using a numeric prefix to @kbd{C-c / t}. For example, to see all things Lucy
-has to do, you would use @kbd{C-3 C-c / t}. To collect Lucy's items from all
-agenda files into a single buffer, you would use the numeric prefix argument
-as well when creating the global TODO list: @kbd{C-3 C-c a t}.
+In this case, different keywords do not indicate a sequence, but
+rather different types. So the normal work flow would be to assign
+a task to a person, and later to mark it DONE. Org mode supports this
+style by adapting the workings of the command @kbd{C-c C-t}@footnote{This is also true for the @kbd{t} command in the timeline
+and agenda buffers.}. When used several times in succession, it still
+cycles through all names, in order to first select the right type for
+a task. But when you return to the item after some time and execute
+@kbd{C-c C-t} again, it will switch from any name directly to
+@samp{DONE}. Use prefix arguments or completion to quickly select
+a specific name. You can also review the items of a specific TODO
+type in a sparse tree by using a numeric prefix to @kbd{C-c / t}.
+For example, to see all things Lucy has to do, you would use
+@kbd{C-3 C-c / t}. To collect Lucy's items from all agenda files
+into a single buffer, you would use the numeric prefix argument as
+well when creating the global TODO list: @kbd{C-3 C-c a t}.
@node Multiple sets in one file
@subsection Multiple keyword sets in one file
+
@cindex TODO keyword sets
Sometimes you may want to use different sets of TODO keywords in
-parallel. For example, you may want to have the basic
-@code{TODO}/@code{DONE}, but also a workflow for bug fixing, and a
-separate state indicating that an item has been canceled (so it is not
-DONE, but also does not require action). Your setup would then look
-like this:
+parallel. For example, you may want to have the basic TODO/DONE, but
+also a workflow for bug fixing, and a separate state indicating that
+an item has been canceled---so it is not DONE, but also does not
+require action. Your setup would then look like this:
@lisp
(setq org-todo-keywords
@@ -4165,45 +4380,48 @@ like this:
(sequence "|" "CANCELED")))
@end lisp
-The keywords should all be different, this helps Org mode to keep track
-of which subsequence should be used for a given entry. In this setup,
-@kbd{C-c C-t} only operates within a subsequence, so it switches from
-@code{DONE} to (nothing) to @code{TODO}, and from @code{FIXED} to
-(nothing) to @code{REPORT}. Therefore you need a mechanism to initially
-select the correct sequence. Besides the obvious ways like typing a
-keyword or using completion, you may also apply the following commands:
+The keywords should all be different, this helps Org mode to keep
+track of which subsequence should be used for a given entry. In this
+setup, @kbd{C-c C-t} only operates within a subsequence, so it
+switches from @samp{DONE} to (nothing) to @samp{TODO}, and from @samp{FIXED} to
+(nothing) to @samp{REPORT}. Therefore you need a mechanism to initially
+select the correct sequence. Besides the obvious ways like typing
+a keyword or using completion, you may also apply the following
+commands:
-@table @kbd
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-u C-u C-c C-t}
+@itemx @kbd{C-S-@key{RIGHT}}
+@itemx @kbd{C-S-@key{LEFT}}
@kindex C-S-RIGHT
@kindex C-S-LEFT
@kindex C-u C-u C-c C-t
-@item C-u C-u C-c C-t
-@itemx C-S-@key{RIGHT}
-@itemx C-S-@key{LEFT}
-These keys jump from one TODO subset to the next. In the above example,
-@kbd{C-u C-u C-c C-t} or @kbd{C-S-@key{RIGHT}} would jump from @code{TODO} or
-@code{DONE} to @code{REPORT}, and any of the words in the second row to
-@code{CANCELED}. Note that the @kbd{C-S-} key binding conflict with
-@code{shift-selection-mode} (@pxref{Conflicts}).
+These keys jump from one TODO subset to the next. In the above
+example, @kbd{C-u C-u C-c C-t} or @kbd{C-S-@key{RIGHT}} would
+jump from @samp{TODO} or @samp{DONE} to @samp{REPORT}, and any of the words in
+the second row to @samp{CANCELED}. Note that the @kbd{C-S-} key
+binding conflict with @code{shift-selection-mode} (see @ref{Conflicts}).
+
+@item @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}}
+@itemx @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}}
@kindex S-RIGHT
@kindex S-LEFT
-@item S-@key{RIGHT}
-@itemx S-@key{LEFT}
-@kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} and @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} and walk through @emph{all}
-keywords from all sets, so for example @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} would switch
-from @code{DONE} to @code{REPORT} in the example above. See also
-@ref{Conflicts}, for a discussion of the interaction with
-@code{shift-selection-mode}.
+@kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} and @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} walk through @emph{all}
+keywords from all sets, so for example @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} would
+switch from @samp{DONE} to @samp{REPORT} in the example above. For
+a discussion of the interaction with @code{shift-selection-mode}, see
+@ref{Conflicts}.
@end table
@node Fast access to TODO states
@subsection Fast access to TODO states
-If you would like to quickly change an entry to an arbitrary TODO state
-instead of cycling through the states, you can set up keys for single-letter
-access to the states. This is done by adding the selection character after
-each keyword, in parentheses@footnote{All characters are allowed except
-@code{@@^!}, which have a special meaning here.}. For example:
+If you would like to quickly change an entry to an arbitrary TODO
+state instead of cycling through the states, you can set up keys for
+single-letter access to the states. This is done by adding the
+selection character after each keyword, in parentheses@footnote{All characters are allowed except @samp{@@}, @samp{^} and @samp{!}, which have
+a special meaning here.}. For
+example:
@lisp
(setq org-todo-keywords
@@ -4213,33 +4431,38 @@ each keyword, in parentheses@footnote{All characters are allowed except
@end lisp
@vindex org-fast-tag-selection-include-todo
-If you then press @kbd{C-c C-t} followed by the selection key, the entry will
-be switched to this state. @kbd{@key{SPC}} can be used to remove any TODO
-keyword from an entry.@footnote{Check also the option
-@code{org-fast-tag-selection-include-todo}, it allows you to change the TODO
-state through the tags interface (@pxref{Setting tags}), in case you like to
-mingle the two concepts. Note that this means you need to come up with
-unique keys across both sets of keywords.}
+If you then press @kbd{C-c C-t} followed by the selection key,
+the entry is switched to this state. @kbd{@key{SPC}} can be used to
+remove any TODO keyword from an entry@footnote{Check also the variable @code{org-fast-tag-selection-include-todo},
+it allows you to change the TODO state through the tags interface
+(@ref{Setting Tags}), in case you like to mingle the two concepts. Note
+that this means you need to come up with unique keys across both sets
+of keywords.}.
@node Per-file keywords
@subsection Setting up keywords for individual files
+
@cindex keyword options
@cindex per-file keywords
-@cindex @code{#+TODO}
-@cindex @code{#+TYP_TODO}
-@cindex @code{#+SEQ_TODO}
+@cindex @samp{TODO}, keyword
+@cindex @samp{TYP_TODO}, keyword
+@cindex @samp{SEQ_TODO}, keyword
-It can be very useful to use different aspects of the TODO mechanism in
-different files. For file-local settings, you need to add special lines to
-the file which set the keywords and interpretation for that file only. For
-example, to set one of the two examples discussed above, you need one of the
-following lines anywhere in the file:
+It can be very useful to use different aspects of the TODO mechanism
+in different files. For file-local settings, you need to add special
+lines to the file which set the keywords and interpretation for that
+file only. For example, to set one of the two examples discussed
+above, you need one of the following lines, starting in column zero
+anywhere in the file:
@example
#+TODO: TODO FEEDBACK VERIFY | DONE CANCELED
@end example
-@noindent (you may also write @code{#+SEQ_TODO} to be explicit about the
-interpretation, but it means the same as @code{#+TODO}), or
+
+@noindent
+you may also write @samp{#+SEQ_TODO} to be explicit about the
+interpretation, but it means the same as @samp{#+TODO}, or
+
@example
#+TYP_TODO: Fred Sara Lucy Mike | DONE
@end example
@@ -4254,65 +4477,68 @@ A setup for using several sets in parallel would be:
@cindex completion, of option keywords
@kindex M-TAB
-@noindent To make sure you are using the correct keyword, type
-@samp{#+} into the buffer and then use @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} completion.
+@noindent
+To make sure you are using the correct keyword, type @samp{#+} into the
+buffer and then use @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} completion.
@cindex DONE, final TODO keyword
-Remember that the keywords after the vertical bar (or the last keyword
-if no bar is there) must always mean that the item is DONE (although you
-may use a different word). After changing one of these lines, use
-@kbd{C-c C-c} with the cursor still in the line to make the changes
-known to Org mode@footnote{Org mode parses these lines only when
-Org mode is activated after visiting a file. @kbd{C-c C-c} with the
-cursor in a line starting with @samp{#+} is simply restarting Org mode
-for the current buffer.}.
+Remember that the keywords after the vertical bar---or the last
+keyword if no bar is there---must always mean that the item is DONE,
+although you may use a different word. After changing one of these
+lines, use @kbd{C-c C-c} with the cursor still in the line to
+make the changes known to Org mode@footnote{Org mode parses these lines only when Org mode is activated
+after visiting a file. @kbd{C-c C-c} with the cursor in a line
+starting with @samp{#+} is simply restarting Org mode for the current
+buffer.}.
@node Faces for TODO keywords
@subsection Faces for TODO keywords
+
@cindex faces, for TODO keywords
-@vindex org-todo @r{(face)}
-@vindex org-done @r{(face)}
+@vindex org-todo, face
+@vindex org-done, face
@vindex org-todo-keyword-faces
-Org mode highlights TODO keywords with special faces: @code{org-todo}
-for keywords indicating that an item still has to be acted upon, and
-@code{org-done} for keywords indicating that an item is finished. If
-you are using more than 2 different states, you might want to use
-special faces for some of them. This can be done using the option
+Org mode highlights TODO keywords with special faces: @code{org-todo} for
+keywords indicating that an item still has to be acted upon, and
+@code{org-done} for keywords indicating that an item is finished. If you
+are using more than two different states, you might want to use
+special faces for some of them. This can be done using the variable
@code{org-todo-keyword-faces}. For example:
@lisp
-@group
(setq org-todo-keyword-faces
'(("TODO" . org-warning) ("STARTED" . "yellow")
("CANCELED" . (:foreground "blue" :weight bold))))
-@end group
@end lisp
-While using a list with face properties as shown for CANCELED @emph{should}
-work, this does not always seem to be the case. If necessary, define a
-special face and use that. A string is interpreted as a color. The option
-@code{org-faces-easy-properties} determines if that color is interpreted as a
-foreground or a background color.
+@vindex org-faces-easy-properties
+While using a list with face properties as shown for @samp{CANCELED}
+@emph{should} work, this does not always seem to be the case. If
+necessary, define a special face and use that. A string is
+interpreted as a color. The variable @code{org-faces-easy-properties}
+determines if that color is interpreted as a foreground or
+a background color.
@node TODO dependencies
@subsection TODO dependencies
+
@cindex TODO dependencies
@cindex dependencies, of TODO states
-@cindex TODO dependencies, NOBLOCKING
@vindex org-enforce-todo-dependencies
-@cindex property, @code{ORDERED}
-The structure of Org files (hierarchy and lists) makes it easy to define TODO
-dependencies. Usually, a parent TODO task should not be marked DONE until
-all subtasks (defined as children tasks) are marked as DONE@. And sometimes
-there is a logical sequence to a number of (sub)tasks, so that one task
-cannot be acted upon before all siblings above it are done. If you customize
-the option @code{org-enforce-todo-dependencies}, Org will block entries
-from changing state to DONE while they have children that are not DONE@.
-Furthermore, if an entry has a property @code{ORDERED}, each of its children
-will be blocked until all earlier siblings are marked DONE@. Here is an
-example:
+@cindex @samp{ORDERED}, property
+The structure of Org files---hierarchy and lists---makes it easy to
+define TODO dependencies. Usually, a parent TODO task should not be
+marked DONE until all subtasks, defined as children tasks, are marked
+as DONE. And sometimes there is a logical sequence to a number of
+(sub)tasks, so that one task cannot be acted upon before all siblings
+above it are done. If you customize the variable
+@code{org-enforce-todo-dependencies}, Org blocks entries from changing
+state to DONE while they have children that are not DONE.
+Furthermore, if an entry has a property @samp{ORDERED}, each of its
+children is blocked until all earlier siblings are marked DONE. Here
+is an example:
@example
* TODO Blocked until (two) is done
@@ -4320,78 +4546,83 @@ example:
** TODO two
* Parent
- :PROPERTIES:
- :ORDERED: t
- :END:
+:PROPERTIES:
+:ORDERED: t
+:END:
** TODO a
** TODO b, needs to wait for (a)
** TODO c, needs to wait for (a) and (b)
@end example
-You can ensure an entry is never blocked by using the @code{NOBLOCKING}
+@cindex TODO dependencies, NOBLOCKING
+@cindex NOBLOCKING, property
+You can ensure an entry is never blocked by using the @samp{NOBLOCKING}
property:
@example
* This entry is never blocked
- :PROPERTIES:
- :NOBLOCKING: t
- :END:
+:PROPERTIES:
+:NOBLOCKING: t
+:END:
@end example
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x o,org-toggle-ordered-property}
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x o} (@code{org-toggle-ordered-property})
+@kindex C-c C-x o
+@findex org-toggle-ordered-property
@vindex org-track-ordered-property-with-tag
-@cindex property, @code{ORDERED}
-Toggle the @code{ORDERED} property of the current entry. A property is used
-for this behavior because this should be local to the current entry, not
-inherited like a tag. However, if you would like to @i{track} the value of
-this property with a tag for better visibility, customize the option
+Toggle the @samp{ORDERED} property of the current entry. A property
+is used for this behavior because this should be local to the
+current entry, not inherited like a tag. However, if you would
+like to @emph{track} the value of this property with a tag for better
+visibility, customize the variable
@code{org-track-ordered-property-with-tag}.
-@orgkey{C-u C-u C-u C-c C-t}
+
+@item @kbd{C-u C-u C-u C-c C-t}
+@kindex C-u C-u C-u C-c C-t
Change TODO state, circumventing any state blocking.
@end table
@vindex org-agenda-dim-blocked-tasks
-If you set the option @code{org-agenda-dim-blocked-tasks}, TODO entries
-that cannot be closed because of such dependencies will be shown in a dimmed
-font or even made invisible in agenda views (@pxref{Agenda views}).
+If you set the variable @code{org-agenda-dim-blocked-tasks}, TODO entries
+that cannot be closed because of such dependencies are shown in
+a dimmed font or even made invisible in agenda views (see @ref{Agenda Views}).
@cindex checkboxes and TODO dependencies
@vindex org-enforce-todo-dependencies
You can also block changes of TODO states by looking at checkboxes
-(@pxref{Checkboxes}). If you set the option
+(see @ref{Checkboxes}). If you set the variable
@code{org-enforce-todo-checkbox-dependencies}, an entry that has unchecked
-checkboxes will be blocked from switching to DONE.
+checkboxes is blocked from switching to DONE.
-If you need more complex dependency structures, for example dependencies
-between entries in different trees or files, check out the contributed
-module @file{org-depend.el}.
+If you need more complex dependency structures, for example
+dependencies between entries in different trees or files, check out
+the contributed module @samp{org-depend.el}.
+
+@node Progress Logging
+@section Progress Logging
-@page
-@node Progress logging
-@section Progress logging
@cindex progress logging
@cindex logging, of progress
Org mode can automatically record a timestamp and possibly a note when
-you mark a TODO item as DONE, or even each time you change the state of
-a TODO item. This system is highly configurable; settings can be on a
-per-keyword basis and can be localized to a file or even a subtree. For
-information on how to clock working time for a task, see @ref{Clocking
-work time}.
+you mark a TODO item as DONE, or even each time you change the state
+of a TODO item. This system is highly configurable, settings can be
+on a per-keyword basis and can be localized to a file or even
+a subtree. For information on how to clock working time for a task,
+see @ref{Clocking Work Time}.
@menu
-* Closing items:: When was this entry marked DONE?
+* Closing items:: When was this entry marked DONE?
* Tracking TODO state changes:: When did the status change?
-* Tracking your habits:: How consistent have you been?
+* Tracking your habits:: How consistent have you been?
@end menu
@node Closing items
@subsection Closing items
-The most basic logging is to keep track of @emph{when} a certain TODO
-item was finished. This is achieved with@footnote{The corresponding
-in-buffer setting is: @code{#+STARTUP: logdone}}
+The most basic logging is to keep track of @emph{when} a certain TODO item
+was finished. This is achieved with@footnote{The corresponding in-buffer setting is: @samp{#+STARTUP: logdone}.}
@lisp
(setq org-log-done 'time)
@@ -4399,14 +4630,13 @@ in-buffer setting is: @code{#+STARTUP: logdone}}
@vindex org-closed-keep-when-no-todo
@noindent
-Then each time you turn an entry from a TODO (not-done) state into any of the
-DONE states, a line @samp{CLOSED: [timestamp]} will be inserted just after
-the headline. If you turn the entry back into a TODO item through further
-state cycling, that line will be removed again. If you turn the entry back
-to a non-TODO state (by pressing @key{C-c C-t @key{SPC}} for example), that line
-will also be removed, unless you set @code{org-closed-keep-when-no-todo} to
-non-@code{nil}. If you want to record a note along with the timestamp,
-use@footnote{The corresponding in-buffer setting is: @code{#+STARTUP:
+Then each time you turn an entry from a TODO (not-done) state into any
+of the DONE states, a line @samp{CLOSED: [timestamp]} is inserted just
+after the headline. If you turn the entry back into a TODO item
+through further state cycling, that line is removed again. If you
+turn the entry back to a non-TODO state (by pressing @kbd{C-c C-t @key{SPC}} for example), that line is also removed, unless you set
+@code{org-closed-keep-when-no-todo} to non-@code{nil}. If you want to record
+a note along with the timestamp, use@footnote{The corresponding in-buffer setting is: @samp{#+STARTUP:
lognotedone}.}
@lisp
@@ -4414,76 +4644,76 @@ lognotedone}.}
@end lisp
@noindent
-You will then be prompted for a note, and that note will be stored below
-the entry with a @samp{Closing Note} heading.
+You are then be prompted for a note, and that note is stored below the
+entry with a @samp{Closing Note} heading.
@node Tracking TODO state changes
@subsection Tracking TODO state changes
+
@cindex drawer, for state change recording
@vindex org-log-states-order-reversed
@vindex org-log-into-drawer
-@cindex property, @code{LOG_INTO_DRAWER}
-When TODO keywords are used as workflow states (@pxref{Workflow states}), you
-might want to keep track of when a state change occurred and maybe take a
-note about this change. You can either record just a timestamp, or a
-time-stamped note for a change. These records will be inserted after the
-headline as an itemized list, newest first@footnote{See the option
-@code{org-log-states-order-reversed}}. When taking a lot of notes, you might
-want to get the notes out of the way into a drawer (@pxref{Drawers}).
-Customize @code{org-log-into-drawer} to get this behavior---the recommended
-drawer for this is called @code{LOGBOOK}@footnote{Note that the
-@code{LOGBOOK} drawer is unfolded when pressing @kbd{@key{SPC}} in the agenda to
-show an entry---use @kbd{C-u @key{SPC}} to keep it folded here}. You can also
-overrule the setting of this variable for a subtree by setting a
-@code{LOG_INTO_DRAWER} property.
-
-Since it is normally too much to record a note for every state, Org mode
-expects configuration on a per-keyword basis for this. This is achieved by
-adding special markers @samp{!} (for a timestamp) or @samp{@@} (for a note
-with timestamp) in parentheses after each keyword. For example, with the
-setting
+@cindex @samp{LOG_INTO_DRAWER}, property
+When TODO keywords are used as workflow states (see @ref{Workflow states, , *Workflow states}),
+you might want to keep track of when a state change occurred and maybe
+take a note about this change. You can either record just
+a timestamp, or a time-stamped note for a change. These records are
+inserted after the headline as an itemized list, newest first@footnote{See the variable @code{org-log-states-order-reversed}.}.
+When taking a lot of notes, you might want to get the notes out of the
+way into a drawer (see @ref{Drawers}). Customize the variable
+@code{org-log-into-drawer} to get this behavior---the recommended drawer
+for this is called @samp{LOGBOOK}@footnote{Note that the @samp{LOGBOOK} drawer is unfolded when pressing
+@kbd{@key{SPC}} in the agenda to show an entry---use @kbd{C-u @key{SPC}} to keep it folded here.}. You can also overrule the
+setting of this variable for a subtree by setting a @samp{LOG_INTO_DRAWER}
+property.
+
+Since it is normally too much to record a note for every state, Org
+mode expects configuration on a per-keyword basis for this. This is
+achieved by adding special markers @samp{!} (for a timestamp) or @samp{@@} (for
+a note with timestamp) in parentheses after each keyword. For
+example, with the setting
@lisp
(setq org-todo-keywords
- '((sequence "TODO(t)" "WAIT(w@@/!)" "|" "DONE(d!)" "CANCELED(c@@)")))
+ '((sequence "TODO(t)" "WAIT(w@@/!)" "|" "DONE(d!)" "CANCELED(c@@)")))
@end lisp
To record a timestamp without a note for TODO keywords configured with
@samp{@@}, just type @kbd{C-c C-c} to enter a blank note when prompted.
-@noindent
@vindex org-log-done
-You not only define global TODO keywords and fast access keys, but also
-request that a time is recorded when the entry is set to
-DONE@footnote{It is possible that Org mode will record two timestamps
-when you are using both @code{org-log-done} and state change logging.
-However, it will never prompt for two notes---if you have configured
-both, the state change recording note will take precedence and cancel
-the @samp{Closing Note}.}, and that a note is recorded when switching to
-WAIT or CANCELED@. The setting for WAIT is even more special: the
+noindent
+you not only define global TODO keywords and fast access keys, but
+also request that a time is recorded when the entry is set to @samp{DONE},
+and that a note is recorded when switching to @samp{WAIT} or
+@samp{CANCELED}@footnote{It is possible that Org mode records two timestamps when you
+are using both @code{org-log-done} and state change logging. However, it
+never prompts for two notes: if you have configured both, the state
+change recording note takes precedence and cancel the closing note.}. The setting for @samp{WAIT} is even more special: the
@samp{!} after the slash means that in addition to the note taken when
-entering the state, a timestamp should be recorded when @i{leaving} the
-WAIT state, if and only if the @i{target} state does not configure
-logging for entering it. So it has no effect when switching from WAIT
-to DONE, because DONE is configured to record a timestamp only. But
-when switching from WAIT back to TODO, the @samp{/!} in the WAIT
-setting now triggers a timestamp even though TODO has no logging
-configured.
+entering the state, a timestamp should be recorded when @emph{leaving} the
+@samp{WAIT} state, if and only if the @emph{target} state does not configure
+logging for entering it. So it has no effect when switching from
+@samp{WAIT} to @samp{DONE}, because @samp{DONE} is configured to record a timestamp
+only. But when switching from @samp{WAIT} back to @samp{TODO}, the @samp{/!} in the
+@samp{WAIT} setting now triggers a timestamp even though @samp{TODO} has no
+logging configured.
You can use the exact same syntax for setting logging preferences local
to a buffer:
+
@example
#+TODO: TODO(t) WAIT(w@@/!) | DONE(d!) CANCELED(c@@)
@end example
-@cindex property, @code{LOGGING}
-In order to define logging settings that are local to a subtree or a single
-item, define a @code{LOGGING} property in this entry. Any non-empty
-@code{LOGGING} property resets all logging settings to @code{nil}. You may
-then turn on logging for this specific tree using @code{#+STARTUP} keywords
-like @code{lognotedone} or @code{logrepeat}, as well as adding state specific
-settings like @code{TODO(!)}. For example
+@cindex @samp{LOGGING}, property
+In order to define logging settings that are local to a subtree or
+a single item, define a @samp{LOGGING} property in this entry. Any
+non-empty @samp{LOGGING} property resets all logging settings to @code{nil}.
+You may then turn on logging for this specific tree using @samp{STARTUP}
+keywords like @samp{lognotedone} or @samp{logrepeat}, as well as adding state
+specific settings like @samp{TODO(!)}. For example:
@example
* TODO Log each state with only a time
@@ -4502,32 +4732,41 @@ settings like @code{TODO(!)}. For example
@node Tracking your habits
@subsection Tracking your habits
+
@cindex habits
+@cindex STYLE, property
-Org has the ability to track the consistency of a special category of TODOs,
-called ``habits''. A habit has the following properties:
+Org has the ability to track the consistency of a special category of
+TODO, called ``habits.'' A habit has the following properties:
@enumerate
@item
-You have enabled the @code{habits} module by customizing @code{org-modules}.
+You have enabled the @code{habits} module by customizing the variable
+@code{org-modules}.
+
@item
-The habit is a TODO item, with a TODO keyword representing an open state.
+The habit is a TODO item, with a TODO keyword representing an open
+state.
+
@item
-The property @code{STYLE} is set to the value @code{habit}.
+The property @samp{STYLE} is set to the value @samp{habit}.
+
@item
-The TODO has a scheduled date, usually with a @code{.+} style repeat
-interval. A @code{++} style may be appropriate for habits with time
-constraints, e.g., must be done on weekends, or a @code{+} style for an
+The TODO has a scheduled date, usually with a @samp{.+} style repeat
+interval. A @samp{++} style may be appropriate for habits with time
+constraints, e.g., must be done on weekends, or a @samp{+} style for an
unusual habit that can have a backlog, e.g., weekly reports.
+
@item
-The TODO may also have minimum and maximum ranges specified by using the
-syntax @samp{.+2d/3d}, which says that you want to do the task at least every
-three days, but at most every two days.
+The TODO may also have minimum and maximum ranges specified by
+using the syntax @samp{.+2d/3d}, which says that you want to do the task
+at least every three days, but at most every two days.
+
@item
-You must also have state logging for the @code{DONE} state enabled
-(@pxref{Tracking TODO state changes}), in order for historical data to be
-represented in the consistency graph. If it is not enabled it is not an
-error, but the consistency graphs will be largely meaningless.
+You must also have state logging for the DONE state enabled (see
+@ref{Tracking TODO state changes}), in order for historical data to be
+represented in the consistency graph. If it is not enabled it is
+not an error, but the consistency graphs are largely meaningless.
@end enumerate
To give you an idea of what the above rules look like in action, here's an
@@ -4552,20 +4791,21 @@ actual habit with some history:
- State "DONE" from "TODO" [2009-09-12 Sat]
@end example
-What this habit says is: I want to shave at most every 2 days (given by the
-@code{SCHEDULED} date and repeat interval) and at least every 4 days. If
-today is the 15th, then the habit first appears in the agenda on Oct 17,
-after the minimum of 2 days has elapsed, and will appear overdue on Oct 19,
-after four days have elapsed.
+What this habit says is: I want to shave at most every 2 days---given
+by the @samp{SCHEDULED} date and repeat interval---and at least every
+4 days. If today is the 15th, then the habit first appears in the
+agenda on Oct 17, after the minimum of 2 days has elapsed, and will
+appear overdue on Oct 19, after four days have elapsed.
-What's really useful about habits is that they are displayed along with a
-consistency graph, to show how consistent you've been at getting that task
-done in the past. This graph shows every day that the task was done over the
-past three weeks, with colors for each day. The colors used are:
+What's really useful about habits is that they are displayed along
+with a consistency graph, to show how consistent you've been at
+getting that task done in the past. This graph shows every day that
+the task was done over the past three weeks, with colors for each day.
+The colors used are:
-@table @code
+@table @asis
@item Blue
-If the task wasn't to be done yet on that day.
+If the task was not to be done yet on that day.
@item Green
If the task could have been done on that day.
@item Yellow
@@ -4574,104 +4814,120 @@ If the task was going to be overdue the next day.
If the task was overdue on that day.
@end table
-In addition to coloring each day, the day is also marked with an asterisk if
-the task was actually done that day, and an exclamation mark to show where
-the current day falls in the graph.
-
-There are several configuration variables that can be used to change the way
-habits are displayed in the agenda.
-
-@table @code
-@item org-habit-graph-column
-The buffer column at which the consistency graph should be drawn. This will
-overwrite any text in that column, so it is a good idea to keep your habits'
-titles brief and to the point.
-@item org-habit-preceding-days
-The amount of history, in days before today, to appear in consistency graphs.
-@item org-habit-following-days
-The number of days after today that will appear in consistency graphs.
-@item org-habit-show-habits-only-for-today
-If non-@code{nil}, only show habits in today's agenda view. This is set to true by
-default.
+In addition to coloring each day, the day is also marked with an
+asterisk if the task was actually done that day, and an exclamation
+mark to show where the current day falls in the graph.
+
+There are several configuration variables that can be used to change
+the way habits are displayed in the agenda.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @code{org-habit-graph-column}
+@vindex org-habit-graph-column
+The buffer column at which the consistency graph should be drawn.
+This overwrites any text in that column, so it is a good idea to
+keep your habits' titles brief and to the point.
+
+@item @code{org-habit-preceding-days}
+@vindex org-habit-preceding-days
+The amount of history, in days before today, to appear in
+consistency graphs.
+
+@item @code{org-habit-following-days}
+@vindex org-habit-following-days
+The number of days after today that appear in consistency graphs.
+
+@item @code{org-habit-show-habits-only-for-today}
+@vindex org-habit-show-habits-only-for-today
+If non-@code{nil}, only show habits in today's agenda view. This is
+set to true by default.
@end table
-Lastly, pressing @kbd{K} in the agenda buffer will cause habits to
-temporarily be disabled and they won't appear at all. Press @kbd{K} again to
-bring them back. They are also subject to tag filtering, if you have habits
-which should only be done in certain contexts, for example.
+Lastly, pressing @kbd{K} in the agenda buffer causes habits to
+temporarily be disabled and do not appear at all. Press @kbd{K}
+again to bring them back. They are also subject to tag filtering, if
+you have habits which should only be done in certain contexts, for
+example.
@node Priorities
@section Priorities
+
@cindex priorities
+@cindex priority cookie
-If you use Org mode extensively, you may end up with enough TODO items that
-it starts to make sense to prioritize them. Prioritizing can be done by
-placing a @emph{priority cookie} into the headline of a TODO item, like this
+If you use Org mode extensively, you may end up with enough TODO items
+that it starts to make sense to prioritize them. Prioritizing can be
+done by placing a @emph{priority cookie} into the headline of a TODO item,
+like this
@example
*** TODO [#A] Write letter to Sam Fortune
@end example
-@noindent
@vindex org-priority-faces
-By default, Org mode supports three priorities: @samp{A}, @samp{B}, and
-@samp{C}. @samp{A} is the highest priority. An entry without a cookie is
-treated just like priority @samp{B}. Priorities make a difference only for
-sorting in the agenda (@pxref{Weekly/daily agenda}); outside the agenda, they
-have no inherent meaning to Org mode. The cookies can be highlighted with
-special faces by customizing @code{org-priority-faces}.
-
-Priorities can be attached to any outline node; they do not need to be TODO
-items.
+@noindent
+By default, Org mode supports three priorities: @samp{A}, @samp{B}, and @samp{C}.
+@samp{A} is the highest priority. An entry without a cookie is treated
+just like priority @samp{B}. Priorities make a difference only for sorting
+in the agenda (see @ref{Weekly/daily agenda}); outside the agenda, they
+have no inherent meaning to Org mode. The cookies can be highlighted
+with special faces by customizing the variable @code{org-priority-faces}.
+
+Priorities can be attached to any outline node; they do not need to be
+TODO items.
-@table @kbd
-@item @kbd{C-c ,}
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c ,} (@code{org-priority})
@kindex C-c ,
@findex org-priority
-Set the priority of the current headline (@command{org-priority}). The
-command prompts for a priority character @samp{A}, @samp{B} or @samp{C}.
-When you press @key{SPC} instead, the priority cookie is removed from the
-headline. The priorities can also be changed ``remotely'' from the agenda
-buffer with the @kbd{,} command (@pxref{Agenda commands}).
-@c
-@orgcmdkkcc{S-@key{UP},S-@key{DOWN},org-priority-up,org-priority-down}
+Set the priority of the current headline. The command prompts
+for a priority character @samp{A}, @samp{B} or @samp{C}. When you press
+@kbd{@key{SPC}} instead, the priority cookie is removed from the
+headline. The priorities can also be changed ``remotely'' from the
+timeline and agenda buffer with the @kbd{,} command (see
+@ref{Agenda Commands}).
+
+@item @kbd{S-@key{UP}} (@code{org-priority-up})
+@itemx @kbd{S-@key{DOWN}} (@code{org-priority-down})
+@kindex S-UP
+@kindex S-DOWN
+@findex org-priority-up
+@findex org-priority-down
@vindex org-priority-start-cycle-with-default
-Increase/decrease priority of current headline@footnote{See also the option
-@code{org-priority-start-cycle-with-default}.}. Note that these keys are
-also used to modify timestamps (@pxref{Creating timestamps}). See also
-@ref{Conflicts}, for a discussion of the interaction with
-@code{shift-selection-mode}.
+Increase/decrease priority of current headline@footnote{See also the option @code{org-priority-start-cycle-with-default}.}. Note that
+these keys are also used to modify timestamps (see @ref{Creating Timestamps}). See also @ref{Conflicts}, for
+a discussion of the interaction with @code{shift-selection-mode}.
@end table
@vindex org-highest-priority
@vindex org-lowest-priority
@vindex org-default-priority
-You can change the range of allowed priorities by setting the options
-@code{org-highest-priority}, @code{org-lowest-priority}, and
-@code{org-default-priority}. For an individual buffer, you may set
-these values (highest, lowest, default) like this (please make sure that
-the highest priority is earlier in the alphabet than the lowest
-priority):
+You can change the range of allowed priorities by setting the
+variables @code{org-highest-priority}, @code{org-lowest-priority}, and
+@code{org-default-priority}. For an individual buffer, you may set these
+values (highest, lowest, default) like this (please make sure that the
+highest priority is earlier in the alphabet than the lowest priority):
-@cindex @code{#+PRIORITIES}
+@cindex @samp{PRIORITIES}, keyword
@example
#+PRIORITIES: A C B
@end example
-@node Breaking down tasks
-@section Breaking tasks down into subtasks
+@node Breaking Down Tasks
+@section Breaking Down Tasks into Subtasks
+
@cindex tasks, breaking down
@cindex statistics, for TODO items
@vindex org-agenda-todo-list-sublevels
-It is often advisable to break down large tasks into smaller, manageable
-subtasks. You can do this by creating an outline tree below a TODO item,
-with detailed subtasks on the tree@footnote{To keep subtasks out of the
-global TODO list, see the @code{org-agenda-todo-list-sublevels}.}. To keep
-the overview over the fraction of subtasks that are already completed, insert
-either @samp{[/]} or @samp{[%]} anywhere in the headline. These cookies will
-be updated each time the TODO status of a child changes, or when pressing
-@kbd{C-c C-c} on the cookie. For example:
+It is often advisable to break down large tasks into smaller,
+manageable subtasks. You can do this by creating an outline tree
+below a TODO item, with detailed subtasks on the tree@footnote{To keep subtasks out of the global TODO list, see the
+@code{org-agenda-todo-list-sublevels}.}. To keep
+the overview over the fraction of subtasks that are already completed,
+insert either @samp{[/]} or @samp{[%]} anywhere in the headline. These cookies
+are updated each time the TODO status of a child changes, or when
+pressing @kbd{C-c C-c} on the cookie. For example:
@example
* Organize Party [33%]
@@ -4682,17 +4938,16 @@ be updated each time the TODO status of a child changes, or when pressing
** DONE Talk to neighbor
@end example
-@cindex property, @code{COOKIE_DATA}
-If a heading has both checkboxes and TODO children below it, the meaning of
-the statistics cookie become ambiguous. Set the property
-@code{COOKIE_DATA} to either @samp{checkbox} or @samp{todo} to resolve
-this issue.
+@cindex @samp{COOKIE_DATA}, property
+If a heading has both checkboxes and TODO children below it, the
+meaning of the statistics cookie become ambiguous. Set the property
+@samp{COOKIE_DATA} to either @samp{checkbox} or @samp{todo} to resolve this issue.
@vindex org-hierarchical-todo-statistics
-If you would like to have the statistics cookie count any TODO entries in the
-subtree (not just direct children), configure
+If you would like to have the statistics cookie count any TODO entries
+in the subtree (not just direct children), configure the variable
@code{org-hierarchical-todo-statistics}. To do this for a single subtree,
-include the word @samp{recursive} into the value of the @code{COOKIE_DATA}
+include the word @samp{recursive} into the value of the @samp{COOKIE_DATA}
property.
@example
@@ -4702,37 +4957,35 @@ property.
:END:
@end example
-If you would like a TODO entry to automatically change to DONE
-when all children are done, you can use the following setup:
+If you would like a TODO entry to automatically change to DONE when
+all children are done, you can use the following setup:
-@example
+@lisp
(defun org-summary-todo (n-done n-not-done)
"Switch entry to DONE when all subentries are done, to TODO otherwise."
(let (org-log-done org-log-states) ; turn off logging
(org-todo (if (= n-not-done 0) "DONE" "TODO"))))
(add-hook 'org-after-todo-statistics-hook 'org-summary-todo)
-@end example
-
-
-Another possibility is the use of checkboxes to identify (a hierarchy of) a
-large number of subtasks (@pxref{Checkboxes}).
+@end lisp
+Another possibility is the use of checkboxes to identify (a hierarchy
+of) a large number of subtasks (see @ref{Checkboxes}).
@node Checkboxes
@section Checkboxes
+
@cindex checkboxes
@vindex org-list-automatic-rules
-Every item in a plain list@footnote{With the exception of description
-lists. But you can allow it by modifying @code{org-list-automatic-rules}
-accordingly.} (@pxref{Plain lists}) can be made into a checkbox by starting
-it with the string @samp{[ ]}. This feature is similar to TODO items
-(@pxref{TODO items}), but is more lightweight. Checkboxes are not included
-in the global TODO list, so they are often great to split a task into a
-number of simple steps. Or you can use them in a shopping list. To toggle a
-checkbox, use @kbd{C-c C-c}, or use the mouse (thanks to Piotr Zielinski's
-@file{org-mouse.el}).
+Every item in a plain list@footnote{With the exception of description lists. But you can allow it
+by modifying @code{org-list-automatic-rules} accordingly.} (see @ref{Plain Lists}) can be made into
+a checkbox by starting it with the string @samp{[ ]}. This feature is
+similar to TODO items (see @ref{TODO Items}), but is more lightweight.
+Checkboxes are not included into the global TODO list, so they are
+often great to split a task into a number of simple steps. Or you can
+use them in a shopping list. To toggle a checkbox, use @kbd{C-c C-c}, or use the mouse (thanks to Piotr Zielinski's
+@samp{org-mouse.el}).
Here is an example of a checkbox list.
@@ -4747,124 +5000,145 @@ Here is an example of a checkbox list.
- [X] talk to the neighbors
@end example
-Checkboxes work hierarchically, so if a checkbox item has children that
-are checkboxes, toggling one of the children checkboxes will make the
+Checkboxes work hierarchically, so if a checkbox item has children
+that are checkboxes, toggling one of the children checkboxes makes the
parent checkbox reflect if none, some, or all of the children are
checked.
@cindex statistics, for checkboxes
@cindex checkbox statistics
-@cindex property, @code{COOKIE_DATA}
-@vindex org-checkbox-hierarchical-statistics
+@cindex @samp{COOKIE_DATA}, property
+@vindex org-hierarchical-checkbox-statistics
The @samp{[2/4]} and @samp{[1/3]} in the first and second line are cookies
-indicating how many checkboxes present in this entry have been checked off,
-and the total number of checkboxes present. This can give you an idea on how
-many checkboxes remain, even without opening a folded entry. The cookies can
-be placed into a headline or into (the first line of) a plain list item.
-Each cookie covers checkboxes of direct children structurally below the
-headline/item on which the cookie appears@footnote{Set the option
-@code{org-checkbox-hierarchical-statistics} if you want such cookies to
-count all checkboxes below the cookie, not just those belonging to direct
-children.}. You have to insert the cookie yourself by typing either
-@samp{[/]} or @samp{[%]}. With @samp{[/]} you get an @samp{n out of m}
-result, as in the examples above. With @samp{[%]} you get information about
-the percentage of checkboxes checked (in the above example, this would be
-@samp{[50%]} and @samp{[33%]}, respectively). In a headline, a cookie can
-count either checkboxes below the heading or TODO states of children, and it
-will display whatever was changed last. Set the property @code{COOKIE_DATA}
-to either @samp{checkbox} or @samp{todo} to resolve this issue.
+indicating how many checkboxes present in this entry have been checked
+off, and the total number of checkboxes present. This can give you an
+idea on how many checkboxes remain, even without opening a folded
+entry. The cookies can be placed into a headline or into (the first
+line of) a plain list item. Each cookie covers checkboxes of direct
+children structurally below the headline/item on which the cookie
+appears@footnote{Set the variable @code{org-hierarchical-checkbox-statistics} if you
+want such cookies to count all checkboxes below the cookie, not just
+those belonging to direct children.}. You have to insert the cookie yourself by typing
+either @samp{[/]} or @samp{[%]}. With @samp{[/]} you get an @samp{n out of m} result, as
+in the examples above. With @samp{[%]} you get information about the
+percentage of checkboxes checked (in the above example, this would be
+@samp{[50%]} and @samp{[33%]}, respectively). In a headline, a cookie can count
+either checkboxes below the heading or TODO states of children, and it
+displays whatever was changed last. Set the property @samp{COOKIE_DATA} to
+either @samp{checkbox} or @samp{todo} to resolve this issue.
@cindex blocking, of checkboxes
@cindex checkbox blocking
-@cindex property, @code{ORDERED}
-If the current outline node has an @code{ORDERED} property, checkboxes must
-be checked off in sequence, and an error will be thrown if you try to check
+@cindex @samp{ORDERED}, property
+If the current outline node has an @samp{ORDERED} property, checkboxes must
+be checked off in sequence, and an error is thrown if you try to check
off a box while there are unchecked boxes above it.
-@noindent The following commands work with checkboxes:
+@noindent
+The following commands work with checkboxes:
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c C-c,org-toggle-checkbox}
-Toggle checkbox status or (with prefix arg) checkbox presence at point. With
-a single prefix argument, add an empty checkbox or remove the current
-one@footnote{@kbd{C-u C-c C-c} before the @emph{first} bullet in a list with
-no checkbox will add checkboxes to the rest of the list.}. With a double
-prefix argument, set it to @samp{[-]}, which is considered to be an
-intermediate state.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-b,org-toggle-checkbox}
-Toggle checkbox status or (with prefix arg) checkbox presence at point. With
-double prefix argument, set it to @samp{[-]}, which is considered to be an
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c} (@code{org-toggle-checkbox})
+@kindex C-c C-c
+@findex org-toggle-checkbox
+Toggle checkbox status or---with prefix argument---checkbox
+presence at point. With a single prefix argument, add an empty
+checkbox or remove the current one@footnote{@kbd{C-u C-c C-c} on the @emph{first} item of a list with no
+checkbox adds checkboxes to the rest of the list.}. With a double prefix
+argument, set it to @samp{[-]}, which is considered to be an
intermediate state.
-@itemize @minus
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-b} (@code{org-toggle-checkbox})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-b
+Toggle checkbox status or---with prefix argument---checkbox
+presence at point. With double prefix argument, set it to @samp{[-]},
+which is considered to be an intermediate state.
+
+@itemize
@item
-If there is an active region, toggle the first checkbox in the region
-and set all remaining boxes to the same status as the first. With a prefix
-arg, add or remove the checkbox for all items in the region.
+If there is an active region, toggle the first checkbox in the
+region and set all remaining boxes to the same status as the
+first. With a prefix argument, add or remove the checkbox for
+all items in the region.
+
@item
-If the cursor is in a headline, toggle the state of the first checkbox in the
-region between this headline and the next---so @emph{not} the entire
-subtree---and propagate this new state to all other checkboxes in the same
-area.
+If the cursor is in a headline, toggle checkboxes in the region
+between this headline and the next---so @emph{not} the entire
+subtree.
+
@item
-If there is no active region, just toggle the checkbox at point.
+If there is no active region, just toggle the checkbox at
+point.
@end itemize
-@orgcmd{M-S-@key{RET},org-insert-todo-heading}
-Insert a new item with a checkbox. This works only if the cursor is already
-in a plain list item (@pxref{Plain lists}).
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x o,org-toggle-ordered-property}
+
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{RET}} (@code{org-insert-todo-heading})
+@kindex M-S-RET
+@findex org-insert-todo-heading
+Insert a new item with a checkbox. This works only if the cursor
+is already in a plain list item (see @ref{Plain Lists}).
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x o} (@code{org-toggle-ordered-property})
+@kindex C-c C-x o
+@findex org-toggle-ordered-property
@vindex org-track-ordered-property-with-tag
-@cindex property, @code{ORDERED}
-Toggle the @code{ORDERED} property of the entry, to toggle if checkboxes must
-be checked off in sequence. A property is used for this behavior because
-this should be local to the current entry, not inherited like a tag.
-However, if you would like to @i{track} the value of this property with a tag
-for better visibility, customize @code{org-track-ordered-property-with-tag}.
-@orgcmd{C-c #,org-update-statistics-cookies}
-Update the statistics cookie in the current outline entry. When called with
-a @kbd{C-u} prefix, update the entire file. Checkbox statistic cookies are
-updated automatically if you toggle checkboxes with @kbd{C-c C-c} and make
-new ones with @kbd{M-S-@key{RET}}. TODO statistics cookies update when
-changing TODO states. If you delete boxes/entries or add/change them by
+Toggle the @samp{ORDERED} property of the entry, to toggle if
+checkboxes must be checked off in sequence. A property is used
+for this behavior because this should be local to the current
+entry, not inherited like a tag. However, if you would like to
+@emph{track} the value of this property with a tag for better
+visibility, customize @code{org-track-ordered-property-with-tag}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c #} (@code{org-update-statistics-cookies})
+@kindex C-c #
+@findex org-update-statistics-cookies
+Update the statistics cookie in the current outline entry. When
+called with a @kbd{C-u} prefix, update the entire file.
+Checkbox statistic cookies are updated automatically if you
+toggle checkboxes with @kbd{C-c C-c} and make new ones with
+@kbd{M-S-@key{RET}}. TODO statistics cookies update when changing
+TODO states. If you delete boxes/entries or add/change them by
hand, use this command to get things back into sync.
@end table
@node Tags
@chapter Tags
+
@cindex tags
@cindex headline tagging
@cindex matching, tags
@cindex sparse tree, tag based
-An excellent way to implement labels and contexts for cross-correlating
-information is to assign @i{tags} to headlines. Org mode has extensive
-support for tags.
+An excellent way to implement labels and contexts for
+cross-correlating information is to assign @emph{tags} to headlines. Org
+mode has extensive support for tags.
@vindex org-tag-faces
-Every headline can contain a list of tags; they occur at the end of the
-headline. Tags are normal words containing letters, numbers, @samp{_}, and
-@samp{@@}. Tags must be preceded and followed by a single colon, e.g.,
-@samp{:work:}. Several tags can be specified, as in @samp{:work:urgent:}.
-Tags will by default be in bold face with the same color as the headline.
-You may specify special faces for specific tags using the option
+Every headline can contain a list of tags; they occur at the end of
+the headline. Tags are normal words containing letters, numbers, @samp{_},
+and @samp{@@}. Tags must be preceded and followed by a single colon, e.g.,
+@samp{:work:}. Several tags can be specified, as in @samp{:work:urgent:}. Tags
+by default are in bold face with the same color as the headline. You
+may specify special faces for specific tags using the variable
@code{org-tag-faces}, in much the same way as you can for TODO keywords
-(@pxref{Faces for TODO keywords}).
+(see @ref{Faces for TODO keywords}).
@menu
-* Tag inheritance:: Tags use the tree structure of the outline
-* Setting tags:: How to assign tags to a headline
-* Tag hierarchy:: Create a hierarchy of tags
-* Tag searches:: Searching for combinations of tags
+* Tag Inheritance:: Tags use the tree structure of an outline.
+* Setting Tags:: How to assign tags to a headline.
+* Tag Hierarchy:: Create a hierarchy of tags.
+* Tag Searches:: Searching for combinations of tags.
@end menu
-@node Tag inheritance
-@section Tag inheritance
+@node Tag Inheritance
+@section Tag Inheritance
+
@cindex tag inheritance
@cindex inheritance, of tags
@cindex sublevels, inclusion into tags match
-@i{Tags} make use of the hierarchical structure of outline trees. If a
-heading has a certain tag, all subheadings will inherit the tag as
-well. For example, in the list
+@emph{Tags} make use of the hierarchical structure of outline trees. If
+a heading has a certain tag, all subheadings inherit the tag as well.
+For example, in the list
@example
* Meeting with the French group :work:
@@ -4873,45 +5147,46 @@ well. For example, in the list
@end example
@noindent
-the final heading will have the tags @samp{:work:}, @samp{:boss:},
-@samp{:notes:}, and @samp{:action:} even though the final heading is not
-explicitly marked with all those tags. You can also set tags that all
-entries in a file should inherit just as if these tags were defined in
-a hypothetical level zero that surrounds the entire file. Use a line like
-this@footnote{As with all these in-buffer settings, pressing @kbd{C-c C-c}
-activates any changes in the line.}:
+the final heading has the tags @samp{work}, @samp{boss}, @samp{notes}, and @samp{action}
+even though the final heading is not explicitly marked with those
+tags. You can also set tags that all entries in a file should inherit
+just as if these tags were defined in a hypothetical level zero that
+surrounds the entire file. Use a line like this@footnote{As with all these in-buffer settings, pressing @kbd{C-c C-c} activates any changes in the line.}
-@cindex @code{#+FILETAGS}
+@cindex @samp{FILETAGS}, keyword
@example
#+FILETAGS: :Peter:Boss:Secret:
@end example
-@noindent
@vindex org-use-tag-inheritance
@vindex org-tags-exclude-from-inheritance
-To limit tag inheritance to specific tags, use @code{org-tags-exclude-from-inheritance}.
-To turn it off entirely, use @code{org-use-tag-inheritance}.
+@noindent
+To limit tag inheritance to specific tags, or to turn it off entirely,
+use the variables @code{org-use-tag-inheritance} and
+@code{org-tags-exclude-from-inheritance}.
@vindex org-tags-match-list-sublevels
-When a headline matches during a tags search while tag inheritance is turned
-on, all the sublevels in the same tree will (for a simple match form) match
-as well@footnote{This is only true if the search does not involve more
-complex tests including properties (@pxref{Property searches}).}. The list
-of matches may then become very long. If you only want to see the first tags
-match in a subtree, configure @code{org-tags-match-list-sublevels} (not
+When a headline matches during a tags search while tag inheritance is
+turned on, all the sublevels in the same tree---for a simple match
+form---match as well@footnote{This is only true if the search does not involve more complex
+tests including properties (see @ref{Property Searches}).}. The list of matches may then become
+very long. If you only want to see the first tags match in a subtree,
+configure the variable @code{org-tags-match-list-sublevels} (not
recommended).
@vindex org-agenda-use-tag-inheritance
-Tag inheritance is relevant when the agenda search tries to match a tag,
-either in the @code{tags} or @code{tags-todo} agenda types. In other agenda
-types, @code{org-use-tag-inheritance} has no effect. Still, you may want to
-have your tags correctly set in the agenda, so that tag filtering works fine,
-with inherited tags. Set @code{org-agenda-use-tag-inheritance} to control
-this: the default value includes all agenda types, but setting this to @code{nil}
-can really speed up agenda generation.
-
-@node Setting tags
-@section Setting tags
+Tag inheritance is relevant when the agenda search tries to match
+a tag, either in the @code{tags} or @code{tags-todo} agenda types. In other
+agenda types, @code{org-use-tag-inheritance} has no effect. Still, you may
+want to have your tags correctly set in the agenda, so that tag
+filtering works fine, with inherited tags. Set
+@code{org-agenda-use-tag-inheritance} to control this: the default value
+includes all agenda types, but setting this to @code{nil} can really speed
+up agenda generation.
+
+@node Setting Tags
+@section Setting Tags
+
@cindex setting tags
@cindex tags, setting
@@ -4920,84 +5195,92 @@ Tags can simply be typed into the buffer at the end of a headline.
After a colon, @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} offers completion on tags. There is
also a special command for inserting tags:
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c C-q,org-set-tags-command}
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-q} (@code{org-set-tags-command})
+@kindex C-c C-q
+@findex org-set-tags-command
@cindex completion, of tags
@vindex org-tags-column
-Enter new tags for the current headline. Org mode will either offer
-completion or a special single-key interface for setting tags, see
-below. After pressing @key{RET}, the tags will be inserted and aligned
-to @code{org-tags-column}. When called with a @kbd{C-u} prefix, all
-tags in the current buffer will be aligned to that column, just to make
-things look nice. TAGS are automatically realigned after promotion,
-demotion, and TODO state changes (@pxref{TODO basics}).
-
-@orgcmd{C-c C-c,org-set-tags-command}
-When the cursor is in a headline, this does the same as @kbd{C-c C-q}.
+Enter new tags for the current headline. Org mode either offers
+completion or a special single-key interface for setting tags,
+see below. After pressing @kbd{@key{RET}}, the tags are inserted
+and aligned to @code{org-tags-column}. When called with
+a @kbd{C-u} prefix, all tags in the current buffer are
+aligned to that column, just to make things look nice. Tags are
+automatically realigned after promotion, demotion, and TODO state
+changes (see @ref{TODO Basics}).
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c} (@code{org-set-tags-command})
+@kindex C-c C-c
+When the cursor is in a headline, this does the same as
+@kbd{C-c C-q}.
@end table
@vindex org-tag-alist
-Org supports tag insertion based on a @emph{list of tags}. By
-default this list is constructed dynamically, containing all tags
-currently used in the buffer. You may also globally specify a hard list
-of tags with the variable @code{org-tag-alist}. Finally you can set
-the default tags for a given file with lines like
+Org supports tag insertion based on a @emph{list of tags}. By default this
+list is constructed dynamically, containing all tags currently used in
+the buffer. You may also globally specify a hard list of tags with
+the variable @code{org-tag-alist}. Finally you can set the default tags
+for a given file with lines like
-@cindex @code{#+TAGS}
+@cindex @samp{TAGS}, keyword
@example
#+TAGS: @@work @@home @@tennisclub
#+TAGS: laptop car pc sailboat
@end example
If you have globally defined your preferred set of tags using the
-variable @code{org-tag-alist}, but would like to use a dynamic tag list
-in a specific file, add an empty TAGS option line to that file:
+variable @code{org-tag-alist}, but would like to use a dynamic tag list in
+a specific file, add an empty @samp{TAGS} keyword to that file:
@example
#+TAGS:
@end example
@vindex org-tag-persistent-alist
-If you have a preferred set of tags that you would like to use in every file,
-in addition to those defined on a per-file basis by TAGS option lines, then
-you may specify a list of tags with the variable
+If you have a preferred set of tags that you would like to use in
+every file, in addition to those defined on a per-file basis by @samp{TAGS}
+keyword, then you may specify a list of tags with the variable
@code{org-tag-persistent-alist}. You may turn this off on a per-file basis
-by adding a @code{#+STARTUP} option line to that file:
+by adding a @samp{STARTUP} keyword to that file:
@example
#+STARTUP: noptag
@end example
-By default Org mode uses the standard minibuffer completion facilities for
-entering tags. However, it also implements another, quicker, tag selection
-method called @emph{fast tag selection}. This allows you to select and
-deselect tags with just a single key press. For this to work well you should
-assign unique, case-sensitive, letters to most of your commonly used tags.
-You can do this globally by configuring the variable @code{org-tag-alist} in
-your Emacs init file. For example, you may find the need to tag many items
-in different files with @samp{:@@home:}. In this case you can set something
-like:
+By default Org mode uses the standard minibuffer completion facilities
+for entering tags. However, it also implements another, quicker, tag
+selection method called @emph{fast tag selection}. This allows you to
+select and deselect tags with just a single key press. For this to
+work well you should assign unique letters to most of your commonly
+used tags. You can do this globally by configuring the variable
+@code{org-tag-alist} in your Emacs init file. For example, you may find
+the need to tag many items in different files with @samp{@@home}. In this
+case you can set something like:
@lisp
(setq org-tag-alist '(("@@work" . ?w) ("@@home" . ?h) ("laptop" . ?l)))
@end lisp
-@noindent If the tag is only relevant to the file you are working on, then you
-can instead set the TAGS option line as:
+@noindent
+If the tag is only relevant to the file you are working on, then you
+can instead set the @samp{TAGS} keyword as:
@example
#+TAGS: @@work(w) @@home(h) @@tennisclub(t) laptop(l) pc(p)
@end example
-@noindent The tags interface will show the available tags in a splash
-window. If you want to start a new line after a specific tag, insert
-@samp{\n} into the tag list
+@noindent
+The tags interface shows the available tags in a splash window. If
+you want to start a new line after a specific tag, insert @samp{\n} into
+the tag list
@example
-#+TAGS: @@work(w) @@home(h) @@tennisclub(t) \n laptop(l) pc(p)
+#+TAGS: @@work(w) @@home(h) @@tennisclub(t) \n laptop(l) pc(p)
@end example
-@noindent or write them in two lines:
+@noindent
+or write them in two lines:
@example
#+TAGS: @@work(w) @@home(h) @@tennisclub(t)
@@ -5012,18 +5295,20 @@ braces, as in:
#+TAGS: @{ @@work(w) @@home(h) @@tennisclub(t) @} laptop(l) pc(p)
@end example
-@noindent you indicate that at most one of @samp{@@work}, @samp{@@home},
-and @samp{@@tennisclub} should be selected. Multiple such groups are allowed.
+@noindent
+you indicate that at most one of @samp{@@work}, @samp{@@home}, and @samp{@@tennisclub}
+should be selected. Multiple such groups are allowed.
-@noindent Don't forget to press @kbd{C-c C-c} with the cursor in one of
+@noindent
+Do not forget to press @kbd{C-c C-c} with the cursor in one of
these lines to activate any changes.
@noindent
-To set these mutually exclusive groups in the variable @code{org-tag-alist},
-you must use the dummy tags @code{:startgroup} and @code{:endgroup} instead
-of the braces. Similarly, you can use @code{:newline} to indicate a line
-break. The previous example would be set globally by the following
-configuration:
+To set these mutually exclusive groups in the variable
+@code{org-tags-alist}, you must use the dummy tags @code{:startgroup} and
+@code{:endgroup} instead of the braces. Similarly, you can use @code{:newline}
+to indicate a line break. The previous example would be set globally
+by the following configuration:
@lisp
(setq org-tag-alist '((:startgroup . nil)
@@ -5033,101 +5318,107 @@ configuration:
("laptop" . ?l) ("pc" . ?p)))
@end lisp
-If at least one tag has a selection key then pressing @kbd{C-c C-c} will
-automatically present you with a special interface, listing inherited tags,
-the tags of the current headline, and a list of all valid tags with
-corresponding keys@footnote{Keys will automatically be assigned to tags which
-have no configured keys.}.
+If at least one tag has a selection key then pressing @kbd{C-c C-c} automatically presents you with a special interface, listing
+inherited tags, the tags of the current headline, and a list of all
+valid tags with corresponding keys@footnote{Keys are automatically assigned to tags that have no
+configured keys.}.
-Pressing keys assigned to tags will add or remove them from the list of tags
-in the current line. Selecting a tag in a group of mutually exclusive tags
-will turn off any other tags from that group.
+Pressing keys assigned to tags adds or removes them from the list of
+tags in the current line. Selecting a tag in a group of mutually
+exclusive tags turns off any other tag from that group.
In this interface, you can also use the following special keys:
-@table @kbd
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{@key{TAB}}
@kindex TAB
-@item @key{TAB}
-Enter a tag in the minibuffer, even if the tag is not in the predefined
-list. You will be able to complete on all tags present in the buffer.
-You can also add several tags: just separate them with a comma.
+Enter a tag in the minibuffer, even if the tag is not in the
+predefined list. You can complete on all tags present in the
+buffer. You can also add several tags: just separate them with
+a comma.
+@item @kbd{@key{SPC}}
@kindex SPC
-@item @key{SPC}
Clear all tags for this line.
+@item @kbd{@key{RET}}
@kindex RET
-@item @key{RET}
Accept the modified set.
-@item C-g
+@item @kbd{C-g}
+@kindex C-g
Abort without installing changes.
-@item q
-If @kbd{q} is not assigned to a tag, it aborts like @kbd{C-g}.
+@item @kbd{q}
+@kindex q
+If @kbd{q} is not assigned to a tag, it aborts like
+@kbd{C-g}.
-@item !
+@item @kbd{!}
+@kindex !
Turn off groups of mutually exclusive tags. Use this to (as an
exception) assign several tags from such a group.
-@item C-c
-Toggle auto-exit after the next change (see below).
-If you are using expert mode, the first @kbd{C-c} will display the
+@item @kbd{C-c}
+@kindex C-c C-c
+Toggle auto-exit after the next change (see below). If you are
+using expert mode, the first @kbd{C-c} displays the
selection window.
@end table
@noindent
-This method lets you assign tags to a headline with very few keys. With
-the above setup, you could clear the current tags and set @samp{@@home},
-@samp{laptop} and @samp{pc} tags with just the following keys: @kbd{C-c
-C-c @key{SPC} h l p @key{RET}}. Switching from @samp{@@home} to
-@samp{@@work} would be done with @kbd{C-c C-c w @key{RET}} or
-alternatively with @kbd{C-c C-c C-c w}. Adding the non-predefined tag
-@samp{Sarah} could be done with @kbd{C-c C-c @key{TAB} S a r a h
-@key{RET} @key{RET}}.
+This method lets you assign tags to a headline with very few keys.
+With the above setup, you could clear the current tags and set
+@samp{@@home}, @samp{laptop} and @samp{pc} tags with just the following keys:
+@kbd{C-c C-c @key{SPC} h l p @key{RET}}. Switching from @samp{@@home} to @samp{@@work}
+would be done with @kbd{C-c C-c w @key{RET}} or alternatively with
+@kbd{C-c C-c C-c w}. Adding the non-predefined tag @samp{Sarah} could
+be done with @kbd{C-c C-c @key{TAB} S a r a h @key{RET}}.
@vindex org-fast-tag-selection-single-key
If you find that most of the time you need only a single key press to
-modify your list of tags, set @code{org-fast-tag-selection-single-key}.
-Then you no longer have to press @key{RET} to exit fast tag selection---it
-will immediately exit after the first change. If you then occasionally
-need more keys, press @kbd{C-c} to turn off auto-exit for the current tag
-selection process (in effect: start selection with @kbd{C-c C-c C-c}
-instead of @kbd{C-c C-c}). If you set the variable to the value
-@code{expert}, the special window is not even shown for single-key tag
-selection, it comes up only when you press an extra @kbd{C-c}.
-
-@node Tag hierarchy
-@section Tag hierarchy
+modify your list of tags, set the variable
+@code{org-fast-tag-selection-single-key}. Then you no longer have to press
+@kbd{@key{RET}} to exit fast tag selection---it exits after the first
+change. If you then occasionally need more keys, press @kbd{C-c}
+to turn off auto-exit for the current tag selection process (in
+effect: start selection with @kbd{C-c C-c C-c} instead of
+@kbd{C-c C-c}). If you set the variable to the value @code{expert},
+the special window is not even shown for single-key tag selection, it
+comes up only when you press an extra @kbd{C-c}.
+
+@node Tag Hierarchy
+@section Tag Hierarchy
@cindex group tags
@cindex tags, groups
-@cindex tag hierarchy
+@cindex tags hierarchy
+
Tags can be defined in hierarchies. A tag can be defined as a @emph{group
-tag} for a set of other tags. The group tag can be seen as the ``broader
-term'' for its set of tags. Defining multiple @emph{group tags} and nesting
-them creates a tag hierarchy.
+tag} for a set of other tags. The group tag can be seen as the
+``broader term'' for its set of tags. Defining multiple group tags and
+nesting them creates a tag hierarchy.
-One use-case is to create a taxonomy of terms (tags) that can be used to
-classify nodes in a document or set of documents.
+One use-case is to create a taxonomy of terms (tags) that can be used
+to classify nodes in a document or set of documents.
-When you search for a group tag, it will return matches for all members in
-the group and its subgroups. In an agenda view, filtering by a group tag
-will display or hide headlines tagged with at least one of the members of the
-group or any of its subgroups. This makes tag searches and filters even more
-flexible.
+When you search for a group tag, it return matches for all members in
+the group and its subgroups. In an agenda view, filtering by a group
+tag displays or hide headlines tagged with at least one of the members
+of the group or any of its subgroups. This makes tag searches and
+filters even more flexible.
-You can set group tags by using brackets and inserting a colon between the
-group tag and its related tags---beware that all whitespaces are mandatory so
-that Org can parse this line correctly:
+You can set group tags by using brackets and inserting a colon between
+the group tag and its related tags---beware that all whitespaces are
+mandatory so that Org can parse this line correctly:
@example
#+TAGS: [ GTD : Control Persp ]
@end example
-In this example, @samp{GTD} is the @emph{group tag} and it is related to two
-other tags: @samp{Control}, @samp{Persp}. Defining @samp{Control} and
-@samp{Persp} as group tags creates an hierarchy of tags:
+In this example, @samp{GTD} is the group tag and it is related to two other
+tags: @samp{Control}, @samp{Persp}. Defining @samp{Control} and @samp{Persp} as group
+tags creates an hierarchy of tags:
@example
#+TAGS: [ Control : Context Task ]
@@ -5136,21 +5427,35 @@ other tags: @samp{Control}, @samp{Persp}. Defining @samp{Control} and
That can conceptually be seen as a hierarchy of tags:
-@example
-- GTD
- - Persp
- - Vision
- - Goal
- - AOF
- - Project
- - Control
- - Context
- - Task
-@end example
+@itemize
+@item
+@samp{GTD}
+@itemize
+@item
+@samp{Persp}
+@itemize
+@item
+@samp{Vision}
+@item
+@samp{Goal}
+@item
+@samp{AOF}
+@item
+@samp{Project}
+@end itemize
+@item
+@samp{Control}
+@itemize
+@item
+@samp{Context}
+@item
+@samp{Task}
+@end itemize
+@end itemize
+@end itemize
-You can use the @code{:startgrouptag}, @code{:grouptags} and
-@code{:endgrouptag} keyword directly when setting @code{org-tag-alist}
-directly:
+You can use the @code{:startgrouptag}, @code{:grouptags} and @code{:endgrouptag}
+keyword directly when setting @code{org-tag-alist} directly:
@lisp
(setq org-tag-alist '((:startgrouptag)
@@ -5167,115 +5472,127 @@ directly:
(:endgrouptag)))
@end lisp
-The tags in a group can be mutually exclusive if using the same group syntax
-as is used for grouping mutually exclusive tags together; using curly
-brackets.
+The tags in a group can be mutually exclusive if using the same group
+syntax as is used for grouping mutually exclusive tags together; using
+curly brackets.
@example
#+TAGS: @{ Context : @@Home @@Work @@Call @}
@end example
-When setting @code{org-tag-alist} you can use @code{:startgroup} &
-@code{:endgroup} instead of @code{:startgrouptag} & @code{:endgrouptag} to
-make the tags mutually exclusive.
+When setting @code{org-tag-alist} you can use @code{:startgroup} and @code{:endgroup}
+instead of @code{:startgrouptag} and @code{:endgrouptag} to make the tags
+mutually exclusive.
-Furthermore, the members of a @emph{group tag} can also be regular
+Furthermore, the members of a group tag can also be regular
expressions, creating the possibility of a more dynamic and rule-based
tag structure. The regular expressions in the group must be specified
-within @{ @}. Here is an expanded example:
+within curly brackets. Here is an expanded example:
@example
-#+TAGS: [ Vision : @{V@@@.+@} ]
-#+TAGS: [ Goal : @{G@@@.+@} ]
-#+TAGS: [ AOF : @{AOF@@@.+@} ]
-#+TAGS: [ Project : @{P@@@.+@} ]
+#+TAGS: [ Vision : @{V@@.+@} ]
+#+TAGS: [ Goal : @{G@@.+@} ]
+#+TAGS: [ AOF : @{AOF@@.+@} ]
+#+TAGS: [ Project : @{P@@.+@} ]
@end example
-Searching for the tag @samp{Project} will now list all tags also including
-regular expression matches for @samp{P@@@.+}, and similarly for tag searches on
-@samp{Vision}, @samp{Goal} and @samp{AOF}. For example, this would work well
-for a project tagged with a common project-identifier, e.g. @samp{P@@2014_OrgTags}.
+Searching for the tag @samp{Project} now lists all tags also including
+regular expression matches for @samp{P@@.+}, and similarly for tag searches
+on @samp{Vision}, @samp{Goal} and @samp{AOF}. For example, this would work well for
+a project tagged with a common project-identifier,
+e.g. @samp{P@@2014_OrgTags}.
@kindex C-c C-x q
+@findex org-toggle-tags-groups
@vindex org-group-tags
-If you want to ignore group tags temporarily, toggle group tags support
-with @command{org-toggle-tags-groups}, bound to @kbd{C-c C-x q}. If you
-want to disable tag groups completely, set @code{org-group-tags} to @code{nil}.
+If you want to ignore group tags temporarily, toggle group tags
+support with @code{org-toggle-tags-groups}, bound to @kbd{C-c C-x q}.
+If you want to disable tag groups completely, set @code{org-group-tags} to
+@code{nil}.
+
+@node Tag Searches
+@section Tag Searches
-@node Tag searches
-@section Tag searches
@cindex tag searches
@cindex searching for tags
-Once a system of tags has been set up, it can be used to collect related
-information into special lists.
-
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmdkkc{C-c / m,C-c \\,org-match-sparse-tree}
-Create a sparse tree with all headlines matching a tags/property/TODO search.
-With a @kbd{C-u} prefix argument, ignore headlines that are not a TODO line.
-@xref{Matching tags and properties}.
-@orgcmd{C-c a m,org-tags-view}
-Create a global list of tag matches from all agenda files. @xref{Matching
-tags and properties}.
-@orgcmd{C-c a M,org-tags-view}
+Once a system of tags has been set up, it can be used to collect
+related information into special lists.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c / m} or @kbd{C-c \} (@code{org-match-sparse-tree})
+@kindex C-c / m
+@kindex C-c \
+@findex org-match-sparse-tree
+Create a sparse tree with all headlines matching a tags search.
+With a @kbd{C-u} prefix argument, ignore headlines that are
+not a TODO line.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c a m} (@code{org-tags-view})
+@kindex C-c a m
+@findex org-tags-view
+Create a global list of tag matches from all agenda files. See
+@ref{Matching tags and properties}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c a M} (@code{org-tags-view})
+@kindex C-c a M
@vindex org-tags-match-list-sublevels
-Create a global list of tag matches from all agenda files, but check
-only TODO items and force checking subitems (see the option
+Create a global list of tag matches from all agenda files, but
+check only TODO items and force checking subitems (see the option
@code{org-tags-match-list-sublevels}).
@end table
-These commands all prompt for a match string which allows basic Boolean logic
-like @samp{+boss+urgent-project1}, to find entries with tags @samp{boss} and
-@samp{urgent}, but not @samp{project1}, or @samp{Kathy|Sally} to find entries
-tagged as @samp{Kathy} or @samp{Sally}. The full syntax of the search string
-is rich and allows also matching against TODO keywords, entry levels and
-properties. For a complete description with many examples, see @ref{Matching
-tags and properties}.
+These commands all prompt for a match string which allows basic
+Boolean logic like @samp{+boss+urgent-project1}, to find entries with tags
+@samp{boss} and @samp{urgent}, but not @samp{project1}, or @samp{Kathy|Sally} to find
+entries which are tagged, like @samp{Kathy} or @samp{Sally}. The full syntax of
+the search string is rich and allows also matching against TODO
+keywords, entry levels and properties. For a complete description
+with many examples, see @ref{Matching tags and properties}.
+@node Properties and Columns
+@chapter Properties and Columns
-@node Properties and columns
-@chapter Properties and columns
@cindex properties
-A property is a key-value pair associated with an entry. Properties can be
-set so they are associated with a single entry, with every entry in a tree,
-or with every entry in an Org mode file.
+A property is a key-value pair associated with an entry. Properties
+can be set so they are associated with a single entry, with every
+entry in a tree, or with every entry in an Org file.
There are two main applications for properties in Org mode. First,
-properties are like tags, but with a value. Imagine maintaining a file where
-you document bugs and plan releases for a piece of software. Instead of
-using tags like @code{:release_1:}, @code{:release_2:}, you can use a
-property, say @code{:Release:}, that in different subtrees has different
-values, such as @code{1.0} or @code{2.0}. Second, you can use properties to
-implement (very basic) database capabilities in an Org buffer. Imagine
-keeping track of your music CDs, where properties could be things such as the
-album, artist, date of release, number of tracks, and so on.
-
-Properties can be conveniently edited and viewed in column view
-(@pxref{Column view}).
+properties are like tags, but with a value. Imagine maintaining
+a file where you document bugs and plan releases for a piece of
+software. Instead of using tags like @samp{release_1}, @samp{release_2}, you
+can use a property, say @samp{Release}, that in different subtrees has
+different values, such as @samp{1.0} or @samp{2.0}. Second, you can use
+properties to implement (very basic) database capabilities in an Org
+buffer. Imagine keeping track of your music CDs, where properties
+could be things such as the album, artist, date of release, number of
+tracks, and so on.
+
+Properties can be conveniently edited and viewed in column view (see
+@ref{Column View}).
@menu
-* Property syntax:: How properties are spelled out
-* Special properties:: Access to other Org mode features
-* Property searches:: Matching property values
-* Property inheritance:: Passing values down the tree
-* Column view:: Tabular viewing and editing
-* Property API:: Properties for Lisp programmers
+* Property Syntax:: How properties are spelled out.
+* Special Properties:: Access to other Org mode features.
+* Property Searches:: Matching property values.
+* Property Inheritance:: Passing values down a tree.
+* Column View:: Tabular viewing and editing.
@end menu
-@node Property syntax
-@section Property syntax
+@node Property Syntax
+@section Property Syntax
+
@cindex property syntax
@cindex drawer, for properties
-Properties are key-value pairs. When they are associated with a single entry
-or with a tree they need to be inserted into a special drawer
-(@pxref{Drawers}) with the name @code{PROPERTIES}, which has to be located
-right below a headline, and its planning line (@pxref{Deadlines and
-scheduling}) when applicable. Each property is specified on a single line,
-with the key (surrounded by colons) first, and the value after it. Keys are
-case-insensitive. Here is an example:
+Properties are key--value pairs. When they are associated with
+a single entry or with a tree they need to be inserted into a special
+drawer (see @ref{Drawers}) with the name @samp{PROPERTIES}, which has to be
+located right below a headline, and its planning line (see @ref{Deadlines and Scheduling}) when applicable. Each property is specified on
+a single line, with the key---surrounded by colons---first, and the
+value after it. Keys are case-insensitive. Here is an example:
@example
* CD collection
@@ -5290,17 +5607,17 @@ case-insensitive. Here is an example:
:END:
@end example
-Depending on the value of @code{org-use-property-inheritance}, a property set
-this way will either be associated with a single entry, or the subtree
-defined by the entry, see @ref{Property inheritance}.
+Depending on the value of @code{org-use-property-inheritance}, a property
+set this way is associated either with a single entry, or with the
+sub-tree defined by the entry, see @ref{Property Inheritance}.
-You may define the allowed values for a particular property @samp{:Xyz:}
-by setting a property @samp{:Xyz_ALL:}. This special property is
-@emph{inherited}, so if you set it in a level 1 entry, it will apply to
-the entire tree. When allowed values are defined, setting the
-corresponding property becomes easier and is less prone to typing
-errors. For the example with the CD collection, we can predefine
-publishers and the number of disks in a box like this:
+You may define the allowed values for a particular property @samp{Xyz} by
+setting a property @samp{Xyz_ALL}. This special property is @emph{inherited},
+so if you set it in a level 1 entry, it applies to the entire tree.
+When allowed values are defined, setting the corresponding property
+becomes easier and is less prone to typing errors. For the example
+with the CD collection, we can pre-define publishers and the number of
+disks in a box like this:
@example
* CD collection
@@ -5310,35 +5627,34 @@ publishers and the number of disks in a box like this:
:END:
@end example
-If you want to set properties that can be inherited by any entry in a
-file, use a line like
-@cindex property, @code{_ALL}
-@cindex @code{#+PROPERTY}
+If you want to set properties that can be inherited by any entry in
+a file, use a line like:
+
+@cindex @samp{_ALL} suffix, in properties
+@cindex @samp{PROPERTY}, keyword
@example
#+PROPERTY: NDisks_ALL 1 2 3 4
@end example
-Contrary to properties set from a special drawer, you have to refresh the
-buffer with @kbd{C-c C-c} to activate this change.
+@cindex @samp{+} suffix, in properties
+If you want to add to the value of an existing property, append a @samp{+}
+to the property name. The following results in the property @samp{var}
+having the value @samp{foo=1 bar=2}.
-If you want to add to the value of an existing property, append a @code{+} to
-the property name. The following results in the property @code{var} having
-the value ``foo=1 bar=2''.
-@cindex property, @code{+}
@example
#+PROPERTY: var foo=1
#+PROPERTY: var+ bar=2
@end example
It is also possible to add to the values of inherited properties. The
-following results in the @code{genres} property having the value ``Classic
-Baroque'' under the @code{Goldberg Variations} subtree.
-@cindex property, @code{+}
+following results in the @samp{Genres} property having the value @samp{Classic
+Baroque} under the @samp{Goldberg Variations} subtree.
+
@example
* CD collection
** Classic
:PROPERTIES:
- :GENRES: Classic
+ :Genres: Classic
:END:
*** Goldberg Variations
:PROPERTIES:
@@ -5347,198 +5663,262 @@ Baroque'' under the @code{Goldberg Variations} subtree.
:Artist: Glen Gould
:Publisher: Deutsche Grammophon
:NDisks: 1
- :GENRES+: Baroque
+ :Genres+: Baroque
:END:
@end example
-Note that a property can only have one entry per Drawer.
+
+Note that a property can only have one entry per drawer.
@vindex org-global-properties
-Property values set with the global variable
-@code{org-global-properties} can be inherited by all entries in all
-Org files.
+Property values set with the global variable @code{org-global-properties}
+can be inherited by all entries in all Org files.
@noindent
The following commands help to work with properties:
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{M-@key{TAB},pcomplete}
-After an initial colon in a line, complete property keys. All keys used
-in the current file will be offered as possible completions.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x p,org-set-property}
-Set a property. This prompts for a property name and a value. If
-necessary, the property drawer is created as well.
-@item C-u M-x org-insert-drawer @key{RET}
-@cindex @code{org-insert-drawer}
-Insert a property drawer into the current entry. The drawer will be
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} (@code{pcomplete})
+@kindex M-TAB
+@findex pcomplete
+After an initial colon in a line, complete property keys. All
+keys used in the current file are offered as possible
+completions.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x p} (@code{org-set-property})
+@kindex C-c C-x p
+@findex org-set-property
+Set a property. This prompts for a property name and a value.
+If necessary, the property drawer is created as well.
+
+@item @kbd{C-u M-x org-insert-drawer}
+@findex org-insert-drawer
+Insert a property drawer into the current entry. The drawer is
inserted early in the entry, but after the lines with planning
information like deadlines.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-c,org-property-action}
-With the cursor in a property drawer, this executes property commands.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-c s,org-set-property}
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c} (@code{org-property-action})
+@kindex C-c C-c
+@findex org-property-action
+With the cursor in a property drawer, this executes property
+commands.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c s} (@code{org-set-property})
+@kindex C-c C-c s
+@findex org-set-property
Set a property in the current entry. Both the property and the value
can be inserted using completion.
-@orgcmdkkcc{S-@key{RIGHT},S-@key{LEFT},org-property-next-allowed-value,org-property-previous-allowed-value}
+
+@item @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} (@code{org-property-next-allowed-values})
+@itemx @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} (@code{org-property-previous-allowed-value})
+@kindex S-RIGHT
+@kindex S-LEFT
Switch property at point to the next/previous allowed value.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-c d,org-delete-property}
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c d} (@code{org-delete-property})
+@kindex C-c C-c d
+@findex org-delete-property
Remove a property from the current entry.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-c D,org-delete-property-globally}
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c D} (@code{org-delete-property-globally})
+@kindex C-c C-c D
+@findex org-delete-property-globally
Globally remove a property, from all entries in the current file.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-c c,org-compute-property-at-point}
-Compute the property at point, using the operator and scope from the
-nearest column format definition.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c c} (@code{org-compute-property-at-point})
+@kindex C-c C-c c
+@findex org-compute-property-at-point
+Compute the property at point, using the operator and scope from
+the nearest column format definition.
@end table
-@node Special properties
-@section Special properties
+@node Special Properties
+@section Special Properties
+
@cindex properties, special
-Special properties provide an alternative access method to Org mode features,
-like the TODO state or the priority of an entry, discussed in the previous
-chapters. This interface exists so that you can include these states in
-a column view (@pxref{Column view}), or to use them in queries. The
-following property names are special and should not be used as keys in the
-properties drawer:
-
-@cindex property, special, @code{ALLTAGS}
-@cindex property, special, @code{BLOCKED}
-@cindex property, special, @code{CLOCKSUM}
-@cindex property, special, @code{CLOCKSUM_T}
-@cindex property, special, @code{CLOSED}
-@cindex property, special, @code{DEADLINE}
-@cindex property, special, @code{FILE}
-@cindex property, special, @code{ITEM}
-@cindex property, special, @code{PRIORITY}
-@cindex property, special, @code{SCHEDULED}
-@cindex property, special, @code{TAGS}
-@cindex property, special, @code{TIMESTAMP}
-@cindex property, special, @code{TIMESTAMP_IA}
-@cindex property, special, @code{TODO}
-@example
-ALLTAGS @r{All tags, including inherited ones.}
-BLOCKED @r{"t" if task is currently blocked by children or siblings.}
-CLOCKSUM @r{The sum of CLOCK intervals in the subtree. @code{org-clock-sum}}
- @r{must be run first to compute the values in the current buffer.}
-CLOCKSUM_T @r{The sum of CLOCK intervals in the subtree for today.}
- @r{@code{org-clock-sum-today} must be run first to compute the}
- @r{values in the current buffer.}
-CLOSED @r{When was this entry closed?}
-DEADLINE @r{The deadline time string, without the angular brackets.}
-FILE @r{The filename the entry is located in.}
-ITEM @r{The headline of the entry.}
-PRIORITY @r{The priority of the entry, a string with a single letter.}
-SCHEDULED @r{The scheduling timestamp, without the angular brackets.}
-TAGS @r{The tags defined directly in the headline.}
-TIMESTAMP @r{The first keyword-less timestamp in the entry.}
-TIMESTAMP_IA @r{The first inactive timestamp in the entry.}
-TODO @r{The TODO keyword of the entry.}
-@end example
-
-@node Property searches
-@section Property searches
+Special properties provide an alternative access method to Org mode
+features, like the TODO state or the priority of an entry, discussed
+in the previous chapters. This interface exists so that you can
+include these states in a column view (see @ref{Column View}), or to use
+them in queries. The following property names are special and should
+not be used as keys in the properties drawer:
+
+@cindex @samp{ALLTAGS}, special property
+@cindex @samp{BLOCKED}, special property
+@cindex @samp{CLOCKSUM}, special property
+@cindex @samp{CLOCKSUM_T}, special property
+@cindex @samp{CLOSED}, special property
+@cindex @samp{DEADLINE}, special property
+@cindex @samp{FILE}, special property
+@cindex @samp{ITEM}, special property
+@cindex @samp{PRIORITY}, special property
+@cindex @samp{SCHEDULED}, special property
+@cindex @samp{TAGS}, special property
+@cindex @samp{TIMESTAMP}, special property
+@cindex @samp{TIMESTAMP_IA}, special property
+@cindex @samp{TODO}, special property
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @samp{ALLTAGS}
+@tab All tags, including inherited ones.
+@item @samp{BLOCKED}
+@tab @code{t} if task is currently blocked by children or siblings.
+@item @samp{CATEGORY}
+@tab The category of an entry.
+@item @samp{CLOCKSUM}
+@tab The sum of CLOCK intervals in the subtree. @code{org-clock-sum}
+@item
+@tab must be run first to compute the values in the current buffer.
+@item @samp{CLOCKSUM_T}
+@tab The sum of CLOCK intervals in the subtree for today.
+@item
+@tab @code{org-clock-sum-today} must be run first to compute the
+@item
+@tab values in the current buffer.
+@item @samp{CLOSED}
+@tab When was this entry closed?
+@item @samp{DEADLINE}
+@tab The deadline time string, without the angular brackets.
+@item @samp{FILE}
+@tab The filename the entry is located in.
+@item @samp{ITEM}
+@tab The headline of the entry.
+@item @samp{PRIORITY}
+@tab The priority of the entry, a string with a single letter.
+@item @samp{SCHEDULED}
+@tab The scheduling timestamp, without the angular brackets.
+@item @samp{TAGS}
+@tab The tags defined directly in the headline.
+@item @samp{TIMESTAMP}
+@tab The first keyword-less timestamp in the entry.
+@item @samp{TIMESTAMP_IA}
+@tab The first inactive timestamp in the entry.
+@item @samp{TODO}
+@tab The TODO keyword of the entry.
+@end multitable
+
+@node Property Searches
+@section Property Searches
+
@cindex properties, searching
@cindex searching, of properties
-To create sparse trees and special lists with selection based on properties,
-the same commands are used as for tag searches (@pxref{Tag searches}).
-
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmdkkc{C-c / m,C-c \\,org-match-sparse-tree}
-Create a sparse tree with all matching entries. With a
-@kbd{C-u} prefix argument, ignore headlines that are not a TODO line.
-@orgcmd{C-c a m,org-tags-view}
-Create a global list of tag/property matches from all agenda files.
-@xref{Matching tags and properties}.
-@orgcmd{C-c a M,org-tags-view}
+To create sparse trees and special lists with selection based on
+properties, the same commands are used as for tag searches (see @ref{Tag Searches}).
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c / m} or @kbd{C-c \} (@code{org-match-sparse-tree})
+@kindex C-c / m
+@kindex C-c \
+@findex org-match-sparse-tree
+Create a sparse tree with all matching entries. With
+a @kbd{C-u} prefix argument, ignore headlines that are not
+a TODO line.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c a m}, @code{org-tags-view}
+@kindex C-c a m
+Create a global list of tag/property matches from all agenda
+files.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c a M} (@code{org-tags-view})
+@kindex C-c a M
+@findex org-tags-view
@vindex org-tags-match-list-sublevels
-Create a global list of tag matches from all agenda files, but check
-only TODO items and force checking of subitems (see the option
-@code{org-tags-match-list-sublevels}).
+Create a global list of tag matches from all agenda files, but
+check only TODO items and force checking of subitems (see the
+option @code{org-tags-match-list-sublevels}).
@end table
-The syntax for the search string is described in @ref{Matching tags and
-properties}.
+The syntax for the search string is described in @ref{Matching tags and properties}.
There is also a special command for creating sparse trees based on a
single property:
-@table @kbd
-@orgkey{C-c / p}
-Create a sparse tree based on the value of a property. This first
-prompts for the name of a property, and then for a value. A sparse tree
-is created with all entries that define this property with the given
-value. If you enclose the value in curly braces, it is interpreted as
-a regular expression and matched against the property values.
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c / p}
+@kindex C-c / p
+Create a sparse tree based on the value of a property. This
+first prompts for the name of a property, and then for a value.
+A sparse tree is created with all entries that define this
+property with the given value. If you enclose the value in curly
+braces, it is interpreted as a regular expression and matched
+against the property values.
@end table
-@node Property inheritance
+@node Property Inheritance
@section Property Inheritance
+
@cindex properties, inheritance
@cindex inheritance, of properties
@vindex org-use-property-inheritance
-The outline structure of Org mode documents lends itself to an
-inheritance model of properties: if the parent in a tree has a certain
-property, the children can inherit this property. Org mode does not
-turn this on by default, because it can slow down property searches
-significantly and is often not needed. However, if you find inheritance
-useful, you can turn it on by setting the variable
-@code{org-use-property-inheritance}. It may be set to @code{t} to make
-all properties inherited from the parent, to a list of properties
-that should be inherited, or to a regular expression that matches
-inherited properties. If a property has the value @code{nil}, this is
-interpreted as an explicit undefine of the property, so that inheritance
-search will stop at this value and return @code{nil}.
+The outline structure of Org documents lends itself to an inheritance
+model of properties: if the parent in a tree has a certain property,
+the children can inherit this property. Org mode does not turn this
+on by default, because it can slow down property searches
+significantly and is often not needed. However, if you find
+inheritance useful, you can turn it on by setting the variable
+@code{org-use-property-inheritance}. It may be set to @code{t} to make all
+properties inherited from the parent, to a list of properties that
+should be inherited, or to a regular expression that matches inherited
+properties. If a property has the value @code{nil}, this is interpreted as
+an explicit un-define of the property, so that inheritance search
+stops at this value and returns @code{nil}.
Org mode has a few properties for which inheritance is hard-coded, at
least for the special applications for which they are used:
-@cindex property, @code{COLUMNS}
-@table @code
-@item COLUMNS
-The @code{:COLUMNS:} property defines the format of column view
-(@pxref{Column view}). It is inherited in the sense that the level
-where a @code{:COLUMNS:} property is defined is used as the starting
-point for a column view table, independently of the location in the
-subtree from where columns view is turned on.
-@item CATEGORY
-@cindex property, @code{CATEGORY}
-For agenda view, a category set through a @code{:CATEGORY:} property
+@table @asis
+@item @code{COLUMNS}
+@cindex @samp{COLUMNS}, property
+The @samp{COLUMNS} property defines the format of column view (see
+@ref{Column View}). It is inherited in the sense that the level where
+a @samp{COLUMNS} property is defined is used as the starting point for
+a column view table, independently of the location in the subtree
+from where columns view is turned on.
+
+@item @code{CATEGORY}
+@cindex @samp{CATEGORY}, property
+For agenda view, a category set through a @samp{CATEGORY} property
applies to the entire subtree.
-@item ARCHIVE
-@cindex property, @code{ARCHIVE}
-For archiving, the @code{:ARCHIVE:} property may define the archive
-location for the entire subtree (@pxref{Moving subtrees}).
-@item LOGGING
-@cindex property, @code{LOGGING}
-The @code{LOGGING} property may define logging settings for an entry or a
-subtree (@pxref{Tracking TODO state changes}).
+
+@item @code{ARCHIVE}
+@cindex @samp{ARCHIVE}, property
+For archiving, the @samp{ARCHIVE} property may define the archive
+location for the entire subtree (see @ref{Moving subtrees}).
+
+@item @code{LOGGING}
+@cindex @samp{LOGGING}, property
+The @samp{LOGGING} property may define logging settings for an entry
+or a subtree (see @ref{Tracking TODO state changes}).
@end table
-@node Column view
-@section Column view
-
-A great way to view and edit properties in an outline tree is
-@emph{column view}. In column view, each outline node is turned into a
-table row. Columns in this table provide access to properties of the
-entries. Org mode implements columns by overlaying a tabular structure
-over the headline of each item. While the headlines have been turned
-into a table row, you can still change the visibility of the outline
-tree. For example, you get a compact table by switching to CONTENTS
-view (@kbd{S-@key{TAB} S-@key{TAB}}, or simply @kbd{c} while column view
-is active), but you can still open, read, and edit the entry below each
-headline. Or, you can switch to column view after executing a sparse
-tree command and in this way get a table only for the selected items.
-Column view also works in agenda buffers (@pxref{Agenda views}) where
-queries have collected selected items, possibly from a number of files.
+@node Column View
+@section Column View
+
+A great way to view and edit properties in an outline tree is @emph{column
+view}. In column view, each outline node is turned into a table row.
+Columns in this table provide access to properties of the entries.
+Org mode implements columns by overlaying a tabular structure over the
+headline of each item. While the headlines have been turned into
+a table row, you can still change the visibility of the outline tree.
+For example, you get a compact table by switching to ``contents''
+view---@kbd{S-@key{TAB}} @kbd{S-@key{TAB}}, or simply @kbd{c}
+while column view is active---but you can still open, read, and edit
+the entry below each headline. Or, you can switch to column view
+after executing a sparse tree command and in this way get a table only
+for the selected items. Column view also works in agenda buffers (see
+@ref{Agenda Views}) where queries have collected selected items, possibly
+from a number of files.
@menu
-* Defining columns:: The COLUMNS format property
-* Using column view:: How to create and use column view
-* Capturing column view:: A dynamic block for column view
+* Defining columns:: The COLUMNS format property.
+* Using column view:: How to create and use column view.
+* Capturing column view:: A dynamic block for column view.
@end menu
@node Defining columns
@subsection Defining columns
+
@cindex column view, for properties
@cindex properties, column view
@@ -5547,21 +5927,21 @@ done by defining a column format line.
@menu
* Scope of column definitions:: Where defined, where valid?
-* Column attributes:: Appearance and content of a column
+* Column attributes:: Appearance and content of a column.
@end menu
@node Scope of column definitions
@subsubsection Scope of column definitions
-To define a column format for an entire file, use a line like
+To define a column format for an entire file, use a line like:
-@cindex @code{#+COLUMNS}
+@cindex @samp{COLUMNS}, keyword
@example
#+COLUMNS: %25ITEM %TAGS %PRIORITY %TODO
@end example
-To specify a format that only applies to a specific tree, add a
-@code{:COLUMNS:} property to the top node of that tree, for example:
+To specify a format that only applies to a specific tree, add
+a @samp{COLUMNS} property to the top node of that tree, for example:
@example
** Top node for columns view
@@ -5570,96 +5950,117 @@ To specify a format that only applies to a specific tree, add a
:END:
@end example
-If a @code{:COLUMNS:} property is present in an entry, it defines columns
-for the entry itself, and for the entire subtree below it. Since the
-column definition is part of the hierarchical structure of the document,
-you can define columns on level 1 that are general enough for all
-sublevels, and more specific columns further down, when you edit a
-deeper part of the tree.
+If a @samp{COLUMNS} property is present in an entry, it defines columns for
+the entry itself, and for the entire subtree below it. Since the
+column definition is part of the hierarchical structure of the
+document, you can define columns on level 1 that are general enough
+for all sublevels, and more specific columns further down, when you
+edit a deeper part of the tree.
@node Column attributes
@subsubsection Column attributes
+
A column definition sets the attributes of a column. The general
definition looks like this:
@example
- %[@var{width}]@var{property}[(@var{title})][@{@var{summary-type}@}]
+%[WIDTH]PROPERTY[(TITLE)][@{SUMMARY-TYPE@}]
@end example
@noindent
Except for the percent sign and the property name, all items are
optional. The individual parts have the following meaning:
-@example
-@var{width} @r{An integer specifying the width of the column in characters.}
- @r{If omitted, the width will be determined automatically.}
-@var{property} @r{The property that should be edited in this column.}
- @r{Special properties representing meta data are allowed here}
- @r{as well (@pxref{Special properties})}
-@var{title} @r{The header text for the column. If omitted, the property}
- @r{name is used.}
-@{@var{summary-type}@} @r{The summary type. If specified, the column values for}
- @r{parent nodes are computed from the children@footnote{If
- more than one summary type apply to the property, the parent
- values are computed according to the first of them.}.}
- @r{Supported summary types are:}
- @{+@} @r{Sum numbers in this column.}
- @{+;%.1f@} @r{Like @samp{+}, but format result with @samp{%.1f}.}
- @{$@} @r{Currency, short for @samp{+;%.2f}.}
- @{min@} @r{Smallest number in column.}
- @{max@} @r{Largest number.}
- @{mean@} @r{Arithmetic mean of numbers.}
- @{X@} @r{Checkbox status, @samp{[X]} if all children are @samp{[X]}.}
- @{X/@} @r{Checkbox status, @samp{[n/m]}.}
- @{X%@} @r{Checkbox status, @samp{[n%]}.}
- @{:@} @r{Sum times, HH:MM, plain numbers are
- hours@footnote{A time can also be a duration, using effort
- modifiers defined in @code{org-effort-durations}, e.g.,
- @samp{3d 1h}. If any value in the column is as such, the
- summary will also be an effort duration.}.}
- @{:min@} @r{Smallest time value in column.}
- @{:max@} @r{Largest time value.}
- @{:mean@} @r{Arithmetic mean of time values.}
- @{@@min@} @r{Minimum age@footnote{An age is defined as
- a duration since a given time-stamp (@pxref{Timestamps}). It
- can also be expressed as days, hours, minutes and seconds,
- identified by @samp{d}, @samp{h}, @samp{m} and @samp{s}
- suffixes, all mandatory, e.g., @samp{0d 13h 0m 10s}.} (in
- days/hours/mins/seconds).}
- @{@@max@} @r{Maximum age (in days/hours/mins/seconds).}
- @{@@mean@} @r{Arithmetic mean of ages (in days/hours/mins/seconds).}
- @{est+@} @r{Add @samp{low-high} estimates.}
-@end example
-
-The @code{est+} summary type requires further explanation. It is used for
-combining estimates, expressed as @samp{low-high} ranges or plain numbers.
-For example, instead of estimating a particular task will take 5 days, you
-might estimate it as 5--6 days if you're fairly confident you know how much
-work is required, or 1--10 days if you don't really know what needs to be
-done. Both ranges average at 5.5 days, but the first represents a more
-predictable delivery.
-
-When combining a set of such estimates, simply adding the lows and highs
-produces an unrealistically wide result. Instead, @code{est+} adds the
-statistical mean and variance of the sub-tasks, generating a final estimate
-from the sum. For example, suppose you had ten tasks, each of which was
-estimated at 0.5 to 2 days of work. Straight addition produces an estimate
-of 5 to 20 days, representing what to expect if everything goes either
-extremely well or extremely poorly. In contrast, @code{est+} estimates the
-full job more realistically, at 10--15 days.
-
-Numbers are right-aligned when a format specifier with an explicit width like
-@code{%5d} or @code{%5.1f} is used.
+@table @asis
+@item @var{WIDTH}
+An integer specifying the width of the column in characters. If
+omitted, the width is determined automatically.
+
+@item @var{PROPERTY}
+The property that should be edited in this column. Special
+properties representing meta data are allowed here as well (see
+@ref{Special Properties}).
+
+@item @var{TITLE}
+The header text for the column. If omitted, the property name is
+used.
+
+@item @var{SUMMARY-TYPE}
+The summary type. If specified, the column values for parent
+nodes are computed from the children@footnote{If more than one summary type applies to the same property,
+the parent values are computed according to the first of them.}.
+
+Supported summary types are:
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @samp{+}
+@tab Sum numbers in this column.
+@item @samp{+;%.1f}
+@tab Like @samp{+}, but format result with @samp{%.1f}.
+@item @samp{$}
+@tab Currency, short for @samp{+;%.2f}.
+@item @samp{min}
+@tab Smallest number in column.
+@item @samp{max}
+@tab Largest number.
+@item @samp{mean}
+@tab Arithmetic mean of numbers.
+@item @samp{X}
+@tab Checkbox status, @samp{[X]} if all children are @samp{[X]}.
+@item @samp{X/}
+@tab Checkbox status, @samp{[n/m]}.
+@item @samp{X%}
+@tab Checkbox status, @samp{[n%]}.
+@item @samp{:}
+@tab Sum times, HH:MM, plain numbers are hours.
+@item @samp{:min}
+@tab Smallest time value in column.
+@item @samp{:max}
+@tab Largest time value.
+@item @samp{:mean}
+@tab Arithmetic mean of time values.
+@item @samp{@@min}
+@tab Minimum age@footnote{An age is defined as a duration, using effort modifiers
+defined in @code{org-effort-durations}, e.g., @samp{3d 1h}. If any value in the
+column is as such, the summary is also an effort duration.} (in days/hours/mins/seconds).
+@item @samp{@@max}
+@tab Maximum age (in days/hours/mins/seconds).
+@item @samp{@@mean}
+@tab Arithmetic mean of ages (in days/hours/mins/seconds).
+@item @samp{est+}
+@tab Add low-high estimates.
+@end multitable
+@noindent
@vindex org-columns-summary-types
You can also define custom summary types by setting
-@code{org-columns-summary-types}, which see.
-
-Here is an example for a complete columns definition, along with allowed
-values.
+@code{org-columns-summary-types}.
+@end table
-@example
-:COLUMNS: %25ITEM %9Approved(Approved?)@{X@} %Owner %11Status \@footnote{Please note that the COLUMNS definition must be on a single line---it is wrapped here only because of formatting constraints.}
+The @samp{est+} summary type requires further explanation. It is used for
+combining estimates, expressed as low-high ranges. For example,
+instead of estimating a particular task will take 5 days, you might
+estimate it as 5--6 days if you're fairly confident you know how much
+work is required, or 1--10 days if you do not really know what needs
+to be done. Both ranges average at 5.5 days, but the first represents
+a more predictable delivery.
+
+When combining a set of such estimates, simply adding the lows and
+highs produces an unrealistically wide result. Instead, @samp{est+} adds
+the statistical mean and variance of the sub-tasks, generating a final
+estimate from the sum. For example, suppose you had ten tasks, each
+of which was estimated at 0.5 to 2 days of work. Straight addition
+produces an estimate of 5 to 20 days, representing what to expect if
+everything goes either extremely well or extremely poorly. In
+contrast, @samp{est+} estimates the full job more realistically, at 10--15
+days.
+
+Here is an example for a complete columns definition, along with
+allowed values@footnote{Please note that the @samp{COLUMNS} definition must be on a single
+line; it is wrapped here only because of formatting constraints.}.
+
+@example
+:COLUMNS: %25ITEM %9Approved(Approved?)@{X@} %Owner %11Status \
%10Time_Estimate@{:@} %CLOCKSUM %CLOCKSUM_T
:Owner_ALL: Tammy Mark Karl Lisa Don
:Status_ALL: "In progress" "Not started yet" "Finished" ""
@@ -5667,78 +6068,129 @@ values.
@end example
@noindent
-The first column, @samp{%25ITEM}, means the first 25 characters of the
-item itself, i.e., of the headline. You probably always should start the
+The first column, @samp{%25ITEM}, means the first 25 characters of the item
+itself, i.e., of the headline. You probably always should start the
column definition with the @samp{ITEM} specifier. The other specifiers
create columns @samp{Owner} with a list of names as allowed values, for
-@samp{Status} with four different possible values, and for a checkbox
-field @samp{Approved}. When no width is given after the @samp{%}
-character, the column will be exactly as wide as it needs to be in order
-to fully display all values. The @samp{Approved} column does have a
-modified title (@samp{Approved?}, with a question mark). Summaries will
-be created for the @samp{Time_Estimate} column by adding time duration
-expressions like HH:MM, and for the @samp{Approved} column, by providing
-an @samp{[X]} status if all children have been checked. The
-@samp{CLOCKSUM} and @samp{CLOCKSUM_T} columns are special, they lists the
-sums of CLOCK intervals in the subtree, either for all clocks or just for
-today.
+@samp{Status} with four different possible values, and for a checkbox field
+@samp{Approved}. When no width is given after the @samp{%} character, the
+column is exactly as wide as it needs to be in order to fully display
+all values. The @samp{Approved} column does have a modified title
+(@samp{Approved?}, with a question mark). Summaries are created for the
+@samp{Time_Estimate} column by adding time duration expressions like HH:MM,
+and for the @samp{Approved} column, by providing an @samp{[X]} status if all
+children have been checked. The @samp{CLOCKSUM} and @samp{CLOCKSUM_T} columns
+are special, they lists the sums of CLOCK intervals in the subtree,
+either for all clocks or just for today.
@node Using column view
@subsection Using column view
-@table @kbd
-@tsubheading{Turning column view on and off}
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-c,org-columns}
+
+
+@anchor{Turning column view on or off}
+@subsubheading Turning column view on or off
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-c} (@code{org-columns})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-c
+@vindex org-columns
@vindex org-columns-default-format
-Turn on column view. If the cursor is before the first headline in the file,
-or the function called with the universal prefix argument, column view is
-turned on for the entire file, using the @code{#+COLUMNS} definition. If the
-cursor is somewhere inside the outline, this command searches the hierarchy,
-up from point, for a @code{:COLUMNS:} property that defines a format. When
-one is found, the column view table is established for the tree starting at
-the entry that contains the @code{:COLUMNS:} property. If no such property
-is found, the format is taken from the @code{#+COLUMNS} line or from the
-variable @code{org-columns-default-format}, and column view is established
-for the current entry and its subtree.
-@orgcmd{r,org-columns-redo}
-Recreate the column view, to include recent changes made in the buffer.
-@orgcmd{g,org-columns-redo}
-Same as @kbd{r}.
-@orgcmd{q,org-columns-quit}
+Turn on column view. If the cursor is before the first headline
+in the file, column view is turned on for the entire file, using
+the @samp{#+COLUMNS} definition. If the cursor is somewhere inside
+the outline, this command searches the hierarchy, up from point,
+for a @samp{COLUMNS} property that defines a format. When one is
+found, the column view table is established for the tree starting
+at the entry that contains the @samp{COLUMNS} property. If no such
+property is found, the format is taken from the @samp{#+COLUMNS} line
+or from the variable @code{org-columns-default-format}, and column
+view is established for the current entry and its subtree.
+
+@item @kbd{r} or @kbd{g} (@code{org-columns-redo})
+@kindex r
+@kindex g
+@findex org-columns-redo
+Recreate the column view, to include recent changes made in the
+buffer.
+
+@item @kbd{q} (@code{org-columns-quit})
+@kindex q
+@findex org-columns-quit
Exit column view.
-@tsubheading{Editing values}
-@item @key{LEFT} @key{RIGHT} @key{UP} @key{DOWN}
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Editing values}
+@subsubheading Editing values
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{@key{LEFT}}, @kbd{@key{RIGHT}}, @kbd{@key{UP}}, @kbd{@key{DOWN}}
Move through the column view from field to field.
-@kindex S-LEFT
+
+@item @kbd{1..9,0}
+@kindex 1..9,0
+Directly select the Nth allowed value, @kbd{0} selects the
+10th value.
+
+@item @kbd{n} or @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} (@code{org-columns-next-allowed-value})
+@itemx @kbd{p} or @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} (@code{org-columns-previous-allowed-value})
+@kindex n
@kindex S-RIGHT
-@item S-@key{LEFT}/@key{RIGHT}
-Switch to the next/previous allowed value of the field. For this, you
-have to have specified allowed values for a property.
-@item 1..9,0
-Directly select the Nth allowed value, @kbd{0} selects the 10th value.
-@orgcmdkkcc{n,p,org-columns-next-allowed-value,org-columns-previous-allowed-value}
-Same as @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}/@key{RIGHT}}
-@orgcmd{e,org-columns-edit-value}
-Edit the property at point. For the special properties, this will
-invoke the same interface that you normally use to change that
-property. For example, when editing a TAGS property, the tag completion
-or fast selection interface will pop up.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-c,org-columns-set-tags-or-toggle}
+@kindex p
+@kindex S-LEFT
+@findex org-columns-next-allowed-value
+@findex org-columns-previous-allowed-value
+Switch to the next/previous allowed value of the field. For
+this, you have to have specified allowed values for a property.
+
+@item @kbd{e} (@code{org-columns-edit-value})
+@kindex e
+@findex org-columns-edit-value
+Edit the property at point. For the special properties, this
+invokes the same interface that you normally use to change that
+property. For example, the tag completion or fast selection
+interface pops up when editing a @samp{TAGS} property.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c} (@code{org-columns-set-tags-or-toggle})
+@kindex C-c C-c
+@findex org-columns-set-tags-or-toggle
When there is a checkbox at point, toggle it.
-@orgcmd{v,org-columns-show-value}
-View the full value of this property. This is useful if the width of
-the column is smaller than that of the value.
-@orgcmd{a,org-columns-edit-allowed}
-Edit the list of allowed values for this property. If the list is found
-in the hierarchy, the modified value is stored there. If no list is
-found, the new value is stored in the first entry that is part of the
-current column view.
-@tsubheading{Modifying the table structure}
-@orgcmdkkcc{<,>,org-columns-narrow,org-columns-widen}
+
+@item @kbd{v} (@code{org-columns-show-value})
+@kindex v
+@findex org-columns-show-value
+View the full value of this property. This is useful if the
+width of the column is smaller than that of the value.
+
+@item @kbd{a} (@code{org-columns-edit-allowed})
+@kindex a
+@findex org-columns-edit-allowed
+Edit the list of allowed values for this property. If the list
+is found in the hierarchy, the modified values is stored there.
+If no list is found, the new value is stored in the first entry
+that is part of the current column view.
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Modifying column view on-the-fly}
+@subsubheading Modifying column view on-the-fly:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{<} (@code{org-columns-narrow})
+@itemx @kbd{>} (@code{org-columns-widen})
+@kindex <
+@kindex >
+@findex org-columns-narrow
+@findex org-columns-widen
Make the column narrower/wider by one character.
-@orgcmd{S-M-@key{RIGHT},org-columns-new}
+
+@item @kbd{S-M-@key{RIGHT}} (@code{org-columns-new})
+@kindex S-M-RIGHT
+@findex org-columns-new
Insert a new column, to the left of the current column.
-@orgcmd{S-M-@key{LEFT},org-columns-delete}
+
+@item @kbd{S-M-@key{LEFT}} (@code{org-columns-delete})
+@kindex S-M-LEFT
+@findex org-columns-delete
Delete the current column.
@end table
@@ -5746,11 +6198,11 @@ Delete the current column.
@subsection Capturing column view
Since column view is just an overlay over a buffer, it cannot be
-exported or printed directly. If you want to capture a column view, use
-a @code{columnview} dynamic block (@pxref{Dynamic blocks}). The frame
-of this block looks like this:
+exported or printed directly. If you want to capture a column view,
+use a @samp{columnview} dynamic block (see @ref{Dynamic Blocks}). The frame of
+this block looks like this:
-@cindex @code{#+BEGIN}, columnview
+@cindex @samp{BEGIN columnview}
@example
* The column view
#+BEGIN: columnview :hlines 1 :id "label"
@@ -5758,129 +6210,140 @@ of this block looks like this:
#+END:
@end example
-@noindent This dynamic block has the following parameters:
-
-@table @code
-@item :id
-This is the most important parameter. Column view is a feature that is
-often localized to a certain (sub)tree, and the capture block might be
-at a different location in the file. To identify the tree whose view to
-capture, you can use 4 values:
-@cindex property, @code{ID}
-@example
-local @r{use the tree in which the capture block is located}
-global @r{make a global view, including all headings in the file}
-"file:@var{path-to-file}"
- @r{run column view at the top of this file}
-"@var{ID}" @r{call column view in the tree that has an @code{:ID:}}
- @r{property with the value @i{label}. You can use}
- @r{@kbd{M-x org-id-copy @key{RET}} to create a globally unique @code{ID} for}
- @r{the current entry and copy it to the kill-ring.}
-@end example
-@item :hlines
-When @code{t}, insert an hline after every line. When a number @var{N}, insert
-an hline before each headline with level @code{<= @var{N}}.
-@item :vlines
-When set to @code{t}, force column groups to get vertical lines.
-@item :maxlevel
-When set to a number, don't capture entries below this level.
-@item :skip-empty-rows
-When set to @code{t}, skip rows where the only non-empty specifier of the
-column view is @code{ITEM}.
-@item :indent
-When non-@code{nil}, indent each @code{ITEM} field according to its level.
+@noindent
+This dynamic block has the following parameters:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{:id}
+This is the most important parameter. Column view is a feature
+that is often localized to a certain (sub)tree, and the capture
+block might be at a different location in the file. To identify
+the tree whose view to capture, you can use four values:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{local}
+Use the tree in which the capture block is located.
+@item @samp{global}
+Make a global view, including all headings in the file.
+
+@item @samp{file:FILENAME}
+Run column view at the top of the @var{FILENAME} file
+
+@item @samp{LABEL}
+@cindex @samp{ID}, property
+Call column view in the tree that has an @samp{ID} property with
+the value @var{LABEL}. You can use @kbd{M-x org-id-copy} to create a globally unique ID for the
+current entry and copy it to the kill-ring.
+@end table
+
+@item @samp{:hlines}
+When @code{t}, insert an hline after every line. When a number N,
+insert an hline before each headline with level @code{<= N}.
+
+@item @samp{:vlines}
+When non-@code{nil}, force column groups to get vertical lines.
+
+@item @samp{:maxlevel}
+When set to a number, do not capture entries below this level.
+
+@item @samp{:skip-empty-rows}
+When non-@code{nil}, skip rows where the only non-empty specifier of
+the column view is @samp{ITEM}.
+
+@item @samp{:indent}
+When non-@code{nil}, indent each @samp{ITEM} field according to its level.
@end table
@noindent
The following commands insert or update the dynamic block:
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x i,org-insert-columns-dblock}
-Insert a dynamic block capturing a column view. You will be prompted
-for the scope or @code{ID} of the view.
-@orgcmdkkc{C-c C-c,C-c C-x C-u,org-dblock-update}
-Update dynamic block at point.
-@orgcmd{C-u C-c C-x C-u,org-update-all-dblocks}
-Update all dynamic blocks (@pxref{Dynamic blocks}). This is useful if
-you have several clock table blocks, column-capturing blocks or other dynamic
-blocks in a buffer.
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x i} (@code{org-insert-columns-dblock})
+@kindex C-c C-x i
+@findex org-insert-columns-dblock
+Insert a dynamic block capturing a column view. Prompt for the
+scope or ID of the view.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c} @kbd{C-c C-x C-u} (@code{org-dblock-update})
+@kindex C-c C-c
+@kindex C-c C-x C-u
+@findex org-dblock-update
+Update dynamic block at point. The cursor needs to be in the
+@samp{#+BEGIN} line of the dynamic block.
+
+@item @kbd{C-u C-c C-x C-u} (@code{org-update-all-dblocks})
+@kindex C-u C-c C-x C-u
+Update all dynamic blocks (see @ref{Dynamic Blocks}). This is useful
+if you have several clock table blocks, column-capturing blocks
+or other dynamic blocks in a buffer.
@end table
You can add formulas to the column view table and you may add plotting
-instructions in front of the table---these will survive an update of the
-block. If there is a @code{#+TBLFM:} after the table, the table will
-actually be recalculated automatically after an update.
-
-An alternative way to capture and process property values into a table is
-provided by Eric Schulte's @file{org-collector.el} which is a contributed
-package@footnote{Contributed packages are not part of Emacs, but are
-distributed with the main distribution of Org (visit
-@uref{https://orgmode.org}).}. It provides a general API to collect
-properties from entries in a certain scope, and arbitrary Lisp expressions to
-process these values before inserting them into a table or a dynamic block.
-
-@node Property API
-@section The Property API
-@cindex properties, API
-@cindex API, for properties
+instructions in front of the table---these survive an update of the
+block. If there is a @samp{TBLFM} keyword after the table, the table is
+recalculated automatically after an update.
+
+An alternative way to capture and process property values into a table
+is provided by Eric Schulte's @samp{org-collector.el} which is
+a contributed package@footnote{Contributed packages are not part of Emacs, but are
+distributed with the main distribution of Org---visit
+@uref{https://orgmode.org}.}. It provides a general API to collect
+properties from entries in a certain scope, and arbitrary Lisp
+expressions to process these values before inserting them into a table
+or a dynamic block.
+
+@node Dates and Times
+@chapter Dates and Times
-There is a full API for accessing and changing properties. This API can
-be used by Emacs Lisp programs to work with properties and to implement
-features based on them. For more information see @ref{Using the
-property API}.
-
-@node Dates and times
-@chapter Dates and times
@cindex dates
@cindex times
@cindex timestamp
@cindex date stamp
-To assist project planning, TODO items can be labeled with a date and/or
-a time. The specially formatted string carrying the date and time
-information is called a @emph{timestamp} in Org mode. This may be a
-little confusing because timestamp is often used to indicate when
+To assist project planning, TODO items can be labeled with a date
+and/or a time. The specially formatted string carrying the date and
+time information is called a @emph{timestamp} in Org mode. This may be
+a little confusing because timestamp is often used as indicating when
something was created or last changed. However, in Org mode this term
is used in a much wider sense.
@menu
-* Timestamps:: Assigning a time to a tree entry
-* Creating timestamps:: Commands which insert timestamps
-* Deadlines and scheduling:: Planning your work
-* Clocking work time:: Tracking how long you spend on a task
-* Effort estimates:: Planning work effort in advance
-* Timers:: Notes with a running timer
+* Timestamps:: Assigning a time to a tree entry.
+* Creating Timestamps:: Commands to insert timestamps.
+* Deadlines and Scheduling:: Planning your work.
+* Clocking Work Time:: Tracking how long you spend on a task.
+* Effort Estimates:: Planning work effort in advance.
+* Timers:: Notes with a running timer.
@end menu
-
@node Timestamps
-@section Timestamps, deadlines, and scheduling
+@section Timestamps, Deadlines and Scheduling
+
@cindex timestamps
@cindex ranges, time
@cindex date stamps
@cindex deadlines
@cindex scheduling
-A timestamp is a specification of a date (possibly with a time or a range of
-times) in a special format, either @samp{<2003-09-16 Tue>}@footnote{In this
-simplest form, the day name is optional when you type the date yourself.
-However, any dates inserted or modified by Org will add that day name, for
-reading convenience.} or @samp{<2003-09-16 Tue 09:39>} or @samp{<2003-09-16
-Tue 12:00-12:30>}@footnote{This is inspired by the standard ISO 8601
-date/time format. To use an alternative format, see @ref{Custom time
-format}.}. A timestamp can appear anywhere in the headline or body of an Org
-tree entry. Its presence causes entries to be shown on specific dates in the
-agenda (@pxref{Weekly/daily agenda}). We distinguish:
-
-@table @var
+A timestamp is a specification of a date (possibly with a time or
+a range of times) in a special format, either @samp{<2003-09-16 Tue>} or
+@samp{<2003-09-16 Tue 09:39>} or @samp{<2003-09-16 Tue 12:00-12:30>}@footnote{The Org date format is inspired by the standard ISO 8601
+date/time format. To use an alternative format, see @ref{Custom time format}. The day name is optional when you type the date yourself.
+However, any date inserted or modified by Org adds that day name, for
+reading convenience.}.
+A timestamp can appear anywhere in the headline or body of an Org tree
+entry. Its presence causes entries to be shown on specific dates in
+the agenda (see @ref{Weekly/daily agenda}). We distinguish:
+
+@table @asis
@item Plain timestamp; Event; Appointment
@cindex timestamp
@cindex appointment
-A simple timestamp just assigns a date/time to an item. This is just like
-writing down an appointment or event in a paper agenda. In the agenda
-display, the headline of an entry associated with a plain timestamp will be
-shown exactly on that date.
+A simple timestamp just assigns a date/time to an item. This is
+just like writing down an appointment or event in a paper agenda.
+In the timeline and agenda displays, the headline of an entry
+associated with a plain timestamp is shown exactly on that date.
@example
* Meet Peter at the movies
@@ -5892,9 +6355,9 @@ shown exactly on that date.
@item Timestamp with repeater interval
@cindex timestamp, with repeater interval
A timestamp may contain a @emph{repeater interval}, indicating that it
-applies not only on the given date, but again and again after a certain
-interval of N days (d), weeks (w), months (m), or years (y). The
-following will show up in the agenda every Wednesday:
+applies not only on the given date, but again and again after
+a certain interval of N days (d), weeks (w), months (m), or years
+(y). The following shows up in the agenda every Wednesday:
@example
* Pick up Sam at school
@@ -5902,31 +6365,32 @@ following will show up in the agenda every Wednesday:
@end example
@item Diary-style sexp entries
-For more complex date specifications, Org mode supports using the special
-sexp diary entries implemented in the Emacs calendar/diary
-package@footnote{When working with the standard diary sexp functions, you
-need to be very careful with the order of the arguments. That order depends
-evilly on the variable @code{calendar-date-style} (or, for older Emacs
-versions, @code{european-calendar-style}). For example, to specify a date
-December 1, 2005, the call might look like @code{(diary-date 12 1 2005)} or
-@code{(diary-date 1 12 2005)} or @code{(diary-date 2005 12 1)}, depending on
-the settings. This has been the source of much confusion. Org mode users
-can resort to special versions of these functions like @code{org-date} or
-@code{org-anniversary}. These work just like the corresponding @code{diary-}
-functions, but with stable ISO order of arguments (year, month, day) wherever
-applicable, independent of the value of @code{calendar-date-style}.}. For
-example with optional time
+@cindex diary style timestamps
+@cindex sexp timestamps
+For more complex date specifications, Org mode supports using the
+special sexp diary entries implemented in the Emacs
+calendar/diary package@footnote{When working with the standard diary sexp functions, you need
+to be very careful with the order of the arguments. That order
+depends evilly on the variable @code{calendar-date-style}. For example, to
+specify a date December 12, 2005, the call might look like
+@samp{(diary-date 12 1 2005)} or @samp{(diary-date 1 12 2005)} or @samp{(diary-date
+2005 12 1)}, depending on the settings. This has been the source of
+much confusion. Org mode users can resort to special versions of
+these functions like @code{org-date} or @code{org-anniversary}. These work just
+like the corresponding @code{diary-} functions, but with stable ISO order
+of arguments (year, month, day) wherever applicable, independent of
+the value of @code{calendar-date-style}.}. For example, with optional time:
@example
* 22:00-23:00 The nerd meeting on every 2nd Thursday of the month
- <%%(diary-float t 4 2)>
+ <%%(org-float t 4 2)>
@end example
@item Time/Date range
@cindex timerange
@cindex date range
-Two timestamps connected by @samp{--} denote a range. The headline
-will be shown on the first and last day of the range, and on any dates
+Two timestamps connected by @samp{--} denote a range. The headline is
+shown on the first and last day of the range, and on any dates
that are displayed and fall in the range. Here is an example:
@example
@@ -5938,182 +6402,230 @@ that are displayed and fall in the range. Here is an example:
@cindex timestamp, inactive
@cindex inactive timestamp
Just like a plain timestamp, but with square brackets instead of
-angular ones. These timestamps are inactive in the sense that they do
-@emph{not} trigger an entry to show up in the agenda.
+angular ones. These timestamps are inactive in the sense that
+they do @emph{not} trigger an entry to show up in the agenda.
@example
* Gillian comes late for the fifth time
[2006-11-01 Wed]
@end example
-
@end table
-@node Creating timestamps
-@section Creating timestamps
-@cindex creating timestamps
-@cindex timestamps, creating
+@node Creating Timestamps
+@section Creating Timestamps
For Org mode to recognize timestamps, they need to be in the specific
format. All commands listed below produce timestamps in the correct
format.
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c .,org-time-stamp}
-Prompt for a date and insert a corresponding timestamp. When the cursor is
-at an existing timestamp in the buffer, the command is used to modify this
-timestamp instead of inserting a new one. When this command is used twice in
-succession, a time range is inserted.
-@c
-@orgcmd{C-c !,org-time-stamp-inactive}
-Like @kbd{C-c .}, but insert an inactive timestamp that will not cause
-an agenda entry.
-@c
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c .} (@code{org-time-stamp})
+@kindex C-c .
+@findex org-time-stamp
+Prompt for a date and insert a corresponding timestamp. When the
+cursor is at an existing timestamp in the buffer, the command is
+used to modify this timestamp instead of inserting a new one.
+When this command is used twice in succession, a time range is
+inserted.
+
@kindex C-u C-c .
-@kindex C-u C-c !
-@item C-u C-c .
-@itemx C-u C-c !
@vindex org-time-stamp-rounding-minutes
-Like @kbd{C-c .} and @kbd{C-c !}, but use the alternative format which
-contains date and time. The default time can be rounded to multiples of 5
-minutes, see the option @code{org-time-stamp-rounding-minutes}.
-@c
-@orgkey{C-c C-c}
-Normalize timestamp, insert/fix day name if missing or wrong.
-@c
-@orgcmd{C-c <,org-date-from-calendar}
-Insert a timestamp corresponding to the cursor date in the Calendar.
-@c
-@orgcmd{C-c >,org-goto-calendar}
-Access the Emacs calendar for the current date. If there is a
-timestamp in the current line, go to the corresponding date
+When called with a prefix argument, use the alternative format
+which contains date and time. The default time can be rounded to
+multiples of 5 minutes. See the option
+@code{org-time-stamp-rounding-minutes}.
+
+@kindex C-u C-u C-c .
+With two prefix arguments, insert an active timestamp with the
+current time without prompting.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c !} (@code{org-time-stamp-inactive})
+@kindex C-c !
+@kindex C-u C-c !
+@kindex C-u C-u C-c !
+@findex org-time-stamp-inactive
+Like @kbd{C-c .}, but insert an inactive timestamp that does
+not cause an agenda entry.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c}
+@kindex C-c C-c
+Normalize timestamp, insert or fix day name if missing or wrong.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c <} (@code{org-date-from-calendar})
+@kindex C-c <
+@findex org-date-from-calendar
+Insert a timestamp corresponding to the cursor date in the
+calendar.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c >} (@code{org-goto-calendar})
+@kindex C-c >
+@findex org-goto-calendar
+Access the Emacs calendar for the current date. If there is
+a timestamp in the current line, go to the corresponding date
instead.
-@c
-@orgcmd{C-c C-o,org-open-at-point}
-Access the agenda for the date given by the timestamp or -range at
-point (@pxref{Weekly/daily agenda}).
-@c
-@orgcmdkkcc{S-@key{LEFT},S-@key{RIGHT},org-timestamp-down-day,org-timestamp-up-day}
-Change date at cursor by one day. These key bindings conflict with
-shift-selection and related modes (@pxref{Conflicts}).
-@c
-@orgcmdkkcc{S-@key{UP},S-@key{DOWN},org-timestamp-up,org-timestamp-down-down}
-Change the item under the cursor in a timestamp. The cursor can be on a
-year, month, day, hour or minute. When the timestamp contains a time range
-like @samp{15:30-16:30}, modifying the first time will also shift the second,
-shifting the time block with constant length. To change the length, modify
-the second time. Note that if the cursor is in a headline and not at a
-timestamp, these same keys modify the priority of an item.
-(@pxref{Priorities}). The key bindings also conflict with shift-selection and
-related modes (@pxref{Conflicts}).
-@c
-@orgcmd{C-c C-y,org-evaluate-time-range}
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-o} (@code{org-open-at-point})
+@kindex C-c C-o
+@findex org-open-at-point
+Access the agenda for the date given by the timestamp or -range
+at point (see @ref{Weekly/daily agenda}).
+
+@item @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} (@code{org-timestamp-down-day})
+@itemx @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} (@code{org-timestamp-up-day})
+@kindex S-LEFT
+@kindex S-RIGHT
+@findex org-timestamp-down-day
+@findex org-timestamp-up-day
+Change date at cursor by one day. These key bindings conflict
+with shift-selection and related modes (see @ref{Conflicts}).
+
+@item @kbd{S-@key{UP}} (@code{org-timestamp-up})
+@itemx @kbd{S-@key{DOWN}} (@code{org-timestamp-down})
+@kindex S-UP
+@kindex S-DOWN
+Change the item under the cursor in a timestamp. The cursor can
+be on a year, month, day, hour or minute. When the timestamp
+contains a time range like @samp{15:30-16:30}, modifying the first
+time also shifts the second, shifting the time block with
+constant length. To change the length, modify the second time.
+Note that if the cursor is in a headline and not at a timestamp,
+these same keys modify the priority of an item. (see
+@ref{Priorities}). The key bindings also conflict with
+shift-selection and related modes (see @ref{Conflicts}).
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-y} (@code{org-evaluate-time-range})
+@kindex C-c C-y
+@findex org-evaluate-time-range
@cindex evaluate time range
-Evaluate a time range by computing the difference between start and end.
-With a prefix argument, insert result after the time range (in a table: into
-the following column).
+Evaluate a time range by computing the difference between start
+and end. With a prefix argument, insert result after the time
+range (in a table: into the following column).
@end table
-
@menu
-* The date/time prompt:: How Org mode helps you entering date and time
-* Custom time format:: Making dates look different
+* The date/time prompt:: How Org mode helps you enter dates and times.
+* Custom time format:: Making dates look different.
@end menu
@node The date/time prompt
@subsection The date/time prompt
+
@cindex date, reading in minibuffer
@cindex time, reading in minibuffer
@vindex org-read-date-prefer-future
When Org mode prompts for a date/time, the default is shown in default
date/time format, and the prompt therefore seems to ask for a specific
-format. But it will in fact accept date/time information in a variety of
-formats. Generally, the information should start at the beginning of the
-string. Org mode will find whatever information is in
-there and derive anything you have not specified from the @emph{default date
-and time}. The default is usually the current date and time, but when
-modifying an existing timestamp, or when entering the second stamp of a
-range, it is taken from the stamp in the buffer. When filling in
-information, Org mode assumes that most of the time you will want to enter a
-date in the future: if you omit the month/year and the given day/month is
-@i{before} today, it will assume that you mean a future date@footnote{See the
-variable @code{org-read-date-prefer-future}. You may set that variable to
-the symbol @code{time} to even make a time before now shift the date to
-tomorrow.}. If the date has been automatically shifted into the future, the
-time prompt will show this with @samp{(=>F).}
-
-For example, let's assume that today is @b{June 13, 2006}. Here is how
-various inputs will be interpreted, the items filled in by Org mode are
-in @b{bold}.
-
-@example
-3-2-5 @result{} 2003-02-05
-2/5/3 @result{} 2003-02-05
-14 @result{} @b{2006}-@b{06}-14
-12 @result{} @b{2006}-@b{07}-12
-2/5 @result{} @b{2007}-02-05
-Fri @result{} nearest Friday after the default date
-sep 15 @result{} @b{2006}-09-15
-feb 15 @result{} @b{2007}-02-15
-sep 12 9 @result{} 2009-09-12
-12:45 @result{} @b{2006}-@b{06}-@b{13} 12:45
-22 sept 0:34 @result{} @b{2006}-09-22 00:34
-w4 @result{} ISO week four of the current year @b{2006}
-2012 w4 fri @result{} Friday of ISO week 4 in 2012
-2012-w04-5 @result{} Same as above
-@end example
+format. But it in fact accepts date/time information in a variety of
+formats. Generally, the information should start at the beginning of
+the string. Org mode finds whatever information is in there and
+derives anything you have not specified from the @emph{default date and
+time}. The default is usually the current date and time, but when
+modifying an existing timestamp, or when entering the second stamp of
+a range, it is taken from the stamp in the buffer. When filling in
+information, Org mode assumes that most of the time you want to enter
+a date in the future: if you omit the month/year and the given
+day/month is @emph{before} today, it assumes that you mean a future
+date@footnote{See the variable @code{org-read-date-prefer-future}. You may set
+that variable to the symbol @code{time} to even make a time before now
+shift the date to tomorrow.}. If the date has been automatically shifted into the
+future, the time prompt shows this with @samp{(=>F)}.
+
+For example, let's assume that today is @strong{June 13, 2006}. Here is how
+various inputs are interpreted, the items filled in by Org mode are in
+@strong{bold}.
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @samp{3-2-5}
+@tab @result{} 2003-02-05
+@item @samp{2/5/3}
+@tab @result{} 2003-02-05
+@item @samp{14}
+@tab @result{} @strong{2006}-@strong{06}-14
+@item @samp{12}
+@tab @result{} @strong{2006}-@strong{07}-12
+@item @samp{2/5}
+@tab @result{} @strong{2007}-02-05
+@item @samp{Fri}
+@tab @result{} nearest Friday (default date or later)
+@item @samp{sep 15}
+@tab @result{} @strong{2006}-09-15
+@item @samp{feb 15}
+@tab @result{} @strong{2007}-02-15
+@item @samp{sep 12 9}
+@tab @result{} 2009-09-12
+@item @samp{12:45}
+@tab @result{} @strong{2006}-@strong{06}-@strong{13} 12:45
+@item @samp{22 sept 0:34}
+@tab @result{} @strong{2006}-09-22 0:34
+@item @samp{w4}
+@tab @result{} ISO week for of the current year @strong{2006}
+@item @samp{2012 w4 fri}
+@tab @result{} Friday of ISO week 4 in 2012
+@item @samp{2012-w04-5}
+@tab @result{} Same as above
+@end multitable
Furthermore you can specify a relative date by giving, as the @emph{first}
-thing in the input: a plus/minus sign, a number and a letter ([hdwmy]) to
-indicate change in hours, days, weeks, months, or years. With a single plus
-or minus, the date is always relative to today. With a double plus or minus,
-it is relative to the default date. If instead of a single letter, you use
-the abbreviation of day name, the date will be the Nth such day, e.g.:
-
-@example
-+0 @result{} today
-. @result{} today
-+4d @result{} four days from today
-+4 @result{} same as above
-+2w @result{} two weeks from today
-++5 @result{} five days from default date
-+2tue @result{} second Tuesday from now
--wed @result{} last Wednesday
-@end example
+thing in the input: a plus/minus sign, a number and a letter---@samp{d},
+@samp{w}, @samp{m} or @samp{y}---to indicate change in days, weeks, months, or
+years. With a single plus or minus, the date is always relative to
+today. With a double plus or minus, it is relative to the default
+date. If instead of a single letter, you use the abbreviation of day
+name, the date is the Nth such day, e.g.:
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @samp{+0}
+@tab @result{} today
+@item @samp{.}
+@tab @result{} today
+@item @samp{+4d}
+@tab @result{} four days from today
+@item @samp{+4}
+@tab @result{} same as +4d
+@item @samp{+2w}
+@tab @result{} two weeks from today
+@item @samp{++5}
+@tab @result{} five days from default date
+@item @samp{+2tue}
+@tab @result{} second Tuesday from now
+@end multitable
@vindex parse-time-months
@vindex parse-time-weekdays
The function understands English month and weekday abbreviations. If
-you want to use unabbreviated names and/or other languages, configure
+you want to use un-abbreviated names and/or other languages, configure
the variables @code{parse-time-months} and @code{parse-time-weekdays}.
@vindex org-read-date-force-compatible-dates
-Not all dates can be represented in a given Emacs implementation. By default
-Org mode forces dates into the compatibility range 1970--2037 which works on
-all Emacs implementations. If you want to use dates outside of this range,
-read the docstring of the variable
+Not all dates can be represented in a given Emacs implementation. By
+default Org mode forces dates into the compatibility range 1970--2037
+which works on all Emacs implementations. If you want to use dates
+outside of this range, read the docstring of the variable
@code{org-read-date-force-compatible-dates}.
-You can specify a time range by giving start and end times or by giving a
-start time and a duration (in HH:MM format). Use one or two dash(es) as the
-separator in the former case and use '+' as the separator in the latter
-case, e.g.:
-
-@example
-11am-1:15pm @result{} 11:00-13:15
-11am--1:15pm @result{} same as above
-11am+2:15 @result{} same as above
-@end example
+You can specify a time range by giving start and end times or by
+giving a start time and a duration (in HH:MM format). Use one or two
+dash(es) as the separator in the former case and use @samp{+} as the
+separator in the latter case, e.g.:
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @samp{11am-1:15pm}
+@tab @result{} 11:00-13:15
+@item @samp{11am--1:15pm}
+@tab @result{} same as above
+@item @samp{11am+2:15}
+@tab @result{} same as above
+@end multitable
@cindex calendar, for selecting date
@vindex org-popup-calendar-for-date-prompt
-Parallel to the minibuffer prompt, a calendar is popped up@footnote{If
-you don't need/want the calendar, configure the variable
-@code{org-popup-calendar-for-date-prompt}.}. When you exit the date
-prompt, either by clicking on a date in the calendar, or by pressing
-@key{RET}, the date selected in the calendar will be combined with the
-information entered at the prompt. You can control the calendar fully
-from the minibuffer:
+Parallel to the minibuffer prompt, a calendar is popped up@footnote{If you do not need/want the calendar, configure the variable
+@code{org-popup-calendar-for-date-prompt}.}.
+When you exit the date prompt, either by clicking on a date in the
+calendar, or by pressing @kbd{@key{RET}}, the date selected in the
+calendar is combined with the information entered at the prompt. You
+can control the calendar fully from the minibuffer:
@kindex <
@kindex >
@@ -6127,30 +6639,44 @@ from the minibuffer:
@kindex M-S-RIGHT
@kindex M-S-LEFT
@kindex RET
-@kindex M-S-DOWN
-@kindex M-S-UP
-
-@example
-@key{RET} @r{Choose date at cursor in calendar.}
-mouse-1 @r{Select date by clicking on it.}
-S-@key{RIGHT}/@key{LEFT} @r{One day forward/backward.}
-S-@key{DOWN}/@key{UP} @r{One week forward/backward.}
-M-S-@key{RIGHT}/@key{LEFT} @r{One month forward/backward.}
-> / < @r{Scroll calendar forward/backward by one month.}
-M-v / C-v @r{Scroll calendar forward/backward by 3 months.}
-M-S-@key{DOWN}/@key{UP} @r{Scroll calendar forward/backward by one year.}
-@end example
+@multitable @columnfractions 0.25 0.55
+@item @kbd{@key{RET}}
+@tab Choose date at cursor in calendar.
+@item @kbd{mouse-1}
+@tab Select date by clicking on it.
+@item @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}}
+@tab One day forward.
+@item @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}}
+@tab One day backward.
+@item @kbd{S-@key{DOWN}}
+@tab One week forward.
+@item @kbd{S-@key{UP}}
+@tab One week backward.
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{RIGHT}}
+@tab One month forward.
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{LEFT}}
+@tab One month backward.
+@item @kbd{>}
+@tab Scroll calendar forward by one month.
+@item @kbd{<}
+@tab Scroll calendar backward by one month.
+@item @kbd{M-v}
+@tab Scroll calendar forward by 3 months.
+@item @kbd{C-v}
+@tab Scroll calendar backward by 3 months.
+@end multitable
@vindex org-read-date-display-live
-The actions of the date/time prompt may seem complex, but I assure you they
-will grow on you, and you will start getting annoyed by pretty much any other
-way of entering a date/time out there. To help you understand what is going
-on, the current interpretation of your input will be displayed live in the
-minibuffer@footnote{If you find this distracting, turn the display off with
+The actions of the date/time prompt may seem complex, but I assure you
+they will grow on you, and you will start getting annoyed by pretty
+much any other way of entering a date/time out there. To help you
+understand what is going on, the current interpretation of your input
+is displayed live in the minibuffer@footnote{If you find this distracting, turn off the display with
@code{org-read-date-display-live}.}.
@node Custom time format
@subsection Custom time format
+
@cindex custom date/time format
@cindex time format, custom
@cindex date format, custom
@@ -6158,66 +6684,71 @@ minibuffer@footnote{If you find this distracting, turn the display off with
@vindex org-display-custom-times
@vindex org-time-stamp-custom-formats
Org mode uses the standard ISO notation for dates and times as it is
-defined in ISO 8601. If you cannot get used to this and require another
-representation of date and time to keep you happy, you can get it by
-customizing the options @code{org-display-custom-times} and
+defined in ISO 8601. If you cannot get used to this and require
+another representation of date and time to keep you happy, you can get
+it by customizing the variables @code{org-display-custom-times} and
@code{org-time-stamp-custom-formats}.
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-t,org-toggle-time-stamp-overlays}
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-t} (@code{org-toggle-time-stamp-overlays})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-t
+@findex org-toggle-time-stamp-overlays
Toggle the display of custom formats for dates and times.
@end table
@noindent
-Org mode needs the default format for scanning, so the custom date/time
-format does not @emph{replace} the default format---instead it is put
-@emph{over} the default format using text properties. This has the
+Org mode needs the default format for scanning, so the custom
+date/time format does not @emph{replace} the default format. Instead, it
+is put @emph{over} the default format using text properties. This has the
following consequences:
-@itemize @bullet
+
+@itemize
@item
You cannot place the cursor onto a timestamp anymore, only before or
after.
+
@item
-The @kbd{S-@key{UP}/@key{DOWN}} keys can no longer be used to adjust
-each component of a timestamp. If the cursor is at the beginning of
-the stamp, @kbd{S-@key{UP}/@key{DOWN}} will change the stamp by one day,
-just like @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}/@key{RIGHT}}. At the end of the stamp, the
-time will be changed by one minute.
+The @kbd{S-@key{UP}} and @kbd{S-@key{DOWN}} keys can no longer be used
+to adjust each component of a timestamp. If the cursor is at the
+beginning of the stamp, @kbd{S-@key{UP}} and @kbd{S-@key{DOWN}} change
+the stamp by one day, just like @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}}
+@kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}}. At the end of the stamp, change the time by one
+minute.
+
@item
-If the timestamp contains a range of clock times or a repeater, these
-will not be overlaid, but remain in the buffer as they were.
+If the timestamp contains a range of clock times or a repeater,
+these are not overlaid, but remain in the buffer as they were.
+
@item
-When you delete a timestamp character-by-character, it will only
-disappear from the buffer after @emph{all} (invisible) characters
+When you delete a timestamp character-by-character, it only
+disappears from the buffer after @emph{all} (invisible) characters
belonging to the ISO timestamp have been removed.
+
@item
-If the custom timestamp format is longer than the default and you are
-using dates in tables, table alignment will be messed up. If the custom
-format is shorter, things do work as expected.
+If the custom timestamp format is longer than the default and you
+are using dates in tables, table alignment will be messed up. If
+the custom format is shorter, things do work as expected.
@end itemize
+@node Deadlines and Scheduling
+@section Deadlines and Scheduling
-@node Deadlines and scheduling
-@section Deadlines and scheduling
-
-A timestamp may be preceded by special keywords to facilitate planning. Both
-the timestamp and the keyword have to be positioned immediately after the task
-they refer to.
-
-@table @var
-@item DEADLINE
-@cindex @code{DEADLINE} keyword
+A timestamp may be preceded by special keywords to facilitate
+planning. Both the timestamp and the keyword have to be positioned
+immediately after the task they refer to.
-Meaning: the task (most likely a TODO item, though not necessarily) is supposed
-to be finished on that date.
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{DEADLINE}
+@cindex @samp{DEADLINE}
+Meaning: the task (most likely a TODO item, though not
+necessarily) is supposed to be finished on that date.
@vindex org-deadline-warning-days
-@vindex org-agenda-skip-deadline-prewarning-if-scheduled
-On the deadline date, the task will be listed in the agenda. In
-addition, the agenda for @emph{today} will carry a warning about the
+On the deadline date, the task is listed in the agenda. In
+addition, the agenda for @emph{today} carries a warning about the
approaching or missed deadline, starting
@code{org-deadline-warning-days} before the due date, and continuing
-until the entry is marked DONE@. An example:
+until the entry is marked DONE. An example:
@example
*** TODO write article about the Earth for the Guide
@@ -6225,25 +6756,25 @@ until the entry is marked DONE@. An example:
The editor in charge is [[bbdb:Ford Prefect]]
@end example
+@vindex org-agenda-skip-deadline-prewarning-if-scheduled
You can specify a different lead time for warnings for a specific
-deadline using the following syntax. Here is an example with a warning
-period of 5 days @code{DEADLINE: <2004-02-29 Sun -5d>}. This warning is
-deactivated if the task gets scheduled and you set
-@code{org-agenda-skip-deadline-prewarning-if-scheduled} to @code{t}.
-
-@item SCHEDULED
-@cindex @code{SCHEDULED} keyword
+deadlines using the following syntax. Here is an example with
+a warning period of 5 days @samp{DEADLINE: <2004-02-29 Sun -5d>}.
+This warning is deactivated if the task gets scheduled and you
+set @code{org-agenda-skip-deadline-prewarning-if-scheduled} to @code{t}.
-Meaning: you are planning to start working on that task on the given
-date.
+@item @samp{SCHEDULED}
+@cindex @samp{SCHEDULED}
+Meaning: you are planning to start working on that task on the
+given date.
@vindex org-agenda-skip-scheduled-if-done
-The headline will be listed under the given date@footnote{It will still
-be listed on that date after it has been marked DONE@. If you don't like
-this, set the variable @code{org-agenda-skip-scheduled-if-done}.}. In
-addition, a reminder that the scheduled date has passed will be present
-in the compilation for @emph{today}, until the entry is marked DONE, i.e.,
-the task will automatically be forwarded until completed.
+The headline is listed under the given date@footnote{It will still be listed on that date after it has been marked
+DONE. If you do not like this, set the variable
+@code{org-agenda-skip-scheduled-if-done}.}. In addition,
+a reminder that the scheduled date has passed is present in the
+compilation for @emph{today}, until the entry is marked DONE, i.e.,
+the task is automatically forwarded until completed.
@example
*** TODO Call Trillian for a date on New Years Eve.
@@ -6252,322 +6783,402 @@ the task will automatically be forwarded until completed.
@vindex org-scheduled-delay-days
@vindex org-agenda-skip-scheduled-delay-if-deadline
-If you want to @emph{delay} the display of this task in the agenda, use
-@code{SCHEDULED: <2004-12-25 Sat -2d>}: the task is still scheduled on the
-25th but will appear two days later. In case the task contains a repeater,
-the delay is considered to affect all occurrences; if you want the delay to
-only affect the first scheduled occurrence of the task, use @code{--2d}
-instead. See @code{org-scheduled-delay-days} and
-@code{org-agenda-skip-scheduled-delay-if-deadline} for details on how to
-control this globally or per agenda.
+If you want to @emph{delay} the display of this task in the agenda,
+use @samp{SCHEDULED: <2004-12-25 Sat -2d>}: the task is still
+scheduled on the 25th but will appear two days later. In case
+the task contains a repeater, the delay is considered to affect
+all occurrences; if you want the delay to only affect the first
+scheduled occurrence of the task, use @samp{--2d} instead. See
+@code{org-scheduled-delay-days} and
+@code{org-agenda-skip-scheduled-delay-if-deadline} for details on how
+to control this globally or per agenda.
@noindent
-@b{Important:} Scheduling an item in Org mode should @i{not} be
-understood in the same way that we understand @i{scheduling a meeting}.
-Setting a date for a meeting is just a simple appointment, you should
-mark this entry with a simple plain timestamp, to get this item shown
-on the date where it applies. This is a frequent misunderstanding by
-Org users. In Org mode, @i{scheduling} means setting a date when you
-want to start working on an action item.
+@strong{Important:} Scheduling an item in Org mode should @emph{not} be
+understood in the same way that we understand @emph{scheduling
+a meeting}. Setting a date for a meeting is just a simple
+appointment, you should mark this entry with a simple plain
+timestamp, to get this item shown on the date where it applies.
+This is a frequent misunderstanding by Org users. In Org mode,
+@emph{scheduling} means setting a date when you want to start working
+on an action item.
@end table
You may use timestamps with repeaters in scheduling and deadline
-entries. Org mode will issue early and late warnings based on the
-assumption that the timestamp represents the @i{nearest instance} of
-the repeater. However, the use of diary sexp entries like
-@c
-@code{<%%(diary-float t 42)>}
-@c
+entries. Org mode issues early and late warnings based on the
+assumption that the timestamp represents the @emph{nearest instance} of the
+repeater. However, the use of diary S-exp entries like
+
+@example
+<%%(org-float t 42)>
+@end example
+
+@noindent
in scheduling and deadline timestamps is limited. Org mode does not
-know enough about the internals of each sexp function to issue early and
-late warnings. However, it will show the item on each day where the
-sexp entry matches.
+know enough about the internals of each S-exp function to issue early
+and late warnings. However, it shows the item on each day where the
+S-exp entry matches.
@menu
-* Inserting deadline/schedule:: Planning items
-* Repeated tasks:: Items that show up again and again
+* Inserting deadline/schedule:: Planning items.
+* Repeated tasks:: Items that show up again and again.
@end menu
@node Inserting deadline/schedule
@subsection Inserting deadlines or schedules
-The following commands allow you to quickly insert a deadline or to schedule
-an item:
-
-@table @kbd
-@c
-@orgcmd{C-c C-d,org-deadline}
-Insert @code{DEADLINE} keyword along with a stamp. Any CLOSED timestamp will
-be removed. When called with a prefix arg, an existing deadline will be
-removed from the entry. Depending on the variable
-@code{org-log-redeadline}@footnote{with corresponding @code{#+STARTUP}
-keywords @code{logredeadline}, @code{lognoteredeadline}, and
-@code{nologredeadline}}, a note will be taken when changing an existing
-deadline.
+The following commands allow you to quickly insert a deadline or to
+schedule an item:@footnote{The @samp{SCHEDULED} and @samp{DEADLINE} dates are inserted on the line
+right below the headline. Do not put any text between this line and
+the headline.}
-@orgcmd{C-c C-s,org-schedule}
-Insert @code{SCHEDULED} keyword along with a stamp. Any CLOSED timestamp
-will be removed. When called with a prefix argument, remove the scheduling
-date from the entry. Depending on the variable
-@code{org-log-reschedule}@footnote{with corresponding @code{#+STARTUP}
-keywords @code{logreschedule}, @code{lognotereschedule}, and
-@code{nologreschedule}}, a note will be taken when changing an existing
-scheduling time.
-@c
-@orgcmd{C-c / d,org-check-deadlines}
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-d} (@code{org-deadline})
+@kindex C-c C-d
+@findex org-deadline
+@vindex org-log-redeadline
+Insert @samp{DEADLINE} keyword along with a stamp. The insertion
+happens in the line directly following the headline. Remove any
+@samp{CLOSED} timestamp . When called with a prefix argument, also
+remove any existing deadline from the entry. Depending on the
+variable @code{org-log-redeadline}, take a note when changing an
+existing deadline@footnote{Note the corresponding @samp{STARTUP} options @samp{logredeadline},
+@samp{lognoteredeadline}, and @samp{nologredeadline}.}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-s} (@code{org-schedule})
+@kindex C-c C-s
+@findex org-schedule
+@vindex org-log-reschedule
+Insert @samp{SCHEDULED} keyword along with a stamp. The insertion
+happens in the line directly following the headline. Remove any
+@samp{CLOSED} timestamp. When called with a prefix argument, also
+remove the scheduling date from the entry. Depending on the
+variable @code{org-log-reschedule}, take a note when changing an
+existing scheduling time@footnote{Note the corresponding @samp{STARTUP} options @samp{logreschedule},
+@samp{lognotereschedule}, and @samp{nologreschedule}.}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-k} (@code{org-mark-entry-for-agenda-action})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-k
+@kindex k a
+@kindex k s
+@findex org-mark-entry-for-agenda-action
+Mark the current entry for agenda action. After you have marked
+the entry like this, you can open the agenda or the calendar to
+find an appropriate date. With the cursor on the selected date,
+press @kbd{k s} or @kbd{k d} to schedule the marked
+item.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c / d} (@code{org-check-deadlines})
+@kindex C-c / d
+@findex org-check-deadlines
@cindex sparse tree, for deadlines
@vindex org-deadline-warning-days
-Create a sparse tree with all deadlines that are either past-due, or
-which will become due within @code{org-deadline-warning-days}.
-With @kbd{C-u} prefix, show all deadlines in the file. With a numeric
-prefix, check that many days. For example, @kbd{C-1 C-c / d} shows
-all deadlines due tomorrow.
-@c
-@orgcmd{C-c / b,org-check-before-date}
-Sparse tree for deadlines and scheduled items before a given date.
-@c
-@orgcmd{C-c / a,org-check-after-date}
+Create a sparse tree with all deadlines that are either past-due,
+or which will become due within @code{org-deadline-warning-days}.
+With @kbd{C-u} prefix, show all deadlines in the file. With
+a numeric prefix, check that many days. For example, @kbd{C-1 C-c / d} shows all deadlines due tomorrow.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c / b}, @code{org-check-before-date}
+@kindex C-c / b
+@findex org-check-before-date
+Sparse tree for deadlines and scheduled items before a given
+date.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c / a}, @code{org-check-after-date}
+@kindex C-c / a
+@findex org-check-after-date
Sparse tree for deadlines and scheduled items after a given date.
@end table
-Note that @code{org-schedule} and @code{org-deadline} supports
-setting the date by indicating a relative time: e.g., +1d will set
-the date to the next day after today, and --1w will set the date
-to the previous week before any current timestamp.
+Note that @code{org-schedule} and @code{org-deadline} supports setting the date
+by indicating a relative time e.g., @samp{+1d} sets the date to the next
+day after today, and @samp{--1w} sets the date to the previous week before
+any current timestamp.
@node Repeated tasks
@subsection Repeated tasks
+
@cindex tasks, repeated
@cindex repeated tasks
-Some tasks need to be repeated again and again. Org mode helps to organize
-such tasks using a so-called repeater in a @code{DEADLINE}, @code{SCHEDULED},
-or plain timestamp. In the following example
+Some tasks need to be repeated again and again. Org mode helps to
+organize such tasks using a so-called repeater in a @samp{DEADLINE},
+@samp{SCHEDULED}, or plain timestamp. In the following example:
+
@example
** TODO Pay the rent
DEADLINE: <2005-10-01 Sat +1m>
@end example
-@noindent
-the @code{+1m} is a repeater; the intended interpretation is that the task
-has a deadline on <2005-10-01> and repeats itself every (one) month starting
-from that time. You can use yearly, monthly, weekly, daily and hourly repeat
-cookies by using the @code{y/w/m/d/h} letters. If you need both a repeater
-and a special warning period in a deadline entry, the repeater should come
-first and the warning period last: @code{DEADLINE: <2005-10-01 Sat +1m -3d>}.
+
+noindent
+the @samp{+1m} is a repeater; the intended interpretation is that the task
+has a deadline on @samp{<2005-10-01>} and repeats itself every (one) month
+starting from that time. You can use yearly, monthly, weekly, daily
+and hourly repeat cookies by using the @code{y/w/m/d/h} letters. If you
+need both a repeater and a special warning period in a deadline entry,
+the repeater should come first and the warning period last: @samp{DEADLINE:
+<2005-10-01 Sat +1m -3d>}.
@vindex org-todo-repeat-to-state
-Deadlines and scheduled items produce entries in the agenda when they are
-over-due, so it is important to be able to mark such an entry as completed
-once you have done so. When you mark a @code{DEADLINE} or a @code{SCHEDULE}
-with the TODO keyword DONE, it will no longer produce entries in the agenda.
-The problem with this is, however, is that then also the @emph{next} instance
-of the repeated entry will not be active. Org mode deals with this in the
-following way: When you try to mark such an entry as DONE (using @kbd{C-c
-C-t}), it will shift the base date of the repeating timestamp by the repeater
-interval, and immediately set the entry state back to TODO@footnote{In fact,
-the target state is taken from, in this sequence, the @code{REPEAT_TO_STATE}
-property, the variable @code{org-todo-repeat-to-state} if it is a string, the
-previous TODO state if @code{org-todo-repeat-to-state} is @code{t} or the
-first state of the TODO state sequence.}. In the example above, setting the
-state to DONE would actually switch the date like this:
+Deadlines and scheduled items produce entries in the agenda when they
+are over-due, so it is important to be able to mark such an entry as
+completed once you have done so. When you mark a @samp{DEADLINE} or
+a @samp{SCHEDULED} with the TODO keyword @samp{DONE}, it no longer produces
+entries in the agenda. The problem with this is, however, is that
+then also the @emph{next} instance of the repeated entry will not be
+active. Org mode deals with this in the following way: when you try
+to mark such an entry DONE, using @kbd{C-c C-t}, it shifts the
+base date of the repeating timestamp by the repeater interval, and
+immediately sets the entry state back to TODO@footnote{In fact, the target state is taken from, in this sequence, the
+@samp{REPEAT_TO_STATE} property, the variable @code{org-todo-repeat-to-state} if
+it is a string, the previous TODO state if @code{org-todo-repeat-to-state}
+is @code{t}, or the first state of the TODO state sequence.}. In the example
+above, setting the state to DONE would actually switch the date like
+this:
@example
** TODO Pay the rent
DEADLINE: <2005-11-01 Tue +1m>
@end example
-To mark a task with a repeater as @code{DONE}, use @kbd{C-- 1 C-c C-t}
-(i.e., @code{org-todo} with a numeric prefix argument of -1.)
+To mark a task with a repeater as DONE, use @kbd{C-- 1 C-c C-t},
+i.e., @code{org-todo} with a numeric prefix argument of @samp{-1}.
@vindex org-log-repeat
-A timestamp@footnote{You can change this using the option
-@code{org-log-repeat}, or the @code{#+STARTUP} options @code{logrepeat},
-@code{lognoterepeat}, and @code{nologrepeat}. With @code{lognoterepeat}, you
-will also be prompted for a note.} will be added under the deadline, to keep
-a record that you actually acted on the previous instance of this deadline.
-
-As a consequence of shifting the base date, this entry will no longer be
-visible in the agenda when checking past dates, but all future instances
-will be visible.
-
-With the @samp{+1m} cookie, the date shift will always be exactly one
-month. So if you have not paid the rent for three months, marking this
-entry DONE will still keep it as an overdue deadline. Depending on the
-task, this may not be the best way to handle it. For example, if you
-forgot to call your father for 3 weeks, it does not make sense to call
-him 3 times in a single day to make up for it. Finally, there are tasks
+A timestamp@footnote{You can change this using the option @code{org-log-repeat}, or the
+@samp{STARTUP} options @samp{logrepeat}, @samp{lognoterepeat}, and @samp{nologrepeat}.
+With @samp{lognoterepeat}, you will also be prompted for a note.} is added under the deadline, to keep a record that
+you actually acted on the previous instance of this deadline.
+
+As a consequence of shifting the base date, this entry is no longer
+visible in the agenda when checking past dates, but all future
+instances will be visible.
+
+With the @samp{+1m} cookie, the date shift is always exactly one month. So
+if you have not paid the rent for three months, marking this entry
+DONE still keeps it as an overdue deadline. Depending on the task,
+this may not be the best way to handle it. For example, if you forgot
+to call your father for 3 weeks, it does not make sense to call him
+3 times in a single day to make up for it. Finally, there are tasks
like changing batteries which should always repeat a certain time
-@i{after} the last time you did it. For these tasks, Org mode has
-special repeaters @samp{++} and @samp{.+}. For example:
+@emph{after} the last time you did it. For these tasks, Org mode has
+special repeaters @samp{++} and @samp{.+}. For example:
@example
** TODO Call Father
DEADLINE: <2008-02-10 Sun ++1w>
- Marking this DONE will shift the date by at least one week,
- but also by as many weeks as it takes to get this date into
- the future. However, it stays on a Sunday, even if you called
- and marked it done on Saturday.
+ Marking this DONE shifts the date by at least one week, but also
+ by as many weeks as it takes to get this date into the future.
+ However, it stays on a Sunday, even if you called and marked it
+ done on Saturday.
+
** TODO Empty kitchen trash
DEADLINE: <2008-02-08 Fri 20:00 ++1d>
- Marking this DONE will shift the date by at least one day, and
- also by as many days as it takes to get the timestamp into the
- future. Since there is a time in the timestamp, the next
- deadline in the future will be on today's date if you
- complete the task before 20:00.
+ Marking this DONE shifts the date by at least one day, and also
+ by as many days as it takes to get the timestamp into the future.
+ Since there is a time in the timestamp, the next deadline in the
+ future will be on today's date if you complete the task before
+ 20:00.
+
** TODO Check the batteries in the smoke detectors
DEADLINE: <2005-11-01 Tue .+1m>
- Marking this DONE will shift the date to one month after
- today.
+ Marking this DONE will shift the date to one month after today.
@end example
@vindex org-agenda-skip-scheduled-if-deadline-is-shown
-You may have both scheduling and deadline information for a specific task.
-If the repeater is set for the scheduling information only, you probably want
-the repeater to be ignored after the deadline. If so, set the variable
-@code{org-agenda-skip-scheduled-if-deadline-is-shown} to
-@code{repeated-after-deadline}. However, any scheduling information without
-a repeater is no longer relevant once the task is done, and thus, removed
-upon repeating the task. If you want both scheduling and deadline
-information to repeat after the same interval, set the same repeater for both
-timestamps.
-
-An alternative to using a repeater is to create a number of copies of a task
-subtree, with dates shifted in each copy. The command @kbd{C-c C-x c} was
-created for this purpose, it is described in @ref{Structure editing}.
-
-
-@node Clocking work time
-@section Clocking work time
+You may have both scheduling and deadline information for a specific
+task. If the repeater is set for the scheduling information only, you
+probably want the repeater to be ignored after the deadline. If so,
+set the variable @code{org-agenda-skip-scheduled-if-deadline-is-shown} to
+@code{repeated-after-deadline}. However, any scheduling information
+without a repeater is no longer relevant once the task is done, and
+thus, removed upon repeating the task. If you want both scheduling
+and deadline information to repeat after the same interval, set the
+same repeater for both timestamps.
+
+An alternative to using a repeater is to create a number of copies of
+a task subtree, with dates shifted in each copy. The command
+@kbd{C-c C-x c} was created for this purpose; it is described in
+@ref{Structure Editing}.
+
+@node Clocking Work Time
+@section Clocking Work Time
+
@cindex clocking time
@cindex time clocking
-Org mode allows you to clock the time you spend on specific tasks in a
-project. When you start working on an item, you can start the clock. When
-you stop working on that task, or when you mark the task done, the clock is
-stopped and the corresponding time interval is recorded. It also computes
-the total time spent on each subtree@footnote{Clocking only works if all
-headings are indented with less than 30 stars. This is a hardcoded
-limitation of @code{lmax} in @code{org-clock-sum}.} of a project.
-And it remembers a history or tasks recently clocked, so that you can jump
-quickly between a number of tasks absorbing your time.
-
-To save the clock history across Emacs sessions, use
+Org mode allows you to clock the time you spend on specific tasks in
+a project. When you start working on an item, you can start the
+clock. When you stop working on that task, or when you mark the task
+done, the clock is stopped and the corresponding time interval is
+recorded. It also computes the total time spent on each
+subtree@footnote{Clocking only works if all headings are indented with less
+than 30 stars. This is a hard-coded limitation of @code{lmax} in
+@code{org-clock-sum}.} of a project. And it remembers a history or tasks
+recently clocked, to that you can jump quickly between a number of
+tasks absorbing your time.
+
+To save the clock history across Emacs sessions, use:
+
@lisp
(setq org-clock-persist 'history)
(org-clock-persistence-insinuate)
@end lisp
+
+@vindex org-clock-persist
When you clock into a new task after resuming Emacs, the incomplete
clock@footnote{To resume the clock under the assumption that you have worked
-on this task while outside Emacs, use @code{(setq org-clock-persist t)}.}
-will be found (@pxref{Resolving idle time}) and you will be prompted about
-what to do with it.
+on this task while outside Emacs, use @code{(setq org-clock-persist t)}.} is retrieved (see @ref{Resolving idle time (1)}) and you are
+prompted about what to do with it.
@menu
-* Clocking commands:: Starting and stopping a clock
-* The clock table:: Detailed reports
-* Resolving idle time:: Resolving time when you've been idle
+* Clocking commands:: Starting and stopping a clock.
+* The clock table:: Detailed reports.
+* Resolving idle time:: Resolving time when you've been idle.
@end menu
@node Clocking commands
@subsection Clocking commands
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-i,org-clock-in}
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-i} (@code{org-clock-in})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-i
+@findex org-clock-in
@vindex org-clock-into-drawer
@vindex org-clock-continuously
-@cindex property, @code{LOG_INTO_DRAWER}
-!Start the clock on the current item (clock-in). This inserts the
-@code{CLOCK} keyword together with a timestamp. If this is not the first
-clocking of this item, the multiple @code{CLOCK} lines will be wrapped into a
-@code{:LOGBOOK:} drawer (see also the variable @code{org-clock-into-drawer}).
-You can also overrule the setting of this variable for a subtree by setting a
-@code{CLOCK_INTO_DRAWER} or @code{LOG_INTO_DRAWER} property. When called
-with a @kbd{C-u} prefix argument, select the task from a list of recently
-clocked tasks. With two @kbd{C-u C-u} prefixes, clock into the task at point
-and mark it as the default task; the default task will then always be
-available with letter @kbd{d} when selecting a clocking task. With three
-@kbd{C-u C-u C-u} prefixes, force continuous clocking by starting the clock
-when the last clock stopped.@*
-@cindex property, @code{CLOCK_MODELINE_TOTAL}
-@cindex property, @code{LAST_REPEAT}
+@cindex @samp{LOG_INTO_DRAWER}, property
+Start the clock on the current item (clock-in). This inserts the
+CLOCK keyword together with a timestamp. If this is not the
+first clocking of this item, the multiple CLOCK lines are wrapped
+into a @samp{LOGBOOK} drawer (see also the variable
+@code{org-clock-into-drawer}). You can also overrule the setting of
+this variable for a subtree by setting a @samp{CLOCK_INTO_DRAWER} or
+@samp{LOG_INTO_DRAWER} property. When called with a @kbd{C-u}
+prefix argument, select the task from a list of recently clocked
+tasks. With two @kbd{C-u C-u} prefixes, clock into the task
+at point and mark it as the default task; the default task is
+always be available with letter @kbd{d} when selecting
+a clocking task. With three @kbd{C-u C-u C-u} prefixes,
+force continuous clocking by starting the clock when the last
+clock stopped.
+
+@cindex @samp{CLOCK_MODELINE_TOTAL}, property
+@cindex @samp{LAST_REPEAT}, property
@vindex org-clock-modeline-total
-While the clock is running, the current clocking time is shown in the mode
-line, along with the title of the task. The clock time shown will be all
-time ever clocked for this task and its children. If the task has an effort
-estimate (@pxref{Effort estimates}), the mode line displays the current
-clocking time against it@footnote{To add an effort estimate ``on the fly'',
-hook a function doing this to @code{org-clock-in-prepare-hook}.} If the task
-is a repeating one (@pxref{Repeated tasks}), only the time since the last
-reset of the task @footnote{as recorded by the @code{LAST_REPEAT} property}
-will be shown. More control over what time is shown can be exercised with
-the @code{CLOCK_MODELINE_TOTAL} property. It may have the values
-@code{current} to show only the current clocking instance, @code{today} to
-show all time clocked on this task today (see also the variable
-@code{org-extend-today-until}), @code{all} to include all time, or
-@code{auto} which is the default@footnote{See also the variable
-@code{org-clock-modeline-total}.}.@* Clicking with @kbd{mouse-1} onto the
-mode line entry will pop up a menu with clocking options.
-@c
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-o,org-clock-out}
+@vindex org-clock-in-prepare-hook
+While the clock is running, Org shows the current clocking time
+in the mode line, along with the title of the task. The clock
+time shown is all time ever clocked for this task and its
+children. If the task has an effort estimate (see @ref{Effort Estimates}), the mode line displays the current clocking time
+against it@footnote{To add an effort estimate ``on the fly'', hook a function doing
+this to @code{org-clock-in-prepare-hook}.}. If the task is a repeating one (see @ref{Repeated tasks}), show only the time since the last reset of the
+task@footnote{The last reset of the task is recorded by the @samp{LAST_REPEAT}
+property.}. You can exercise more control over show time with
+the @samp{CLOCK_MODELINE_TOTAL} property. It may have the values
+@samp{current} to show only the current clocking instance, @samp{today} to
+show all time clocked on this tasks today---see also the
+variable @code{org-extend-today-until}, @code{all} to include all time, or
+@code{auto} which is the default@footnote{See also the variable @code{org-clock-modeline-total}.}. Clicking with
+@kbd{mouse-1} onto the mode line entry pops up a menu with
+clocking options.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-o} (@code{org-clock-out})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-o
+@findex org-clock-out
@vindex org-log-note-clock-out
-Stop the clock (clock-out). This inserts another timestamp at the same
-location where the clock was last started. It also directly computes
-the resulting time and inserts it after the time range as @samp{=>
-HH:MM}. See the variable @code{org-log-note-clock-out} for the
-possibility to record an additional note together with the clock-out
-timestamp@footnote{The corresponding in-buffer setting is:
-@code{#+STARTUP: lognoteclock-out}}.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-x,org-clock-in-last}
+Stop the clock (clock-out). This inserts another timestamp at
+the same location where the clock was last started. It also
+directly computes the resulting time in inserts it after the time
+range as @samp{=>HH:MM}. See the variable @code{org-log-note-clock-out}
+for the possibility to record an additional note together with
+the clock-out timestamp@footnote{The corresponding in-buffer setting is: @samp{#+STARTUP:
+lognoteclock-out}.}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-x} (@code{org-clock-in-last})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-x
+@findex org-clock-in-last
@vindex org-clock-continuously
-Reclock the last clocked task. With one @kbd{C-u} prefix argument,
-select the task from the clock history. With two @kbd{C-u} prefixes,
-force continuous clocking by starting the clock when the last clock
-stopped.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-e,org-clock-modify-effort-estimate}
+Re-clock the last clocked task. With one @kbd{C-u} prefix
+argument, select the task from the clock history. With two
+@kbd{C-u} prefixes, force continuous clocking by starting
+the clock when the last clock stopped.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-e} (@code{org-clock-modify-effort-estimate})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-e
+@findex org-clock-modify-effort-estimate
Update the effort estimate for the current clock task.
-@kindex C-c C-y
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c} or @kbd{C-c C-y} (@code{org-evaluate-time-range})
@kindex C-c C-c
-@orgcmdkkc{C-c C-c,C-c C-y,org-evaluate-time-range}
-Recompute the time interval after changing one of the timestamps. This
-is only necessary if you edit the timestamps directly. If you change
-them with @kbd{S-@key{cursor}} keys, the update is automatic.
-@orgcmd{C-S-@key{up/down},org-clock-timestamps-up/down}
-On @code{CLOCK} log lines, increase/decrease both timestamps so that the
-clock duration keeps the same.
-@orgcmd{S-M-@key{up/down},org-timestamp-up/down}
-On @code{CLOCK} log lines, increase/decrease the timestamp at point and
-the one of the previous (or the next clock) timestamp by the same duration.
-For example, if you hit @kbd{S-M-@key{UP}} to increase a clocked-out timestamp
-by five minutes, then the clocked-in timestamp of the next clock will be
-increased by five minutes.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-t,org-todo}
-Changing the TODO state of an item to DONE automatically stops the clock
-if it is running in this same item.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-q,org-clock-cancel}
-Cancel the current clock. This is useful if a clock was started by
-mistake, or if you ended up working on something else.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-j,org-clock-goto}
-Jump to the headline of the currently clocked in task. With a @kbd{C-u}
-prefix arg, select the target task from a list of recently clocked tasks.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-d,org-clock-display}
+@kindex C-c C-y
+@findex org-evaluate-time-range
+Recompute the time interval after changing one of the timestamps.
+This is only necessary if you edit the timestamps directly. If
+you change them with @kbd{S-<cursor>} keys, the update is
+automatic.
+
+@item @kbd{C-S-@key{UP}} (@code{org-clock-timestamps-up})
+@itemx @kbd{C-S-@key{DOWN}} (@code{org-clock-timestamps-down})
+@kindex C-S-UP
+@findex org-clock-timestamps-up
+@kindex C-S-DOWN
+@findex org-clock-timestamps-down
+On CLOCK log lines, increase/decrease both timestamps so that the
+clock duration keeps the same value.
+
+@item @kbd{S-M-@key{UP}} (@code{org-timestamp-up})
+@itemx @kbd{S-M-@key{DOWN}} (@code{org-timestamp-down})
+@kindex S-M-UP
+@findex org-clock-timestamp-up
+@kindex S-M-DOWN
+@findex org-clock-timestamp-down
+On @samp{CLOCK} log lines, increase/decrease the timestamp at point
+and the one of the previous, or the next, clock timestamp by the
+same duration. For example, if you hit @kbd{S-M-@key{UP}} to
+increase a clocked-out timestamp by five minutes, then the
+clocked-in timestamp of the next clock is increased by five
+minutes.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-t} (@code{org-todo})
+@kindex C-c C-t
+@findex org-todo
+Changing the TODO state of an item to DONE automatically stops
+the clock if it is running in this same item.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-q} (@code{org-clock-cancel})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-q
+@findex org-clock-cancel
+Cancel the current clock. This is useful if a clock was started
+by mistake, or if you ended up working on something else.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-j} (@code{org-clock-goto})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-j
+@findex or-clock-goto
+Jump to the headline of the currently clocked in task. With
+a @kbd{C-u} prefix argument, select the target task from
+a list of recently clocked tasks.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-d} (@code{org-clock-display})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-d
+@findex org-clock-display
@vindex org-remove-highlights-with-change
-Display time summaries for each subtree in the current buffer. This puts
-overlays at the end of each headline, showing the total time recorded under
-that heading, including the time of any subheadings. You can use visibility
-cycling to study the tree, but the overlays disappear when you change the
-buffer (see variable @code{org-remove-highlights-with-change}) or press
-@kbd{C-c C-c}.
+Display time summaries for each subtree in the current buffer.
+This puts overlays at the end of each headline, showing the total
+time recorded under that heading, including the time of any
+subheadings. You can use visibility cycling to study the tree,
+but the overlays disappear when you change the buffer (see
+variable @code{org-remove-highlights-with-change}) or press @kbd{C-c C-c}.
@end table
-The @kbd{l} key may be used the agenda (@pxref{Weekly/daily agenda}) to show
-which tasks have been worked on or closed during a day.
+The @kbd{l} key may be used in the agenda (see @ref{Weekly/daily agenda}) to show which tasks have been worked on or closed during
+a day.
-@strong{Important:} note that both @code{org-clock-out} and
-@code{org-clock-in-last} can have a global key binding and will not
-modify the window disposition.
+@strong{Important:} note that both @code{org-clock-out} and @code{org-clock-in-last}
+can have a global keybinding and do not modify the window disposition.
@node The clock table
@subsection The clock table
+
@cindex clocktable, dynamic block
@cindex report, of clocked time
@@ -6575,143 +7186,254 @@ Org mode can produce quite complex reports based on the time clocking
information. Such a report is called a @emph{clock table}, because it is
formatted as one or several Org tables.
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-r,org-clock-report}
-Insert a dynamic block (@pxref{Dynamic blocks}) containing a clock
-report as an Org mode table into the current file. When the cursor is
-at an existing clock table, just update it. When called with a prefix
-argument, jump to the first clock report in the current document and
-update it. The clock table always includes also trees with
-@code{:ARCHIVE:} tag.
-@orgcmdkkc{C-c C-c,C-c C-x C-u,org-dblock-update}
-Update dynamic block at point.
-@orgkey{C-u C-c C-x C-u}
-Update all dynamic blocks (@pxref{Dynamic blocks}). This is useful if
-you have several clock table blocks in a buffer.
-@orgcmdkxkc{S-@key{LEFT},S-@key{RIGHT},org-clocktable-try-shift}
-Shift the current @code{:block} interval and update the table. The cursor
-needs to be in the @code{#+BEGIN: clocktable} line for this command. If
-@code{:block} is @code{today}, it will be shifted to @code{today-1} etc.
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-r} (@code{org-clock-report})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-r
+@findex org-clock-report
+Insert a dynamic block (see @ref{Dynamic Blocks}) containing a clock
+report as an Org mode table into the current file. When the
+cursor is at an existing clock table, just update it. When
+called with a prefix argument, jump to the first clock report in
+the current document and update it. The clock table includes
+archived trees.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c} or @kbd{C-c C-x C-u} (@code{org-dblock-update})
+@kindex C-c C-c
+@kindex C-c C-x C-u
+@findex org-dblock-update
+Update dynamic block at point. The cursor needs to be in the
+@samp{BEGIN} line of the dynamic block.
+
+@item @kbd{C-u C-c C-x C-u}
+@kindex C-u C-c C-x C-u
+Update all dynamic blocks (see @ref{Dynamic Blocks}). This is useful
+if you have several clock table blocks in a buffer.
+
+@item @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}}
+@itemx @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} (@code{org-clocktable-try-shift})
+@kindex S-LEFT
+@kindex S-RIGHT
+@findex org-clocktable-try-shift
+Shift the current @samp{:block} interval and update the table. The
+cursor needs to be in the @samp{#+BEGIN: clocktable} line for this
+command. If @samp{:block} is @samp{today}, it is shifted to @samp{today-1},
+etc.
@end table
+Here is an example of the frame for a clock table as it is inserted
+into the buffer with the @kbd{C-c C-x C-r} command:
-Here is an example of the frame for a clock table as it is inserted into the
-buffer with the @kbd{C-c C-x C-r} command:
-
-@cindex @code{#+BEGIN}, clocktable
+@cindex @samp{BEGIN clocktable}
@example
#+BEGIN: clocktable :maxlevel 2 :emphasize nil :scope file
#+END: clocktable
@end example
+
@noindent
@vindex org-clocktable-defaults
-The @samp{BEGIN} line specifies a number of options to define the scope,
-structure, and formatting of the report. Defaults for all these options can
-be configured in the variable @code{org-clocktable-defaults}.
+The @samp{#+BEGIN} line and specify a number of options to define the
+scope, structure, and formatting of the report. Defaults for all
+these options can be configured in the variable
+@code{org-clocktable-defaults}.
-@noindent First there are options that determine which clock entries are to
+@noindent
+First there are options that determine which clock entries are to
be selected:
-@example
-:maxlevel @r{Maximum level depth to which times are listed in the table.}
- @r{Clocks at deeper levels will be summed into the upper level.}
-:scope @r{The scope to consider. This can be any of the following:}
- nil @r{the current buffer or narrowed region}
- file @r{the full current buffer}
- subtree @r{the subtree where the clocktable is located}
- tree@var{N} @r{the surrounding level @var{N} tree, for example @code{tree3}}
- tree @r{the surrounding level 1 tree}
- agenda @r{all agenda files}
- ("file"..) @r{scan these files}
- function @r{the list of files returned by a function of no argument}
- file-with-archives @r{current file and its archives}
- agenda-with-archives @r{all agenda files, including archives}
-:block @r{The time block to consider. This block is specified either}
- @r{absolutely, or relative to the current time and may be any of}
- @r{these formats:}
- 2007-12-31 @r{New year eve 2007}
- 2007-12 @r{December 2007}
- 2007-W50 @r{ISO-week 50 in 2007}
- 2007-Q2 @r{2nd quarter in 2007}
- 2007 @r{the year 2007}
- today, yesterday, today-@var{N} @r{a relative day}
- thisweek, lastweek, thisweek-@var{N} @r{a relative week}
- thismonth, lastmonth, thismonth-@var{N} @r{a relative month}
- thisyear, lastyear, thisyear-@var{N} @r{a relative year}
- untilnow
- @r{Use @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}/@key{RIGHT}} keys to shift the time interval.}
-:tstart @r{A time string specifying when to start considering times.}
- @r{Relative times like @code{"<-2w>"} can also be used. See}
- @r{@ref{Matching tags and properties} for relative time syntax.}
-:tend @r{A time string specifying when to stop considering times.}
- @r{Relative times like @code{"<now>"} can also be used. See}
- @r{@ref{Matching tags and properties} for relative time syntax.}
-:wstart @r{The starting day of the week. The default is 1 for monday.}
-:mstart @r{The starting day of the month. The default 1 is for the first}
- @r{day of the month.}
-:step @r{@code{week} or @code{day}, to split the table into chunks.}
- @r{To use this, @code{:block} or @code{:tstart}, @code{:tend} are needed.}
-:stepskip0 @r{Do not show steps that have zero time.}
-:fileskip0 @r{Do not show table sections from files which did not contribute.}
-:tags @r{A tags match to select entries that should contribute. See}
- @r{@ref{Matching tags and properties} for the match syntax.}
-@end example
-
-Then there are options which determine the formatting of the table. These
-options are interpreted by the function @code{org-clocktable-write-default},
-but you can specify your own function using the @code{:formatter} parameter.
-@example
-:emphasize @r{When @code{t}, emphasize level one and level two items.}
-:lang @r{Language@footnote{Language terms can be set through the variable @code{org-clock-clocktable-language-setup}.} to use for descriptive cells like "Task".}
-:link @r{Link the item headlines in the table to their origins.}
-:narrow @r{An integer to limit the width of the headline column in}
- @r{the org table. If you write it like @samp{50!}, then the}
- @r{headline will also be shortened in export.}
-:indent @r{Indent each headline field according to its level.}
-:tcolumns @r{Number of columns to be used for times. If this is smaller}
- @r{than @code{:maxlevel}, lower levels will be lumped into one column.}
-:level @r{Should a level number column be included?}
-:sort @r{A cons cell like containing the column to sort and a sorting type.}
- @r{E.g., @code{:sort (1 . ?a)} sorts the first column alphabetically.}
-:compact @r{Abbreviation for @code{:level nil :indent t :narrow 40! :tcolumns 1}}
- @r{All are overwritten except if there is an explicit @code{:narrow}}
-:timestamp @r{A timestamp for the entry, when available. Look for @code{SCHEDULED},}
- @r{@code{DEADLINE}, @code{TIMESTAMP} and @code{TIMESTAMP_IA}, in this order.}
-:properties @r{List of properties that should be shown in the table. Each}
- @r{property will get its own column.}
-:inherit-props @r{When this flag is @code{t}, the values for @code{:properties} will be inherited.}
-:formula @r{Content of a @code{#+TBLFM} line to be added and evaluated.}
- @r{As a special case, @samp{:formula %} adds a column with % time.}
- @r{If you do not specify a formula here, any existing formula}
- @r{below the clock table will survive updates and be evaluated.}
-:formatter @r{A function to format clock data and insert it into the buffer.}
-@end example
+
+@table @asis
+@item :maxlevel
+Maximum level depth to which times are listed in the table.
+Clocks at deeper levels are summed into the upper level.
+
+@item :scope
+The scope to consider. This can be any of the following:
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @code{nil}
+@tab the current buffer or narrowed region
+@item @code{file}
+@tab the full current buffer
+@item @code{subtree}
+@tab the subtree where the clocktable is located
+@item @code{treeN}
+@tab the surrounding level N tree, for example @samp{tree3}
+@item @code{tree}
+@tab the surrounding level 1 tree
+@item @code{agenda}
+@tab all agenda files
+@item @samp{("file" ...)}
+@tab scan these files
+@item @samp{FUNCTION}
+@tab scan files returned by calling FUNCTION with no argument
+@item @code{file-with-archives}
+@tab current file and its archives
+@item @code{agenda-with-archives}
+@tab all agenda files, including archives
+@end multitable
+
+@item :block
+The time block to consider. This block is specified either
+absolutely, or relative to the current time and may be any of
+these formats:
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @samp{2007-12-31}
+@tab New year eve 2007
+@item @samp{2007-12}
+@tab December 2007
+@item @samp{2007-W50}
+@tab ISO-week 50 in 2007
+@item @samp{2007-Q2}
+@tab 2nd quarter in 2007
+@item @samp{2007}
+@tab the year 2007
+@item @code{today}, @code{yesterday}, @code{today-N}
+@tab a relative day
+@item @code{thisweek}, @code{lastweek}, @code{thisweek-N}
+@tab a relative week
+@item @code{thismonth}, @code{lastmonth}, @code{thismonth-N}
+@tab a relative month
+@item @code{thisyear}, @code{lastyear}, @code{thisyear-N}
+@tab a relative year
+@item @code{untilnow}
+@tab all clocked time ever
+@end multitable
+
+@vindex org-clock-display-default-range
+When this option is not set, Org falls back to the value in
+@code{org-clock-display-default-range}, which defaults to the current
+year.
+
+Use @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} or @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} to shift the time
+interval.
+
+@item :tstart
+A time string specifying when to start considering times.
+Relative times like @samp{"<-2w>"} can also be used. See @ref{Matching tags and properties} for relative time syntax.
+
+@item :tend
+A time string specifying when to stop considering times.
+Relative times like @samp{"<now>"} can also be used. See @ref{Matching tags and properties} for relative time syntax.
+
+@item wstart
+The starting day of the week. The default is 1 for Monday.
+
+@item mstart
+The starting day of the month. The default is 1 for the first.
+
+@item :step
+Set to @code{week} or @code{day} to split the table into chunks. To use
+this, @code{:block} or @code{:tstart}, @code{:tend} are needed.
+
+@item :stepskip0
+Do not show steps that have zero time.
+
+@item :fileskip0
+Do not show table sections from files which did not contribute.
+
+@item :tags
+A tags match to select entries that should contribute. See
+@ref{Matching tags and properties} for the match syntax.
+@end table
+
+@findex org-clocktable-write-default
+Then there are options that determine the formatting of the table.
+There options are interpreted by the function
+@code{org-clocktable-write-default}, but you can specify your own function
+using the @samp{:formatter} parameter.
+
+@table @asis
+@item :emphasize
+When @code{t}, emphasize level one and level two items.
+
+@item :lang
+Language@footnote{Language terms can be set through the variable
+@code{org-clock-clocktable-language-setup}.} to use for descriptive cells like ``Task''.
+
+@item :link
+Link the item headlines in the table to their origins.
+
+@item :narrow
+An integer to limit the width of the headline column in the Org
+table. If you write it like @samp{50!}, then the headline is also
+shortened in export.
+
+@item :indent
+Indent each headline field according to its level.
+
+@item :tcolumns
+Number of columns to be used for times. If this is smaller than
+@samp{:maxlevel}, lower levels are lumped into one column.
+
+@item :level
+Should a level number column be included?
+
+@item :sort
+A cons cell containing the column to sort and a sorting type.
+E.g., @samp{:sort (1 . ?a)} sorts the first column alphabetically.
+
+@item :compact
+Abbreviation for @samp{:level nil :indent t :narrow 40! :tcolumns 1}.
+All are overwritten except if there is an explicit @samp{:narrow}.
+
+@item :timestamp
+A timestamp for the entry, when available. Look for SCHEDULED,
+DEADLINE, TIMESTAMP and TIMESTAMP_IA special properties (see
+@ref{Special Properties}), in this order.
+
+@item :properties
+List of properties shown in the table. Each property gets its
+own column.
+
+@item :inherit-props
+When this flag is non-@code{nil}, the values for @samp{:properties} are
+inherited.
+
+@item :formula
+Content of a @samp{TBLFM} keyword to be added and evaluated. As
+a special case, @samp{:formula %} adds a column with % time. If you
+do not specify a formula here, any existing formula below the
+clock table survives updates and is evaluated.
+
+@item :formatter
+A function to format clock data and insert it into the buffer.
+@end table
+
To get a clock summary of the current level 1 tree, for the current
-day, you could write
+day, you could write:
+
@example
#+BEGIN: clocktable :maxlevel 2 :block today :scope tree1 :link t
#+END: clocktable
@end example
+
@noindent
-and to use a specific time range you could write@footnote{Note that all
-parameters must be specified in a single line---the line is broken here
-only to fit it into the manual.}
+To use a specific time range you could write@footnote{Note that all parameters must be specified in a single
+line---the line is broken here only to fit it into the manual.}
+
@example
#+BEGIN: clocktable :tstart "<2006-08-10 Thu 10:00>"
:tend "<2006-08-10 Thu 12:00>"
#+END: clocktable
@end example
+
A range starting a week ago and ending right now could be written as
+
@example
#+BEGIN: clocktable :tstart "<-1w>" :tend "<now>"
#+END: clocktable
@end example
-A summary of the current subtree with % times would be
+
+A summary of the current subtree with % times would be:
+
@example
#+BEGIN: clocktable :scope subtree :link t :formula %
#+END: clocktable
@end example
-A horizontally compact representation of everything clocked during last week
-would be
+
+A horizontally compact representation of everything clocked during
+last week would be:
+
@example
#+BEGIN: clocktable :scope agenda :block lastweek :compact t
#+END: clocktable
@@ -6720,377 +7442,429 @@ would be
@node Resolving idle time
@subsection Resolving idle time and continuous clocking
+
+
+@anchor{Resolving idle time (1)}
@subsubheading Resolving idle time
-@cindex resolve idle time
-@vindex org-clock-x11idle-program-name
+@cindex resolve idle time
@cindex idle, resolve, dangling
+
If you clock in on a work item, and then walk away from your
-computer---perhaps to take a phone call---you often need to ``resolve'' the
-time you were away by either subtracting it from the current clock, or
-applying it to another one.
+computer---perhaps to take a phone call---you often need to
+``resolve'' the time you were away by either subtracting it from the
+current clock, or applying it to another one.
@vindex org-clock-idle-time
-By customizing the variable @code{org-clock-idle-time} to some integer, such
-as 10 or 15, Emacs can alert you when you get back to your computer after
-being idle for that many minutes@footnote{On computers using macOS,
-idleness is based on actual user idleness, not just Emacs' idle time. For
-X11, you can install a utility program @file{x11idle.c}, available in the
-@code{contrib/scripts} directory of the Org git distribution, or install the
-@file{xprintidle} package and set it to the variable
-@code{org-clock-x11idle-program-name} if you are running Debian, to get the
-same general treatment of idleness. On other systems, idle time refers to
-Emacs idle time only.}, and ask what you want to do with the idle time.
-There will be a question waiting for you when you get back, indicating how
-much idle time has passed (constantly updated with the current amount), as
-well as a set of choices to correct the discrepancy:
-
-@table @kbd
-@item k
-To keep some or all of the minutes and stay clocked in, press @kbd{k}. Org
-will ask how many of the minutes to keep. Press @key{RET} to keep them all,
-effectively changing nothing, or enter a number to keep that many minutes.
-@item K
-If you use the shift key and press @kbd{K}, it will keep however many minutes
-you request and then immediately clock out of that task. If you keep all of
-the minutes, this is the same as just clocking out of the current task.
-@item s
-To keep none of the minutes, use @kbd{s} to subtract all the away time from
-the clock, and then check back in from the moment you returned.
-@item S
-To keep none of the minutes and just clock out at the start of the away time,
-use the shift key and press @kbd{S}. Remember that using shift will always
-leave you clocked out, no matter which option you choose.
-@item C
-To cancel the clock altogether, use @kbd{C}. Note that if instead of
-canceling you subtract the away time, and the resulting clock amount is less
-than a minute, the clock will still be canceled rather than clutter up the
-log with an empty entry.
-@end table
+@vindex org-clock-x11idle-program-name
+By customizing the variable @code{org-clock-idle-time} to some integer,
+such as 10 or 15, Emacs can alert you when you get back to your
+computer after being idle for that many minutes@footnote{On computers using macOS, idleness is based on actual user
+idleness, not just Emacs' idle time. For X11, you can install
+a utility program @samp{x11idle.c}, available in the @samp{contrib/scripts/}
+directory of the Org Git distribution, or install the xprintidle
+package and set it to the variable @code{org-clock-x11idle-program-name} if
+you are running Debian, to get the same general treatment of idleness.
+On other systems, idle time refers to Emacs idle time only.}, and ask what
+you want to do with the idle time. There will be a question waiting
+for you when you get back, indicating how much idle time has passed
+constantly updated with the current amount, as well as a set of
+choices to correct the discrepancy:
-What if you subtracted those away minutes from the current clock, and now
-want to apply them to a new clock? Simply clock in to any task immediately
-after the subtraction. Org will notice that you have subtracted time ``on
-the books'', so to speak, and will ask if you want to apply those minutes to
-the next task you clock in on.
-
-There is one other instance when this clock resolution magic occurs. Say you
-were clocked in and hacking away, and suddenly your cat chased a mouse who
-scared a hamster that crashed into your UPS's power button! You suddenly
-lose all your buffers, but thanks to auto-save you still have your recent Org
-mode changes, including your last clock in.
-
-If you restart Emacs and clock into any task, Org will notice that you have a
-dangling clock which was never clocked out from your last session. Using
-that clock's starting time as the beginning of the unaccounted-for period,
-Org will ask how you want to resolve that time. The logic and behavior is
-identical to dealing with away time due to idleness; it is just happening due
-to a recovery event rather than a set amount of idle time.
-
-You can also check all the files visited by your Org agenda for dangling
-clocks at any time using @kbd{M-x org-resolve-clocks @key{RET}} (or @kbd{C-c
-C-x C-z}).
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{k}
+@kindex k
+To keep some or all of the minutes and stay clocked in, press
+@kbd{k}. Org asks how many of the minutes to keep. Press
+@kbd{@key{RET}} to keep them all, effectively changing nothing, or
+enter a number to keep that many minutes.
+
+@item @kbd{K}
+@kindex K
+If you use the shift key and press @kbd{K}, it keeps however
+many minutes you request and then immediately clock out of that
+task. If you keep all of the minutes, this is the same as just
+clocking out of the current task.
+
+@item @kbd{s}
+@kindex s
+To keep none of the minutes, use @kbd{s} to subtract all the
+away time from the clock, and then check back in from the moment
+you returned.
+
+@item @kbd{S}
+@kindex S
+To keep none of the minutes and just clock out at the start of
+the away time, use the shift key and press @kbd{S}.
+Remember that using shift always leave you clocked out, no matter
+which option you choose.
+
+@item @kbd{C}
+@kindex C
+To cancel the clock altogether, use @kbd{C}. Note that if
+instead of canceling you subtract the away time, and the
+resulting clock amount is less than a minute, the clock is still
+canceled rather than cluttering up the log with an empty entry.
+@end table
+What if you subtracted those away minutes from the current clock, and
+now want to apply them to a new clock? Simply clock in to any task
+immediately after the subtraction. Org will notice that you have
+subtracted time ``on the books'', so to speak, and will ask if you want
+to apply those minutes to the next task you clock in on.
+
+There is one other instance when this clock resolution magic occurs.
+Say you were clocked in and hacking away, and suddenly your cat chased
+a mouse who scared a hamster that crashed into your UPS's power
+button! You suddenly lose all your buffers, but thanks to auto-save
+you still have your recent Org mode changes, including your last clock
+in.
+
+If you restart Emacs and clock into any task, Org will notice that you
+have a dangling clock which was never clocked out from your last
+session. Using that clock's starting time as the beginning of the
+unaccounted-for period, Org will ask how you want to resolve that
+time. The logic and behavior is identical to dealing with away time
+due to idleness; it is just happening due to a recovery event rather
+than a set amount of idle time.
+
+You can also check all the files visited by your Org agenda for
+dangling clocks at any time using @kbd{M-x org-resolve-clocks @key{RET}} (or @kbd{C-c C-x C-z}).
+
+@anchor{Continuous clocking}
@subsubheading Continuous clocking
+
@cindex continuous clocking
-@vindex org-clock-continuously
+@vindex org-clock-continuously
You may want to start clocking from the time when you clocked out the
-previous task. To enable this systematically, set @code{org-clock-continuously}
-to @code{t}. Each time you clock in, Org retrieves the clock-out time of the
-last clocked entry for this session, and start the new clock from there.
+previous task. To enable this systematically, set
+@code{org-clock-continuously} to non-@code{nil}. Each time you clock in, Org
+retrieves the clock-out time of the last clocked entry for this
+session, and start the new clock from there.
+
+If you only want this from time to time, use three universal prefix
+arguments with @code{org-clock-in} and two @kbd{C-u C-u} with
+@code{org-clock-in-last}.
-If you only want this from time to time, use three universal prefix arguments
-with @code{org-clock-in} and two @kbd{C-u C-u} with @code{org-clock-in-last}.
+@node Effort Estimates
+@section Effort Estimates
-@node Effort estimates
-@section Effort estimates
@cindex effort estimates
+@cindex @samp{EFFORT}, property
+@vindex org-effort-property
+
+If you want to plan your work in a very detailed way, or if you need
+to produce offers with quotations of the estimated work effort, you
+may want to assign effort estimates to entries. If you are also
+clocking your work, you may later want to compare the planned effort
+with the actual working time, a great way to improve planning
+estimates. Effort estimates are stored in a special property
+@samp{EFFORT}. You can set the effort for an entry with the following
+commands:
-@cindex property, @code{EFFORT}
-If you want to plan your work in a very detailed way, or if you need to
-produce offers with quotations of the estimated work effort, you may want to
-assign effort estimates to entries. If you are also clocking your work, you
-may later want to compare the planned effort with the actual working time,
-a great way to improve planning estimates. Effort estimates are stored in
-a special property @code{EFFORT}. You can set the effort for an entry with
-the following commands:
-
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x e,org-set-effort}
-Set the effort estimate for the current entry. With a numeric prefix
-argument, set it to the Nth allowed value (see below). This command is also
-accessible from the agenda with the @kbd{e} key.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-e,org-clock-modify-effort-estimate}
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x e} (@code{org-set-effort})
+@kindex C-c C-x e
+@findex org-set-effort
+Set the effort estimate for the current entry. With a prefix
+argument, set it to the next allowed value---see below. This
+command is also accessible from the agenda with the @kbd{e}
+key.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-e} (@code{org-clock-modify-effort-estimate})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-e
+@findex org-clock-modify-effort-estimate
Modify the effort estimate of the item currently being clocked.
@end table
-Clearly the best way to work with effort estimates is through column view
-(@pxref{Column view}). You should start by setting up discrete values for
-effort estimates, and a @code{COLUMNS} format that displays these values
-together with clock sums (if you want to clock your time). For a specific
-buffer you can use
+Clearly the best way to work with effort estimates is through column
+view (see @ref{Column View}). You should start by setting up discrete
+values for effort estimates, and a @samp{COLUMNS} format that displays
+these values together with clock sums---if you want to clock your
+time. For a specific buffer you can use:
@example
#+PROPERTY: Effort_ALL 0 0:10 0:30 1:00 2:00 3:00 4:00 5:00 6:00 7:00
#+COLUMNS: %40ITEM(Task) %17Effort(Estimated Effort)@{:@} %CLOCKSUM
@end example
-@noindent
+noindent
@vindex org-global-properties
@vindex org-columns-default-format
-or, even better, you can set up these values globally by customizing the
-variables @code{org-global-properties} and @code{org-columns-default-format}.
-In particular if you want to use this setup also in the agenda, a global
-setup may be advised.
+or, even better, you can set up these values globally by customizing
+the variables @code{org-global-properties} and
+@code{org-columns-default-format}. In particular if you want to use this
+setup also in the agenda, a global setup may be advised.
-The way to assign estimates to individual items is then to switch to column
-mode, and to use @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} and @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} to change the
-value. The values you enter will immediately be summed up in the hierarchy.
-In the column next to it, any clocked time will be displayed.
+The way to assign estimates to individual items is then to switch to
+column mode, and to use @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} and @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} to
+change the value. The values you enter are immediately summed up in
+the hierarchy. In the column next to it, any clocked time is
+displayed.
@vindex org-agenda-columns-add-appointments-to-effort-sum
-If you switch to column view in the daily/weekly agenda, the effort column
-will summarize the estimated work effort for each day@footnote{Please note
-the pitfalls of summing hierarchical data in a flat list (@pxref{Agenda
-column view}).}, and you can use this to find space in your schedule. To get
-an overview of the entire part of the day that is committed, you can set the
+If you switch to column view in the daily/weekly agenda, the effort
+column summarizes the estimated work effort for each day@footnote{Please note the pitfalls of summing hierarchical data in
+a flat list (@ref{Agenda Column View}).}, and
+you can use this to find space in your schedule. To get an overview
+of the entire part of the day that is committed, you can set the
option @code{org-agenda-columns-add-appointments-to-effort-sum}. The
-appointments on a day that take place over a specified time interval will
-then also be added to the load estimate of the day.
+appointments on a day that take place over a specified time interval
+are then also added to the load estimate of the day.
-Effort estimates can be used in secondary agenda filtering that is triggered
-with the @kbd{/} key in the agenda (@pxref{Agenda commands}). If you have
-these estimates defined consistently, two or three key presses will narrow
-down the list to stuff that fits into an available time slot.
+Effort estimates can be used in secondary agenda filtering that is
+triggered with the @kbd{/} key in the agenda (see @ref{Agenda Commands}). If you have these estimates defined consistently,
+two or three key presses narrow down the list to stuff that fits into
+an available time slot.
@node Timers
-@section Taking notes with a timer
+@section Taking Notes with a Relative Timer
+
@cindex relative timer
@cindex countdown timer
-@kindex ;
-Org provides two types of timers. There is a relative timer that counts up,
-which can be useful when taking notes during, for example, a meeting or
-a video viewing. There is also a countdown timer.
+Org provides two types of timers. There is a relative timer that
+counts up, which can be useful when taking notes during, for example,
+a meeting or a video viewing. There is also a countdown timer.
The relative and countdown are started with separate commands.
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x 0,org-timer-start}
-Start or reset the relative timer. By default, the timer is set to 0. When
-called with a @kbd{C-u} prefix, prompt the user for a starting offset. If
-there is a timer string at point, this is taken as the default, providing a
-convenient way to restart taking notes after a break in the process. When
-called with a double prefix argument @kbd{C-u C-u}, change all timer strings
-in the active region by a certain amount. This can be used to fix timer
-strings if the timer was not started at exactly the right moment.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x ;,org-timer-set-timer}
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x 0} (@code{org-timer-start})
+@kindex C-c C-x 0
+@findex org-timer-start
+Start or reset the relative timer. By default, the timer is set
+to 0. When called with a @kbd{C-u} prefix, prompt the user
+for a starting offset. If there is a timer string at point, this
+is taken as the default, providing a convenient way to restart
+taking notes after a break in the process. When called with
+a double prefix argument @kbd{C-u C-u}, change all timer
+strings in the active region by a certain amount. This can be
+used to fix timer strings if the timer was not started at exactly
+the right moment.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x ;} (@code{org-timer-set-timer})
+@kindex C-c C-x ;
+@findex org-timer-set-timer
+@vindex org-timer-default-timer
Start a countdown timer. The user is prompted for a duration.
-@code{org-timer-default-timer} sets the default countdown value. Giving
-a numeric prefix argument overrides this default value. This command is
-available as @kbd{;} in agenda buffers.
+@code{org-timer-default-timer} sets the default countdown value.
+Giving a numeric prefix argument overrides this default value.
+This command is available as @kbd{;} in agenda buffers.
@end table
-Once started, relative and countdown timers are controlled with the same
-commands.
+Once started, relative and countdown timers are controlled with the
+same commands.
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x .,org-timer}
-Insert the value of the current relative or countdown timer into the buffer.
-If no timer is running, the relative timer will be started. When called with
-a prefix argument, the relative timer is restarted.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x -,org-timer-item}
-Insert a description list item with the value of the current relative or
-countdown timer. With a prefix argument, first reset the relative timer to
-0.
-@orgcmd{M-@key{RET},org-insert-heading}
-Once the timer list is started, you can also use @kbd{M-@key{RET}} to insert
-new timer items.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x @comma{},org-timer-pause-or-continue}
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x .} (@code{org-timer})
+@kindex C-c C-x .
+@findex org-timer
+Insert a relative time into the buffer. The first time you use
+this, the timer starts. Using a prefix argument restarts it.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x -} (@code{org-timer-item})
+@kindex C-c C-x -
+@findex org-timer-item
+Insert a description list item with the current relative time.
+With a prefix argument, first reset the timer to 0.
+
+@item @kbd{M-@key{RET}} (@code{org-insert-heading})
+@kindex M-RET
+@findex org-insert-heading
+Once the timer list is started, you can also use
+@kbd{M-@key{RET}} to insert new timer items.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x ,} (@code{org-timer-pause-or-continue})
+@kindex C-c C-x ,
+@findex org-timer-pause-or-continue
Pause the timer, or continue it if it is already paused.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x _,org-timer-stop}
-Stop the timer. After this, you can only start a new timer, not continue the
-old one. This command also removes the timer from the mode line.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x _} (@code{org-timer-stop})
+@kindex C-c C-x _
+@findex org-timer-stop
+Stop the timer. After this, you can only start a new timer, not
+continue the old one. This command also removes the timer from
+the mode line.
@end table
-@node Capture - Refile - Archive
-@chapter Capture - Refile - Archive
+@node Capture Refile Archive
+@chapter Capture, Refile, Archive
+
@cindex capture
An important part of any organization system is the ability to quickly
-capture new ideas and tasks, and to associate reference material with them.
-Org does this using a process called @i{capture}. It also can store files
-related to a task (@i{attachments}) in a special directory. Once in the
-system, tasks and projects need to be moved around. Moving completed project
-trees to an archive file keeps the system compact and fast.
+capture new ideas and tasks, and to associate reference material with
+them. Org does this using a process called @emph{capture}. It also can
+store files related to a task (@emph{attachments}) in a special directory.
+Once in the system, tasks and projects need to be moved around.
+Moving completed project trees to an archive file keeps the system
+compact and fast.
@menu
-* Capture:: Capturing new stuff
-* Attachments:: Add files to tasks
-* RSS feeds:: Getting input from RSS feeds
-* Protocols:: External (e.g., Browser) access to Emacs and Org
-* Refile and copy:: Moving/copying a tree from one place to another
-* Archiving:: What to do with finished projects
+* Capture:: Capturing new stuff.
+* Attachments:: Add files to tasks.
+* RSS Feeds:: Getting input from RSS feeds.
+* Protocols:: External access to Emacs and Org.
+* Refile and Copy:: Moving/copying a tree from one place to another.
+* Archiving:: What to do with finished products.
@end menu
@node Capture
@section Capture
-@cindex capture
-Capture lets you quickly store notes with little interruption of your work
-flow. Org's method for capturing new items is heavily inspired by John
-Wiegley excellent @file{remember.el} package. Up to version 6.36, Org
-used a special setup for @file{remember.el}, then replaced it with
-@file{org-remember.el}. As of version 8.0, @file{org-remember.el} has
-been completely replaced by @file{org-capture.el}.
+@cindex capture
-If your configuration depends on @file{org-remember.el}, you need to update
-it and use the setup described below. To convert your
-@code{org-remember-templates}, run the command
-@example
-@kbd{M-x org-capture-import-remember-templates @key{RET}}
-@end example
-@noindent and then customize the new variable with @kbd{M-x
-customize-variable org-capture-templates}, check the result, and save the
-customization.
+Capture lets you quickly store notes with little interruption of your
+work flow. Org's method for capturing new items is heavily inspired
+by John Wiegley's excellent Remember package.
@menu
-* Setting up capture:: Where notes will be stored
-* Using capture:: Commands to invoke and terminate capture
-* Capture templates:: Define the outline of different note types
+* Setting up capture:: Where notes will be stored.
+* Using capture:: Commands to invoke and terminate capture.
+* Capture templates:: Define the outline of different note types.
@end menu
@node Setting up capture
@subsection Setting up capture
-The following customization sets a default target file for notes, and defines
-a global key@footnote{Please select your own key, @kbd{C-c c} is only a
-suggestion.} for capturing new material.
+The following customization sets a default target file for notes.
@vindex org-default-notes-file
-@smalllisp
-@group
+@lisp
(setq org-default-notes-file (concat org-directory "/notes.org"))
-(define-key global-map "\C-cc" 'org-capture)
-@end group
-@end smalllisp
+@end lisp
+
+You may also define a global key for capturing new material (see
+@ref{Activation}).
@node Using capture
@subsection Using capture
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c c,org-capture}
-Call the command @code{org-capture}. Note that this key binding is global and
-not active by default: you need to install it. If you have templates
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{M-x org-capture} (@code{org-capture})
+@findex org-capture
@cindex date tree
-defined @pxref{Capture templates}, it will offer these templates for
-selection or use a new Org outline node as the default template. It will
-insert the template into the target file and switch to an indirect buffer
-narrowed to this new node. You may then insert the information you want.
-
-@orgcmd{C-c C-c,org-capture-finalize}
-Once you have finished entering information into the capture buffer, @kbd{C-c
-C-c} will return you to the window configuration before the capture process,
-so that you can resume your work without further distraction. When called
-with a prefix arg, finalize and then jump to the captured item.
-
-@orgcmd{C-c C-w,org-capture-refile}
-Finalize the capture process by refiling (@pxref{Refile and copy}) the note to
-a different place. Please realize that this is a normal refiling command
-that will be executed---so the cursor position at the moment you run this
-command is important. If you have inserted a tree with a parent and
-children, first move the cursor back to the parent. Any prefix argument
-given to this command will be passed on to the @code{org-refile} command.
-
-@orgcmd{C-c C-k,org-capture-kill}
+Display the capture templates menu. If you have templates
+defined (see @ref{Capture templates}), it offers these templates for
+selection or use a new Org outline node as the default template.
+It inserts the template into the target file and switch to an
+indirect buffer narrowed to this new node. You may then insert
+the information you want.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c} (@code{org-capture-finalize})
+@kindex C-c C-c @r{(Capture buffer)}
+@findex org-capture-finalize
+Once you have finished entering information into the capture
+buffer, @kbd{C-c C-c} returns you to the window
+configuration before the capture process, so that you can resume
+your work without further distraction. When called with a prefix
+argument, finalize and then jump to the captured item.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-w} (@code{org-capture-refile})
+@kindex C-c C-w @r{(Capture buffer)}
+@findex org-capture-refile
+Finalize the capture process by refiling the note to a different
+place (see @ref{Refile and Copy}). Please realize that this is
+a normal refiling command that will be executed---so the cursor
+position at the moment you run this command is important. If you
+have inserted a tree with a parent and children, first move the
+cursor back to the parent. Any prefix argument given to this
+command is passed on to the @code{org-refile} command.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-k} (@code{org-capture-kill})
+@kindex C-c C-k @r{(Capture buffer)}
+@findex org-capture-kill
Abort the capture process and return to the previous state.
-
@end table
-You can also call @code{org-capture} in a special way from the agenda, using
-the @kbd{k c} key combination. With this access, any timestamps inserted by
-the selected capture template will default to the cursor date in the agenda,
-rather than to the current date.
+@kindex k c @r{(Agenda)}
+You can also call @code{org-capture} in a special way from the agenda,
+using the @kbd{k c} key combination. With this access, any
+timestamps inserted by the selected capture template defaults to the
+cursor date in the agenda, rather than to the current date.
+
+To find the locations of the last stored capture, use @code{org-capture}
+with prefix commands:
-To find the locations of the last stored capture, use @code{org-capture} with
-prefix commands:
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-u M-x org-capture}
+Visit the target location of a capture template. You get to
+select the template in the usual way.
-@table @kbd
-@orgkey{C-u C-c c}
-Visit the target location of a capture template. You get to select the
-template in the usual way.
-@orgkey{C-u C-u C-c c}
+@item @kbd{C-u C-u M-x org-capture}
Visit the last stored capture item in its buffer.
@end table
@vindex org-capture-bookmark
-@cindex @code{org-capture-last-stored}
-You can also jump to the bookmark @code{org-capture-last-stored}, which will
-automatically be created unless you set @code{org-capture-bookmark} to
-@code{nil}.
+@vindex org-capture-last-stored
+You can also jump to the bookmark @code{org-capture-last-stored}, which is
+automatically created unless you set @code{org-capture-bookmark} to @code{nil}.
-To insert the capture at point in an Org buffer, call @code{org-capture} with
-a @code{C-0} prefix argument.
+To insert the capture at point in an Org buffer, call @code{org-capture}
+with a @code{C-0} prefix argument.
@node Capture templates
@subsection Capture templates
+
@cindex templates, for Capture
-You can use templates for different types of capture items, and
-for different target locations. The easiest way to create such templates is
-through the customize interface.
+You can use templates for different types of capture items, and for
+different target locations. The easiest way to create such templates
+is through the customize interface.
-@table @kbd
-@orgkey{C-c c C}
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C}
+@kindex C @r{(Capture menu}
@vindex org-capture-templates
Customize the variable @code{org-capture-templates}.
@end table
-Before we give the formal description of template definitions, let's look at
-an example. Say you would like to use one template to create general TODO
-entries, and you want to put these entries under the heading @samp{Tasks} in
-your file @file{~/org/gtd.org}. Also, a date tree in the file
-@file{journal.org} should capture journal entries. A possible configuration
-would look like:
+Before we give the formal description of template definitions, let's
+look at an example. Say you would like to use one template to create
+general TODO entries, and you want to put these entries under the
+heading @samp{Tasks} in your file @samp{~/org/gtd.org}. Also, a date tree in
+the file @samp{journal.org} should capture journal entries. A possible
+configuration would look like:
-@smalllisp
-@group
+@lisp
(setq org-capture-templates
- '(("t" "Todo" entry (file+headline "~/org/gtd.org" "Tasks")
- "* TODO %?\n %i\n %a")
- ("j" "Journal" entry (file+olp+datetree "~/org/journal.org")
- "* %?\nEntered on %U\n %i\n %a")))
-@end group
-@end smalllisp
+ '(("t" "Todo" entry (file+headline "~/org/gtd.org" "Tasks")
+ "* TODO %?\n %i\n %a")
+ ("j" "Journal" entry (file+datetree "~/org/journal.org")
+ "* %?\nEntered on %U\n %i\n %a")))
+@end lisp
+
+@noindent
+If you then press @kbd{t} from the capture menu, Org will prepare
+the template for you like this:
-@noindent If you then press @kbd{C-c c t}, Org will prepare the template
-for you like this:
@example
* TODO
- [[file:@var{link to where you initiated capture}]]
+ [[file:LINK TO WHERE YOU INITIATED CAPTURE]]
@end example
@noindent
During expansion of the template, @code{%a} has been replaced by a link to
the location from where you called the capture command. This can be
-extremely useful for deriving tasks from emails, for example. You fill in
-the task definition, press @kbd{C-c C-c} and Org returns you to the same
-place where you started the capture process.
+extremely useful for deriving tasks from emails, for example. You
+fill in the task definition, press @kbd{C-c C-c} and Org returns
+you to the same place where you started the capture process.
-To define special keys to capture to a particular template without going
-through the interactive template selection, you can create your key binding
-like this:
+To define special keys to capture to a particular template without
+going through the interactive template selection, you can create your
+key binding like this:
@lisp
(define-key global-map "\C-cx"
- (lambda () (interactive) (org-capture nil "x")))
+ (lambda () (interactive) (org-capture nil "x")))
@end lisp
@menu
-* Template elements:: What is needed for a complete template entry
-* Template expansion:: Filling in information about time and context
-* Templates in contexts:: Only show a template in a specific context
+* Template elements:: What is needed for a complete template entry.
+* Template expansion:: Filling in information about time and context.
+* Templates in contexts:: Only show a template in a specific context.
@end menu
@node Template elements
@@ -7099,509 +7873,584 @@ like this:
Now lets look at the elements of a template definition. Each entry in
@code{org-capture-templates} is a list with the following items:
-@table @var
+@table @asis
@item keys
-The keys that will select the template, as a string, characters
-only, for example @code{"a"} for a template to be selected with a
-single key, or @code{"bt"} for selection with two keys. When using
-several keys, keys using the same prefix key must be sequential
-in the list and preceded by a 2-element entry explaining the
-prefix key, for example
-@smalllisp
- ("b" "Templates for marking stuff to buy")
-@end smalllisp
-@noindent If you do not define a template for the @kbd{C} key, this key will
-be used to open the customize buffer for this complex variable.
+The keys that selects the template, as a string, characters only,
+for example @samp{"a"}, for a template to be selected with a single
+key, or @samp{"bt"} for selection with two keys. When using several
+keys, keys using the same prefix key must be sequential in the
+list and preceded by a 2-element entry explaining the prefix key,
+for example:
+
+@lisp
+("b" "Templates for marking stuff to buy")
+@end lisp
+
+@noindent
+If you do not define a template for the @kbd{C} key, this
+key opens the Customize buffer for this complex variable.
@item description
-A short string describing the template, which will be shown during
-selection.
+A short string describing the template, shown during selection.
@item type
The type of entry, a symbol. Valid values are:
-@table @code
-@item entry
-An Org mode node, with a headline. Will be filed as the child of the target
-entry or as a top-level entry. The target file should be an Org mode file.
-@item item
-A plain list item, placed in the first plain list at the target
-location. Again the target file should be an Org file.
-@item checkitem
-A checkbox item. This only differs from the plain list item by the
-default template.
-@item table-line
-a new line in the first table at the target location. Where exactly the
-line will be inserted depends on the properties @code{:prepend} and
-@code{:table-line-pos} (see below).
-@item plain
+@table @asis
+@item @code{entry}
+An Org mode node, with a headline. Will be filed as the child
+of the target entry or as a top-level entry. The target file
+should be an Org file.
+
+@item @code{item}
+A plain list item, placed in the first plain list at the
+target location. Again the target file should be an Org
+file.
+
+@item @code{checkitem}
+A checkbox item. This only differs from the plain list item
+by the default template.
+
+@item @code{table-line}
+A new line in the first table at the target location. Where
+exactly the line will be inserted depends on the properties
+@code{:prepend} and @code{:table-line-pos} (see below).
+
+@item @code{plain}
Text to be inserted as it is.
@end table
@item target
@vindex org-default-notes-file
-Specification of where the captured item should be placed. In Org mode
-files, targets usually define a node. Entries will become children of this
-node. Other types will be added to the table or list in the body of this
-node. Most target specifications contain a file name. If that file name is
-the empty string, it defaults to @code{org-default-notes-file}. A file can
-also be given as a variable or as a function called with no argument. When
-an absolute path is not specified for a target, it is taken as relative to
-@code{org-directory}.
+@vindex org-directory
+Specification of where the captured item should be placed. In
+Org files, targets usually define a node. Entries will become
+children of this node. Other types will be added to the table or
+list in the body of this node. Most target specifications
+contain a file name. If that file name is the empty string, it
+defaults to @code{org-default-notes-file}. A file can also be given
+as a variable or as a function called with no argument. When an
+absolute path is not specified for a target, it is taken as
+relative to @code{org-directory}.
Valid values are:
-@table @code
-@item (file "path/to/file")
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{(file "path/to/file")}
Text will be placed at the beginning or end of that file.
-@item (id "id of existing org entry")
+@item @samp{(id "id of existing org entry")}
Filing as child of this entry, or in the body of the entry.
-@item (file+headline "path/to/file" "node headline")
+@item @samp{(file+headline "filename" "node headline")}
Fast configuration if the target heading is unique in the file.
-@item (file+olp "path/to/file" "Level 1 heading" "Level 2" ...)
+@item @samp{(file+olp "filename" "Level 1 heading" "Level 2" ...)}
For non-unique headings, the full path is safer.
-@item (file+regexp "path/to/file" "regexp to find location")
+@item @samp{(file+regexp "filename" "regexp to find location")}
Use a regular expression to position the cursor.
-@item (file+olp+datetree "path/to/file" [ "Level 1 heading" ....])
-This target@footnote{Org used to offer four different targets for date/week
-tree capture. Now, Org automatically translates these to use
-@code{file+olp+datetree}, applying the @code{:time-prompt} and
-@code{:tree-type} properties. Please rewrite your date/week-tree targets
-using @code{file+olp+datetree} since the older targets are now deprecated.}
-will create a heading in a date tree@footnote{A date tree is an outline
-structure with years on the highest level, months or ISO-weeks as sublevels
-and then dates on the lowest level. Tags are allowed in the tree structure.}
-for today's date. If the optional outline path is given, the tree will be
-built under the node it is pointing to, instead of at top level. Check out
-the @code{:time-prompt} and @code{:tree-type} properties below for additional
-options.
-
-@item (file+function "path/to/file" function-finding-location)
+@item @samp{(file+olp+datetree "filename" [ "Level 1 heading" ...])}
+This target@footnote{Org used to offer four different targets for date/week tree
+capture. Now, Org automatically translates these to use
+@code{file+olp+datetree}, applying the @code{:time-prompt} and @code{:tree-type}
+properties. Please rewrite your date/week-tree targets using
+@code{file+olp+datetree} since the older targets are now deprecated.} creates a heading in a date tree@footnote{A date tree is an outline structure with years on the highest
+level, months or ISO weeks as sublevels and then dates on the lowest
+level. Tags are allowed in the tree structure.} for
+today's date. If the optional outline path is given, the tree
+will be built under the node it is pointing to, instead of at
+top level. Check out the @code{:time-prompt} and @code{:tree-type}
+properties below for additional options.
+
+@item @code{(file+function "filename" function-finding-location)}
A function to find the right location in the file.
-@item (clock)
+@item @code{(clock)}
File to the entry that is currently being clocked.
-@item (function function-finding-location)
-Most general way: write your own function which both visits
-the file and moves point to the right location.
+@item @code{(function function-finding-location)}
+Most general way: write your own function which both visits the
+file and moves point to the right location.
@end table
@item template
-The template for creating the capture item. If you leave this empty, an
-appropriate default template will be used. Otherwise this is a string with
-escape codes, which will be replaced depending on time and context of the
-capture call. The string with escapes may be loaded from a template file,
-using the special syntax @code{(file "path/to/template")}. See below for
-more details.
+The template for creating the capture item. If you leave this
+empty, an appropriate default template will be used. Otherwise
+this is a string with escape codes, which will be replaced
+depending on time and context of the capture call. The string
+with escapes may be loaded from a template file, using the
+special syntax @samp{(file "template filename")}. See below for more
+details.
@item properties
The rest of the entry is a property list of additional options.
Recognized properties are:
-@table @code
-@item :prepend
-Normally new captured information will be appended at
-the target location (last child, last table line, last list item...).
-Setting this property will change that.
-
-@item :immediate-finish
-When set, do not offer to edit the information, just
-file it away immediately. This makes sense if the template only needs
+@table @asis
+@item @code{:prepend}
+Normally new captured information will be appended at the
+target location (last child, last table line, last list item,
+@dots{}). Setting this property changes that.
+
+@item @code{:immediate-finish}
+When set, do not offer to edit the information, just file it
+away immediately. This makes sense if the template only needs
information that can be added automatically.
-@item :empty-lines
-Set this to the number of lines to insert
-before and after the new item. Default 0, only common other value is 1.
+@item @code{:empty-lines}
+Set this to the number of lines to insert before and after the
+new item. Default 0, and the only other common value is 1.
-@item :clock-in
+@item @code{:clock-in}
Start the clock in this item.
-@item :clock-keep
+@item @code{:clock-keep}
Keep the clock running when filing the captured entry.
-@item :clock-resume
-If starting the capture interrupted a clock, restart that clock when finished
-with the capture. Note that @code{:clock-keep} has precedence over
-@code{:clock-resume}. When setting both to @code{t}, the current clock will
-run and the previous one will not be resumed.
-
-@item :time-prompt
-Prompt for a date/time to be used for date/week trees and when filling the
-template. Without this property, capture uses the current date and time.
-Even if this property has not been set, you can force the same behavior by
-calling @code{org-capture} with a @kbd{C-1} prefix argument.
-
-@item :tree-type
-When `week', make a week tree instead of the month tree, i.e. place the
-headings for each day under a heading with the current iso week.
-
-@item :unnarrowed
-Do not narrow the target buffer, simply show the full buffer. Default is to
-narrow it so that you only see the new material.
-
-@item :table-line-pos
-Specification of the location in the table where the new line should be
-inserted. It can be a string, a variable holding a string or a function
-returning a string. The string should look like @code{"II-3"} meaning that
-the new line should become the third line before the second horizontal
-separator line.
-
-@item :kill-buffer
-If the target file was not yet visited when capture was invoked, kill the
-buffer again after capture is completed.
+@item @code{:clock-resume}
+If starting the capture interrupted a clock, restart that clock
+when finished with the capture. Note that @code{:clock-keep} has
+precedence over @code{:clock-resume}. When setting both to
+non-@code{nil}, the current clock will run and the previous one will
+not be resumed.
+
+@item @code{:time-prompt}
+Prompt for a date/time to be used for date/week trees and when
+filling the template. Without this property, capture uses the
+current date and time. Even if this property has not been set,
+you can force the same behavior by calling @code{org-capture} with
+a @kbd{C-1} prefix argument.
+
+@item @code{:tree-type}
+When @code{week}, make a week tree instead of the month tree, i.e.,
+place the headings for each day under a heading with the
+current ISO week.
+
+@item @code{:unnarrowed}
+Do not narrow the target buffer, simply show the full buffer. Default
+is to narrow it so that you only see the new material.
+
+@item @code{:table-line-pos}
+Specification of the location in the table where the new line
+should be inserted. It should be a string like @samp{II-3} meaning
+that the new line should become the third line before the
+second horizontal separator line.
+
+@item @code{:kill-buffer}
+If the target file was not yet visited when capture was invoked, kill
+the buffer again after capture is completed.
@end table
@end table
@node Template expansion
@subsubsection Template expansion
-In the template itself, special @kbd{%}-escapes@footnote{If you need one of
-these sequences literally, escape the @kbd{%} with a backslash.} allow
-dynamic insertion of content. The templates are expanded in the order given here:
-
-@smallexample
-%[@var{file}] @r{Insert the contents of the file given by @var{file}.}
-%(@var{sexp}) @r{Evaluate Elisp @var{sexp} and replace with the result.}
- @r{For convenience, %:keyword (see below) placeholders}
- @r{within the expression will be expanded prior to this.}
- @r{The sexp must return a string.}
-%<...> @r{The result of format-time-string on the ... format specification.}
-%t @r{Timestamp, date only.}
-%T @r{Timestamp, with date and time.}
-%u, %U @r{Like the above, but inactive timestamps.}
-%i @r{Initial content, the region when capture is called while the}
- @r{region is active.}
- @r{The entire text will be indented like @code{%i} itself.}
-%a @r{Annotation, normally the link created with @code{org-store-link}.}
-%A @r{Like @code{%a}, but prompt for the description part.}
-%l @r{Like %a, but only insert the literal link.}
-%c @r{Current kill ring head.}
-%x @r{Content of the X clipboard.}
-%k @r{Title of the currently clocked task.}
-%K @r{Link to the currently clocked task.}
-%n @r{User name (taken from @code{user-full-name}).}
-%f @r{File visited by current buffer when org-capture was called.}
-%F @r{Full path of the file or directory visited by current buffer.}
-%:keyword @r{Specific information for certain link types, see below.}
-%^g @r{Prompt for tags, with completion on tags in target file.}
-%^G @r{Prompt for tags, with completion all tags in all agenda files.}
-%^t @r{Like @code{%t}, but prompt for date. Similarly @code{%^T}, @code{%^u}, @code{%^U}.}
- @r{You may define a prompt like @code{%^@{Birthday@}t}.}
-%^C @r{Interactive selection of which kill or clip to use.}
-%^L @r{Like @code{%^C}, but insert as link.}
-%^@{@var{prop}@}p @r{Prompt the user for a value for property @var{prop}.}
-%^@{@var{prompt}@} @r{prompt the user for a string and replace this sequence with it.}
- @r{You may specify a default value and a completion table with}
- @r{%^@{prompt|default|completion2|completion3...@}.}
- @r{The arrow keys access a prompt-specific history.}
-%\1 @dots{} %\N @r{Insert the text entered at the Nth %^@{@var{prompt}@}, where @code{N} is}
- @r{a number, starting from 1.@footnote{As required in Emacs
- Lisp, it is necessary to escape any backslash character in
- a string with another backslash. So, in order to use
- @samp{%\1} placeholder, you need to write @samp{%\\1} in
- the template.}}
-%? @r{After completing the template, position cursor here.}
-@end smallexample
+In the template itself, special ``%-escapes''@footnote{If you need one of these sequences literally, escape the @samp{%}
+with a backslash.} allow dynamic
+insertion of content. The templates are expanded in the order given
+here:
-@noindent
-For specific link types, the following keywords will be
-defined@footnote{If you define your own link types (@pxref{Adding
-hyperlink types}), any property you store with
-@code{org-store-link-props} can be accessed in capture templates in a
-similar way.}:
+@table @asis
+@item @code{%[FILE]}
+Insert the contents of the file given by @var{FILE}.
-@vindex org-from-is-user-regexp
-@smallexample
-Link type | Available keywords
----------------------------------+----------------------------------------------
-bbdb | %:name %:company
-irc | %:server %:port %:nick
-vm, vm-imap, wl, mh, mew, rmail, | %:type %:subject %:message-id
-gnus, notmuch | %:from %:fromname %:fromaddress
- | %:to %:toname %:toaddress
- | %:date @r{(message date header field)}
- | %:date-timestamp @r{(date as active timestamp)}
- | %:date-timestamp-inactive @r{(date as inactive timestamp)}
- | %:fromto @r{(either "to NAME" or "from NAME")@footnote{This will always be the other, not the user. See the variable @code{org-from-is-user-regexp}.}}
-gnus | %:group, @r{for messages also all email fields}
-eww, w3, w3m | %:url
-info | %:file %:node
-calendar | %:date
-org-protocol | %:link %:description %:annotation
-@end smallexample
+@item @code{%(SEXP)}
+Evaluate Elisp SEXP and replace with the result. The
+@var{SEXP} must return a string.
+
+@item @code{%<FORMAT>}
+The result of format-time-string on the @var{FORMAT}
+specification.
+
+@item @code{%t}
+Timestamp, date only.
+
+@item @code{%T}
+Timestamp, with date and time.
+
+@item @code{%u}, @code{%U}
+Like @code{%t}, @code{%T} above, but inactive timestamps.
+
+@item @code{%i}
+Initial content, the region when capture is called while the
+region is active. The entire text will be indented like @code{%i}
+itself.
+
+@item @code{%a}
+Annotation, normally the link created with @code{org-store-link}.
+
+@item @code{%A}
+Like @code{%a}, but prompt for the description part.
+
+@item @code{%l}
+Like @code{%a}, but only insert the literal link.
+
+@item @code{%c}
+Current kill ring head.
+
+@item @code{%x}
+Content of the X clipboard.
+
+@item @code{%k}
+Title of the currently clocked task.
+
+@item @code{%K}
+Link to the currently clocked task.
+
+@item @code{%n}
+User name (taken from @code{user-full-name}).
+
+@item @code{%f}
+File visited by current buffer when org-capture was called.
+
+@item @code{%F}
+Full path of the file or directory visited by current buffer.
+
+@item @code{%:keyword}
+Specific information for certain link types, see below.
+
+@item @code{%^g}
+Prompt for tags, with completion on tags in target file.
+
+@item @code{%^G}
+Prompt for tags, with completion all tags in all agenda files.
+
+@item @code{%^t}
+Like @code{%t}, but prompt for date. Similarly @code{%^T}, @code{%^u}, @code{%^U}. You may
+define a prompt like @code{%^@{Birthday@}t}.
+
+@item @code{%^C}
+Interactive selection of which kill or clip to use.
+
+@item @code{%^L}
+Like @code{%^C}, but insert as link.
+
+@item @code{%^@{PROP@}p}
+Prompt the user for a value for property PROP.
+
+@item @code{%^@{PROMPT@}}
+Prompt the user for a string and replace this sequence with it.
+You may specify a default value and a completion table with
+@code{%^@{prompt|default|completion2|completion3...@}}. The arrow keys
+access a prompt-specific history.
+
+@item @code{%\n}
+Insert the text entered at the Nth @code{%^@{PROMPT@}}, where N is
+a number, starting from 1.
+
+@item @code{%?}
+After completing the template, position cursor here.
+@end table
@noindent
-To place the cursor after template expansion use:
+@vindex org-store-link-props
+For specific link types, the following keywords are defined@footnote{If you define your own link types (see @ref{Adding Hyperlink Types}), any property you store with @code{org-store-link-props} can be
+accessed in capture templates in a similar way.}:
-@smallexample
-%? @r{After completing the template, position cursor here.}
-@end smallexample
+@vindex org-from-is-user-regexp
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@headitem Link type
+@tab Available keywords
+@item bbdb
+@tab @code{%:name}, @code{%:company}
+@item irc
+@tab @code{%:server}, @code{%:port}, @code{%:nick}
+@item mh, rmail
+@tab @code{%:type}, @code{%:subject}, @code{%:message-id}
+@item
+@tab @code{%:from}, @code{%:fromname}, @code{%:fromaddress}
+@item
+@tab @code{%:to}, @code{%:toname}, @code{%:toaddress}
+@item
+@tab @code{%:date} (message date header field)
+@item
+@tab @code{%:date-timestamp} (date as active timestamp)
+@item
+@tab @code{%:date-timestamp-inactive} (date as inactive timestamp)
+@item
+@tab @code{%:fromto} (either ``to NAME'' or ``from NAME'')@footnote{This is always the other, not the user. See the variable
+@code{org-from-is-user-regexp}.}
+@item gnus
+@tab @code{%:group}, for messages also all email fields
+@item w3, w3m
+@tab @code{%:url}
+@item info
+@tab @code{%:file}, @code{%:node}
+@item calendar
+@tab @code{%:date}
+@item org-protocol
+@tab @code{%:link}, @code{%:description}, @code{%:annotation}
+@end multitable
@node Templates in contexts
@subsubsection Templates in contexts
@vindex org-capture-templates-contexts
-To control whether a capture template should be accessible from a specific
-context, you can customize @code{org-capture-templates-contexts}. Let's say
-for example that you have a capture template @code{"p"} for storing Gnus
-emails containing patches. Then you would configure this option like this:
+To control whether a capture template should be accessible from
+a specific context, you can customize
+@code{org-capture-templates-contexts}. Let's say, for example, that you
+have a capture template ``p'' for storing Gnus emails containing
+patches. Then you would configure this option like this:
-@smalllisp
+@lisp
(setq org-capture-templates-contexts
'(("p" (in-mode . "message-mode"))))
-@end smalllisp
+@end lisp
-You can also tell that the command key @code{"p"} should refer to another
-template. In that case, add this command key like this:
+You can also tell that the command key @kbd{p} should refer to
+another template. In that case, add this command key like this:
-@smalllisp
+@lisp
(setq org-capture-templates-contexts
'(("p" "q" (in-mode . "message-mode"))))
-@end smalllisp
+@end lisp
See the docstring of the variable for more information.
@node Attachments
@section Attachments
-@cindex attachments
+@cindex attachments
@vindex org-attach-directory
-It is often useful to associate reference material with an outline node/task.
-Small chunks of plain text can simply be stored in the subtree of a project.
-Hyperlinks (@pxref{Hyperlinks}) can establish associations with
-files that live elsewhere on your computer or in the cloud, like emails or
-source code files belonging to a project. Another method is @i{attachments},
-which are files located in a directory belonging to an outline node. Org
-uses directories named by the unique ID of each entry. These directories are
-located in the @file{data} directory which lives in the same directory where
-your Org file lives@footnote{If you move entries or Org files from one
-directory to another, you may want to configure @code{org-attach-directory}
-to contain an absolute path.}. If you initialize this directory with
-@code{git init}, Org will automatically commit changes when it sees them.
-The attachment system has been contributed to Org by John Wiegley.
-
-In cases where it seems better to do so, you can also attach a directory of your
-choice to an entry. You can also make children inherit the attachment
-directory from a parent, so that an entire subtree uses the same attached
-directory.
-
-@noindent The following commands deal with attachments:
-
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c C-a,org-attach}
-The dispatcher for commands related to the attachment system. After these
-keys, a list of commands is displayed and you must press an additional key
-to select a command:
-
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmdtkc{a,C-c C-a a,org-attach-attach}
+
+It is often useful to associate reference material with an outline
+node/task. Small chunks of plain text can simply be stored in the
+subtree of a project. Hyperlinks (see @ref{Hyperlinks}) can establish
+associations with files that live elsewhere on your computer or in the
+cloud, like emails or source code files belonging to a project.
+Another method is @emph{attachments}, which are files located in
+a directory belonging to an outline node. Org uses directories named
+by the unique ID of each entry. These directories are located in the
+@code{data} directory which lives in the same directory where your Org file
+lives@footnote{If you move entries or Org files from one directory to
+another, you may want to configure @code{org-attach-directory} to contain
+an absolute path.}. If you initialize this directory with @samp{git init}, Org
+automatically commits changes when it sees them. The attachment
+system has been contributed to Org by John Wiegley.
+
+In cases where it seems better to do so, you can attach a directory of
+your choice to an entry. You can also make children inherit the
+attachment directory from a parent, so that an entire subtree uses the
+same attached directory.
+
+@noindent
+The following commands deal with attachments:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-a} (@code{org-attach})
+@kindex C-c C-a
+@findex org-attach
+The dispatcher for commands related to the attachment system.
+After these keys, a list of commands is displayed and you must
+press an additional key to select a command:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{a} (@code{org-attach-attach})
+@kindex C-c C-a a
+@findex org-attach-attach
@vindex org-attach-method
-Select a file and move it into the task's attachment directory. The file
-will be copied, moved, or linked, depending on @code{org-attach-method}.
-Note that hard links are not supported on all systems.
+Select a file and move it into the task's attachment
+directory. The file is copied, moved, or linked, depending
+on @code{org-attach-method}. Note that hard links are not
+supported on all systems.
+@item @kbd{c}/@kbd{m}/@kbd{l}
@kindex C-c C-a c
@kindex C-c C-a m
@kindex C-c C-a l
-@item c/m/l
-Attach a file using the copy/move/link method.
-Note that hard links are not supported on all systems.
+Attach a file using the copy/move/link method. Note that
+hard links are not supported on all systems.
-@orgcmdtkc{u,C-c C-a u,org-attach-url}
-Attach a file from URL
-
-@orgcmdtkc{n,C-c C-a n,org-attach-new}
+@item @kbd{n} (@code{org-attach-new})
+@kindex C-c C-a n
+@findex org-attach-new
Create a new attachment as an Emacs buffer.
-@orgcmdtkc{z,C-c C-a z,org-attach-sync}
-Synchronize the current task with its attachment directory, in case you added
-attachments yourself.
+@item @kbd{z} (@code{org-attach-sync})
+@kindex C-c C-a z
+@findex org-attach-sync
+Synchronize the current task with its attachment directory, in case
+you added attachments yourself.
-@orgcmdtkc{o,C-c C-a o,org-attach-open}
+@item @kbd{o} (@code{org-attach-open})
+@kindex C-c C-a o
+@findex org-attach-open
@vindex org-file-apps
-Open current task's attachment. If there is more than one, prompt for a
-file name first. Opening will follow the rules set by @code{org-file-apps}.
-For more details, see the information on following hyperlinks
-(@pxref{Handling links}).
-
-@orgcmdtkc{O,C-c C-a O,org-attach-open-in-emacs}
-Also open the attachment, but force opening the file in Emacs.
-
-@orgcmdtkc{f,C-c C-a f,org-attach-reveal}
+Open current task's attachment. If there is more than one,
+prompt for a file name first. Opening follows the rules set
+by @code{org-file-apps}. For more details, see the information
+on following hyperlinks (see @ref{Handling Links}).
+
+@item @kbd{O} (@code{org-attach-open-in-emacs})
+@kindex C-c C-a O
+@findex org-attach-open-in-emacs
+Also open the attachment, but force opening the file in
+Emacs.
+
+@item @kbd{f} (@code{org-attach-reveal})
+@kindex C-c C-a f
+@findex org-attach-reveal
Open the current task's attachment directory.
-@orgcmdtkc{F,C-c C-a F,org-attach-reveal-in-emacs}
-Also open the directory, but force using @command{dired} in Emacs.
+@item @kbd{F} (@code{org-attach-reveal-in-emacs})
+@kindex C-c C-a F
+@findex org-attach-reveal-in-emacs
+Also open the directory, but force using Dired in Emacs.
-@orgcmdtkc{d,C-c C-a d,org-attach-delete-one}
+@item @kbd{d} (@code{org-attach-delete-one})
+@kindex C-c C-a d
Select and delete a single attachment.
-@orgcmdtkc{D,C-c C-a D,org-attach-delete-all}
-Delete all of a task's attachments. A safer way is to open the directory in
-@command{dired} and delete from there.
-
-@orgcmdtkc{s,C-c C-a s,org-attach-set-directory}
-@cindex property, @code{ATTACH_DIR}
-Set a specific directory as the entry's attachment directory. This works by
-putting the directory path into the @code{ATTACH_DIR} property.
-
-@orgcmdtkc{i,C-c C-a i,org-attach-set-inherit}
-@cindex property, @code{ATTACH_DIR_INHERIT}
-Set the @code{ATTACH_DIR_INHERIT} property, so that children will use the
-same directory for attachments as the parent does.
+@item @kbd{D} (@code{org-attach-delete-all})
+@kindex C-c C-a D
+Delete all of a task's attachments. A safer way is to open
+the directory in Dired and delete from there.
+
+@item @kbd{s} (@code{org-attach-set-directory})
+@kindex C-c C-a s
+@cindex @samp{ATTACH_DIR}, property
+Set a specific directory as the entry's attachment
+directory. This works by putting the directory path into
+the @samp{ATTACH_DIR} property.
+
+@item @kbd{i} (@code{org-attach-set-inherit})
+@kindex C-c C-a i
+@cindex @samp{ATTACH_DIR_INHERIT}, property
+Set the @samp{ATTACH_DIR_INHERIT} property, so that children use
+the same directory for attachments as the parent does.
@end table
@end table
-@menu
-* Attach from dired:: Use dired to attach
-@end menu
-
-@node Attach from dired
-@subsection Attach from dired
-@cindex attach from dired
-
-It's possible to attach files to a subtree from a @command{dired} window in
-Emacs. This might be convenient in some cases.
-
-To use this feature have one window in @command{dired} mode containing the
-file (or files) to be attached and another window with point in the subtree
-that shall get the attachments.
-
-In the @command{dired} window with point on a file @kbd{M-x
-org-attach-dired-to-subtree} attaches the file to the subtree using the
-attachment method set by variable @code{org-attach-method}. When files are
-marked in the @command{dired} window then all marked files get attached.
+@cindex attach from Dired
+@findex org-attach-dired-to-subtree
+It is possible to attach files to a subtree from a Dired buffer. To
+use this feature, have one window in Dired mode containing the file(s)
+to be attached and another window with point in the subtree that shall
+get the attachments. In the Dired window, with point on a file,
+@kbd{M-x org-attach-dired-to-subtree} attaches the file to the
+subtree using the attachment method set by variable
+@code{org-attach-method}. When files are marked in the Dired window then
+all marked files get attached.
-Add the following lines to the Emacs config to have binding @kbd{C-c C-x a}
-in @command{dired} windows for attaching.
+Add the following lines to the Emacs init file to have @kbd{C-c C-x a} attach files in Dired buffers.
-@smalllisp
-(add-hook
- 'dired-mode-hook
- (lambda ()
- (define-key dired-mode-map (kbd "C-c C-x a") #'org-attach-dired-to-subtree))))
-@end smalllisp
+@lisp
+(add-hook 'dired-mode-hook
+ (lambda ()
+ (define-key dired-mode-map
+ (kbd "C-c C-x a")
+ #'org-attach-dired-to-subtree))))
+@end lisp
-The following code shows how to bind further attachment methods.
+The following code shows how to bind the previous command with
+a specific attachment method.
@lisp
-(add-hook
- 'dired-mode-hook
- (lambda ()
- (define-key dired-mode-map (kbd "C-c C-x a") #'org-attach-dired-to-subtree)
- (define-key dired-mode-map (kbd "C-c C-x c")
- (lambda () (interactive)
- (let ((org-attach-method 'cp))
- (call-interactively #'org-attach-dired-to-subtree))))
- (define-key dired-mode-map (kbd "C-c C-x m")
- (lambda () (interactive)
- (let ((org-attach-method 'mv))
- (call-interactively #'org-attach-dired-to-subtree))))
- (define-key dired-mode-map (kbd "C-c C-x h")
- (lambda () (interactive)
- (let ((org-attach-method 'ln))
- (call-interactively #'org-attach-dired-to-subtree))))
- (define-key dired-mode-map (kbd "C-c C-x s")
- (lambda () (interactive)
- (let ((org-attach-method 'lns))
- (call-interactively #'org-attach-dired-to-subtree))))))
+(add-hook 'dired-mode-hook
+ (lambda ()
+ (define-key dired-mode-map (kbd "C-c C-x c")
+ (lambda ()
+ (interactive)
+ (let ((org-attach-method 'cp))
+ (call-interactively #'org-attach-dired-to-subtree))))))
@end lisp
+@node RSS Feeds
+@section RSS Feeds
-@node RSS feeds
-@section RSS feeds
@cindex RSS feeds
@cindex Atom feeds
-Org can add and change entries based on information found in RSS feeds and
-Atom feeds. You could use this to make a task out of each new podcast in a
-podcast feed. Or you could use a phone-based note-creating service on the
-web to import tasks into Org. To access feeds, configure the variable
-@code{org-feed-alist}. The docstring of this variable has detailed
-information. Here is just an example:
+Org can add and change entries based on information found in RSS feeds
+and Atom feeds. You could use this to make a task out of each new
+podcast in a podcast feed. Or you could use a phone-based
+note-creating service on the web to import tasks into Org. To access
+feeds, configure the variable @code{org-feed-alist}. The docstring of this
+variable has detailed information. With the following
-@smalllisp
-@group
+@lisp
(setq org-feed-alist
- '(("Slashdot"
+ '(("Slashdot"
"http://rss.slashdot.org/Slashdot/slashdot"
"~/txt/org/feeds.org" "Slashdot Entries")))
-@end group
-@end smalllisp
+@end lisp
@noindent
-will configure that new items from the feed provided by
-@code{rss.slashdot.org} will result in new entries in the file
-@file{~/org/feeds.org} under the heading @samp{Slashdot Entries}, whenever
-the following command is used:
-
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x g,org-feed-update-all}
-@item C-c C-x g
-Collect items from the feeds configured in @code{org-feed-alist} and act upon
-them.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x G,org-feed-goto-inbox}
+new items from the feed provided by @samp{rss.slashdot.org} result in new
+entries in the file @samp{~/org/feeds.org} under the heading @samp{Slashdot
+Entries}, whenever the following command is used:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x g} (@code{org-feed-update-all})
+@kindex C-c C-x g
+Collect items from the feeds configured in @code{org-feed-alist} and
+act upon them.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x G} (@code{org-feed-goto-inbox})
+@kindex C-c C-x G
Prompt for a feed name and go to the inbox configured for this feed.
@end table
-Under the same headline, Org will create a drawer @samp{FEEDSTATUS} in which
-it will store information about the status of items in the feed, to avoid
+Under the same headline, Org creates a drawer @samp{FEEDSTATUS} in which it
+stores information about the status of items in the feed, to avoid
adding the same item several times.
For more information, including how to read atom feeds, see
-@file{org-feed.el} and the docstring of @code{org-feed-alist}.
+@samp{org-feed.el} and the docstring of @code{org-feed-alist}.
@node Protocols
-@section Protocols for external access
+@section Protocols for External Access
+
@cindex protocols, for external access
-Org protocol is a mean to trigger custom actions in Emacs from external
-applications. Any application that supports calling external programs with
-an URL as argument may be used with this functionality. For example, you can
-configure bookmarks in your web browser to send a link to the current page to
-Org and create a note from it using capture (@pxref{Capture}). You can also
-create a bookmark that tells Emacs to open the local source file of a remote
-website you are browsing.
+Org protocol is a means to trigger custom actions in Emacs from
+external applications. Any application that supports calling external
+programs with an URL as argument may be used with this functionality.
+For example, you can configure bookmarks in your web browser to send
+a link to the current page to Org and create a note from it using
+capture (see @ref{Capture}). You can also create a bookmark that tells
+Emacs to open the local source file of a remote website you are
+browsing.
@cindex Org protocol, set-up
@cindex Installing Org protocol
In order to use Org protocol from an application, you need to register
-@samp{org-protocol://} as a valid scheme-handler. External calls are passed
-to Emacs through the @code{emacsclient} command, so you also need to ensure
-an Emacs server is running. More precisely, when the application calls
+@samp{org-protocol://} as a valid scheme-handler. External calls are
+passed to Emacs through the @samp{emacsclient} command, so you also need to
+ensure an Emacs server is running. More precisely, when the
+application calls
@example
emacsclient org-protocol://PROTOCOL?key1=val1&key2=val2
@end example
@noindent
-Emacs calls the handler associated to @samp{PROTOCOL} with argument
-@samp{(:key1 val1 :key2 val2)}.
+Emacs calls the handler associated to @var{PROTOCOL} with
+argument @samp{(:key1 val1 :key2 val2)}.
@cindex protocol, new protocol
@cindex defining new protocols
-Org protocol comes with three predefined protocols, detailed in the following
-sections. Configure @code{org-protocol-protocol-alist} to define your own.
+Org protocol comes with three predefined protocols, detailed in the
+following sections. Configure @code{org-protocol-protocol-alist} to define
+your own.
@menu
-* @code{store-link} protocol:: Store a link, push URL to kill-ring.
-* @code{capture} protocol:: Fill a buffer with external information.
+* @code{store-link} protocol:: Store a link, push URL to kill-ring.
+* @code{capture} protocol:: Fill a buffer with external information.
* @code{open-source} protocol:: Edit published contents.
@end menu
@node @code{store-link} protocol
@subsection @code{store-link} protocol
+
@cindex store-link protocol
@cindex protocol, store-link
Using @code{store-link} handler, you can copy links, insertable through
-@kbd{M-x org-insert-link} or yanking thereafter. More precisely, the command
+@kbd{M-x org-insert-link} or yanking thereafter. More precisely,
+the command
@example
emacsclient org-protocol://store-link?url=URL&title=TITLE
@@ -7614,12 +8463,12 @@ stores the following link:
[[URL][TITLE]]
@end example
-In addition, @samp{URL} is pushed on the kill-ring for yanking. You need to
-encode @samp{URL} and @samp{TITLE} if they contain slashes, and probably
-quote those for the shell.
+In addition, @var{URL} is pushed on the kill-ring for yanking.
+You need to encode @var{URL} and @var{TITLE} if they contain
+slashes, and probably quote those for the shell.
-To use this feature from a browser, add a bookmark with an arbitrary name,
-e.g., @samp{Org: store-link} and enter this as @emph{Location}:
+To use this feature from a browser, add a bookmark with an arbitrary
+name, e.g., @samp{Org: store-link} and enter this as @emph{Location}:
@example
javascript:location.href='org-protocol://store-link?url='+
@@ -7628,37 +8477,32 @@ javascript:location.href='org-protocol://store-link?url='+
@node @code{capture} protocol
@subsection @code{capture} protocol
+
@cindex capture protocol
@cindex protocol, capture
-Activating @code{capture} handler pops up a @samp{Capture} buffer and fills
-the capture template associated to the @samp{X} key with them.
+Activating ``capture'' handler pops up a @samp{Capture} buffer and fills the
+capture template associated to the @samp{X} key with them.
@example
emacsclient org-protocol://capture?template=X?url=URL?title=TITLE?body=BODY
@end example
-To use this feature, add a bookmark with an arbitrary name, e.g. @samp{Org:
-capture} and enter this as @samp{Location}:
+To use this feature, add a bookmark with an arbitrary name, e.g.
+@samp{Org: capture} and enter this as @samp{Location}:
@example
-javascript:location.href='org-protocol://template=x'+
+javascript:location.href='org-protocol://capture?template=x'+
'&url='+encodeURIComponent(window.location.href)+
'&title='+encodeURIComponent(document.title)+
'&body='+encodeURIComponent(window.getSelection());
@end example
@vindex org-protocol-default-template-key
-The result depends on the capture template used, which is set in the bookmark
-itself, as in the example above, or in
+The result depends on the capture template used, which is set in the
+bookmark itself, as in the example above, or in
@code{org-protocol-default-template-key}.
-@cindex capture, %:link placeholder
-@cindex %:link template expansion in capture
-@cindex capture, %:description placeholder
-@cindex %:description template expansion in capture
-@cindex capture, %:annotation placeholder
-@cindex %:annotation template expansion in capture
The following template placeholders are available:
@example
@@ -7670,71 +8514,62 @@ The following template placeholders are available:
@node @code{open-source} protocol
@subsection @code{open-source} protocol
+
@cindex open-source protocol
@cindex protocol, open-source
-The @code{open-source} handler is designed to help with editing local sources
-when reading a document. To that effect, you can use a bookmark with the
-following location:
+The @code{open-source} handler is designed to help with editing local
+sources when reading a document. To that effect, you can use
+a bookmark with the following location:
@example
javascript:location.href='org-protocol://open-source?&url='+
encodeURIComponent(location.href)
@end example
-@cindex protocol, open-source, @code{:base-url} property
-@cindex @code{:base-url} property in open-source protocol
-@cindex protocol, open-source, @code{:working-directory} property
-@cindex @code{:working-directory} property in open-source protocol
-@cindex protocol, open-source, @code{:online-suffix} property
-@cindex @code{:online-suffix} property in open-source protocol
-@cindex protocol, open-source, @code{:working-suffix} property
-@cindex @code{:working-suffix} property in open-source protocol
@vindex org-protocol-project-alist
-The variable @code{org-protocol-project-alist} maps URLs to local file names,
-by stripping URL parameters from the end and replacing the @code{:base-url}
-with @code{:working-directory} and @code{:online-suffix} with
+The variable @code{org-protocol-project-alist} maps URLs to local file
+names, by stripping URL parameters from the end and replacing the
+@code{:base-url} with @code{:working-directory} and @code{:online-suffix} with
@code{:working-suffix}. For example, assuming you own a local copy of
-@url{https://orgmode.org/worg/} contents at @file{/home/user/worg}, you can
-set @code{org-protocol-project-alist} to the following
+@samp{https://orgmode.org/worg/} contents at @samp{/home/user/worg}, you can set
+@code{org-protocol-project-alist} to the following
@lisp
(setq org-protocol-project-alist
'(("Worg"
- :base-url "https://orgmode.org/worg/"
- :working-directory "/home/user/worg/"
- :online-suffix ".html"
- :working-suffix ".org")))
+ :base-url "https://orgmode.org/worg/"
+ :working-directory "/home/user/worg/"
+ :online-suffix ".html"
+ :working-suffix ".org")))
@end lisp
@noindent
If you are now browsing
-@url{https://orgmode.org/worg/org-contrib/org-protocol.html} and find a typo
-or have an idea about how to enhance the documentation, simply click the
-bookmark and start editing.
+@samp{https://orgmode.org/worg/org-contrib/org-protocol.html} and find
+a typo or have an idea about how to enhance the documentation, simply
+click the bookmark and start editing.
-@cindex handle rewritten URL in open-source protocol
+@cindex rewritten URL in open-source protocol
@cindex protocol, open-source rewritten URL
However, such mapping may not yield the desired results. Suppose you
-maintain an online store located at @url{http://example.com/}. The local
-sources reside in @file{/home/user/example/}. It is common practice to serve
-all products in such a store through one file and rewrite URLs that do not
-match an existing file on the server. That way, a request to
-@url{http://example.com/print/posters.html} might be rewritten on the server
-to something like
-@url{http://example.com/shop/products.php/posters.html.php}. The
+maintain an online store located at @samp{http://example.com/}. The local
+sources reside in @samp{/home/user/example/}. It is common practice to
+serve all products in such a store through one file and rewrite URLs
+that do not match an existing file on the server. That way, a request
+to @samp{http://example.com/print/posters.html} might be rewritten on the
+server to something like
+@samp{http://example.com/shop/products.php/posters.html.php}. The
@code{open-source} handler probably cannot find a file named
-@file{/home/user/example/print/posters.html.php} and fails.
+@samp{/home/user/example/print/posters.html.php} and fails.
-@cindex protocol, open-source, @code{:rewrites} property
-@cindex @code{:rewrites property} in open-source protocol
Such an entry in @code{org-protocol-project-alist} may hold an additional
property @code{:rewrites}. This property is a list of cons cells, each of
which maps a regular expression to a path relative to the
@code{:working-directory}.
-Now map the URL to the path @file{/home/user/example/products.php} by adding
-@code{:rewrites} rules like this:
+Now map the URL to the path @samp{/home/user/example/products.php} by
+adding @code{:rewrites} rules like this:
@lisp
(setq org-protocol-project-alist
@@ -7749,15 +8584,15 @@ Now map the URL to the path @file{/home/user/example/products.php} by adding
@noindent
Since @samp{example.com/$} is used as a regular expression, it maps
-@url{http://example.com/}, @url{https://example.com},
-@url{http://www.example.com/} and similar to
-@file{/home/user/example/index.php}.
+@samp{http://example.com/}, @samp{https://example.com},
+@samp{http://www.example.com/} and similar to
+@samp{/home/user/example/index.php}.
The @code{:rewrites} rules are searched as a last resort if and only if no
existing file name is matched.
@cindex protocol, open-source, set-up mapping
-@cindex set-up mappings in open-source protocol
+@cindex mappings in open-source protocol
@findex org-protocol-create
@findex org-protocol-create-for-org
Two functions can help you filling @code{org-protocol-project-alist} with
@@ -7765,21 +8600,27 @@ valid contents: @code{org-protocol-create} and
@code{org-protocol-create-for-org}. The latter is of use if you're editing
an Org file that is part of a publishing project.
-@node Refile and copy
-@section Refile and copy
+@node Refile and Copy
+@section Refile and Copy
+
@cindex refiling notes
@cindex copying notes
-When reviewing the captured data, you may want to refile or to copy some of
-the entries into a different list, for example into a project. Cutting,
-finding the right location, and then pasting the note is cumbersome. To
-simplify this process, you can use the following special command:
+When reviewing the captured data, you may want to refile or to copy
+some of the entries into a different list, for example into a project.
+Cutting, finding the right location, and then pasting the note is
+cumbersome. To simplify this process, you can use the following
+special command:
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c M-w,org-copy}
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c M-w} (@code{org-copy})
+@kindex C-c M-w
@findex org-copy
-Copying works like refiling, except that the original note is not deleted.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-w,org-refile}
+Copying works like refiling, except that the original note is not
+deleted.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-w} (@code{org-refile})
+@kindex C-c C-w
@findex org-refile
@vindex org-reverse-note-order
@vindex org-refile-targets
@@ -7787,438 +8628,527 @@ Copying works like refiling, except that the original note is not deleted.
@vindex org-outline-path-complete-in-steps
@vindex org-refile-allow-creating-parent-nodes
@vindex org-log-refile
-@vindex org-refile-use-cache
-@vindex org-refile-keep
-Refile the entry or region at point. This command offers possible locations
-for refiling the entry and lets you select one with completion. The item (or
-all items in the region) is filed below the target heading as a subitem.
-Depending on @code{org-reverse-note-order}, it will be either the first or
-last subitem.@*
-By default, all level 1 headlines in the current buffer are considered to be
-targets, but you can have more complex definitions across a number of files.
-See the variable @code{org-refile-targets} for details. If you would like to
-select a location via a file-path-like completion along the outline path, see
-the variables @code{org-refile-use-outline-path} and
-@code{org-outline-path-complete-in-steps}. If you would like to be able to
-create new nodes as new parents for refiling on the fly, check the
-variable @code{org-refile-allow-creating-parent-nodes}.
-When the variable @code{org-log-refile}@footnote{with corresponding
-@code{#+STARTUP} keywords @code{logrefile}, @code{lognoterefile},
-and @code{nologrefile}} is set, a timestamp or a note will be
-recorded when an entry has been refiled.
-@orgkey{C-u C-c C-w}
+Refile the entry or region at point. This command offers
+possible locations for refiling the entry and lets you select one
+with completion. The item (or all items in the region) is filed
+below the target heading as a subitem. Depending on
+@code{org-reverse-note-order}, it is either the first or last subitem.
+
+By default, all level 1 headlines in the current buffer are
+considered to be targets, but you can have more complex
+definitions across a number of files. See the variable
+@code{org-refile-targets} for details. If you would like to select
+a location via a file-path-like completion along the outline
+path, see the variables @code{org-refile-use-outline-path} and
+@code{org-outline-path-complete-in-steps}. If you would like to be
+able to create new nodes as new parents for refiling on the fly,
+check the variable @code{org-refile-allow-creating-parent-nodes}.
+When the variable @code{org-log-refile}@footnote{Note the corresponding @samp{STARTUP} options @samp{logrefile},
+@samp{lognoterefile}, and @samp{nologrefile}.} is set, a timestamp or
+a note is recorded whenever an entry is refiled.
+
+@item @kbd{C-u C-c C-w}
+@kindex C-u C-c C-w
Use the refile interface to jump to a heading.
-@orgcmd{C-u C-u C-c C-w,org-refile-goto-last-stored}
+
+@item @kbd{C-u C-u C-c C-w} (@code{org-refile-goto-last-stored})
+@kindex C-u C-u C-c C-w
+@findex org-refile-goto-last-stored
Jump to the location where @code{org-refile} last moved a tree to.
-@item C-2 C-c C-w
+
+@item @kbd{C-2 C-c C-w}
+@kindex C-2 C-c C-w
Refile as the child of the item currently being clocked.
-@item C-3 C-c C-w
-Refile and keep the entry in place. Also see @code{org-refile-keep} to make
-this the default behavior, and beware that this may result in duplicated
-@code{ID} properties.
-@orgcmdtkc{C-0 C-c C-w @ @r{or} @ C-u C-u C-u C-c C-w,C-0 C-c C-w,org-refile-cache-clear}
-Clear the target cache. Caching of refile targets can be turned on by
-setting @code{org-refile-use-cache}. To make the command see new possible
-targets, you have to clear the cache with this command.
+
+@item @kbd{C-3 C-c C-w}
+@kindex C-3 C-c C-w
+@vindex org-refile-keep
+Refile and keep the entry in place. Also see @code{org-refile-keep}
+to make this the default behavior, and beware that this may
+result in duplicated @code{ID} properties.
+
+@item @kbd{C-0 C-c C-w} or @kbd{C-u C-u C-u C-c C-w} (@code{org-refile-cache-clear})
+@kindex C-u C-u C-u C-c C-w
+@kindex C-0 C-c C-w
+@findex org-refile-cache-clear
+@vindex org-refile-use-cache
+Clear the target cache. Caching of refile targets can be turned
+on by setting @code{org-refile-use-cache}. To make the command see
+new possible targets, you have to clear the cache with this
+command.
@end table
@node Archiving
@section Archiving
+
@cindex archiving
-When a project represented by a (sub)tree is finished, you may want
-to move the tree out of the way and to stop it from contributing to the
-agenda. Archiving is important to keep your working files compact and global
-searches like the construction of agenda views fast.
+When a project represented by a (sub)tree is finished, you may want to
+move the tree out of the way and to stop it from contributing to the
+agenda. Archiving is important to keep your working files compact and
+global searches like the construction of agenda views fast.
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-a,org-archive-subtree-default}
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-a} (@code{org-archive-subtree-default})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-a
+@findex org-archive-subtree-default
@vindex org-archive-default-command
-Archive the current entry using the command specified in the variable
-@code{org-archive-default-command}.
+Archive the current entry using the command specified in the
+variable @code{org-archive-default-command}.
@end table
@menu
-* Moving subtrees:: Moving a tree to an archive file
-* Internal archiving:: Switch off a tree but keep it in the file
+* Moving subtrees:: Moving a tree to an archive file.
+* Internal archiving:: Switch off a tree but keep it in the file.
@end menu
@node Moving subtrees
-@subsection Moving a tree to the archive file
+@subsection Moving a tree to an archive file
+
@cindex external archiving
-The most common archiving action is to move a project tree to another file,
-the archive file.
+The most common archiving action is to move a project tree to another
+file, the archive file.
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmdkskc{C-c C-x C-s,C-c $,org-archive-subtree}
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-s} or short @kbd{C-c $} (@code{org-archive-subtree})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-s
+@kindex C-c $
+@findex org-archive-subtree
@vindex org-archive-location
-Archive the subtree starting at the cursor position to the location
-given by @code{org-archive-location}.
-@orgkey{C-u C-c C-x C-s}
-Check if any direct children of the current headline could be moved to
-the archive. To do this, each subtree is checked for open TODO entries.
-If none are found, the command offers to move it to the archive
-location. If the cursor is @emph{not} on a headline when this command
-is invoked, the level 1 trees will be checked.
-@orgkey{C-u C-u C-c C-x C-s}
-As above, but check subtree for timestamps instead of TODO entries. The
-command will offer to archive the subtree if it @emph{does} contain a
-timestamp, and that timestamp is in the past.
+Archive the subtree starting at the cursor position to the
+location given by @code{org-archive-location}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-u C-c C-x C-s}
+@kindex C-u C-c C-x C-s
+Check if any direct children of the current headline could be
+moved to the archive. To do this, check each subtree for open
+TODO entries. If none is found, the command offers to move it to
+the archive location. If the cursor is @emph{not} on a headline when
+this command is invoked, check level 1 trees.
+
+@item @kbd{C-u C-u C-c C-x C-s}
+@kindex C-u C-u C-c C-x C-s
+As above, but check subtree for timestamps instead of TODO
+entries. The command offers to archive the subtree if it @emph{does}
+contain a timestamp, and that timestamp is in the past.
@end table
@cindex archive locations
The default archive location is a file in the same directory as the
-current file, with the name derived by appending @file{_archive} to the
+current file, with the name derived by appending @samp{_archive} to the
current file name. You can also choose what heading to file archived
items under, with the possibility to add them to a datetree in a file.
-For information and examples on how to specify the file and the heading,
-see the documentation string of the variable
+For information and examples on how to specify the file and the
+heading, see the documentation string of the variable
@code{org-archive-location}.
-There is also an in-buffer option for setting this variable, for example:
+There is also an in-buffer option for setting this variable, for
+example:
-@cindex @code{#+ARCHIVE}
+@cindex @samp{ARCHIVE}, keyword
@example
#+ARCHIVE: %s_done::
@end example
-@cindex property, @code{ARCHIVE}
@noindent
-If you would like to have a special ARCHIVE location for a single entry
-or a (sub)tree, give the entry an @code{:ARCHIVE:} property with the
-location as the value (@pxref{Properties and columns}).
+@cindex ARCHIVE, property
+If you would like to have a special archive location for a single
+entry or a (sub)tree, give the entry an @samp{ARCHIVE} property with the
+location as the value (see @ref{Properties and Columns}).
@vindex org-archive-save-context-info
-When a subtree is moved, it receives a number of special properties that
-record context information like the file from where the entry came, its
-outline path the archiving time etc. Configure the variable
+When a subtree is moved, it receives a number of special properties
+that record context information like the file from where the entry
+came, its outline path the archiving time etc. Configure the variable
@code{org-archive-save-context-info} to adjust the amount of information
added.
-
@node Internal archiving
@subsection Internal archiving
-@cindex archive tag
-If you want to just switch off---for agenda views---certain subtrees without
-moving them to a different file, you can use the archive tag.
+@cindex @samp{ARCHIVE}, tag
+If you want to just switch off---for agenda views---certain subtrees
+without moving them to a different file, you can use the @samp{ARCHIVE}
+tag.
+
+A headline that is marked with the @samp{ARCHIVE} tag (see @ref{Tags}) stays at
+its location in the outline tree, but behaves in the following way:
-A headline that is marked with the @samp{:ARCHIVE:} tag (@pxref{Tags}) stays
-at its location in the outline tree, but behaves in the following way:
-@itemize @minus
+@itemize
@item
@vindex org-cycle-open-archived-trees
It does not open when you attempt to do so with a visibility cycling
-command (@pxref{Visibility cycling}). You can force cycling archived
+command (see @ref{Visibility Cycling}). You can force cycling archived
subtrees with @kbd{C-@key{TAB}}, or by setting the option
-@code{org-cycle-open-archived-trees}. Also normal outline commands like
-@code{show-all} will open archived subtrees.
+@code{org-cycle-open-archived-trees}. Also normal outline commands, like
+@code{outline-show-all}, open archived subtrees.
+
@item
@vindex org-sparse-tree-open-archived-trees
-During sparse tree construction (@pxref{Sparse trees}), matches in
+During sparse tree construction (see @ref{Sparse Trees}), matches in
archived subtrees are not exposed, unless you configure the option
@code{org-sparse-tree-open-archived-trees}.
+
@item
@vindex org-agenda-skip-archived-trees
-During agenda view construction (@pxref{Agenda views}), the content of
+During agenda view construction (see @ref{Agenda Views}), the content of
archived trees is ignored unless you configure the option
-@code{org-agenda-skip-archived-trees}, in which case these trees will always
-be included. In the agenda you can press @kbd{v a} to get archives
-temporarily included.
+@code{org-agenda-skip-archived-trees}, in which case these trees are
+always included. In the agenda you can press @kbd{v a} to get
+archives temporarily included.
+
@item
@vindex org-export-with-archived-trees
-Archived trees are not exported (@pxref{Exporting}), only the headline
+Archived trees are not exported (see @ref{Exporting}), only the headline
is. Configure the details using the variable
@code{org-export-with-archived-trees}.
+
@item
@vindex org-columns-skip-archived-trees
Archived trees are excluded from column view unless the variable
@code{org-columns-skip-archived-trees} is configured to @code{nil}.
@end itemize
-The following commands help manage the ARCHIVE tag:
-
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x a,org-toggle-archive-tag}
-Toggle the ARCHIVE tag for the current headline. When the tag is set,
-the headline changes to a shadowed face, and the subtree below it is
-hidden.
-@orgkey{C-u C-c C-x a}
-Check if any direct children of the current headline should be archived.
-To do this, each subtree is checked for open TODO entries. If none are
-found, the command offers to set the ARCHIVE tag for the child. If the
-cursor is @emph{not} on a headline when this command is invoked, the
-level 1 trees will be checked.
-@orgcmd{C-@key{TAB},org-force-cycle-archived}
-Cycle a tree even if it is tagged with ARCHIVE.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x A,org-archive-to-archive-sibling}
-Move the current entry to the @emph{Archive Sibling}. This is a sibling of
-the entry with the heading @samp{Archive} and the tag @samp{ARCHIVE}. The
-entry becomes a child of that sibling and in this way retains a lot of its
-original context, including inherited tags and approximate position in the
-outline.
+The following commands help manage the @samp{ARCHIVE} tag:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x a} (@code{org-toggle-archive-tag})
+@kindex C-c C-x a
+@findex org-toggle-archive-tag
+Toggle the archive tag for the current headline. When the tag is
+set, the headline changes to a shadowed face, and the subtree
+below it is hidden.
+
+@item @kbd{C-u C-c C-x a}
+@kindex C-u C-c C-x a
+Check if any direct children of the current headline should be
+archived. To do this, check each subtree for open TODO entries.
+If none is found, the command offers to set the @samp{ARCHIVE} tag for
+the child. If the cursor is @emph{not} on a headline when this
+command is invoked, check the level 1 trees.
+
+@item @kbd{C-@key{TAB}}, @code{org-force-cycle-archived}
+@kindex C-TAB
+Cycle a tree even if it is tagged with @samp{ARCHIVE}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x A} (@code{org-archive-to-archive-sibling})
+@kindex C-c C-x A
+@findex org-archive-to-archive-sibling
+Move the current entry to the @emph{Archive Sibling}. This is
+a sibling of the entry with the heading @samp{Archive} and the archive
+tag. The entry becomes a child of that sibling and in this way
+retains a lot of its original context, including inherited tags
+and approximate position in the outline.
@end table
+@node Agenda Views
+@chapter Agenda Views
-@node Agenda views
-@chapter Agenda views
@cindex agenda views
-Due to the way Org works, TODO items, time-stamped items, and
-tagged headlines can be scattered throughout a file or even a number of
+Due to the way Org works, TODO items, time-stamped items, and tagged
+headlines can be scattered throughout a file or even a number of
files. To get an overview of open action items, or of events that are
important for a particular date, this information must be collected,
sorted and displayed in an organized way.
-Org can select items based on various criteria and display them
-in a separate buffer. Six different view types are provided:
+Org can select items based on various criteria and display them in
+a separate buffer. Seven different view types are provided:
-@itemize @bullet
+@itemize
@item
-an @emph{agenda} that is like a calendar and shows information
-for specific dates,
+an @emph{agenda} that is like a calendar and shows information for
+specific dates,
+
@item
-a @emph{TODO list} that covers all unfinished
-action items,
+a @emph{TODO list} that covers all unfinished action items,
+
@item
-a @emph{match view}, showings headlines based on the tags, properties, and
-TODO state associated with them,
+a @emph{match view}, showings headlines based on the tags, properties,
+and TODO state associated with them,
+
@item
-a @emph{text search view} that shows all entries from multiple files
-that contain specified keywords,
+a @emph{timeline view} that shows all events in a single Org file, in
+time-sorted view,
+
+@item
+a @emph{text search view} that shows all entries from multiple files that
+contain specified keywords,
+
@item
-a @emph{stuck projects view} showing projects that currently don't move
+a @emph{stuck projects view} showing projects that currently do not move
along, and
+
@item
-@emph{custom views} that are special searches and combinations of different
-views.
+@emph{custom views} that are special searches and combinations of
+different views.
@end itemize
@noindent
-The extracted information is displayed in a special @emph{agenda
-buffer}. This buffer is read-only, but provides commands to visit the
-corresponding locations in the original Org files, and even to
-edit these files remotely.
+The extracted information is displayed in a special @emph{agenda buffer}.
+This buffer is read-only, but provides commands to visit the
+corresponding locations in the original Org files, and even to edit
+these files remotely.
@vindex org-agenda-skip-comment-trees
@vindex org-agenda-skip-archived-trees
@cindex commented entries, in agenda views
@cindex archived entries, in agenda views
-By default, the report ignores commented (@pxref{Comment lines}) and archived
-(@pxref{Internal archiving}) entries. You can override this by setting
-@code{org-agenda-skip-comment-trees} and
+By default, the report ignores commented (see @ref{Comment Lines}) and
+archived (see @ref{Internal archiving}) entries. You can override this by
+setting @code{org-agenda-skip-comment-trees} and
@code{org-agenda-skip-archived-trees} to @code{nil}.
@vindex org-agenda-window-setup
@vindex org-agenda-restore-windows-after-quit
-Two variables control how the agenda buffer is displayed and whether the
-window configuration is restored when the agenda exits:
-@code{org-agenda-window-setup} and
-@code{org-agenda-restore-windows-after-quit}.
+Two variables control how the agenda buffer is displayed and whether
+the window configuration is restored when the agenda exits:
+@code{org-agenda-window-setup} and @code{org-agenda-restore-windows-after-quit}.
@menu
-* Agenda files:: Files being searched for agenda information
-* Agenda dispatcher:: Keyboard access to agenda views
-* Built-in agenda views:: What is available out of the box?
-* Presentation and sorting:: How agenda items are prepared for display
-* Agenda commands:: Remote editing of Org trees
-* Custom agenda views:: Defining special searches and views
-* Exporting agenda views:: Writing a view to a file
-* Agenda column view:: Using column view for collected entries
+* Agenda Files:: Files being searched for agenda information.
+* Agenda Dispatcher:: Keyboard access to agenda views.
+* Built-in Agenda Views:: What is available out of the box?
+* Presentation and Sorting:: How agenda items are prepared for display.
+* Agenda Commands:: Remote editing of Org trees.
+* Custom Agenda Views:: Defining special searches and views.
+* Exporting Agenda Views:: Writing a view to a file.
+* Agenda Column View:: Using column view for collected entries.
@end menu
-@node Agenda files
-@section Agenda files
+@node Agenda Files
+@section Agenda Files
+
@cindex agenda files
@cindex files for agenda
@vindex org-agenda-files
The information to be shown is normally collected from all @emph{agenda
-files}, the files listed in the variable
-@code{org-agenda-files}@footnote{If the value of that variable is not a
-list, but a single file name, then the list of agenda files will be
-maintained in that external file.}. If a directory is part of this list,
-all files with the extension @file{.org} in this directory will be part
-of the list.
+files}, the files listed in the variable @code{org-agenda-files}@footnote{If the value of that variable is not a list, but a single file
+name, then the list of agenda files in maintained in that external
+file.}.
+If a directory is part of this list, all files with the extension
+@samp{.org} in this directory are part of the list.
Thus, even if you only work with a single Org file, that file should
-be put into the list@footnote{When using the dispatcher, pressing
-@kbd{<} before selecting a command will actually limit the command to
-the current file, and ignore @code{org-agenda-files} until the next
-dispatcher command.}. You can customize @code{org-agenda-files}, but
-the easiest way to maintain it is through the following commands
+be put into the list@footnote{When using the dispatcher, pressing @kbd{<} before
+selecting a command actually limits the command to the current file,
+and ignores @code{org-agenda-files} until the next dispatcher command.}. You can customize @code{org-agenda-files},
+but the easiest way to maintain it is through the following commands
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c [} (@code{org-agenda-file-to-front})
+@kindex C-c [
+@findex org-agenda-file-to-front
@cindex files, adding to agenda list
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c [,org-agenda-file-to-front}
-Add current file to the list of agenda files. The file is added to
-the front of the list. If it was already in the list, it is moved to
-the front. With a prefix argument, file is added/moved to the end.
-@orgcmd{C-c ],org-remove-file}
+Add current file to the list of agenda files. The file is added
+to the front of the list. If it was already in the list, it is
+moved to the front. With a prefix argument, file is added/moved
+to the end.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c ]} (@code{org-remove-file})
+@kindex C-c ]
+@findex org-remove-file
Remove current file from the list of agenda files.
+
+@item @kbd{C-'}
+@itemx @kbd{C-,} (@code{org-cycle-agenda-files})
+@kindex C-'
@kindex C-,
+@findex org-cycle-agenda-files
@cindex cycling, of agenda files
-@orgcmd{C-',org-cycle-agenda-files}
-@itemx C-,
Cycle through agenda file list, visiting one file after the other.
-@item M-x org-switchb @key{RET}
-Command to use an @code{iswitchb}-like interface to switch to and between Org
-buffers.
+
+@item @kbd{M-x org-switchb}
+@findex org-switchb
+Command to use an iswitchb-like interface to switch to and
+between Org buffers.
@end table
@noindent
-The Org menu contains the current list of files and can be used
-to visit any of them.
+The Org menu contains the current list of files and can be used to
+visit any of them.
If you would like to focus the agenda temporarily on a file not in
-this list, or on just one file in the list, or even on only a subtree in a
-file, then this can be done in different ways. For a single agenda command,
-you may press @kbd{<} once or several times in the dispatcher
-(@pxref{Agenda dispatcher}). To restrict the agenda scope for an
-extended period, use the following commands:
-
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x <,org-agenda-set-restriction-lock}
-Permanently restrict the agenda to the current subtree. When with a
-prefix argument, or with the cursor before the first headline in a file,
-the agenda scope is set to the entire file. This restriction remains in
-effect until removed with @kbd{C-c C-x >}, or by typing either @kbd{<}
-or @kbd{>} in the agenda dispatcher. If there is a window displaying an
-agenda view, the new restriction takes effect immediately.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x >,org-agenda-remove-restriction-lock}
+this list, or on just one file in the list, or even on only a subtree
+in a file, then this can be done in different ways. For a single
+agenda command, you may press @kbd{<} once or several times in
+the dispatcher (see @ref{Agenda Dispatcher}). To restrict the agenda
+scope for an extended period, use the following commands:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x <} (@code{org-agenda-set-restriction-lock})
+@kindex C-c C-x <
+@findex org-agenda-set-restriction-lock
+Permanently restrict the agenda to the current subtree. When
+called with a prefix argument, or with the cursor before the
+first headline in a file, set the agenda scope to the entire
+file. This restriction remains in effect until removed with
+@kbd{C-c C-x >}, or by typing either @kbd{<} or
+@kbd{>} in the agenda dispatcher. If there is a window
+displaying an agenda view, the new restriction takes effect
+immediately.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x >} (@code{org-agenda-remove-restriction-lock})
+@kindex C-c C-x >
+@findex org-agenda-remove-restriction-lock
Remove the permanent restriction created by @kbd{C-c C-x <}.
@end table
@noindent
-When working with @file{speedbar.el}, you can use the following commands in
+When working with @samp{speedbar.el}, you can use the following commands in
the Speedbar frame:
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmdtkc{< @r{in the speedbar frame},<,org-speedbar-set-agenda-restriction}
-Permanently restrict the agenda to the item---either an Org file or a subtree
-in such a file---at the cursor in the Speedbar frame.
-If there is a window displaying an agenda view, the new restriction takes
-effect immediately.
-@orgcmdtkc{> @r{in the speedbar frame},>,org-agenda-remove-restriction-lock}
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{<} (@code{org-speedbar-set-agenda-restriction})
+@findex org-speedbar-set-agenda-restriction
+Permanently restrict the agenda to the item---either an Org file
+or a subtree in such a file---at the cursor in the Speedbar
+frame. If there is a window displaying an agenda view, the new
+restriction takes effect immediately.
+
+@item @kbd{>} (@code{org-agenda-remove-restriction-lock})
+@findex org-agenda-remove-restriction-lock
Lift the restriction.
@end table
-@node Agenda dispatcher
-@section The agenda dispatcher
+@node Agenda Dispatcher
+@section The Agenda Dispatcher
+
@cindex agenda dispatcher
@cindex dispatching agenda commands
-The views are created through a dispatcher, which should be bound to a
-global key---for example @kbd{C-c a} (@pxref{Activation}). In the
-following we will assume that @kbd{C-c a} is indeed how the dispatcher
-is accessed and list keyboard access to commands accordingly. After
-pressing @kbd{C-c a}, an additional letter is required to execute a
-command. The dispatcher offers the following default commands:
-
-@table @kbd
-@item a
-Create the calendar-like agenda (@pxref{Weekly/daily agenda}).
-@item t @r{/} T
-Create a list of all TODO items (@pxref{Global TODO list}).
-@item m @r{/} M
-Create a list of headlines matching a TAGS expression (@pxref{Matching
-tags and properties}).
-@item s
-Create a list of entries selected by a boolean expression of keywords
-and/or regular expressions that must or must not occur in the entry.
-@item /
+
+The views are created through a dispatcher, accessible with @kbd{M-x org-agenda}, or, better, bound to a global key (see @ref{Activation}).
+It displays a menu from which an additional letter is required to
+execute a command. The dispatcher offers the following default
+commands:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{a}
+Create the calendar-like agenda (see @ref{Weekly/daily agenda}).
+
+@item @kbd{t} or @kbd{T}
+Create a list of all TODO items (see @ref{Global TODO list}).
+
+@item @kbd{m} or @kbd{M}
+Create a list of headlines matching a given expression (see
+@ref{Matching tags and properties}).
+
+@item @kbd{s}
+@kindex s @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
+Create a list of entries selected by a boolean expression of
+keywords and/or regular expressions that must or must not occur
+in the entry.
+
+@item @kbd{/}
+@kindex / @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
@vindex org-agenda-text-search-extra-files
-Search for a regular expression in all agenda files and additionally in
-the files listed in @code{org-agenda-text-search-extra-files}. This
-uses the Emacs command @code{multi-occur}. A prefix argument can be
-used to specify the number of context lines for each match, default is
-1.
-@item # @r{/} !
-Create a list of stuck projects (@pxref{Stuck projects}).
-@item <
-Restrict an agenda command to the current buffer@footnote{For backward
-compatibility, you can also press @kbd{1} to restrict to the current
-buffer.}. After pressing @kbd{<}, you still need to press the character
+Search for a regular expression in all agenda files and
+additionally in the files listed in
+@code{org-agenda-text-search-extra-files}. This uses the Emacs
+command @code{multi-occur}. A prefix argument can be used to specify
+the number of context lines for each match, default is
+@enumerate
+@item
+@end enumerate
+
+@item @kbd{#} or @kbd{!}
+Create a list of stuck projects (see @ref{Stuck projects}).
+
+@item @kbd{<}
+@kindex < @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
+Restrict an agenda command to the current buffer@footnote{For backward compatibility, you can also press @kbd{1} to
+restrict to the current buffer.}. After
+pressing @kbd{<}, you still need to press the character
selecting the command.
-@item < <
-If there is an active region, restrict the following agenda command to
-the region. Otherwise, restrict it to the current subtree@footnote{For
-backward compatibility, you can also press @kbd{0} to restrict to the
-current region/subtree.}. After pressing @kbd{< <}, you still need to press the
-character selecting the command.
-
-@item *
-@cindex agenda, sticky
+
+@item @kbd{< <}
+@kindex < < @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
+If there is an active region, restrict the following agenda
+command to the region. Otherwise, restrict it to the current
+subtree@footnote{For backward compatibility, you can also press @kbd{0} to
+restrict to the current region/subtree.}. After pressing @kbd{< <}, you still need to
+press the character selecting the command.
+
+@item @kbd{*}
+@kindex * @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
@vindex org-agenda-sticky
-Toggle sticky agenda views. By default, Org maintains only a single agenda
-buffer and rebuilds it each time you change the view, to make sure everything
-is always up to date. If you often switch between agenda views and the build
-time bothers you, you can turn on sticky agenda buffers or make this the
-default by customizing the variable @code{org-agenda-sticky}. With sticky
-agendas, the agenda dispatcher will not recreate agenda views from scratch,
-it will only switch to the selected one, and you need to update the agenda by
-hand with @kbd{r} or @kbd{g} when needed. You can toggle sticky agenda view
-any time with @code{org-toggle-sticky-agenda}.
+@findex org-toggle-sticky-agenda
+Toggle sticky agenda views. By default, Org maintains only
+a single agenda buffer and rebuilds it each time you change the
+view, to make sure everything is always up to date. If you
+switch between views often and the build time bothers you, you
+can turn on sticky agenda buffers (make this the default by
+customizing the variable @code{org-agenda-sticky}). With sticky
+agendas, the dispatcher only switches to the selected view, you
+need to update it by hand with @kbd{r} or @kbd{g}. You
+can toggle sticky agenda view any time with
+@code{org-toggle-sticky-agenda}.
@end table
-You can also define custom commands that will be accessible through the
+You can also define custom commands that are accessible through the
dispatcher, just like the default commands. This includes the
possibility to create extended agenda buffers that contain several
-blocks together, for example the weekly agenda, the global TODO list and
-a number of special tags matches. @xref{Custom agenda views}.
+blocks together, for example the weekly agenda, the global TODO list
+and a number of special tags matches. See @ref{Custom Agenda Views}.
-@node Built-in agenda views
-@section The built-in agenda views
+@node Built-in Agenda Views
+@section The Built-in Agenda Views
In this section we describe the built-in views.
@menu
-* Weekly/daily agenda:: The calendar page with current tasks
-* Global TODO list:: All unfinished action items
-* Matching tags and properties:: Structured information with fine-tuned search
-* Search view:: Find entries by searching for text
-* Stuck projects:: Find projects you need to review
+* Weekly/daily agenda:: The calendar page with current tasks.
+* Global TODO list:: All unfinished action items.
+* Matching tags and properties:: Structured information with fine-tuned search.
+* Search view:: Find entries by searching for text.
+* Stuck projects:: Find projects you need to review.
@end menu
@node Weekly/daily agenda
-@subsection The weekly/daily agenda
+@subsection Weekly/daily agenda
+
@cindex agenda
@cindex weekly agenda
@cindex daily agenda
-The purpose of the weekly/daily @emph{agenda} is to act like a page of a
-paper agenda, showing all the tasks for the current week or day.
-
-@table @kbd
-@cindex @code{org-agenda}, command
-@orgcmd{C-c a a,org-agenda-list}
-Compile an agenda for the current week from a list of Org files. The agenda
-shows the entries for each day. With a numeric prefix@footnote{For backward
-compatibility, the universal prefix @kbd{C-u} causes all TODO entries to be
-listed before the agenda. This feature is deprecated, use the dedicated TODO
-list, or a block agenda instead (@pxref{Block agenda}).} (like @kbd{C-u 2 1
-C-c a a}) you may set the number of days to be displayed.
+The purpose of the weekly/daily @emph{agenda} is to act like a page of
+a paper agenda, showing all the tasks for the current week or day.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{M-x org-agenda a} (@code{org-agenda-list})
+@kindex a @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
+@findex org-agenda-list
+@cindex org-agenda, command
+Compile an agenda for the current week from a list of Org files.
+The agenda shows the entries for each day. With a numeric prefix
+argument@footnote{For backward compatibility, the universal prefix argument
+@kbd{C-u} causes all TODO entries to be listed before the agenda.
+This feature is deprecated, use the dedicated TODO list, or a block
+agenda instead (see @ref{Block agenda}).}---like @kbd{C-u 2 1 M-x org-agenda a}---you
+may set the number of days to be displayed.
@end table
@vindex org-agenda-span
-@vindex org-agenda-ndays
@vindex org-agenda-start-day
@vindex org-agenda-start-on-weekday
-The default number of days displayed in the agenda is set by the variable
-@code{org-agenda-span} (or the obsolete @code{org-agenda-ndays}). This
-variable can be set to any number of days you want to see by default in the
-agenda, or to a span name, such as @code{day}, @code{week}, @code{month} or
-@code{year}. For weekly agendas, the default is to start on the previous
-monday (see @code{org-agenda-start-on-weekday}). You can also set the start
-date using a date shift: @code{(setq org-agenda-start-day "+10d")} will
-start the agenda ten days from today in the future.
+The default number of days displayed in the agenda is set by the
+variable @code{org-agenda-span}. This variable can be set to any number of
+days you want to see by default in the agenda, or to a span name, such
+a @code{day}, @code{week}, @code{month} or @code{year}. For weekly agendas, the default
+is to start on the previous Monday (see
+@code{org-agenda-start-on-weekday}). You can also set the start date using
+a date shift: @code{(setq org-agenda-start-day "+10d")} starts the agenda
+ten days from today in the future.
Remote editing from the agenda buffer means, for example, that you can
change the dates of deadlines and appointments from the agenda buffer.
-The commands available in the Agenda buffer are listed in @ref{Agenda
-commands}.
+The commands available in the Agenda buffer are listed in @ref{Agenda Commands}.
+@anchor{Calendar/Diary integration}
@subsubheading Calendar/Diary integration
+
@cindex calendar integration
@cindex diary integration
@@ -8227,8 +9157,7 @@ calendar displays a three-month calendar with holidays from different
countries and cultures. The diary allows you to keep track of
anniversaries, lunar phases, sunrise/set, recurrent appointments
(weekly, monthly) and more. In this way, it is quite complementary to
-Org. It can be very useful to combine output from Org with
-the diary.
+Org. It can be very useful to combine output from Org with the diary.
In order to include entries from the Emacs diary into Org mode's
agenda, you only need to customize the variable
@@ -8237,25 +9166,28 @@ agenda, you only need to customize the variable
(setq org-agenda-include-diary t)
@end lisp
-@noindent After that, everything will happen automatically. All diary
-entries including holidays, anniversaries, etc., will be included in the
-agenda buffer created by Org mode. @key{SPC}, @key{TAB}, and
-@key{RET} can be used from the agenda buffer to jump to the diary
-file in order to edit existing diary entries. The @kbd{i} command to
-insert new entries for the current date works in the agenda buffer, as
-well as the commands @kbd{S}, @kbd{M}, and @kbd{C} to display
-Sunrise/Sunset times, show lunar phases and to convert to other
-calendars, respectively. @kbd{c} can be used to switch back and forth
-between calendar and agenda.
-
-If you are using the diary only for sexp entries and holidays, it is
+@noindent
+After that, everything happens automatically. All diary entries
+including holidays, anniversaries, etc., are included in the agenda
+buffer created by Org mode. @kbd{@key{SPC}}, @kbd{@key{TAB}}, and
+@kbd{@key{RET}} can be used from the agenda buffer to jump to the diary
+file in order to edit existing diary entries. The @kbd{i}
+command to insert new entries for the current date works in the agenda
+buffer, as well as the commands @kbd{S}, @kbd{M}, and
+@kbd{C} to display Sunrise/Sunset times, show lunar phases and to
+convert to other calendars, respectively. @kbd{c} can be used to
+switch back and forth between calendar and agenda.
+
+If you are using the diary only for S-exp entries and holidays, it is
faster to not use the above setting, but instead to copy or even move
the entries into an Org file. Org mode evaluates diary-style sexp
entries, and does it faster because there is no overhead for first
creating the diary display. Note that the sexp entries must start at
-the left margin, no whitespace is allowed before them. For example,
-the following segment of an Org file will be processed and entries
-will be made in the agenda:
+the left margin, no whitespace is allowed before them, as seen in the
+following segment of an Org file:@footnote{The variable @code{org-anniversary} used in the example is just
+like @code{diary-anniversary}, but the argument order is always according
+to ISO and therefore independent of the value of
+@code{calendar-date-style}.}
@example
* Holidays
@@ -8268,19 +9200,22 @@ will be made in the agenda:
:PROPERTIES:
:CATEGORY: Ann
:END:
-%%(org-anniversary 1956 5 14)@footnote{@code{org-anniversary} is just like @code{diary-anniversary}, but the argument order is always according to ISO and therefore independent of the value of @code{calendar-date-style}.} Arthur Dent is %d years old
+%%(org-anniversary 1956 5 14) Arthur Dent is %d years old
%%(org-anniversary 1869 10 2) Mahatma Gandhi would be %d years old
@end example
+@anchor{Anniversaries from BBDB}
@subsubheading Anniversaries from BBDB
+
@cindex BBDB, anniversaries
@cindex anniversaries, from BBDB
-If you are using the Big Brothers Database to store your contacts, you will
-very likely prefer to store anniversaries in BBDB rather than in a
-separate Org or diary file. Org supports this and will show BBDB
-anniversaries as part of the agenda. All you need to do is to add the
-following to one of your agenda files:
+@findex org-bbdb-anniversaries
+If you are using the Insidious Big Brother Database to store your
+contacts, you very likely prefer to store anniversaries in BBDB rather
+than in a separate Org or diary file. Org supports this and can show
+BBDB anniversaries as part of the agenda. All you need to do is to
+add the following to one of your agenda files:
@example
* Anniversaries
@@ -8290,29 +9225,30 @@ following to one of your agenda files:
%%(org-bbdb-anniversaries)
@end example
-You can then go ahead and define anniversaries for a BBDB record. Basically,
-you need to press @kbd{C-o anniversary @key{RET}} with the cursor in a BBDB
-record and then add the date in the format @code{YYYY-MM-DD} or @code{MM-DD},
-followed by a space and the class of the anniversary (@samp{birthday} or
-@samp{wedding}, or a format string). If you omit the class, it will default to
-@samp{birthday}. Here are a few examples, the header for the file
-@file{org-bbdb.el} contains more detailed information.
+You can then go ahead and define anniversaries for a BBDB record.
+Basically, you need to press @kbd{C-o anniversary @key{RET}} with the
+cursor in a BBDB record and then add the date in the format
+@samp{YYYY-MM-DD} or @samp{MM-DD}, followed by a space and the class of the
+anniversary (@samp{birthday}, @samp{wedding}, or a format string). If you omit
+the class, it defaults to @samp{birthday}. Here are a few examples, the
+header for the file @samp{org-bbdb.el} contains more detailed information.
@example
1973-06-22
06-22
1955-08-02 wedding
-2008-04-14 %s released version 6.01 of org mode, %d years ago
+2008-04-14 %s released version 6.01 of Org mode, %d years ago
@end example
-After a change to BBDB, or for the first agenda display during an Emacs
-session, the agenda display will suffer a short delay as Org updates its
-hash with anniversaries. However, from then on things will be very fast---much
-faster in fact than a long list of @samp{%%(diary-anniversary)} entries
-in an Org or Diary file.
+After a change to BBDB, or for the first agenda display during an
+Emacs session, the agenda display suffers a short delay as Org updates
+its hash with anniversaries. However, from then on things will be
+very fast, much faster in fact than a long list of
+@samp{%%(diary-anniversary)} entries in an Org or Diary file.
-If you would like to see upcoming anniversaries with a bit of forewarning,
-you can use the following instead:
+@findex org-bbdb-anniversaries-future
+If you would like to see upcoming anniversaries with a bit of
+forewarning, you can use the following instead:
@example
* Anniversaries
@@ -8322,409 +9258,466 @@ you can use the following instead:
%%(org-bbdb-anniversaries-future 3)
@end example
-That will give you three days' warning: on the anniversary date itself and the
-two days prior. The argument is optional: if omitted, it defaults to 7.
+That will give you three days' warning: on the anniversary date itself
+and the two days prior. The argument is optional: if omitted, it
+defaults to 7.
+@anchor{Appointment reminders}
@subsubheading Appointment reminders
+
@cindex @file{appt.el}
@cindex appointment reminders
@cindex appointment
@cindex reminders
-Org can interact with Emacs appointments notification facility. To add the
-appointments of your agenda files, use the command @code{org-agenda-to-appt}.
-This command lets you filter through the list of your appointments and add
-only those belonging to a specific category or matching a regular expression.
-It also reads a @code{APPT_WARNTIME} property which will then override the
-value of @code{appt-message-warning-time} for this appointment. See the
-docstring for details.
+@cindex APPT_WARNTIME, keyword
+Org can interact with Emacs appointments notification facility. To
+add the appointments of your agenda files, use the command
+@code{org-agenda-to-appt}. This command lets you filter through the list
+of your appointments and add only those belonging to a specific
+category or matching a regular expression. It also reads
+a @samp{APPT_WARNTIME} property which overrides the value of
+@code{appt-message-warning-time} for this appointment. See the docstring
+for details.
@node Global TODO list
@subsection The global TODO list
+
@cindex global TODO list
@cindex TODO list, global
The global TODO list contains all unfinished TODO items formatted and
collected into a single place.
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c a t,org-todo-list}
-Show the global TODO list. This collects the TODO items from all agenda
-files (@pxref{Agenda views}) into a single buffer. By default, this lists
-items with a state the is not a DONE state. The buffer is in
-@code{agenda-mode}, so there are commands to examine and manipulate the TODO
-entries directly from that buffer (@pxref{Agenda commands}).
-@orgcmd{C-c a T,org-todo-list}
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{M-x org-agenda t} (@code{org-todo-list})
+@kindex t @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
+@findex org-todo-list
+Show the global TODO list. This collects the TODO items from all
+agenda files (see @ref{Agenda Views}) into a single buffer. By
+default, this lists items with a state the is not a DONE state.
+The buffer is in @code{agenda-mode}, so there are commands to examine
+and manipulate the TODO entries directly from that buffer (see
+@ref{Agenda Commands}).
+
+@item @kbd{M-x org-agenda T} (@code{org-todo-list})
+@kindex T @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
+@findex org-todo-list
@cindex TODO keyword matching
@vindex org-todo-keywords
-Like the above, but allows selection of a specific TODO keyword. You can
-also do this by specifying a prefix argument to @kbd{C-c a t}. You are
-prompted for a keyword, and you may also specify several keywords by
-separating them with @samp{|} as the boolean OR operator. With a numeric
-prefix, the Nth keyword in @code{org-todo-keywords} is selected.
+Like the above, but allows selection of a specific TODO keyword.
+You can also do this by specifying a prefix argument to
+@kbd{t}. You are prompted for a keyword, and you may also
+specify several keywords by separating them with @samp{|} as the
+boolean OR operator. With a numeric prefix, the Nth keyword in
+@code{org-todo-keywords} is selected.
+
@kindex r
-The @kbd{r} key in the agenda buffer regenerates it, and you can give
-a prefix argument to this command to change the selected TODO keyword,
-for example @kbd{3 r}. If you often need a search for a specific
-keyword, define a custom command for it (@pxref{Agenda dispatcher}).@*
-Matching specific TODO keywords can also be done as part of a tags
-search (@pxref{Tag searches}).
+The @kbd{r} key in the agenda buffer regenerates it, and you
+can give a prefix argument to this command to change the selected
+TODO keyword, for example @kbd{3 r}. If you often need
+a search for a specific keyword, define a custom command for it
+(see @ref{Agenda Dispatcher}).
+
+Matching specific TODO keywords can also be done as part of
+a tags search (see @ref{Tag Searches}).
@end table
-Remote editing of TODO items means that you can change the state of a
-TODO entry with a single key press. The commands available in the
-TODO list are described in @ref{Agenda commands}.
+Remote editing of TODO items means that you can change the state of
+a TODO entry with a single key press. The commands available in the
+TODO list are described in @ref{Agenda Commands}.
@cindex sublevels, inclusion into TODO list
Normally the global TODO list simply shows all headlines with TODO
keywords. This list can become very long. There are two ways to keep
it more compact:
-@itemize @minus
+
+@itemize
@item
@vindex org-agenda-todo-ignore-scheduled
@vindex org-agenda-todo-ignore-deadlines
@vindex org-agenda-todo-ignore-timestamp
@vindex org-agenda-todo-ignore-with-date
-Some people view a TODO item that has been @emph{scheduled} for execution or
-have a @emph{deadline} (@pxref{Timestamps}) as no longer @emph{open}.
-Configure the variables @code{org-agenda-todo-ignore-scheduled},
+Some people view a TODO item that has been @emph{scheduled} for execution
+or have a @emph{deadline} (see @ref{Timestamps}) as
+no longer @emph{open}. Configure the variables
+@code{org-agenda-todo-ignore-scheduled},
@code{org-agenda-todo-ignore-deadlines},
@code{org-agenda-todo-ignore-timestamp} and/or
-@code{org-agenda-todo-ignore-with-date} to exclude such items from the global
-TODO list.
+@code{org-agenda-todo-ignore-with-date} to exclude such items from the
+global TODO list.
+
@item
@vindex org-agenda-todo-list-sublevels
-TODO items may have sublevels to break up the task into subtasks. In
-such cases it may be enough to list only the highest level TODO headline
-and omit the sublevels from the global list. Configure the variable
-@code{org-agenda-todo-list-sublevels} to get this behavior.
+TODO items may have sublevels to break up the task into subtasks.
+In such cases it may be enough to list only the highest level TODO
+headline and omit the sublevels from the global list. Configure the
+variable @code{org-agenda-todo-list-sublevels} to get this behavior.
@end itemize
@node Matching tags and properties
@subsection Matching tags and properties
+
@cindex matching, of tags
@cindex matching, of properties
@cindex tags view
@cindex match view
-If headlines in the agenda files are marked with @emph{tags} (@pxref{Tags}),
-or have properties (@pxref{Properties and columns}), you can select headlines
-based on this metadata and collect them into an agenda buffer. The match
-syntax described here also applies when creating sparse trees with @kbd{C-c /
-m}.
-
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c a m,org-tags-view}
-Produce a list of all headlines that match a given set of tags. The
-command prompts for a selection criterion, which is a boolean logic
-expression with tags, like @samp{+work+urgent-withboss} or
-@samp{work|home} (@pxref{Tags}). If you often need a specific search,
-define a custom command for it (@pxref{Agenda dispatcher}).
-@orgcmd{C-c a M,org-tags-view}
+If headlines in the agenda files are marked with @emph{tags} (see @ref{Tags}),
+or have properties (see @ref{Properties and Columns}), you can select
+headlines based on this metadata and collect them into an agenda
+buffer. The match syntax described here also applies when creating
+sparse trees with @kbd{C-c / m}.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{M-x org-agenda m} (@code{org-tags-view})
+@kindex m @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
+@findex org-tags-view
+Produce a list of all headlines that match a given set of tags.
+The command prompts for a selection criterion, which is a boolean
+logic expression with tags, like @samp{+work+urgent-withboss} or
+@samp{work|home} (see @ref{Tags}). If you often need a specific search,
+define a custom command for it (see @ref{Agenda Dispatcher}).
+
+@item @kbd{M-x org-agenda M} (@code{org-tags-view})
+@kindex M @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
+@findex org-tags-view
@vindex org-tags-match-list-sublevels
@vindex org-agenda-tags-todo-honor-ignore-options
-Like @kbd{C-c a m}, but only select headlines that are also TODO items in a
-not-DONE state and force checking subitems (see variable
-@code{org-tags-match-list-sublevels}). To exclude scheduled/deadline items,
-see the variable @code{org-agenda-tags-todo-honor-ignore-options}. Matching
-specific TODO keywords together with a tags match is also possible, see
-@ref{Tag searches}.
+Like @kbd{m}, but only select headlines that are also TODO
+items and force checking subitems (see the variable
+@code{org-tags-match-list-sublevels}). To exclude scheduled/deadline
+items, see the variable
+@code{org-agenda-tags-todo-honor-ignore-options}. Matching specific
+TODO keywords together with a tags match is also possible, see
+@ref{Tag Searches}.
@end table
-The commands available in the tags list are described in @ref{Agenda
-commands}.
-
-@subsubheading Match syntax
-
-@cindex Boolean logic, for tag/property searches
-A search string can use Boolean operators @samp{&} for @code{AND} and
-@samp{|} for @code{OR}@. @samp{&} binds more strongly than @samp{|}.
-Parentheses are not implemented. Each element in the search is either a
-tag, a regular expression matching tags, or an expression like
-@code{PROPERTY OPERATOR VALUE} with a comparison operator, accessing a
-property value. Each element may be preceded by @samp{-}, to select
-against it, and @samp{+} is syntactic sugar for positive selection. The
-@code{AND} operator @samp{&} is optional when @samp{+} or @samp{-} is
-present. Here are some examples, using only tags.
-
-@table @samp
-@item work
-Select headlines tagged @samp{:work:}.
-@item work&boss
-Select headlines tagged @samp{:work:} and @samp{:boss:}.
-@item +work-boss
-Select headlines tagged @samp{:work:}, but discard those also tagged
-@samp{:boss:}.
-@item work|laptop
-Selects lines tagged @samp{:work:} or @samp{:laptop:}.
-@item work|laptop+night
-Like before, but require the @samp{:laptop:} lines to be tagged also
-@samp{:night:}.
+The commands available in the tags list are described in @ref{Agenda Commands}.
+
+@cindex boolean logic, for agenda searches
+A search string can use Boolean operators @samp{&} for AND and @samp{|} for OR.
+@samp{&} binds more strongly than @samp{|}. Parentheses are currently not
+implemented. Each element in the search is either a tag, a regular
+expression matching tags, or an expression like @samp{PROPERTY OPERATOR
+VALUE} with a comparison operator, accessing a property value. Each
+element may be preceded by @samp{-} to select against it, and @samp{+} is
+syntactic sugar for positive selection. The AND operator @samp{&} is
+optional when @samp{+} or @samp{-} is present. Here are some examples, using
+only tags.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @code{+work-boss}
+Select headlines tagged @samp{work}, but discard those also tagged
+@samp{boss}.
+
+@item @code{work|laptop}
+Selects lines tagged @samp{work} or @samp{laptop}.
+
+@item @code{work|laptop+night}
+Like before, but require the @samp{laptop} lines to be tagged
+also @samp{night}.
@end table
@cindex regular expressions, with tags search
-Instead of a tag, you may also specify a regular expression enclosed in curly
-braces. For example,
-@samp{work+@{^boss.*@}} matches headlines that contain the tag
-@samp{:work:} and any tag @i{starting} with @samp{boss}.
+Instead of a tag, you may also specify a regular expression enclosed
+in curly braces. For example, @samp{work+@{^boss.*@}} matches headlines that
+contain the tag @samp{:work:} and any tag @emph{starting} with @samp{boss}.
@cindex group tags, as regular expressions
-Group tags (@pxref{Tag hierarchy}) are expanded as regular expressions. E.g.,
-if @samp{:work:} is a group tag for the group @samp{:work:lab:conf:}, then
-searching for @samp{work} will search for @samp{@{\(?:work\|lab\|conf\)@}}
-and searching for @samp{-work} will search for all headlines but those with
-one of the tags in the group (i.e., @samp{-@{\(?:work\|lab\|conf\)@}}).
+Group tags (see @ref{Tag Hierarchy}) are expanded as regular expressions.
+E.g., if @samp{work} is a group tag for the group @samp{:work:lab:conf:}, then
+searching for @samp{work} also searches for @samp{@{\(?:work\|lab\|conf\)@}} and
+searching for @samp{-work} searches for all headlines but those with one of
+the tags in the group (i.e., @samp{-@{\(?:work\|lab\|conf\)@}}).
@cindex TODO keyword matching, with tags search
-@cindex level, require for tags/property match
-@cindex category, require for tags/property match
+@cindex level, for tags/property match
+@cindex category, for tags/property match
@vindex org-odd-levels-only
-You may also test for properties (@pxref{Properties and columns}) at the same
-time as matching tags. The properties may be real properties, or special
-properties that represent other metadata (@pxref{Special properties}). For
-example, the ``property'' @code{TODO} represents the TODO keyword of the
-entry and the ``property'' @code{PRIORITY} represents the PRIORITY keyword of
-the entry.
-
-In addition to the properties mentioned above, @code{LEVEL} represents the
-level of an entry. So a search @samp{+LEVEL=3+boss-TODO="DONE"} lists all
-level three headlines that have the tag @samp{boss} and are @emph{not} marked
-with the TODO keyword DONE@. In buffers with @code{org-odd-levels-only} set,
-@samp{LEVEL} does not count the number of stars, but @samp{LEVEL=2} will
-correspond to 3 stars etc.
+You may also test for properties (see @ref{Properties and Columns}) at the
+same time as matching tags. The properties may be real properties, or
+special properties that represent other metadata (see @ref{Special Properties}). For example, the property @samp{TODO} represents the TODO
+keyword of the entry. Or, the property @samp{LEVEL} represents the level
+of an entry. So searching @samp{+LEVEL=3+boss-TODO​="DONE"} lists all level
+three headlines that have the tag @samp{boss} and are @emph{not} marked with the
+TODO keyword @samp{DONE}. In buffers with @code{org-odd-levels-only} set,
+@samp{LEVEL} does not count the number of stars, but @samp{LEVEL=2} corresponds
+to 3 stars etc.
Here are more examples:
-@table @samp
-@item work+TODO="WAITING"
-Select @samp{:work:}-tagged TODO lines with the specific TODO
-keyword @samp{WAITING}.
-@item work+TODO="WAITING"|home+TODO="WAITING"
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{work+TODO​="WAITING"}
+Select @samp{work}-tagged TODO lines with the specific TODO keyword
+@samp{WAITING}.
+
+@item @samp{work+TODO​="WAITING"|home+TODO​="WAITING"}
Waiting tasks both at work and at home.
@end table
-When matching properties, a number of different operators can be used to test
-the value of a property. Here is a complex example:
+When matching properties, a number of different operators can be used
+to test the value of a property. Here is a complex example:
@example
-+work-boss+PRIORITY="A"+Coffee="unlimited"+Effort<2 \
- +With=@{Sarah\|Denny@}+SCHEDULED>="<2008-10-11>"
++work-boss+PRIORITY="A"+Coffee="unlimited"+Effort<2
+ +With=@{Sarah|Denny@}+SCHEDULED>="<2008-10-11>"
@end example
@noindent
-The type of comparison will depend on how the comparison value is written:
-@itemize @minus
+The type of comparison depends on how the comparison value is written:
+
+@itemize
@item
-If the comparison value is a plain number, a numerical comparison is done,
-and the allowed operators are @samp{<}, @samp{=}, @samp{>}, @samp{<=},
-@samp{>=}, and @samp{<>}.
+If the comparison value is a plain number, a numerical comparison is
+done, and the allowed operators are @samp{<}, @samp{=}, @samp{>}, @samp{<=}, @samp{>=}, and
+@samp{<>}.
+
@item
-If the comparison value is enclosed in double-quotes,
-a string comparison is done, and the same operators are allowed.
+If the comparison value is enclosed in double-quotes, a string
+comparison is done, and the same operators are allowed.
+
@item
If the comparison value is enclosed in double-quotes @emph{and} angular
-brackets (like @samp{DEADLINE<="<2008-12-24 18:30>"}), both values are
-assumed to be date/time specifications in the standard Org way, and the
-comparison will be done accordingly. Special values that will be recognized
-are @code{"<now>"} for now (including time), and @code{"<today>"}, and
-@code{"<tomorrow>"} for these days at 00:00 hours, i.e., without a time
-specification. Also strings like @code{"<+5d>"} or @code{"<-2m>"} with units
-@code{d}, @code{w}, @code{m}, and @code{y} for day, week, month, and year,
-respectively, can be used.
+brackets (like @samp{DEADLINE<​="<2008-12-24 18:30>"}), both values are
+assumed to be date/time specifications in the standard Org way, and
+the comparison is done accordingly. Valid values also include
+@samp{"<now>"} for now (including time), @samp{"<today>"}, and @samp{"<tomorrow>"}
+for these days at 0:00 hours, i.e., without a time specification.
+You can also use strings like @samp{"<+5d>"} or @samp{"<-2m>"} with units @samp{d},
+@samp{w}, @samp{m}, and @samp{y} for day, week, month, and year, respectively.
+
@item
-If the comparison value is enclosed
-in curly braces, a regexp match is performed, with @samp{=} meaning that the
-regexp matches the property value, and @samp{<>} meaning that it does not
-match.
+If the comparison value is enclosed in curly braces, a regexp match
+is performed, with @samp{=} meaning that the regexp matches the property
+value, and @samp{<>} meaning that it does not match.
@end itemize
-So the search string in the example finds entries tagged @samp{:work:} but
-not @samp{:boss:}, which also have a priority value @samp{A}, a
-@samp{:Coffee:} property with the value @samp{unlimited}, an @samp{Effort}
-property that is numerically smaller than 2, a @samp{:With:} property that is
-matched by the regular expression @samp{Sarah\|Denny}, and that are scheduled
-on or after October 11, 2008.
-
-You can configure Org mode to use property inheritance during a search, but
-beware that this can slow down searches considerably. See @ref{Property
-inheritance}, for details.
-
-For backward compatibility, and also for typing speed, there is also a
-different way to test TODO states in a search. For this, terminate the
-tags/property part of the search string (which may include several terms
-connected with @samp{|}) with a @samp{/} and then specify a Boolean
-expression just for TODO keywords. The syntax is then similar to that for
-tags, but should be applied with care: for example, a positive selection on
-several TODO keywords cannot meaningfully be combined with boolean AND@.
-However, @emph{negative selection} combined with AND can be meaningful. To
-make sure that only lines are checked that actually have any TODO keyword
-(resulting in a speed-up), use @kbd{C-c a M}, or equivalently start the TODO
-part after the slash with @samp{!}. Using @kbd{C-c a M} or @samp{/!} will
-not match TODO keywords in a DONE state. Examples:
-
-@table @samp
-@item work/WAITING
-Same as @samp{work+TODO="WAITING"}
-@item work/!-WAITING-NEXT
-Select @samp{:work:}-tagged TODO lines that are neither @samp{WAITING}
-nor @samp{NEXT}
-@item work/!+WAITING|+NEXT
-Select @samp{:work:}-tagged TODO lines that are either @samp{WAITING} or
+So the search string in the example finds entries tagged @samp{work} but
+not @samp{boss}, which also have a priority value @samp{A}, a @samp{Coffee} property
+with the value @samp{unlimited}, an @samp{EFFORT} property that is numerically
+smaller than 2, a @samp{With} property that is matched by the regular
+expression @samp{Sarah|Denny}, and that are scheduled on or after October
+11, 2008.
+
+You can configure Org mode to use property inheritance during
+a search, but beware that this can slow down searches considerably.
+See @ref{Property Inheritance}, for details.
+
+For backward compatibility, and also for typing speed, there is also
+a different way to test TODO states in a search. For this, terminate
+the tags/property part of the search string (which may include several
+terms connected with @samp{|}) with a @samp{/} and then specify a Boolean
+expression just for TODO keywords. The syntax is then similar to that
+for tags, but should be applied with care: for example, a positive
+selection on several TODO keywords cannot meaningfully be combined
+with boolean AND. However, @emph{negative selection} combined with AND can
+be meaningful. To make sure that only lines are checked that actually
+have any TODO keyword (resulting in a speed-up), use @kbd{M-x org-agenda M}, or equivalently start the TODO part after the slash
+with @samp{!}. Using @kbd{M-x org-agenda M} or @samp{/!} does not match
+TODO keywords in a DONE state. Examples:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{work/WAITING}
+Same as @samp{work+TODO​="WAITING"}.
+
+@item @samp{work/!-WAITING-NEXT}
+Select @samp{work}-tagged TODO lines that are neither @samp{WAITING} nor
+@samp{NEXT}.
+
+@item @samp{work/!+WAITING|+NEXT}
+Select @samp{work}-tagged TODO lines that are either @samp{WAITING} or
@samp{NEXT}.
@end table
@node Search view
@subsection Search view
+
@cindex search view
@cindex text search
@cindex searching, for text
-This agenda view is a general text search facility for Org mode entries.
-It is particularly useful to find notes.
+This agenda view is a general text search facility for Org mode
+entries. It is particularly useful to find notes.
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c a s,org-search-view}
-This is a special search that lets you select entries by matching a substring
-or specific words using a boolean logic.
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{M-x org-agenda s} (@code{org-search-view})
+@kindex s @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
+@findex org-search-view
+This is a special search that lets you select entries by matching
+a substring or specific words using a boolean logic.
@end table
-For example, the search string @samp{computer equipment} will find entries
-that contain @samp{computer equipment} as a substring. If the two words are
-separated by more space or a line break, the search will still match.
-Search view can also search for specific keywords in the entry, using Boolean
-logic. The search string @samp{+computer +wifi -ethernet -@{8\.11[bg]@}}
-will search for note entries that contain the keywords @code{computer}
-and @code{wifi}, but not the keyword @code{ethernet}, and which are also
-not matched by the regular expression @code{8\.11[bg]}, meaning to
-exclude both 8.11b and 8.11g. The first @samp{+} is necessary to turn on
-word search, other @samp{+} characters are optional. For more details, see
-the docstring of the command @code{org-search-view}.
+
+For example, the search string @samp{computer equipment} matches entries
+that contain @samp{computer equipment} as a substring, even if the two
+words are separated by more space or a line break.
+
+Search view can also search for specific keywords in the entry, using
+Boolean logic. The search string @samp{+computer
++wifi -ethernet -@{8\.11[bg]@}} matches note entries that contain the
+keywords @samp{computer} and @samp{wifi}, but not the keyword @samp{ethernet}, and
+which are also not matched by the regular expression @samp{8\.11[bg]},
+meaning to exclude both @samp{8.11b} and @samp{8.11g}. The first @samp{+} is
+necessary to turn on boolean search, other @samp{+} characters are
+optional. For more details, see the docstring of the command
+@code{org-search-view}.
+
+You can incrementally adjust a boolean search with the following keys
+
+@multitable @columnfractions 0.1 0.6
+@item @kbd{[}
+@tab Add a positive search word
+@item @kbd{]}
+@tab Add a negative search word
+@item @kbd{@{}
+@tab Add a positive regular expression
+@item @kbd{@}}
+@tab Add a negative regular expression
+@end multitable
@vindex org-agenda-text-search-extra-files
-Note that in addition to the agenda files, this command will also search
+Note that in addition to the agenda files, this command also searches
the files listed in @code{org-agenda-text-search-extra-files}.
@node Stuck projects
@subsection Stuck projects
+
@pindex GTD, Getting Things Done
If you are following a system like David Allen's GTD to organize your
work, one of the ``duties'' you have is a regular review to make sure
-that all projects move along. A @emph{stuck} project is a project that
-has no defined next actions, so it will never show up in the TODO lists
-Org mode produces. During the review, you need to identify such
-projects and define next actions for them.
+that all projects move along. A @emph{stuck} project is a project that has
+no defined next actions, so it never shows up in the TODO lists Org
+mode produces. During the review, you need to identify such projects
+and define next actions for them.
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c a #,org-agenda-list-stuck-projects}
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{M-x org-agenda #} (@code{org-agenda-list-stuck-projects})
+@kindex # @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
+@findex org-agenda-list-stuck-projects
List projects that are stuck.
-@kindex C-c a !
-@item C-c a !
+
+@item @kbd{M-x org-agenda !}
+@kindex ! @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
@vindex org-stuck-projects
-Customize the variable @code{org-stuck-projects} to define what a stuck
-project is and how to find it.
+Customize the variable @code{org-stuck-projects} to define what
+a stuck project is and how to find it.
@end table
-You almost certainly will have to configure this view before it will
-work for you. The built-in default assumes that all your projects are
-level-2 headlines, and that a project is not stuck if it has at least
-one entry marked with a TODO keyword TODO or NEXT or NEXTACTION.
+You almost certainly need to configure this view before it works for
+you. The built-in default assumes that all your projects are level-2
+headlines, and that a project is not stuck if it has at least one
+entry marked with a TODO keyword @samp{TODO} or @samp{NEXT} or @samp{NEXTACTION}.
Let's assume that you, in your own way of using Org mode, identify
-projects with a tag PROJECT, and that you use a TODO keyword MAYBE to
-indicate a project that should not be considered yet. Let's further
-assume that the TODO keyword DONE marks finished projects, and that NEXT
-and TODO indicate next actions. The tag @@SHOP indicates shopping and
-is a next action even without the NEXT tag. Finally, if the project
-contains the special word IGNORE anywhere, it should not be listed
-either. In this case you would start by identifying eligible projects
-with a tags/todo match@footnote{@xref{Tag searches}.}
-@samp{+PROJECT/-MAYBE-DONE}, and then check for TODO, NEXT, @@SHOP, and
-IGNORE in the subtree to identify projects that are not stuck. The
-correct customization for this is
+projects with a tag @samp{:PROJECT:}, and that you use a TODO keyword
+@samp{MAYBE} to indicate a project that should not be considered yet.
+Let's further assume that the TODO keyword @samp{DONE} marks finished
+projects, and that @samp{NEXT} and @samp{TODO} indicate next actions. The tag
+@samp{:@@shop:} indicates shopping and is a next action even without the
+NEXT tag. Finally, if the project contains the special word @samp{IGNORE}
+anywhere, it should not be listed either. In this case you would
+start by identifying eligible projects with a tags/TODO match (see
+@ref{Tag Searches}) @samp{+PROJECT/-MAYBE-DONE}, and then check for @samp{TODO},
+@samp{NEXT}, @samp{@@shop}, and @samp{IGNORE} in the subtree to identify projects that
+are not stuck. The correct customization for this is:
@lisp
(setq org-stuck-projects
- '("+PROJECT/-MAYBE-DONE" ("NEXT" "TODO") ("@@SHOP")
- "\\<IGNORE\\>"))
+ '("+PROJECT/-MAYBE-DONE" ("NEXT" "TODO") ("@@shop")
+ "\\<IGNORE\\>"))
@end lisp
-Note that if a project is identified as non-stuck, the subtree of this entry
-will still be searched for stuck projects.
+Note that if a project is identified as non-stuck, the subtree of this
+entry is searched for stuck projects.
+
+@node Presentation and Sorting
+@section Presentation and Sorting
-@node Presentation and sorting
-@section Presentation and sorting
@cindex presentation, of agenda items
@vindex org-agenda-prefix-format
@vindex org-agenda-tags-column
-Before displaying items in an agenda view, Org mode visually prepares the
-items and sorts them. Each item occupies a single line. The line starts
-with a @emph{prefix} that contains the @emph{category} (@pxref{Categories})
-of the item and other important information. You can customize in which
-column tags will be displayed through @code{org-agenda-tags-column}. You can
-also customize the prefix using the option @code{org-agenda-prefix-format}.
-This prefix is followed by a cleaned-up version of the outline headline
-associated with the item.
+Before displaying items in an agenda view, Org mode visually prepares
+the items and sorts them. Each item occupies a single line. The line
+starts with a @emph{prefix} that contains the @emph{category} (see @ref{Categories})
+of the item and other important information. You can customize in
+which column tags are displayed through @code{org-agenda-tags-column}. You
+can also customize the prefix using the option
+@code{org-agenda-prefix-format}. This prefix is followed by a cleaned-up
+version of the outline headline associated with the item.
@menu
-* Categories:: Not all tasks are equal
-* Time-of-day specifications:: How the agenda knows the time
-* Sorting agenda items:: The order of things
-* Filtering/limiting agenda items:: Dynamically narrow the agenda
+* Categories:: Not all tasks are equal.
+* Time-of-day specifications:: How the agenda knows the time.
+* Sorting of agenda items:: The order of things.
+* Filtering/limiting agenda times:: Dynamically narrow the agenda.
@end menu
@node Categories
@subsection Categories
@cindex category
-@cindex @code{#+CATEGORY}
-The category is a broad label assigned to each agenda item. By default, the
-category is simply derived from the file name, but you can also specify it
-with a special line in the buffer, like this:
+@cindex @samp{CATEGORY}, keyword
+
+The category is a broad label assigned to each agenda item. By
+default, the category is simply derived from the file name, but you
+can also specify it with a special line in the buffer, like
+this:
@example
#+CATEGORY: Thesis
@end example
@noindent
-@cindex property, @code{CATEGORY}
-If you would like to have a special @code{CATEGORY} for a single entry or a
-(sub)tree, give the entry a @code{:CATEGORY:} property with the
-special category you want to apply as the value.
+@cindex @samp{CATEGORY}, property
+If you would like to have a special category for a single entry or
+a (sub)tree, give the entry a @samp{CATEGORY} property with the special
+category you want to apply as the value.
@noindent
The display in the agenda buffer looks best if the category is not
longer than 10 characters.
@noindent
+@vindex org-agenda-category-icon-alist
You can set up icons for category by customizing the
@code{org-agenda-category-icon-alist} variable.
@node Time-of-day specifications
@subsection Time-of-day specifications
+
@cindex time-of-day specification
Org mode checks each agenda item for a time-of-day specification. The
time can be part of the timestamp that triggered inclusion into the
-agenda, for example as in @w{@samp{<2005-05-10 Tue 19:00>}}. Time
-ranges can be specified with two timestamps, like
-@c
-@w{@samp{<2005-05-10 Tue 20:30>--<2005-05-10 Tue 22:15>}}.
+agenda, for example
+
+@example
+<2005-05-10 Tue 19:00>
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+Time ranges can be specified with two timestamps:
+
+@example
+<2005-05-10 Tue 20:30>--<2005-05-10 Tue 22:15>
+@end example
In the headline of the entry itself, a time(range) may also appear as
-plain text (like @samp{12:45} or a @samp{8:30-1pm}). If the agenda
-integrates the Emacs diary (@pxref{Weekly/daily agenda}), time
-specifications in diary entries are recognized as well.
+plain text (like @samp{12:45} or a @samp{8:30-1pm}). If the agenda integrates
+the Emacs diary (see @ref{Weekly/daily agenda}), time specifications in
+diary entries are recognized as well.
-For agenda display, Org mode extracts the time and displays it in a
-standard 24 hour format as part of the prefix. The example times in
+For agenda display, Org mode extracts the time and displays it in
+a standard 24 hour format as part of the prefix. The example times in
the previous paragraphs would end up in the agenda like this:
@example
- 8:30-13:00 Arthur Dent lies in front of the bulldozer
- 12:45...... Ford Prefect arrives and takes Arthur to the pub
- 19:00...... The Vogon reads his poem
- 20:30-22:15 Marvin escorts the Hitchhikers to the bridge
+ 8:30-13:00 Arthur Dent lies in front of the bulldozer
+12:45...... Ford Prefect arrives and takes Arthur to the pub
+19:00...... The Vogon reads his poem
+20:30-22:15 Marvin escorts the Hitchhikers to the bridge
@end example
@cindex time grid
@@ -8732,17 +9725,17 @@ If the agenda is in single-day mode, or for the display of today, the
timed entries are embedded in a time grid, like
@example
- 8:00...... ------------------
- 8:30-13:00 Arthur Dent lies in front of the bulldozer
- 10:00...... ------------------
- 12:00...... ------------------
- 12:45...... Ford Prefect arrives and takes Arthur to the pub
- 14:00...... ------------------
- 16:00...... ------------------
- 18:00...... ------------------
- 19:00...... The Vogon reads his poem
- 20:00...... ------------------
- 20:30-22:15 Marvin escorts the Hitchhikers to the bridge
+ 8:00...... ------------------
+ 8:30-13:00 Arthur Dent lies in front of the bulldozer
+10:00...... ------------------
+12:00...... ------------------
+12:45...... Ford Prefect arrives and takes Arthur to the pub
+14:00...... ------------------
+16:00...... ------------------
+18:00...... ------------------
+19:00...... The Vogon reads his poem
+20:00...... ------------------
+20:30-22:15 Marvin escorts the Hitchhikers to the bridge
@end example
@vindex org-agenda-use-time-grid
@@ -8751,93 +9744,106 @@ The time grid can be turned on and off with the variable
@code{org-agenda-use-time-grid}, and can be configured with
@code{org-agenda-time-grid}.
-@node Sorting agenda items
-@subsection Sorting agenda items
+@node Sorting of agenda items
+@subsection Sorting of agenda items
+
@cindex sorting, of agenda items
@cindex priorities, of agenda items
+
Before being inserted into a view, the items are sorted. How this is
done depends on the type of view.
-@itemize @bullet
+
+@itemize
@item
@vindex org-agenda-files
For the daily/weekly agenda, the items for each day are sorted. The
default order is to first collect all items containing an explicit
-time-of-day specification. These entries will be shown at the beginning
+time-of-day specification. These entries are shown at the beginning
of the list, as a @emph{schedule} for the day. After that, items remain
grouped in categories, in the sequence given by @code{org-agenda-files}.
-Within each category, items are sorted by priority (@pxref{Priorities}),
-which is composed of the base priority (2000 for priority @samp{A}, 1000
-for @samp{B}, and 0 for @samp{C}), plus additional increments for
-overdue scheduled or deadline items.
+Within each category, items are sorted by priority (see
+@ref{Priorities}), which is composed of the base priority (2000 for
+priority @samp{A}, 1000 for @samp{B}, and 0 for @samp{C}), plus additional
+increments for overdue scheduled or deadline items.
+
@item
-For the TODO list, items remain in the order of categories, but within
-each category, sorting takes place according to priority
-(@pxref{Priorities}). The priority used for sorting derives from the
-priority cookie, with additions depending on how close an item is to its due
-or scheduled date.
+For the TODO list, items remain in the order of categories, but
+within each category, sorting takes place according to priority (see
+@ref{Priorities}). The priority used for sorting derives from the
+priority cookie, with additions depending on how close an item is to
+its due or scheduled date.
+
@item
-For tags matches, items are not sorted at all, but just appear in the
-sequence in which they are found in the agenda files.
+For tags matches, items are not sorted at all, but just appear in
+the sequence in which they are found in the agenda files.
@end itemize
@vindex org-agenda-sorting-strategy
Sorting can be customized using the variable
@code{org-agenda-sorting-strategy}, and may also include criteria based on
-the estimated effort of an entry (@pxref{Effort estimates}).
+the estimated effort of an entry (see @ref{Effort Estimates}).
-@node Filtering/limiting agenda items
-@subsection Filtering/limiting agenda items
+@node Filtering/limiting agenda times
+@subsection Filtering/limiting agenda times
Agenda built-in or customized commands are statically defined. Agenda
-filters and limits provide two ways of dynamically narrowing down the list of
-agenda entries: @emph{filters} and @emph{limits}. Filters only act on the
-display of the items, while limits take effect before the list of agenda
-entries is built. Filters are more often used interactively, while limits are
-mostly useful when defined as local variables within custom agenda commands.
-
+filters and limits provide two ways of dynamically narrowing down the
+list of agenda entries: @emph{filters} and @emph{limits}. Filters only act on
+the display of the items, while limits take effect before the list of
+agenda entries is built. Filters are more often used interactively,
+while limits are mostly useful when defined as local variables within
+custom agenda commands.
+
+@anchor{Filtering in the agenda}
@subsubheading Filtering in the agenda
-@cindex filtering, by tag, category, top headline and effort, in agenda
+
+@cindex agenda filtering
+@cindex filtering entries, in agenda
@cindex tag filtering, in agenda
@cindex category filtering, in agenda
@cindex top headline filtering, in agenda
@cindex effort filtering, in agenda
@cindex query editing, in agenda
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{/,org-agenda-filter-by-tag}
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{/} (@code{org-agenda-filter-by-tag})
+@findex org-agenda-filter-by-tag
@vindex org-agenda-tag-filter-preset
-Filter the agenda view with respect to a tag and/or effort estimates. The
-difference between this and a custom agenda command is that filtering is very
-fast, so that you can switch quickly between different filters without having
-to recreate the agenda.@footnote{Custom commands can preset a filter by
-binding the variable @code{org-agenda-tag-filter-preset} as an option. This
-filter will then be applied to the view and persist as a basic filter through
-refreshes and more secondary filtering. The filter is a global property of
-the entire agenda view---in a block agenda, you should only set this in the
-global options section, not in the section of an individual block.}
-
-You will be prompted for a tag selection letter; @key{SPC} will mean any tag
-at all. Pressing @key{TAB} at that prompt will offer use completion to
-select a tag (including any tags that do not have a selection character).
-The command then hides all entries that do not contain or inherit this tag.
-When called with prefix arg, remove the entries that @emph{do} have the tag.
-A second @kbd{/} at the prompt will turn off the filter and unhide any hidden
-entries. Pressing @kbd{+} or @kbd{-} switches between filtering and
-excluding the next tag.
-
-Org also supports automatic, context-aware tag filtering. If the variable
-@code{org-agenda-auto-exclude-function} is set to a user-defined function,
-that function can decide which tags should be excluded from the agenda
-automatically. Once this is set, the @kbd{/} command then accepts
-@kbd{@key{RET}} as a sub-option key and runs the auto exclusion logic. For
-example, let's say you use a @code{Net} tag to identify tasks which need
-network access, an @code{Errand} tag for errands in town, and a @code{Call}
-tag for making phone calls. You could auto-exclude these tags based on the
-availability of the Internet, and outside of business hours, with something
-like this:
+Filter the agenda view with respect to a tag and/or effort
+estimates. The difference between this and a custom agenda
+command is that filtering is very fast, so that you can switch
+quickly between different filters without having to recreate the
+agenda.@footnote{Custom commands can preset a filter by binding the variable
+@code{org-agenda-tag-filter-preset} as an option. This filter is then
+applied to the view and persists as a basic filter through refreshes
+and more secondary filtering. The filter is a global property of the
+entire agenda view---in a block agenda, you should only set this in
+the global options section, not in the section of an individual block.}
+
+You are prompted for a tag selection letter; @kbd{@key{SPC}} means
+any tag at all. Pressing @kbd{@key{TAB}} at that prompt offers
+completion to select a tag, including any tags that do not have
+a selection character. The command then hides all entries that
+do not contain or inherit this tag. When called with prefix
+argument, remove the entries that @emph{do} have the tag. A second
+@kbd{/} at the prompt turns off the filter and shows any
+hidden entries. Pressing @kbd{+} or @kbd{-} switches
+between filtering and excluding the next tag.
+
+@vindex org-agenda-auto-exclude-function
+Org also supports automatic, context-aware tag filtering. If the
+variable @code{org-agenda-auto-exclude-function} is set to
+a user-defined function, that function can decide which tags
+should be excluded from the agenda automatically. Once this is
+set, the @kbd{/} command then accepts @kbd{@key{RET}} as
+a sub-option key and runs the auto exclusion logic. For example,
+let's say you use a @samp{Net} tag to identify tasks which need
+network access, an @samp{Errand} tag for errands in town, and a @samp{Call}
+tag for making phone calls. You could auto-exclude these tags
+based on the availability of the Internet, and outside of
+business hours, with something like this:
-@smalllisp
-@group
+@lisp
(defun org-my-auto-exclude-function (tag)
(and (cond
((string= tag "Net")
@@ -8849,666 +9855,871 @@ like this:
(concat "-" tag)))
(setq org-agenda-auto-exclude-function 'org-my-auto-exclude-function)
-@end group
-@end smalllisp
+@end lisp
-@c
-@kindex [
-@kindex ]
-@kindex @{
-@kindex @}
-@item [ ] @{ @}
-@table @i
-@item @r{in} search view
-add new search words (@kbd{[} and @kbd{]}) or new regular expressions
-(@kbd{@{} and @kbd{@}}) to the query string. The opening bracket/brace will
-add a positive search term prefixed by @samp{+}, indicating that this search
-term @i{must} occur/match in the entry. The closing bracket/brace will add a
-negative search term which @i{must not} occur/match in the entry for it to be
-selected.
-@end table
+@item @kbd{<} (@code{org-agenda-filter-by-category})
+@findex org-agenda-filter-by-category
+Filter the current agenda view with respect to the category of
+the item at point. Pressing @kbd{<} another time removes
+this filter. When called with a prefix argument exclude the
+category of the item at point from the agenda.
-@orgcmd{<,org-agenda-filter-by-category}
@vindex org-agenda-category-filter-preset
+You can add a filter preset in custom agenda commands through the
+option @code{org-agenda-category-filter-preset}. See @ref{Setting options}.
+
+@item @kbd{^} (@code{org-agenda-filter-by-top-headline})
+@findex org-agenda-filter-by-top-headline
+Filter the current agenda view and only display the siblings and
+the parent headline of the one at point.
+
+@item @kbd{=} (@code{org-agenda-filter-by-regexp})
+@findex org-agenda-filter-by-regexp
+Filter the agenda view by a regular expression: only show agenda
+entries matching the regular expression the user entered. When
+called with a prefix argument, it filters @emph{out} entries matching
+the regexp. With two universal prefix arguments, it removes all
+the regexp filters, which can be accumulated.
-Filter the current agenda view with respect to the category of the item at
-point. Pressing @code{<} another time will remove this filter. When called
-with a prefix argument exclude the category of the item at point from the
-agenda.
-
-You can add a filter preset in custom agenda commands through the option
-@code{org-agenda-category-filter-preset}. @xref{Setting options}.
-
-@orgcmd{^,org-agenda-filter-by-top-headline}
-Filter the current agenda view and only display the siblings and the parent
-headline of the one at point.
-
-@orgcmd{=,org-agenda-filter-by-regexp}
@vindex org-agenda-regexp-filter-preset
+You can add a filter preset in custom agenda commands through the
+option @code{org-agenda-regexp-filter-preset}. See @ref{Setting options}.
-Filter the agenda view by a regular expression: only show agenda entries
-matching the regular expression the user entered. When called with a prefix
-argument, it will filter @emph{out} entries matching the regexp. With two
-universal prefix arguments, it will remove all the regexp filters, which can
-be accumulated.
-
-You can add a filter preset in custom agenda commands through the option
-@code{org-agenda-regexp-filter-preset}. @xref{Setting options}.
+@item @kbd{_} (@code{org-agenda-filter-by-effort})
+@findex org-agenda-filter-by-effort
+Filter the agenda view with respect to effort estimates. You
+first need to set up allowed efforts globally, for example
-@orgcmd{_,org-agenda-filter-by-effort}
-@vindex org-agenda-effort-filter-preset
-@vindex org-sort-agenda-noeffort-is-high
-Filter the agenda view with respect to effort estimates.
-You first need to set up allowed efforts globally, for example
@lisp
(setq org-global-properties
- '(("Effort_ALL". "0 0:10 0:30 1:00 2:00 3:00 4:00")))
+ '(("Effort_ALL". "0 0:10 0:30 1:00 2:00 3:00 4:00")))
@end lisp
-You can then filter for an effort by first typing an operator, one of
-@kbd{<}, @kbd{>}, and @kbd{=}, and then the one-digit index of an effort
-estimate in your array of allowed values, where @kbd{0} means the 10th value.
-The filter will then restrict to entries with effort smaller-or-equal, equal,
-or larger-or-equal than the selected value. For application of the operator,
-entries without a defined effort will be treated according to the value of
-@code{org-sort-agenda-noeffort-is-high}.
-
-When called with a prefix argument, it will remove entries matching the
-condition. With two universal prefix arguments, it will clear effort
-filters, which can be accumulated.
-
-You can add a filter preset in custom agenda commands through the option
-@code{org-agenda-effort-filter-preset}. @xref{Setting options}.
-
-@orgcmd{|,org-agenda-filter-remove-all}
+
+@vindex org-sort-agenda-noeffort-is-high
+You can then filter for an effort by first typing an operator,
+one of @kbd{<}, @kbd{>} and @kbd{=}, and then the
+one-digit index of an effort estimate in your array of allowed
+values, where @kbd{0} means the 10th value. The filter then
+restricts to entries with effort smaller-or-equal, equal, or
+larger-or-equal than the selected value. For application of the
+operator, entries without a defined effort are treated according
+to the value of @code{org-sort-agenda-noeffort-is-high}.
+
+When called with a prefix argument, it removes entries matching
+the condition. With two universal prefix arguments, it clears
+effort filters, which can be accumulated.
+
+@vindex org-agenda-effort-filter-preset
+You can add a filter preset in custom agenda commands through the
+option @code{org-agenda-effort-filter-preset}. See @ref{Setting options}.
+
+@item @kbd{|} (@code{org-agenda-filter-remove-all})
Remove all filters in the current agenda view.
@end table
+@anchor{Setting limits for the agenda}
@subsubheading Setting limits for the agenda
+
@cindex limits, in agenda
-@vindex org-agenda-max-entries
-@vindex org-agenda-max-effort
-@vindex org-agenda-max-todos
-@vindex org-agenda-max-tags
-Here is a list of options that you can set, either globally, or locally in
-your custom agenda views (@pxref{Custom agenda views}).
+Here is a list of options that you can set, either globally, or
+locally in your custom agenda views (see @ref{Custom Agenda Views}).
-@table @code
-@item org-agenda-max-entries
+@table @asis
+@item @code{org-agenda-max-entries}
+@vindex org-agenda-max-entries
Limit the number of entries.
-@item org-agenda-max-effort
+
+@item @code{org-agenda-max-effort}
+@vindex org-agenda-max-effort
Limit the duration of accumulated efforts (as minutes).
-@item org-agenda-max-todos
+
+@item @code{org-agenda-max-todos}
+@vindex org-agenda-max-todos
Limit the number of entries with TODO keywords.
-@item org-agenda-max-tags
+
+@item @code{org-agenda-max-tags}
+@vindex org-agenda-max-tags
Limit the number of tagged entries.
@end table
-When set to a positive integer, each option will exclude entries from other
-categories: for example, @code{(setq org-agenda-max-effort 100)} will limit
-the agenda to 100 minutes of effort and exclude any entry that has no effort
-property. If you want to include entries with no effort property, use a
-negative value for @code{org-agenda-max-effort}.
-
-One useful setup is to use @code{org-agenda-max-entries} locally in a custom
-command. For example, this custom command will display the next five entries
-with a @code{NEXT} TODO keyword.
+When set to a positive integer, each option excludes entries from
+other categories: for example, @code{(setq org-agenda-max-effort 100)}
+limits the agenda to 100 minutes of effort and exclude any entry that
+has no effort property. If you want to include entries with no effort
+property, use a negative value for @code{org-agenda-max-effort}. One
+useful setup is to use @code{org-agenda-max-entries} locally in a custom
+command. For example, this custom command displays the next five
+entries with a @samp{NEXT} TODO keyword.
-@smalllisp
+@lisp
(setq org-agenda-custom-commands
'(("n" todo "NEXT"
((org-agenda-max-entries 5)))))
-@end smalllisp
+@end lisp
-Once you mark one of these five entry as @code{DONE}, rebuilding the agenda
-will again the next five entries again, including the first entry that was
-excluded so far.
+Once you mark one of these five entry as DONE, rebuilding the agenda
+will again the next five entries again, including the first entry that
+was excluded so far.
-You can also dynamically set temporary limits, which will be lost when
+You can also dynamically set temporary limits, which are lost when
rebuilding the agenda:
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{~,org-agenda-limit-interactively}
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{~} (@code{org-agenda-limit-interactively})
+@findex org-agenda-limit-interactively
This prompts for the type of limit to apply and its value.
@end table
-@node Agenda commands
-@section Commands in the agenda buffer
+@node Agenda Commands
+@section Commands in the Agenda Buffer
+
@cindex commands, in agenda buffer
Entries in the agenda buffer are linked back to the Org file or diary
file where they originate. You are not allowed to edit the agenda
buffer itself, but commands are provided to show and jump to the
-original entry location, and to edit the Org files ``remotely'' from
-the agenda buffer. In this way, all information is stored only once,
+original entry location, and to edit the Org files ``remotely'' from the
+agenda buffer. In this way, all information is stored only once,
removing the risk that your agenda and note files may diverge.
Some commands can be executed with mouse clicks on agenda lines. For
the other commands, the cursor needs to be in the desired line.
-@table @kbd
-@tsubheading{Motion}
+@anchor{Motion (1)}
+@subheading Motion
+
@cindex motion commands in agenda
-@orgcmd{n,org-agenda-next-line}
-Next line (same as @key{DOWN} and @kbd{C-n}).
-@orgcmd{p,org-agenda-previous-line}
-Previous line (same as @key{UP} and @kbd{C-p}).
-@orgcmd{N,org-agenda-next-item}
-Next item: same as next line, but only consider items.
-@orgcmd{P,org-agenda-previous-item}
-Previous item: same as previous line, but only consider items.
-@tsubheading{View/Go to Org file}
-@orgcmdkkc{@key{SPC},mouse-3,org-agenda-show-and-scroll-up}
-Display the original location of the item in another window. With prefix
-arg, make sure that drawers stay folded.
-@c
-@orgcmd{L,org-agenda-recenter}
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{n} (@code{org-agenda-next-line})
+@kindex n
+@findex org-agenda-next-line
+Next line (same as @kbd{@key{DOWN}} and @kbd{C-n}).
+
+@item @kbd{p} (@code{org-agenda-previous-line})
+@kindex p
+@findex org-agenda-previous-line
+Previous line (same as @kbd{@key{UP}} and @kbd{C-p}).
+@end table
+
+@anchor{View/Go to Org file}
+@subheading View/Go to Org file
+
+@cindex view file commands in agenda
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{@key{SPC}} or @kbd{mouse-3} (@code{org-agenda-show-and-scroll-up})
+@kindex SPC
+@kindex mouse-3
+@findex org-agenda-show-and-scroll-up
+Display the original location of the item in another window.
+With a prefix argument, make sure that drawers stay folded.
+
+@item @kbd{L} (@code{org-agenda-recenter})
+@findex org-agenda-recenter
Display original location and recenter that window.
-@c
-@orgcmdkkc{@key{TAB},mouse-2,org-agenda-goto}
+
+@item @kbd{@key{TAB}} or @kbd{mouse-2} (@code{org-agenda-goto})
+@kindex TAB
+@kindex mouse-2
+@findex org-agenda-goto
Go to the original location of the item in another window.
-@c
-@orgcmd{@key{RET},org-agenda-switch-to}
+
+@item @kbd{@key{RET}} (@code{org-agenda-switch-to})
+@kindex RET
+@findex org-agenda-switch-to
Go to the original location of the item and delete other windows.
-@c
-@orgcmd{F,org-agenda-follow-mode}
+
+@item @kbd{F} (@code{org-agenda-follow-mode})
+@kindex F
+@findex org-agenda-follow-mode
@vindex org-agenda-start-with-follow-mode
-Toggle Follow mode. In Follow mode, as you move the cursor through
-the agenda buffer, the other window always shows the corresponding
-location in the Org file. The initial setting for this mode in new
-agenda buffers can be set with the variable
+Toggle Follow mode. In Follow mode, as you move the cursor
+through the agenda buffer, the other window always shows the
+corresponding location in the Org file. The initial setting for
+this mode in new agenda buffers can be set with the variable
@code{org-agenda-start-with-follow-mode}.
-@c
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x b,org-agenda-tree-to-indirect-buffer}
-Display the entire subtree of the current item in an indirect buffer. With a
-numeric prefix argument N, go up to level N and then take that tree. If N is
-negative, go up that many levels. With a @kbd{C-u} prefix, do not remove the
-previously used indirect buffer.
-
-@orgcmd{C-c C-o,org-agenda-open-link}
-Follow a link in the entry. This will offer a selection of any links in the
-text belonging to the referenced Org node. If there is only one link, it
-will be followed without a selection prompt.
-
-@tsubheading{Change display}
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x b} (@code{org-agenda-tree-to-indirect-buffer})
+@kindex C-c C-x b
+@findex org-agenda-tree-to-indirect-buffer
+Display the entire subtree of the current item in an indirect
+buffer. With a numeric prefix argument N, go up to level N and
+then take that tree. If N is negative, go up that many levels.
+With a @kbd{C-u} prefix, do not remove the previously used
+indirect buffer.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-o} (@code{org-agenda-open-link})
+@kindex C-c C-o
+@findex org-agenda-open-link
+Follow a link in the entry. This offers a selection of any links
+in the text belonging to the referenced Org node. If there is
+only one link, follow it without a selection prompt.
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Change display}
+@subheading Change display
+
+@cindex change agenda display
@cindex display changing, in agenda
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{A}
@kindex A
-@item A
-Interactively select another agenda view and append it to the current view.
-@c
+Interactively select another agenda view and append it to the
+current view.
+
+@item @kbd{o}
@kindex o
-@item o
Delete other windows.
-@c
-@orgcmdkskc{v d,d,org-agenda-day-view}
-@xorgcmdkskc{v w,w,org-agenda-week-view}
-@xorgcmd{v t,org-agenda-fortnight-view}
-@xorgcmd{v m,org-agenda-month-view}
-@xorgcmd{v y,org-agenda-year-view}
-@xorgcmd{v @key{SPC},org-agenda-reset-view}
+
+@item @kbd{v d} or short @kbd{d} (@code{org-agenda-day-view})
+@kindex v d
+@kindex d
+@findex org-agenda-day-view
+Switch to day view. When switching to day view, this setting
+becomes the default for subsequent agenda refreshes. A numeric
+prefix argument may be used to jump directly to a specific day of
+the year. For example, @kbd{32 d} jumps to February 1st.
+When setting day view, a year may be encoded in the prefix
+argument as well. For example, @kbd{200712 d} jumps to
+January 12, 2007. If such a year specification has only one or
+two digits, it is expanded into one of the 30 next years or the
+last 69 years.
+
+@item @kbd{v w} or short @kbd{w} (@code{org-agenda-week-view})
+@kindex v w
+@kindex w
+@findex org-agenda-week-view
+Switch to week view. When switching week view, this setting
+becomes the default for subsequent agenda refreshes. A numeric
+prefix argument may be used to jump directly to a specific day of
+the ISO week. For example @kbd{9 w} to ISO week number 9.
+When setting week view, a year may be encoded in the prefix
+argument as well. For example, @kbd{200712 w} jumps to week
+12 in 2007. If such a year specification has only one or two
+digits, it is expanded into one of the 30 next years or the last
+69 years.
+
+@item @kbd{v m} (@code{org-agenda-month-view})
+@kindex v m
+@findex org-agenda-month-view
+Switch to month view. Because month views are slow to create,
+they do not become the default for subsequent agenda refreshes.
+A numeric prefix argument may be used to jump directly to
+a specific day of the month. When setting month view, a year may
+be encoded in the prefix argument as well. For example,
+@kbd{200712 m} jumps to December, 2007. If such a year
+specification has only one or two digits, it is expanded into one
+of the 30 next years or the last 69 years.
+
+@item @kbd{v y} (@code{org-agenda-year-view})
+@kindex v y
+@findex org-agenda-year-view
+Switch to year view. Because year views are slow to create, they
+do not become the default for subsequent agenda refreshes.
+A numeric prefix argument may be used to jump directly to
+a specific day of the year.
+
+@item @kbd{v @key{SPC}} (@code{org-agenda-reset-view})
+@kindex v SPC
+@findex org-agenda-reset-view
@vindex org-agenda-span
-Switch to day/week/month/year view. When switching to day or week view, this
-setting becomes the default for subsequent agenda refreshes. Since month and
-year views are slow to create, they do not become the default. A numeric
-prefix argument may be used to jump directly to a specific day of the year,
-ISO week, month, or year, respectively. For example, @kbd{32 d} jumps to
-February 1st, @kbd{9 w} to ISO week number 9. When setting day, week, or
-month view, a year may be encoded in the prefix argument as well. For
-example, @kbd{200712 w} will jump to week 12 in 2007. If such a year
-specification has only one or two digits, it will be mapped to the interval
-1938--2037. @kbd{v @key{SPC}} will reset to what is set in
-@code{org-agenda-span}.
-@c
-@orgcmd{f,org-agenda-later}
-Go forward in time to display the following @code{org-agenda-current-span} days.
-For example, if the display covers a week, switch to the following week.
-With prefix arg, go forward that many times @code{org-agenda-current-span} days.
-@c
-@orgcmd{b,org-agenda-earlier}
+Reset the current view to @code{org-agenda-span}.
+
+@item @kbd{f} (@code{org-agenda-later})
+@kindex f
+@findex org-agenda-later
+Go forward in time to display the span following the current one.
+For example, if the display covers a week, switch to the
+following week. With a prefix argument, repeat that many times.
+
+@item @kbd{b} (@code{org-agenda-earlier})
+@kindex b
+@findex org-agenda-earlier
Go backward in time to display earlier dates.
-@c
-@orgcmd{.,org-agenda-goto-today}
+
+@item @kbd{.} (@code{org-agenda-goto-today})
+@kindex .
+@findex org-agenda-goto-today
Go to today.
-@c
-@orgcmd{j,org-agenda-goto-date}
+
+@item @kbd{j} (@code{org-agenda-goto-date})
+@kindex j
+@findex org-agenda-goto-date
Prompt for a date and go there.
-@c
-@orgcmd{J,org-agenda-clock-goto}
-Go to the currently clocked-in task @i{in the agenda buffer}.
-@c
-@orgcmd{D,org-agenda-toggle-diary}
+
+@item @kbd{J} (@code{org-agenda-clock-goto})
+@kindex J
+@findex org-agenda-clock-goto
+Go to the currently clocked-in task @emph{in the agenda buffer}.
+
+@item @kbd{D} (@code{org-agenda-toggle-diary})
+@kindex D
+@findex org-agenda-toggle-diary
Toggle the inclusion of diary entries. See @ref{Weekly/daily agenda}.
-@c
-@orgcmdkskc{v l,l,org-agenda-log-mode}
+
+@item @kbd{v l} or @kbd{v L} or short @kbd{l} (@code{org-agenda-log-mode})
+@kindex v l
+@kindex l
@kindex v L
+@findex org-agenda-log-mode
@vindex org-log-done
@vindex org-agenda-log-mode-items
-Toggle Logbook mode. In Logbook mode, entries that were marked DONE while
-logging was on (variable @code{org-log-done}) are shown in the agenda, as are
-entries that have been clocked on that day. You can configure the entry
-types that should be included in log mode using the variable
-@code{org-agenda-log-mode-items}. When called with a @kbd{C-u} prefix, show
-all possible logbook entries, including state changes. When called with two
-prefix arguments @kbd{C-u C-u}, show only logging information, nothing else.
-@kbd{v L} is equivalent to @kbd{C-u v l}.
-@c
-@orgcmdkskc{v [,[,org-agenda-manipulate-query-add}
-Include inactive timestamps into the current view. Only for weekly/daily
-agenda.
-@c
-@orgcmd{v a,org-agenda-archives-mode}
-@xorgcmd{v A,org-agenda-archives-mode 'files}
-@cindex Archives mode
-Toggle Archives mode. In Archives mode, trees that are marked
-@code{ARCHIVED} are also scanned when producing the agenda. When you use the
-capital @kbd{A}, even all archive files are included. To exit archives mode,
-press @kbd{v a} again.
-@c
-@orgcmdkskc{v R,R,org-agenda-clockreport-mode}
+Toggle Logbook mode. In Logbook mode, entries that were marked
+DONE while logging was on (see the variable @code{org-log-done}) are
+shown in the agenda, as are entries that have been clocked on
+that day. You can configure the entry types that should be
+included in log mode using the variable
+@code{org-agenda-log-mode-items}. When called with a @kbd{C-u}
+prefix, show all possible logbook entries, including state
+changes. When called with two prefix arguments @kbd{C-u C-u}, show only logging information, nothing else. @kbd{v L} is equivalent to @kbd{C-u v l}.
+
+@item @kbd{v [} or short @kbd{[} (@code{org-agenda-manipulate-query-add})
+@kindex v [
+@kindex [
+@findex org-agenda-manipulate-query-add
+Include inactive timestamps into the current view. Only for
+weekly/daily agenda and timeline views.
+
+@item @kbd{v a} (@code{org-agenda-archives-mode})
+@kindex v a
+@findex org-agenda-archives-mode
+Toggle Archives mode. In Archives mode, trees that are archived
+(see @ref{Internal archiving}) are also scanned when producing the
+agenda. To exit archives mode, press @kbd{v a} again.
+
+@item @kbd{v A}
+@kindex v A
+Toggle Archives mode. Include all archive files as well.
+
+@item @kbd{v R} or short @kbd{R} (@code{org-agenda-clockreport-mode})
+@kindex v R
+@kindex R
+@findex org-agenda-clockreport-mode
@vindex org-agenda-start-with-clockreport-mode
@vindex org-clock-report-include-clocking-task
-Toggle Clockreport mode. In Clockreport mode, the daily/weekly agenda will
-always show a table with the clocked times for the time span and file scope
-covered by the current agenda view. The initial setting for this mode in new
-agenda buffers can be set with the variable
-@code{org-agenda-start-with-clockreport-mode}. By using a prefix argument
-when toggling this mode (i.e., @kbd{C-u R}), the clock table will not show
-contributions from entries that are hidden by agenda filtering@footnote{Only
-tags filtering will be respected here, effort filtering is ignored.}. See
-also the variable @code{org-clock-report-include-clocking-task}.
-@c
-@orgkey{v c}
+Toggle Clockreport mode. In Clockreport mode, the daily/weekly
+agenda always shows a table with the clocked times for the time
+span and file scope covered by the current agenda view. The
+initial setting for this mode in new agenda buffers can be set
+with the variable @code{org-agenda-start-with-clockreport-mode}. By
+using a prefix argument when toggling this mode (i.e., @kbd{C-u R}), the clock table does not show contributions from entries
+that are hidden by agenda filtering@footnote{Only tags filtering is respected here, effort filtering is
+ignored.}. See also the
+variable @code{org-clock-report-include-clocking-task}.
+
+@item @kbd{v c}
+@kindex v c
@vindex org-agenda-clock-consistency-checks
-Show overlapping clock entries, clocking gaps, and other clocking problems in
-the current agenda range. You can then visit clocking lines and fix them
-manually. See the variable @code{org-agenda-clock-consistency-checks} for
-information on how to customize the definition of what constituted a clocking
-problem. To return to normal agenda display, press @kbd{l} to exit Logbook
-mode.
-@c
-@orgcmdkskc{v E,E,org-agenda-entry-text-mode}
+Show overlapping clock entries, clocking gaps, and other clocking
+problems in the current agenda range. You can then visit
+clocking lines and fix them manually. See the variable
+@code{org-agenda-clock-consistency-checks} for information on how to
+customize the definition of what constituted a clocking problem.
+To return to normal agenda display, press @kbd{l} to exit
+Logbook mode.
+
+@item @kbd{v E} or short @kbd{E} (@code{org-agenda-entry-text-mode})
+@kindex v E
+@kindex E
+@findex org-agenda-entry-text-mode
@vindex org-agenda-start-with-entry-text-mode
@vindex org-agenda-entry-text-maxlines
-Toggle entry text mode. In entry text mode, a number of lines from the Org
-outline node referenced by an agenda line will be displayed below the line.
-The maximum number of lines is given by the variable
-@code{org-agenda-entry-text-maxlines}. Calling this command with a numeric
-prefix argument will temporarily modify that number to the prefix value.
-@c
-@orgcmd{G,org-agenda-toggle-time-grid}
+Toggle entry text mode. In entry text mode, a number of lines
+from the Org outline node referenced by an agenda line are
+displayed below the line. The maximum number of lines is given
+by the variable @code{org-agenda-entry-text-maxlines}. Calling this
+command with a numeric prefix argument temporarily modifies that
+number to the prefix value.
+
+@item @kbd{G} (@code{org-agenda-toggle-time-grid})
+@kindex G
@vindex org-agenda-use-time-grid
@vindex org-agenda-time-grid
Toggle the time grid on and off. See also the variables
@code{org-agenda-use-time-grid} and @code{org-agenda-time-grid}.
-@c
-@orgcmd{r,org-agenda-redo}
-Recreate the agenda buffer, for example to reflect the changes after
-modification of the timestamps of items with @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} and
-@kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}}. When the buffer is the global TODO list, a prefix
-argument is interpreted to create a selective list for a specific TODO
-keyword.
-@orgcmd{g,org-agenda-redo}
-Same as @kbd{r}.
-@c
-@orgcmdkskc{C-x C-s,s,org-save-all-org-buffers}
-Save all Org buffers in the current Emacs session, and also the locations of
-IDs.
-@c
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-c,org-agenda-columns}
-@vindex org-columns-default-format
-Invoke column view (@pxref{Column view}) in the agenda buffer. The column
-view format is taken from the entry at point, or (if there is no entry at
-point), from the first entry in the agenda view. So whatever the format for
-that entry would be in the original buffer (taken from a property, from a
-@code{#+COLUMNS} line, or from the default variable
-@code{org-columns-default-format}), will be used in the agenda.
-
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x >,org-agenda-remove-restriction-lock}
-Remove the restriction lock on the agenda, if it is currently restricted to a
-file or subtree (@pxref{Agenda files}).
-@tsubheading{Secondary filtering and query editing}
-
-For a detailed description of these commands, @pxref{Filtering/limiting
-agenda items}.
-
-@orgcmd{/,org-agenda-filter-by-tag}
-Filter the agenda view with respect to a tag and/or effort estimates.
+@item @kbd{r} (@code{org-agenda-redo})
+@itemx @kbd{g}
+@kindex r
+@kindex g
+@findex org-agenda-redo
+Recreate the agenda buffer, for example to reflect the changes
+after modification of the timestamps of items with
+@kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} and @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}}. When the
+buffer is the global TODO list, a prefix argument is interpreted
+to create a selective list for a specific TODO keyword.
+
+@item @kbd{C-x C-s} or short @kbd{s} (@code{org-save-all-org-buffers})
+@kindex C-x C-s
+@findex org-save-all-org-buffers
+@kindex s
+Save all Org buffers in the current Emacs session, and also the
+locations of IDs.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-c} (@code{org-agenda-columns})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-c
+@findex org-agenda-columns
+@vindex org-columns-default-format
+Invoke column view (see @ref{Column View}) in the agenda buffer. The
+column view format is taken from the entry at point, or, if there
+is no entry at point, from the first entry in the agenda view.
+So whatever the format for that entry would be in the original
+buffer (taken from a property, from a @samp{COLUMNS} keyword, or from
+the default variable @code{org-columns-default-format}) is used in the
+agenda.
-@orgcmd{<,org-agenda-filter-by-category}
-Filter the current agenda view with respect to the category of the item at
-point.
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x >} (@code{org-agenda-remove-restriction-lock})
+@kindex C-c C-x >
+@findex org-agenda-remove-restriction-lock
+Remove the restriction lock on the agenda, if it is currently
+restricted to a file or subtree (see @ref{Agenda Files}).
-@orgcmd{^,org-agenda-filter-by-top-headline}
-Filter the current agenda view and only display the siblings and the parent
-headline of the one at point.
+@item @kbd{M-@key{UP}} (@code{org-agenda-drag-line-backward})
+@kindex M-UP
+@findex org-agenda-drag-line-backward
+Drag the line at point backward one line. With a numeric prefix
+argument, drag backward by that many lines.
-@orgcmd{=,org-agenda-filter-by-regexp}
-Filter the agenda view by a regular expression.
+Moving agenda lines does not persist after an agenda refresh and
+does not modify the contributing Org files.
-@orgcmd{_,org-agenda-filter-by-effort}
-Filter the agenda view with respect to effort estimates.
+@item @kbd{M-@key{DOWN}} (@code{org-agenda-drag-line-forward})
+@kindex M-DOWN
+@findex org-agenda-drag-line-forward
+Drag the line at point forward one line. With a numeric prefix
+argument, drag forward by that many lines.
+@end table
-@orgcmd{|,org-agenda-filter-remove-all}
-Remove all filters in the current agenda view.
+@anchor{Remote editing}
+@subheading Remote editing
-@tsubheading{Remote editing}
@cindex remote editing, from agenda
-@item 0--9
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{0--9}
Digit argument.
-@c
+
+@item @kbd{C-_} (@code{org-agenda-undo})
+@kindex C-_
+@findex org-agenda-undo
@cindex undoing remote-editing events
@cindex remote editing, undo
-@orgcmd{C-_,org-agenda-undo}
-Undo a change due to a remote editing command. The change is undone
-both in the agenda buffer and in the remote buffer.
-@c
-@orgcmd{t,org-agenda-todo}
+Undo a change due to a remote editing command. The change is
+undone both in the agenda buffer and in the remote buffer.
+
+@item @kbd{t} (@code{org-agenda-todo})
+@kindex t
+@findex org-agenda-todo
Change the TODO state of the item, both in the agenda and in the
-original org file.
-@c
-@orgcmd{C-S-@key{RIGHT},org-agenda-todo-nextset}
-@orgcmd{C-S-@key{LEFT},org-agenda-todo-previousset}
-Switch to the next/previous set of TODO keywords.
-@c
-@orgcmd{C-k,org-agenda-kill}
+original Org file.
+
+@item @kbd{C-S-@key{RIGHT}} (@code{org-agenda-todo-nextset})
+@kindex C-S-RIGHT
+@findex org-agenda-todo-nextset
+Switch to the next set of TODO keywords.
+
+@item @kbd{C-S-@key{LEFT}}, @code{org-agenda-todo-previousset}
+@kindex C-S-LEFT
+Switch to the previous set of TODO keywords.
+
+@item @kbd{C-k} (@code{org-agenda-kill})
+@kindex C-k
+@findex org-agenda-kill
@vindex org-agenda-confirm-kill
-Delete the current agenda item along with the entire subtree belonging
-to it in the original Org file. If the text to be deleted remotely
-is longer than one line, the kill needs to be confirmed by the user. See
-variable @code{org-agenda-confirm-kill}.
-@c
-@orgcmd{C-c C-w,org-agenda-refile}
+Delete the current agenda item along with the entire subtree
+belonging to it in the original Org file. If the text to be
+deleted remotely is longer than one line, the kill needs to be
+confirmed by the user. See variable @code{org-agenda-confirm-kill}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-w} (@code{org-agenda-refile})
+@kindex C-c C-w
+@findex org-agenda-refile
Refile the entry at point.
-@c
-@orgcmdkskc{C-c C-x C-a,a,org-agenda-archive-default-with-confirmation}
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-a} or short @kbd{a} (@code{org-agenda-archive-default-with-confirmation})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-a
+@kindex a
+@findex org-agenda-archive-default-with-confirmation
@vindex org-archive-default-command
-Archive the subtree corresponding to the entry at point using the default
-archiving command set in @code{org-archive-default-command}. When using the
-@code{a} key, confirmation will be required.
-@c
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x a,org-agenda-toggle-archive-tag}
-Toggle the ARCHIVE tag for the current headline.
-@c
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x A,org-agenda-archive-to-archive-sibling}
-Move the subtree corresponding to the current entry to its @emph{archive
-sibling}.
-@c
-@orgcmdkskc{C-c C-x C-s,$,org-agenda-archive}
-Archive the subtree corresponding to the current headline. This means the
-entry will be moved to the configured archive location, most likely a
-different file.
-@c
-@orgcmd{T,org-agenda-show-tags}
+Archive the subtree corresponding to the entry at point using the
+default archiving command set in @code{org-archive-default-command}.
+When using the @kbd{a} key, confirmation is required.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x a} (@code{org-agenda-toggle-archive-tag})
+@kindex C-c C-x a
+@findex org-agenda-toggle-archive-tag
+Toggle the archive tag (see @ref{Internal archiving}) for the current
+headline.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x A} (@code{org-agenda-archive-to-archive-sibling})
+@kindex C-c C-x A
+@findex org-agenda-archive-to-archive-sibling
+Move the subtree corresponding to the current entry to its
+@emph{archive sibling}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-s} or short @kbd{$} (@code{org-agenda-archive})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-s
+@kindex $
+@findex org-agenda-archive
+Archive the subtree corresponding to the current headline. This
+means the entry is moved to the configured archive location, most
+likely a different file.
+
+@item @kbd{T} (@code{org-agenda-show-tags})
+@kindex T
+@findex org-agenda-show-tags
@vindex org-agenda-show-inherited-tags
-Show all tags associated with the current item. This is useful if you have
-turned off @code{org-agenda-show-inherited-tags}, but still want to see all
-tags of a headline occasionally.
-@c
-@orgcmd{:,org-agenda-set-tags}
-Set tags for the current headline. If there is an active region in the
-agenda, change a tag for all headings in the region.
-@c
+Show all tags associated with the current item. This is useful
+if you have turned off @code{org-agenda-show-inherited-tags}, but
+still want to see all tags of a headline occasionally.
+
+@item @kbd{:} (@code{org-agenda-set-tags})
+@kindex :
+@findex org-agenda-set-tags
+Set tags for the current headline. If there is an active region
+in the agenda, change a tag for all headings in the region.
+
+@item @kbd{,} (@code{org-agenda-priority})
@kindex ,
-@item ,
-Set the priority for the current item (@command{org-agenda-priority}).
-Org mode prompts for the priority character. If you reply with @key{SPC},
-the priority cookie is removed from the entry.
-@c
-@orgcmd{P,org-agenda-show-priority}
+@findex org-agenda-priority
+Set the priority for the current item. Org mode prompts for the
+priority character. If you reply with @kbd{@key{SPC}}, the
+priority cookie is removed from the entry.
+
+@item @kbd{P} (@code{org-agenda-show-priority})
+@kindex P
+@findex org-agenda-show-priority
Display weighted priority of current item.
-@c
-@orgcmdkkc{+,S-@key{UP},org-agenda-priority-up}
-Increase the priority of the current item. The priority is changed in
-the original buffer, but the agenda is not resorted. Use the @kbd{r}
-key for this.
-@c
-@orgcmdkkc{-,S-@key{DOWN},org-agenda-priority-down}
+
+@item @kbd{+} or @kbd{S-@key{UP}} (@code{org-agenda-priority-up})
+@kindex +
+@kindex S-UP
+@findex org-agenda-priority-up
+Increase the priority of the current item. The priority is
+changed in the original buffer, but the agenda is not resorted.
+Use the @kbd{r} key for this.
+
+@item @kbd{-} or @kbd{S-@key{DOWN}} (@code{org-agenda-priority-down})
+@kindex -
+@kindex S-DOWN
+@findex org-agenda-priority-down
Decrease the priority of the current item.
-@c
-@orgcmdkkc{z,C-c C-z,org-agenda-add-note}
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-z} or short @kbd{z} (@code{org-agenda-add-note})
+@kindex z
+@kindex C-c C-z
+@findex org-agenda-add-note
@vindex org-log-into-drawer
-Add a note to the entry. This note will be recorded, and then filed to the
-same location where state change notes are put. Depending on
-@code{org-log-into-drawer}, this may be inside a drawer.
-@c
-@orgcmd{C-c C-a,org-attach}
+Add a note to the entry. This note is recorded, and then filed
+to the same location where state change notes are put. Depending
+on @code{org-log-into-drawer}, this may be inside a drawer.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-a} (@code{org-attach})
+@kindex C-c C-a
+@findex org-attach
Dispatcher for all command related to attachments.
-@c
-@orgcmd{C-c C-s,org-agenda-schedule}
-Schedule this item. With prefix arg remove the scheduling timestamp
-@c
-@orgcmd{C-c C-d,org-agenda-deadline}
-Set a deadline for this item. With prefix arg remove the deadline.
-@c
-@orgcmd{S-@key{RIGHT},org-agenda-do-date-later}
-Change the timestamp associated with the current line by one day into the
-future. If the date is in the past, the first call to this command will move
-it to today.@*
-With a numeric prefix argument, change it by that many days. For example,
-@kbd{3 6 5 S-@key{RIGHT}} will change it by a year. With a @kbd{C-u} prefix,
-change the time by one hour. If you immediately repeat the command, it will
-continue to change hours even without the prefix arg. With a double @kbd{C-u
-C-u} prefix, do the same for changing minutes.@*
-The stamp is changed in the original Org file, but the change is not directly
-reflected in the agenda buffer. Use @kbd{r} or @kbd{g} to update the buffer.
-@c
-@orgcmd{S-@key{LEFT},org-agenda-do-date-earlier}
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-s} (@code{org-agenda-schedule})
+@kindex C-c C-s
+@findex org-agenda-schedule
+Schedule this item. With a prefix argument, remove the
+scheduling timestamp
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-d} (@code{org-agenda-deadline})
+@kindex C-c C-d
+@findex org-agenda-deadline
+Set a deadline for this item. With a prefix argument, remove the
+deadline.
+
+@item @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} (@code{org-agenda-do-date-later})
+@kindex S-RIGHT
+@findex org-agenda-do-date-later
+Change the timestamp associated with the current line by one day
+into the future. If the date is in the past, the first call to
+this command moves it to today. With a numeric prefix argument,
+change it by that many days. For example, @kbd{3 6 5 S-@key{RIGHT}} changes it by a year. With a @kbd{C-u}
+prefix, change the time by one hour. If you immediately repeat
+the command, it will continue to change hours even without the
+prefix argument. With a double @kbd{C-u C-u} prefix, do the
+same for changing minutes. The stamp is changed in the original
+Org file, but the change is not directly reflected in the agenda
+buffer. Use @kbd{r} or @kbd{g} to update the buffer.
+
+@item @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} (@code{org-agenda-do-date-earlier})
+@kindex S-LEFT
+@findex org-agenda-do-date-earlier
Change the timestamp associated with the current line by one day
into the past.
-@c
-@orgcmd{>,org-agenda-date-prompt}
-Change the timestamp associated with the current line. The key @kbd{>} has
-been chosen, because it is the same as @kbd{S-.} on my keyboard.
-@c
-@orgcmd{I,org-agenda-clock-in}
-Start the clock on the current item. If a clock is running already, it
-is stopped first.
-@c
-@orgcmd{O,org-agenda-clock-out}
+
+@item @kbd{>} (@code{org-agenda-date-prompt})
+@kindex >
+@findex org-agenda-date-prompt
+Change the timestamp associated with the current line. The key
+@kbd{>} has been chosen, because it is the same as
+@kbd{S-.} on my keyboard.
+
+@item @kbd{I} (@code{org-agenda-clock-in})
+@kindex I
+@findex org-agenda-clock-in
+Start the clock on the current item. If a clock is running
+already, it is stopped first.
+
+@item @kbd{O} (@code{org-agenda-clock-out})
+@kindex O
+@findex org-agenda-clock-out
Stop the previously started clock.
-@c
-@orgcmd{X,org-agenda-clock-cancel}
+
+@item @kbd{X} (@code{org-agenda-clock-cancel})
+@kindex X
+@findex org-agenda-clock-cancel
Cancel the currently running clock.
-@c
-@orgcmd{J,org-agenda-clock-goto}
+
+@item @kbd{J} (@code{org-agenda-clock-goto})
+@kindex J
+@findex org-agenda-clock-goto
Jump to the running clock in another window.
-@c
-@orgcmd{k,org-agenda-capture}
-Like @code{org-capture}, but use the date at point as the default date for
-the capture template. See @code{org-capture-use-agenda-date} to make this
-the default behavior of @code{org-capture}.
+
+@item @kbd{k} (@code{org-agenda-capture})
+@kindex k
+@findex org-agenda-capture
@cindex capturing, from agenda
@vindex org-capture-use-agenda-date
+Like @code{org-capture}, but use the date at point as the default date
+for the capture template. See @code{org-capture-use-agenda-date} to
+make this the default behavior of @code{org-capture}.
+@end table
-@tsubheading{Dragging agenda lines forward/backward}
-@cindex dragging, agenda lines
-
-@orgcmd{M-<up>,org-agenda-drag-line-backward}
-Drag the line at point backward one line@footnote{Moving agenda lines does
-not persist after an agenda refresh and does not modify the contributing
-@file{.org} files}. With a numeric prefix argument, drag backward by that
-many lines.
-
-@orgcmd{M-<down>,org-agenda-drag-line-forward}
-Drag the line at point forward one line. With a numeric prefix argument,
-drag forward by that many lines.
+@anchor{Bulk remote editing selected entries}
+@subheading Bulk remote editing selected entries
-@tsubheading{Bulk remote editing selected entries}
@cindex remote editing, bulk, from agenda
@vindex org-agenda-bulk-custom-functions
-@orgcmd{m,org-agenda-bulk-mark}
-Mark the entry at point for bulk action. If there is an active region in the
-agenda, mark the entries in the region. With numeric prefix argument, mark
-that many successive entries.
-@c
-@orgcmd{*,org-agenda-bulk-mark-all}
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{m} (@code{org-agenda-bulk-mark})
+@kindex m
+@findex org-agenda-bulk-mark
+
+Mark the entry at point for bulk action. If there is an active
+region in the agenda, mark the entries in the region. With
+numeric prefix argument, mark that many successive entries.
+
+@item @kbd{*} (@code{org-agenda-bulk-mark-all})
+@kindex *
+@findex org-agenda-bulk-mark-all
+
Mark all visible agenda entries for bulk action.
-@c
-@orgcmd{u,org-agenda-bulk-unmark}
-Unmark entry at point for bulk action.
-@c
-@orgcmd{U,org-agenda-bulk-remove-all-marks}
+
+@item @kbd{u} (@code{org-agenda-bulk-unmark})
+@kindex u
+@findex org-agenda-bulk-unmark
+
+Unmark entry for bulk action.
+
+@item @kbd{U} (@code{org-agenda-bulk-remove-all-marks})
+@kindex U
+@findex org-agenda-bulk-remove-all-marks
+
Unmark all marked entries for bulk action.
-@c
-@orgcmd{M-m,org-agenda-bulk-toggle}
+
+@item @kbd{M-m} (@code{org-agenda-bulk-toggle})
+@kindex M-m
+@findex org-agenda-bulk-toggle
+
Toggle mark of the entry at point for bulk action.
-@c
-@orgcmd{M-*,org-agenda-bulk-toggle-all}
-Toggle marks of all visible entries for bulk action.
-@c
-@orgcmd{%,org-agenda-bulk-mark-regexp}
+
+@item @kbd{M-*} (@code{org-agenda-bulk-toggle-all})
+@kindex M-*
+@findex org-agenda-bulk-toggle-all
+
+Mark entries matching a regular expression for bulk action.
+
+@item @kbd{%} (@code{org-agenda-bulk-mark-regexp})
+@kindex %
+@findex org-agenda-bulk-mark-regexp
+
Mark entries matching a regular expression for bulk action.
-@c
-@orgcmd{B,org-agenda-bulk-action}
-Bulk action: act on all marked entries in the agenda. This will prompt for
-another key to select the action to be applied. The prefix arg to @kbd{B}
-will be passed through to the @kbd{s} and @kbd{d} commands, to bulk-remove
-these special timestamps. By default, marks are removed after the bulk. If
-you want them to persist, set @code{org-agenda-persistent-marks} to @code{t}
-or hit @kbd{p} at the prompt.
-
-@table @kbd
-@item *
+
+@item @kbd{B} (@code{org-agenda-bulk-action})
+@kindex B
+@findex org-agenda-bulk-action
+@vindex org-agenda-bulk-persistent-marks
+
+Bulk action: act on all marked entries in the agenda. This
+prompts for another key to select the action to be applied. The
+prefix argument to @kbd{B} is passed through to the
+@kbd{s} and @kbd{d} commands, to bulk-remove these
+special timestamps. By default, marks are removed after the
+bulk. If you want them to persist, set
+@code{org-agenda-bulk-persistent-marks} to @code{t} or hit @kbd{p} at
+the prompt.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{*}
Toggle persistent marks.
-@item $
+
+@item @kbd{$}
Archive all selected entries.
-@item A
-Archive entries by moving them to their respective archive siblings.
-@item t
-Change TODO state. This prompts for a single TODO keyword and changes the
-state of all selected entries, bypassing blocking and suppressing logging
-notes (but not timestamps).
-@item +
+
+@item @kbd{A}
+Archive entries by moving them to their respective archive
+siblings.
+
+@item @kbd{t}
+Change TODO state. This prompts for a single TODO keyword and
+changes the state of all selected entries, bypassing blocking
+and suppressing logging notes---but not timestamps.
+
+@item @kbd{+}
Add a tag to all selected entries.
-@item -
+
+@item @kbd{-}
Remove a tag from all selected entries.
-@item s
-Schedule all items to a new date. To shift existing schedule dates by a
-fixed number of days, use something starting with double plus at the prompt,
-for example @samp{++8d} or @samp{++2w}.
-@item d
+
+@item @kbd{s}
+Schedule all items to a new date. To shift existing schedule
+dates by a fixed number of days, use something starting with
+double plus at the prompt, for example @samp{++8d} or @samp{++2w}.
+
+@item @kbd{d}
Set deadline to a specific date.
-@item r
-Prompt for a single refile target and move all entries. The entries will no
-longer be in the agenda; refresh (@kbd{g}) to bring them back.
-@item S
-Reschedule randomly into the coming N days. N will be prompted for. With
-prefix arg (@kbd{C-u B S}), scatter only across weekdays.
-@item f
-Apply a function@footnote{You can also create persistent custom functions
-through @code{org-agenda-bulk-custom-functions}.} to marked entries. For
-example, the function below sets the CATEGORY property of the entries to web.
+
+@item @kbd{r}
+Prompt for a single refile target and move all entries. The
+entries are no longer in the agenda; refresh (@kbd{g}) to
+bring them back.
+
+@item @kbd{S}
+Reschedule randomly into the coming N days. N is prompted for.
+With a prefix argument (@kbd{C-u B S}), scatter only
+across weekdays.
+
+@item @kbd{f}
+@vindex org-agenda-bulk-custom-functions
+Apply a function@footnote{You can also create persistent custom functions through
+@code{org-agenda-bulk-custom-functions}.} to marked entries. For example, the
+function below sets the @samp{CATEGORY} property of the entries to
+@samp{web}.
@lisp
-@group
(defun set-category ()
(interactive "P")
- (let* ((marker (or (org-get-at-bol 'org-hd-marker)
- (org-agenda-error)))
- (buffer (marker-buffer marker)))
- (with-current-buffer buffer
- (save-excursion
- (save-restriction
- (widen)
- (goto-char marker)
- (org-back-to-heading t)
- (org-set-property "CATEGORY" "web"))))))
-@end group
+ (let ((marker (or (org-get-at-bol 'org-hd-marker)
+ (org-agenda-error))))
+ (org-with-point-at marker
+ (org-back-to-heading t)
+ (org-set-property "CATEGORY" "web"))))
@end lisp
@end table
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Calendar commands}
+@subheading Calendar commands
-@tsubheading{Calendar commands}
@cindex calendar commands, from agenda
-@orgcmd{c,org-agenda-goto-calendar}
-Open the Emacs calendar and move to the date at the agenda cursor.
-@c
-@orgcmd{c,org-calendar-goto-agenda}
-When in the calendar, compute and show the Org mode agenda for the
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{c} (@code{org-agenda-goto-calendar})
+@kindex c
+@findex org-agenda-goto-calendar
+Open the Emacs calendar and move to the date at the agenda
+cursor.
+
+@item @kbd{c} (@code{org-calendar-goto-agenda})
+@kindex c
+@findex org-calendar-goto-agenda
+When in the calendar, compute and show the Org agenda for the
date at the cursor.
-@c
+
+@item @kbd{i} (@code{org-agenda-diary-entry})
+@kindex i
+@findex org-agenda-diary-entry
+
@cindex diary entries, creating from agenda
-@orgcmd{i,org-agenda-diary-entry}
-@vindex org-agenda-diary-file
-Insert a new entry into the diary, using the date at the cursor and (for
-block entries) the date at the mark. This will add to the Emacs diary
-file@footnote{This file is parsed for the agenda when
+Insert a new entry into the diary, using the date at the cursor
+and (for block entries) the date at the mark. This adds to the
+Emacs diary file@footnote{This file is parsed for the agenda when
@code{org-agenda-include-diary} is set.}, in a way similar to the @kbd{i}
-command in the calendar. The diary file will pop up in another window, where
-you can add the entry.
-
-If you configure @code{org-agenda-diary-file} to point to an Org mode file,
-Org will create entries (in Org mode syntax) in that file instead. Most
-entries will be stored in a date-based outline tree that will later make it
-easy to archive appointments from previous months/years. The tree will be
-built under an entry with a @code{DATE_TREE} property, or else with years as
-top-level entries. Emacs will prompt you for the entry text---if you specify
-it, the entry will be created in @code{org-agenda-diary-file} without further
-interaction. If you directly press @key{RET} at the prompt without typing
-text, the target file will be shown in another window for you to finish the
+command in the calendar. The diary file pops up in another
+window, where you can add the entry.
+
+@vindex org-agenda-diary-file
+If you configure @code{org-agenda-diary-file} to point to an Org file,
+Org creates entries in that file instead. Most entries are
+stored in a date-based outline tree that will later make it easy
+to archive appointments from previous months/years. The tree is
+built under an entry with a @samp{DATE_TREE} property, or else with
+years as top-level entries. Emacs prompts you for the entry
+text---if you specify it, the entry is created in
+@code{org-agenda-diary-file} without further interaction. If you
+directly press @kbd{@key{RET}} at the prompt without typing text,
+the target file is shown in another window for you to finish the
entry there. See also the @kbd{k r} command.
-@c
-@orgcmd{M,org-agenda-phases-of-moon}
-Show the phases of the moon for the three months around current date.
-@c
-@orgcmd{S,org-agenda-sunrise-sunset}
-Show sunrise and sunset times. The geographical location must be set
-with calendar variables, see the documentation for the Emacs calendar.
-@c
-@orgcmd{C,org-agenda-convert-date}
+
+@item @kbd{M} (@code{org-agenda-phases-of-moon})
+@kindex M
+@findex org-agenda-phases-of-moon
+Show the phases of the moon for the three months around current
+date.
+
+@item @kbd{S} (@code{org-agenda-sunrise-sunset})
+@kindex S
+@findex org-agenda-sunrise-sunset
+Show sunrise and sunset times. The geographical location must be
+set with calendar variables, see the documentation for the Emacs
+calendar.
+
+@item @kbd{C} (@code{org-agenda-convert-date})
+@kindex C
+@findex org-agenda-convert-date
Convert the date at cursor into many other cultural and historic
calendars.
-@c
-@orgcmd{H,org-agenda-holidays}
+
+@item @kbd{H} (@code{org-agenda-holidays})
+@kindex H
+@findex org-agenda-holidays
Show holidays for three months around the cursor date.
+@end table
-@item M-x org-icalendar-combine-agenda-files @key{RET}
-Export a single iCalendar file containing entries from all agenda files.
-This is a globally available command, and also available in the agenda menu.
+@anchor{Quit and exit}
+@subheading Quit and exit
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{q} (@code{org-agenda-quit})
+@kindex q
+@findex org-agenda-quit
-@tsubheading{Exporting to a file}
-@orgcmd{C-x C-w,org-agenda-write}
-@cindex exporting agenda views
-@cindex agenda views, exporting
-@vindex org-agenda-exporter-settings
-Write the agenda view to a file. Depending on the extension of the selected
-file name, the view will be exported as HTML (@file{.html} or @file{.htm}),
-Postscript (@file{.ps}), PDF (@file{.pdf}), Org (@file{.org}) and plain text
-(any other extension). When exporting to Org, only the body of original
-headlines are exported, not subtrees or inherited tags. When called with a
-@kbd{C-u} prefix argument, immediately open the newly created file. Use the
-variable @code{org-agenda-exporter-settings} to set options for
-@file{ps-print} and for @file{htmlize} to be used during export.
-
-@tsubheading{Quit and Exit}
-@orgcmd{q,org-agenda-quit}
Quit agenda, remove the agenda buffer.
-@c
+
+@item @kbd{x} (@code{org-agenda-exit})
+@kindex x
+@findex org-agenda-exit
+
@cindex agenda files, removing buffers
-@orgcmd{x,org-agenda-exit}
-Exit agenda, remove the agenda buffer and all buffers loaded by Emacs
-for the compilation of the agenda. Buffers created by the user to
-visit Org files will not be removed.
+Exit agenda, remove the agenda buffer and all buffers loaded by
+Emacs for the compilation of the agenda. Buffers created by the
+user to visit Org files are not removed.
@end table
+@node Custom Agenda Views
+@section Custom Agenda Views
-@node Custom agenda views
-@section Custom agenda views
@cindex custom agenda views
@cindex agenda views, custom
Custom agenda commands serve two purposes: to store and quickly access
-frequently used TODO and tags searches, and to create special composite
-agenda buffers. Custom agenda commands will be accessible through the
-dispatcher (@pxref{Agenda dispatcher}), just like the default commands.
+frequently used TODO and tags searches, and to create special
+composite agenda buffers. Custom agenda commands are accessible
+through the dispatcher (see @ref{Agenda Dispatcher}), just like the
+default commands.
@menu
-* Storing searches:: Type once, use often
-* Block agenda:: All the stuff you need in a single buffer
-* Setting options:: Changing the rules
+* Storing searches:: Type once, use often.
+* Block agenda:: All the stuff you need in a single buffer.
+* Setting options:: Changing the rules.
@end menu
@node Storing searches
@@ -9516,9 +10727,10 @@ dispatcher (@pxref{Agenda dispatcher}), just like the default commands.
The first application of custom searches is the definition of keyboard
shortcuts for frequently used searches, either creating an agenda
-buffer, or a sparse tree (the latter covering of course only the current
-buffer).
-@kindex C-c a C
+buffer, or a sparse tree (the latter covering of course only the
+current buffer).
+
+@kindex C @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
@vindex org-agenda-custom-commands
@cindex agenda views, main example
@cindex agenda, as an agenda views
@@ -9529,15 +10741,13 @@ buffer).
@cindex todo-tree
@cindex occur-tree
@cindex tags-tree
-
Custom commands are configured in the variable
@code{org-agenda-custom-commands}. You can customize this variable, for
-example by pressing @kbd{C-c a C}. You can also directly set it with Emacs
-Lisp in the Emacs init file. The following example contains all valid agenda
+example by pressing @kbd{C} from the agenda dispatcher (see @ref{Agenda Dispatcher}). You can also directly set it with Emacs Lisp in
+the Emacs init file. The following example contains all valid agenda
views:
@lisp
-@group
(setq org-agenda-custom-commands
'(("x" agenda)
("y" agenda*)
@@ -9547,77 +10757,84 @@ views:
("v" tags-todo "+boss-urgent")
("U" tags-tree "+boss-urgent")
("f" occur-tree "\\<FIXME\\>")
- ("h" . "HOME+Name tags searches") ; description for "h" prefix
+ ("h" . "HOME+Name tags searches") ;description for "h" prefix
("hl" tags "+home+Lisa")
("hp" tags "+home+Peter")
("hk" tags "+home+Kim")))
-@end group
@end lisp
@noindent
The initial string in each entry defines the keys you have to press
-after the dispatcher command @kbd{C-c a} in order to access the command.
-Usually this will be just a single character, but if you have many
-similar commands, you can also define two-letter combinations where the
-first character is the same in several combinations and serves as a
-prefix key@footnote{You can provide a description for a prefix key by
-inserting a cons cell with the prefix and the description.}. The second
-parameter is the search type, followed by the string or regular
-expression to be used for the matching. The example above will
-therefore define:
-
-@table @kbd
-@item C-c a x
-as a global search for agenda entries planned@footnote{@emph{Planned} means
-here that these entries have some planning information attached to them, like
-a time-stamp, a scheduled or a deadline string. See
-@code{org-agenda-entry-types} on how to set what planning information will be
-taken into account.} this week/day.
-@item C-c a y
-as a global search for agenda entries planned this week/day, but only those
-with an hour specification like @code{[h]h:mm}---think of them as appointments.
-@item C-c a w
+after the dispatcher command in order to access the command. Usually
+this will be just a single character, but if you have many similar
+commands, you can also define two-letter combinations where the first
+character is the same in several combinations and serves as a prefix
+key@footnote{You can provide a description for a prefix key by inserting
+a cons cell with the prefix and the description.}. The second parameter is the search type, followed by the
+string or regular expression to be used for the matching. The example
+above will therefore define:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{x}
+as a global search for agenda entries planned@footnote{@emph{Planned} means here that these entries have some planning
+information attached to them, like a time-stamp, a scheduled or
+a deadline string. See @code{org-agenda-entry-types} on how to set what
+planning information is taken into account.} this
+week/day.
+
+@item @kbd{y}
+as the same search, but only for entries with an hour
+specification like @samp{[h]h:mm}---think of them as appointments.
+
+@item @kbd{w}
as a global search for TODO entries with @samp{WAITING} as the TODO
-keyword
-@item C-c a W
-as the same search, but only in the current buffer and displaying the
-results as a sparse tree
-@item C-c a u
-as a global tags search for headlines marked @samp{:boss:} but not
-@samp{:urgent:}
-@item C-c a v
-as the same search as @kbd{C-c a u}, but limiting the search to
-headlines that are also TODO items
-@item C-c a U
-as the same search as @kbd{C-c a u}, but only in the current buffer and
-displaying the result as a sparse tree
-@item C-c a f
-to create a sparse tree (again: current buffer only) with all entries
-containing the word @samp{FIXME}
-@item C-c a h
-as a prefix command for a HOME tags search where you have to press an
-additional key (@kbd{l}, @kbd{p} or @kbd{k}) to select a name (Lisa,
-Peter, or Kim) as additional tag to match.
+keyword.
+
+@item @kbd{W}
+as the same search, but only in the current buffer and displaying
+the results as a sparse tree.
+
+@item @kbd{u}
+as a global tags search for headlines tagged @samp{boss} but not
+@samp{urgent}.
+
+@item @kbd{v}
+The same search, but limiting it to headlines that are also TODO
+items.
+
+@item @kbd{U}
+as the same search, but only in the current buffer and displaying
+the result as a sparse tree.
+
+@item @kbd{f}
+to create a sparse tree (again, current buffer only) with all
+entries containing the word @samp{FIXME}.
+
+@item @kbd{h}
+as a prefix command for a @samp{HOME} tags search where you have to
+press an additional key (@kbd{l}, @kbd{p} or
+@kbd{k}) to select a name (Lisa, Peter, or Kim) as
+additional tag to match.
@end table
-Note that the @code{*-tree} agenda views need to be called from an
-Org buffer as they operate on the current buffer only.
+Note that @code{*-tree} agenda views need to be called from an Org buffer
+as they operate on the current buffer only.
@node Block agenda
@subsection Block agenda
+
@cindex block agenda
@cindex agenda, with block views
Another possibility is the construction of agenda views that comprise
the results of @emph{several} commands, each of which creates a block in
the agenda buffer. The available commands include @code{agenda} for the
-daily or weekly agenda (as created with @kbd{C-c a a}), @code{alltodo}
-for the global TODO list (as constructed with @kbd{C-c a t}), and the
-matching commands discussed above: @code{todo}, @code{tags}, and
-@code{tags-todo}. Here are two examples:
+daily or weekly agenda (as created with @kbd{a}) , @code{alltodo} for
+the global TODO list (as constructed with @kbd{t}), and the
+matching commands discussed above: @code{todo}, @code{tags}, and @code{tags-todo}.
+Here are two examples:
@lisp
-@group
(setq org-agenda-custom-commands
'(("h" "Agenda and Home-related tasks"
((agenda "")
@@ -9627,30 +10844,29 @@ matching commands discussed above: @code{todo}, @code{tags}, and
((agenda "")
(tags-todo "work")
(tags "office")))))
-@end group
@end lisp
@noindent
-This will define @kbd{C-c a h} to create a multi-block view for stuff
-you need to attend to at home. The resulting agenda buffer will contain
-your agenda for the current week, all TODO items that carry the tag
-@samp{home}, and also all lines tagged with @samp{garden}. Finally the
-command @kbd{C-c a o} provides a similar view for office tasks.
+This defines @kbd{h} to create a multi-block view for stuff you
+need to attend to at home. The resulting agenda buffer contains your
+agenda for the current week, all TODO items that carry the tag @samp{home},
+and also all lines tagged with @samp{garden}. Finally the command
+@kbd{o} provides a similar view for office tasks.
@node Setting options
@subsection Setting options for custom commands
+
@cindex options, for custom agenda views
@vindex org-agenda-custom-commands
Org mode contains a number of variables regulating agenda construction
and display. The global variables define the behavior for all agenda
-commands, including the custom commands. However, if you want to change
-some settings just for a single custom view, you can do so. Setting
-options requires inserting a list of variable names and values at the
-right spot in @code{org-agenda-custom-commands}. For example:
+commands, including the custom commands. However, if you want to
+change some settings just for a single custom view, you can do so.
+Setting options requires inserting a list of variable names and values
+at the right spot in @code{org-agenda-custom-commands}. For example:
@lisp
-@group
(setq org-agenda-custom-commands
'(("w" todo "WAITING"
((org-agenda-sorting-strategy '(priority-down))
@@ -9660,32 +10876,28 @@ right spot in @code{org-agenda-custom-commands}. For example:
("N" search ""
((org-agenda-files '("~org/notes.org"))
(org-agenda-text-search-extra-files nil)))))
-@end group
@end lisp
@noindent
-Now the @kbd{C-c a w} command will sort the collected entries only by
-priority, and the prefix format is modified to just say @samp{ Mixed: }
+Now the @kbd{w} command sorts the collected entries only by
+priority, and the prefix format is modified to just say @samp{Mixed:}
instead of giving the category of the entry. The sparse tags tree of
-@kbd{C-c a U} will now turn out ultra-compact, because neither the
-headline hierarchy above the match, nor the headline following the match
-will be shown. The command @kbd{C-c a N} will do a text search limited
-to only a single file.
-
-@vindex org-agenda-custom-commands
-For command sets creating a block agenda,
-@code{org-agenda-custom-commands} has two separate spots for setting
-options. You can add options that should be valid for just a single
-command in the set, and options that should be valid for all commands in
-the set. The former are just added to the command entry; the latter
-must come after the list of command entries. Going back to the block
-agenda example (@pxref{Block agenda}), let's change the sorting strategy
-for the @kbd{C-c a h} commands to @code{priority-down}, but let's sort
-the results for GARDEN tags query in the opposite order,
-@code{priority-up}. This would look like this:
+@kbd{U} now turns out ultra-compact, because neither the headline
+hierarchy above the match, nor the headline following the match are
+shown. The command @kbd{N} does a text search limited to only
+a single file.
+
+For command sets creating a block agenda, @code{org-agenda-custom-commands}
+has two separate spots for setting options. You can add options that
+should be valid for just a single command in the set, and options that
+should be valid for all commands in the set. The former are just
+added to the command entry; the latter must come after the list of
+command entries. Going back to the block agenda example (see @ref{Block agenda}), let's change the sorting strategy for the @kbd{h}
+commands to @code{priority-down}, but let's sort the results for GARDEN
+tags query in the opposite order, @code{priority-up}. This would look like
+this:
@lisp
-@group
(setq org-agenda-custom-commands
'(("h" "Agenda and Home-related tasks"
((agenda)
@@ -9697,30 +10909,31 @@ the results for GARDEN tags query in the opposite order,
((agenda)
(tags-todo "work")
(tags "office")))))
-@end group
@end lisp
As you see, the values and parentheses setting is a little complex.
When in doubt, use the customize interface to set this variable---it
-fully supports its structure. Just one caveat: when setting options in
-this interface, the @emph{values} are just Lisp expressions. So if the
+fully supports its structure. Just one caveat: when setting options
+in this interface, the @emph{values} are just Lisp expressions. So if the
value is a string, you need to add the double-quotes around the value
yourself.
@vindex org-agenda-custom-commands-contexts
-To control whether an agenda command should be accessible from a specific
-context, you can customize @code{org-agenda-custom-commands-contexts}. Let's
-say for example that you have an agenda command @code{"o"} displaying a view
-that you only need when reading emails. Then you would configure this option
-like this:
+To control whether an agenda command should be accessible from
+a specific context, you can customize
+@code{org-agenda-custom-commands-contexts}. Let's say for example that you
+have an agenda command @kbd{o} displaying a view that you only
+need when reading emails. Then you would configure this option like
+this:
@lisp
(setq org-agenda-custom-commands-contexts
'(("o" (in-mode . "message-mode"))))
@end lisp
-You can also tell that the command key @code{"o"} should refer to another
-command key @code{"r"}. In that case, add this command key like this:
+You can also tell that the command key @kbd{o} should refer to
+another command key @kbd{r}. In that case, add this command key
+like this:
@lisp
(setq org-agenda-custom-commands-contexts
@@ -9729,57 +10942,42 @@ command key @code{"r"}. In that case, add this command key like this:
See the docstring of the variable for more information.
-@node Exporting agenda views
-@section Exporting agenda views
+@node Exporting Agenda Views
+@section Exporting Agenda Views
+
@cindex agenda views, exporting
-If you are away from your computer, it can be very useful to have a printed
-version of some agenda views to carry around. Org mode can export custom
-agenda views as plain text, HTML@footnote{You need to install
-@file{htmlize.el} from @uref{https://github.com/hniksic/emacs-htmlize,Hrvoje
-Niksic's repository.}}, Postscript, PDF@footnote{To create PDF output, the
-ghostscript @file{ps2pdf} utility must be installed on the system. Selecting
-a PDF file will also create the postscript file.}, and iCalendar files. If
-you want to do this only occasionally, use the command
-
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-x C-w,org-agenda-write}
+If you are away from your computer, it can be very useful to have
+a printed version of some agenda views to carry around. Org mode can
+export custom agenda views as plain text, HTML@footnote{For HTML you need to install Hrvoje Niksic's @samp{htmlize.el}
+from @uref{https://github.com/hniksic/emacs-htmlize, Hrvoje Niksic's repository}.}, Postscript,
+PDF@footnote{To create PDF output, the Ghostscript ps2pdf utility must be
+installed on the system. Selecting a PDF file also creates the
+postscript file.}, and iCalendar files. If you want to do this only
+occasionally, use the following command:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-x C-w} (@code{org-agenda-write})
+@kindex C-x C-w
+@findex org-agenda-write
@cindex exporting agenda views
@cindex agenda views, exporting
+
@vindex org-agenda-exporter-settings
-Write the agenda view to a file. Depending on the extension of the selected
-file name, the view will be exported as HTML (extension @file{.html} or
-@file{.htm}), Postscript (extension @file{.ps}), iCalendar (extension
-@file{.ics}), or plain text (any other extension). Use the variable
-@code{org-agenda-exporter-settings} to set options for @file{ps-print} and
-for @file{htmlize} to be used during export, for example
-
-@vindex org-agenda-add-entry-text-maxlines
-@vindex htmlize-output-type
-@vindex ps-number-of-columns
-@vindex ps-landscape-mode
-@lisp
-(setq org-agenda-exporter-settings
- '((ps-number-of-columns 2)
- (ps-landscape-mode t)
- (org-agenda-add-entry-text-maxlines 5)
- (htmlize-output-type 'css)))
-@end lisp
+Write the agenda view to a file.
@end table
-If you need to export certain agenda views frequently, you can associate
-any custom agenda command with a list of output file names
-@footnote{If you want to store standard views like the weekly agenda
-or the global TODO list as well, you need to define custom commands for
-them in order to be able to specify file names.}. Here is an example
-that first defines custom commands for the agenda and the global
-TODO list, together with a number of files to which to export them.
-Then we define two block agenda commands and specify file names for them
-as well. File names can be relative to the current working directory,
-or absolute.
+If you need to export certain agenda views frequently, you can
+associate any custom agenda command with a list of output file
+names@footnote{If you want to store standard views like the weekly agenda or
+the global TODO list as well, you need to define custom commands for
+them in order to be able to specify file names.}. Here is an example that first defines custom commands
+for the agenda and the global TODO list, together with a number of
+files to which to export them. Then we define two block agenda
+commands and specify file names for them as well. File names can be
+relative to the current working directory, or absolute.
@lisp
-@group
(setq org-agenda-custom-commands
'(("X" agenda "" nil ("agenda.html" "agenda.ps"))
("Y" alltodo "" nil ("todo.html" "todo.txt" "todo.ps"))
@@ -9795,16 +10993,15 @@ or absolute.
(tags "office"))
nil
("~/views/office.ps" "~/calendars/office.ics"))))
-@end group
@end lisp
-The extension of the file name determines the type of export. If it is
-@file{.html}, Org mode will try to use the @file{htmlize.el} package to
-convert the buffer to HTML and save it to this file name. If the extension
-is @file{.ps}, @code{ps-print-buffer-with-faces} is used to produce
-Postscript output. If the extension is @file{.ics}, iCalendar export is run
-export over all files that were used to construct the agenda, and limit the
-export to entries listed in the agenda. Any other extension produces a plain
+The extension of the file name determines the type of export. If it
+is @samp{.html}, Org mode uses the htmlize package to convert the buffer to
+HTML and save it to this file name. If the extension is @samp{.ps},
+@code{ps-print-buffer-with-faces} is used to produce Postscript output. If
+the extension is @samp{.ics}, iCalendar export is run export over all files
+that were used to construct the agenda, and limit the export to
+entries listed in the agenda. Any other extension produces a plain
ASCII file.
The export files are @emph{not} created when you use one of those
@@ -9812,10 +11009,12 @@ commands interactively because this might use too much overhead.
Instead, there is a special command to produce @emph{all} specified
files in one step:
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c a e,org-store-agenda-views}
-Export all agenda views that have export file names associated with
-them.
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{e} (@code{org-store-agenda-views})
+@kindex e @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
+@findex org-store-agenda-views
+Export all agenda views that have export file names associated
+with them.
@end table
You can use the options section of the custom agenda commands to also
@@ -9833,24 +11032,38 @@ set options for the export commands. For example:
@end lisp
@noindent
+@vindex org-agenda-exporter-settings
This command sets two options for the Postscript exporter, to make it
-print in two columns in landscape format---the resulting page can be cut
-in two and then used in a paper agenda. The remaining settings modify
-the agenda prefix to omit category and scheduling information, and
-instead include a checkbox to check off items. We also remove the tags
-to make the lines compact, and we don't want to use colors for the
-black-and-white printer. Settings specified in
-@code{org-agenda-exporter-settings} will also apply, but the settings
-in @code{org-agenda-custom-commands} take precedence.
+print in two columns in landscape format---the resulting page can be
+cut in two and then used in a paper agenda. The remaining settings
+modify the agenda prefix to omit category and scheduling information,
+and instead include a checkbox to check off items. We also remove the
+tags to make the lines compact, and we do not want to use colors for
+the black-and-white printer. Settings specified in
+@code{org-agenda-exporter-settings} also apply, e.g.,
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-agenda-exporter-settings
+ '((ps-number-of-columns 2)
+ (ps-landscape-mode t)
+ (org-agenda-add-entry-text-maxlines 5)
+ (htmlize-output-type 'css)))
+@end lisp
@noindent
-From the command line you may also use
+but the settings in @code{org-agenda-custom-commands} take precedence.
+
+@noindent
+From the command line you may also use:
+
@example
emacs -eval (org-batch-store-agenda-views) -kill
@end example
+
@noindent
-or, if you need to modify some parameters@footnote{Quoting depends on the
-system you use, please check the FAQ for examples.}
+or, if you need to modify some parameters@footnote{Quoting depends on the system you use, please check the FAQ
+for examples.}
+
@example
emacs -eval '(org-batch-store-agenda-views \
org-agenda-span (quote month) \
@@ -9859,114 +11072,122 @@ emacs -eval '(org-batch-store-agenda-views \
org-agenda-files (quote ("~/org/project.org")))' \
-kill
@end example
+
@noindent
-which will create the agenda views restricted to the file
-@file{~/org/project.org}, without diary entries and with a 30-day
-extent.
+which creates the agenda views restricted to the file
+@samp{~/org/project.org}, without diary entries and with a 30-day extent.
You can also extract agenda information in a way that allows further
-processing by other programs. See @ref{Extracting agenda information}, for
+processing by other programs. See @ref{Extracting Agenda Information}, for
more information.
+@node Agenda Column View
+@section Using Column View in the Agenda
-@node Agenda column view
-@section Using column view in the agenda
@cindex column view, in agenda
@cindex agenda, column view
-Column view (@pxref{Column view}) is normally used to view and edit
-properties embedded in the hierarchical structure of an Org file. It can be
-quite useful to use column view also from the agenda, where entries are
-collected by certain criteria.
+Column view (see @ref{Column View}) is normally used to view and edit
+properties embedded in the hierarchical structure of an Org file. It
+can be quite useful to use column view also from the agenda, where
+entries are collected by certain criteria.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-c} (@code{org-agenda-columns})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-c
+@findex org-agenda-columns
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-c,org-agenda-columns}
Turn on column view in the agenda.
@end table
-To understand how to use this properly, it is important to realize that the
-entries in the agenda are no longer in their proper outline environment.
-This causes the following issues:
+To understand how to use this properly, it is important to realize
+that the entries in the agenda are no longer in their proper outline
+environment. This causes the following issues:
@enumerate
@item
@vindex org-columns-default-format
@vindex org-overriding-columns-format
-Org needs to make a decision which @code{COLUMNS} format to use. Since the
-entries in the agenda are collected from different files, and different files
-may have different @code{COLUMNS} formats, this is a non-trivial problem.
-Org first checks if the variable @code{org-agenda-overriding-columns-format}
-is currently set, and if so, takes the format from there. Otherwise it takes
-the format associated with the first item in the agenda, or, if that item
-does not have a specific format---defined in a property, or in its file---it
-uses @code{org-columns-default-format}.
+Org needs to make a decision which columns format to use. Since
+the entries in the agenda are collected from different files, and
+different files may have different columns formats, this is
+a non-trivial problem. Org first checks if the variable
+@code{org-agenda-overriding-columns-format} is currently set, and if so,
+takes the format from there. Otherwise it takes the format
+associated with the first item in the agenda, or, if that item does
+not have a specific format (defined in a property, or in its file),
+it uses @code{org-columns-default-format}.
@item
-@cindex property, special, @code{CLOCKSUM}
-If any of the columns has a summary type defined (@pxref{Column attributes}),
-turning on column view in the agenda will visit all relevant agenda files and
-make sure that the computations of this property are up to date. This is
-also true for the special @code{CLOCKSUM} property. Org will then sum the
-values displayed in the agenda. In the daily/weekly agenda, the sums will
-cover a single day; in all other views they cover the entire block. It is
-vital to realize that the agenda may show the same entry @emph{twice}---for
-example as scheduled and as a deadline---and it may show two entries from the
-same hierarchy---for example a @emph{parent} and its @emph{child}. In these
-cases, the summation in the agenda will lead to incorrect results because
-some values will count double.
+@cindex @samp{CLOCKSUM}, special property
+If any of the columns has a summary type defined (see @ref{Column attributes}), turning on column view in the agenda visits all
+relevant agenda files and make sure that the computations of this
+property are up to date. This is also true for the special
+@samp{CLOCKSUM} property. Org then sums the values displayed in the
+agenda. In the daily/weekly agenda, the sums cover a single day;
+in all other views they cover the entire block.
+
+It is important to realize that the agenda may show the same entry
+@emph{twice}---for example as scheduled and as a deadline---and it may
+show two entries from the same hierarchy (for example a @emph{parent}
+and its @emph{child}). In these cases, the summation in the agenda
+leads to incorrect results because some values count double.
@item
-When the column view in the agenda shows the @code{CLOCKSUM}, that is always
-the entire clocked time for this item. So even in the daily/weekly agenda,
-the clocksum listed in column view may originate from times outside the
-current view. This has the advantage that you can compare these values with
-a column listing the planned total effort for a task---one of the major
-applications for column view in the agenda. If you want information about
-clocked time in the displayed period use clock table mode (press @kbd{R} in
-the agenda).
+When the column view in the agenda shows the @samp{CLOCKSUM} property,
+that is always the entire clocked time for this item. So even in
+the daily/weekly agenda, the clocksum listed in column view may
+originate from times outside the current view. This has the
+advantage that you can compare these values with a column listing
+the planned total effort for a task---one of the major
+applications for column view in the agenda. If you want
+information about clocked time in the displayed period use clock
+table mode (press @kbd{R} in the agenda).
@item
-@cindex property, special, @code{CLOCKSUM_T}
-When the column view in the agenda shows the @code{CLOCKSUM_T}, that is
-always today's clocked time for this item. So even in the weekly agenda, the
-clocksum listed in column view only originates from today. This lets you
-compare the time you spent on a task for today, with the time already
-spent ---via @code{CLOCKSUM}---and with the planned total effort for it.
+@cindex @samp{CLOCKSUM_T}, special property
+When the column view in the agenda shows the @samp{CLOCKSUM_T} property,
+that is always today's clocked time for this item. So even in the
+weekly agenda, the clocksum listed in column view only originates
+from today. This lets you compare the time you spent on a task for
+today, with the time already spent---via @samp{CLOCKSUM}---and with
+the planned total effort for it.
@end enumerate
-
@node Markup
-@chapter Markup for rich export
+@chapter Markup for Rich Export
-When exporting Org mode documents, the exporter tries to reflect the
-structure of the document as accurately as possible in the back-end. Since
-export targets like HTML and @LaTeX{} allow much richer formatting, Org mode has
-rules on how to prepare text for rich export. This section summarizes the
-markup rules used in an Org mode buffer.
+When exporting Org documents, the exporter tries to reflect the
+structure of the document as accurately as possible in the back-end.
+Since export targets like HTML and @LaTeX{} allow much richer formatting,
+Org mode has rules on how to prepare text for rich export. This
+section summarizes the markup rules used in an Org mode buffer.
@menu
-* Paragraphs:: The basic unit of text
-* Emphasis and monospace:: Bold, italic, etc.
-* Horizontal rules:: Make a line
-* Images and tables:: Images, tables and caption mechanism
-* Literal examples:: Source code examples with special formatting
-* Special symbols:: Greek letters and other symbols
-* Subscripts and superscripts:: Simple syntax for raising/lowering text
-* Embedded @LaTeX{}:: LaTeX can be freely used inside Org documents
+* Paragraphs:: The basic unit of text.
+* Emphasis and Monospace:: Bold, italic, etc.
+* Horizontal Rules:: Make a line.
+* Images and Tables:: Images, tables and caption mechanism.
+* Literal Examples:: Source code examples with special formatting.
+* Special Symbols:: Greek letters and other symbols.
+* Subscripts and Superscripts:: Simple syntax for raising/lowering text.
+* Embedded @LaTeX{}:: LaTeX can be freely used inside Org documents.
@end menu
@node Paragraphs
-@section Paragraphs, line breaks, and quoting
+@section Paragraphs
+
@cindex paragraphs, markup rules
-Paragraphs are separated by at least one empty line. If you need to enforce
-a line break within a paragraph, use @samp{\\} at the end of a line.
+Paragraphs are separated by at least one empty line. If you need to
+enforce a line break within a paragraph, use @code{\\} at the end of
+a line.
-To preserve the line breaks, indentation and blank lines in a region, but
-otherwise use normal formatting, you can use this construct, which can also
-be used to format poetry.
+To preserve the line breaks, indentation and blank lines in a region,
+but otherwise use normal formatting, you can use this construct, which
+can also be used to format poetry.
-@cindex @code{#+BEGIN_VERSE}
+@cindex @samp{BEGIN_VERSE}
@cindex verse blocks
@example
#+BEGIN_VERSE
@@ -9974,25 +11195,26 @@ be used to format poetry.
Tiny black birds rise and fall
Snow covers Emacs
- -- AlexSchroeder
+ ---AlexSchroeder
#+END_VERSE
@end example
-When quoting a passage from another document, it is customary to format this
-as a paragraph that is indented on both the left and the right margin. You
-can include quotations in Org mode documents like this:
+When quoting a passage from another document, it is customary to
+format this as a paragraph that is indented on both the left and the
+right margin. You can include quotations in Org documents like this:
-@cindex @code{#+BEGIN_QUOTE}
+@cindex @samp{BEGIN_QUOTE}
@cindex quote blocks
@example
#+BEGIN_QUOTE
Everything should be made as simple as possible,
-but not any simpler -- Albert Einstein
+but not any simpler ---Albert Einstein
#+END_QUOTE
@end example
If you would like to center some text, do it like this:
-@cindex @code{#+BEGIN_CENTER}
+
+@cindex @samp{BEGIN_CENTER}
@cindex center blocks
@example
#+BEGIN_CENTER
@@ -10001,8 +11223,8 @@ but not any simpler
#+END_CENTER
@end example
-@node Emphasis and monospace
-@section Emphasis and monospace
+@node Emphasis and Monospace
+@section Emphasis and Monospace
@cindex underlined text, markup rules
@cindex bold text, markup rules
@@ -10010,60 +11232,60 @@ but not any simpler
@cindex verbatim text, markup rules
@cindex code text, markup rules
@cindex strike-through text, markup rules
-@vindex org-fontify-emphasized-text
-@vindex org-emphasis-regexp-components
-@vindex org-emphasis-alist
-You can make words @b{*bold*}, @i{/italic/}, _underlined_, @code{=verbatim=}
-and @code{~code~}, and, if you must, @samp{+strike-through+}. Text
-in the code and verbatim string is not processed for Org mode specific
-syntax, it is exported verbatim.
+You can make words @samp{*bold*}, @samp{/italic/}, @samp{_underlined_}, @samp{=verbatim=}
+and @samp{~code~}, and, if you must, @samp{+strike-through+}. Text in the code
+and verbatim string is not processed for Org mode specific syntax; it
+is exported verbatim.
+
+@vindex org-fontify-emphasized-text
To turn off fontification for marked up text, you can set
@code{org-fontify-emphasized-text} to @code{nil}. To narrow down the list of
-available markup syntax, you can customize @code{org-emphasis-alist}. To fine
-tune what characters are allowed before and after the markup characters, you
-can tweak @code{org-emphasis-regexp-components}. Beware that changing one of
-the above variables will not take effect until you reload Org, for which you
-may need to restart Emacs.
-
-@node Horizontal rules
-@section Horizontal rules
+available markup syntax, you can customize @code{org-emphasis-alist}.
+
+@node Horizontal Rules
+@section Horizontal Rules
+
@cindex horizontal rules, markup rules
-A line consisting of only dashes, and at least 5 of them, will be exported as
-a horizontal line.
-@node Images and tables
+A line consisting of only dashes, and at least 5 of them, is exported
+as a horizontal line.
+
+@node Images and Tables
@section Images and Tables
@cindex tables, markup rules
-@cindex @code{#+CAPTION}
-@cindex @code{#+NAME}
-Both the native Org mode tables (@pxref{Tables}) and tables formatted with
-the @file{table.el} package will be exported properly. For Org mode tables,
-the lines before the first horizontal separator line will become table header
-lines. You can use the following lines somewhere before the table to assign
-a caption and a label for cross references, and in the text you can refer to
-the object with @code{[[tab:basic-data]]} (@pxref{Internal links}):
+@cindex @samp{CAPTION}, keyword
+@cindex @samp{NAME}, keyword
+
+Both the native Org mode tables (see @ref{Tables}) and tables formatted
+with the @samp{table.el} package are exported properly. For Org mode
+tables, the lines before the first horizontal separator line become
+table header lines. You can use the following lines somewhere before
+the table to assign a caption and a label for cross references, and in
+the text you can refer to the object with @samp{[[tab:basic-data]]} (see
+@ref{Internal Links}):
@example
#+CAPTION: This is the caption for the next table (or link)
#+NAME: tab:basic-data
- | ... | ...|
- |-----|----|
+| ... | ... |
+|-----+-----|
@end example
Optionally, the caption can take the form:
+
@example
#+CAPTION[Caption for list of tables]: Caption for table.
@end example
@cindex inlined images, markup rules
Some back-ends allow you to directly include images into the exported
-document. Org does this, if a link to an image files does not have
-a description part, for example @code{[[./img/a.jpg]]}. If you wish to
-define a caption for the image and maybe a label for internal cross
-references, make sure that the link is on a line by itself and precede it
-with @code{#+CAPTION} and @code{#+NAME} as follows:
+document. Org does this, if a link to an image file does not have
+a description part, for example @samp{[[./img/a.jpg]]}. If you wish to define
+a caption for the image and maybe a label for internal cross
+references, make sure that the link is on a line by itself and precede
+it with @samp{CAPTION} and @samp{NAME} keywords as follows:
@example
#+CAPTION: This is the caption for the next figure link (or table)
@@ -10072,35 +11294,37 @@ with @code{#+CAPTION} and @code{#+NAME} as follows:
@end example
@noindent
-Such images can be displayed within the buffer. @xref{Handling links,the
-discussion of image links}.
+Such images can be displayed within the buffer. See @ref{Handling Links, , the discussion of
+image links}.
-Even though images and tables are prominent examples of captioned structures,
-the same caption mechanism can apply to many others (e.g., @LaTeX{}
-equations, source code blocks). Depending on the export back-end, those may
-or may not be handled.
+Even though images and tables are prominent examples of captioned
+structures, the same caption mechanism can apply to many
+others---e.g., @LaTeX{} equations, source code blocks. Depending on the
+export back-end, those may or may not be handled.
-@node Literal examples
-@section Literal examples
-@cindex literal examples, markup rules
-@cindex code line references, markup rules
+@node Literal Examples
+@section Literal Examples
+
+@cindex literal examples, markup
+@cindex code line references, markup
You can include literal examples that should not be subjected to
-markup. Such examples will be typeset in monospace, so this is well suited
-for source code and similar examples.
-@cindex @code{#+BEGIN_EXAMPLE}
+markup. Such examples are typeset in monospace, so this is well
+suited for source code and similar examples.
+@cindex @samp{BEGIN_EXAMPLE}
+@cindex example block
@example
#+BEGIN_EXAMPLE
-Some example from a text file.
+ Some example from a text file.
#+END_EXAMPLE
@end example
-Note that such blocks may be @i{indented} in order to align nicely with
-indented text and in particular with plain list structure (@pxref{Plain
-lists}). For simplicity when using small examples, you can also start the
-example lines with a colon followed by a space. There may also be additional
-whitespace before the colon:
+Note that such blocks may be @emph{indented} in order to align nicely with
+indented text and in particular with plain list structure (see
+@ref{Plain Lists}). For simplicity when using small examples, you can
+also start the example lines with a colon followed by a space. There
+may also be additional whitespace before the colon:
@example
Here is an example
@@ -10109,276 +11333,283 @@ Here is an example
@cindex formatting source code, markup rules
@vindex org-latex-listings
-If the example is source code from a programming language, or any other text
-that can be marked up by font-lock in Emacs, you can ask for the example to
-look like the fontified Emacs buffer@footnote{This works automatically for
-the HTML back-end (it requires version 1.34 of the @file{htmlize.el} package,
-which you need to install). Fontified code chunks in @LaTeX{} can be
-achieved using either the
-@url{https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/listings/?lang=en,
-listings,} or the @url{https://github.com/gpoore/minted, minted,} package.
-If you use minted or listing, you must load the packages manually, for
-example by adding the desired package to @code{org-latex-packages-alist}.
-Refer to @code{org-latex-listings} for details.}. This is done with the
-@samp{src} block, where you also need to specify the name of the major mode
-that should be used to fontify the example@footnote{Code in @samp{src} blocks
-may also be evaluated either interactively or on export. @xref{Working with
-source code}, for more information on evaluating code blocks.}, see
-@ref{Structure templates} for shortcuts to easily insert code blocks.
-@cindex @code{#+BEGIN_SRC}
-
+If the example is source code from a programming language, or any
+other text that can be marked up by Font Lock in Emacs, you can ask
+for the example to look like the fontified Emacs buffer@footnote{This works automatically for the HTML backend (it requires
+version 1.34 of the @samp{htmlize.el} package, which you need to install).
+Fontified code chunks in @LaTeX{} can be achieved using either the
+listings package or the @uref{https://github.com/gpoore/minted, minted} package. Refer to
+@code{org-export-latex-listings} for details.}. This
+is done with the code block, where you also need to specify the name
+of the major mode that should be used to fontify the example@footnote{Source code in code blocks may also be evaluated either
+interactively or on export. See @ref{Working with Source Code} for more
+information on evaluating code blocks.},
+see @ref{Structure Templates} for shortcuts to easily insert code blocks.
+
+@cindex @samp{BEGIN_SRC}
+@cindex src block
@example
#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp
(defun org-xor (a b)
- "Exclusive or."
- (if a (not b) b))
-#+END_SRC
+ "Exclusive or."
+ (if a (not b) b))
+ #+END_SRC
@end example
-Both in @code{example} and in @code{src} snippets, you can add a @code{-n}
-switch to the end of the @code{BEGIN} line, to get the lines of the example
-numbered. The @code{-n} takes an optional numeric argument specifying the
-starting line number of the block. If you use a @code{+n} switch, the
-numbering from the previous numbered snippet will be continued in the current
-one. The @code{+n} can also take a numeric argument. The value of the
-argument will be added to the last line of the previous block to determine
-the starting line number.
+Both in @samp{example} and in @samp{src} snippets, you can add a @samp{-n} switch to
+the end of the @samp{#+BEGIN} line, to get the lines of the example
+numbered. The @samp{-n} takes an optional numeric argument specifying the
+starting line number of the block. If you use a @samp{+n} switch, the
+numbering from the previous numbered snippet is continued in the
+current one. The @samp{+n} switch can also take a numeric argument. This
+adds the value of the argument to the last line of the previous block
+to determine the starting line number.
@example
#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp -n 20
- ;; this will export with line number 20
- (message "This is line 21")
+ ;; This exports with line number 20.
+ (message "This is line 21")
#+END_SRC
+
#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp +n 10
- ;; This will be listed as line 31
- (message "This is line 32")
+ ;; This is listed as line 31.
+ (message "This is line 32")
#+END_SRC
@end example
-In literal examples, Org will interpret strings like @samp{(ref:name)} as
-labels, and use them as targets for special hyperlinks like @code{[[(name)]]}
-(i.e., the reference name enclosed in single parenthesis). In HTML, hovering
-the mouse over such a link will remote-highlight the corresponding code line,
-which is kind of cool.
+In literal examples, Org interprets strings like @samp{(ref:name)} as
+labels, and use them as targets for special hyperlinks like
+@samp{[[(name)]]}---i.e., the reference name enclosed in single parenthesis.
+In HTML, hovering the mouse over such a link remote-highlights the
+corresponding code line, which is kind of cool.
-You can also add a @code{-r} switch which @i{removes} the labels from the
-source code@footnote{Adding @code{-k} to @code{-n -r} will @i{keep} the
-labels in the source code while using line numbers for the links, which might
-be useful to explain those in an Org mode example code.}. With the @code{-n}
-switch, links to these references will be labeled by the line numbers from
-the code listing, otherwise links will use the labels with no parentheses.
-Here is an example:
+You can also add a @samp{-r} switch which @emph{removes} the labels from the
+source code@footnote{Adding @samp{-k} to @samp{-n -r} @emph{keeps} the labels in the source code
+while using line numbers for the links, which might be useful to
+explain those in an Org mode example code.}. With the @samp{-n} switch, links to these references
+are labeled by the line numbers from the code listing. Otherwise
+links use the labels with no parentheses. Here is an example:
@example
#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp -n -r
-(save-excursion (ref:sc)
- (goto-char (point-min))) (ref:jump)
+ (save-excursion (ref:sc)
+ (goto-char (point-min)) (ref:jump)
#+END_SRC
-In line [[(sc)]] we remember the current position. [[(jump)][Line (jump)]]
+In line [[(sc)]] we remember the current position. [[(jump)][Line (jump)]]
jumps to point-min.
@end example
@cindex indentation, in source blocks
-Finally, you can use @code{-i} to preserve the indentation of a specific code
-block (@pxref{Editing source code}).
+Finally, you can use @samp{-i} to preserve the indentation of a specific
+code block (see @ref{Editing Source Code}).
@vindex org-coderef-label-format
-If the syntax for the label format conflicts with the language syntax, use a
-@code{-l} switch to change the format, for example @samp{#+BEGIN_SRC pascal
--n -r -l "((%s))"}. See also the variable @code{org-coderef-label-format}.
+If the syntax for the label format conflicts with the language syntax,
+use a @samp{-l} switch to change the format, for example
+
+@example
+#+BEGIN_SRC pascal -n -r -l "((%s))"
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+See also the variable @code{org-coderef-label-format}.
-HTML export also allows examples to be published as text areas (@pxref{Text
-areas in HTML export}).
+HTML export also allows examples to be published as text areas (see
+@ref{Text areas in HTML export}).
-Because the @code{#+BEGIN_...} @dots{} @code{#+END_...} patterns need to be
-added so often, a shortcut is provided (@pxref{Structure templates}).
+Because the @samp{#+BEGIN} @dots{} @samp{#+END} patterns need to be added so often,
+a shortcut is provided (see @ref{Structure Templates}).
-@table @kbd
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c '} (@code{org-edit-special})
@kindex C-c '
-@item C-c '
-Edit the source code example at point in its native mode. This works by
-switching to a temporary buffer with the source code. You need to exit by
-pressing @kbd{C-c '} again@footnote{Upon exit, lines starting with @samp{*},
-@samp{,*}, @samp{#+} and @samp{,#+} will get a comma prepended, to keep them
-from being interpreted by Org as outline nodes or special syntax. These
-commas will be stripped for editing with @kbd{C-c '}, and also for export.}.
-The edited version will then replace the old version in the Org buffer.
-Fixed-width regions (where each line starts with a colon followed by a space)
-will be edited using @code{artist-mode}@footnote{You may select
-a different-mode with the variable @code{org-edit-fixed-width-region-mode}.}
-to allow creating ASCII drawings easily. Using this command in an empty line
-will create a new fixed-width region.
-@kindex C-c l
-@item C-c l
-Calling @code{org-store-link} while editing a source code example in a
-temporary buffer created with @kbd{C-c '} will prompt for a label. Make sure
-that it is unique in the current buffer, and insert it with the proper
-formatting like @samp{(ref:label)} at the end of the current line. Then the
-label is stored as a link @samp{(label)}, for retrieval with @kbd{C-c C-l}.
+@findex org-edit-special
+Edit the source code example at point in its native mode. This
+works by switching to a temporary buffer with the source code.
+You need to exit by pressing @kbd{C-c '} again@footnote{Upon exit, lines starting with @samp{*}, @samp{,*}, @samp{#+} and @samp{,#+} get
+a comma prepended, to keep them from being interpreted by Org as
+outline nodes or special syntax. These commas are stripped when
+editing with @kbd{C-c '}, and also before export.}. The
+edited version then replaces the old version in the Org buffer.
+Fixed-width regions---where each line starts with a colon
+followed by a space---are edited using @code{artist-mode}@footnote{You may select a different-mode with the variable
+@code{org-edit-fixed-width-region-mode}.} to
+allow creating ASCII drawings easily. Using this command in an
+empty line creates a new fixed-width region.
@end table
-@node Special symbols
-@section Special symbols
-@cindex Org entities
+@cindex storing link, in a source code buffer
+Calling @code{org-store-link} (see @ref{Handling Links}) while editing a source
+code example in a temporary buffer created with @kbd{C-c '}
+prompts for a label. Make sure that it is unique in the current
+buffer, and insert it with the proper formatting like @samp{(ref:label)} at
+the end of the current line. Then the label is stored as a link
+@samp{(label)}, for retrieval with @kbd{C-c C-l}.
+
+@node Special Symbols
+@section Special Symbols
+
@cindex math symbols
@cindex special symbols
+@cindex @TeX{} macros
+@cindex @LaTeX{} fragments, markup rules
@cindex HTML entities
@cindex @LaTeX{} entities
You can use @LaTeX{}-like syntax to insert special symbols---named
-entities---like @samp{\alpha} to indicate the Greek letter, or @samp{\to} to
-indicate an arrow. Completion for these symbols is available, just type
-@samp{\} and maybe a few letters, and press @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} to see possible
-completions. If you need such a symbol inside a word, terminate it with
-a pair of curly brackets. For example
+entities---like @samp{\alpha} to indicate the Greek letter, or @samp{\to} to indicate
+an arrow. Completion for these symbols is available, just type @samp{\}
+and maybe a few letters, and press @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} to see possible
+completions. If you need such a symbol inside a word, terminate it
+with a pair of curly brackets. For example
@example
-Pro tip: Given a circle \Gamma of diameter d, the length of its circumference
-is \pi@{@}d.
+Pro tip: Given a circle \Gamma of diameter d, the length of its
+circumference is \pi@{@}d.
@end example
@findex org-entities-help
@vindex org-entities-user
-A large number of entities is provided, with names taken from both HTML and
-@LaTeX{}; you can comfortably browse the complete list from a dedicated
-buffer using the command @code{org-entities-help}. It is also possible to
-provide your own special symbols in the variable @code{org-entities-user}.
+A large number of entities is provided, with names taken from both
+HTML and @LaTeX{}; you can comfortably browse the complete list from
+a dedicated buffer using the command @code{org-entities-help}. It is also
+possible to provide your own special symbols in the variable
+@code{org-entities-user}.
-During export, these symbols are transformed into the native format of the
-exporter back-end. Strings like @code{\alpha} are exported as @code{&alpha;}
-in the HTML output, and as @code{\(\alpha\)} in the @LaTeX{} output.
-Similarly, @code{\nbsp} becomes @code{&nbsp;} in HTML and @code{~} in
-@LaTeX{}.
+During export, these symbols are transformed into the native format of
+the exporter back-end. Strings like @samp{\alpha} are exported as @samp{&alpha;} in
+the HTML output, and as @samp{\(\alpha\)} in the @LaTeX{} output. Similarly, @samp{\nbsp}
+becomes @samp{&nbsp;} in HTML and @samp{~} in @LaTeX{}.
@cindex escaping characters
-Entities may also be used as a may to escape markup in an Org document, e.g.,
-@samp{\under@{@}not underlined\under} exports as @samp{_not underlined_}.
+Entities may also be used as a way to escape markup in an Org
+document, e.g., @samp{\under@{@}not underlined\under} exports as @samp{_not underlined_}.
@cindex special symbols, in-buffer display
-If you would like to see entities displayed as UTF-8 characters, use the
-following command@footnote{You can turn this on by default by setting the
-variable @code{org-pretty-entities}, or on a per-file base with the
-@code{#+STARTUP} option @code{entitiespretty}.}:
+If you would like to see entities displayed as UTF-8 characters, use
+the following command@footnote{You can turn this on by default by setting the variable
+@code{org-pretty-entities}, or on a per-file base with the @samp{STARTUP} option
+@samp{entitiespretty}.}:
-@table @kbd
-@cindex @code{entitiespretty}, STARTUP keyword
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x \} (@code{org-toggle-pretty-entities})
@kindex C-c C-x \
-@item C-c C-x \
-Toggle display of entities as UTF-8 characters. This does not change the
-buffer content which remains plain ASCII, but it overlays the UTF-8 character
-for display purposes only.
+@findex org-toggle-pretty-entities
+
+Toggle display of entities as UTF-8 characters. This does not
+change the buffer content which remains plain ASCII, but it
+overlays the UTF-8 character for display purposes only.
@end table
@cindex shy hyphen, special symbol
@cindex dash, special symbol
@cindex ellipsis, special symbol
-In addition to regular entities defined above, Org exports in a special
-way@footnote{This behavior can be disabled with @code{-} export setting
-(@pxref{Export settings}).} the following commonly used character
-combinations: @samp{\-} is treated as a shy hyphen, @samp{--} and @samp{---}
-are converted into dashes, and @samp{...} becomes a compact set of dots.
-
-@node Subscripts and superscripts
-@section Subscripts and superscripts
+In addition to regular entities defined above, Org exports in
+a special way@footnote{This behavior can be disabled with @samp{-} export setting (see
+@ref{Export Settings}).} the following commonly used character
+combinations: @samp{\-} is treated as a shy hyphen, @samp{--} and @samp{---} are
+converted into dashes, and @samp{...} becomes a compact set of dots.
+
+@node Subscripts and Superscripts
+@section Subscripts and Superscripts
+
@cindex subscript
@cindex superscript
-@samp{^} and @samp{_} are used to indicate super- and subscripts. To
-increase the readability of ASCII text, it is not necessary---but OK---to
-surround multi-character sub- and superscripts with curly braces. Those are,
-however, mandatory, when more than one word is involved. For example
+@samp{^} and @samp{_} are used to indicate super- and subscripts. To increase
+the readability of ASCII text, it is not necessary, but OK, to
+surround multi-character sub- and superscripts with curly braces. For
+example
@example
-The radius of the sun is R_sun = 6.96 x 10^8 m. On the other hand, the
-radius of Alpha Centauri is R_@{Alpha Centauri@} = 1.28 x R_@{sun@}.
+The radius of the sun is R_sun = 6.96 x 10^8 m. On the other hand,
+the radius of Alpha Centauri is R_@{Alpha Centauri@} = 1.28 x R_@{sun@}.
@end example
@vindex org-use-sub-superscripts
If you write a text where the underscore is often used in a different
-context, Org's convention to always interpret these as subscripts can get in
-your way. Configure the variable @code{org-use-sub-superscripts} to change
-this convention. For example, when setting this variable to @code{@{@}},
-@samp{a_b} will not be interpreted as a subscript, but @samp{a_@{b@}} will.
+context, Org's convention to always interpret these as subscripts can
+get in your way. Configure the variable @code{org-use-sub-superscripts} to
+change this convention. For example, when setting this variable to
+@code{@{@}}, @samp{a_b} is not interpreted as a subscript, but @samp{a_@{b@}} is.
-@table @kbd
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x \} (@code{org-toggle-pretty-entities~})
@kindex C-c C-x \
-@item C-c C-x \
-In addition to showing entities as UTF-8 characters, this command will also
-format sub- and superscripts in a WYSIWYM way.
+@findex org-toggle-pretty-entities
+
+In addition to showing entities as UTF-8 characters, this command
+also formats sub- and superscripts in a WYSIWYM way.
@end table
@node Embedded @LaTeX{}
@section Embedded @LaTeX{}
+
@cindex @TeX{} interpretation
@cindex @LaTeX{} interpretation
-Plain ASCII is normally sufficient for almost all note taking. Exceptions
-include scientific notes, which often require mathematical symbols and the
-occasional formula. @LaTeX{}@footnote{@LaTeX{} is a macro system based on
-Donald E. Knuth's @TeX{} system. Many of the features described here as
-``@LaTeX{}'' are really from @TeX{}, but for simplicity I am blurring this
-distinction.} is widely used to typeset scientific documents. Org mode
-supports embedding @LaTeX{} code into its files, because many academics are
-used to writing and reading @LaTeX{} source code, and because it can be
-readily processed to produce pretty output for a number of export back-ends.
+Plain ASCII is normally sufficient for almost all note taking.
+Exceptions include scientific notes, which often require mathematical
+symbols and the occasional formula. @LaTeX{}@footnote{@LaTeX{} is a macro system based on Donald@tie{}E.@tie{}Knuth's @TeX{}
+system. Many of the features described here as ``@LaTeX{}'' are really
+from @TeX{}, but for simplicity I am blurring this distinction.} is widely used to
+typeset scientific documents. Org mode supports embedding @LaTeX{} code
+into its files, because many academics are used to writing and reading
+@LaTeX{} source code, and because it can be readily processed to produce
+pretty output for a number of export back-ends.
@menu
-* @LaTeX{} fragments:: Complex formulas made easy
-* Previewing @LaTeX{} fragments:: What will this snippet look like?
-* CDLaTeX mode:: Speed up entering of formulas
+* @LaTeX{} fragments:: Complex formulas made easy.
+* Previewing @LaTeX{} fragments:: What will this snippet look like?
+* CD@LaTeX{} mode:: Speed up entering of formulas.
@end menu
@node @LaTeX{} fragments
@subsection @LaTeX{} fragments
+
@cindex @LaTeX{} fragments
@vindex org-format-latex-header
-Org mode can contain @LaTeX{} math fragments, and it supports ways to process
-these for several export back-ends. When exporting to @LaTeX{}, the code is
-left as it is. When exporting to HTML, Org can use either
-@uref{http://www.mathjax.org, MathJax} (@pxref{Math formatting in HTML
-export}) or transcode the math into images (see @pxref{Previewing @LaTeX{}
-fragments}).
-
-@LaTeX{} fragments don't need any special marking at all. The following
-snippets will be identified as @LaTeX{} source code:
-@itemize @bullet
+Org mode can contain @LaTeX{} math fragments, and it supports ways to
+process these for several export back-ends. When exporting to @LaTeX{},
+the code is left as it is. When exporting to HTML, Org can use either
+@uref{http://www.mathjax.org, MathJax} (see @ref{Math formatting in HTML export}) or transcode the math
+into images (see @ref{Previewing @LaTeX{} fragments}).
+
+@LaTeX{} fragments do not need any special marking at all. The following
+snippets are identified as @LaTeX{} source code:
+
+@itemize
@item
-Environments of any kind@footnote{When MathJax is used, only the
-environments recognized by MathJax will be processed. When
-@file{dvipng} program, @file{dvisvgm} program or @file{imagemagick} suite is
-used to create images, any @LaTeX{} environment will be handled.}. The only
-requirement is that the @code{\begin} statement appears on a new line, at the
-beginning of the line or after whitespaces only.
+Environments of any kind@footnote{When MathJax is used, only the environments recognized by
+MathJax are processed. When dvipng, dvisvgm, or ImageMagick suite is
+used to create images, any @LaTeX{} environment is handled.}. The only requirement is that the
+@samp{\begin} statement appears on a new line, preceded by only
+whitespace.
+
@item
-Text within the usual @LaTeX{} math delimiters. To avoid conflicts with
-currency specifications, single @samp{$} characters are only recognized as
-math delimiters if the enclosed text contains at most two line breaks, is
-directly attached to the @samp{$} characters with no whitespace in between,
-and if the closing @samp{$} is followed by whitespace or punctuation
-(parentheses and quotes are considered to be punctuation in this
-context). For the other delimiters, there is no such restriction, so when in
-doubt, use @samp{\(...\)} as inline math delimiters.
+Text within the usual @LaTeX{} math delimiters. To avoid conflicts
+with currency specifications, single @samp{$} characters are only
+recognized as math delimiters if the enclosed text contains at most
+two line breaks, is directly attached to the @samp{$} characters with no
+whitespace in between, and if the closing @samp{$} is followed by
+whitespace, punctuation or a dash. For the other delimiters, there
+is no such restriction, so when in doubt, use @samp{\(...\)} as inline
+math delimiters.
@end itemize
-@noindent For example:
+@noindent
+For example:
@example
-\begin@{equation@}
-x=\sqrt@{b@}
-\end@{equation@}
+\begin@{equation@} % arbitrary environments,
+x=\sqrt@{b@} % even tables, figures
+\end@{equation@} % etc
If $a^2=b$ and \( b=2 \), then the solution must be
either $$ a=+\sqrt@{2@} $$ or \[ a=-\sqrt@{2@} \].
@end example
-@c FIXME
-@c @noindent
-@c @vindex org-format-latex-options
-@c If you need any of the delimiter ASCII sequences for other purposes, you
-@c can configure the option @code{org-format-latex-options} to deselect the
-@c ones you do not wish to have interpreted by the @LaTeX{} converter.
-
@vindex org-export-with-latex
@LaTeX{} processing can be configured with the variable
@code{org-export-with-latex}. The default setting is @code{t} which means
@@ -10386,45 +11617,50 @@ MathJax for HTML, and no processing for ASCII and @LaTeX{} back-ends.
You can also set this variable on a per-file basis using one of these
lines:
-@example
-#+OPTIONS: tex:t @r{Do the right thing automatically (MathJax)}
-#+OPTIONS: tex:nil @r{Do not process @LaTeX{} fragments at all}
-#+OPTIONS: tex:verbatim @r{Verbatim export, for jsMath or so}
-@end example
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @samp{#+OPTIONS: tex:t}
+@tab Do the right thing automatically (MathJax)
+@item @samp{#+OPTIONS: tex:nil}
+@tab Do not process @LaTeX{} fragments at all
+@item @samp{#+OPTIONS: tex:verbatim}
+@tab Verbatim export, for jsMath or so
+@end multitable
@node Previewing @LaTeX{} fragments
@subsection Previewing @LaTeX{} fragments
+
@cindex @LaTeX{} fragments, preview
@vindex org-preview-latex-default-process
-If you have a working @LaTeX{} installation and @file{dvipng}, @file{dvisvgm}
-or @file{convert} installed@footnote{These are respectively available at
-@url{http://sourceforge.net/projects/dvipng/}, @url{http://dvisvgm.bplaced.net/}
-and from the @file{imagemagick} suite. Choose the converter by setting the
-variable @code{org-preview-latex-default-process} accordingly.}, @LaTeX{}
-fragments can be processed to produce images of the typeset expressions to be
-used for inclusion while exporting to HTML (see @pxref{@LaTeX{} fragments}),
-or for inline previewing within Org mode.
+If you have a working @LaTeX{} installation and @samp{dvipng}, @samp{dvisvgm} or
+@samp{convert} installed@footnote{These are respectively available at
+@uref{http://sourceforge.net/projects/dvipng/}, @uref{http://dvisvgm.bplaced.net/}
+and from the ImageMagick suite. Choose the converter by setting the
+variable @code{org-preview-latex-default-process} accordingly.}, @LaTeX{} fragments can be processed to
+produce images of the typeset expressions to be used for inclusion
+while exporting to HTML (see @ref{@LaTeX{} fragments}), or for inline
+previewing within Org mode.
@vindex org-format-latex-options
@vindex org-format-latex-header
You can customize the variables @code{org-format-latex-options} and
-@code{org-format-latex-header} to influence some aspects of the preview. In
-particular, the @code{:scale} (and for HTML export, @code{:html-scale})
-property of the former can be used to adjust the size of the preview images.
+@code{org-format-latex-header} to influence some aspects of the preview.
+In particular, the @code{:scale} (and for HTML export, @code{:html-scale})
+property of the former can be used to adjust the size of the preview
+images.
-@table @kbd
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-l} (@code{org-toggle-latex-fragment})
@kindex C-c C-x C-l
-@item C-c C-x C-l
-Produce a preview image of the @LaTeX{} fragment at point and overlay it
-over the source code. If there is no fragment at point, process all
-fragments in the current entry (between two headlines). When called
-with a prefix argument, process the entire subtree. When called with
-two prefix arguments, or when the cursor is before the first headline,
-process the entire buffer.
-@kindex C-c C-c
-@item C-c C-c
-Remove the overlay preview images.
+@findex org-toggle-latex-fragment
+
+Produce a preview image of the @LaTeX{} fragment at point and
+overlay it over the source code. If there is no fragment at
+point, process all fragments in the current entry (between two
+headlines). When called with a prefix argument, process the
+entire subtree. When called with two prefix arguments, or when
+the cursor is before the first headline, process the entire
+buffer.
@end table
@vindex org-startup-with-latex-preview
@@ -10440,493 +11676,544 @@ To disable it, simply use
#+STARTUP: nolatexpreview
@end example
-@node CDLaTeX mode
+@node CD@LaTeX{} mode
@subsection Using CD@LaTeX{} to enter math
+
@cindex CD@LaTeX{}
-CD@LaTeX{} mode is a minor mode that is normally used in combination with a
-major @LaTeX{} mode like AUC@TeX{} in order to speed-up insertion of
-environments and math templates. Inside Org mode, you can make use of some
-of the features of CD@LaTeX{} mode. You need to install @file{cdlatex.el}
-and @file{texmathp.el} (the latter comes also with AUC@TeX{}) from
-@url{https://staff.fnwi.uva.nl/c.dominik/Tools/cdlatex}. Don't use
+CD@LaTeX{} mode is a minor mode that is normally used in combination with
+a major @LaTeX{} mode like AUC@TeX{} in order to speed-up insertion of
+environments and math templates. Inside Org mode, you can make use of
+some of the features of CD@LaTeX{} mode. You need to install
+@samp{cdlatex.el} and @samp{texmathp.el} (the latter comes also with AUC@TeX{})
+from @uref{http://www.astro.uva.nl/~dominik/Tools/cdlatex}. Do not use
CD@LaTeX{} mode itself under Org mode, but use the light version
@code{org-cdlatex-mode} that comes as part of Org mode. Turn it on for the
-current buffer with @kbd{M-x org-cdlatex-mode @key{RET}}, or for all Org
+current buffer with @kbd{M-x org-cdlatex-mode}, or for all Org
files with
@lisp
(add-hook 'org-mode-hook 'turn-on-org-cdlatex)
@end lisp
-When this mode is enabled, the following features are present (for more
-details see the documentation of CD@LaTeX{} mode):
-@itemize @bullet
+When this mode is enabled, the following features are present (for
+more details see the documentation of CD@LaTeX{} mode):
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c @{}
@kindex C-c @{
-@item
-Environment templates can be inserted with @kbd{C-c @{}.
-@item
+
+Insert an environment template.
+
+@item @kbd{@key{TAB}}
@kindex TAB
-The @key{TAB} key will do template expansion if the cursor is inside a
-@LaTeX{} fragment@footnote{Org mode has a method to test if the cursor is
-inside such a fragment, see the documentation of the function
-@code{org-inside-LaTeX-fragment-p}.}. For example, @key{TAB} will
-expand @code{fr} to @code{\frac@{@}@{@}} and position the cursor
-correctly inside the first brace. Another @key{TAB} will get you into
-the second brace. Even outside fragments, @key{TAB} will expand
-environment abbreviations at the beginning of a line. For example, if
-you write @samp{equ} at the beginning of a line and press @key{TAB},
-this abbreviation will be expanded to an @code{equation} environment.
-To get a list of all abbreviations, type @kbd{M-x cdlatex-command-help
-@key{RET}}.
-@item
+
+The @kbd{@key{TAB}} key expands the template if the cursor is
+inside a @LaTeX{} fragment@footnote{Org mode has a method to test if the cursor is inside such
+a fragment, see the documentation of the function
+@code{org-inside-LaTeX-fragment-p}.}. For example, @kbd{@key{TAB}}
+expands @samp{fr} to @samp{\frac@{@}@{@}} and position the cursor correctly
+inside the first brace. Another @kbd{@key{TAB}} gets you into the
+second brace.
+
+Even outside fragments, @kbd{@key{TAB}} expands environment
+abbreviations at the beginning of a line. For example, if you
+write @samp{equ} at the beginning of a line and press @kbd{@key{TAB}},
+this abbreviation is expanded to an @samp{equation} environment. To
+get a list of all abbreviations, type @kbd{M-x cdlatex-command-help}.
+
+@item @kbd{^}
+@itemx @kbd{_}
@kindex _
@kindex ^
@vindex cdlatex-simplify-sub-super-scripts
-Pressing @kbd{_} and @kbd{^} inside a @LaTeX{} fragment will insert these
-characters together with a pair of braces. If you use @key{TAB} to move
-out of the braces, and if the braces surround only a single character or
-macro, they are removed again (depending on the variable
-@code{cdlatex-simplify-sub-super-scripts}).
-@item
+
+Pressing @kbd{_} and @kbd{^} inside a @LaTeX{} fragment
+inserts these characters together with a pair of braces. If you
+use @kbd{@key{TAB}} to move out of the braces, and if the braces
+surround only a single character or macro, they are removed again
+(depending on the variable @code{cdlatex-simplify-sub-super-scripts}).
+
+@item @kbd{`}
@kindex `
-Pressing the grave accent @kbd{`} followed by a character inserts math
-macros, also outside @LaTeX{} fragments. If you wait more than 1.5 seconds
-after the grave accent, a help window will pop up.
-@item
+
+Pressing the backquote followed by a character inserts math
+macros, also outside @LaTeX{} fragments. If you wait more than 1.5
+seconds after the backquote, a help window pops up.
+
+@item @kbd{'}
@kindex '
-Pressing the apostrophe @kbd{'} followed by another character modifies
-the symbol before point with an accent or a font. If you wait more than
-1.5 seconds after the apostrophe, a help window will pop up. Character
-modification will work only inside @LaTeX{} fragments; outside the quote
-is normal.
-@end itemize
+
+Pressing the single-quote followed by another character modifies
+the symbol before point with an accent or a font. If you wait
+more than 1.5 seconds after the single-quote, a help window pops
+up. Character modification works only inside @LaTeX{} fragments;
+outside the quote is normal.
+@end table
@node Exporting
@chapter Exporting
+
@cindex exporting
-Sometimes, you may want to pretty print your notes, publish them on the web
-or even share them with people not using Org. In these cases, the Org export
-facilities can be used to convert your documents to a variety of other
-formats, while retaining as much structure (@pxref{Document structure}) and
-markup (@pxref{Markup}) as possible.
+Sometimes, you may want to pretty print your notes, publish them on
+the web or even share them with people not using Org. In these cases,
+the Org export facilities can be used to convert your documents to
+a variety of other formats, while retaining as much structure (see
+@ref{Document Structure}) and markup (see @ref{Markup}) as
+possible.
@cindex export back-end
-Libraries responsible for such translation are called back-ends. Org ships
-with the following ones
+Libraries responsible for such translation are called back-ends. Org
+ships with the following ones
@itemize
-@item ascii (ASCII format)
-@item beamer (@LaTeX{} Beamer format)
-@item html (HTML format)
-@item icalendar (iCalendar format)
-@item latex (@LaTeX{} format)
-@item md (Markdown format)
-@item odt (OpenDocument Text format)
-@item org (Org format)
-@item texinfo (Texinfo format)
-@item man (Man page format)
+@item
+@emph{ascii} (ASCII format)
+@item
+@emph{beamer} (@LaTeX{} Beamer format)
+@item
+@emph{html} (HTML format)
+@item
+@emph{icalendar} (iCalendar format)
+@item
+@emph{latex} (@LaTeX{} format)
+@item
+@emph{md} (Markdown format)
+@item
+@emph{odt} (OpenDocument Text format)
+@item
+@emph{org} (Org format)
+@item
+@emph{texinfo} (Texinfo format)
+@item
+@emph{man} (Man page format)
@end itemize
-@noindent Org also uses additional libraries located in @code{contrib/}
-directory (@pxref{Installation}). Users can install additional export
-libraries for additional formats from the Emacs packaging system. For easy
-discovery, these packages have a common naming scheme: @file{ox-NAME}, where
-NAME is one of the formats. For example, @file{ox-koma-letter} for
-@code{koma-letter} back-end.
+@noindent
+Org also uses additional libraries located in @samp{contrib/} directory
+(see @ref{Installation}). Users can install additional export libraries
+for additional formats from the Emacs packaging system. For easy
+discovery, these packages have a common naming scheme: @code{ox-NAME},
+where @var{NAME} is one of the formats. For example,
+@code{ox-koma-letter} @emph{koma-letter} back-end.
@vindex org-export-backends
-Org loads back-ends for the following formats by default: @code{ascii},
-@code{html}, @code{icalendar}, @code{latex} and @code{odt}.
-
-Org can load additional back-ends either of two ways: through the
-@code{org-export-backends} variable configuration; or, by requiring the
-library in the Emacs init file like this:
+Org loads back-ends for the following formats by default: ASCII, HTML,
+iCalendar, @LaTeX{} and ODT. Org can load additional back-ends either of
+two ways: through the @code{org-export-backends} variable configuration;
+or, by requiring the library in the Emacs init file like this:
@lisp
(require 'ox-md)
@end lisp
@menu
-* The export dispatcher:: The main interface
-* Export settings:: Common export settings
-* Table of contents:: The if and where of the table of contents
-* Include files:: Include additional files into a document
-* Macro replacement:: Use macros to create templates
-* Comment lines:: What will not be exported
-* ASCII/Latin-1/UTF-8 export:: Exporting to flat files with encoding
-* Beamer export:: Exporting as a Beamer presentation
-* HTML export:: Exporting to HTML
-* @LaTeX{} export:: Exporting to @LaTeX{}, and processing to PDF
-* Markdown export:: Exporting to Markdown
-* OpenDocument Text export:: Exporting to OpenDocument Text
-* Org export:: Exporting to Org
-* Texinfo export:: Exporting to Texinfo
-* iCalendar export:: Exporting to iCalendar
-* Other built-in back-ends:: Exporting to a man page
-* Advanced configuration:: Fine-tuning the export output
-* Export in foreign buffers:: Author tables and lists in Org syntax
+* The Export Dispatcher:: The main interface.
+* Export Settings:: Common export settings.
+* Table of Contents:: The if and where of the table of contents.
+* Include Files:: Include additional files into a document.
+* Macro Replacement:: Use macros to create templates.
+* Comment Lines:: What will not be exported.
+* ASCII/Latin-1/UTF-8 export:: Exporting to flat files with encoding.
+* Beamer Export::
+* HTML Export:: Exporting to HTML.
+* @LaTeX{} Export:: Exporting to @LaTeX{} and processing to PDF.
+* Markdown Export:: Exporting to Markdown.
+* OpenDocument Text Export:: Exporting to OpenDocument Text.
+* Org Export:: Exporting to Org.
+* Texinfo Export:: Exporting to Texinfo.
+* iCalendar Export:: Exporting to iCalendar.
+* Other Built-in Back-ends:: Exporting to a man page.
+* Advanced Configuration:: Fine-tuning the export output.
+* Export in Foreign Buffers:: Author tables and lists in Org syntax.
@end menu
-@node The export dispatcher
-@section The export dispatcher
-@vindex org-export-dispatch-use-expert-ui
+@node The Export Dispatcher
+@section The Export Dispatcher
+
+@cindex dispatcher, for export commands
@cindex Export, dispatcher
-The export dispatcher is the main interface for Org's exports. A
-hierarchical menu presents the currently configured export formats. Options
-are shown as easy toggle switches on the same screen.
+The export dispatcher is the main interface for Org's exports.
+A hierarchical menu presents the currently configured export formats.
+Options are shown as easy toggle switches on the same screen.
-Org also has a minimal prompt interface for the export dispatcher. When the
-variable @code{org-export-dispatch-use-expert-ui} is set to a non-@code{nil}
-value, Org prompts in the minibuffer. To switch back to the hierarchical
-menu, press @key{?}.
+@vindex org-export-dispatch-use-expert-ui
+Org also has a minimal prompt interface for the export dispatcher.
+When the variable @code{org-export-dispatch-use-expert-ui} is set to
+a non-@code{nil} value, Org prompts in the minibuffer. To switch back to
+the hierarchical menu, press @kbd{?}.
@table @asis
-@orgcmd{C-c C-e,org-export-dispatch}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e} (@code{org-export})
+@kindex C-c C-e
+@findex org-export
+
+Invokes the export dispatcher interface. The options show
+default settings. The @kbd{C-u} prefix argument preserves
+options from the previous export, including any sub-tree
+selections.
+@end table
-Invokes the export dispatcher interface. The options show default settings.
-The @kbd{C-u} prefix argument preserves options from the previous export,
-including any sub-tree selections.
+Org exports the entire buffer by default. If the Org buffer has an
+active region, then Org exports just that region.
-@end table
+Within the dispatcher interface, the following key combinations can
+further alter what is exported, and how.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-a}
+@kindex C-c C-e C-a
-Org exports the entire buffer by default. If the Org buffer has an active
-region, then Org exports just that region.
+Toggle asynchronous export. Asynchronous export uses an external
+Emacs process with a specially configured initialization file to
+complete the exporting process in the background thereby
+releasing the current interface. This is particularly useful
+when exporting long documents.
-These are the export options, the key combinations that toggle them
-(@pxref{Export settings}):
+Output from an asynchronous export is saved on the ``the export
+stack''. To view this stack, call the export dispatcher with
+a double @kbd{C-u} prefix argument. If already in the
+export dispatcher menu, @kbd{&} displays the stack.
-@table @kbd
-@item C-a
@vindex org-export-async-init-file
-Toggles asynchronous export. Asynchronous export uses an external Emacs
-process with a specially configured initialization file to complete the
-exporting process in the background thereby releasing the current interface.
-This is particularly useful when exporting long documents.
-
-Output from an asynchronous export is saved on the ``the export stack''. To
-view this stack, call the export dispatcher with a double @kbd{C-u} prefix
-argument. If already in the export dispatcher menu, @kbd{&} displays the
-stack.
+To make the background export process the default, customize the
+variable, @code{org-export-in-background}. Additionally, you can set
+the initialization file used by the background process with
+@code{org-export-async-init-file}.
@vindex org-export-in-background
-To make the background export process the default, customize the variable,
+You can make asynchronous export the default by setting
@code{org-export-in-background}.
-@item C-b
-Toggle body-only export. Useful for excluding headers and footers in the
-export. Affects only those back-end formats that have such sections---like
-@code{<head>...</head>} in HTML.
+@item @kbd{C-b}
+@kindex C-c C-e C-b
-@item C-s
-@vindex org-export-initial-scope
-Toggle sub-tree export. When turned on, Org exports only the sub-tree starting
-from the cursor position at the time the export dispatcher was invoked. Org
-uses the top heading of this sub-tree as the document's title. If the cursor
-is not on a heading, Org uses the nearest enclosing header. If the cursor is
-in the document preamble, Org signals an error and aborts export.
+Toggle body-only export. Useful for excluding headers and
+footers in the export. Affects only those back-end formats that
+have such sections---like @samp{<head>...</head>} in HTML.
-To make the sub-tree export the default, customize the variable,
+@item @{@{@{kbd(C-s@}@}@}
+@kindex C-c C-e C-s
+
+Toggle sub-tree export. When turned on, Org exports only the
+sub-tree starting from the cursor position at the time the export
+dispatcher was invoked. Org uses the top heading of this
+sub-tree as the document's title. If the cursor is not on
+a heading, Org uses the nearest enclosing header. If the cursor
+is in the document preamble, Org signals an error and aborts
+export.
+
+@vindex org-export-initial-scope
+To make the sub-tree export the default, customize the variable
@code{org-export-initial-scope}.
-@item C-v
-Toggle visible-only export. Useful for exporting only visible parts of an
-Org document by adjusting outline visibility settings.
+@item @kbd{C-v}
+@kindex C-c C-e C-v
+
+Toggle visible-only export. Useful for exporting only visible
+parts of an Org document by adjusting outline visibility
+settings.
@end table
-@node Export settings
-@section Export settings
+@node Export Settings
+@section Export Settings
+
+@cindex options, for export
@cindex Export, settings
-@cindex @code{#+OPTIONS}
-Export options can be set: globally with variables; for an individual file by
-making variables buffer-local with in-buffer settings (@pxref{In-buffer
-settings}), by setting individual keywords, or by specifying them in a
-compact form with the @code{#+OPTIONS} keyword; or for a tree by setting
-properties (@pxref{Properties and columns}). Options set at a specific level
-override options set at a more general level.
+@cindex @samp{OPTIONS}, keyword
+Export options can be set: globally with variables; for an individual
+file by making variables buffer-local with in-buffer settings (see
+@ref{In-buffer Settings}), by setting individual keywords, or by
+specifying them in a compact form with the @samp{OPTIONS} keyword; or for
+a tree by setting properties (see @ref{Properties and Columns}). Options
+set at a specific level override options set at a more general level.
-@cindex @code{#+SETUPFILE}
+@cindex SETUPFILE, keyword
In-buffer settings may appear anywhere in the file, either directly or
-indirectly through a file included using @samp{#+SETUPFILE: filename or URL}
-syntax. Option keyword sets tailored to a particular back-end can be
-inserted from the export dispatcher (@pxref{The export dispatcher}) using the
-@code{Insert template} command by pressing @key{#}. To insert keywords
-individually, a good way to make sure the keyword is correct is to type
-@code{#+} and then to use @kbd{M-@key{TAB}}@footnote{Many desktops intercept
-@kbd{M-@key{TAB}} to switch windows. Use @kbd{C-M-i} or @kbd{@key{ESC}
-@key{TAB}} instead.} for completion.
-
-The export keywords available for every back-end, and their equivalent global
-variables, include:
-
-@table @samp
-@item AUTHOR
-@cindex @code{#+AUTHOR}
+indirectly through a file included using @samp{#+SETUPFILE: filename or
+URL} syntax. Option keyword sets tailored to a particular back-end
+can be inserted from the export dispatcher (see @ref{The Export Dispatcher}) using the @samp{Insert template} command by pressing
+@kbd{#}. To insert keywords individually, a good way to make
+sure the keyword is correct is to type @samp{#+} and then to use
+@kbd{M-@key{TAB}}@footnote{Many desktops intercept @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} to switch windows.
+Use @kbd{C-M-i} or @kbd{@key{ESC} @key{TAB}} instead.} for completion.
+
+The export keywords available for every back-end, and their equivalent
+global variables, include:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{AUTHOR}
+@cindex @samp{AUTHOR}, keyword
@vindex user-full-name
The document author (@code{user-full-name}).
-@item CREATOR
-@cindex @code{#+CREATOR}
-@vindex org-export-creator-string
-Entity responsible for output generation (@code{org-export-creator-string}).
+@item @samp{CREATOR}
+@cindex @samp{CREATOR}, keyword
+@vindex org-expot-creator-string
+Entity responsible for output generation
+(@code{org-export-creator-string}).
-@item DATE
-@cindex @code{#+DATE}
+@item @samp{DATE}
+@cindex @samp{DATE}, keyword
@vindex org-export-date-timestamp-format
-A date or a time-stamp@footnote{The variable
-@code{org-export-date-timestamp-format} defines how this time-stamp will be
-exported.}.
+A date or a time-stamp@footnote{The variable @code{org-export-date-timestamp-format} defines how
+this timestamp are exported.}.
-@item EMAIL
-@cindex @code{#+EMAIL}
+@item @samp{EMAIL}
+@cindex @samp{EMAIL}, keyword
@vindex user-mail-address
The email address (@code{user-mail-address}).
-@item LANGUAGE
-@cindex @code{#+LANGUAGE}
+@item @samp{LANGUAGE}
+@cindex @samp{LANGUAGE}, keyword
@vindex org-export-default-language
Language to use for translating certain strings
(@code{org-export-default-language}). With @samp{#+LANGUAGE: fr}, for
-example, Org translates @emph{Table of contents} to the French @emph{Table
-des matières}.
+example, Org translates @samp{Table of contents} to the French @samp{Table
+ des matières}.
-@item SELECT_TAGS
-@cindex @code{#+SELECT_TAGS}
+@item @samp{SELECT_TAGS}
+@cindex @samp{SELECT_TAGS}, keyword
@vindex org-export-select-tags
-The default value is @code{:export:}. When a tree is tagged with
-@code{:export:} (@code{org-export-select-tags}), Org selects that tree and
-its sub-trees for export. Org excludes trees with @code{:noexport:} tags,
-see below. When selectively exporting files with @code{:export:} tags set,
-Org does not export any text that appears before the first headline.
-
-@item EXCLUDE_TAGS
-@cindex @code{#+EXCLUDE_TAGS}
+The default value is @code{("export")}. When a tree is tagged with
+@samp{export} (@code{org-export-select-tags}), Org selects that tree and
+its sub-trees for export. Org excludes trees with @samp{noexport}
+tags, see below. When selectively exporting files with @samp{export}
+tags set, Org does not export any text that appears before the
+first headline.
+
+@item @samp{EXCLUDE_TAGS}
+@cindex @samp{EXCLUDE_TAGS}, keyword
@vindex org-export-exclude-tags
-The default value is @code{:noexport:}. When a tree is tagged with
-@code{:noexport:} (@code{org-export-exclude-tags}), Org excludes that tree
-and its sub-trees from export. Entries tagged with @code{:noexport:} will be
-unconditionally excluded from the export, even if they have an
-@code{:export:} tag. Even if a sub-tree is not exported, Org will execute any
-code blocks contained in them.
-
-@item TITLE
-@cindex @code{#+TITLE}
+The default value is @code{("noexport")}. When a tree is tagged with
+@samp{noexport} (@code{org-export-exclude-tags}), Org excludes that tree
+and its sub-trees from export. Entries tagged with @samp{noexport}
+are unconditionally excluded from the export, even if they have
+an @samp{export} tag. Even if a sub-tree is not exported, Org
+executes any code blocks contained there.
+
+@item @samp{TITLE}
+@cindex @samp{TITLE}, keyword
@cindex document title
-Org displays this title. For long titles, use multiple @code{#+TITLE} lines.
+Org displays this title. For long titles, use multiple @samp{#+TITLE}
+lines.
-@item EXPORT_FILE_NAME
-@cindex @code{#+EXPORT_FILE_NAME}
-The name of the output file to be generated. Otherwise, Org generates the
-file name based on the buffer name and the extension based on the back-end
-format.
+@item @samp{EXPORT_FILE_NAME}
+@cindex @samp{EXPORT_FILE_NAME}, keyword
+The name of the output file to be generated. Otherwise, Org
+generates the file name based on the buffer name and the
+extension based on the back-end format.
@end table
-The @code{#+OPTIONS} keyword is a compact form. To configure multiple
-options, use several @code{#+OPTIONS} lines. @code{#+OPTIONS} recognizes the
+The @samp{OPTIONS} keyword is a compact form. To configure multiple
+options, use several @samp{OPTIONS} lines. @samp{OPTIONS} recognizes the
following arguments.
-@table @code
-@item ':
+@table @asis
+@item @code{'}
@vindex org-export-with-smart-quotes
-Toggle smart quotes (@code{org-export-with-smart-quotes}). Depending on the
-language used, when activated, Org treats pairs of double quotes as primary
-quotes, pairs of single quotes as secondary quotes, and single quote marks as
-apostrophes.
+Toggle smart quotes (@code{org-export-with-smart-quotes}). Depending
+on the language used, when activated, Org treats pairs of double
+quotes as primary quotes, pairs of single quotes as secondary
+quotes, and single quote marks as apostrophes.
-@item *:
+@item @code{*}
+@vindex org-export-with-emphasize
Toggle emphasized text (@code{org-export-with-emphasize}).
-@item -:
+@item @code{-}
@vindex org-export-with-special-strings
Toggle conversion of special strings
(@code{org-export-with-special-strings}).
-@item ::
+@item @code{:}
@vindex org-export-with-fixed-width
-Toggle fixed-width sections
-(@code{org-export-with-fixed-width}).
+Toggle fixed-width sections (@code{org-export-with-fixed-width}).
-@item <:
+@item @code{<}
@vindex org-export-with-timestamps
Toggle inclusion of time/date active/inactive stamps
(@code{org-export-with-timestamps}).
-@item \n:
+@item @code{\n}
@vindex org-export-preserve-breaks
-Toggles whether to preserve line breaks (@code{org-export-preserve-breaks}).
+Toggles whether to preserve line breaks
+(@code{org-export-preserve-breaks}).
-@item ^:
+@item @code{^}
@vindex org-export-with-sub-superscripts
-Toggle @TeX{}-like syntax for sub- and superscripts. If you write "^:@{@}",
-@samp{a_@{b@}} will be interpreted, but the simple @samp{a_b} will be left as
+Toggle @TeX{}-like syntax for sub- and superscripts. If you write
+@samp{^:@{@}}, @samp{a_@{b@}} is interpreted, but the simple @samp{a_b} is left as
it is (@code{org-export-with-sub-superscripts}).
-@item arch:
+@item @code{arch}
@vindex org-export-with-archived-trees
-Configure how archived trees are exported. When set to @code{headline}, the
-export process skips the contents and processes only the headlines
-(@code{org-export-with-archived-trees}).
+Configure how archived trees are exported. When set to
+@code{headline}, the export process skips the contents and processes
+only the headlines (@code{org-export-with-archived-trees}).
-@item author:
+@item @code{author}
@vindex org-export-with-author
Toggle inclusion of author name into exported file
(@code{org-export-with-author}).
-@item broken-links:
+@item @code{broken-links}
@vindex org-export-with-broken-links
-Toggles if Org should continue exporting upon finding a broken internal link.
-When set to @code{mark}, Org clearly marks the problem link in the output
-(@code{org-export-with-broken-links}).
+Toggles if Org should continue exporting upon finding a broken
+internal link. When set to @code{mark}, Org clearly marks the problem
+link in the output (@code{org-export-with-broken-links}).
-@item c:
+@item @code{c}
@vindex org-export-with-clocks
Toggle inclusion of CLOCK keywords (@code{org-export-with-clocks}).
-@item creator:
+@item @code{creator}
@vindex org-export-with-creator
Toggle inclusion of creator information in the exported file
(@code{org-export-with-creator}).
-@item d:
+@item @code{d}
@vindex org-export-with-drawers
-Toggles inclusion of drawers, or list of drawers to include, or list of
-drawers to exclude (@code{org-export-with-drawers}).
+Toggles inclusion of drawers, or list of drawers to include, or
+list of drawers to exclude (@code{org-export-with-drawers}).
-@item date:
+@item @code{date}
@vindex org-export-with-date
-Toggle inclusion of a date into exported file (@code{org-export-with-date}).
+Toggle inclusion of a date into exported file
+(@code{org-export-with-date}).
-@item e:
+@item @code{e}
@vindex org-export-with-entities
Toggle inclusion of entities (@code{org-export-with-entities}).
-@item email:
+@item @code{email}
@vindex org-export-with-email
Toggle inclusion of the author's e-mail into exported file
(@code{org-export-with-email}).
-@item f:
+@item @code{f}
@vindex org-export-with-footnotes
Toggle the inclusion of footnotes (@code{org-export-with-footnotes}).
-@item H:
+@item @code{H}
@vindex org-export-headline-levels
Set the number of headline levels for export
-(@code{org-export-headline-levels}). Below that level, headlines are treated
-differently. In most back-ends, they become list items.
+(@code{org-export-headline-levels}). Below that level, headlines are
+treated differently. In most back-ends, they become list items.
-@item inline:
+@item @code{inline}
@vindex org-export-with-inlinetasks
Toggle inclusion of inlinetasks (@code{org-export-with-inlinetasks}).
-@item num:
+@item @code{num}
@vindex org-export-with-section-numbers
-@cindex property, @code{UNNUMBERED}
-Toggle section-numbers (@code{org-export-with-section-numbers}). When set to
-number @samp{n}, Org numbers only those headlines at level @samp{n} or above.
-Setting @code{UNNUMBERED} property to non-@code{nil} disables numbering of
-the heading. Since subheadings inherit from this property, it affects their
-numbering, too. Moreover, when the value is @samp{notoc}, the unnumbered
-headline does not appear in the table of contents either (@pxref{Table of
-contents}).
-
-@item p:
+@cindex @samp{UNNUMBERED}, property
+Toggle section-numbers (@code{org-export-with-section-numbers}). When
+set to number N, Org numbers only those headlines at level N or
+above. Set @samp{UNNUMBERED} property to non-@code{nil} to disable
+numbering of heading and subheadings entirely. Moreover, when
+the value is @samp{notoc} the headline, and all its children, do not
+appear in the table of contents either (see @ref{Table of Contents}).
+
+@item @code{p}
@vindex org-export-with-planning
-Toggle export of planning information (@code{org-export-with-planning}).
-``Planning information'' comes from lines located right after the headline
-and contain any combination of these cookies: @code{SCHEDULED:},
-@code{DEADLINE:}, or @code{CLOSED:}.
+Toggle export of planning information
+(@code{org-export-with-planning}). ``Planning information'' comes from
+lines located right after the headline and contain any
+combination of these cookies: @samp{SCHEDULED}, @samp{DEADLINE}, or
+@samp{CLOSED}.
-@item pri:
+@item @code{pri}
@vindex org-export-with-priority
-Toggle inclusion of priority cookies (@code{org-export-with-priority}).
+Toggle inclusion of priority cookies
+(@code{org-export-with-priority}).
-@item prop:
+@item @code{prop}
@vindex org-export-with-properties
-Toggle inclusion of property drawers, or list the properties to include
-(@code{org-export-with-properties}).
+Toggle inclusion of property drawers, or list the properties to
+include (@code{org-export-with-properties}).
-@item stat:
+@item @code{stat}
@vindex org-export-with-statistics-cookies
Toggle inclusion of statistics cookies
(@code{org-export-with-statistics-cookies}).
-@item tags:
+@item @code{tags}
@vindex org-export-with-tags
Toggle inclusion of tags, may also be @code{not-in-toc}
(@code{org-export-with-tags}).
-@item tasks:
+@item @code{tasks}
@vindex org-export-with-tasks
-Toggle inclusion of tasks (TODO items); or @code{nil} to remove all tasks; or
-@code{todo} to remove DONE tasks; or list the keywords to keep
-(@code{org-export-with-tasks}).
+Toggle inclusion of tasks (TODO items); or @code{nil} to remove all
+tasks; or @code{todo} to remove DONE tasks; or list the keywords to
+keep (@code{org-export-with-tasks}).
-@item tex:
+@item @code{tex}
@vindex org-export-with-latex
-@code{nil} does not export; @code{t} exports; @code{verbatim} keeps
-everything in verbatim (@code{org-export-with-latex}).
+@code{nil} does not export; @code{t} exports; @code{verbatim} keeps everything
+in verbatim (@code{org-export-with-latex}).
-@item timestamp:
+@item @code{timestamp}
@vindex org-export-time-stamp-file
Toggle inclusion of the creation time in the exported file
(@code{org-export-time-stamp-file}).
-@item title:
+@item @code{title}
@vindex org-export-with-title
Toggle inclusion of title (@code{org-export-with-title}).
-@item toc:
+@item @code{toc}
@vindex org-export-with-toc
Toggle inclusion of the table of contents, or set the level limit
(@code{org-export-with-toc}).
-@item todo:
+@item @code{todo}
@vindex org-export-with-todo-keywords
Toggle inclusion of TODO keywords into exported text
(@code{org-export-with-todo-keywords}).
-@item |:
+@item @code{|}
@vindex org-export-with-tables
Toggle inclusion of tables (@code{org-export-with-tables}).
-
@end table
-When exporting sub-trees, special node properties in them can override the
-above keywords. They are special because they have an @samp{EXPORT_} prefix.
-For example, @samp{DATE} and @samp{EXPORT_FILE_NAME} keywords become,
+When exporting sub-trees, special node properties in them can override
+the above keywords. They are special because they have an @samp{EXPORT_}
+prefix. For example, @samp{DATE} and @samp{EXPORT_FILE_NAME} keywords become,
respectively, @samp{EXPORT_DATE} and @samp{EXPORT_FILE_NAME}. Except for
@samp{SETUPFILE}, all other keywords listed above have an @samp{EXPORT_}
equivalent.
-@cindex @code{#+BIND}
+@cindex @samp{BIND}, keyword
@vindex org-export-allow-bind-keywords
-If @code{org-export-allow-bind-keywords} is non-@code{nil}, Emacs variables
-can become buffer-local during export by using the BIND keyword. Its syntax
-is @samp{#+BIND: variable value}. This is particularly useful for in-buffer
-settings that cannot be changed using keywords.
+If @code{org-export-allow-bind-keywords} is non-@code{nil}, Emacs variables can
+become buffer-local during export by using the @samp{BIND} keyword. Its
+syntax is @samp{#+BIND: variable value}. This is particularly useful for
+in-buffer settings that cannot be changed using keywords.
+
+@node Table of Contents
+@section Table of Contents
-@node Table of contents
-@section Table of contents
@cindex table of contents
@cindex list of tables
@cindex list of listings
-@cindex @code{toc} in OPTIONS keyword
+@cindex @samp{toc}, in @samp{OPTIONS} keyword
@vindex org-export-with-toc
-The table of contents includes all headlines in the document. Its depth is
-therefore the same as the headline levels in the file. If you need to use
-a different depth, or turn it off entirely, set the
-@code{org-export-with-toc} variable accordingly. You can achieve the same on
-a per file basis, using the following @samp{toc} item in @samp{#+OPTIONS}
+The table of contents includes all headlines in the document. Its
+depth is therefore the same as the headline levels in the file. If
+you need to use a different depth, or turn it off entirely, set the
+@code{org-export-with-toc} variable accordingly. You can achieve the same
+on a per file basis, using the following @samp{toc} item in @samp{OPTIONS}
keyword:
@example
-#+OPTIONS: toc:2 @r{only include two levels in TOC}
-#+OPTIONS: toc:nil @r{no default TOC at all}
+#+OPTIONS: toc:2 (only include two levels in TOC)
+#+OPTIONS: toc:nil (no default TOC at all)
@end example
@cindex excluding entries from table of contents
@@ -10934,9 +12221,9 @@ keyword:
Org includes both numbered and unnumbered headlines in the table of
contents@footnote{At the moment, some export back-ends do not obey this
specification. For example, @LaTeX{} export excludes every unnumbered
-headline from the table of contents.}. If you need to exclude an unnumbered
-headline, along with all its children, set the @samp{UNNUMBERED} property to
-@samp{notoc} value.
+headline from the table of contents.}. If you need to exclude an unnumbered headline,
+along with all its children, set the @samp{UNNUMBERED} property to @samp{notoc}
+value.
@example
* Subtree not numbered, not in table of contents either
@@ -10945,214 +12232,224 @@ headline, along with all its children, set the @samp{UNNUMBERED} property to
:END:
@end example
-@cindex #+TOC
-Org normally inserts the table of contents directly before the first headline
-of the file. To move the table of contents to a different location, first
-turn off the default with @code{org-export-with-toc} variable or with
-@code{#+OPTIONS: toc:nil}. Then insert @code{#+TOC: headlines N} at the
-desired location(s).
+@cindex @samp{TOC}, keyword
+Org normally inserts the table of contents directly before the first
+headline of the file. To move the table of contents to a different
+location, first turn off the default with @code{org-export-with-toc}
+variable or with @samp{#+OPTIONS: toc:nil}. Then insert @samp{#+TOC: headlines
+N} at the desired location(s).
@example
-#+OPTIONS: toc:nil @r{no default TOC}
+#+OPTIONS: toc:nil
...
-#+TOC: headlines 2 @r{insert TOC here, with two headline levels}
+#+TOC: headlines 2
@end example
-To adjust the TOC depth for a specific section of the Org document, append an
-additional @samp{local} parameter. This parameter becomes a relative depth
-for the current level.
-
-Note that for this feature to work properly in @LaTeX{} export, the Org file
-requires the inclusion of the @code{titletoc} package. Because of
-compatibility issues, @code{titletoc} has to be loaded @emph{before}
-@code{hyperref}. Customize the @code{org-latex-default-packages-alist}
-variable.
+To adjust the table of contents depth for a specific section of the
+Org document, append an additional @samp{local} parameter. This parameter
+becomes a relative depth for the current level. The following example
+inserts a local table of contents, with direct children only.
@example
* Section
-#+TOC: headlines 1 local @r{insert local TOC, with direct children only}
+#+TOC: headlines 1 local
@end example
-Use the @code{TOC} keyword to generate list of tables (resp.@: all listings)
-with captions.
+Note that for this feature to work properly in @LaTeX{} export, the Org
+file requires the inclusion of the titletoc package. Because of
+compatibility issues, titletoc has to be loaded @emph{before} hyperref.
+Customize the @code{org-latex-default-packages-alist} variable.
+
+Use the @samp{TOC} keyword to generate list of tables---respectively, all
+listings---with captions.
@example
-#+TOC: listings @r{build a list of listings}
-#+TOC: tables @r{build a list of tables}
+#+TOC: listings
+#+TOC: tables
@end example
-@cindex property, @code{ALT_TITLE}
-Normally Org uses the headline for its entry in the table of contents. But
-with @code{ALT_TITLE} property, a different entry can be specified for the
-table of contents.
+@cindex @samp{ALT_TITLE}, property
+Normally Org uses the headline for its entry in the table of contents.
+But with @samp{ALT_TITLE} property, a different entry can be specified for
+the table of contents.
+
+@node Include Files
+@section Include Files
-@node Include files
-@section Include files
@cindex include files, during export
-Include other files during export. For example, to include your @file{.emacs}
-file, you could use:
-@cindex @code{#+INCLUDE}
+@cindex Export, include files
+@cindex @samp{INCLUDE}, keyword
+
+During export, you can include the content of another file. For
+example, to include your @samp{.emacs} file, you could use:
@example
#+INCLUDE: "~/.emacs" src emacs-lisp
@end example
@noindent
-The first parameter is the file name to include. The optional second
-parameter specifies the block type: @samp{example}, @samp{export} or
-@samp{src}. The optional third parameter specifies the source code language
-to use for formatting the contents. This is relevant to both @samp{export}
-and @samp{src} block types.
-
-If an include file is specified as having a markup language, Org neither
-checks for valid syntax nor changes the contents in any way. For
-@samp{example} and @samp{src} blocks, Org code-escapes the contents before
-inclusion.
-
-If an include file is not specified as having any markup language, Org
-assumes it be in Org format and proceeds as usual with a few exceptions. Org
-makes the footnote labels (@pxref{Footnotes}) in the included file local to
-that file. The contents of the included file will belong to the same
-structure---headline, item---containing the @code{INCLUDE} keyword. In
-particular, headlines within the file will become children of the current
-section. That behavior can be changed by providing an additional keyword
-parameter, @code{:minlevel}. It shifts the headlines in the included file to
-become the lowest level. For example, this syntax makes the included file
-a sibling of the current top-level headline:
+The optional second and third parameter are the markup (e.g., @samp{quote},
+@samp{example}, or @samp{src}), and, if the markup is @samp{src}, the language for
+formatting the contents. The markup is optional; if it is not given,
+assume text is in Org syntax and process it normally. The @samp{INCLUDE}
+keyword also allows additional parameters @samp{:prefix1} and @samp{:prefix} to
+specify prefixes for the first line and for each following line,
+@samp{:minlevel} in order to get Org mode content demoted to a specified
+level, as well as any options accepted by the selected markup. For
+example, to include a file as an item, use:
@example
-#+INCLUDE: "~/my-book/chapter2.org" :minlevel 1
+#+INCLUDE: "~/snippets/xx" :prefix1 " + " :prefix " "
@end example
-Inclusion of only portions of files are specified using ranges parameter with
-@code{:lines} keyword. The line at the upper end of the range will not be
-included. The start and/or the end of the range may be omitted to use the
-obvious defaults.
+You can also include a portion of a file by specifying a lines range
+using the @samp{:lines} parameter. The line at the upper end of the range
+is not included. The start and/or the end of the range may be omitted
+to use the obvious defaults.
-@example
-#+INCLUDE: "~/.emacs" :lines "5-10" @r{Include lines 5 to 10, 10 excluded}
-#+INCLUDE: "~/.emacs" :lines "-10" @r{Include lines 1 to 10, 10 excluded}
-#+INCLUDE: "~/.emacs" :lines "10-" @r{Include lines from 10 to EOF}
-@end example
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{#+INCLUDE: "~/.emacs" :lines "5-10"}
+Include lines 5 to 10, 10 excluded.
-Inclusions may specify a file-link to extract an object matched by
-@code{org-link-search}@footnote{Note that
-@code{org-link-search-must-match-exact-headline} is locally bound to
-non-@code{nil}. Therefore, @code{org-link-search} only matches headlines and
-named elements.} (@pxref{Search options}).
+@item @samp{#+INCLUDE: "~/.emacs" :lines "-10"}
+Include lines 1 to 10, 10 excluded.
-To extract only the contents of the matched object, set @code{:only-contents}
-property to non-@code{nil}. This will omit any planning lines or property
-drawers. The ranges for @code{:lines} keyword are relative to the requested
-element. Some examples:
+@item @samp{#+INCLUDE: "~/.emacs" :lines "10-"}
+Include lines from 10 to EOF.
+@end table
-@example
-#+INCLUDE: "./paper.org::#theory" :only-contents t
- @r{Include the body of the heading with the custom id @samp{theory}}
-#+INCLUDE: "./paper.org::mytable" @r{Include named element.}
-#+INCLUDE: "./paper.org::*conclusion" :lines 1-20
- @r{Include the first 20 lines of the headline named @samp{conclusion}.}
-@end example
+You can visit the file being included with the following command.
-@table @kbd
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c '} (@code{org-edit~special})
@kindex C-c '
-@item C-c '
+@findex org-edit-special
+
Visit the include file at point.
@end table
-@node Macro replacement
-@section Macro replacement
+@node Macro Replacement
+@section Macro Replacement
+
@cindex macro replacement, during export
-@cindex @code{#+MACRO}
+@cindex @samp{MACRO}, keyword
@vindex org-export-global-macros
-Macros replace text snippets during export. Macros are defined globally in
-@code{org-export-global-macros}, or document-wise with the following syntax:
+Macros replace text snippets during export. Macros are defined
+globally in @code{org-export-global-macros}, or document-wise with the
+following syntax:
+
+@example
+#+MACRO: name replacement text; $1, $2 are arguments
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+which can be referenced using @samp{@{@{@{name(arg1, arg2)@}@}@}}@footnote{Since commas separate the arguments, commas within arguments
+have to be escaped with the backslash character. So only those
+backslash characters before a comma need escaping with another
+backslash character.}. For
+example
+
+@example
+#+MACRO: poem The rose is $1, The violet's $2. Life's ordered: Org assists you.
+@{@{@{poem(red,blue)@}@}@}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+becomes
@example
-#+MACRO: name replacement text $1, $2 are arguments
+The rose is red, The violet's blue. Life's ordered: Org assists you.
@end example
-@noindent which can be referenced using
-@code{@{@{@{name(arg1, arg2)@}@}@}}@footnote{Since commas separate the
-arguments, commas within arguments have to be escaped with the backslash
-character. So only those backslash characters before a comma need escaping
-with another backslash character.}.
+As a special case, Org parses any replacement text starting with
+@samp{(eval} as an Emacs Lisp expression and evaluates it accordingly.
+Within such templates, arguments become strings. Thus, the following
+macro
+
+@example
+#+MACRO: gnucheck (eval (concat "GNU/" (capitalize $1)))
+@end example
-Org recognizes macro references in following Org markup areas: paragraphs,
-headlines, verse blocks, tables cells and lists. Org also recognizes macro
-references in keywords, such as @code{#+CAPTION}, @code{#+TITLE},
-@code{#+AUTHOR}, @code{#+DATE}, and for some back-end specific export
-options.
+@noindent
+turns @samp{@{@{@{gnucheck(linux)@}@}@}} into @samp{GNU/Linux} during export.
+
+Org recognizes macro references in following Org markup areas:
+paragraphs, headlines, verse blocks, tables cells and lists. Org also
+recognizes macro references in keywords, such as @samp{CAPTION}, @samp{TITLE},
+@samp{AUTHOR}, @samp{DATE}, and for some back-end specific export options.
Org comes with following pre-defined macros:
-@table @code
-@item @{@{@{keyword(@var{NAME})@}@}@}
-@itemx @{@{@{title@}@}@}
-@itemx @{@{@{author@}@}@}
-@itemx @{@{@{email@}@}@}
-@cindex keyword, macro
-@cindex title, macro
-@cindex author, macro
-@cindex email, macro
-The @samp{keyword} macro collects all values from @var{NAME} keywords
-throughout the buffer, separated with white space. @samp{title},
-@samp{author} and @samp{email} macros are shortcuts for, respectively,
-@samp{@{@{@{keyword(TITLE)@}@}@}}, @samp{@{@{@{keyword(AUTHOR)@}@}@}} and
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{@{@{@{keyword(NAME)@}@}@}}
+@itemx @samp{@{@{@{title@}@}@}}
+@itemx @samp{@{@{@{author@}@}@}}
+@itemx @samp{@{@{@{email@}@}@}}
+@cindex @samp{keyword}, macro
+@cindex @samp{title}, macro
+@cindex @samp{author}, macro
+@cindex @samp{email}, macro
+The @samp{keyword} macro collects all values from @var{NAME}
+keywords throughout the buffer, separated with white space.
+@samp{title}, @samp{author} and @samp{email} macros are shortcuts for,
+respectively, @samp{@{@{@{keyword(TITLE)@}@}@}}, @samp{@{@{@{keyword(AUTHOR)@}@}@}} and
@samp{@{@{@{keyword(EMAIL)@}@}@}}.
-@item @{@{@{date@}@}@}
-@itemx @{@{@{date(@var{FORMAT})@}@}@}
-@cindex date, macro
-This macro refers to the @code{#+DATE} keyword. @var{FORMAT} is an optional
-argument to the @code{@{@{@{date@}@}@}} macro that will be used only if
-@code{#+DATE} is a single timestamp. @var{FORMAT} should be a format string
-understood by @code{format-time-string}.
-
-@item @{@{@{time(@var{FORMAT})@}@}@}
-@itemx @{@{@{modification-time(@var{FORMAT}, @var{VC})@}@}@}
-@cindex time, macro
-@cindex modification time, macro
-These macros refer to the document's date and time of export and date and
-time of modification. @var{FORMAT} is a string understood by
-@code{format-time-string}. If the second argument to the
-@code{modification-time} macro is non-@code{nil}, Org uses @file{vc.el} to
-retrieve the document's modification time from the version control
-system. Otherwise Org reads the file attributes.
-
-@item @{@{@{input-file@}@}@}
-@cindex input file, macro
+@item @samp{@{@{@{date@}@}@}}
+@itemx @samp{@{@{@{date(FORMAT)@}@}@}}
+@cindex @samp{date}, macro
+This macro refers to the @samp{DATE} keyword. @var{FORMAT} is an
+optional argument to the @samp{date} macro that is used only if @samp{DATE}
+is a single timestamp. @var{FORMAT} should be a format
+string understood by @code{format-time-string}.
+
+@item @samp{@{@{@{time(FORMAT)@}@}@}}
+@itemx @samp{@{@{@{modification-time(FORMAT, VC)@}@}@}}
+@cindex @samp{time}, macro
+@cindex @samp{modification-time}, macro
+These macros refer to the document's date and time of export and
+date and time of modification. @var{FORMAT} is a string
+understood by @code{format-time-string}. If the second argument to
+the @code{modification-time} macro is non-@code{nil}, Org uses @samp{vc.el} to
+retrieve the document's modification time from the version
+control system. Otherwise Org reads the file attributes.
+
+@item @samp{@{@{@{input-file@}@}@}}
+@cindex @samp{input-file}, macro
This macro refers to the filename of the exported file.
-@item @{@{@{property(@var{PROPERTY-NAME})@}@}@}
-@itemx @{@{@{property(@var{PROPERTY-NAME},@var{SEARCH-OPTION})@}@}@}
-@cindex property, macro
-This macro returns the value of property @var{PROPERTY-NAME} in the current
-entry. If @var{SEARCH-OPTION} (@pxref{Search options}) refers to a remote
-entry, that will be used instead.
-
-@item @{@{@{n@}@}@}
-@itemx @{@{@{n(@var{NAME})@}@}@}
-@itemx @{@{@{n(@var{NAME},@var{ACTION})@}@}@}
-@cindex n, macro
+@item @samp{@{@{@{property(PROPERTY-NAME)@}@}@}}
+@itemx @samp{@{@{@{property(PROPERTY-NAME, SEARCH OPTION)@}@}@}}
+@cindex @samp{property}, macro
+This macro returns the value of property @var{PROPERTY-NAME}
+in the current entry. If @var{SEARCH-OPTION} (see @ref{Search Options}) refers to a remote entry, use it instead.
+
+@item @samp{@{@{@{n@}@}@}}
+@itemx @samp{@{@{@{n(NAME)@}@}@}}
+@itemx @samp{@{@{@{n(NAME, ACTION)@}@}@}}
+@cindex @samp{n}, macro
@cindex counter, macro
-This macro implements custom counters by returning the number of times the
-macro has been expanded so far while exporting the buffer. You can create
-more than one counter using different @var{NAME} values. If @var{ACTION} is
-@code{-}, previous value of the counter is held, i.e. the specified counter
-is not incremented. If the value is a number, the specified counter is set
-to that value. If it is any other non-empty string, the specified counter is
-reset to 1. You may leave @var{NAME} empty to reset the default counter.
+This macro implements custom counters by returning the number of
+times the macro has been expanded so far while exporting the
+buffer. You can create more than one counter using different
+@var{NAME} values. If @var{ACTION} is @samp{-}, previous
+value of the counter is held, i.e., the specified counter is not
+incremented. If the value is a number, the specified counter is
+set to that value. If it is any other non-empty string, the
+specified counter is reset to 1. You may leave @var{NAME}
+empty to reset the default counter.
@end table
+@vindex org-hide-macro-markers
The surrounding brackets can be made invisible by setting
@code{org-hide-macro-markers} non-@code{nil}.
Org expands macros at the very beginning of the export process.
-@node Comment lines
-@section Comment lines
+@node Comment Lines
+@section Comment Lines
+
@cindex exporting, not
@cindex comment lines
@@ -11160,83 +12457,110 @@ Lines starting with zero or more whitespace characters followed by one
@samp{#} and a whitespace are treated as comments and, as such, are not
exported.
-@cindex @code{#+BEGIN_COMMENT}
-Likewise, regions surrounded by @code{#+BEGIN_COMMENT}
-... @code{#+END_COMMENT} are not exported.
+@cindex @samp{BEGIN_COMMENT}
+@cindex comment block
+Likewise, regions surrounded by @samp{#+BEGIN_COMMENT} @dots{} @samp{#+END_COMMENT}
+are not exported.
@cindex comment trees
-Finally, a @samp{COMMENT} keyword at the beginning of an entry, but after any
-other keyword or priority cookie, comments out the entire subtree. In this
-case, the subtree is not exported and no code block within it is executed
-either@footnote{For a less drastic behavior, consider using a select tag
-(@pxref{Export settings}) instead.}. The command below helps changing the
+Finally, a @samp{COMMENT} keyword at the beginning of an entry, but after
+any other keyword or priority cookie, comments out the entire subtree.
+In this case, the subtree is not exported and no code block within it
+is executed either@footnote{For a less drastic behavior, consider using a select tag (see
+@ref{Export Settings}) instead.}. The command below helps changing the
comment status of a headline.
-@table @kbd
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c ;} (@code{org-toggle-comment})
@kindex C-c ;
-@item C-c ;
+@findex org-toggle-comment
+
Toggle the @samp{COMMENT} keyword at the beginning of an entry.
@end table
@node ASCII/Latin-1/UTF-8 export
@section ASCII/Latin-1/UTF-8 export
+
@cindex ASCII export
@cindex Latin-1 export
@cindex UTF-8 export
-ASCII export produces an output file containing only plain ASCII characters.
-This is the most simplest and direct text output. It does not contain any
-Org markup either. Latin-1 and UTF-8 export use additional characters and
-symbols available in these encoding standards. All three of these export
-formats offer the most basic of text output for maximum portability.
+ASCII export produces an output file containing only plain ASCII
+characters. This is the simplest and most direct text output. It
+does not contain any Org markup. Latin-1 and UTF-8 export use
+additional characters and symbols available in these encoding
+standards. All three of these export formats offer the most basic of
+text output for maximum portability.
@vindex org-ascii-text-width
-On export, Org fills and justifies text according to the text width set in
-@code{org-ascii-text-width}.
+On export, Org fills and justifies text according to the text width
+set in @code{org-ascii-text-width}.
@vindex org-ascii-links-to-notes
-Org exports links using a footnote-like style where the descriptive part is
-in the text and the link is in a note before the next heading. See the
-variable @code{org-ascii-links-to-notes} for details.
+Org exports links using a footnote-like style where the descriptive
+part is in the text and the link is in a note before the next heading.
+See the variable @code{org-ascii-links-to-notes} for details.
+@anchor{ASCII export commands}
@subheading ASCII export commands
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c C-e t a/l/u,org-ascii-export-to-ascii}
-Export as an ASCII file with a @file{.txt} extension. For @file{myfile.org},
-Org exports to @file{myfile.txt}, overwriting without warning. For
-@file{myfile.txt}, Org exports to @file{myfile.txt.txt} in order to prevent
-data loss.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-e t A/L/U,org-ascii-export-as-ascii}
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e t a} (@code{org-ascii-export-to-ascii})
+@itemx @kbd{C-c C-e t l}
+@itemx @kbd{C-c C-e t u}
+@kindex C-c C-e t a
+@kindex C-c C-e t l
+@kindex C-c C-e t u
+@findex org-ascii-export-to-ascii
+
+Export as an ASCII file with a @samp{.txt} extension. For
+@samp{myfile.org}, Org exports to @samp{myfile.txt}, overwriting without
+warning. For @samp{myfile.txt}, Org exports to @samp{myfile.txt.txt} in
+order to prevent data loss.
+@end table
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e t A} (@code{org-ascii-export-to-ascii})
+@itemx @kbd{C-c C-e t L}
+@itemx @kbd{C-c C-e t U}
+@kindex C-c C-e t A
+@kindex C-c C-e t L
+@kindex C-c C-e t U
+@findex org-ascii-export-to-ascii
+
Export to a temporary buffer. Does not create a file.
@end table
+@anchor{ASCII specific export settings}
@subheading ASCII specific export settings
-The ASCII export back-end has one extra keyword for customizing ASCII output.
-Setting this keyword works similar to the general options (@pxref{Export
-settings}).
-
-@table @samp
-@item SUBTITLE
-@cindex @code{#+SUBTITLE} (ASCII)
-The document subtitle. For long subtitles, use multiple @code{#+SUBTITLE}
-lines in the Org file. Org prints them on one continuous line, wrapping into
-multiple lines if necessary.
+
+The ASCII export back-end has one extra keyword for customizing ASCII
+output. Setting this keyword works similar to the general options
+(see @ref{Export Settings}).
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{SUBTITLE}
+@cindex @samp{SUBTITLE}, keyword
+The document subtitle. For long subtitles, use multiple
+@samp{#+SUBTITLE} lines in the Org file. Org prints them on one
+continuous line, wrapping into multiple lines if necessary.
@end table
+@anchor{Header and sectioning structure}
@subheading Header and sectioning structure
-Org converts the first three outline levels into headlines for ASCII export.
-The remaining levels are turned into lists. To change this cut-off point
-where levels become lists, @pxref{Export settings}.
+Org converts the first three outline levels into headlines for ASCII
+export. The remaining levels are turned into lists. To change this
+cut-off point where levels become lists, see @ref{Export Settings}.
+@anchor{Quoting ASCII text}
@subheading Quoting ASCII text
To insert text within the Org file by the ASCII back-end, use one the
following constructs, inline, keyword, or export block:
-@cindex @code{#+ASCII}
-@cindex @code{#+BEGIN_EXPORT ascii}
+@cindex @samp{ASCII}, keyword
+@cindex @samp{BEGIN_EXPORT ascii}
@example
Inline text @@@@ascii:and additional text@@@@ within a paragraph.
@@ -11247,25 +12571,29 @@ Org exports text in this block only when using ASCII back-end.
#+END_EXPORT
@end example
+@anchor{ASCII specific attributes}
@subheading ASCII specific attributes
-@cindex @code{#+ATTR_ASCII}
+
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_ASCII}, keyword
@cindex horizontal rules, in ASCII export
-ASCII back-end recognizes only one attribute, @code{:width}, which specifies
-the width of an horizontal rule in number of characters. The keyword and
-syntax for specifying widths is:
+ASCII back-end recognizes only one attribute, @code{:width}, which
+specifies the width of an horizontal rule in number of characters.
+The keyword and syntax for specifying widths is:
@example
#+ATTR_ASCII: :width 10
-----
@end example
+@anchor{ASCII special blocks}
@subheading ASCII special blocks
+
@cindex special blocks, in ASCII export
-@cindex @code{#+BEGIN_JUSTIFYLEFT}
-@cindex @code{#+BEGIN_JUSTIFYRIGHT}
+@cindex @samp{BEGIN_JUSTIFYLEFT}
+@cindex @samp{BEGIN_JUSTIFYRIGHT}
-Besides @code{#+BEGIN_CENTER} blocks (@pxref{Paragraphs}), ASCII back-end has
+Besides @samp{#+BEGIN_CENTER} blocks (see @ref{Paragraphs}), ASCII back-end has
these two left and right justification blocks:
@example
@@ -11278,178 +12606,198 @@ It's just a jump to the left...
#+END_JUSTIFYRIGHT
@end example
-@node Beamer export
-@section Beamer export
+@node Beamer Export
+@section Beamer Export
+
@cindex Beamer export
-Org uses @emph{Beamer} export to convert an Org file tree structure into a
-high-quality interactive slides for presentations. @emph{Beamer} is a
-@LaTeX{} document class for creating presentations in PDF, HTML, and other
+Org uses Beamer export to convert an Org file tree structure into
+high-quality interactive slides for presentations. Beamer is a @LaTeX{}
+document class for creating presentations in PDF, HTML, and other
popular display formats.
@menu
-* Beamer export commands:: For creating Beamer documents.
-* Beamer specific export settings:: For customizing Beamer export.
-* Sectioning Frames and Blocks in Beamer:: For composing Beamer slides.
-* Beamer specific syntax:: For using in Org documents.
-* Editing support:: For using helper functions.
-* A Beamer example:: A complete presentation.
+* Beamer export commands:: For creating Beamer documents.
+* Beamer specific export settings:: For customizing Beamer export.
+* Frames and Blocks in Beamer:: For composing Beamer slides.
+* Beamer specific syntax:: For using in Org documents.
+* Editing support:: Editing support.
+* A Beamer example:: A complete presentation.
@end menu
@node Beamer export commands
@subsection Beamer export commands
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c C-e l b,org-beamer-export-to-latex}
-Export as @LaTeX{} file with a @file{.tex} extension. For @file{myfile.org},
-Org exports to @file{myfile.tex}, overwriting without warning.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-e l B,org-beamer-export-as-latex}
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e l b} (@code{org-beamer-export-to-latex})
+@kindex C-c C-e l b
+@findex org-beamer-export-to-latex
+
+Export as @LaTeX{} file with a @samp{.tex} extension. For @samp{myfile.org},
+Org exports to @samp{myfile.tex}, overwriting without warning.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e l B} (@code{org-beamer-export-as-latex})
+@kindex C-c C-e l B
+@findex org-beamer-export-as-latex
+
Export to a temporary buffer. Does not create a file.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-e l P,org-beamer-export-to-pdf}
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e l P} (@code{org-beamer-export-to-pdf})
+@kindex C-c C-e l P
+@findex org-beamer-export-to-pdf
+
Export as @LaTeX{} file and then convert it to PDF format.
-@item C-c C-e l O
-Export as @LaTeX{} file, convert it to PDF format, and then open the PDF
-file.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e l O}
+@kindex C-c C-e l O
+
+Export as @LaTeX{} file, convert it to PDF format, and then open the
+PDF file.
@end table
@node Beamer specific export settings
@subsection Beamer specific export settings
-Beamer export back-end has several additional keywords for customizing Beamer
-output. These keywords work similar to the general options settings
-(@pxref{Export settings}).
+Beamer export back-end has several additional keywords for customizing
+Beamer output. These keywords work similar to the general options
+settings (see @ref{Export Settings}).
-@table @samp
-@item BEAMER_THEME
-@cindex @code{#+BEAMER_THEME}
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{BEAMER_THEME}
+@cindex @samp{BEAMER_THEME}, keyword
@vindex org-beamer-theme
-The Beamer layout theme (@code{org-beamer-theme}). Use square brackets for
-options. For example:
-@smallexample
+The Beamer layout theme (@code{org-beamer-theme}). Use square
+brackets for options. For example:
+
+@example
#+BEAMER_THEME: Rochester [height=20pt]
-@end smallexample
+@end example
-@item BEAMER_FONT_THEME
-@cindex @code{#+BEAMER_FONT_THEME}
+@item @samp{BEAMER_FONT_THEME}
+@cindex @samp{BEAMER_FONT_THEME}, keyword
The Beamer font theme.
-@item BEAMER_INNER_THEME
-@cindex @code{#+BEAMER_INNER_THEME}
+@item @samp{BEAMER_INNER_THEME}
+@cindex @samp{BEAMER_INNER_THEME}, keyword
The Beamer inner theme.
-@item BEAMER_OUTER_THEME
-@cindex @code{#+BEAMER_OUTER_THEME}
+@item @samp{BEAMER_OUTER_THEME}
+@cindex @samp{BEAMER_OUTER_THEME}, keyword
The Beamer outer theme.
-@item BEAMER_HEADER
-@cindex @code{#+BEAMER_HEADER}
-Arbitrary lines inserted in the preamble, just before the @samp{hyperref}
-settings.
+@item @samp{BEAMER_HEADER}
+@cindex @samp{BEAMER_HEADER}, keyword
+Arbitrary lines inserted in the preamble, just before the
+@samp{hyperref} settings.
-@item DESCRIPTION
-@cindex @code{#+DESCRIPTION} (Beamer)
+@item @samp{DESCRIPTION}
+@cindex @samp{DESCRIPTION}, keyword
The document description. For long descriptions, use multiple
-@code{#+DESCRIPTION} keywords. By default, @samp{hyperref} inserts
-@code{#+DESCRIPTION} as metadata. Use @code{org-latex-hyperref-template} to
-configure document metadata. Use @code{org-latex-title-command} to configure
-typesetting of description as part of front matter.
-
-@item KEYWORDS
-@cindex @code{#+KEYWORDS} (Beamer)
-The keywords for defining the contents of the document. Use multiple
-@code{#+KEYWORDS} lines if necessary. By default, @samp{hyperref} inserts
-@code{#+KEYWORDS} as metadata. Use @code{org-latex-hyperref-template} to
-configure document metadata. Use @code{org-latex-title-command} to configure
-typesetting of keywords as part of front matter.
-
-@item SUBTITLE
-@cindex @code{#+SUBTITLE} (Beamer)
-@vindex org-beamer-subtitle-format
-Document's subtitle. For typesetting, use @code{org-beamer-subtitle-format}
-string. Use @code{org-latex-hyperref-template} to configure document
-metadata. Use @code{org-latex-title-command} to configure typesetting of
+@samp{DESCRIPTION} keywords. By default, @samp{hyperref} inserts
+@samp{DESCRIPTION} as metadata. Use @code{org-latex-hyperref-template} to
+configure document metadata. Use @code{org-latex-title-command} to
+configure typesetting of description as part of front matter.
+
+@item @samp{KEYWORDS}
+@cindex @samp{KEYWORDS}, keyword
+The keywords for defining the contents of the document. Use
+multiple @samp{KEYWORDS} lines if necessary. By default, @samp{hyperref}
+inserts @samp{KEYWORDS} as metadata. Use
+@code{org-latex-hyperref-template} to configure document metadata.
+Use @code{org-latex-title-command} to configure typesetting of
+keywords as part of front matter.
+
+@item @samp{SUBTITLE}
+@cindex @samp{SUBTITLE}, keyword
+Document's subtitle. For typesetting, use
+@code{org-beamer-subtitle-format} string. Use
+@code{org-latex-hyperref-template} to configure document metadata.
+Use @code{org-latex-title-command} to configure typesetting of
subtitle as part of front matter.
@end table
-@node Sectioning Frames and Blocks in Beamer
-@subsection Sectioning, Frames and Blocks in Beamer
+@node Frames and Blocks in Beamer
+@subsection Frames and Blocks in Beamer
-Org transforms heading levels into Beamer's sectioning elements, frames and
-blocks. Any Org tree with a not-too-deep-level nesting should in principle
-be exportable as a Beamer presentation.
+Org transforms heading levels into Beamer's sectioning elements,
+frames and blocks. Any Org tree with a not-too-deep-level nesting
+should in principle be exportable as a Beamer presentation.
-@itemize @minus
+@itemize
@item
@vindex org-beamer-frame-level
-Org headlines become Beamer frames when the heading level in Org is equal to
-@code{org-beamer-frame-level} or @code{H} value in an @code{OPTIONS} line
-(@pxref{Export settings}).
-
-@cindex property, @code{BEAMER_ENV}
-Org overrides headlines to frames conversion for the current tree of an Org
-file if it encounters the @code{BEAMER_ENV} property set to @code{frame} or
-@code{fullframe}. Org ignores whatever @code{org-beamer-frame-level} happens
-to be for that headline level in the Org tree. In Beamer terminology, a
-@code{fullframe} is a frame without its title.
+Org headlines become Beamer frames when the heading level in Org is
+equal to @code{org-beamer-frame-level} or @samp{H} value in a @samp{OPTIONS} line
+(see @ref{Export Settings}).
+
+@cindex @samp{BEAMER_ENV}, property
+Org overrides headlines to frames conversion for the current tree of
+an Org file if it encounters the @samp{BEAMER_ENV} property set to
+@samp{frame} or @samp{fullframe}. Org ignores whatever
+@code{org-beamer-frame-level} happens to be for that headline level in
+the Org tree. In Beamer terminology, a full frame is a frame
+without its title.
@item
-@vindex org-beamer-environments-default
-@vindex org-beamer-environments-extra
-Org exports a Beamer frame's objects as @code{block} environments. Org can
-enforce wrapping in special block types when @code{BEAMER_ENV} property is
-set@footnote{If @code{BEAMER_ENV} is set, Org export adds
-@code{:B_environment:} tag to make it visible. The tag serves as a visual
-aid and has no semantic relevance.}. For valid values see
+Org exports a Beamer frame's objects as block environments. Org can
+enforce wrapping in special block types when @samp{BEAMER_ENV} property
+is set@footnote{If @samp{BEAMER_ENV} is set, Org export adds @samp{B_environment} tag
+to make it visible. The tag serves as a visual aid and has no
+semantic relevance.}. For valid values see
@code{org-beamer-environments-default}. To add more values, see
@code{org-beamer-environments-extra}.
+@vindex org-beamer-environments-default
+@vindex org-beamer-environments-extra
@item
-@cindex property, @code{BEAMER_REF}
-If @code{BEAMER_ENV} is set to @code{appendix}, Org exports the entry as an
-appendix. When set to @code{note}, Org exports the entry as a note within
-the frame or between frames, depending on the entry's heading level. When
-set to @code{noteNH}, Org exports the entry as a note without its title.
-When set to @code{againframe}, Org exports the entry with @code{\againframe}
-command, which makes setting the @code{BEAMER_REF} property mandatory because
-@code{\againframe} needs frame to resume.
-
-When @code{ignoreheading} is set, Org export ignores the entry's headline but
-not its content. This is useful for inserting content between frames. It is
-also useful for properly closing a @code{column} environment.
+@cindex @samp{BEAMER_REF}, property
+If @samp{BEAMER_ENV} is set to @samp{appendix}, Org exports the entry as an
+appendix. When set to @samp{note}, Org exports the entry as a note
+within the frame or between frames, depending on the entry's heading
+level. When set to @samp{noteNH}, Org exports the entry as a note
+without its title. When set to @samp{againframe}, Org exports the entry
+with @samp{\againframe} command, which makes setting the @samp{BEAMER_REF}
+property mandatory because @samp{\againframe} needs frame to resume.
+
+When @samp{ignoreheading} is set, Org export ignores the entry's headline
+but not its content. This is useful for inserting content between
+frames. It is also useful for properly closing a @samp{column}
+environment. @@end itemize
+
+@cindex @samp{BEAMER_ACT}, property
+@cindex @samp{BEAMER_OPT}, property
+When @samp{BEAMER_ACT} is set for a headline, Org export translates that
+headline as an overlay or action specification. When enclosed in
+square brackets, Org export makes the overlay specification
+a default. Use @samp{BEAMER_OPT} to set any options applicable to the
+current Beamer frame or block. The Beamer export back-end wraps
+with appropriate angular or square brackets. It also adds the
+@samp{fragile} option for any code that may require a verbatim block.
+
+@cindex @samp{BEAMER_COL}, property
+To create a column on the Beamer slide, use the @samp{BEAMER_COL}
+property for its headline in the Org file. Set the value of
+@samp{BEAMER_COL} to a decimal number representing the fraction of the
+total text width. Beamer export uses this value to set the column's
+width and fills the column with the contents of the Org entry. If
+the Org entry has no specific environment defined, Beamer export
+ignores the heading. If the Org entry has a defined environment,
+Beamer export uses the heading as title. Behind the scenes, Beamer
+export automatically handles @LaTeX{} column separations for contiguous
+headlines. To manually adjust them for any unique configurations
+needs, use the @samp{BEAMER_ENV} property.
@end itemize
-@cindex property, @code{BEAMER_ACT}
-@cindex property, @code{BEAMER_OPT}
-When @code{BEAMER_ACT} is set for a headline, Org export translates that
-headline as an overlay or action specification. When enclosed in square
-brackets, Org export makes the overlay specification a default. Use
-@code{BEAMER_OPT} to set any options applicable to the current Beamer frame
-or block. The Beamer export back-end wraps with appropriate angular or
-square brackets. It also adds the @code{fragile} option for any code that may
-require a verbatim block.
-
-@cindex property, @code{BEAMER_COL}
-To create a column on the Beamer slide, use the @code{BEAMER_COL} property
-for its headline in the Org file. Set the value of @code{BEAMER_COL} to a
-decimal number representing the fraction of the total text width. Beamer
-export uses this value to set the column's width and fills the column with
-the contents of the Org entry. If the Org entry has no specific environment
-defined, Beamer export ignores the heading. If the Org entry has a defined
-environment, Beamer export uses the heading as title. Behind the scenes,
-Beamer export automatically handles @LaTeX{} column separations for
-contiguous headlines. To manually adjust them for any unique configurations
-needs, use the @code{BEAMER_ENV} property.
-
@node Beamer specific syntax
@subsection Beamer specific syntax
-Since Org's Beamer export back-end is an extension of the @LaTeX{} back-end,
-it recognizes other @LaTeX{} specific syntax---for example, @code{#+LATEX:}
-or @code{#+ATTR_LATEX:}. @xref{@LaTeX{} export}, for details.
-Beamer export wraps the table of contents generated with @code{toc:t}
-@code{OPTION} keyword in a @code{frame} environment. Beamer export does not
-wrap the table of contents generated with @code{TOC} keyword (@pxref{Table of
-contents}). Use square brackets for specifying options.
+Since Org's Beamer export back-end is an extension of the @LaTeX{}
+back-end, it recognizes other @LaTeX{} specific syntax---for example,
+@samp{#+LATEX:} or @samp{#+ATTR_LATEX:}. See @ref{@LaTeX{} Export}, for details.
+
+Beamer export wraps the table of contents generated with @samp{toc:t}
+@samp{OPTION} keyword in a @samp{frame} environment. Beamer export does not
+wrap the table of contents generated with @samp{TOC} keyword (see @ref{Table of Contents}). Use square brackets for specifying options.
@example
#+TOC: headlines [currentsection]
@@ -11457,33 +12805,34 @@ contents}). Use square brackets for specifying options.
Insert Beamer-specific code using the following constructs:
-@cindex @code{#+BEAMER}
-@cindex @code{#+BEGIN_EXPORT beamer}
+@cindex @samp{BEAMER}, keyword
+@cindex @samp{BEGIN_EXPORT beamer}
@example
#+BEAMER: \pause
#+BEGIN_EXPORT beamer
-Only Beamer export back-end will export this line.
+ Only Beamer export back-end exports this.
#+END_BEAMER
Text @@@@beamer:some code@@@@ within a paragraph.
@end example
-Inline constructs, such as the last one above, are useful for adding overlay
-specifications to objects with @code{bold}, @code{item}, @code{link},
+Inline constructs, such as the last one above, are useful for adding
+overlay specifications to objects with @code{bold}, @code{item}, @code{link},
@code{radio-target} and @code{target} types. Enclose the value in angular
-brackets and place the specification at the beginning the object as shown in
-this example:
+brackets and place the specification at the beginning of the object as
+shown in this example:
@example
A *@@@@beamer:<2->@@@@useful* feature
@end example
-@cindex @code{#+ATTR_BEAMER}
-Beamer export recognizes the @code{ATTR_BEAMER} keyword with the following
-attributes from Beamer configurations: @code{:environment} for changing local
-Beamer environment, @code{:overlay} for specifying Beamer overlays in angular
-or square brackets, and @code{:options} for inserting optional arguments.
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_BEAMER}, keyword
+Beamer export recognizes the @samp{ATTR_BEAMER} keyword with the following
+attributes from Beamer configurations: @samp{:environment} for changing
+local Beamer environment, @samp{:overlay} for specifying Beamer overlays in
+angular or square brackets, and @samp{:options} for inserting optional
+arguments.
@example
#+ATTR_BEAMER: :environment nonindentlist
@@ -11507,7 +12856,6 @@ a subgroup of $G$. Then the order of $H$ divides the order of $G$.
@node Editing support
@subsection Editing support
-
The @code{org-beamer-mode} is a special minor mode for faster editing of
Beamer documents.
@@ -11515,10 +12863,14 @@ Beamer documents.
#+STARTUP: beamer
@end example
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c C-b,org-beamer-select-environment}
-The @code{org-beamer-mode} provides this key for quicker selections in Beamer
-normal environments, and for selecting the @code{BEAMER_COL} property.
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-b} (@code{org-beamer-select-environment})
+@kindex C-c C-b
+@findex org-beamer-select-environment
+
+The @code{org-beamer-mode} provides this key for quicker selections in
+Beamer normal environments, and for selecting the @samp{BEAMER_COL}
+property.
@end table
@node A Beamer example
@@ -11527,13 +12879,13 @@ normal environments, and for selecting the @code{BEAMER_COL} property.
Here is an example of an Org document ready for Beamer export.
@example
-#+TITLE: Example Presentation
-#+AUTHOR: Carsten Dominik
-#+OPTIONS: H:2 toc:t num:t
-#+LATEX_CLASS: beamer
-#+LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS: [presentation]
-#+BEAMER_THEME: Madrid
-#+COLUMNS: %45ITEM %10BEAMER_ENV(Env) %10BEAMER_ACT(Act) %4BEAMER_COL(Col) %8BEAMER_OPT(Opt)
+;#+TITLE: Example Presentation
+;#+AUTHOR: Carsten Dominik
+;#+OPTIONS: H:2 toc:t num:t
+;#+LATEX_CLASS: beamer
+;#+LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS: [presentation]
+;#+BEAMER_THEME: Madrid
+;#+COLUMNS: %45ITEM %10BEAMER_ENV(Env) %10BEAMER_ACT(Act) %4BEAMER_COL(Col) %8BEAMER_OPT(Opt)
* This is the first structural section
@@ -11560,115 +12912,124 @@ Here is an example of an Org document ready for Beamer export.
Please test this stuff!
@end example
-@node HTML export
-@section HTML export
+@node HTML Export
+@section HTML Export
+
@cindex HTML export
-Org mode contains an HTML exporter with extensive HTML formatting compatible
-with XHTML 1.0 strict standard.
+Org mode contains an HTML exporter with extensive HTML formatting
+compatible with XHTML 1.0 strict standard.
@menu
-* HTML Export commands:: Invoking HTML export
-* HTML Specific export settings:: Settings for HTML export
-* HTML doctypes:: Exporting various (X)HTML flavors
-* HTML preamble and postamble:: Inserting preamble and postamble
-* Quoting HTML tags:: Using direct HTML in Org files
-* Links in HTML export:: Interpreting and formatting links
-* Tables in HTML export:: Formatting and modifying tables
-* Images in HTML export:: Inserting figures with HTML output
-* Math formatting in HTML export:: Handling math equations
-* Text areas in HTML export:: Showing an alternate approach, an example
-* CSS support:: Styling HTML output
-* JavaScript support:: Folding scripting in the web browser
+* HTML export commands:: Invoking HTML export.
+* HTML specific export settings:: Settings for HTML export.
+* HTML doctypes:: Exporting various (X)HTML flavors.
+* HTML preamble and postamble:: Inserting preamble and postamble.
+* Quoting HTML tags:: Using direct HTML in Org files.
+* Links in HTML export:: Inserting and formatting links.
+* Tables in HTML export:: How to modify the formatting of tables.
+* Images in HTML export:: How to insert figures into HTML output.
+* Math formatting in HTML export:: Beautiful math also on the web.
+* Text areas in HTML export:: An alternate way to show an example.
+* CSS support:: Changing the appearance of the output.
+* JavaScript support:: Info and folding in a web browser.
@end menu
-
-@node HTML Export commands
+@node HTML export commands
@subsection HTML export commands
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c C-e h h,org-html-export-to-html}
-Export as HTML file with a @file{.html} extension. For @file{myfile.org},
-Org exports to @file{myfile.html}, overwriting without warning. @kbd{C-c C-e
-h o} Exports to HTML and opens it in a web browser.
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e h h} (@code{org-html-export-to-html})
+@kindex C-c C-e h h
+@kindex C-c C-e h o
+@findex org-html-export-to-html
+
+Export as HTML file with a @samp{.html} extension. For @samp{myfile.org},
+Org exports to @samp{myfile.html}, overwriting without warning.
+@{@{@{kbd@{C-c C-e h o)@}@}@} exports to HTML and opens it in a web
+browser.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e h H} (@code{org-html-export-as-html})
+@kindex C-c C-e h H
+@findex org-html-export-as-html
-@orgcmd{C-c C-e h H,org-html-export-as-html}
Exports to a temporary buffer. Does not create a file.
@end table
-@node HTML Specific export settings
-@subsection HTML Specific export settings
-HTML export has a number of keywords, similar to the general options settings
-described in @ref{Export settings}.
-
-@table @samp
-@item DESCRIPTION
-@cindex @code{#+DESCRIPTION} (HTML)
-This is the document's description, which the HTML exporter inserts it as a
-HTML meta tag in the HTML file. For long descriptions, use multiple
-@code{#+DESCRIPTION} lines. The exporter takes care of wrapping the lines
-properly.
-
-@item HTML_DOCTYPE
-@cindex @code{#+HTML_DOCTYPE}
+@node HTML specific export settings
+@subsection HTML specific export settings
+
+HTML export has a number of keywords, similar to the general options
+settings described in @ref{Export Settings}.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{DESCRIPTION}
+@cindex @samp{DESCRIPTION}, keyword
+This is the document's description, which the HTML exporter
+inserts it as a HTML meta tag in the HTML file. For long
+descriptions, use multiple @samp{DESCRIPTION} lines. The exporter
+takes care of wrapping the lines properly.
+
+@item @samp{HTML_DOCTYPE}
+@cindex @samp{HTML_DOCTYPE}, keyword
@vindex org-html-doctype
-Specify the document type, for example: HTML5 (@code{org-html-doctype}).
+Specify the document type, for example: HTML5
+(@code{org-html-doctype}).
-@item HTML_CONTAINER
-@cindex @code{#+HTML_CONTAINER}
+@item @samp{HTML_CONTAINER}
+@cindex @samp{HTML_CONTAINER}, keyword
@vindex org-html-container-element
-Specify the HTML container, such as @samp{div}, for wrapping sections and
-elements (@code{org-html-container-element}).
+Specify the HTML container, such as @samp{div}, for wrapping sections
+and elements (@code{org-html-container-element}).
-@item HTML_LINK_HOME
-@cindex @code{#+HTML_LINK_HOME}
+@item @samp{HTML_LINK_HOME}
+@cindex @samp{HTML_LINK_HOME}, keyword
@vindex org-html-link-home
The URL for home link (@code{org-html-link-home}).
-@item HTML_LINK_UP
-@cindex @code{#+HTML_LINK_UP}
+@item @samp{HTML_LINK_UP}
+@cindex @samp{HTML_LINK_UP}, keyword
@vindex org-html-link-up
-The URL for the up link of exported HTML pages (@code{org-html-link-up}).
+The URL for the up link of exported HTML pages
+(@code{org-html-link-up}).
-@item HTML_MATHJAX
-@cindex @code{#+HTML_MATHJAX}
+@item @samp{HTML_MATHJAX}
+@cindex @samp{HTML_MATHJAX}, keyword
@vindex org-html-mathjax-options
-Options for MathJax (@code{org-html-mathjax-options}). MathJax is used to
-typeset @LaTeX{} math in HTML documents. @xref{Math formatting in HTML
-export}, for an example.
+Options for MathJax (@code{org-html-mathjax-options}). MathJax is
+used to typeset @LaTeX{} math in HTML documents. See @ref{Math formatting in HTML export}, for an example.
-@item HTML_HEAD
-@cindex @code{#+HTML_HEAD}
+@item @samp{HTML_HEAD}
+@cindex @samp{HTML_HEAD}, keyword
@vindex org-html-head
Arbitrary lines for appending to the HTML document's head
(@code{org-html-head}).
-@item HTML_HEAD_EXTRA
-@cindex @code{#+HTML_HEAD_EXTRA}
+@item @samp{HTML_HEAD_EXTRA}
+@cindex @samp{HTML_HEAD_EXTRA}, keyword
@vindex org-html-head-extra
More arbitrary lines for appending to the HTML document's head
(@code{org-html-head-extra}).
-@item KEYWORDS
-@cindex @code{#+KEYWORDS} (HTML)
-Keywords to describe the document's content. HTML exporter inserts these
-keywords as HTML meta tags. For long keywords, use multiple
-@code{#+KEYWORDS} lines.
-
-@item LATEX_HEADER
-@cindex @code{#+LATEX_HEADER} (HTML)
-Arbitrary lines for appending to the preamble; HTML exporter appends when
-transcoding @LaTeX{} fragments to images (@pxref{Math formatting in HTML
-export}).
-
-@item SUBTITLE
-@cindex @code{#+SUBTITLE} (HTML)
-The document's subtitle. HTML exporter formats subtitle if document type is
-@samp{HTML5} and the CSS has a @samp{subtitle} class.
+@item @samp{KEYWORDS}
+@cindex @samp{KEYWORDS}, keyword
+Keywords to describe the document's content. HTML exporter
+inserts these keywords as HTML meta tags. For long keywords, use
+multiple @samp{KEYWORDS} lines.
+
+@item @samp{LATEX_HEADER}
+@cindex @samp{LATEX_HEADER}, keyword
+Arbitrary lines for appending to the preamble; HTML exporter
+appends when transcoding @LaTeX{} fragments to images (see @ref{Math formatting in HTML export}).
+
+@item @samp{SUBTITLE}
+@cindex @samp{SUBTITLE}, keyword
+The document's subtitle. HTML exporter formats subtitle if
+document type is @samp{HTML5} and the CSS has a @samp{subtitle} class.
@end table
-Some of these keywords are explained in more detail in the following sections
-of the manual.
+Some of these keywords are explained in more detail in the following
+sections of the manual.
@node HTML doctypes
@subsection HTML doctypes
@@ -11679,47 +13040,52 @@ Org can export to various (X)HTML flavors.
@vindex org-html-doctype-alist
Set the @code{org-html-doctype} variable for different (X)HTML variants.
Depending on the variant, the HTML exporter adjusts the syntax of HTML
-conversion accordingly. Org includes the following ready-made variants:
+conversion accordingly. Org includes the following ready-made
+variants:
@itemize
@item
-``html4-strict''
+@code{"html4-strict"}
@item
-``html4-transitional''
+@code{"html4-transitional"}
@item
-``html4-frameset''
+@code{"html4-frameset"}
@item
-``xhtml-strict''
+@code{"xhtml-strict"}
@item
-``xhtml-transitional''
+@code{"xhtml-transitional"}
@item
-``xhtml-frameset''
+@code{"xhtml-frameset"}
@item
-``xhtml-11''
+@code{"xhtml-11"}
@item
-``html5''
+@code{"html5"}
@item
-``xhtml5''
+@code{"xhtml5"}
@end itemize
-@noindent See the variable @code{org-html-doctype-alist} for details.
-The default is ``xhtml-strict''.
+@noindent
+See the variable @code{org-html-doctype-alist} for details. The default is
+@code{"xhtml-strict"}.
@vindex org-html-html5-fancy
-@cindex HTML5, export new elements
-Org's HTML exporter does not by default enable new block elements introduced
-with the HTML5 standard. To enable them, set @code{org-html-html5-fancy} to
-non-@code{nil}. Or use an @code{OPTIONS} line in the file to set
-@code{html5-fancy}. HTML5 documents can now have arbitrary @code{#+BEGIN}
-and @code{#+END} blocks. For example:
+@cindex @samp{HTML5}, export new elements
+Org's HTML exporter does not by default enable new block elements
+introduced with the HTML5 standard. To enable them, set
+@code{org-html-html5-fancy} to non-@code{nil}. Or use an @samp{OPTIONS} line in the
+file to set @samp{html5-fancy}.
+
+HTML5 documents can now have arbitrary @samp{#+BEGIN} @dots{} @samp{#+END} blocks.
+For example:
@example
#+BEGIN_aside
-Lorem ipsum
+ Lorem ipsum
#+END_aside
@end example
-Will export to:
+@noindent
+exports to:
@example
<aside>
@@ -11727,7 +13093,8 @@ Will export to:
</aside>
@end example
-While this:
+@noindent
+while this:
@example
#+ATTR_HTML: :controls controls :width 350
@@ -11738,28 +13105,30 @@ Your browser does not support the video tag.
#+END_video
@end example
-Exports to:
+@noindent
+exports to:
@example
<video controls="controls" width="350">
<source src="movie.mp4" type="video/mp4">
- <source src="movie.ogg" type="video/ogg">
- <p>Your browser does not support the video tag.</p>
+ <source src="movie.ogg" type="video/ogg">
+ <p>Your browser does not support the video tag.</p>
</video>
@end example
@vindex org-html-html5-elements
-When special blocks do not have a corresponding HTML5 element, the HTML
-exporter reverts to standard translation (see
-@code{org-html-html5-elements}). For example, @code{#+BEGIN_lederhosen}
-exports to @samp{<div class="lederhosen">}.
+When special blocks do not have a corresponding HTML5 element, the
+HTML exporter reverts to standard translation (see
+@code{org-html-html5-elements}). For example, @samp{#+BEGIN_lederhosen} exports
+to @code{<div class="lederhosen">}.
-Special blocks cannot have headlines. For the HTML exporter to wrap the
-headline and its contents in @samp{<section>} or @samp{<article>} tags, set
-the @code{HTML_CONTAINER} property for the headline.
+Special blocks cannot have headlines. For the HTML exporter to wrap
+the headline and its contents in @code{<section>} or @code{<article>} tags, set
+the @samp{HTML_CONTAINER} property for the headline.
@node HTML preamble and postamble
@subsection HTML preamble and postamble
+
@vindex org-html-preamble
@vindex org-html-postamble
@vindex org-html-preamble-format
@@ -11768,78 +13137,79 @@ the @code{HTML_CONTAINER} property for the headline.
@vindex org-export-creator-string
@vindex org-export-time-stamp-file
-The HTML exporter has delineations for preamble and postamble. The default
-value for @code{org-html-preamble} is @code{t}, which makes the HTML exporter
-insert the preamble. See the variable @code{org-html-preamble-format} for
-the format string.
+The HTML exporter has delineations for preamble and postamble. The
+default value for @code{org-html-preamble} is @code{t}, which makes the HTML
+exporter insert the preamble. See the variable
+@code{org-html-preamble-format} for the format string.
Set @code{org-html-preamble} to a string to override the default format
-string. If the string is a function, the HTML exporter expects the function
-to return a string upon execution. The HTML exporter inserts this string in
-the preamble. The HTML exporter will not insert a preamble if
-@code{org-html-preamble} is set @code{nil}.
-
-The default value for @code{org-html-postamble} is @code{auto}, which makes
-the HTML exporter build a postamble from looking up author's name, email
-address, creator's name, and date. Set @code{org-html-postamble} to @code{t}
-to insert the postamble in the format specified in the
-@code{org-html-postamble-format} variable. The HTML exporter will not insert
-a postamble if @code{org-html-postamble} is set to @code{nil}.
+string. If the string is a function, the HTML exporter expects the
+function to return a string upon execution. The HTML exporter inserts
+this string in the preamble. The HTML exporter does not insert
+a preamble if @code{org-html-preamble} is set @code{nil}.
+
+The default value for @code{org-html-postamble} is @code{auto}, which makes the
+HTML exporter build a postamble from looking up author's name, email
+address, creator's name, and date. Set @code{org-html-postamble} to @code{t} to
+insert the postamble in the format specified in the
+@code{org-html-postamble-format} variable. The HTML exporter does not
+insert a postamble if @code{org-html-postamble} is set to @code{nil}.
@node Quoting HTML tags
@subsection Quoting HTML tags
-The HTML export back-end transforms @samp{<} and @samp{>} to @samp{&lt;} and
-@samp{&gt;}. To include raw HTML code in the Org file so the HTML export
-back-end can insert that HTML code in the output, use this inline syntax:
-@samp{@@@@html:}. For example: @samp{@@@@html:<b>@@@@bold
-text@@@@html:</b>@@@@}. For larger raw HTML code blocks, use these HTML
-export code blocks:
+The HTML export back-end transforms @samp{<} and @samp{>} to @samp{&lt;} and @samp{&gt;}.
+
+To include raw HTML code in the Org file so the HTML export back-end
+can insert that HTML code in the output, use this inline syntax:
+@samp{@@@@html:...@@@@}. For example:
-@cindex @code{#+HTML}
@example
-#+HTML: Literal HTML code for export
+@@@@html:<b>@@@@bold text@@@@html:</b>@@@@
@end example
-@noindent or
-@cindex @code{#+BEGIN_EXPORT html}
+@cindex @samp{HTML}, keyword
+@cindex @samp{BEGIN_EXPORT html}
+For larger raw HTML code blocks, use these HTML export code blocks:
@example
+#+HTML: Literal HTML code for export
+
#+BEGIN_EXPORT html
-All lines between these markers are exported literally
+ All lines between these markers are exported literally
#+END_EXPORT
@end example
-
@node Links in HTML export
@subsection Links in HTML export
@cindex links, in HTML export
@cindex internal links, in HTML export
@cindex external links, in HTML export
+
+The HTML export back-end transforms Org's internal links (see
+@ref{Internal Links}) to equivalent HTML links in the output. The back-end
+similarly handles Org's automatic links created by radio targets (see
+@ref{Radio Targets}) similarly. For Org links to external files, the
+back-end transforms the links to @emph{relative} paths.
+
@vindex org-html-link-org-files-as-html
-The HTML export back-end transforms Org's internal links (@pxref{Internal
-links}) to equivalent HTML links in the output. The back-end similarly
-handles Org's automatic links created by radio targets (@pxref{Radio
-targets}) similarly. For Org links to external files, the back-end
-transforms the links to @emph{relative} paths.
-
-For Org links to other @file{.org} files, the back-end automatically changes
-the file extension to @file{.html} and makes file paths relative. If the
-@file{.org} files have an equivalent @file{.html} version at the same
-location, then the converted links should work without any further manual
-intervention. However, to disable this automatic path translation, set
-@code{org-html-link-org-files-as-html} to @code{nil}. When disabled, the
-HTML export back-end substitutes the @samp{id:}-based links in the HTML
-output. For more about linking files when publishing to a directory,
-@pxref{Publishing links}.
-
-Org files can also have special directives to the HTML export back-end. For
-example, by using @code{#+ATTR_HTML} lines to specify new format attributes
-to @code{<a>} or @code{<img>} tags. This example shows changing the link's
-@code{title} and @code{style}:
-
-@cindex @code{#+ATTR_HTML}
+For Org links to other @samp{.org} files, the back-end automatically
+changes the file extension to @samp{.html} and makes file paths relative.
+If the @samp{.org} files have an equivalent @samp{.html} version at the same
+location, then the converted links should work without any further
+manual intervention. However, to disable this automatic path
+translation, set @code{org-html-link-org-files-as-html} to @code{nil}. When
+disabled, the HTML export back-end substitutes the ID-based links in
+the HTML output. For more about linking files when publishing to
+a directory, see @ref{Publishing links}.
+
+Org files can also have special directives to the HTML export
+back-end. For example, by using @samp{#+ATTR_HTML} lines to specify new
+format attributes to @code{<a>} or @code{<img>} tags. This example shows
+changing the link's title and style:
+
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_HTML}, keyword
@example
#+ATTR_HTML: :title The Org mode homepage :style color:red;
[[https://orgmode.org]]
@@ -11847,53 +13217,55 @@ to @code{<a>} or @code{<img>} tags. This example shows changing the link's
@node Tables in HTML export
@subsection Tables in HTML export
+
@cindex tables, in HTML
-@vindex org-html-table-default-attributes
+@vindex org-export-html-table-tag
The HTML export back-end uses @code{org-html-table-default-attributes} when
-exporting Org tables to HTML. By default, the exporter does not draw frames
-and cell borders. To change for this for a table, use the following lines
-before the table in the Org file:
+exporting Org tables to HTML. By default, the exporter does not draw
+frames and cell borders. To change for this for a table, use the
+following lines before the table in the Org file:
-@cindex @code{#+CAPTION}
-@cindex @code{#+ATTR_HTML}
+@cindex @samp{CAPTION}, keyword
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_HTML}, keyword
@example
#+CAPTION: This is a table with lines around and between cells
-#+ATTR_HTML: :border 2 :rules all :frame border
+#+ATTR_HTML: border="2" rules="all" frame="border"
@end example
-The HTML export back-end preserves column groupings in Org tables
-(@pxref{Column groups}) when exporting to HTML.
+The HTML export back-end preserves column groupings in Org tables (see
+@ref{Column Groups}) when exporting to HTML.
-Additional options for customizing tables for HTML export.
+Additional options for customizing tables for HTML export.
-@table @code
+@table @asis
+@item @code{org-html-table-align-individual-fields}
@vindex org-html-table-align-individual-fields
-@item org-html-table-align-individual-fields
-Non-@code{nil} attaches style attributes for alignment to each table field.
+Non-@code{nil} attaches style attributes for alignment to each table
+field.
+@item @code{org-html-table-caption-above}
@vindex org-html-table-caption-above
-@item org-html-table-caption-above
Non-@code{nil} places caption string at the beginning of the table.
+@item @code{org-html-table-data-tags}
@vindex org-html-table-data-tags
-@item org-html-table-data-tags
Opening and ending tags for table data fields.
+@item @code{org-html-table-default-attributes}
@vindex org-html-table-default-attributes
-@item org-html-table-default-attributes
Default attributes and values for table tags.
+@item @code{org-html-table-header-tags}
@vindex org-html-table-header-tags
-@item org-html-table-header-tags
Opening and ending tags for table's header fields.
+@item @code{org-html-table-row-tags}
@vindex org-html-table-row-tags
-@item org-html-table-row-tags
Opening and ending tags for table rows.
+@item @code{org-html-table-use-header-tags-for-first-column}
@vindex org-html-table-use-header-tags-for-first-column
-@item org-html-table-use-header-tags-for-first-column
Non-@code{nil} formats column one in tables with header tags.
@end table
@@ -11902,35 +13274,34 @@ Non-@code{nil} formats column one in tables with header tags.
@cindex images, inline in HTML
@cindex inlining images in HTML
-@vindex org-html-inline-images
-The HTML export back-end has features to convert Org image links to HTML
-inline images and HTML clickable image links.
+The HTML export back-end has features to convert Org image links to
+HTML inline images and HTML clickable image links.
-When the link in the Org file has no description, the HTML export back-end by
-default in-lines that image. For example: @samp{[[file:myimg.jpg]]} is
-in-lined, while @samp{[[file:myimg.jpg][the image]]} links to the text,
-@samp{the image}.
-
-For more details, see the variable @code{org-html-inline-images}.
+@vindex org-html-inline-images
+When the link in the Org file has no description, the HTML export
+back-end by default in-lines that image. For example:
+@samp{[[file:myimg.jpg]]} is in-lined, while @samp{[[file:myimg.jpg][the image]]} links to the text,
+@samp{the image}. For more details, see the variable
+@code{org-html-inline-images}.
-On the other hand, if the description part of the Org link is itself another
-link, such as @code{file:} or @code{http:} URL pointing to an image, the HTML
-export back-end in-lines this image and links to the main image. This Org
-syntax enables the back-end to link low-resolution thumbnail to the
-high-resolution version of the image, as shown in this example:
+On the other hand, if the description part of the Org link is itself
+another link, such as @samp{file:} or @samp{http:} URL pointing to an image, the
+HTML export back-end in-lines this image and links to the main image.
+This Org syntax enables the back-end to link low-resolution thumbnail
+to the high-resolution version of the image, as shown in this example:
@example
[[file:highres.jpg][file:thumb.jpg]]
@end example
-To change attributes of in-lined images, use @code{#+ATTR_HTML} lines in the
-Org file. This example shows realignment to right, and adds @code{alt} and
-@code{title} attributes in support of text viewers and modern web accessibility
-standards.
+To change attributes of in-lined images, use @samp{#+ATTR_HTML} lines in
+the Org file. This example shows realignment to right, and adds @code{alt}
+and @code{title} attributes in support of text viewers and modern web
+accessibility standards.
-@cindex @code{#+CAPTION}
-@cindex @code{#+ATTR_HTML}
+@cindex @samp{CAPTION}, keyword
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_HTML}, keyword
@example
#+CAPTION: A black cat stalking a spider
#+ATTR_HTML: :alt cat/spider image :title Action! :align right
@@ -11938,43 +13309,47 @@ standards.
@end example
@noindent
-The HTML export back-end copies the @code{http} links from the Org file as
+The HTML export back-end copies the @samp{http} links from the Org file as
is.
@node Math formatting in HTML export
@subsection Math formatting in HTML export
+
@cindex MathJax
@cindex dvipng
@cindex dvisvgm
-@cindex imagemagick
-
-@LaTeX{} math snippets (@pxref{@LaTeX{} fragments}) can be displayed in two
-different ways on HTML pages. The default is to use
-@uref{http://www.mathjax.org, MathJax} which should work out of the box with
-Org@footnote{By default Org loads MathJax from @uref{https://cdnjs.com, cdnjs.com} as
-recommended by @uref{http://www.mathjax.org, MathJax}.}. Some MathJax display
-options can be configured via @code{org-html-mathjax-options}, or in the
-buffer. For example, with the following settings,
-@smallexample
+@cindex ImageMagick
+
+@vindex org-html-mathjax-options~
+@LaTeX{} math snippets (see @ref{@LaTeX{} fragments}) can be displayed in two
+different ways on HTML pages. The default is to use the @uref{http://www.mathjax.org, MathJax},
+which should work out of the box with Org@footnote{By default Org loads MathJax from @uref{https://cdnjs.com, cdnjs.com} as recommended by
+@uref{http://www.mathjax.org, MathJax}.}. Some MathJax
+display options can be configured via @code{org-html-mathjax-options}, or
+in the buffer. For example, with the following settings,
+
+@example
#+HTML_MATHJAX: align: left indent: 5em tagside: left font: Neo-Euler
#+HTML_MATHJAX: cancel.js noErrors.js
-@end smallexample
-equation labels will be displayed on the left margin and equations will be
-five ems from the left margin. In addition, it loads the two MathJax
-extensions @samp{cancel.js} and @samp{noErrors.js}@footnote{See
-@uref{http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/tex.html#tex-extensions, TeX and
-LaTeX extensions} in the @uref{http://docs.mathjax.org, MathJax manual} to learn about extensions.}.
+@end example
-@noindent See the docstring of
-@code{org-html-mathjax-options} for all supported variables. The MathJax
-template can be configure via @code{org-html-mathjax-template}.
+@noindent
+equation labels are displayed on the left margin and equations are
+five em from the left margin. In addition, it loads the two MathJax
+extensions @samp{cancel.js} and @samp{noErrors.js}@footnote{See @uref{http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/tex.html#tex-extensions, @TeX{} and @LaTeX{} extensions} in the @uref{http://docs.mathjax.org, MathJax manual} to learn
+about extensions.}.
+
+@vindex org-html-mathjax-template
+See the docstring of @code{org-html-mathjax-options} for all supported
+variables. The MathJax template can be configure via
+@code{org-html-mathjax-template}.
If you prefer, you can also request that @LaTeX{} fragments are processed
-into small images that will be inserted into the browser page. Before the
-availability of MathJax, this was the default method for Org files. This
-method requires that the @file{dvipng} program, @file{dvisvgm} or
-@file{imagemagick} suite is available on your system. You can still get
-this processing with
+into small images that will be inserted into the browser page. Before
+the availability of MathJax, this was the default method for Org
+files. This method requires that the dvipng program, dvisvgm or
+ImageMagick suite is available on your system. You can still get this
+processing with
@example
#+OPTIONS: tex:dvipng
@@ -11984,7 +13359,8 @@ this processing with
#+OPTIONS: tex:dvisvgm
@end example
-or:
+@noindent
+or
@example
#+OPTIONS: tex:imagemagick
@@ -11994,20 +13370,20 @@ or:
@subsection Text areas in HTML export
@cindex text areas, in HTML
-Before Org mode's Babel, one popular approach to publishing code in HTML was
-by using @code{:textarea}. The advantage of this approach was that copying
-and pasting was built into browsers with simple JavaScript commands. Even
-editing before pasting was made simple.
+Before Org mode's Babel, one popular approach to publishing code in
+HTML was by using @samp{:textarea}. The advantage of this approach was
+that copying and pasting was built into browsers with simple
+JavaScript commands. Even editing before pasting was made simple.
The HTML export back-end can create such text areas. It requires an
-@code{#+ATTR_HTML:} line as shown in the example below with the
-@code{:textarea} option. This must be followed by either an
-@code{example} or a @code{src} code block. Other Org block types will not
-honor the @code{:textarea} option.
+@samp{#+ATTR_HTML} line as shown in the example below with the @samp{:textarea}
+option. This must be followed by either an example or a source code
+block. Other Org block types do not honor the @samp{:textarea} option.
-By default, the HTML export back-end creates a text area 80 characters wide
-and height just enough to fit the content. Override these defaults with
-@code{:width} and @code{:height} options on the @code{#+ATTR_HTML:} line.
+By default, the HTML export back-end creates a text area 80 characters
+wide and height just enough to fit the content. Override these
+defaults with @samp{:width} and @samp{:height} options on the @samp{#+ATTR_HTML}
+line.
@example
#+ATTR_HTML: :textarea t :width 40
@@ -12018,318 +13394,394 @@ and height just enough to fit the content. Override these defaults with
#+END_EXAMPLE
@end example
-
@node CSS support
@subsection CSS support
+
@cindex CSS, for HTML export
@cindex HTML export, CSS
-@vindex org-html-todo-kwd-class-prefix
-@vindex org-html-tag-class-prefix
-You can modify the CSS style definitions for the exported file. The HTML
-exporter assigns the following special CSS classes@footnote{If the classes on
-TODO keywords and tags lead to conflicts, use the variables
-@code{org-html-todo-kwd-class-prefix} and @code{org-html-tag-class-prefix} to
-make them unique.} to appropriate parts of the document---your style
-specifications may change these, in addition to any of the standard classes
-like for headlines, tables, etc.
-@example
-p.author @r{author information, including email}
-p.date @r{publishing date}
-p.creator @r{creator info, about org mode version}
-.title @r{document title}
-.subtitle @r{document subtitle}
-.todo @r{TODO keywords, all not-done states}
-.done @r{the DONE keywords, all states that count as done}
-.WAITING @r{each TODO keyword also uses a class named after itself}
-.timestamp @r{timestamp}
-.timestamp-kwd @r{keyword associated with a timestamp, like @code{SCHEDULED}}
-.timestamp-wrapper @r{span around keyword plus timestamp}
-.tag @r{tag in a headline}
-._HOME @r{each tag uses itself as a class, "@@" replaced by "_"}
-.target @r{target for links}
-.linenr @r{the line number in a code example}
-.code-highlighted @r{for highlighting referenced code lines}
-div.outline-N @r{div for outline level N (headline plus text))}
-div.outline-text-N @r{extra div for text at outline level N}
-.section-number-N @r{section number in headlines, different for each level}
-.figure-number @r{label like "Figure 1:"}
-.table-number @r{label like "Table 1:"}
-.listing-number @r{label like "Listing 1:"}
-div.figure @r{how to format an in-lined image}
-pre.src @r{formatted source code}
-pre.example @r{normal example}
-p.verse @r{verse paragraph}
-div.footnotes @r{footnote section headline}
-p.footnote @r{footnote definition paragraph, containing a footnote}
-.footref @r{a footnote reference number (always a <sup>)}
-.footnum @r{footnote number in footnote definition (always <sup>)}
-.org-svg @r{default class for a linked @file{.svg} image}
-@end example
+@vindex org-export-html-todo-kwd-class-prefix
+@vindex org-export-html-tag-class-prefix
+You can modify the CSS style definitions for the exported file. The
+HTML exporter assigns the following special CSS classes@footnote{If the classes on TODO keywords and tags lead to conflicts,
+use the variables @code{org-html-todo-kwd-class-prefix} and
+@code{org-html-tag-class-prefix} to make them unique.} to
+appropriate parts of the document---your style specifications may
+change these, in addition to any of the standard classes like for
+headlines, tables, etc.
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @code{p.author}
+@tab author information, including email
+@item @code{p.date}
+@tab publishing date
+@item @code{p.creator}
+@tab creator info, about org mode version
+@item @code{.title}
+@tab document title
+@item @code{.subtitle}
+@tab document subtitle
+@item @code{.todo}
+@tab TODO keywords, all not-done states
+@item @code{.done}
+@tab the DONE keywords, all states that count as done
+@item @code{.WAITING}
+@tab each TODO keyword also uses a class named after itself
+@item @code{.timestamp}
+@tab timestamp
+@item @code{.timestamp-kwd}
+@tab keyword associated with a timestamp, like @samp{SCHEDULED}
+@item @code{.timestamp-wrapper}
+@tab span around keyword plus timestamp
+@item @code{.tag}
+@tab tag in a headline
+@item @code{._HOME}
+@tab each tag uses itself as a class, ``@@'' replaced by ``_''
+@item @code{.target}
+@tab target for links
+@item @code{.linenr}
+@tab the line number in a code example
+@item @code{.code-highlighted}
+@tab for highlighting referenced code lines
+@item @code{div.outline-N}
+@tab div for outline level N (headline plus text)
+@item @code{div.outline-text-N}
+@tab extra div for text at outline level N
+@item @code{.section-number-N}
+@tab section number in headlines, different for each level
+@item @code{.figure-number}
+@tab label like ``Figure 1:''
+@item @code{.table-number}
+@tab label like ``Table 1:''
+@item @code{.listing-number}
+@tab label like ``Listing 1:''
+@item @code{div.figure}
+@tab how to format an in-lined image
+@item @code{pre.src}
+@tab formatted source code
+@item @code{pre.example}
+@tab normal example
+@item @code{p.verse}
+@tab verse paragraph
+@item @code{div.footnotes}
+@tab footnote section headline
+@item @code{p.footnote}
+@tab footnote definition paragraph, containing a footnote
+@item @code{.footref}
+@tab a footnote reference number (always a <sup>)
+@item @code{.footnum}
+@tab footnote number in footnote definition (always <sup>)
+@item @code{.org-svg}
+@tab default class for a linked @samp{.svg} image
+@end multitable
@vindex org-html-style-default
-@vindex org-html-head-include-default-style
@vindex org-html-head
@vindex org-html-head-extra
-@cindex @code{#+HTML_INCLUDE_STYLE}
-The HTML export back-end includes a compact default style in each exported
-HTML file. To override the default style with another style, use these
-keywords in the Org file. They will replace the global defaults the HTML
-exporter uses.
+@cindex @samp{HTML_INCLUDE_STYLE}, keyword
+The HTML export back-end includes a compact default style in each
+exported HTML file. To override the default style with another style,
+use these keywords in the Org file. They will replace the global
+defaults the HTML exporter uses.
-@cindex @code{#+HTML_HEAD}
-@cindex @code{#+HTML_HEAD_EXTRA}
+@cindex @samp{HTML_HEAD}, keyword
+@cindex @samp{HTML_HEAD_EXTRA}, keyword
@example
#+HTML_HEAD: <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="style1.css" />
#+HTML_HEAD_EXTRA: <link rel="alternate stylesheet" type="text/css" href="style2.css" />
@end example
+@vindex org-html-head-include-default-style
To just turn off the default style, customize
-@code{org-html-head-include-default-style} variable, or use this option line in
-the Org file.
+@code{org-html-head-include-default-style} variable, or use this option
+line in the Org file.
+@cindex @samp{html-style}, @samp{OPTIONS} item
@example
#+OPTIONS: html-style:nil
@end example
-@noindent
-For longer style definitions, either use several @code{#+HTML_HEAD} and
-@code{#+HTML_HEAD_EXTRA} lines, or use @code{<style>} @code{</style>} blocks
-around them. Both of these approaches can avoid referring to an external
-file.
+For longer style definitions, either use several @samp{HTML_HEAD} and
+@samp{HTML_HEAD_EXTRA} keywords, or use @code{<style> ... </style>} blocks
+around them. Both of these approaches can avoid referring to an
+external file.
-In order to add styles to a sub-tree, use the @code{:HTML_CONTAINER_CLASS:}
-property to assign a class to the tree. In order to specify CSS styles for a
-particular headline, you can use the id specified in a @code{:CUSTOM_ID:}
-property.
+@cindex @samp{HTML_CONTAINER_CLASS}, property
+In order to add styles to a sub-tree, use the @samp{HTML_CONTAINER_CLASS}
+property to assign a class to the tree. In order to specify CSS
+styles for a particular headline, you can use the id specified in
+a @samp{CUSTOM_ID} property.
Never change the @code{org-html-style-default} constant. Instead use other
simpler ways of customizing as described above.
-
-@c FIXME: More about header and footer styles
-@c FIXME: Talk about links and targets.
-
@node JavaScript support
@subsection JavaScript supported display of web pages
-@cindex Rose, Sebastian
Sebastian Rose has written a JavaScript program especially designed to
-enhance the web viewing experience of HTML files created with Org. This
-program enhances large files in two different ways of viewing. One is an
-@emph{Info}-like mode where each section is displayed separately and
-navigation can be done with the @kbd{n} and @kbd{p} keys (and some other keys
-as well, press @kbd{?} for an overview of the available keys). The second
-one has a @emph{folding} view, much like Org provides inside Emacs. The
-script is available at @url{https://orgmode.org/org-info.js} and the
-documentation at @url{https://orgmode.org/worg/code/org-info-js/}. The script
-is hosted on @url{https://orgmode.org}, but for reliability, prefer installing
-it on your own web server.
+enhance the web viewing experience of HTML files created with Org.
+This program enhances large files in two different ways of viewing.
+One is an @emph{Info}-like mode where each section is displayed separately
+and navigation can be done with the @kbd{n} and @kbd{p}
+keys, and some other keys as well, press @kbd{?} for an overview
+of the available keys. The second one has a @emph{folding} view, much like
+Org provides inside Emacs. The script is available at
+@uref{https://orgmode.org/org-info.js} and the documentation at
+@uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/code/org-info-js/}. The script is hosted on
+@uref{https://orgmode.org}, but for reliability, prefer installing it on your
+own web server.
To use this program, just add this line to the Org file:
-@cindex @code{#+INFOJS_OPT}
+@cindex @samp{INFOJS_OPT}, keyword
@example
#+INFOJS_OPT: view:info toc:nil
@end example
@noindent
-The HTML header now has the code needed to automatically invoke the script.
-For setting options, use the syntax from the above line for options described
-below:
+The HTML header now has the code needed to automatically invoke the
+script. For setting options, use the syntax from the above line for
+options described below:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{path:}
+The path to the script. The default is to grab the script from
+@uref{https://orgmode.org/org-info.js}, but you might want to have
+a local copy and use a path like @samp{../scripts/org-info.js}.
+
+@item @samp{view:}
+Initial view when the website is first shown. Possible values are:
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @samp{info}
+@tab Info-like interface with one section per page
+@item @samp{overview}
+@tab Folding interface, initially showing only top-level
+@item @samp{content}
+@tab Folding interface, starting with all headlines visible
+@item @samp{showall}
+@tab Folding interface, all headlines and text visible
+@end multitable
+
+@item @samp{sdepth:}
+Maximum headline level still considered as an independent section
+for info and folding modes. The default is taken from
+@code{org-export-headline-levels}, i.e., the @samp{H} switch in @samp{OPTIONS}.
+If this is smaller than in @code{org-export-headline-levels}, each
+info/folding section can still contain child headlines.
+
+@item @samp{toc:}
+Should the table of contents @emph{initially} be visible? Even when
+@samp{nil}, you can always get to the ``toc'' with @kbd{i}.
+
+@item @samp{tdepth:}
+The depth of the table of contents. The defaults are taken from
+the variables @code{org-export-headline-levels} and
+@code{org-export-with-toc}.
+
+@item @samp{ftoc:}
+Does the CSS of the page specify a fixed position for the ``toc''?
+If yes, the toc is displayed as a section.
+
+@item @samp{ltoc:}
+Should there be short contents (children) in each section? Make
+this @samp{above} if the section should be above initial text.
+
+@item @samp{mouse:}
+Headings are highlighted when the mouse is over them. Should be
+@samp{underline} (default) or a background color like @samp{#cccccc}.
+
+@item @samp{buttons:}
+Should view-toggle buttons be everywhere? When @samp{nil} (the
+default), only one such button is present.
+@end table
-@example
-path: @r{The path to the script. The default grabs the script from}
- @r{@url{https://orgmode.org/org-info.js}, but you might want to have}
- @r{a local copy and use a path like @samp{../scripts/org-info.js}.}
-view: @r{Initial view when the website is first shown. Possible values are:}
- info @r{Info-like interface with one section per page.}
- overview @r{Folding interface, initially showing only top-level.}
- content @r{Folding interface, starting with all headlines visible.}
- showall @r{Folding interface, all headlines and text visible.}
-sdepth: @r{Maximum headline level that will still become an independent}
- @r{section for info and folding modes. The default is taken from}
- @r{@code{org-export-headline-levels} (= the @code{H} switch in @code{#+OPTIONS}).}
- @r{If this is smaller than in @code{org-export-headline-levels}, each}
- @r{info/folding section can still contain child headlines.}
-toc: @r{Should the table of contents @emph{initially} be visible?}
- @r{Even when @code{nil}, you can always get to the "toc" with @kbd{i}.}
-tdepth: @r{The depth of the table of contents. The defaults are taken from}
- @r{the variables @code{org-export-headline-levels} and @code{org-export-with-toc}.}
-ftoc: @r{Does the CSS of the page specify a fixed position for the "toc"?}
- @r{If yes, the toc will never be displayed as a section.}
-ltoc: @r{Should there be short contents (children) in each section?}
- @r{Make this @code{above} if the section should be above initial text.}
-mouse: @r{Headings are highlighted when the mouse is over them. Should be}
- @r{@samp{underline} (default) or a background color like @samp{#cccccc}.}
-buttons: @r{Should view-toggle buttons be everywhere? When @code{nil} (the}
- @r{default), only one such button will be present.}
-@end example
@noindent
-@vindex org-html-infojs-options
-@vindex org-html-use-infojs
-You can choose default values for these options by customizing the variable
-@code{org-html-infojs-options}. If you want the script to always apply to
-your pages, configure the variable @code{org-html-use-infojs}.
-
-@node @LaTeX{} export
-@section @LaTeX{} export
+@vindex org-infojs-options
+@vindex org-export-html-use-infojs
+You can choose default values for these options by customizing the
+variable @code{org-infojs-options}. If you always want to apply the script
+to your pages, configure the variable @code{org-export-html-use-infojs}.
+
+@node @LaTeX{} Export
+@section @LaTeX{} Export
+
@cindex @LaTeX{} export
@cindex PDF export
The @LaTeX{} export back-end can handle complex documents, incorporate
standard or custom @LaTeX{} document classes, generate documents using
-alternate @LaTeX{} engines, and produce fully linked PDF files with indexes,
-bibliographies, and tables of contents, destined for interactive online
-viewing or high-quality print publication.
+alternate @LaTeX{} engines, and produce fully linked PDF files with
+indexes, bibliographies, and tables of contents, destined for
+interactive online viewing or high-quality print publication.
-While the details are covered in-depth in this section, here are some quick
-references to variables for the impatient: for engines, see
+While the details are covered in-depth in this section, here are some
+quick references to variables for the impatient: for engines, see
@code{org-latex-compiler}; for build sequences, see
@code{org-latex-pdf-process}; for packages, see
@code{org-latex-default-packages-alist} and @code{org-latex-packages-alist}.
An important note about the @LaTeX{} export back-end: it is sensitive to
-blank lines in the Org document. That's because @LaTeX{} itself depends on
-blank lines to tell apart syntactical elements, such as paragraphs.
+blank lines in the Org document. That's because @LaTeX{} itself depends
+on blank lines to tell apart syntactical elements, such as paragraphs.
@menu
-* @LaTeX{} export commands:: For producing @LaTeX{} and PDF documents.
-* @LaTeX{} specific export settings:: Unique to this @LaTeX{} back-end.
-* @LaTeX{} header and sectioning:: For file structure.
-* Quoting @LaTeX{} code:: Directly in the Org document.
-* Tables in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to tables.
-* Images in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to images.
-* Plain lists in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to lists.
-* Source blocks in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to source code blocks.
-* Example blocks in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to example blocks.
-* Special blocks in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to special blocks.
-* Horizontal rules in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to horizontal rules.
+* @LaTeX{}/PDF export commands:: For producing @LaTeX{} and PDF documents.
+* @LaTeX{} specific export settings:: Unique to this @LaTeX{} back-end.
+* @LaTeX{} header and sectioning:: Setting up the export file structure.
+* Quoting @LaTeX{} code:: Incorporating literal @LaTeX{} code.
+* Tables in @LaTeX{} export:: Options for exporting tables to @LaTeX{}.
+* Images in @LaTeX{} export:: How to insert figures into @LaTeX{} output.
+* Plain lists in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to lists.
+* Source blocks in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to source code blocks.
+* Example blocks in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to example blocks.
+* Special blocks in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to special blocks.
+* Horizontal rules in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to horizontal rules.
@end menu
-@node @LaTeX{} export commands
-@subsection @LaTeX{} export commands
-
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c C-e l l,org-latex-export-to-latex}
-Export as @LaTeX{} file with a @file{.tex} extension. For @file{myfile.org},
-Org exports to @file{myfile.tex}, overwriting without warning. @kbd{C-c C-e
-l l} Exports to @LaTeX{} file.
+@node @LaTeX{}/PDF export commands
+@subsection @LaTeX{}/PDF export commands
-@orgcmd{C-c C-e l L,org-latex-export-as-latex}
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e l l} (@code{org-latex-export-to-latex})
+@kindex C-c C-e l l
+@findex org-latex-export-to-latex~
+Export to a @LaTeX{} file with a @samp{.tex} extension. For
+@samp{myfile.org}, Org exports to @samp{myfile.tex}, overwriting without
+warning.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e l L} (@code{org-latex-export-as-latex})
+@kindex C-c C-e l L
+@findex org-latex-export-as-latex
Export to a temporary buffer. Do not create a file.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-e l p,org-latex-export-to-pdf}
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e l p} (@code{org-latex-export-to-pdf})
+@kindex C-c C-e l p
+@findex org-latex-export-to-pdf
Export as @LaTeX{} file and convert it to PDF file.
-@item C-c C-e l o
-Export as @LaTeX{} file and convert it to PDF, then open the PDF using the default viewer.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e l o}
+@kindex C-c C-e l o
+Export as @LaTeX{} file and convert it to PDF, then open the PDF
+using the default viewer.
+
+@item @kbd{M-x org-export-region-as-latex}
+Convert the region to @LaTeX{} under the assumption that it was in Org
+mode syntax before. This is a global command that can be invoked in
+any buffer.
@end table
@vindex org-latex-compiler
@vindex org-latex-bibtex-compiler
@vindex org-latex-default-packages-alist
+@cindex pdflatex
+@cindex xelatex
+@cindex lualatex
+@cindex @samp{LATEX_COMPILER}, keyword
The @LaTeX{} export back-end can use any of these @LaTeX{} engines:
-@samp{pdflatex}, @samp{xelatex}, and @samp{lualatex}. These engines compile
-@LaTeX{} files with different compilers, packages, and output options. The
+@samp{pdflatex}, @samp{xelatex}, and @samp{lualatex}. These engines compile @LaTeX{}
+files with different compilers, packages, and output options. The
@LaTeX{} export back-end finds the compiler version to use from
-@code{org-latex-compiler} variable or the @code{#+LATEX_COMPILER} keyword in
-the Org file. See the docstring for the
+@code{org-latex-compiler} variable or the @samp{#+LATEX_COMPILER} keyword in the
+Org file. See the docstring for the
@code{org-latex-default-packages-alist} for loading packages with certain
-compilers. Also see @code{org-latex-bibtex-compiler} to set the bibliography
-compiler@footnote{This does not allow setting different bibliography
-compilers for different files. However, ``smart'' @LaTeX{} compilation
-systems, such as @samp{latexmk}, can select the correct bibliography
-compiler.}.
+compilers. Also see @code{org-latex-bibtex-compiler} to set the
+bibliography compiler@footnote{This does not allow setting different bibliography compilers
+for different files. However, ``smart'' @LaTeX{} compilation systems, such
+as latexmk, can select the correct bibliography compiler.}.
@node @LaTeX{} specific export settings
@subsection @LaTeX{} specific export settings
-The @LaTeX{} export back-end has several additional keywords for customizing
-@LaTeX{} output. Setting these keywords works similar to the general options
-(@pxref{Export settings}).
-
-@table @samp
-@item DESCRIPTION
-@cindex @code{#+DESCRIPTION} (@LaTeX{})
-The document's description. The description along with author name,
-keywords, and related file metadata are inserted in the output file by the
-@samp{hyperref} package. See @code{org-latex-hyperref-template} for
-customizing metadata items. See @code{org-latex-title-command} for
-typesetting description into the document's front matter. Use multiple
-@code{#+DESCRIPTION} lines for long descriptions.
-
-@item LATEX_CLASS
-@cindex @code{#+LATEX_CLASS}
+The @LaTeX{} export back-end has several additional keywords for
+customizing @LaTeX{} output. Setting these keywords works similar to the
+general options (see @ref{Export Settings}).
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{DESCRIPTION}
+@cindex @samp{DESCRIPTION}, keyword
+@vindex org-latex-hyperref-template
+@vindex org-latex-title-command
+The document's description. The description along with author
+name, keywords, and related file metadata are inserted in the
+output file by the hyperref package. See
+@code{org-latex-hyperref-template} for customizing metadata items.
+See @code{org-latex-title-command} for typesetting description into
+the document's front matter. Use multiple @samp{DESCRIPTION} keywords
+for long descriptions.
+
+@item @samp{LATEX_CLASS}
+@cindex @samp{LATEX_CLASS}, keyword
@vindex org-latex-default-class
@vindex org-latex-classes
-This is @LaTeX{} document class, such as @code{article}, @code{report},
-@code{book}, and so on, which contain predefined preamble and headline level
-mapping that the @LaTeX{} export back-end needs. The back-end reads the
-default class name from the @code{org-latex-default-class} variable. Org has
-@code{article} as the default class. A valid default class must be an
-element of @code{org-latex-classes}.
-
-@item LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS
-@cindex @code{#+LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS}
-Options the @LaTeX{} export back-end uses when calling the @LaTeX{} document
-class.
-
-@item LATEX_COMPILER
-@cindex @code{#+LATEX_COMPILER}
+This is @LaTeX{} document class, such as @emph{article}, @emph{report},
+@emph{book}, and so on, which contain predefined preamble and headline
+level mapping that the @LaTeX{} export back-end needs. The back-end
+reads the default class name from the @code{org-latex-default-class}
+variable. Org has @emph{article} as the default class. A valid
+default class must be an element of @code{org-latex-classes}.
+
+@item @samp{LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS}
+@cindex @samp{LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS}, keyword
+Options the @LaTeX{} export back-end uses when calling the @LaTeX{}
+document class.
+
+@item @samp{LATEX_COMPILER}
+@cindex @samp{LATEX_COMPILER}, keyword
@vindex org-latex-compiler
The compiler, such as @samp{pdflatex}, @samp{xelatex}, @samp{lualatex}, for
-producing the PDF (@code{org-latex-compiler}).
+producing the PDF. See @code{org-latex-compiler}.
-@item LATEX_HEADER
-@cindex @code{#+LATEX_HEADER}
+@item @samp{LATEX_HEADER}
+@itemx @samp{LATEX_HEADER_EXTRA}
+@cindex @samp{LATEX_HEADER}, keyword
+@cindex @samp{LATEX_HEADER_EXTRA}, keyword
@vindex org-latex-classes
-Arbitrary lines to add to the document's preamble, before the @samp{hyperref}
-settings. See @code{org-latex-classes} for adjusting the structure and order
-of the @LaTeX{} headers.
+Arbitrary lines to add to the document's preamble, before the
+hyperref settings. See @code{org-latex-classes} for adjusting the
+structure and order of the @LaTeX{} headers.
+
+@item @samp{KEYWORDS}
+@cindex @samp{KEYWORDS}, keyword
+@vindex org-latex-hyperref-template
+@vindex org-latex-title-command
+The keywords for the document. The description along with author
+name, keywords, and related file metadata are inserted in the
+output file by the hyperref package. See
+@code{org-latex-hyperref-template} for customizing metadata items.
+See @code{org-latex-title-command} for typesetting description into
+the document's front matter. Use multiple @samp{KEYWORDS} lines if
+necessary.
-@item LATEX_HEADER_EXTRA
-@cindex @code{#+LATEX_HEADER_EXTRA}
-@vindex org-latex-classes
-Arbitrary lines to add to the document's preamble, before the @samp{hyperref}
-settings. See @code{org-latex-classes} for adjusting the structure and order
-of the @LaTeX{} headers.
-
-@item KEYWORDS
-@cindex @code{#+KEYWORDS} (@LaTeX{})
-The keywords for the document. The description along with author name,
-keywords, and related file metadata are inserted in the output file by the
-@samp{hyperref} package. See @code{org-latex-hyperref-template} for
-customizing metadata items. See @code{org-latex-title-command} for
-typesetting description into the document's front matter. Use multiple
-@code{#+KEYWORDS} lines if necessary.
-
-@item SUBTITLE
-@cindex @code{#+SUBTITLE} (@LaTeX{})
+@item @samp{SUBTITLE}
+@cindex @samp{SUBTITLE}, keyword
@vindex org-latex-subtitle-separate
@vindex org-latex-subtitle-format
The document's subtitle. It is typeset as per
@code{org-latex-subtitle-format}. If @code{org-latex-subtitle-separate} is
-non-@code{nil}, it is typed as part of the @samp{\title}-macro. See
-@code{org-latex-hyperref-template} for customizing metadata items. See
-@code{org-latex-title-command} for typesetting description into the
-document's front matter.
+non-@code{nil}, it is typed as part of the @code{\title} macro. See
+@code{org-latex-hyperref-template} for customizing metadata items.
+See @code{org-latex-title-command} for typesetting description
+into the document's front matter.
@end table
The following sections have further details.
@node @LaTeX{} header and sectioning
@subsection @LaTeX{} header and sectioning structure
+
@cindex @LaTeX{} class
@cindex @LaTeX{} sectioning structure
@cindex @LaTeX{} header
@cindex header, for @LaTeX{} files
@cindex sectioning structure, for @LaTeX{} export
-The @LaTeX{} export back-end converts the first three of Org's outline levels
-into @LaTeX{} headlines. The remaining Org levels are exported as
-@code{itemize} or @code{enumerate} lists. To change this globally for the
-cut-off point between levels and lists, (@pxref{Export settings}).
+The @LaTeX{} export back-end converts the first three of Org's outline
+levels into @LaTeX{} headlines. The remaining Org levels are exported as
+lists. To change this globally for the cut-off point between levels
+and lists, (see @ref{Export Settings}).
-By default, the @LaTeX{} export back-end uses the @code{article} class.
+By default, the @LaTeX{} export back-end uses the @emph{article} class.
@vindex org-latex-default-class
@vindex org-latex-classes
@@ -12337,34 +13789,35 @@ By default, the @LaTeX{} export back-end uses the @code{article} class.
@vindex org-latex-packages-alist
To change the default class globally, edit @code{org-latex-default-class}.
To change the default class locally in an Org file, add option lines
-@code{#+LATEX_CLASS: myclass}. To change the default class for just a part
-of the Org file, set a sub-tree property, @code{EXPORT_LATEX_CLASS}. The
+@samp{#+LATEX_CLASS: myclass}. To change the default class for just a part
+of the Org file, set a sub-tree property, @samp{EXPORT_LATEX_CLASS}. The
class name entered here must be valid member of @code{org-latex-classes}.
This variable defines a header template for each class into which the
exporter splices the values of @code{org-latex-default-packages-alist} and
@code{org-latex-packages-alist}. Use the same three variables to define
custom sectioning or custom classes.
-@cindex @code{#+LATEX_CLASS}
-@cindex @code{#+LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS}
-@cindex property, @code{EXPORT_LATEX_CLASS}
-@cindex property, @code{EXPORT_LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS}
-The @LaTeX{} export back-end sends the @code{LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS} keyword and
-@code{EXPORT_LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS} property as options to the @LaTeX{}
-@code{\documentclass} macro. The options and the syntax for specifying them,
-including enclosing them in square brackets, follow @LaTeX{} conventions.
+@cindex @samp{LATEX_CLASS}, keyword
+@cindex @samp{LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS}, keyword
+@cindex @samp{EXPORT_LATEX_CLASS}, property
+@cindex @samp{EXPORT_LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS}, property
+The @LaTeX{} export back-end sends the @samp{LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS} keyword and
+@samp{EXPORT_LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS} property as options to the @LaTeX{}
+@code{\documentclass} macro. The options and the syntax for specifying
+them, including enclosing them in square brackets, follow @LaTeX{}
+conventions.
@example
#+LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS: [a4paper,11pt,twoside,twocolumn]
@end example
-@cindex @code{#+LATEX_HEADER}
-@cindex @code{#+LATEX_HEADER_EXTRA}
-The @LaTeX{} export back-end appends values from @code{LATEX_HEADER} and
-@code{LATEX_HEADER_EXTRA} keywords to the @LaTeX{} header. The docstring for
+@cindex @samp{LATEX_HEADER}, keyword
+@cindex @samp{LATEX_HEADER_EXTRA}, keyword
+The @LaTeX{} export back-end appends values from @samp{LATEX_HEADER} and
+@samp{LATEX_HEADER_EXTRA} keywords to the @LaTeX{} header. The docstring for
@code{org-latex-classes} explains in more detail. Also note that @LaTeX{}
-export back-end does not append @code{LATEX_HEADER_EXTRA} to the header when
-previewing @LaTeX{} snippets (@pxref{Previewing @LaTeX{} fragments}).
+export back-end does not append @samp{LATEX_HEADER_EXTRA} to the header
+when previewing @LaTeX{} snippets (see @ref{Previewing @LaTeX{} fragments}).
A sample Org file with the above headers:
@@ -12382,106 +13835,121 @@ A sample Org file with the above headers:
@node Quoting @LaTeX{} code
@subsection Quoting @LaTeX{} code
-The @LaTeX{} export back-end can insert any arbitrary @LaTeX{} code,
-@pxref{Embedded @LaTeX{}}. There are three ways to embed such code in the
-Org file and they all use different quoting syntax.
+The @LaTeX{} export back-end can insert any arbitrary @LaTeX{} code, see
+@ref{Embedded @LaTeX{}}. There are three ways to embed such code in the Org
+file and they all use different quoting syntax.
-Inserting in-line quoted with @ symbols:
@cindex inline, in @LaTeX{} export
+Inserting in-line quoted with @@ symbols:
+
@example
Code embedded in-line @@@@latex:any arbitrary LaTeX code@@@@ in a paragraph.
@end example
+@cindex @samp{LATEX}, keyword
Inserting as one or more keyword lines in the Org file:
-@cindex @code{#+LATEX}
+
@example
#+LATEX: any arbitrary LaTeX code
@end example
-Inserting as an export block in the Org file, where the back-end exports any
-code between begin and end markers:
-@cindex @code{#+BEGIN_EXPORT latex}
+@cindex @samp{BEGIN_EXPORT latex}
+Inserting as an export block in the Org file, where the back-end
+exports any code between begin and end markers:
+
@example
#+BEGIN_EXPORT latex
-any arbitrary LaTeX code
+ any arbitrary LaTeX code
#+END_EXPORT
@end example
@node Tables in @LaTeX{} export
@subsection Tables in @LaTeX{} export
+
@cindex tables, in @LaTeX{} export
-@cindex @code{#+ATTR_LATEX}, in tables
The @LaTeX{} export back-end can pass several @LaTeX{} attributes for table
-contents and layout. Besides specifying label and caption (@pxref{Images and
-tables}), the other valid @LaTeX{} attributes include:
+contents and layout. Besides specifying label and caption (see
+@ref{Images and Tables}), the other valid @LaTeX{} attributes include:
-@table @code
-@item :mode
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{:mode}
@vindex org-latex-default-table-mode
-The @LaTeX{} export back-end wraps the table differently depending on the
-mode for accurate rendering of math symbols. Mode is either @code{table},
-@code{math}, @code{inline-math} or @code{verbatim}. For @code{math} or
-@code{inline-math} mode, @LaTeX{} export back-end wraps the table in a math
-environment, but every cell in it is exported as-is. The @LaTeX{} export
-back-end determines the default mode from
-@code{org-latex-default-table-mode}. For , The @LaTeX{} export back-end
-merges contiguous tables in the same mode into a single environment.
-@item :environment
+The @LaTeX{} export back-end wraps the table differently depending
+on the mode for accurate rendering of math symbols. Mode is
+either @samp{table}, @samp{math}, @samp{inline-math} or @samp{verbatim}.
+
+For @samp{math} or @samp{inline-math} mode, @LaTeX{} export back-end wraps the
+table in a math environment, but every cell in it is exported
+as-is. The @LaTeX{} export back-end determines the default mode
+from @code{org-latex-default-table-mode}. The @LaTeX{} export back-end
+merges contiguous tables in the same mode into a single
+environment.
+
+@item @samp{:environment}
@vindex org-latex-default-table-environment
-Set the default @LaTeX{} table environment for the @LaTeX{} export back-end
-to use when exporting Org tables. Common @LaTeX{} table environments are
-provided by these packages: @code{tabularx}, @code{longtable}, @code{array},
-@code{tabu}, and @code{bmatrix}. For packages, such as @code{tabularx} and
-@code{tabu}, or any newer replacements, include them in the
-@code{org-latex-packages-alist} variable so the @LaTeX{} export back-end can
-insert the appropriate load package headers in the converted @LaTeX{} file.
-Look in the docstring for the @code{org-latex-packages-alist} variable for
-configuring these packages for @LaTeX{} snippet previews, if any.
-@item :caption
-Use @code{#+CAPTION} keyword to set a simple caption for a table
-(@pxref{Images and tables}). For custom captions, use @code{:caption}
-attribute, which accepts raw @LaTeX{} code. @code{:caption} value overrides
-@code{#+CAPTION} value.
-@item :float
-@itemx :placement
-The table environments by default are not floats in @LaTeX{}. To make them
-floating objects use @code{:float} with one of the following options:
-@code{sideways}, @code{multicolumn}, @code{t}, and @code{nil}. Note that
-@code{sidewaystable} has been deprecated since Org 8.3. @LaTeX{} floats can
-also have additional layout @code{:placement} attributes. These are the
-usual @code{[h t b p ! H]} permissions specified in square brackets. Note
-that for @code{:float sideways} tables, the @LaTeX{} export back-end ignores
-@code{:placement} attributes.
-@item :align
-@itemx :font
-@itemx :width
-The @LaTeX{} export back-end uses these attributes for regular tables to set
-their alignments, fonts, and widths.
-@item :spread
-When @code{:spread} is non-@code{nil}, the @LaTeX{} export back-end spreads
-or shrinks the table by the @code{:width} for @code{tabu} and @code{longtabu}
-environments. @code{:spread} has no effect if @code{:width} is not set.
-@item :booktabs
-@itemx :center
-@itemx :rmlines
+Set the default @LaTeX{} table environment for the @LaTeX{} export
+back-end to use when exporting Org tables. Common @LaTeX{} table
+environments are provided by these packages: tabularx, longtable,
+array, tabu, and bmatrix. For packages, such as tabularx and
+tabu, or any newer replacements, include them in the
+@code{org-latex-packages-alist} variable so the @LaTeX{} export back-end
+can insert the appropriate load package headers in the converted
+@LaTeX{} file. Look in the docstring for the
+@code{org-latex-packages-alist} variable for configuring these
+packages for @LaTeX{} snippet previews, if any.
+
+@item @samp{:caption}
+Use @samp{CAPTION} keyword to set a simple caption for a table (see
+@ref{Images and Tables}). For custom captions, use @samp{:caption}
+attribute, which accepts raw @LaTeX{} code. @samp{:caption} value
+overrides @samp{CAPTION} value.
+
+@item @samp{:float}
+@itemx @samp{:placement}
+The table environments by default are not floats in @LaTeX{}. To
+make them floating objects use @samp{:float} with one of the following
+options: @samp{sideways}, @samp{multicolumn}, @samp{t}, and @samp{nil}.
+
+@LaTeX{} floats can also have additional layout @samp{:placement}
+attributes. These are the usual @samp{[h t b p ! H]} permissions
+specified in square brackets. Note that for @samp{:float sideways}
+tables, the @LaTeX{} export back-end ignores @samp{:placement}
+attributes.
+
+@item @samp{:align}
+@itemx @samp{:font}
+@itemx @samp{:width}
+The @LaTeX{} export back-end uses these attributes for regular
+tables to set their alignments, fonts, and widths.
+
+@item @samp{:spread}
+When @samp{:spread} is non-@code{nil}, the @LaTeX{} export back-end spreads or
+shrinks the table by the @samp{:width} for tabu and longtabu
+environments. @samp{:spread} has no effect if @samp{:width} is not set.
+
+@item @samp{:booktabs}
+@itemx @samp{:center}
+@itemx @samp{:rmlines}
@vindex org-latex-tables-booktabs
@vindex org-latex-tables-centered
-All three commands are toggles. @code{:booktabs} brings in modern
-typesetting enhancements to regular tables. The @code{booktabs} package has
-to be loaded through @code{org-latex-packages-alist}. @code{:center} is for
-centering the table. @code{:rmlines} removes all but the very first
-horizontal line made of ASCII characters from "table.el" tables only.
-@item :math-prefix
-@itemx :math-suffix
-@itemx :math-arguments
-The @LaTeX{} export back-end inserts @code{:math-prefix} string value in a
-math environment before the table. The @LaTeX{} export back-end inserts
-@code{:math-suffix} string value in a math environment after the table. The
-@LaTeX{} export back-end inserts @code{:math-arguments} string value between
-the macro name and the table's contents. @code{:math-arguments} comes in use
-for matrix macros that require more than one argument, such as
-@code{qbordermatrix}.
+All three commands are toggles. @samp{:booktabs} brings in modern
+typesetting enhancements to regular tables. The booktabs package
+has to be loaded through @code{org-latex-packages-alist}. @samp{:center}
+is for centering the table. @samp{:rmlines} removes all but the very
+first horizontal line made of ASCII characters from ``table.el''
+tables only.
+
+@item @samp{:math-prefix}
+@itemx @samp{:math-suffix}
+@itemx @samp{:math-arguments}
+The @LaTeX{} export back-end inserts @samp{:math-prefix} string value in
+a math environment before the table. The @LaTeX{} export back-end
+inserts @samp{:math-suffix} string value in a math environment after
+the table. The @LaTeX{} export back-end inserts @samp{:math-arguments}
+string value between the macro name and the table's contents.
+@samp{:math-arguments} comes in use for matrix macros that require
+more than one argument, such as @samp{qbordermatrix}.
@end table
@LaTeX{} table attributes help formatting tables for a wide range of
@@ -12489,8 +13957,8 @@ situations, such as matrix product or spanning multiple pages:
@example
#+ATTR_LATEX: :environment longtable :align l|lp@{3cm@}r|l
-| ..... | ..... |
-| ..... | ..... |
+| ... | ... |
+| ... | ... |
#+ATTR_LATEX: :mode math :environment bmatrix :math-suffix \times
| a | b |
@@ -12501,94 +13969,100 @@ situations, such as matrix product or spanning multiple pages:
@end example
Set the caption with the @LaTeX{} command
-@code{\bicaption@{HeadingA@}@{HeadingB@}}:
+@samp{\bicaption@{HeadingA@}@{HeadingB@}}:
@example
#+ATTR_LATEX: :caption \bicaption@{HeadingA@}@{HeadingB@}
-| ..... | ..... |
-| ..... | ..... |
+| ... | ... |
+| ... | ... |
@end example
-
@node Images in @LaTeX{} export
@subsection Images in @LaTeX{} export
-@cindex images, inline in @LaTeX{}
-@cindex inlining images in @LaTeX{}
-@cindex @code{#+ATTR_LATEX}, in images
-The @LaTeX{} export back-end processes image links in Org files that do not
-have descriptions, such as these links @samp{[[file:img.jpg]]} or
+@cindex images, inline in LaTeX
+@cindex inlining images in LaTeX
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_LATEX}, keyword
+
+The @LaTeX{} export back-end processes image links in Org files that do
+not have descriptions, such as these links @samp{[[file:img.jpg]]} or
@samp{[[./img.jpg]]}, as direct image insertions in the final PDF output. In
-the PDF, they are no longer links but actual images embedded on the page.
-The @LaTeX{} export back-end uses @code{\includegraphics} macro to insert the
-image. But for TikZ@footnote{@url{http://sourceforge.net/projects/pgf/}}
+the PDF, they are no longer links but actual images embedded on the
+page. The @LaTeX{} export back-end uses @samp{\includegraphics} macro to
+insert the image. But for TikZ (@uref{http://sourceforge.net/projects/pgf/})
images, the back-end uses an @code{\input} macro wrapped within
a @code{tikzpicture} environment.
-For specifying image @code{:width}, @code{:height}, and other
-@code{:options}, use this syntax:
+For specifying image @samp{:width}, @samp{:height}, and other @samp{:options}, use
+this syntax:
@example
#+ATTR_LATEX: :width 5cm :options angle=90
[[./img/sed-hr4049.pdf]]
@end example
-For custom commands for captions, use the @code{:caption} attribute. It will
-override the default @code{#+CAPTION} value:
+For custom commands for captions, use the @samp{:caption} attribute. It
+overrides the default @samp{#+CAPTION} value:
@example
#+ATTR_LATEX: :caption \bicaption@{HeadingA@}@{HeadingB@}
[[./img/sed-hr4049.pdf]]
@end example
-When captions follow the method as described in @ref{Images and tables}, the
-@LaTeX{} export back-end wraps the picture in a floating @code{figure}
+When captions follow the method as described in @ref{Images and Tables},
+the @LaTeX{} export back-end wraps the picture in a floating @samp{figure}
environment. To float an image without specifying a caption, set the
-@code{:float} attribute to one of the following:
-@itemize @minus
-@item
-@code{t}: for a standard @samp{figure} environment; used by default whenever
-an image has a caption.
-@item
-@code{multicolumn}: to span the image across multiple columns of a page; the
-back-end wraps the image in a @code{figure*} environment.
-@item
-@code{wrap}: for text to flow around the image on the right; the figure
+@samp{:float} attribute to one of the following:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{t}
+For a standard @samp{figure} environment; used by default whenever an
+image has a caption.
+
+@item @samp{multicolumn}
+To span the image across multiple columns of a page; the back-end
+wraps the image in a @samp{figure*} environment.
+
+@item @samp{wrap}
+For text to flow around the image on the right; the figure
occupies the left half of the page.
-@item
-@code{sideways}: for a new page with the image sideways, rotated ninety
-degrees, in a @code{sidewaysfigure} environment; overrides @code{:placement}
+
+@item @samp{sideways}
+For a new page with the image sideways, rotated ninety degrees,
+in a @samp{sidewaysfigure} environment; overrides @samp{:placement}
setting.
-@item
-@code{nil}: to avoid a @code{:float} even if using a caption.
-@end itemize
+
+@item @samp{nil}
+To avoid a @samp{:float} even if using a caption.
+@end table
+
@noindent
-Use the @code{placement} attribute to modify a floating environment's placement.
+Use the @samp{placement} attribute to modify a floating environment's
+placement.
@example
-#+ATTR_LATEX: :float wrap :width 0.38\textwidth :placement
-@{r@}@{0.4\textwidth@} [[./img/hst.png]]
+#+ATTR_LATEX: :float wrap :width 0.38\textwidth :placement @{r@}@{0.4\textwidth@}
+[[./img/hst.png]]
@end example
@vindex org-latex-images-centered
-@cindex center image (@LaTeX{} export)
-@cindex image, centering (@LaTeX{} export)
-
+@cindex center image in LaTeX export
+@cindex image, centering in LaTeX export
The @LaTeX{} export back-end centers all images by default. Setting
-@code{:center} attribute to @code{nil} disables centering. To disable
-centering globally, set @code{org-latex-images-centered} to @code{t}.
+@samp{:center} to @samp{nil} disables centering. To disable centering globally,
+set @code{org-latex-images-centered} to @samp{t}.
-Set the @code{:comment-include} attribute to non-@code{nil} value for the
-@LaTeX{} export back-end to comment out the @code{\includegraphics} macro.
+Set the @samp{:comment-include} attribute to non-@code{nil} value for the @LaTeX{}
+export back-end to comment out the @samp{\includegraphics} macro.
@node Plain lists in @LaTeX{} export
@subsection Plain lists in @LaTeX{} export
-@cindex plain lists, in @LaTeX{} export
-@cindex @code{#+ATTR_LATEX}, in plain lists
-The @LaTeX{} export back-end accepts the @code{:environment} and
-@code{:options} attributes for plain lists. Both attributes work together
-for customizing lists, as shown in the examples:
+@cindex plain lists, in @LaTeX{} export
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_LATEX}, keyword
+The @LaTeX{} export back-end accepts the @samp{environment} and @samp{options}
+attributes for plain lists. Both attributes work together for
+customizing lists, as shown in the examples:
@example
#+LATEX_HEADER: \usepackage[inline]@{enumitem@}
@@ -12617,37 +14091,39 @@ four:
@node Source blocks in @LaTeX{} export
@subsection Source blocks in @LaTeX{} export
+
@cindex source blocks, in @LaTeX{} export
-@cindex @code{#+ATTR_LATEX}, in source blocks
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_LATEX}, keyword
The @LaTeX{} export back-end can make source code blocks into floating
-objects through the attributes @code{:float} and @code{:options}. For
-@code{:float}:
+objects through the attributes @samp{:float} and @samp{:options}. For @samp{:float}:
-@itemize @minus
-@item
-@code{t}: makes a source block float; by default floats any source block with
-a caption.
-@item
-@code{multicolumn}: spans the source block across multiple columns of a page.
-@item
-@code{nil}: avoids a @code{:float} even if using a caption; useful for
-source code blocks that may not fit on a page.
-@end itemize
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{t}
+Makes a source block float; by default floats any source block
+with a caption.
+
+@item @samp{multicolumn}
+Spans the source block across multiple columns of a page.
+
+@item @samp{nil}
+Avoids a @samp{:float} even if using a caption; useful for source code
+blocks that may not fit on a page.
+@end table
@example
#+ATTR_LATEX: :float nil
#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp
-Lisp code that may not fit in a single page.
+ Lisp code that may not fit in a single page.
#+END_SRC
@end example
@vindex org-latex-listings-options
@vindex org-latex-minted-options
-The @LaTeX{} export back-end passes string values in @code{:options} to
-@LaTeX{} packages for customization of that specific source block. In the
-example below, the @code{:options} are set for Minted. Minted is a source
-code highlighting @LaTeX{}package with many configurable options.
+The @LaTeX{} export back-end passes string values in @samp{:options} to @LaTeX{}
+packages for customization of that specific source block. In the
+example below, the @samp{:options} are set for Minted. Minted is a source
+code highlighting @LaTeX{} package with many configurable options.
@example
#+ATTR_LATEX: :options commentstyle=\bfseries
@@ -12657,51 +14133,53 @@ code highlighting @LaTeX{}package with many configurable options.
#+END_SRC
@end example
-To apply similar configuration options for all source blocks in a file, use
-the @code{org-latex-listings-options} and @code{org-latex-minted-options}
-variables.
+To apply similar configuration options for all source blocks in
+a file, use the @code{org-latex-listings-options} and
+@code{org-latex-minted-options} variables.
@node Example blocks in @LaTeX{} export
@subsection Example blocks in @LaTeX{} export
+
@cindex example blocks, in @LaTeX{} export
@cindex verbatim blocks, in @LaTeX{} export
-@cindex @code{#+ATTR_LATEX}, in example blocks
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_LATEX}, keyword
-The @LaTeX{} export back-end wraps the contents of example blocks in a
-@samp{verbatim} environment. To change this behavior to use another
-environment globally, specify an appropriate export filter (@pxref{Advanced
-configuration}). To change this behavior to use another environment for each
-block, use the @code{:environment} parameter to specify a custom environment.
+The @LaTeX{} export back-end wraps the contents of example blocks in
+a @samp{verbatim} environment. To change this behavior to use another
+environment globally, specify an appropriate export filter (see
+@ref{Advanced Configuration}). To change this behavior to use another
+environment for each block, use the @samp{:environment} parameter to
+specify a custom environment.
@example
#+ATTR_LATEX: :environment myverbatim
#+BEGIN_EXAMPLE
-This sentence is false.
+ This sentence is false.
#+END_EXAMPLE
@end example
@node Special blocks in @LaTeX{} export
@subsection Special blocks in @LaTeX{} export
+
@cindex special blocks, in @LaTeX{} export
@cindex abstract, in @LaTeX{} export
@cindex proof, in @LaTeX{} export
-@cindex @code{#+ATTR_LATEX}, in special blocks
-
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_LATEX}, keyword
-For other special blocks in the Org file, the @LaTeX{} export back-end makes
-a special environment of the same name. The back-end also takes
-@code{:options}, if any, and appends as-is to that environment's opening
+For other special blocks in the Org file, the @LaTeX{} export back-end
+makes a special environment of the same name. The back-end also takes
+@samp{:options}, if any, and appends as-is to that environment's opening
string. For example:
@example
#+BEGIN_abstract
-We demonstrate how to solve the Syracuse problem.
+ We demonstrate how to solve the Syracuse problem.
#+END_abstract
#+ATTR_LATEX: :options [Proof of important theorem]
#+BEGIN_proof
-...
-Therefore, any even number greater than 2 is the sum of two primes.
+ ...
+ Therefore, any even number greater than 2 is the sum of two primes.
#+END_proof
@end example
@@ -12710,311 +14188,325 @@ exports to
@example
\begin@{abstract@}
-We demonstrate how to solve the Syracuse problem.
+ We demonstrate how to solve the Syracuse problem.
\end@{abstract@}
\begin@{proof@}[Proof of important theorem]
-...
-Therefore, any even number greater than 2 is the sum of two primes.
+ ...
+ Therefore, any even number greater than 2 is the sum of two primes.
\end@{proof@}
@end example
-If you need to insert a specific caption command, use @code{:caption}
-attribute. It will override standard @code{#+CAPTION} value, if any. For
+If you need to insert a specific caption command, use @samp{:caption}
+attribute. It overrides standard @samp{CAPTION} value, if any. For
example:
@example
#+ATTR_LATEX: :caption \MyCaption@{HeadingA@}
#+BEGIN_proof
-...
+ ...
#+END_proof
@end example
@node Horizontal rules in @LaTeX{} export
@subsection Horizontal rules in @LaTeX{} export
+
@cindex horizontal rules, in @LaTeX{} export
-@cindex @code{#+ATTR_LATEX}, in horizontal rules
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_LATEX}, keyword
The @LaTeX{} export back-end converts horizontal rules by the specified
-@code{:width} and @code{:thickness} attributes. For example:
+@samp{:width} and @samp{:thickness} attributes. For example:
@example
#+ATTR_LATEX: :width .6\textwidth :thickness 0.8pt
-----
@end example
-@node Markdown export
-@section Markdown export
+@node Markdown Export
+@section Markdown Export
+
@cindex Markdown export
-The Markdown export back-end, @code{md}, converts an Org file to a Markdown
-format, as defined at @url{http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/}.
+The Markdown export back-end, ``md'', converts an Org file to a Markdown
+format, as defined at @uref{http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/}.
-Since @code{md} is built on top of the HTML back-end, any Org constructs not
-supported by Markdown, such as tables, the underlying @code{html} back-end
-(@pxref{HTML export}) converts them.
+Since ``md'' is built on top of the HTML back-end, any Org constructs
+not supported by Markdown, such as tables, the underlying ``html''
+back-end (see @ref{HTML Export}) converts them.
+@anchor{Markdown export commands}
@subheading Markdown export commands
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c C-e m m,org-md-export-to-markdown}
-Export to a text file with Markdown syntax. For @file{myfile.org}, Org
-exports to @file{myfile.md}, overwritten without warning.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-e m M,org-md-export-as-markdown}
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e m m} (@code{org-md-export-to-markdown})
+@kindex C-c C-c m m
+@findex org-md-export-to-markdown
+Export to a text file with Markdown syntax. For @samp{myfile.org},
+Org exports to @samp{myfile.md}, overwritten without warning.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e m M} (@code{org-md-export-as-markdown})
+@kindex C-c C-c m M
+@findex org-md-export-as-markdown
Export to a temporary buffer. Does not create a file.
-@item C-c C-e m o
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e m o}
+@kindex C-c C-e m o
Export as a text file with Markdown syntax, then open it.
@end table
+@anchor{Header and sectioning structure (1)}
@subheading Header and sectioning structure
@vindex org-md-headline-style
-Based on @code{org-md-headline-style}, markdown export can generate headlines
-of both @code{atx} and @code{setext} types. @code{atx} limits headline
-levels to two. @code{setext} limits headline levels to six. Beyond these
-limits, the export back-end converts headlines to lists. To set a limit to a
-level before the absolute limit (@pxref{Export settings}).
+Based on @code{org-md-headline-style}, Markdown export can generate
+headlines of both @emph{atx} and @emph{setext} types. @emph{atx} limits headline
+levels to two whereas @emph{setext} limits headline levels to six. Beyond
+these limits, the export back-end converts headlines to lists. To set
+a limit to a level before the absolute limit (see @ref{Export Settings}).
-@c begin opendocument
+@node OpenDocument Text Export
+@section OpenDocument Text Export
-@node OpenDocument Text export
-@section OpenDocument Text export
@cindex ODT
@cindex OpenDocument
@cindex export, OpenDocument
@cindex LibreOffice
-The ODT export back-end handles creating of OpenDocument Text (ODT) format
-files. The format complies with @cite{OpenDocument-v1.2
-specification}@footnote{@url{http://docs.oasis-open.org/office/v1.2/OpenDocument-v1.2.html,
-Open Document Format for Office Applications (OpenDocument) Version 1.2}} and
-is compatible with LibreOffice 3.4.
+The ODT export back-end handles creating of OpenDocument Text (ODT)
+format. Documents created by this exporter use the
+@cite{OpenDocument-v1.2 specification}@footnote{See @uref{http://docs.oasis-open.org/office/v1.2/OpenDocument-v1.2.html, Open Document Format for Office Applications
+(OpenDocument) Version 1.2}.} and are compatible
+with LibreOffice 3.4.
@menu
-* Pre-requisites for ODT export:: Required packages.
-* ODT export commands:: Invoking export.
-* ODT specific export settings:: Configuration options.
-* Extending ODT export:: Producing @file{.doc}, @file{.pdf} files.
-* Applying custom styles:: Styling the output.
-* Links in ODT export:: Handling and formatting links.
-* Tables in ODT export:: Org table conversions.
-* Images in ODT export:: Inserting images.
-* Math formatting in ODT export:: Formatting @LaTeX{} fragments.
-* Labels and captions in ODT export:: Rendering objects.
-* Literal examples in ODT export:: For source code and example blocks.
-* Advanced topics in ODT export:: For power users.
+* Pre-requisites for ODT export:: Required packages.
+* ODT export commands:: Invoking export.
+* ODT specific export settings:: Configuration options.
+* Extending ODT export:: Producing DOC, PDF files.
+* Applying custom styles:: Styling the output.
+* Links in ODT export:: Handling and formatting links.
+* Tables in ODT export:: Org tables conversions.
+* Images in ODT export:: Inserting images.
+* Math formatting in ODT export:: Formatting @LaTeX{} fragments.
+* Labels and captions in ODT export:: Rendering objects.
+* Literal examples in ODT export:: For source code and example blocks.
+* Advanced topics in ODT export:: For power users.
@end menu
@node Pre-requisites for ODT export
@subsection Pre-requisites for ODT export
+
@cindex zip
-The ODT export back-end relies on the @file{zip} program to create the final
-compressed ODT output. Check if @file{zip} is locally available and
-executable. Without @file{zip}, export cannot finish.
+
+The ODT export back-end relies on the zip program to create the final
+compressed ODT output. Check if @samp{zip} is locally available and
+executable. Without it, export cannot finish.
@node ODT export commands
@subsection ODT export commands
-@anchor{x-export-to-odt}
-@cindex region, active
-@cindex active region
-@cindex @code{transient-mark-mode}
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c C-e o o,org-odt-export-to-odt}
-@cindex property, @code{EXPORT_FILE_NAME}
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e o o} (@code{org-export-to-odt})
+@kindex C-c C-e o o
+@findex org-export-to-odt
Export as OpenDocument Text file.
+@cindex @samp{EXPORT_FILE_NAME}, property
@vindex org-odt-preferred-output-format
+
If @code{org-odt-preferred-output-format} is specified, the ODT export
back-end automatically converts the exported file to that format.
-@xref{x-export-to-other-formats, , Automatically exporting to other formats}.
-For @file{myfile.org}, Org exports to @file{myfile.odt}, overwriting without
-warning. The ODT export back-end exports a region only if a region was
-active. Note for exporting active regions, the @code{transient-mark-mode}
-has to be turned on.
+For @samp{myfile.org}, Org exports to @samp{myfile.odt}, overwriting
+without warning. The ODT export back-end exports a region only
+if a region was active.
-If the selected region is a single tree, the ODT export back-end makes the
-tree head the document title. Incidentally, @kbd{C-c @@} selects the current
-sub-tree. If the tree head entry has, or inherits, an
-@code{EXPORT_FILE_NAME} property, the ODT export back-end uses that for file
-name.
+If the selected region is a single tree, the ODT export back-end
+makes the tree head the document title. Incidentally, @kbd{C-c @@} selects the current sub-tree. If the tree head entry has,
+or inherits, an @samp{EXPORT_FILE_NAME} property, the ODT export
+back-end uses that for file name.
-@kbd{C-c C-e o O}
-Export to an OpenDocument Text file format and open it.
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e o O}
+@kindex C-c C-e o O
+Export as an OpenDocument Text file and open the resulting file.
-@vindex org-odt-preferred-output-format
-When @code{org-odt-preferred-output-format} is specified, open the converted
-file instead. @xref{x-export-to-other-formats, , Automatically exporting to
-other formats}.
+@vindex org-export-odt-preferred-output-format
+If @code{org-export-odt-preferred-output-format} is specified, open
+the converted file instead. See @ref{Automatically exporting to other formats}.
@end table
@node ODT specific export settings
@subsection ODT specific export settings
-The ODT export back-end has several additional keywords for customizing ODT
-output. Setting these keywords works similar to the general options
-(@pxref{Export settings}).
-
-@table @samp
-@item DESCRIPTION
-@cindex @code{#+DESCRIPTION} (ODT)
-This is the document's description, which the ODT export back-end inserts as
-document metadata. For long descriptions, use multiple @code{#+DESCRIPTION}
-lines.
-@item KEYWORDS
-@cindex @code{#+KEYWORDS} (ODT)
-The keywords for the document. The ODT export back-end inserts the
-description along with author name, keywords, and related file metadata as
-metadata in the output file. Use multiple @code{#+KEYWORDS} lines if
-necessary.
+The ODT export back-end has several additional keywords for
+customizing ODT output. Setting these keywords works similar to the
+general options (see @ref{Export Settings}).
-@item ODT_STYLES_FILE
-@cindex ODT_STYLES_FILE
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{DESCRIPTION}
+@cindex @samp{DESCRIPTION}, keyword
+This is the document's description, which the ODT export back-end
+inserts as document metadata. For long descriptions, use
+multiple lines, prefixed with @samp{DESCRIPTION}.
+
+@item @samp{KEYWORDS}
+@cindex @samp{KEYWORDS}, keyword
+The keywords for the document. The ODT export back-end inserts
+the description along with author name, keywords, and related
+file metadata as metadata in the output file. Use multiple
+@samp{KEYWORDS} if necessary.
+
+@item @samp{ODT_STYLES_FILE}
+@cindex @samp{ODT_STYLES_FILE}, keyword
@vindex org-odt-styles-file
-The ODT export back-end uses the @code{org-odt-styles-file} by default. See
-@ref{Applying custom styles} for details.
+The ODT export back-end uses the @code{org-odt-styles-file} by
+default. See @ref{Applying custom styles} for details.
-@item SUBTITLE
-@cindex SUBTITLE (ODT)
+@item @samp{SUBTITLE}
+@cindex @samp{SUBTITLE}, keyword
The document subtitle.
@end table
@node Extending ODT export
@subsection Extending ODT export
-The ODT export back-end can produce documents in other formats besides ODT
-using a specialized ODT converter process. Its common interface works with
-popular converters to produce formats such as @samp{doc}, or convert a
-document from one format, say @samp{csv}, to another format, say @samp{xls}.
+The ODT export back-end can produce documents in other formats besides
+ODT using a specialized ODT converter process. Its common interface
+works with popular converters to produce formats such as @samp{doc}, or
+convert a document from one format, say @samp{csv}, to another format, say
+@samp{xls}.
@cindex @file{unoconv}
-@cindex LibreOffice
-
-Customize @code{org-odt-convert-process} variable to point to @code{unoconv},
-which is the ODT's preferred converter. Working installations of LibreOffice
-would already have @code{unoconv} installed. Alternatively, other converters
-may be substituted here. @xref{Configuring a document converter}.
+@vindex org-odt-convert-process
+Customize @code{org-odt-convert-process} variable to point to @samp{unoconv},
+which is the ODT's preferred converter. Working installations of
+LibreOffice would already have @samp{unoconv} installed. Alternatively,
+other converters may be substituted here. See @ref{Configuring a document converter}.
+@anchor{Automatically exporting to other formats}
@subsubheading Automatically exporting to other formats
-@anchor{x-export-to-other-formats}
@vindex org-odt-preferred-output-format
-If ODT format is just an intermediate step to get to other formats, such as
-@samp{doc}, @samp{docx}, @samp{rtf}, or @samp{pdf}, etc., then extend the ODT
-export back-end to directly produce that format. Specify the final format in
-the @code{org-odt-preferred-output-format} variable. This is one way to
-extend (@pxref{x-export-to-odt,,Exporting to ODT}).
+If ODT format is just an intermediate step to get to other formats,
+such as @samp{doc}, @samp{docx}, @samp{rtf}, or @samp{pdf}, etc., then extend the ODT
+export back-end to directly produce that format. Specify the final
+format in the @code{org-odt-preferred-output-format} variable. This is one
+way to extend (see @ref{ODT export commands}).
+@anchor{Converting between document formats}
@subsubheading Converting between document formats
-@anchor{x-convert-to-other-formats}
-
-The Org export back-end is made to be inter-operable with a wide range of text
-document format converters. Newer generation converters, such as LibreOffice
-and Pandoc, can handle hundreds of formats at once. Org provides a
-consistent interaction with whatever converter is installed. Here are some
-generic commands:
-@vindex org-odt-convert
-@table @kbd
+The Org export back-end is made to be inter-operable with a wide range
+of text document format converters. Newer generation converters, such
+as LibreOffice and Pandoc, can handle hundreds of formats at once.
+Org provides a consistent interaction with whatever converter is
+installed. Here are some generic commands:
-@item M-x org-odt-convert @key{RET}
-Convert an existing document from one format to another. With a prefix
-argument, opens the newly produced file.
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{M-x org-odt-convert}
+@findex org-odt-convert
+Convert an existing document from one format to another. With
+a prefix argument, opens the newly produced file.
@end table
@node Applying custom styles
@subsection Applying custom styles
+
@cindex styles, custom
@cindex template, custom
-The ODT export back-end comes with many OpenDocument styles (@pxref{Working
-with OpenDocument style files}). To expand or further customize these
-built-in style sheets, either edit the style sheets directly or generate them
-using an application such as LibreOffice. The example here shows creating a
-style using LibreOffice.
+The ODT export back-end comes with many OpenDocument styles (see
+@ref{Working with OpenDocument style files}). To expand or further
+customize these built-in style sheets, either edit the style sheets
+directly or generate them using an application such as LibreOffice.
+The example here shows creating a style using LibreOffice.
+@anchor{Applying custom styles the easy way}
@subsubheading Applying custom styles: the easy way
@enumerate
@item
-Create a sample @file{example.org} file with settings as shown below, and
-export it to ODT format.
+Create a sample @samp{example.org} file with settings as shown below,
+and export it to ODT format.
@example
#+OPTIONS: H:10 num:t
@end example
@item
-Open the above @file{example.odt} using LibreOffice. Use the @file{Stylist}
-to locate the target styles, which typically have the @samp{Org} prefix.
-Open one, modify, and save as either OpenDocument Text (@file{.odt}) or
-OpenDocument Template (@file{.ott}) file.
+Open the above @samp{example.odt} using LibreOffice. Use the @emph{Stylist}
+to locate the target styles, which typically have the ``Org'' prefix.
+Open one, modify, and save as either OpenDocument Text (ODT) or
+OpenDocument Template (OTT) file.
@item
-@cindex @code{#+ODT_STYLES_FILE}
@vindex org-odt-styles-file
Customize the variable @code{org-odt-styles-file} and point it to the
-newly created file. For additional configuration options
-@pxref{x-overriding-factory-styles,,Overriding factory styles}.
+newly created file. For additional configuration options, see
+@ref{x-overriding-factory-styles, , Overriding factory styles}.
-To apply and ODT style to a particular file, use the @code{#+ODT_STYLES_FILE}
-option as shown in the example below:
+@cindex @samp{ODT_STYLES_FILE}, keyword
+To apply an ODT style to a particular file, use the
+@samp{ODT_STYLES_FILE} keyword as shown in the example below:
@example
#+ODT_STYLES_FILE: "/path/to/example.ott"
@end example
+@noindent
or
@example
#+ODT_STYLES_FILE: ("/path/to/file.ott" ("styles.xml" "image/hdr.png"))
@end example
-
@end enumerate
+@anchor{Using third-party styles and templates}
@subsubheading Using third-party styles and templates
-The ODT export back-end relies on many templates and style names. Using
-third-party styles and templates can lead to mismatches. Templates derived
-from built in ODT templates and styles seem to have fewer problems.
+The ODT export back-end relies on many templates and style names.
+Using third-party styles and templates can lead to mismatches.
+Templates derived from built in ODT templates and styles seem to have
+fewer problems.
@node Links in ODT export
@subsection Links in ODT export
+
@cindex links, in ODT export
-ODT export back-end creates native cross-references for internal links and
-Internet-style links for all other link types.
+ODT exporter creates native cross-references for internal links. It
+creates Internet-style links for all other links.
-A link with no description and pointing to a regular---un-itemized---outline
-heading is replaced with a cross-reference and section number of the heading.
+A link with no description and pointing to a regular, un-itemized,
+outline heading is replaced with a cross-reference and section number
+of the heading.
-A @samp{\ref@{label@}}-style reference to an image, table etc.@: is replaced
-with a cross-reference and sequence number of the labeled entity.
-@xref{Labels and captions in ODT export}.
+A @samp{\ref@{label@}}-style reference to an image, table etc., is replaced
+with a cross-reference and sequence number of the labeled entity. See
+@ref{Labels and captions in ODT export}.
@node Tables in ODT export
@subsection Tables in ODT export
+
@cindex tables, in ODT export
-The ODT export back-end handles native Org mode tables (@pxref{Tables}) and
-simple @file{table.el} tables. Complex @file{table.el} tables having column
-or row spans are not supported. Such tables are stripped from the exported
-document.
+The ODT export back-end handles native Org mode tables (see @ref{Tables})
+and simple @samp{table.el} tables. Complex @samp{table.el} tables having column
+or row spans are not supported. Such tables are stripped from the
+exported document.
-By default, the ODT export back-end exports a table with top and bottom
-frames and with ruled lines separating row and column groups (@pxref{Column
-groups}). All tables are typeset to occupy the same width. The ODT export
-back-end honors any table alignments and relative widths for columns
-(@pxref{Column width and alignment}).
+By default, the ODT export back-end exports a table with top and
+bottom frames and with ruled lines separating row and column groups
+(see @ref{Column Groups}). All tables are typeset to occupy the same
+width. The ODT export back-end honors any table alignments and
+relative widths for columns (see @ref{Column Width and Alignment}).
Note that the ODT export back-end interprets column widths as weighted
ratios, the default weight being 1.
-@cindex @code{#+ATTR_ODT}
-
-Specifying @code{:rel-width} property on an @code{#+ATTR_ODT} line controls
-the width of the table. For example:
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_ODT}, keyword
+Specifying @samp{:rel-width} property on an @samp{ATTR_ODT} line controls the
+width of the table. For example:
@example
#+ATTR_ODT: :rel-width 50
@@ -13029,25 +14521,28 @@ the width of the table. For example:
| Sum | 16 | 123 | 2560 | 2699 |
@end example
-On export, the above table takes 50% of text width area. The exporter sizes
-the columns in the ratio: 13:5:5:5:6. The first column is left-aligned and
-rest of the columns, right-aligned. Vertical rules separate the header and
-the last column. Horizontal rules separate the header and the last row.
+On export, the above table takes 50% of text width area. The exporter
+sizes the columns in the ratio: 13:5:5:5:6. The first column is
+left-aligned and rest of the columns, right-aligned. Vertical rules
+separate the header and the last column. Horizontal rules separate
+the header and the last row.
-For even more customization, create custom table styles and associate them
-with a table using the @code{#+ATTR_ODT} line. @xref{Customizing tables in
-ODT export}.
+For even more customization, create custom table styles and associate
+them with a table using the @samp{ATTR_ODT} keyword. See @ref{Customizing tables in ODT export}.
@node Images in ODT export
@subsection Images in ODT export
+
@cindex images, embedding in ODT
@cindex embedding images in ODT
+@anchor{Embedding images}
@subsubheading Embedding images
-The ODT export back-end processes image links in Org files that do not have
-descriptions, such as these links @samp{[[file:img.jpg]]} or
-@samp{[[./img.jpg]]}, as direct image insertions in the final output. Either
-of these examples works:
+
+The ODT export back-end processes image links in Org files that do not
+have descriptions, such as these links @samp{[[file:img.jpg]]} or @samp{[[./img.jpg]]},
+as direct image insertions in the final output. Either of these
+examples works:
@example
[[file:img.png]]
@@ -13057,38 +14552,44 @@ of these examples works:
[[./img.png]]
@end example
+@anchor{Embedding clickable images}
@subsubheading Embedding clickable images
-For clickable images, provide a link whose description is another link to an
-image file. For example, to embed an image @file{org-mode-unicorn.png} which
-when clicked jumps to @uref{https://orgmode.org} website, do the following
+
+For clickable images, provide a link whose description is another link
+to an image file. For example, to embed an image
+@samp{org-mode-unicorn.png} which when clicked jumps to @uref{https://orgmode.org}
+website, do the following
@example
[[https://orgmode.org][./org-mode-unicorn.png]]
@end example
+@anchor{Sizing and scaling of embedded images}
@subsubheading Sizing and scaling of embedded images
-@cindex @code{#+ATTR_ODT}
-Control the size and scale of the embedded images with the @code{#+ATTR_ODT}
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_ODT}, keyword
+
+Control the size and scale of the embedded images with the @samp{ATTR_ODT}
attribute.
@cindex identify, ImageMagick
@vindex org-odt-pixels-per-inch
-The ODT export back-end starts with establishing the size of the image in the
-final document. The dimensions of this size is measured in centimeters. The
-back-end then queries the image file for its dimensions measured in pixels.
-For this measurement, the back-end relies on ImageMagick's @file{identify}
-program or Emacs @code{create-image} and @code{image-size} API. ImageMagick
-is the preferred choice for large file sizes or frequent batch operations.
-The back-end then converts the pixel dimensions using
-@code{org-odt-pixels-per-inch} into the familiar 72 dpi or 96 dpi. The
-default value for this is in @code{display-pixels-per-inch}, which can be
-tweaked for better results based on the capabilities of the output device.
-Here are some common image scaling operations:
+The ODT export back-end starts with establishing the size of the image
+in the final document. The dimensions of this size are measured in
+centimeters. The back-end then queries the image file for its
+dimensions measured in pixels. For this measurement, the back-end
+relies on ImageMagick's identify program or Emacs @code{create-image} and
+@code{image-size} API. ImageMagick is the preferred choice for large file
+sizes or frequent batch operations. The back-end then converts the
+pixel dimensions using @code{org-odt-pixels-per-inch} into the familiar 72
+dpi or 96 dpi. The default value for this is in
+@code{display-pixels-per-inch}, which can be tweaked for better results
+based on the capabilities of the output device. Here are some common
+image scaling operations:
@table @asis
@item Explicitly size the image
-To embed @file{img.png} as a 10 cm x 10 cm image, do the following:
+To embed @samp{img.png} as a 10 cm x 10 cm image, do the following:
@example
#+ATTR_ODT: :width 10 :height 10
@@ -13096,7 +14597,7 @@ To embed @file{img.png} as a 10 cm x 10 cm image, do the following:
@end example
@item Scale the image
-To embed @file{img.png} at half its size, do the following:
+To embed @samp{img.png} at half its size, do the following:
@example
#+ATTR_ODT: :scale 0.5
@@ -13104,8 +14605,8 @@ To embed @file{img.png} at half its size, do the following:
@end example
@item Scale the image to a specific width
-To embed @file{img.png} with a width of 10 cm while retaining the original
-height:width ratio, do the following:
+To embed @samp{img.png} with a width of 10 cm while retaining the
+original height:width ratio, do the following:
@example
#+ATTR_ODT: :width 10
@@ -13113,8 +14614,8 @@ height:width ratio, do the following:
@end example
@item Scale the image to a specific height
-To embed @file{img.png} with a height of 10 cm while retaining the original
-height:width ratio, do the following
+To embed @samp{img.png} with a height of 10 cm while retaining the
+original height:width ratio, do the following:
@example
#+ATTR_ODT: :height 10
@@ -13122,14 +14623,16 @@ height:width ratio, do the following
@end example
@end table
+@anchor{Anchoring of images}
@subsubheading Anchoring of images
-@cindex @code{#+ATTR_ODT}
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_ODT}, keyword
The ODT export back-end can anchor images to @samp{"as-char"},
@samp{"paragraph"}, or @samp{"page"}. Set the preferred anchor using the
-@code{:anchor} property of the @code{#+ATTR_ODT} line.
+@samp{:anchor} property of the @samp{ATTR_ODT} line.
To create an image that is anchored to a page:
+
@example
#+ATTR_ODT: :anchor "page"
[[./img.png]]
@@ -13138,44 +14641,42 @@ To create an image that is anchored to a page:
@node Math formatting in ODT export
@subsection Math formatting in ODT export
-The ODT export back-end has special support built-in for handling math.
+The ODT exporter has special support for handling math.
@menu
-* Working with @LaTeX{} math snippets:: Embedding in @LaTeX{} format.
-* Working with MathML or OpenDocument formula files:: Embedding in native format.
+* @LaTeX{} math snippets:: Embedding in @LaTeX{} format.
+* MathML and OpenDocument formula files:: Embedding in native format.
@end menu
-@node Working with @LaTeX{} math snippets
-@subsubheading Working with @LaTeX{} math snippets
+@node @LaTeX{} math snippets
+@subsubsection @LaTeX{} math snippets
-@LaTeX{} math snippets (@pxref{@LaTeX{} fragments}) can be embedded in an ODT
+@LaTeX{} math snippets (see @ref{@LaTeX{} fragments}) can be embedded in the ODT
document in one of the following ways:
-@cindex MathML
-@enumerate
+@table @asis
@item MathML
-
-Add this line to the Org file. This option is activated on a per-file basis.
+@cindex MathML
+Add this line to the Org file. This option is activated on
+a per-file basis.
@example
-#+OPTIONS: LaTeX:t
+#+OPTIONS: tex:t
@end example
With this option, @LaTeX{} fragments are first converted into MathML
-fragments using an external @LaTeX{}-to-MathML converter program. The
-resulting MathML fragments are then embedded as an OpenDocument Formula in
-the exported document.
+fragments using an external @LaTeX{}-to-MathML converter program.
+The resulting MathML fragments are then embedded as an
+OpenDocument Formula in the exported document.
@vindex org-latex-to-mathml-convert-command
@vindex org-latex-to-mathml-jar-file
-
-To specify the @LaTeX{}-to-MathML converter, customize the variables
-@code{org-latex-to-mathml-convert-command} and
+You can specify the @LaTeX{}-to-MathML converter by customizing the
+variables @code{org-latex-to-mathml-convert-command} and
@code{org-latex-to-mathml-jar-file}.
-To use MathToWeb@footnote{See
-@uref{http://www.mathtoweb.com/cgi-bin/mathtoweb_home.pl, MathToWeb}.} as the
-preferred converter, configure the above variables as
+If you prefer to use MathToWeb@footnote{See @uref{http://www.mathtoweb.com/cgi-bin/mathtoweb_home.pl, MathToWeb}.} as your converter, you can
+configure the above variables as shown below.
@lisp
(setq org-latex-to-mathml-convert-command
@@ -13183,30 +14684,34 @@ preferred converter, configure the above variables as
org-latex-to-mathml-jar-file
"/path/to/mathtoweb.jar")
@end lisp
-To use @LaTeX{}ML@footnote{See @uref{http://dlmf.nist.gov/LaTeXML/}.} use
+
+To use @LaTeX{}​ML@footnote{See @uref{http://dlmf.nist.gov/LaTeXML/}.} use
+
@lisp
(setq org-latex-to-mathml-convert-command
"latexmlmath \"%i\" --presentationmathml=%o")
@end lisp
-To quickly verify the reliability of the @LaTeX{}-to-MathML converter, use
-the following commands:
+To quickly verify the reliability of the @LaTeX{}-to-MathML
+converter, use the following commands:
-@table @kbd
-@item M-x org-odt-export-as-odf @key{RET}
-Convert a @LaTeX{} math snippet to an OpenDocument formula (@file{.odf}) file.
-
-@item M-x org-odt-export-as-odf-and-open @key{RET}
-Convert a @LaTeX{} math snippet to an OpenDocument formula (@file{.odf}) file
-and open the formula file with the system-registered application.
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{M-x org-export-as-odf}
+Convert a @LaTeX{} math snippet to an OpenDocument formula
+(@samp{.odf}) file.
+
+@item @kbd{M-x org-export-as-odf-and-open}
+Convert a @LaTeX{} math snippet to an OpenDocument formula
+(@samp{.odf}) file and open the formula file with the
+system-registered application.
@end table
+@item PNG images
@cindex dvipng
@cindex dvisvgm
-@cindex imagemagick
-@item PNG images
-
-Add this line to the Org file. This option is activated on a per-file basis.
+@cindex ImageMagick
+Add this line to the Org file. This option is activated on
+a per-file basis.
@example
#+OPTIONS: tex:dvipng
@@ -13216,30 +14721,32 @@ Add this line to the Org file. This option is activated on a per-file basis.
#+OPTIONS: tex:dvisvgm
@end example
-or:
+@noindent
+or
@example
#+OPTIONS: tex:imagemagick
@end example
-Under this option, @LaTeX{} fragments are processed into PNG or SVG images
-and the resulting images are embedded in the exported document. This method
-requires @file{dvipng} program, @file{dvisvgm} or @file{imagemagick}
-programs.
-@end enumerate
+Under this option, @LaTeX{} fragments are processed into PNG or SVG
+images and the resulting images are embedded in the exported
+document. This method requires dvipng program, dvisvgm or
+ImageMagick programs.
+@end table
-@node Working with MathML or OpenDocument formula files
-@subsubheading Working with MathML or OpenDocument formula files
+@node MathML and OpenDocument formula files
+@subsubsection MathML and OpenDocument formula files
-When embedding @LaTeX{} math snippets in ODT documents is not reliable, there
-is one more option to try. Embed an equation by linking to its MathML
-(@file{.mml}) source or its OpenDocument formula (@file{.odf}) file as shown
-below:
+When embedding @LaTeX{} math snippets in ODT documents is not reliable,
+there is one more option to try. Embed an equation by linking to its
+MathML (@samp{.mml}) source or its OpenDocument formula (@samp{.odf}) file as
+shown below:
@example
[[./equation.mml]]
@end example
+@noindent
or
@example
@@ -13251,13 +14758,14 @@ or
ODT format handles labeling and captioning of objects based on their
types. Inline images, tables, @LaTeX{} fragments, and Math formulas are
-numbered and captioned separately. Each object also gets a unique sequence
-number based on its order of first appearance in the Org file. Each category
-has its own sequence. A caption is just a label applied to these objects.
+numbered and captioned separately. Each object also gets a unique
+sequence number based on its order of first appearance in the Org
+file. Each category has its own sequence. A caption is just a label
+applied to these objects.
@example
#+CAPTION: Bell curve
-#+LABEL: fig:SED-HR4049
+#+NAME: fig:SED-HR4049
[[./img/a.png]]
@end example
@@ -13269,8 +14777,8 @@ Figure 2: Bell curve
@vindex org-odt-category-map-alist
To modify the category component of the caption, customize the option
-@code{org-odt-category-map-alist}. For example, to tag embedded images with
-the string @samp{Illustration} instead of the default string @samp{Figure},
+@code{org-odt-category-map-alist}. For example, to tag embedded images
+with the string ``Illustration'' instead of the default string ``Figure'',
use the following setting:
@lisp
@@ -13287,12 +14795,11 @@ Illustration 2: Bell curve
@node Literal examples in ODT export
@subsection Literal examples in ODT export
-The ODT export back-end supports literal examples (@pxref{Literal examples})
-with full fontification. Internally, the ODT export back-end relies on
-@file{htmlfontify.el} to generate the style definitions needed for fancy
-listings. The auto-generated styles get @samp{OrgSrc} prefix and inherit
-colors from the faces used by Emacs @code{font-lock} library for that source
-language.
+The ODT export back-end supports literal examples (see @ref{Literal Examples}) with full fontification. Internally, the ODT export
+back-end relies on @samp{htmlfontify.el} to generate the style definitions
+needed for fancy listings. The auto-generated styles get @samp{OrgSrc}
+prefix and inherit colors from the faces used by Emacs Font Lock
+library for that source language.
@vindex org-odt-fontify-srcblocks
For custom fontification styles, customize the
@@ -13305,52 +14812,44 @@ To turn off fontification of literal examples, customize the
@node Advanced topics in ODT export
@subsection Advanced topics in ODT export
-The ODT export back-end has extensive features useful for power users and
-frequent uses of ODT formats.
+The ODT export back-end has extensive features useful for power users
+and frequent uses of ODT formats.
-@menu
-* Configuring a document converter:: Registering a document converter.
-* Working with OpenDocument style files:: Exploring internals.
-* Creating one-off styles:: Customizing styles, highlighting.
-* Customizing tables in ODT export:: Defining table templates.
-* Validating OpenDocument XML:: Debugging corrupted OpenDocument files.
-@end menu
-
-@node Configuring a document converter
+@anchor{Configuring a document converter}
@subsubheading Configuring a document converter
+
@cindex convert
@cindex doc, docx, rtf
@cindex converter
-The ODT export back-end works with popular converters with little or no extra
-configuration. @xref{Extending ODT export}. The following is for unsupported
-converters or tweaking existing defaults.
+The ODT export back-end works with popular converters with little or
+no extra configuration. See @ref{Extending ODT export}. The following is
+for unsupported converters or tweaking existing defaults.
-@enumerate
+@table @asis
@item Register the converter
-
-@vindex org-odt-convert-processes
+@vindex org-export-odt-convert-processes
Add the name of the converter to the @code{org-odt-convert-processes}
-variable. Note that it also requires how the converter is invoked on the
-command line. See the variable's docstring for details.
+variable. Note that it also requires how the converter is
+invoked on the command line. See the variable's docstring for
+details.
@item Configure its capabilities
-
-@vindex org-odt-convert-capabilities
-@anchor{x-odt-converter-capabilities} Specify which formats the converter can
-handle by customizing the variable @code{org-odt-convert-capabilities}. Use
-the entry for the default values in this variable for configuring the new
+@vindex org-export-odt-convert-capabilities
+Specify which formats the converter can handle by customizing the
+variable @code{org-odt-convert-capabilities}. Use the entry for the
+default values in this variable for configuring the new
converter. Also see its docstring for details.
@item Choose the converter
+@vindex org-export-odt-convert-process
+Select the newly added converter as the preferred one by
+customizing the option @code{org-odt-convert-process}.
+@end table
-@vindex org-odt-convert-process
-Select the newly added converter as the preferred one by customizing the
-option @code{org-odt-convert-process}.
-@end enumerate
-
-@node Working with OpenDocument style files
+@anchor{Working with OpenDocument style files}
@subsubheading Working with OpenDocument style files
+
@cindex styles, custom
@cindex template, custom
@@ -13358,120 +14857,99 @@ This section explores the internals of the ODT exporter; the means by which
it produces styled documents; the use of automatic and custom OpenDocument
styles.
-@anchor{x-factory-styles}
-@subsubheading a) Factory styles
-
-The ODT exporter relies on two files for generating its output.
-These files are bundled with the distribution under the directory pointed to
+The ODT exporter relies on two files for generating its output. These
+files are bundled with the distribution under the directory pointed to
by the variable @code{org-odt-styles-dir}. The two files are:
-@itemize
-@anchor{x-orgodtstyles-xml}
-@item
-@file{OrgOdtStyles.xml}
-
-This file contributes to the @file{styles.xml} file of the final @samp{ODT}
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{OrgOdtStyles.xml} @anchor{x-orgodtstyles-xml}
+This file contributes to the @samp{styles.xml} file of the final ODT
document. This file gets modified for the following purposes:
-@enumerate
+@enumerate
@item
-To control outline numbering based on user settings.
+To control outline numbering based on user settings;
@item
-To add styles generated by @file{htmlfontify.el} for fontification of code
-blocks.
+To add styles generated by @samp{htmlfontify.el} for fontification of
+code blocks.
@end enumerate
-@anchor{x-orgodtcontenttemplate-xml}
-@item
-@file{OrgOdtContentTemplate.xml}
-
-This file contributes to the @file{content.xml} file of the final @samp{ODT}
+@item @samp{OrgOdtContentTemplate.xml} @anchor{x-orgodtcontenttemplate-xml}
+This file contributes to the @samp{content.xml} file of the final ODT
document. The contents of the Org outline are inserted between the
-@samp{<office:text>}@dots{}@samp{</office:text>} elements of this file.
+@samp{<office:text>} @dots{} @samp{</office:text>} elements of this file.
-Apart from serving as a template file for the final @file{content.xml}, the
-file serves the following purposes:
-@enumerate
+Apart from serving as a template file for the final @samp{content.xml},
+the file serves the following purposes:
+@enumerate
@item
-It contains automatic styles for formatting of tables which are referenced by
-the exporter.
+It contains automatic styles for formatting of tables which are
+referenced by the exporter;
@item
-It contains @samp{<text:sequence-decl>}@dots{}@samp{</text:sequence-decl>}
-elements that control numbering of tables, images, equations, and similar
-entities.
+It contains @samp{<text:sequence-decl>} @dots{} @samp{</text:sequence-decl>}
+elements that control numbering of tables, images, equations, and
+similar entities.
@end enumerate
-@end itemize
-
-@anchor{x-overriding-factory-styles}
-@subsubheading b) Overriding factory styles
-The following two variables control the location from where the ODT exporter
-picks up the custom styles and content template files. Customize these
-variables to override the factory styles used by the exporter.
-
-@itemize
-@anchor{x-org-odt-styles-file}
-@item
-@code{org-odt-styles-file}
-
-The ODT export back-end uses the file pointed to by this variable, such as
-@file{styles.xml}, for the final output. It can take one of the following
-values:
-
-@enumerate
-@item A @file{styles.xml} file
+@end table
-Use this file instead of the default @file{styles.xml}
+@anchor{x-overriding-factory-styles} The following two variables control
+the location from where the ODT exporter picks up the custom styles
+and content template files. Customize these variables to override the
+factory styles used by the exporter.
-@item A @file{.odt} or @file{.ott} file
+@table @asis
+@item @code{org-odt-styles-file}
+The ODT export back-end uses the file pointed to by this
+variable, such as @samp{styles.xml}, for the final output. It can
+take one of the following values:
-Use the @file{styles.xml} contained in the specified OpenDocument Text or
-Template file
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{FILE.xml}
+Use this file instead of the default @samp{styles.xml}
-@item A @file{.odt} or @file{.ott} file and a subset of files contained within them
+@item @samp{FILE.odt} or @samp{FILE.ott}
+Use the @samp{styles.xml} contained in the specified OpenDocument
+Text or Template file
-Use the @file{styles.xml} contained in the specified OpenDocument Text or
-Template file. Additionally extract the specified member files and embed
-those within the final @samp{ODT} document.
+@item @samp{FILE.odt} or @samp{FILE.ott} and a subset of included files
+Use the @samp{styles.xml} contained in the specified OpenDocument
+Text or Template file. Additionally extract the specified
+member files and embed those within the final ODT document.
-Use this option if the @file{styles.xml} file references additional files
-like header and footer images.
+Use this option if the @samp{styles.xml} file references additional
+files like header and footer images.
@item @code{nil}
+Use the default @samp{styles.xml}.
+@end table
-Use the default @file{styles.xml}
-@end enumerate
-
-@anchor{x-org-odt-content-template-file}
-@item
-@code{org-odt-content-template-file}
-
-Use this variable to specify the blank @file{content.xml} that will be used
-in the final output.
-@end itemize
+@item @code{org-odt-content-template-file}
+Use this variable to specify the blank @samp{content.xml} used in the
+final output.
+@end table
-@node Creating one-off styles
+@anchor{Creating one-off styles}
@subsubheading Creating one-off styles
-The ODT export back-end can read embedded raw OpenDocument XML from the Org
-file. Such direct formatting are useful for one-off instances.
+The ODT export back-end can read embedded raw OpenDocument XML from
+the Org file. Such direct formatting is useful for one-off instances.
-@enumerate
+@table @asis
@item Embedding ODT tags as part of regular text
-
-Enclose OpenDocument syntax in @samp{@@@@odt:...@@@@} for inline markup. For
-example, to highlight a region of text do the following:
+Enclose OpenDocument syntax in @samp{@@@@odt:...@@@@} for inline markup.
+For example, to highlight a region of text do the following:
@example
@@@@odt:<text:span text:style-name="Highlight">This is highlighted
text</text:span>@@@@. But this is regular text.
@end example
-@strong{Hint:} To see the above example in action, edit the @file{styles.xml}
-(@pxref{x-orgodtstyles-xml,,Factory styles}) and add a custom
-@samp{Highlight} style as shown below:
+@strong{Hint:} To see the above example in action, edit the @samp{styles.xml}
+(see @ref{x-orgodtstyles-xml, , Factory styles}) and add a custom @emph{Highlight} style as shown
+below:
@example
<style:style style:name="Highlight" style:family="text">
@@ -13480,8 +14958,8 @@ text</text:span>@@@@. But this is regular text.
@end example
@item Embedding a one-line OpenDocument XML
-
-The ODT export back-end can read one-liner options with @code{#+ODT:}
+@cindex @samp{ODT}, keyword
+The ODT export back-end can read one-liner options with @samp{#+ODT:}
in the Org file. For example, to force a page break:
@example
@@ -13489,8 +14967,8 @@ in the Org file. For example, to force a page break:
@end example
@strong{Hint:} To see the above example in action, edit your
-@file{styles.xml} (@pxref{x-orgodtstyles-xml,,Factory styles}) and add a
-custom @samp{PageBreak} style as shown below.
+@samp{styles.xml} (see @ref{x-orgodtstyles-xml, , Factory styles}) and add a custom @samp{PageBreak}
+style as shown below.
@example
<style:style style:name="PageBreak" style:family="paragraph"
@@ -13500,51 +14978,48 @@ custom @samp{PageBreak} style as shown below.
@end example
@item Embedding a block of OpenDocument XML
+The ODT export back-end can also read ODT export blocks for
+OpenDocument XML. Such blocks use the @samp{#+BEGIN_EXPORT odt}
+@dots{} @samp{#+END_EXPORT} constructs.
-The ODT export back-end can also read ODT export blocks for OpenDocument XML.
-Such blocks use the @code{#+BEGIN_EXPORT odt}@dots{}@code{#+END_EXPORT}
-constructs.
-
-For example, to create a one-off paragraph that uses bold text, do the
-following:
+For example, to create a one-off paragraph that uses bold text,
+do the following:
@example
#+BEGIN_EXPORT odt
-<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body_20_bold">
-This paragraph is specially formatted and uses bold text.
-</text:p>
+ <text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body_20_bold">
+ This paragraph is specially formatted and uses bold text.
+ </text:p>
#+END_EXPORT
@end example
+@end table
-@end enumerate
-
-@node Customizing tables in ODT export
+@anchor{Customizing tables in ODT export}
@subsubheading Customizing tables in ODT export
+
@cindex tables, in ODT export
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_ODT}, keyword
-@cindex @code{#+ATTR_ODT}
-Override the default table format by specifying a custom table style with the
-@code{#+ATTR_ODT} line. For a discussion on default formatting of tables
-@pxref{Tables in ODT export}.
+Override the default table format by specifying a custom table style
+with the @samp{#+ATTR_ODT} line. For a discussion on default formatting of
+tables, see @ref{Tables in ODT export}.
This feature closely mimics the way table templates are defined in the
-OpenDocument-v1.2
-specification.@footnote{@url{http://docs.oasis-open.org/office/v1.2/OpenDocument-v1.2.html,
-OpenDocument-v1.2 Specification}}
+OpenDocument-v1.2 specification.@footnote{@uref{http://docs.oasis-open.org/office/v1.2/OpenDocument-v1.2.html, OpenDocument-v1.2 Specification}}
@vindex org-odt-table-styles
For quick preview of this feature, install the settings below and export the
table that follows:
@lisp
-(setq org-odt-table-styles
- (append org-odt-table-styles
- '(("TableWithHeaderRowAndColumn" "Custom"
- ((use-first-row-styles . t)
- (use-first-column-styles . t)))
+(setq org-export-odt-table-styles
+ (append org-export-odt-table-styles
+ '(("TableWithHeaderRowAndColumn" "Custom"
+ ((use-first-row-styles . t)
+ (use-first-column-styles . t)))
("TableWithFirstRowandLastRow" "Custom"
((use-first-row-styles . t)
- (use-last-row-styles . t))))))
+ (use-last-row-styles . t))))))
@end lisp
@example
@@ -13554,50 +15029,56 @@ table that follows:
| Anna | 4321 | 25 |
@end example
-The example above used @samp{Custom} template and installed two table styles
-@samp{TableWithHeaderRowAndColumn} and @samp{TableWithFirstRowandLastRow}.
-@strong{Important:} The OpenDocument styles needed for producing the above
-template were pre-defined. They are available in the section marked
-@samp{Custom Table Template} in @file{OrgOdtContentTemplate.xml}
-(@pxref{x-orgodtcontenttemplate-xml,,Factory styles}. For adding new
-templates, define new styles here.
+The example above used @samp{Custom} template and installed two table
+styles @samp{TableWithHeaderRowAndColumn} and
+@samp{TableWithFirstRowandLastRow}. @strong{Important:} The OpenDocument styles
+needed for producing the above template were pre-defined. They are
+available in the section marked @samp{Custom Table Template} in
+@samp{OrgOdtContentTemplate.xml} (see @ref{x-orgodtcontenttemplate-xml, , Factory styles}). For adding new
+templates, define new styles there.
To use this feature proceed as follows:
@enumerate
@item
-Create a table template@footnote{See the @code{<table:table-template>}
-element of the OpenDocument-v1.2 specification}
+Create a table template@footnote{See the @samp{<table:table-template>} element of the
+OpenDocument-v1.2 specification.}.
A table template is set of @samp{table-cell} and @samp{paragraph} styles for
each of the following table cell categories:
-@itemize @minus
-@item Body
-@item First column
-@item Last column
-@item First row
-@item Last row
-@item Even row
-@item Odd row
-@item Even column
-@item Odd Column
+@itemize
+@item
+Body
+@item
+First column
+@item
+Last column
+@item
+First row
+@item
+Last row
+@item
+Even row
+@item
+Odd row
+@item
+Even column
+@item
+Odd Column
@end itemize
-The names for the above styles must be chosen based on the name of the table
-template using a well-defined convention.
+The names for the above styles must be chosen based on the name of
+the table template using a well-defined convention.
-The naming convention is better illustrated with an example. For a table
-template with the name @samp{Custom}, the needed style names are listed in
-the following table.
+The naming convention is better illustrated with an example. For
+a table template with the name @samp{Custom}, the needed style names are
+listed in the following table.
-@multitable {Table cell type} {CustomEvenColumnTableCell} {CustomEvenColumnTableParagraph}
-@headitem Table cell type
-@tab @code{table-cell} style
-@tab @code{paragraph} style
-@item
-@tab
-@tab
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@headitem Cell type
+@tab Cell style
+@tab Paragraph style
@item Body
@tab @samp{CustomTableCell}
@tab @samp{CustomTableParagraph}
@@ -13628,36 +15109,37 @@ the following table.
@end multitable
To create a table template with the name @samp{Custom}, define the above
-styles in the
-@code{<office:automatic-styles>}...@code{</office:automatic-styles>} element
-of the content template file (@pxref{x-orgodtcontenttemplate-xml,,Factory
-styles}).
+styles in the @samp{<office:automatic-styles>} @dots{}
+@samp{</office:automatic-styles>} element of the content template file
+(see @ref{x-orgodtcontenttemplate-xml, , Factory styles}).
@item
-Define a table style@footnote{See the attributes @code{table:template-name},
-@code{table:use-first-row-styles}, @code{table:use-last-row-styles},
-@code{table:use-first-column-styles}, @code{table:use-last-column-styles},
-@code{table:use-banding-rows-styles}, and
-@code{table:use-banding-column-styles} of the @code{<table:table>} element in
-the OpenDocument-v1.2 specification}
+Define a table style@footnote{See the attributes @samp{table:template-name},
+@samp{table:use-first-row-styles}, @samp{table:use-last-row-styles},
+@samp{table:use-first-column-styles}, @samp{table:use-last-column-styles},
+@samp{table:use-banding-rows-styles}, and @samp{table:use-banding-column-styles}
+of the @samp{<table:table>} element in the OpenDocument-v1.2 specification.}.
@vindex org-odt-table-styles
-To define a table style, create an entry for the style in the variable
-@code{org-odt-table-styles} and specify the following:
+To define a table style, create an entry for the style in the
+variable @code{org-odt-table-styles} and specify the following:
-@itemize @minus
-@item the name of the table template created in step (1)
-@item the set of cell styles in that template that are to be activated
+@itemize
+@item
+the name of the table template created in step (1),
+@item
+the set of cell styles in that template that are to be activated.
@end itemize
For example, the entry below defines two different table styles
@samp{TableWithHeaderRowAndColumn} and @samp{TableWithFirstRowandLastRow}
-based on the same template @samp{Custom}. The styles achieve their intended
-effect by selectively activating the individual cell styles in that template.
+based on the same template @samp{Custom}. The styles achieve their
+intended effect by selectively activating the individual cell
+styles in that template.
@lisp
-(setq org-odt-table-styles
- (append org-odt-table-styles
+(setq org-export-odt-table-styles
+ (append org-export-odt-table-styles
'(("TableWithHeaderRowAndColumn" "Custom"
((use-first-row-styles . t)
(use-first-column-styles . t)))
@@ -13667,194 +15149,199 @@ effect by selectively activating the individual cell styles in that template.
@end lisp
@item
-Associate a table with the table style
+Associate a table with the table style.
To do this, specify the table style created in step (2) as part of
-the @code{ATTR_ODT} line as shown below.
+the @samp{ATTR_ODT} line as shown below.
@example
-#+ATTR_ODT: :style "TableWithHeaderRowAndColumn"
+#+ATTR_ODT: :style TableWithHeaderRowAndColumn
| Name | Phone | Age |
| Peter | 1234 | 17 |
| Anna | 4321 | 25 |
@end example
@end enumerate
-@node Validating OpenDocument XML
+@anchor{Validating OpenDocument XML}
@subsubheading Validating OpenDocument XML
-Sometimes ODT format files may not open due to @file{.odt} file corruption.
-To verify if the @file{.odt} file is corrupt, validate it against the
-OpenDocument RELAX NG Compact Syntax---RNC---schema. But first the
-@file{.odt} files have to be decompressed using @samp{zip}. Note that
-@file{.odt} files are @samp{zip} archives: @inforef{File Archives,,emacs}.
-The contents of @file{.odt} files are in @file{.xml}. For general help with
-validation---and schema-sensitive editing---of XML files:
-@inforef{Introduction,,nxml-mode}.
+Sometimes ODT format files may not open due to @samp{.odt} file corruption.
+To verify if such a file is corrupt, validate it against the
+OpenDocument Relax NG Compact (RNC) syntax schema. But first the
+@samp{.odt} files have to be decompressed using @samp{zip}. Note that @samp{.odt}
+files are ZIP archives: @ref{File Archives,,,emacs,}. The contents of
+ODT files are in XML. For general help with validation---and
+schema-sensitive editing---of XML files:
+@ref{Introduction,,,nxml-mode,}.
-@vindex org-odt-schema-dir
-Customize @code{org-odt-schema-dir} to point to a directory with OpenDocument
-@file{.rnc} files and the needed schema-locating rules. The ODT export
-back-end takes care of updating the @code{rng-schema-locating-files}.
+@vindex org-export-odt-schema-dir
+Customize @code{org-odt-schema-dir} to point to a directory with
+OpenDocument RNC files and the needed schema-locating rules. The ODT
+export back-end takes care of updating the
+@code{rng-schema-locating-files}.
-@c end opendocument
+@node Org Export
+@section Org Export
-@node Org export
-@section Org export
@cindex Org export
+@emph{org} export back-end creates a normalized version of the Org document
+in current buffer. The exporter evaluates Babel code (see @ref{Evaluating Code Blocks}) and removes content specific to other back-ends.
-@code{org} export back-end creates a normalized version of the Org document
-in current buffer. The exporter evaluates Babel code (@pxref{Evaluating code
-blocks}) and removes content specific to other back-ends.
-
+@anchor{Org export commands}
@subheading Org export commands
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c C-e O o,org-org-export-to-org}
-Export as an Org file with a @file{.org} extension. For @file{myfile.org},
-Org exports to @file{myfile.org.org}, overwriting without warning.
-
-@orgcmd{C-c C-e O O,org-org-export-as-org}
-Export to a temporary buffer. Does not create a file.
-@item C-c C-e O v
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e O o} (@code{org-org-export-to-org})
+@kindex C-c C-e O o
+@findex org-org-export-to-org
+Export as an Org file with a @samp{.org} extension. For @samp{myfile.org},
+Org exports to @samp{myfile.org.org}, overwriting without warning.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e O v} (~~)
+@kindex C-c C-e O v
Export to an Org file, then open it.
@end table
-@node Texinfo export
-@section Texinfo export
-@cindex Texinfo export
-
-The @samp{texinfo} export back-end generates documents with Texinfo code that
-can compile to Info format.
+@node Texinfo Export
+@section Texinfo Export
@menu
-* Texinfo export commands:: Invoking commands.
-* Texinfo specific export settings:: Setting the environment.
-* Texinfo file header:: Generating the header.
-* Texinfo title and copyright page:: Creating preamble pages.
-* Info directory file:: Installing a manual in Info file hierarchy.
-* Headings and sectioning structure:: Building document structure.
-* Indices:: Creating indices.
-* Quoting Texinfo code:: Incorporating literal Texinfo code.
-* Plain lists in Texinfo export:: List attributes.
-* Tables in Texinfo export:: Table attributes.
-* Images in Texinfo export:: Image attributes.
-* Special blocks in Texinfo export:: Special block attributes.
-* A Texinfo example:: Processing Org to Texinfo.
+* Texinfo export commands:: Invoking commands.
+* Texinfo specific export settings:: Setting the environment.
+* Texinfo file header:: Generating the header.
+* Texinfo title and copyright page:: Creating preamble pages.
+* Info directory file:: Installing a manual in Info file hierarchy.
+* Headings and sectioning structure:: Building document structure.
+* Indices:: Creating indices.
+* Quoting Texinfo code:: Incorporating literal Texinfo code.
+* Plain lists in Texinfo export:: List attributes.
+* Tables in Texinfo export:: Table attributes.
+* Images in Texinfo export:: Image attributes.
+* Special blocks in Texinfo export:: Special block attributes.
+* A Texinfo example:: Processing Org to Texinfo.
@end menu
@node Texinfo export commands
@subsection Texinfo export commands
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e i t} (@code{org-texinfo-export-to-texinfo})
+@kindex C-c C-e i t
+@findex org-texinfo-export-to-texinfo
+Export as a Texinfo file with @samp{.texi} extension. For
+@samp{myfile.org}, Org exports to @samp{myfile.texi}, overwriting without
+warning.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e i i} (@code{org-texinfo-export-to-info})
+@kindex C-c C-e i i
+@findex org-texinfo-export-to-info
@vindex org-texinfo-info-process
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c C-e i t,org-texinfo-export-to-texinfo}
-Export as a Texinfo file with @file{.texi} extension. For @file{myfile.org},
-Org exports to @file{myfile.texi}, overwriting without warning.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-e i i,org-texinfo-export-to-info}
-Export to Texinfo format first and then process it to make an Info file. To
-generate other formats, such as DocBook, customize the
-@code{org-texinfo-info-process} variable.
+Export to Texinfo format first and then process it to make an
+Info file. To generate other formats, such as DocBook, customize
+the @code{org-texinfo-info-process} variable.
@end table
@node Texinfo specific export settings
@subsection Texinfo specific export settings
-The Texinfo export back-end has several additional keywords for customizing
-Texinfo output. Setting these keywords works similar to the general options
-(@pxref{Export settings}).
-@table @samp
+The Texinfo export back-end has several additional keywords for
+customizing Texinfo output. Setting these keywords works similar to
+the general options (see @ref{Export Settings}).
-@item SUBTITLE
-@cindex @code{#+SUBTITLE} (Texinfo)
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{SUBTITLE}
+@cindex @samp{SUBTITLE}, keyword
The document subtitle.
-@item SUBAUTHOR
-@cindex @code{#+SUBAUTHOR}
-The document subauthor.
+@item @samp{SUBAUTHOR}
+@cindex @samp{SUBAUTHOR}, keyword
+Additional authors for the document.
-@item TEXINFO_FILENAME
-@cindex @code{#+TEXINFO_FILENAME}
+@item @samp{TEXINFO_FILENAME}
+@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_FILENAME}, keyword
The Texinfo filename.
-@item TEXINFO_CLASS
-@cindex @code{#+TEXINFO_CLASS}
+@item @samp{TEXINFO_CLASS}
+@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_CLASS}, keyword
@vindex org-texinfo-default-class
-The default document class (@code{org-texinfo-default-class}), which must be
-a member of @code{org-texinfo-classes}.
+The default document class (@code{org-texinfo-default-class}), which
+must be a member of @code{org-texinfo-classes}.
-@item TEXINFO_HEADER
-@cindex @code{#+TEXINFO_HEADER}
+@item @samp{TEXINFO_HEADER}
+@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_HEADER}, keyword
Arbitrary lines inserted at the end of the header.
-@item TEXINFO_POST_HEADER
-@cindex @code{#+TEXINFO_POST_HEADER}
+@item @samp{TEXINFO_POST_HEADER}
+@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_POST_HEADER}, keyword
Arbitrary lines inserted after the end of the header.
-@item TEXINFO_DIR_CATEGORY
-@cindex @code{#+TEXINFO_DIR_CATEGORY}
+@item @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_CATEGORY}
+@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_CATEGORY}, keyword
The directory category of the document.
-@item TEXINFO_DIR_TITLE
-@cindex @code{#+TEXINFO_DIR_TITLE}
+@item @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_TITLE}
+@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_TITLE}, keyword
The directory title of the document.
-@item TEXINFO_DIR_DESC
-@cindex @code{#+TEXINFO_DIR_DESC}
+@item @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_DESC}
+@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_DESC}, keyword
The directory description of the document.
-@item TEXINFO_PRINTED_TITLE
-@cindex @code{#+TEXINFO_PRINTED_TITLE}
+@item @samp{TEXINFO_PRINTED_TITLE}
+@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_PRINTED_TITLE}, keyword
The printed title of the document.
@end table
@node Texinfo file header
@subsection Texinfo file header
-@cindex @code{#+TEXINFO_FILENAME}
+@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_FILENAME}, keyword
After creating the header for a Texinfo file, the Texinfo back-end
-automatically generates a name and destination path for the Info file. To
-override this default with a more sensible path and name, specify the
-@code{#+TEXINFO_FILENAME} keyword.
+automatically generates a name and destination path for the Info file.
+To override this default with a more sensible path and name, specify
+the @samp{TEXINFO_FILENAME} keyword.
@vindex org-texinfo-coding-system
-@vindex org-texinfo-classes
-@cindex @code{#+TEXINFO_HEADER}
-@cindex @code{#+TEXINFO_CLASS}
-Along with the output's file name, the Texinfo header also contains language
-details (@pxref{Export settings}) and encoding system as set in the
-@code{org-texinfo-coding-system} variable. Insert @code{#+TEXINFO_HEADER}
+@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_HEADER}, keyword
+Along with the output's file name, the Texinfo header also contains
+language details (see @ref{Export Settings}) and encoding system as set in
+the @code{org-texinfo-coding-system} variable. Insert @samp{TEXINFO_HEADER}
keywords for each additional command in the header, for example:
-@@code@{@@synindex@}.
-Instead of repeatedly installing the same set of commands, define a class in
-@code{org-texinfo-classes} once, and then activate it in the document by
-setting the @code{#+TEXINFO_CLASS} keyword to that class.
+@example
+#+TEXINFO_HEADER: @@synindex
+@end example
+
+@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_CLASS}, keyword
+@vindex org-texinfo-classes
+Instead of repeatedly installing the same set of commands, define
+a class in @code{org-texinfo-classes} once, and then activate it in the
+document by setting the @samp{TEXINFO_CLASS} keyword to that class.
@node Texinfo title and copyright page
@subsection Texinfo title and copyright page
-@cindex @code{#+TEXINFO_PRINTED_TITLE}
+@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_PRINTED_TITLE}, keyword
The default template for hard copy output has a title page with
-@code{#+TITLE} and @code{#+AUTHOR} (@pxref{Export settings}). To replace the
-regular @code{#+TITLE} with something different for the printed version, use
-the @code{#+TEXINFO_PRINTED_TITLE} and @code{#+SUBTITLE} keywords. Both
-expect raw Texinfo code for setting their values.
+@samp{TITLE} and @samp{AUTHOR} keywords (see @ref{Export Settings}). To replace the
+regular title with something different for the printed version, use
+the @samp{TEXINFO_PRINTED_TITLE} and @samp{SUBTITLE} keywords. Both expect raw
+Texinfo code for setting their values.
-@cindex @code{#+SUBAUTHOR}
-If one @code{#+AUTHOR} is not sufficient, add multiple @code{#+SUBAUTHOR}
+@cindex @samp{SUBAUTHOR}, keyword
+If one @samp{AUTHOR} line is not sufficient, add multiple @samp{SUBAUTHOR}
keywords. They have to be set in raw Texinfo code.
@example
#+AUTHOR: Jane Smith
#+SUBAUTHOR: John Doe
-#+TEXINFO_PRINTED_TITLE: This Long Title@@inlinefmt@{tex,@@*@} Is Broken in @@TeX@{@}
+#+TEXINFO_PRINTED_TITLE: This Long Title@@@@inlinefmt@{tex,@@*@} Is Broken in @@TeX@{@}
@end example
-@cindex property, @code{COPYING}
+@cindex @samp{COPYING}, property
Copying material is defined in a dedicated headline with a non-@code{nil}
-@code{:COPYING:} property. The back-end inserts the contents within a
-@code{@@copying} command at the beginning of the document. The heading
+@samp{COPYING} property. The back-end inserts the contents within
+a @samp{@@copying} command at the beginning of the document. The heading
itself does not appear in the structure of the document.
Copyright information is printed on the back of the title page.
@@ -13867,26 +15354,24 @@ Copyright information is printed on the back of the title page.
This is a short example of a complete Texinfo file, version 1.0.
- Copyright \copy 2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Copyright \copy 2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@end example
@node Info directory file
@subsection Info directory file
+
@cindex @samp{dir} file, in Texinfo export
-@cindex Texinfo export, @samp{dir} file
@cindex Info directory file, in Texinfo export
-@cindex Texinfo export, Info directory file
-@cindex @code{install-info} parameters, in Texinfo export
-@cindex Texinfo export, @code{install-info} parameters
-
-@cindex @code{#+TEXINFO_DIR_CATEGORY}
-@cindex @code{#+TEXINFO_DIR_TITLE}
-@cindex @code{#+TEXINFO_DIR_DESC}
-The end result of the Texinfo export process is the creation of an Info file.
-This Info file's metadata has variables for category, title, and description:
-@code{#+TEXINFO_DIR_CATEGORY}, @code{#+TEXINFO_DIR_TITLE}, and
-@code{#+TEXINFO_DIR_DESC} that establish where in the Info hierarchy the file
-fits.
+@cindex @code{install-info}, in Texinfo export
+
+@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_CATEGORY}, keyword
+@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_TITLE}, keyword
+@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_DESC}, keyword
+The end result of the Texinfo export process is the creation of an
+Info file. This Info file's metadata has variables for category,
+title, and description: @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_CATEGORY}, @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_TITLE},
+and @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_DESC} keywords that establish where in the Info
+hierarchy the file fits.
Here is an example that writes to the Info directory file:
@@ -13901,33 +15386,34 @@ Here is an example that writes to the Info directory file:
@vindex org-texinfo-classes
@vindex org-texinfo-default-class
-@cindex @code{#+TEXINFO_CLASS}
+@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_CLASS}, keyword
The Texinfo export back-end uses a pre-defined scheme to convert Org
-headlines to an equivalent Texinfo structuring commands. A scheme like this
-maps top-level headlines to numbered chapters tagged as @code{@@chapter} and
-lower-level headlines to unnumbered chapters tagged as @code{@@unnumbered}.
-To override such mappings to introduce @code{@@part} or other Texinfo
-structuring commands, define a new class in @code{org-texinfo-classes}.
-Activate the new class with the @code{#+TEXINFO_CLASS} keyword. When no new
-class is defined and activated, the Texinfo export back-end defaults to the
+headlines to equivalent Texinfo structuring commands. A scheme like
+this maps top-level headlines to numbered chapters tagged as
+@code{@@chapter} and lower-level headlines to unnumbered chapters tagged as
+@code{@@unnumbered}. To override such mappings to introduce @code{@@part} or
+other Texinfo structuring commands, define a new class in
+@code{org-texinfo-classes}. Activate the new class with the
+@samp{TEXINFO_CLASS} keyword. When no new class is defined and activated,
+the Texinfo export back-end defaults to the
@code{org-texinfo-default-class}.
-If an Org headline's level has no associated Texinfo structuring command, or
-is below a certain threshold (@pxref{Export settings}), then the Texinfo
-export back-end makes it into a list item.
+If an Org headline's level has no associated Texinfo structuring
+command, or is below a certain threshold (see @ref{Export Settings}), then
+the Texinfo export back-end makes it into a list item.
-@cindex property, @code{APPENDIX}
+@cindex @samp{APPENDIX}, property
The Texinfo export back-end makes any headline with a non-@code{nil}
-@code{:APPENDIX:} property into an appendix. This happens independent of the
-Org headline level or the @code{#+TEXINFO_CLASS}.
+@samp{APPENDIX} property into an appendix. This happens independent of the
+Org headline level or the @samp{TEXINFO_CLASS} keyword.
-@cindex property, @code{DESCRIPTION}
-The Texinfo export back-end creates a menu entry after the Org headline for
-each regular sectioning structure. To override this with a shorter menu
-entry, use the @code{:ALT_TITLE:} property (@pxref{Table of contents}).
-Texinfo menu entries also have an option for a longer @code{:DESCRIPTION:}
-property. Here's an example that uses both to override the default menu
-entry:
+@cindex @samp{ALT_TITLE}, property
+@cindex @samp{DESCRIPTION}, property
+The Texinfo export back-end creates a menu entry after the Org
+headline for each regular sectioning structure. To override this with
+a shorter menu entry, use the @samp{ALT_TITLE} property (see @ref{Table of Contents}). Texinfo menu entries also have an option for a longer
+@samp{DESCRIPTION} property. Here's an example that uses both to override
+the default menu entry:
@example
* Controlling Screen Display
@@ -13937,51 +15423,44 @@ entry:
:END:
@end example
-@cindex The Top node, in Texinfo export
-@cindex Texinfo export, Top node
-The text before the first headline belongs to the @samp{Top} node, i.e., the
-node in which a reader enters an Info manual. As such, it is expected not to
-appear in printed output generated from the @file{.texi} file. @inforef{The
-Top Node,,texinfo}, for more information.
+@cindex Top node, in Texinfo export
+The text before the first headline belongs to the @emph{Top} node, i.e.,
+the node in which a reader enters an Info manual. As such, it is
+expected not to appear in printed output generated from the @samp{.texi}
+file. See @ref{The Top Node,,,texinfo,}, for more information.
@node Indices
@subsection Indices
-@cindex @code{#+CINDEX}
+@cindex @samp{CINDEX}, keyword
@cindex concept index, in Texinfo export
-@cindex Texinfo export, index, concept
-@cindex @code{#+FINDEX}
+@cindex @samp{FINDEX}, keyword
@cindex function index, in Texinfo export
-@cindex Texinfo export, index, function
-@cindex @code{#+KINDEX}
+@cindex @samp{KINDEX}, keyword
@cindex keystroke index, in Texinfo export
-@cindex Texinfo export, keystroke index
-@cindex @code{#+PINDEX}
+@cindex @samp{PINDEX}, keyword
@cindex program index, in Texinfo export
-@cindex Texinfo export, program index
-@cindex @code{#+TINDEX}
+@cindex @samp{TINDEX}, keyword
@cindex data type index, in Texinfo export
-@cindex Texinfo export, data type index
-@cindex @code{#+VINDEX}
+@cindex @samp{VINDEX}, keyword
@cindex variable index, in Texinfo export
-@cindex Texinfo export, variable index
-The Texinfo export back-end recognizes these indexing keywords if used in the
-Org file: @code{#+CINDEX}, @code{#+FINDEX}, @code{#+KINDEX}, @code{#+PINDEX},
-@code{#+TINDEX}, and @code{#+VINDEX}. Write their value as verbatim Texinfo
-code; in particular, @samp{@{}, @samp{@}} and @samp{@@} characters need to be
-escaped with @samp{@@} if they not belong to a Texinfo command.
+The Texinfo export back-end recognizes these indexing keywords if used
+in the Org file: @samp{CINDEX}, @samp{FINDEX}, @samp{KINDEX}, @samp{PINDEX}, @samp{TINDEX} and
+@samp{VINDEX}. Write their value as verbatim Texinfo code; in particular,
+@samp{@{}, @samp{@}} and @samp{@@} characters need to be escaped with @samp{@@} if they do not
+belong to a Texinfo command.
@example
#+CINDEX: Defining indexing entries
@end example
-@cindex property, @code{INDEX}
+@cindex @samp{INDEX}, property
For the back-end to generate an index entry for a headline, set the
-@code{:INDEX:} property to @samp{cp} or @samp{vr}. These abbreviations come
-from Texinfo that stand for concept index and variable index. The Texinfo
+@samp{INDEX} property to @samp{cp} or @samp{vr}. These abbreviations come from
+Texinfo that stand for concept index and variable index. The Texinfo
manual has abbreviations for all other kinds of indexes. The back-end
-exports the headline as an unnumbered chapter or section command, and then
-inserts the index after its contents.
+exports the headline as an unnumbered chapter or section command, and
+then inserts the index after its contents.
@example
* Concept Index
@@ -13993,10 +15472,11 @@ inserts the index after its contents.
@node Quoting Texinfo code
@subsection Quoting Texinfo code
-Use any of the following three methods to insert or escape raw Texinfo code:
+Use any of the following three methods to insert or escape raw Texinfo
+code:
-@cindex @code{#+TEXINFO}
-@cindex @code{#+BEGIN_EXPORT texinfo}
+@cindex @samp{TEXINFO}, keyword
+@cindex @samp{BEGIN_EXPORT texinfo}
@example
Richard @@@@texinfo:@@sc@{@@@@Stallman@@@@texinfo:@}@@@@ commence' GNU.
@@ -14004,36 +15484,35 @@ Richard @@@@texinfo:@@sc@{@@@@Stallman@@@@texinfo:@}@@@@ commence' GNU.
This paragraph is preceded by...
#+BEGIN_EXPORT texinfo
-@@auindex Johnson, Mark
-@@auindex Lakoff, George
+ @@auindex Johnson, Mark
+ @@auindex Lakoff, George
#+END_EXPORT
@end example
@node Plain lists in Texinfo export
@subsection Plain lists in Texinfo export
-@cindex @code{#+ATTR_TEXINFO}, in plain lists
-@cindex Two-column tables, in Texinfo export
-@cindex @code{:table-type} attribute, in Texinfo export
-The Texinfo export back-end by default converts description lists in the Org
-file using the default command @code{@@table}, which results in a table with
-two columns. To change this behavior, specify @code{:table-type} with
-@code{ftable} or @code{vtable} attributes. For more information,
-@inforef{Two-column Tables,,texinfo}.
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_TEXINFO}, keyword
+@cindex two-column tables, in Texinfo export
+
+@cindex table types, in Texinfo export
+The Texinfo export back-end by default converts description lists in
+the Org file using the default command @samp{@@table}, which results in
+a table with two columns. To change this behavior, specify
+@samp{:table-type} with @samp{ftable} or @samp{vtable} attributes. For more
+information, see @ref{Two-column Tables,,,texinfo,}.
@vindex org-texinfo-table-default-markup
-@cindex @code{:indic} attribute, in Texinfo export
-The Texinfo export back-end by default also applies a text highlight based on
-the defaults stored in @code{org-texinfo-table-default-markup}. To override
-the default highlight command, specify another one with the @code{:indic}
-attribute.
+The Texinfo export back-end by default also applies a text highlight
+based on the defaults stored in @code{org-texinfo-table-default-markup}.
+To override the default highlight command, specify another one with
+the @samp{:indic} attribute.
-@cindex Multiple entries in two-column tables, in Texinfo export
-@cindex @code{:sep} attribute, in Texinfo export
-Org syntax is limited to one entry per list item. Nevertheless, the Texinfo
-export back-end can split that entry according to any text provided through
-the @code{:sep} attribute. Each part then becomes a new entry in the first
-column of the table.
+@cindex multiple items in Texinfo lists
+Org syntax is limited to one entry per list item. Nevertheless, the
+Texinfo export back-end can split that entry according to any text
+provided through the @samp{:sep} attribute. Each part then becomes a new
+entry in the first column of the table.
The following example illustrates all the attributes above:
@@ -14055,11 +15534,12 @@ This is the common text for variables foo and bar.
@node Tables in Texinfo export
@subsection Tables in Texinfo export
-@cindex @code{#+ATTR_TEXINFO}, in tables
-When exporting tables, the Texinfo export back-end uses the widest cell width
-in each column. To override this and instead specify as fractions of line
-length, use the @code{:columns} attribute. See example below.
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_TEXINFO}, keyword
+When exporting tables, the Texinfo export back-end uses the widest
+cell width in each column. To override this and instead specify as
+fractions of line length, use the @samp{:columns} attribute. See example
+below.
@example
#+ATTR_TEXINFO: :columns .5 .5
@@ -14068,13 +15548,13 @@ length, use the @code{:columns} attribute. See example below.
@node Images in Texinfo export
@subsection Images in Texinfo export
-@cindex @code{#+ATTR_TEXINFO}, in images
-Insert a file link to the image in the Org file, and the Texinfo export
-back-end inserts the image. These links must have the usual supported image
-extensions and no descriptions. To scale the image, use @code{:width} and
-@code{:height} attributes. For alternate text, use @code{:alt} and specify
-the text using Texinfo code, as shown in the example:
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_TEXINFO}, keyword
+Insert a file link to the image in the Org file, and the Texinfo
+export back-end inserts the image. These links must have the usual
+supported image extensions and no descriptions. To scale the image,
+use @samp{:width} and @samp{:height} attributes. For alternate text, use @samp{:alt}
+and specify the text using Texinfo code, as shown in the example:
@example
#+ATTR_TEXINFO: :width 1in :alt Alternate @@i@{text@}
@@ -14082,18 +15562,19 @@ the text using Texinfo code, as shown in the example:
@end example
@node Special blocks in Texinfo export
-@subsection Special blocks
-@cindex @code{#+ATTR_TEXINFO}, in special blocks
+@subsection Special blocks in Texinfo export
+
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_TEXINFO}, keyword
-The Texinfo export back-end converts special blocks to commands with the same
-name. It also adds any @code{:options} attributes to the end of the command,
-as shown in this example:
+The Texinfo export back-end converts special blocks to commands with
+the same name. It also adds any @samp{:options} attributes to the end of
+the command, as shown in this example:
@example
#+ATTR_TEXINFO: :options org-org-export-to-org ...
-#+begin_defun
-A somewhat obsessive function.
-#+end_defun
+#+BEGIN_defun
+ A somewhat obsessive function name.
+#+END_defun
@end example
@noindent
@@ -14101,16 +15582,16 @@ becomes
@example
@@defun org-org-export-to-org ...
-A somewhat obsessive function.
+ A somewhat obsessive function name.
@@end defun
@end example
@node A Texinfo example
@subsection A Texinfo example
-Here is a more detailed example Org file. See @ref{GNU Sample
-Texts,,,texinfo,GNU Texinfo Manual} for an equivalent example using Texinfo
-code.
+Here is a more detailed example Org file. See
+@ref{GNU Sample Texts,,,texinfo,} for an equivalent example using
+Texinfo code.
@example
#+TITLE: GNU Sample @{@{@{version@}@}@}
@@ -14144,7 +15625,7 @@ This manual is for GNU Sample (version @{@{@{version@}@}@},
This manual is for GNU Sample (version @{@{@{version@}@}@},
@{@{@{updated@}@}@}), which is an example in the Texinfo documentation.
- Copyright \copy 2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Copyright \copy 2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#+BEGIN_QUOTE
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
@@ -14177,155 +15658,166 @@ This manual is for GNU Sample (version @{@{@{version@}@}@},
:END:
@end example
-@node iCalendar export
-@section iCalendar export
+@node iCalendar Export
+@section iCalendar Export
+
@cindex iCalendar export
+A large part of Org mode's interoperability success is its ability to
+easily export to or import from external applications. The iCalendar
+export back-end takes calendar data from Org files and exports to the
+standard iCalendar format.
+
@vindex org-icalendar-include-todo
@vindex org-icalendar-use-deadline
@vindex org-icalendar-use-scheduled
+The iCalendar export back-end can also incorporate TODO entries based
+on the configuration of the @code{org-icalendar-include-todo} variable.
+The back-end exports plain timestamps as @samp{VEVENT}, TODO items as
+@samp{VTODO}, and also create events from deadlines that are in non-TODO
+items. The back-end uses the deadlines and scheduling dates in Org
+TODO items for setting the start and due dates for the iCalendar TODO
+entry. Consult the @code{org-icalendar-use-deadline} and
+@code{org-icalendar-use-scheduled} variables for more details.
+
@vindex org-icalendar-categories
@vindex org-icalendar-alarm-time
-A large part of Org mode's inter-operability success is its ability to easily
-export to or import from external applications. The iCalendar export
-back-end takes calendar data from Org files and exports to the standard
-iCalendar format.
-
-The iCalendar export back-end can also incorporate TODO entries based on the
-configuration of the @code{org-icalendar-include-todo} variable. The
-back-end exports plain timestamps as VEVENT, TODO items as VTODO, and also
-create events from deadlines that are in non-TODO items. The back-end uses
-the deadlines and scheduling dates in Org TODO items for setting the start
-and due dates for the iCalendar TODO entry. Consult the
-@code{org-icalendar-use-deadline} and @code{org-icalendar-use-scheduled}
-variables for more details.
-
-For tags on the headline, the iCalendar export back-end makes them into
-iCalendar categories. To tweak the inheritance of tags and TODO states,
-configure the variable @code{org-icalendar-categories}. To assign clock
-alarms based on time, configure the @code{org-icalendar-alarm-time} variable.
+For tags on the headline, the iCalendar export back-end makes them
+into iCalendar categories. To tweak the inheritance of tags and TODO
+states, configure the variable @code{org-icalendar-categories}. To assign
+clock alarms based on time, configure the @code{org-icalendar-alarm-time}
+variable.
@vindex org-icalendar-store-UID
-@cindex property, @code{ID}
-The iCalendar format standard requires globally unique identifier---UID---for
-each entry. The iCalendar export back-end creates UIDs during export. To
-save a copy of the UID in the Org file set the variable
-@code{org-icalendar-store-UID}. The back-end looks for the @code{:ID:}
-property of the entry for re-using the same UID for subsequent exports.
-
-Since a single Org entry can result in multiple iCalendar entries---as
-timestamp, deadline, scheduled item, or TODO item---Org adds prefixes to the
-UID, depending on which part of the Org entry triggered the creation of the
-iCalendar entry. Prefixing ensures UIDs remains unique, yet enable
-synchronization programs trace the connections.
-
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c C-e c f,org-icalendar-export-to-ics}
-Create iCalendar entries from the current Org buffer and store them in the
-same directory, using a file extension @file{.ics}.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-e c a, org-icalendar-export-agenda-files}
-@vindex org-agenda-files
-Create iCalendar entries from Org files in @code{org-agenda-files} and store
-in a separate iCalendar file for each Org file.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-e c c,org-icalendar-combine-agenda-files}
+@cindex @samp{ID}, property
+The iCalendar format standard requires globally unique identifier---or
+UID---for each entry. The iCalendar export back-end creates UIDs
+during export. To save a copy of the UID in the Org file set the
+variable @code{org-icalendar-store-UID}. The back-end looks for the @samp{ID}
+property of the entry for re-using the same UID for subsequent
+exports.
+
+Since a single Org entry can result in multiple iCalendar
+entries---timestamp, deadline, scheduled item, or TODO item---Org adds
+prefixes to the UID, depending on which part of the Org entry
+triggered the creation of the iCalendar entry. Prefixing ensures UIDs
+remains unique, yet enable synchronization programs trace the
+connections.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e c f} (@code{org-icalendar-export-to-ics})
+@kindex C-c C-e c f
+@findex org-icalendar-export-to-ics
+Create iCalendar entries from the current Org buffer and store
+them in the same directory, using a file extension @samp{.ics}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e c a} (@code{org-icalendar-export-agenda-files})
+@kindex C-c C-e c a
+@findex org-icalendar-export-agenda-files
+Create iCalendar entries from Org files in @code{org-agenda-files} and
+store in a separate iCalendar file for each Org file.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e c c} (@code{org-icalendar-combine-agenda-files})
+@kindex C-c C-e c c
+@findex org-icalendar-combine-agenda-files
@vindex org-icalendar-combined-agenda-file
-Create a combined iCalendar file from Org files in @code{org-agenda-files}
-and write it to @code{org-icalendar-combined-agenda-file} file name.
+Create a combined iCalendar file from Org files in
+@code{org-agenda-files} and write it to
+@code{org-icalendar-combined-agenda-file} file name.
@end table
-@vindex org-use-property-inheritance
-@vindex org-icalendar-include-body
-@cindex property, @code{SUMMARY}
-@cindex property, @code{DESCRIPTION}
-@cindex property, @code{LOCATION}
-@cindex property, @code{TIMEZONE}
-The iCalendar export back-end includes @code{SUMMARY}, @code{DESCRIPTION},
-@code{LOCATION} and @code{TIMEZONE} properties from the Org entries when
-exporting. To force the back-end to inherit the @code{LOCATION} and
-@code{TIMEZONE} properties, configure the @code{org-use-property-inheritance}
+@cindex @samp{SUMMARY}, property
+@cindex @samp{DESCRIPTION}, property
+@cindex @samp{LOCATION}, property
+@cindex @samp{TIMEZONE}, property
+The iCalendar export back-end includes @samp{SUMMARY}, @samp{DESCRIPTION},
+@samp{LOCATION} and @samp{TIMEZONE} properties from the Org entries when
+exporting. To force the back-end to inherit the @samp{LOCATION} and
+@samp{TIMEZONE} properties, configure the @code{org-use-property-inheritance}
variable.
-When Org entries do not have @code{SUMMARY}, @code{DESCRIPTION} and
-@code{LOCATION} properties, the iCalendar export back-end derives the summary
-from the headline, and derives the description from the body of the Org item.
+@vindex org-icalendar-include-body
+When Org entries do not have @samp{SUMMARY}, @samp{DESCRIPTION} and @samp{LOCATION}
+properties, the iCalendar export back-end derives the summary from the
+headline, and derives the description from the body of the Org item.
The @code{org-icalendar-include-body} variable limits the maximum number of
characters of the content are turned into its description.
-The @code{TIMEZONE} property can be used to specify a per-entry time zone,
-and will be applied to any entry with timestamp information. Time zones
-should be specified as per the IANA time zone database format, e.g.@:
-``Asia/Almaty''. Alternately, the property value can be ``UTC'', to force
+The @samp{TIMEZONE} property can be used to specify a per-entry time zone,
+and is applied to any entry with timestamp information. Time zones
+should be specified as per the IANA time zone database format, e.g.,
+@samp{Asia/Almaty}. Alternately, the property value can be @samp{UTC}, to force
UTC time for this entry only.
-Exporting to iCalendar format depends in large part on the capabilities of
-the destination application. Some are more lenient than others. Consult the
-Org mode FAQ for advice on specific applications.
+Exporting to iCalendar format depends in large part on the
+capabilities of the destination application. Some are more lenient
+than others. Consult the Org mode FAQ for advice on specific
+applications.
-@node Other built-in back-ends
-@section Other built-in back-ends
-@cindex export back-ends, built-in
-@vindex org-export-backends
+@node Other Built-in Back-ends
+@section Other Built-in Back-ends
Other export back-ends included with Org are:
@itemize
-@item @file{ox-man.el}: export to a man page.
+@item
+@samp{ox-man.el}: Export to a man page.
@end itemize
To activate such back-ends, either customize @code{org-export-backends} or
load directly with @code{(require 'ox-man)}. On successful load, the
-back-end adds new keys in the export dispatcher (@pxref{The export
-dispatcher}).
+back-end adds new keys in the export dispatcher (see @ref{The Export Dispatcher}).
+
+Follow the comment section of such files, for example, @samp{ox-man.el},
+for usage and configuration details.
+
+@node Advanced Configuration
+@section Advanced Configuration
-Follow the comment section of such files, for example, @file{ox-man.el}, for
-usage and configuration details.
-@node Advanced configuration
-@section Advanced configuration
+@anchor{Hooks}
@subheading Hooks
@vindex org-export-before-processing-hook
@vindex org-export-before-parsing-hook
-The export process executes two hooks before the actual exporting begins.
-The first hook, @code{org-export-before-processing-hook}, runs before any
-expansions of macros, Babel code, and include keywords in the buffer. The
-second hook, @code{org-export-before-parsing-hook}, runs before the buffer is
-parsed. Both hooks are specified as functions, see example below. Their main
-use is for heavy duty structural modifications of the Org content. For
-example, removing every headline in the buffer during export:
+The export process executes two hooks before the actual exporting
+begins. The first hook, @code{org-export-before-processing-hook}, runs
+before any expansions of macros, Babel code, and include keywords in
+the buffer. The second hook, @code{org-export-before-parsing-hook}, runs
+before the buffer is parsed.
+
+Functions added to these hooks are called with a single argument: the
+export back-end actually used, as a symbol. You may use them for
+heavy duty structural modifications of the document. For example, you
+can remove every headline in the buffer during export like this:
@lisp
-@group
(defun my-headline-removal (backend)
"Remove all headlines in the current buffer.
BACKEND is the export back-end being used, as a symbol."
(org-map-entries
- (lambda () (delete-region (point) (progn (forward-line) (point))))))
+ (lambda () (delete-region (point) (line-beginning-position 2)))))
(add-hook 'org-export-before-parsing-hook 'my-headline-removal)
-@end group
@end lisp
-Note that the hook function must have a mandatory argument that is a symbol
-for the back-end.
-
+@anchor{Filters}
@subheading Filters
@cindex Filters, exporting
-The Org export process relies on filters to process specific parts of
-conversion process. Filters are just lists of functions to be applied to
-certain parts for a given back-end. The output from the first function in
-the filter is passed on to the next function in the filter. The final output
-is the output from the final function in the filter.
-
-The Org export process has many filter sets applicable to different types of
-objects, plain text, parse trees, export options, and final output formats.
-The filters are named after the element type or object type:
-@code{org-export-filter-TYPE-functions}, where @code{TYPE} is the type
-targeted by the filter. Valid types are:
-
-@multitable @columnfractions .33 .33 .33
+Filters are lists of functions to be applied to certain parts for
+a given back-end. The output from the first function in the filter is
+passed on to the next function in the filter. The final output is the
+output from the final function in the filter.
+
+The Org export process has many filter sets applicable to different
+types of objects, plain text, parse trees, export options, and final
+output formats. The filters are named after the element type or
+object type: @code{org-export-filter-TYPE-functions}, where @var{TYPE}
+is the type targeted by the filter. Valid types are:
+
+@multitable @columnfractions 0.33 0.33 0.33
@item body
@tab bold
@tab babel-call
@@ -14382,538 +15874,748 @@ targeted by the filter. Valid types are:
@tab verse-block
@end multitable
-Here is an example filter that replaces non-breaking spaces @code{~} in the
-Org buffer with @code{_} for the @LaTeX{} back-end.
+Here is an example filter that replaces non-breaking spaces @code{ } in the
+Org buffer with @samp{~} for the @LaTeX{} back-end.
@lisp
-@group
(defun my-latex-filter-nobreaks (text backend info)
- "Ensure \"_\" are properly handled in LaTeX export."
+ "Ensure \" \" are properly handled in LaTeX export."
(when (org-export-derived-backend-p backend 'latex)
- (replace-regexp-in-string "_" "~" text)))
+ (replace-regexp-in-string " " "~" text)))
(add-to-list 'org-export-filter-plain-text-functions
'my-latex-filter-nobreaks)
-@end group
@end lisp
-A filter requires three arguments: the code to be transformed, the name of
-the back-end, and some optional information about the export process. The
-third argument can be safely ignored. Note the use of
-@code{org-export-derived-backend-p} predicate that tests for @code{latex}
-back-end or any other back-end, such as @code{beamer}, derived from
-@code{latex}.
+A filter requires three arguments: the code to be transformed, the
+name of the back-end, and some optional information about the export
+process. The third argument can be safely ignored. Note the use of
+@code{org-export-derived-backend-p} predicate that tests for @emph{latex}
+back-end or any other back-end, such as @emph{beamer}, derived from
+@emph{latex}.
+@anchor{Defining filters for individual files}
@subheading Defining filters for individual files
-The Org export can filter not just for back-ends, but also for specific files
-through the @code{#+BIND} keyword. Here is an example with two filters; one
-removes brackets from time stamps, and the other removes strike-through text.
-The filter functions are defined in a @samp{src} code block in the same Org
-file, which is a handy location for debugging.
+The Org export can filter not just for back-ends, but also for
+specific files through the @samp{BIND} keyword. Here is an example with
+two filters; one removes brackets from time stamps, and the other
+removes strike-through text. The filter functions are defined in
+a code block in the same Org file, which is a handy location for
+debugging.
@example
#+BIND: org-export-filter-timestamp-functions (tmp-f-timestamp)
#+BIND: org-export-filter-strike-through-functions (tmp-f-strike-through)
-#+begin_src emacs-lisp :exports results :results none
+#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :exports results :results none
(defun tmp-f-timestamp (s backend info)
(replace-regexp-in-string "&[lg]t;\\|[][]" "" s))
(defun tmp-f-strike-through (s backend info) "")
-#+end_src
+#+END_SRC
@end example
+@anchor{Extending an existing back-end}
@subheading Extending an existing back-end
-Some parts of the conversion process can be extended for certain elements so
-as to introduce a new or revised translation. That is how the HTML export
-back-end was extended to handle Markdown format. The extensions work
-seamlessly so any aspect of filtering not done by the extended back-end is
-handled by the original back-end. Of all the export customization in Org,
-extending is very powerful as it operates at the parser level.
+Some parts of the conversion process can be extended for certain
+elements so as to introduce a new or revised translation. That is how
+the HTML export back-end was extended to handle Markdown format. The
+extensions work seamlessly so any aspect of filtering not done by the
+extended back-end is handled by the original back-end. Of all the
+export customization in Org, extending is very powerful as it operates
+at the parser level.
-For this example, make the @code{ascii} back-end display the language used in
-a source code block. Also make it display only when some attribute is
-non-@code{nil}, like the following:
+For this example, make the @emph{ascii} back-end display the language used
+in a source code block. Also make it display only when some attribute
+is non-@code{nil}, like the following:
@example
#+ATTR_ASCII: :language t
@end example
-Then extend @code{ascii} back-end with a custom @code{my-ascii} back-end.
+Then extend ASCII back-end with a custom ``my-ascii'' back-end.
@lisp
-@group
(defun my-ascii-src-block (src-block contents info)
"Transcode a SRC-BLOCK element from Org to ASCII.
CONTENTS is nil. INFO is a plist used as a communication
channel."
(if (not (org-export-read-attribute :attr_ascii src-block :language))
- (org-export-with-backend 'ascii src-block contents info)
- (concat
- (format ",--[ %s ]--\n%s`----"
- (org-element-property :language src-block)
- (replace-regexp-in-string
- "^" "| "
- (org-element-normalize-string
- (org-export-format-code-default src-block info)))))))
+ (org-export-with-backend 'ascii src-block contents info)
+ (concat
+ (format ",--[ %s ]--\n%s`----"
+ (org-element-property :language src-block)
+ (replace-regexp-in-string
+ "^" "| "
+ (org-element-normalize-string
+ (org-export-format-code-default src-block info)))))))
(org-export-define-derived-backend 'my-ascii 'ascii
:translate-alist '((src-block . my-ascii-src-block)))
-@end group
@end lisp
The @code{my-ascii-src-block} function looks at the attribute above the
-current element. If not true, hands over to @code{ascii} back-end. If true,
-which it is in this example, it creates a box around the code and leaves room
-for the inserting a string for language. The last form creates the new
-back-end that springs to action only when translating @code{src-block} type
-elements.
+current element. If not true, hands over to @emph{ascii} back-end. If
+true, which it is in this example, it creates a box around the code
+and leaves room for the inserting a string for language. The last
+form creates the new back-end that springs to action only when
+translating @code{src-block} type elements.
-To use the newly defined back-end, call the following from an Org buffer:
+To use the newly defined back-end, evaluate the following from an Org
+buffer:
-@smalllisp
+@lisp
(org-export-to-buffer 'my-ascii "*Org MY-ASCII Export*")
-@end smalllisp
+@end lisp
-Further steps to consider would be an interactive function, self-installing
-an item in the export dispatcher menu, and other user-friendly improvements.
+Further steps to consider would be an interactive function,
+self-installing an item in the export dispatcher menu, and other
+user-friendly improvements.
-@node Export in foreign buffers
-@section Export in foreign buffers
+@node Export in Foreign Buffers
+@section Export in Foreign Buffers
The export back-ends in Org often include commands to convert selected
regions. A convenient feature of this in-place conversion is that the
-exported output replaces the original source. Here are such functions:
+exported output replaces the original source. Here are such
+functions:
-@table @code
-@item org-html-convert-region-to-html
+@table @asis
+@item @code{org-html-convert-region-to-html}
+@findex org-html-convert-region-to-html
Convert the selected region into HTML.
-@item org-latex-convert-region-to-latex
+
+@item @code{org-latex-convert-region-to-latex}
+@findex org-latex-convert-region-to-latex
Convert the selected region into @LaTeX{}.
-@item org-texinfo-convert-region-to-texinfo
-Convert the selected region into @code{Texinfo}.
-@item org-md-convert-region-to-md
-Convert the selected region into @code{MarkDown}.
-@end table
-In-place conversions are particularly handy for quick conversion of tables
-and lists in foreign buffers. For example, turn on the minor mode @code{M-x
-orgstruct-mode} in an HTML buffer, then use the convenient Org keyboard
-commands to create a list, select it, and covert it to HTML with @code{M-x
-org-html-convert-region-to-html @key{RET}}.
+@item @code{org-texinfo-convert-region-to-texinfo}
+@findex org-texinfo-convert-region-to-texinfo
+Convert the selected region into Texinfo.
+@item @code{org-md-convert-region-to-md}
+@findex org-md-convert-region-to-md
+Convert the selected region into Markdown.
+@end table
+
+In-place conversions are particularly handy for quick conversion of
+tables and lists in foreign buffers. For example, turn on the minor
+mode @kbd{M-x orgstruct-mode} in an HTML buffer, then use the
+convenient Org keyboard commands to create a list, select it, and
+covert it to HTML with @kbd{M-x org-html-convert-region-to-html}.
@node Publishing
@chapter Publishing
+
@cindex publishing
-Org includes a publishing management system that allows you to configure
-automatic HTML conversion of @emph{projects} composed of interlinked org
-files. You can also configure Org to automatically upload your exported HTML
-pages and related attachments, such as images and source code files, to a web
-server.
+Org includes a publishing management system that allows you to
+configure automatic HTML conversion of @emph{projects} composed of
+interlinked Org files. You can also configure Org to automatically
+upload your exported HTML pages and related attachments, such as
+images and source code files, to a web server.
-You can also use Org to convert files into PDF, or even combine HTML and PDF
-conversion so that files are available in both formats on the server.
+You can also use Org to convert files into PDF, or even combine HTML
+and PDF conversion so that files are available in both formats on the
+server.
Publishing has been contributed to Org by David O'Toole.
@menu
-* Configuration:: Defining projects
-* Uploading files:: How to get files up on the server
-* Sample configuration:: Example projects
-* Triggering publication:: Publication commands
+* Configuration:: Defining projects.
+* Uploading Files:: How to get files up on the server.
+* Sample Configuration:: Example projects.
+* Triggering Publication:: Publication commands.
@end menu
@node Configuration
@section Configuration
-Publishing needs significant configuration to specify files, destination
-and many other properties of a project.
+Publishing needs significant configuration to specify files,
+destination and many other properties of a project.
@menu
-* Project alist:: The central configuration variable
-* Sources and destinations:: From here to there
-* Selecting files:: What files are part of the project?
-* Publishing action:: Setting the function doing the publishing
-* Publishing options:: Tweaking HTML/@LaTeX{} export
-* Publishing links:: Which links keep working after publishing?
-* Sitemap:: Generating a list of all pages
-* Generating an index:: An index that reaches across pages
+* Project alist:: The central configuration variable.
+* Sources and destinations:: From here to there.
+* Selecting files:: What files are part of the project?
+* Publishing action:: Setting the function doing the publishing.
+* Publishing options:: Tweaking HTML/@LaTeX{} export.
+* Publishing links:: Which links keep working after publishing?
+* Site map:: Generating a list of all pages.
+* Generating an index:: An index that reaches across pages.
@end menu
@node Project alist
@subsection The variable @code{org-publish-project-alist}
-@cindex @code{org-publish-project-alist}
+
@cindex projects, for publishing
@vindex org-publish-project-alist
-Publishing is configured almost entirely through setting the value of one
-variable, called @code{org-publish-project-alist}. Each element of the list
-configures one project, and may be in one of the two following forms:
+Publishing is configured almost entirely through setting the value of
+one variable, called @code{org-publish-project-alist}. Each element of the
+list configures one project, and may be in one of the two following
+forms:
@lisp
- ("project-name" :property value :property value ...)
- @r{i.e., a well-formed property list with alternating keys and values}
-@r{or}
- ("project-name" :components ("project-name" "project-name" ...))
+("project-name" :property value :property value ...)
+@end lisp
+
+@noindent
+i.e., a well-formed property list with alternating keys and values,
+or:
+@lisp
+("project-name" :components ("project-name" "project-name" ...))
@end lisp
-In both cases, projects are configured by specifying property values. A
-project defines the set of files that will be published, as well as the
-publishing configuration to use when publishing those files. When a project
-takes the second form listed above, the individual members of the
-@code{:components} property are taken to be sub-projects, which group
-together files requiring different publishing options. When you publish such
-a ``meta-project'', all the components will also be published, in the
-sequence given.
+In both cases, projects are configured by specifying property values.
+A project defines the set of files that are to be published, as well
+as the publishing configuration to use when publishing those files.
+When a project takes the second form listed above, the individual
+members of the @code{:components} property are taken to be sub-projects,
+which group together files requiring different publishing options.
+When you publish such a ``meta-project'', all the components are also
+published, in the sequence given.
@node Sources and destinations
@subsection Sources and destinations for files
+
@cindex directories, for publishing
Most properties are optional, but some should always be set. In
-particular, Org needs to know where to look for source files,
-and where to put published files.
+particular, Org needs to know where to look for source files, and
+where to put published files.
-@multitable @columnfractions 0.3 0.7
+@table @asis
@item @code{:base-directory}
-@tab Directory containing publishing source files
+Directory containing publishing source files.
+
@item @code{:publishing-directory}
-@tab Directory where output files will be published. You can directly
-publish to a web server using a file name syntax appropriate for
-the Emacs @file{tramp} package. Or you can publish to a local directory and
-use external tools to upload your website (@pxref{Uploading files}).
+Directory where output files are published. You can directly
+publish to a webserver using a file name syntax appropriate for
+the Emacs tramp package. Or you can publish to a local directory
+and use external tools to upload your website (see @ref{Uploading Files}).
+
@item @code{:preparation-function}
-@tab Function or list of functions to be called before starting the
-publishing process, for example, to run @code{make} for updating files to be
-published. Each preparation function is called with a single argument, the
-project property list.
+Function or list of functions to be called before starting the
+publishing process, for example, to run @samp{make} for updating files
+to be published. Each preparation function is called with
+a single argument, the project property list.
+
@item @code{:completion-function}
-@tab Function or list of functions called after finishing the publishing
-process, for example, to change permissions of the resulting files. Each
-completion function is called with a single argument, the project property
-list.
-@end multitable
-@noindent
+Function or list of functions called after finishing the
+publishing process, for example, to change permissions of the
+resulting files. Each completion function is called with
+a single argument, the project property list.
+@end table
@node Selecting files
@subsection Selecting files
+
@cindex files, selecting for publishing
-By default, all files with extension @file{.org} in the base directory
-are considered part of the project. This can be modified by setting the
-properties
-@multitable @columnfractions 0.25 0.75
+By default, all files with extension @samp{.org} in the base directory are
+considered part of the project. This can be modified by setting the
+following properties
+
+@table @asis
@item @code{:base-extension}
-@tab Extension (without the dot!) of source files. This actually is a
-regular expression. Set this to the symbol @code{any} if you want to get all
-files in @code{:base-directory}, even without extension.
+Extension---without the dot---of source files. This actually
+is a regular expression. Set this to the symbol @code{any} if you
+want to get all files in @code{:base-directory}, even without
+extension.
@item @code{:exclude}
-@tab Regular expression to match file names that should not be
-published, even though they have been selected on the basis of their
-extension.
+Regular expression to match file names that should not be published,
+even though they have been selected on the basis of their extension.
@item @code{:include}
-@tab List of files to be included regardless of @code{:base-extension}
-and @code{:exclude}.
+List of files to be included regardless of @code{:base-extension} and
+@code{:exclude}.
@item @code{:recursive}
-@tab non-@code{nil} means, check base-directory recursively for files to publish.
-@end multitable
+Non-@code{nil} means, check base-directory recursively for files to
+publish.
+@end table
@node Publishing action
@subsection Publishing action
+
@cindex action, for publishing
-Publishing means that a file is copied to the destination directory and
-possibly transformed in the process. The default transformation is to export
-Org files as HTML files, and this is done by the function
-@code{org-html-publish-to-html}, which calls the HTML exporter (@pxref{HTML
-export}). But you also can publish your content as PDF files using
-@code{org-latex-publish-to-pdf} or as @code{ascii}, @code{Texinfo}, etc.,
-using the corresponding functions.
-
-If you want to publish the Org file as an @code{.org} file but with the
-@i{archived}, @i{commented} and @i{tag-excluded} trees removed, use the
-function @code{org-org-publish-to-org}. This will produce @file{file.org}
-and put it in the publishing directory. If you want a htmlized version of
-this file, set the parameter @code{:htmlized-source} to @code{t}, it will
-produce @file{file.org.html} in the publishing directory@footnote{If the
-publishing directory is the same than the source directory, @file{file.org}
-will be exported as @file{file.org.org}, so probably don't want to do this.}.
-
-Other files like images only need to be copied to the publishing destination.
-For this you can use @code{org-publish-attachment}. For non-org files, you
-always need to specify the publishing function:
+Publishing means that a file is copied to the destination directory
+and possibly transformed in the process. The default transformation
+is to export Org files as HTML files, and this is done by the function
+@code{org-publish-org-to-html} which calls the HTML exporter (see @ref{HTML Export}). But you can also publish your content as PDF files using
+@code{org-publish-org-to-pdf}, or as ASCII, Texinfo, etc., using the
+corresponding functions.
+
+If you want to publish the Org file as an @samp{.org} file but with
+@emph{archived}, @emph{commented}, and @emph{tag-excluded} trees removed, use
+@code{org-publish-org-to-org}. This produces @samp{file.org} and put it in the
+publishing directory. If you want a htmlized version of this file,
+set the parameter @code{:htmlized-source} to @code{t}. It produces
+@samp{file.org.html} in the publishing directory@footnote{If the publishing directory is the same as the source
+directory, @samp{file.org} is exported as @samp{file.org.org}, so you probably
+do not want to do this.}.
+
+Other files like images only need to be copied to the publishing
+destination; for this you can use @code{org-publish-attachment}. For
+non-Org files, you always need to specify the publishing function:
-@multitable @columnfractions 0.3 0.7
+@table @asis
@item @code{:publishing-function}
-@tab Function executing the publication of a file. This may also be a
-list of functions, which will all be called in turn.
+Function executing the publication of a file. This may also be
+a list of functions, which are all called in turn.
+
+@item @code{:plain-source}
+Non-@code{nil} means, publish plain source.
+
@item @code{:htmlized-source}
-@tab non-@code{nil} means, publish htmlized source.
-@end multitable
+Non-@code{nil} means, publish htmlized source.
+@end table
-The function must accept three arguments: a property list containing at least
-a @code{:publishing-directory} property, the name of the file to be published
-and the path to the publishing directory of the output file. It should take
-the specified file, make the necessary transformation (if any) and place the
-result into the destination folder.
+The function must accept three arguments: a property list containing
+at least a @code{:publishing-directory} property, the name of the file to
+be published, and the path to the publishing directory of the output
+file. It should take the specified file, make the necessary
+transformation, if any, and place the result into the destination
+folder.
@node Publishing options
@subsection Options for the exporters
+
@cindex options, for publishing
+@cindex publishing options
-The property list can be used to set export options during the publishing
-process. In most cases, these properties correspond to user variables in
-Org. While some properties are available for all export back-ends, most of
-them are back-end specific. The following sections list properties along
-with the variable they belong to. See the documentation string of these
-options for details.
+The property list can be used to set many export options for the HTML
+and @LaTeX{} exporters. In most cases, these properties correspond to
+user variables in Org. The table below lists these properties along
+with the variable they belong to. See the documentation string for
+the respective variable for details.
@vindex org-publish-project-alist
When a property is given a value in @code{org-publish-project-alist}, its
-setting overrides the value of the corresponding user variable (if any)
-during publishing. Options set within a file (@pxref{Export settings}),
-however, override everything.
+setting overrides the value of the corresponding user variable, if
+any, during publishing. Options set within a file (see @ref{Export Settings}), however, override everything.
+@anchor{Generic properties}
@subsubheading Generic properties
-@multitable {@code{:with-sub-superscript}} {@code{org-export-with-sub-superscripts}}
-@item @code{:archived-trees} @tab @code{org-export-with-archived-trees}
-@item @code{:exclude-tags} @tab @code{org-export-exclude-tags}
-@item @code{:headline-levels} @tab @code{org-export-headline-levels}
-@item @code{:language} @tab @code{org-export-default-language}
-@item @code{:preserve-breaks} @tab @code{org-export-preserve-breaks}
-@item @code{:section-numbers} @tab @code{org-export-with-section-numbers}
-@item @code{:select-tags} @tab @code{org-export-select-tags}
-@item @code{:with-author} @tab @code{org-export-with-author}
-@item @code{:with-broken-links} @tab @code{org-export-with-broken-links}
-@item @code{:with-clocks} @tab @code{org-export-with-clocks}
-@item @code{:with-creator} @tab @code{org-export-with-creator}
-@item @code{:with-date} @tab @code{org-export-with-date}
-@item @code{:with-drawers} @tab @code{org-export-with-drawers}
-@item @code{:with-email} @tab @code{org-export-with-email}
-@item @code{:with-emphasize} @tab @code{org-export-with-emphasize}
-@item @code{:with-fixed-width} @tab @code{org-export-with-fixed-width}
-@item @code{:with-footnotes} @tab @code{org-export-with-footnotes}
-@item @code{:with-latex} @tab @code{org-export-with-latex}
-@item @code{:with-planning} @tab @code{org-export-with-planning}
-@item @code{:with-priority} @tab @code{org-export-with-priority}
-@item @code{:with-properties} @tab @code{org-export-with-properties}
-@item @code{:with-special-strings} @tab @code{org-export-with-special-strings}
-@item @code{:with-sub-superscript} @tab @code{org-export-with-sub-superscripts}
-@item @code{:with-tables} @tab @code{org-export-with-tables}
-@item @code{:with-tags} @tab @code{org-export-with-tags}
-@item @code{:with-tasks} @tab @code{org-export-with-tasks}
-@item @code{:with-timestamps} @tab @code{org-export-with-timestamps}
-@item @code{:with-title} @tab @code{org-export-with-title}
-@item @code{:with-toc} @tab @code{org-export-with-toc}
-@item @code{:with-todo-keywords} @tab @code{org-export-with-todo-keywords}
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @code{:archived-trees}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-archived-trees}
+@item @code{:exclude-tags}
+@tab @code{org-export-exclude-tags}
+@item @code{:headline-levels}
+@tab @code{org-export-headline-levels}
+@item @code{:language}
+@tab @code{org-export-default-language}
+@item @code{:preserve-breaks}
+@tab @code{org-export-preserve-breaks}
+@item @code{:section-numbers}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-section-numbers}
+@item @code{:select-tags}
+@tab @code{org-export-select-tags}
+@item @code{:with-author}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-author}
+@item @code{:with-broken-links}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-broken-links}
+@item @code{:with-clocks}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-clocks}
+@item @code{:with-creator}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-creator}
+@item @code{:with-date}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-date}
+@item @code{:with-drawers}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-drawers}
+@item @code{:with-email}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-email}
+@item @code{:with-emphasize}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-emphasize}
+@item @code{:with-fixed-width}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-fixed-width}
+@item @code{:with-footnotes}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-footnotes}
+@item @code{:with-latex}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-latex}
+@item @code{:with-planning}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-planning}
+@item @code{:with-priority}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-priority}
+@item @code{:with-properties}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-properties}
+@item @code{:with-special-strings}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-special-strings}
+@item @code{:with-sub-superscript}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-sub-superscripts}
+@item @code{:with-tables}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-tables}
+@item @code{:with-tags}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-tags}
+@item @code{:with-tasks}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-tasks}
+@item @code{:with-timestamps}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-timestamps}
+@item @code{:with-title}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-title}
+@item @code{:with-toc}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-toc}
+@item @code{:with-todo-keywords}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-todo-keywords}
@end multitable
+@anchor{ASCII specific properties}
@subsubheading ASCII specific properties
-@multitable {@code{:ascii-table-keep-all-vertical-lines}} {@code{org-ascii-table-keep-all-vertical-lines}}
-@item @code{:ascii-bullets} @tab @code{org-ascii-bullets}
-@item @code{:ascii-caption-above} @tab @code{org-ascii-caption-above}
-@item @code{:ascii-charset} @tab @code{org-ascii-charset}
-@item @code{:ascii-global-margin} @tab @code{org-ascii-global-margin}
-@item @code{:ascii-format-drawer-function} @tab @code{org-ascii-format-drawer-function}
-@item @code{:ascii-format-inlinetask-function} @tab @code{org-ascii-format-inlinetask-function}
-@item @code{:ascii-headline-spacing} @tab @code{org-ascii-headline-spacing}
-@item @code{:ascii-indented-line-width} @tab @code{org-ascii-indented-line-width}
-@item @code{:ascii-inlinetask-width} @tab @code{org-ascii-inlinetask-width}
-@item @code{:ascii-inner-margin} @tab @code{org-ascii-inner-margin}
-@item @code{:ascii-links-to-notes} @tab @code{org-ascii-links-to-notes}
-@item @code{:ascii-list-margin} @tab @code{org-ascii-list-margin}
-@item @code{:ascii-paragraph-spacing} @tab @code{org-ascii-paragraph-spacing}
-@item @code{:ascii-quote-margin} @tab @code{org-ascii-quote-margin}
-@item @code{:ascii-table-keep-all-vertical-lines} @tab @code{org-ascii-table-keep-all-vertical-lines}
-@item @code{:ascii-table-use-ascii-art} @tab @code{org-ascii-table-use-ascii-art}
-@item @code{:ascii-table-widen-columns} @tab @code{org-ascii-table-widen-columns}
-@item @code{:ascii-text-width} @tab @code{org-ascii-text-width}
-@item @code{:ascii-underline} @tab @code{org-ascii-underline}
-@item @code{:ascii-verbatim-format} @tab @code{org-ascii-verbatim-format}
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @code{:ascii-bullets}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-bullets}
+@item @code{:ascii-caption-above}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-caption-above}
+@item @code{:ascii-charset}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-charset}
+@item @code{:ascii-global-margin}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-global-margin}
+@item @code{:ascii-format-drawer-function}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-format-drawer-function}
+@item @code{:ascii-format-inlinetask-function}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-format-inlinetask-function}
+@item @code{:ascii-headline-spacing}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-headline-spacing}
+@item @code{:ascii-indented-line-width}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-indented-line-width}
+@item @code{:ascii-inlinetask-width}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-inlinetask-width}
+@item @code{:ascii-inner-margin}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-inner-margin}
+@item @code{:ascii-links-to-notes}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-links-to-notes}
+@item @code{:ascii-list-margin}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-list-margin}
+@item @code{:ascii-paragraph-spacing}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-paragraph-spacing}
+@item @code{:ascii-quote-margin}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-quote-margin}
+@item @code{:ascii-table-keep-all-vertical-lines}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-table-keep-all-vertical-lines}
+@item @code{:ascii-table-use-ascii-art}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-table-use-ascii-art}
+@item @code{:ascii-table-widen-columns}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-table-widen-columns}
+@item @code{:ascii-text-width}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-text-width}
+@item @code{:ascii-underline}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-underline}
+@item @code{:ascii-verbatim-format}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-verbatim-format}
@end multitable
+@anchor{Beamer specific properties}
@subsubheading Beamer specific properties
-@multitable {@code{:beamer-frame-default-options}} {@code{org-beamer-frame-default-options}}
-@item @code{:beamer-theme} @tab @code{org-beamer-theme}
-@item @code{:beamer-column-view-format} @tab @code{org-beamer-column-view-format}
-@item @code{:beamer-environments-extra} @tab @code{org-beamer-environments-extra}
-@item @code{:beamer-frame-default-options} @tab @code{org-beamer-frame-default-options}
-@item @code{:beamer-outline-frame-options} @tab @code{org-beamer-outline-frame-options}
-@item @code{:beamer-outline-frame-title} @tab @code{org-beamer-outline-frame-title}
-@item @code{:beamer-subtitle-format} @tab @code{org-beamer-subtitle-format}
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @code{:beamer-theme}
+@tab @code{org-beamer-theme}
+@item @code{:beamer-column-view-format}
+@tab @code{org-beamer-column-view-format}
+@item @code{:beamer-environments-extra}
+@tab @code{org-beamer-environments-extra}
+@item @code{:beamer-frame-default-options}
+@tab @code{org-beamer-frame-default-options}
+@item @code{:beamer-outline-frame-options}
+@tab @code{org-beamer-outline-frame-options}
+@item @code{:beamer-outline-frame-title}
+@tab @code{org-beamer-outline-frame-title}
+@item @code{:beamer-subtitle-format}
+@tab @code{org-beamer-subtitle-format}
@end multitable
+@anchor{HTML specific properties}
@subsubheading HTML specific properties
-@multitable {@code{:html-table-use-header-tags-for-first-column}} {@code{org-html-table-use-header-tags-for-first-column}}
-@item @code{:html-allow-name-attribute-in-anchors} @tab @code{org-html-allow-name-attribute-in-anchors}
-@item @code{:html-checkbox-type} @tab @code{org-html-checkbox-type}
-@item @code{:html-container} @tab @code{org-html-container-element}
-@item @code{:html-divs} @tab @code{org-html-divs}
-@item @code{:html-doctype} @tab @code{org-html-doctype}
-@item @code{:html-extension} @tab @code{org-html-extension}
-@item @code{:html-footnote-format} @tab @code{org-html-footnote-format}
-@item @code{:html-footnote-separator} @tab @code{org-html-footnote-separator}
-@item @code{:html-footnotes-section} @tab @code{org-html-footnotes-section}
-@item @code{:html-format-drawer-function} @tab @code{org-html-format-drawer-function}
-@item @code{:html-format-headline-function} @tab @code{org-html-format-headline-function}
-@item @code{:html-format-inlinetask-function} @tab @code{org-html-format-inlinetask-function}
-@item @code{:html-head-extra} @tab @code{org-html-head-extra}
-@item @code{:html-head-include-default-style} @tab @code{org-html-head-include-default-style}
-@item @code{:html-head-include-scripts} @tab @code{org-html-head-include-scripts}
-@item @code{:html-head} @tab @code{org-html-head}
-@item @code{:html-home/up-format} @tab @code{org-html-home/up-format}
-@item @code{:html-html5-fancy} @tab @code{org-html-html5-fancy}
-@item @code{:html-indent} @tab @code{org-html-indent}
-@item @code{:html-infojs-options} @tab @code{org-html-infojs-options}
-@item @code{:html-infojs-template} @tab @code{org-html-infojs-template}
-@item @code{:html-inline-image-rules} @tab @code{org-html-inline-image-rules}
-@item @code{:html-inline-images} @tab @code{org-html-inline-images}
-@item @code{:html-link-home} @tab @code{org-html-link-home}
-@item @code{:html-link-org-files-as-html} @tab @code{org-html-link-org-files-as-html}
-@item @code{:html-link-up} @tab @code{org-html-link-up}
-@item @code{:html-link-use-abs-url} @tab @code{org-html-link-use-abs-url}
-@item @code{:html-mathjax-options} @tab @code{org-html-mathjax-options}
-@item @code{:html-mathjax-template} @tab @code{org-html-mathjax-template}
-@item @code{:html-metadata-timestamp-format} @tab @code{org-html-metadata-timestamp-format}
-@item @code{:html-postamble-format} @tab @code{org-html-postamble-format}
-@item @code{:html-postamble} @tab @code{org-html-postamble}
-@item @code{:html-preamble-format} @tab @code{org-html-preamble-format}
-@item @code{:html-preamble} @tab @code{org-html-preamble}
-@item @code{:html-table-align-individual-fields} @tab @code{org-html-table-align-individual-fields}
-@item @code{:html-table-attributes} @tab @code{org-html-table-default-attributes}
-@item @code{:html-table-caption-above} @tab @code{org-html-table-caption-above}
-@item @code{:html-table-data-tags} @tab @code{org-html-table-data-tags}
-@item @code{:html-table-header-tags} @tab @code{org-html-table-header-tags}
-@item @code{:html-table-row-tags} @tab @code{org-html-table-row-tags}
-@item @code{:html-table-use-header-tags-for-first-column} @tab @code{org-html-table-use-header-tags-for-first-column}
-@item @code{:html-tag-class-prefix} @tab @code{org-html-tag-class-prefix}
-@item @code{:html-text-markup-alist} @tab @code{org-html-text-markup-alist}
-@item @code{:html-todo-kwd-class-prefix} @tab @code{org-html-todo-kwd-class-prefix}
-@item @code{:html-toplevel-hlevel} @tab @code{org-html-toplevel-hlevel}
-@item @code{:html-use-infojs} @tab @code{org-html-use-infojs}
-@item @code{:html-validation-link} @tab @code{org-html-validation-link}
-@item @code{:html-viewport} @tab @code{org-html-viewport}
-@item @code{:html-xml-declaration} @tab @code{org-html-xml-declaration}
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @code{:html-allow-name-attribute-in-anchors}
+@tab @code{org-html-allow-name-attribute-in-anchors}
+@item @code{:html-checkbox-type}
+@tab @code{org-html-checkbox-type}
+@item @code{:html-container}
+@tab @code{org-html-container-element}
+@item @code{:html-divs}
+@tab @code{org-html-divs}
+@item @code{:html-doctype}
+@tab @code{org-html-doctype}
+@item @code{:html-extension}
+@tab @code{org-html-extension}
+@item @code{:html-footnote-format}
+@tab @code{org-html-footnote-format}
+@item @code{:html-footnote-separator}
+@tab @code{org-html-footnote-separator}
+@item @code{:html-footnotes-section}
+@tab @code{org-html-footnotes-section}
+@item @code{:html-format-drawer-function}
+@tab @code{org-html-format-drawer-function}
+@item @code{:html-format-headline-function}
+@tab @code{org-html-format-headline-function}
+@item @code{:html-format-inlinetask-function}
+@tab @code{org-html-format-inlinetask-function}
+@item @code{:html-head-extra}
+@tab @code{org-html-head-extra}
+@item @code{:html-head-include-default-style}
+@tab @code{org-html-head-include-default-style}
+@item @code{:html-head-include-scripts}
+@tab @code{org-html-head-include-scripts}
+@item @code{:html-head}
+@tab @code{org-html-head}
+@item @code{:html-home/up-format}
+@tab @code{org-html-home/up-format}
+@item @code{:html-html5-fancy}
+@tab @code{org-html-html5-fancy}
+@item @code{:html-indent}
+@tab @code{org-html-indent}
+@item @code{:html-infojs-options}
+@tab @code{org-html-infojs-options}
+@item @code{:html-infojs-template}
+@tab @code{org-html-infojs-template}
+@item @code{:html-inline-image-rules}
+@tab @code{org-html-inline-image-rules}
+@item @code{:html-inline-images}
+@tab @code{org-html-inline-images}
+@item @code{:html-link-home}
+@tab @code{org-html-link-home}
+@item @code{:html-link-org-files-as-html}
+@tab @code{org-html-link-org-files-as-html}
+@item @code{:html-link-up}
+@tab @code{org-html-link-up}
+@item @code{:html-link-use-abs-url}
+@tab @code{org-html-link-use-abs-url}
+@item @code{:html-mathjax-options}
+@tab @code{org-html-mathjax-options}
+@item @code{:html-mathjax-template}
+@tab @code{org-html-mathjax-template}
+@item @code{:html-metadata-timestamp-format}
+@tab @code{org-html-metadata-timestamp-format}
+@item @code{:html-postamble-format}
+@tab @code{org-html-postamble-format}
+@item @code{:html-postamble}
+@tab @code{org-html-postamble}
+@item @code{:html-preamble-format}
+@tab @code{org-html-preamble-format}
+@item @code{:html-preamble}
+@tab @code{org-html-preamble}
+@item @code{:html-table-align-individual-field}
+@tab @code{de@{org-html-table-align-individual-fields}
+@item @code{:html-table-attributes}
+@tab @code{org-html-table-default-attributes}
+@item @code{:html-table-caption-above}
+@tab @code{org-html-table-caption-above}
+@item @code{:html-table-data-tags}
+@tab @code{org-html-table-data-tags}
+@item @code{:html-table-header-tags}
+@tab @code{org-html-table-header-tags}
+@item @code{:html-table-row-tags}
+@tab @code{org-html-table-row-tags}
+@item @code{:html-table-use-header-tags-for-first-column}
+@tab @code{org-html-table-use-header-tags-for-first-column}
+@item @code{:html-tag-class-prefix}
+@tab @code{org-html-tag-class-prefix}
+@item @code{:html-text-markup-alist}
+@tab @code{org-html-text-markup-alist}
+@item @code{:html-todo-kwd-class-prefix}
+@tab @code{org-html-todo-kwd-class-prefix}
+@item @code{:html-toplevel-hlevel}
+@tab @code{org-html-toplevel-hlevel}
+@item @code{:html-use-infojs}
+@tab @code{org-html-use-infojs}
+@item @code{:html-validation-link}
+@tab @code{org-html-validation-link}
+@item @code{:html-viewport}
+@tab @code{org-html-viewport}
+@item @code{:html-xml-declaration}
+@tab @code{org-html-xml-declaration}
@end multitable
+@anchor{@LaTeX{} specific properties}
@subsubheading @LaTeX{} specific properties
-@multitable {@code{:latex-link-with-unknown-path-format}} {@code{org-latex-link-with-unknown-path-format}}
-@item @code{:latex-active-timestamp-format} @tab @code{org-latex-active-timestamp-format}
-@item @code{:latex-caption-above} @tab @code{org-latex-caption-above}
-@item @code{:latex-classes} @tab @code{org-latex-classes}
-@item @code{:latex-class} @tab @code{org-latex-default-class}
-@item @code{:latex-compiler} @tab @code{org-latex-compiler}
-@item @code{:latex-default-figure-position} @tab @code{org-latex-default-figure-position}
-@item @code{:latex-default-table-environment} @tab @code{org-latex-default-table-environment}
-@item @code{:latex-default-table-mode} @tab @code{org-latex-default-table-mode}
-@item @code{:latex-diary-timestamp-format} @tab @code{org-latex-diary-timestamp-format}
-@item @code{:latex-footnote-defined-format} @tab @code{org-latex-footnote-defined-format}
-@item @code{:latex-footnote-separator} @tab @code{org-latex-footnote-separator}
-@item @code{:latex-format-drawer-function} @tab @code{org-latex-format-drawer-function}
-@item @code{:latex-format-headline-function} @tab @code{org-latex-format-headline-function}
-@item @code{:latex-format-inlinetask-function} @tab @code{org-latex-format-inlinetask-function}
-@item @code{:latex-hyperref-template} @tab @code{org-latex-hyperref-template}
-@item @code{:latex-image-default-height} @tab @code{org-latex-image-default-height}
-@item @code{:latex-image-default-option} @tab @code{org-latex-image-default-option}
-@item @code{:latex-image-default-width} @tab @code{org-latex-image-default-width}
-@item @code{:latex-images-centered} @tab @code{org-latex-images-centered}
-@item @code{:latex-inactive-timestamp-format} @tab @code{org-latex-inactive-timestamp-format}
-@item @code{:latex-inline-image-rules} @tab @code{org-latex-inline-image-rules}
-@item @code{:latex-link-with-unknown-path-format} @tab @code{org-latex-link-with-unknown-path-format}
-@item @code{:latex-listings-langs} @tab @code{org-latex-listings-langs}
-@item @code{:latex-listings-options} @tab @code{org-latex-listings-options}
-@item @code{:latex-listings} @tab @code{org-latex-listings}
-@item @code{:latex-minted-langs} @tab @code{org-latex-minted-langs}
-@item @code{:latex-minted-options} @tab @code{org-latex-minted-options}
-@item @code{:latex-prefer-user-labels} @tab @code{org-latex-prefer-user-labels}
-@item @code{:latex-subtitle-format} @tab @code{org-latex-subtitle-format}
-@item @code{:latex-subtitle-separate} @tab @code{org-latex-subtitle-separate}
-@item @code{:latex-table-scientific-notation} @tab @code{org-latex-table-scientific-notation}
-@item @code{:latex-tables-booktabs} @tab @code{org-latex-tables-booktabs}
-@item @code{:latex-tables-centered} @tab @code{org-latex-tables-centered}
-@item @code{:latex-text-markup-alist} @tab @code{org-latex-text-markup-alist}
-@item @code{:latex-title-command} @tab @code{org-latex-title-command}
-@item @code{:latex-toc-command} @tab @code{org-latex-toc-command}
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @code{:latex-active-timestamp-format}
+@tab @code{org-latex-active-timestamp-format}
+@item @code{:latex-caption-above}
+@tab @code{org-latex-caption-above}
+@item @code{:latex-classes}
+@tab @code{org-latex-classes}
+@item @code{:latex-class}
+@tab @code{org-latex-default-class}
+@item @code{:latex-compiler}
+@tab @code{org-latex-compiler}
+@item @code{:latex-default-figure-position}
+@tab @code{org-latex-default-figure-position}
+@item @code{:latex-default-table-environment}
+@tab @code{org-latex-default-table-environment}
+@item @code{:latex-default-table-mode}
+@tab @code{org-latex-default-table-mode}
+@item @code{:latex-diary-timestamp-format}
+@tab @code{org-latex-diary-timestamp-format}
+@item @code{:latex-footnote-defined-format}
+@tab @code{org-latex-footnote-defined-format}
+@item @code{:latex-footnote-separator}
+@tab @code{org-latex-footnote-separator}
+@item @code{:latex-format-drawer-function}
+@tab @code{org-latex-format-drawer-function}
+@item @code{:latex-format-headline-function}
+@tab @code{org-latex-format-headline-function}
+@item @code{:latex-format-inlinetask-function}
+@tab @code{org-latex-format-inlinetask-function}
+@item @code{:latex-hyperref-template}
+@tab @code{org-latex-hyperref-template}
+@item @code{:latex-image-default-height}
+@tab @code{org-latex-image-default-height}
+@item @code{:latex-image-default-option}
+@tab @code{org-latex-image-default-option}
+@item @code{:latex-image-default-width}
+@tab @code{org-latex-image-default-width}
+@item @code{:latex-images-centered}
+@tab @code{org-latex-images-centered}
+@item @code{:latex-inactive-timestamp-format}
+@tab @code{org-latex-inactive-timestamp-format}
+@item @code{:latex-inline-image-rules}
+@tab @code{org-latex-inline-image-rules}
+@item @code{:latex-link-with-unknown-path-format}
+@tab @code{org-latex-link-with-unknown-path-format}
+@item @code{:latex-listings-langs}
+@tab @code{org-latex-listings-langs}
+@item @code{:latex-listings-options}
+@tab @code{org-latex-listings-options}
+@item @code{:latex-listings}
+@tab @code{org-latex-listings}
+@item @code{:latex-minted-langs}
+@tab @code{org-latex-minted-langs}
+@item @code{:latex-minted-options}
+@tab @code{org-latex-minted-options}
+@item @code{:latex-prefer-user-labels}
+@tab @code{org-latex-prefer-user-labels}
+@item @code{:latex-subtitle-format}
+@tab @code{org-latex-subtitle-format}
+@item @code{:latex-subtitle-separate}
+@tab @code{org-latex-subtitle-separate}
+@item @code{:latex-table-scientific-notation}
+@tab @code{org-latex-table-scientific-notation}
+@item @code{:latex-tables-booktabs}
+@tab @code{org-latex-tables-booktabs}
+@item @code{:latex-tables-centered}
+@tab @code{org-latex-tables-centered}
+@item @code{:latex-text-markup-alist}
+@tab @code{org-latex-text-markup-alist}
+@item @code{:latex-title-command}
+@tab @code{org-latex-title-command}
+@item @code{:latex-toc-command}
+@tab @code{org-latex-toc-command}
@end multitable
+@anchor{Markdown specific properties}
@subsubheading Markdown specific properties
-@multitable {@code{:md-footnotes-section}} {@code{org-md-footnotes-section}}
-@item @code{:md-footnote-format} @tab @code{org-md-footnote-format}
-@item @code{:md-footnotes-section} @tab @code{org-md-footnotes-section}
-@item @code{:md-headline-style} @tab @code{org-md-headline-style}
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @code{:md-footnote-format}
+@tab @code{org-md-footnote-format}
+@item @code{:md-footnotes-section}
+@tab @code{org-md-footnotes-section}
+@item @code{:md-headline-style}
+@tab @code{org-md-headline-style}
@end multitable
+@anchor{ODT specific properties}
@subsubheading ODT specific properties
-@multitable {@code{:odt-format-inlinetask-function}} {@code{org-odt-format-inlinetask-function}}
-@item @code{:odt-content-template-file} @tab @code{org-odt-content-template-file}
-@item @code{:odt-display-outline-level} @tab @code{org-odt-display-outline-level}
-@item @code{:odt-fontify-srcblocks} @tab @code{org-odt-fontify-srcblocks}
-@item @code{:odt-format-drawer-function} @tab @code{org-odt-format-drawer-function}
-@item @code{:odt-format-headline-function} @tab @code{org-odt-format-headline-function}
-@item @code{:odt-format-inlinetask-function} @tab @code{org-odt-format-inlinetask-function}
-@item @code{:odt-inline-formula-rules} @tab @code{org-odt-inline-formula-rules}
-@item @code{:odt-inline-image-rules} @tab @code{org-odt-inline-image-rules}
-@item @code{:odt-pixels-per-inch} @tab @code{org-odt-pixels-per-inch}
-@item @code{:odt-styles-file} @tab @code{org-odt-styles-file}
-@item @code{:odt-table-styles} @tab @code{org-odt-table-styles}
-@item @code{:odt-use-date-fields} @tab @code{org-odt-use-date-fields}
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @code{:odt-content-template-file}
+@tab @code{org-odt-content-template-file}
+@item @code{:odt-display-outline-level}
+@tab @code{org-odt-display-outline-level}
+@item @code{:odt-fontify-srcblocks}
+@tab @code{org-odt-fontify-srcblocks}
+@item @code{:odt-format-drawer-function}
+@tab @code{org-odt-format-drawer-function}
+@item @code{:odt-format-headline-function}
+@tab @code{org-odt-format-headline-function}
+@item @code{:odt-format-inlinetask-function}
+@tab @code{org-odt-format-inlinetask-function}
+@item @code{:odt-inline-formula-rules}
+@tab @code{org-odt-inline-formula-rules}
+@item @code{:odt-inline-image-rules}
+@tab @code{org-odt-inline-image-rules}
+@item @code{:odt-pixels-per-inch}
+@tab @code{org-odt-pixels-per-inch}
+@item @code{:odt-styles-file}
+@tab @code{org-odt-styles-file}
+@item @code{:odt-table-styles}
+@tab @code{org-odt-table-styles}
+@item @code{:odt-use-date-fields}
+@tab @code{org-odt-use-date-fields}
@end multitable
+@anchor{Texinfo specific properties}
@subsubheading Texinfo specific properties
-@multitable {@code{:texinfo-link-with-unknown-path-format}} {@code{org-texinfo-link-with-unknown-path-format}}
-@item @code{:texinfo-active-timestamp-format} @tab @code{org-texinfo-active-timestamp-format}
-@item @code{:texinfo-classes} @tab @code{org-texinfo-classes}
-@item @code{:texinfo-class} @tab @code{org-texinfo-default-class}
-@item @code{:texinfo-table-default-markup} @tab @code{org-texinfo-table-default-markup}
-@item @code{:texinfo-diary-timestamp-format} @tab @code{org-texinfo-diary-timestamp-format}
-@item @code{:texinfo-filename} @tab @code{org-texinfo-filename}
-@item @code{:texinfo-format-drawer-function} @tab @code{org-texinfo-format-drawer-function}
-@item @code{:texinfo-format-headline-function} @tab @code{org-texinfo-format-headline-function}
-@item @code{:texinfo-format-inlinetask-function} @tab @code{org-texinfo-format-inlinetask-function}
-@item @code{:texinfo-inactive-timestamp-format} @tab @code{org-texinfo-inactive-timestamp-format}
-@item @code{:texinfo-link-with-unknown-path-format} @tab @code{org-texinfo-link-with-unknown-path-format}
-@item @code{:texinfo-node-description-column} @tab @code{org-texinfo-node-description-column}
-@item @code{:texinfo-table-scientific-notation} @tab @code{org-texinfo-table-scientific-notation}
-@item @code{:texinfo-tables-verbatim} @tab @code{org-texinfo-tables-verbatim}
-@item @code{:texinfo-text-markup-alist} @tab @code{org-texinfo-text-markup-alist}
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @code{:texinfo-active-timestamp-format}
+@tab @code{org-texinfo-active-timestamp-format}
+@item @code{:texinfo-classes}
+@tab @code{org-texinfo-classes}
+@item @code{:texinfo-class}
+@tab @code{org-texinfo-default-class}
+@item @code{:texinfo-table-default-markup}
+@tab @code{org-texinfo-table-default-markup}
+@item @code{:texinfo-diary-timestamp-format}
+@tab @code{org-texinfo-diary-timestamp-format}
+@item @code{:texinfo-filename}
+@tab @code{org-texinfo-filename}
+@item @code{:texinfo-format-drawer-function}
+@tab @code{org-texinfo-format-drawer-function}
+@item @code{:texinfo-format-headline-function}
+@tab @code{org-texinfo-format-headline-function}
+@item @code{:texinfo-format-inlinetask-function}
+@tab @code{org-texinfo-format-inlinetask-function}
+@item @code{:texinfo-inactive-timestamp-format}
+@tab @code{org-texinfo-inactive-timestamp-format}
+@item @code{:texinfo-link-with-unknown-path-format}
+@tab @code{org-texinfo-link-with-unknown-path-format}
+@item @code{:texinfo-node-description-column}
+@tab @code{org-texinfo-node-description-column}
+@item @code{:texinfo-table-scientific-notation}
+@tab @code{org-texinfo-table-scientific-notation}
+@item @code{:texinfo-tables-verbatim}
+@tab @code{org-texinfo-tables-verbatim}
+@item @code{:texinfo-text-markup-alist}
+@tab @code{org-texinfo-text-markup-alist}
@end multitable
@node Publishing links
-@subsection Links between published files
+@subsection Publishing links
+
@cindex links, publishing
-To create a link from one Org file to another, you would use something like
-@samp{[[file:foo.org][The foo]]} or simply @samp{file:foo.org}
-(@pxref{External links}). When published, this link becomes a link to
-@file{foo.html}. You can thus interlink the pages of your ``org web''
-project and the links will work as expected when you publish them to HTML.
-If you also publish the Org source file and want to link to it, use an
-@code{http:} link instead of a @code{file:} link, because @code{file:} links
-are converted to link to the corresponding @file{html} file.
+To create a link from one Org file to another, you would use something
+like @samp{[[file:foo.org][The foo]]} or simply @samp{[[file:foo.org]]} (see @ref{External Links}). When
+published, this link becomes a link to @samp{foo.html}. You can thus
+interlink the pages of your ``Org web'' project and the links will work
+as expected when you publish them to HTML. If you also publish the
+Org source file and want to link to it, use an @samp{http} link instead of
+a @samp{file:} link, because @samp{file} links are converted to link to the
+corresponding @samp{.html} file.
-You may also link to related files, such as images. Provided you are careful
-with relative file names, and provided you have also configured Org to upload
-the related files, these links will work too. See @ref{Complex example}, for
-an example of this usage.
+You may also link to related files, such as images. Provided you are
+careful with relative file names, and provided you have also
+configured Org to upload the related files, these links will work too.
+See @ref{Complex example}, for an example of this
+usage.
-Eventually, links between published documents can contain some search options
-(@pxref{Search options}), which will be resolved to the appropriate location
-in the linked file. For example, once published to HTML, the following links
-all point to a dedicated anchor in @file{foo.html}.
+Eventually, links between published documents can contain some search
+options (see @ref{Search Options}), which will be resolved to
+the appropriate location in the linked file. For example, once
+published to HTML, the following links all point to a dedicated anchor
+in @samp{foo.html}.
@example
[[file:foo.org::*heading]]
@@ -14921,144 +16623,164 @@ all point to a dedicated anchor in @file{foo.html}.
[[file:foo.org::target]]
@end example
-@node Sitemap
+@node Site map
@subsection Generating a sitemap
+
@cindex sitemap, of published pages
The following properties may be used to control publishing of
a map of files for a given project.
-@multitable @columnfractions 0.35 0.65
+@table @asis
@item @code{:auto-sitemap}
-@tab When non-@code{nil}, publish a sitemap during @code{org-publish-current-project}
-or @code{org-publish-all}.
+When non-@code{nil}, publish a sitemap during
+@code{org-publish-current-project} or @code{org-publish-all}.
@item @code{:sitemap-filename}
-@tab Filename for output of sitemap. Defaults to @file{sitemap.org} (which
-becomes @file{sitemap.html}).
+Filename for output of sitemap. Defaults to @samp{sitemap.org}, which
+becomes @samp{sitemap.html}.
@item @code{:sitemap-title}
-@tab Title of sitemap page. Defaults to name of file.
+Title of sitemap page. Defaults to name of file.
@item @code{:sitemap-format-entry}
-@tab With this option one can tell how a site-map entry is formatted in the
-site-map. It is a function called with three arguments: the file or
-directory name relative to base directory of the project, the site-map style
-and the current project. It is expected to return a string. Default value
-turns file names into links and use document titles as descriptions. For
-specific formatting needs, one can use @code{org-publish-find-date},
+@findex org-publish-find-date
+@findex org-publish-find-property
+@findex org-publish-find-title
+With this option one can tell how a site-map entry is formatted
+in the site-map. It is a function called with three arguments:
+the file or directory name relative to base directory of the
+project, the site-map style and the current project. It is
+expected to return a string. Default value turns file names into
+links and use document titles as descriptions. For specific
+formatting needs, one can use @code{org-publish-find-date},
@code{org-publish-find-title} and @code{org-publish-find-property}, to
retrieve additional information about published documents.
@item @code{:sitemap-function}
-@tab Plug-in function to use for generation of the sitemap. It is called
-with two arguments: the title of the site-map and a representation of the
-files and directories involved in the project as a nested list, which can
-further be transformed using @code{org-list-to-generic},
-@code{org-list-to-subtree} and alike. Default value generates a plain list
-of links to all files in the project.
+Plug-in function to use for generation of the sitemap. It is
+called with two arguments: the title of the site-map and
+a representation of the files and directories involved in the
+project as a nested list, which can further be transformed using
+@code{org-list-to-generic}, @code{org-list-to-subtree} and alike. Default
+value generates a plain list of links to all files in the
+project.
@item @code{:sitemap-sort-folders}
-@tab Where folders should appear in the sitemap. Set this to @code{first}
-(default) or @code{last} to display folders first or last, respectively.
-When set to @code{ignore}, folders are ignored altogether. Any other value
-will mix files and folders. This variable has no effect when site-map style
-is @code{tree}.
+Where folders should appear in the sitemap. Set this to @code{first}
+(default) or @code{last} to display folders first or last,
+respectively. When set to @code{ignore}, folders are ignored
+altogether. Any other value mixes files and folders. This
+variable has no effect when site-map style is @code{tree}.
@item @code{:sitemap-sort-files}
-@tab How the files are sorted in the site map. Set this to
+How the files are sorted in the site map. Set this to
@code{alphabetically} (default), @code{chronologically} or
@code{anti-chronologically}. @code{chronologically} sorts the files with
-older date first while @code{anti-chronologically} sorts the files with newer
-date first. @code{alphabetically} sorts the files alphabetically. The date of
-a file is retrieved with @code{org-publish-find-date}.
+older date first while @code{anti-chronologically} sorts the files
+with newer date first. @code{alphabetically} sorts the files
+alphabetically. The date of a file is retrieved with
+@code{org-publish-find-date}.
@item @code{:sitemap-ignore-case}
-@tab Should sorting be case-sensitive? Default @code{nil}.
+Should sorting be case-sensitive? Default @code{nil}.
-@item @code{:sitemap-date-format}
-@tab Format string for the @code{format-time-string} function that tells how
-a sitemap entry's date is to be formatted. This property bypasses
-@code{org-publish-sitemap-date-format} which defaults to @code{%Y-%m-%d}.
+@item @code{:sitemap-file-entry-format}
+With this option one can tell how a sitemap's entry is formatted
+in the sitemap. This is a format string with some escape
+sequences: @code{%t} stands for the title of the file, @code{%a} stands for
+the author of the file and @code{%d} stands for the date of the file.
+The date is retrieved with the @code{org-publish-find-date} function
+and formatted with @code{org-publish-sitemap-date-format}. Default
+@code{%t}.
-@end multitable
+@item @code{:sitemap-date-format}
+Format string for the @code{format-time-string} function that tells
+how a sitemap entry's date is to be formatted. This property
+bypasses @code{org-publish-sitemap-date-format} which defaults to
+@code{%Y-%m-%d}.
+@end table
@node Generating an index
@subsection Generating an index
+
@cindex index, in a publishing project
Org mode can generate an index across the files of a publishing project.
-@multitable @columnfractions 0.25 0.75
+@table @asis
@item @code{:makeindex}
-@tab When non-@code{nil}, generate in index in the file @file{theindex.org} and
-publish it as @file{theindex.html}.
-@end multitable
+When non-@code{nil}, generate in index in the file @samp{theindex.org} and
+publish it as @samp{theindex.html}.
+@end table
-The file will be created when first publishing a project with the
-@code{:makeindex} set. The file only contains a statement @code{#+INCLUDE:
-"theindex.inc"}. You can then build around this include statement by adding
-a title, style information, etc.
+The file is created when first publishing a project with the
+@code{:makeindex} set. The file only contains a statement @samp{#+INCLUDE:
+"theindex.inc"}. You can then build around this include statement by
+adding a title, style information, etc.
-@cindex @code{#+INDEX}
-Index entries are specified with @code{#+INDEX} keyword. An entry that
-contains an exclamation mark will create a sub item.
+@cindex @samp{INDEX}, keyword
+Index entries are specified with @samp{INDEX} keyword. An entry that
+contains an exclamation mark creates a sub item.
@example
-* Curriculum Vitae
+*** Curriculum Vitae
#+INDEX: CV
#+INDEX: Application!CV
@end example
-@node Uploading files
-@section Uploading files
+@node Uploading Files
+@section Uploading Files
+
@cindex rsync
@cindex unison
For those people already utilizing third party sync tools such as
-@command{rsync} or @command{unison}, it might be preferable not to use the built in
-@i{remote} publishing facilities of Org mode which rely heavily on
-Tramp. Tramp, while very useful and powerful, tends not to be
-so efficient for multiple file transfer and has been known to cause problems
-under heavy usage.
-
-Specialized synchronization utilities offer several advantages. In addition
-to timestamp comparison, they also do content and permissions/attribute
-checks. For this reason you might prefer to publish your web to a local
-directory (possibly even @i{in place} with your Org files) and then use
-@file{unison} or @file{rsync} to do the synchronization with the remote host.
-
-Since Unison (for example) can be configured as to which files to transfer to
-a certain remote destination, it can greatly simplify the project publishing
-definition. Simply keep all files in the correct location, process your Org
-files with @code{org-publish} and let the synchronization tool do the rest.
-You do not need, in this scenario, to include attachments such as @file{jpg},
-@file{css} or @file{gif} files in the project definition since the 3rd party
-tool syncs them.
-
-Publishing to a local directory is also much faster than to a remote one, so
-that you can afford more easily to republish entire projects. If you set
-@code{org-publish-use-timestamps-flag} to @code{nil}, you gain the main
-benefit of re-including any changed external files such as source example
-files you might include with @code{#+INCLUDE:}. The timestamp mechanism in
-Org is not smart enough to detect if included files have been modified.
-
-@node Sample configuration
-@section Sample configuration
-
-Below we provide two example configurations. The first one is a simple
-project publishing only a set of Org files. The second example is
-more complex, with a multi-component project.
+Rsync or Unison, it might be preferable not to use the built-in remote
+publishing facilities of Org mode which rely heavily on Tramp. Tramp,
+while very useful and powerful, tends not to be so efficient for
+multiple file transfer and has been known to cause problems under
+heavy usage.
+
+Specialized synchronization utilities offer several advantages. In
+addition to timestamp comparison, they also do content and
+permissions/attribute checks. For this reason you might prefer to
+publish your web to a local directory---possibly even @emph{in place} with
+your Org files---and then use Unison or Rsync to do the
+synchronization with the remote host.
+
+Since Unison, for example, can be configured as to which files to
+transfer to a certain remote destination, it can greatly simplify the
+project publishing definition. Simply keep all files in the correct
+location, process your Org files with @code{org-publish} and let the
+synchronization tool do the rest. You do not need, in this scenario,
+to include attachments such as JPG, CSS or PNG files in the project
+definition since the third-party tool syncs them.
+
+Publishing to a local directory is also much faster than to a remote
+one, so that you can afford more easily to republish entire projects.
+If you set @code{org-publish-use-timestamps-flag} to @code{nil}, you gain the
+main benefit of re-including any changed external files such as source
+example files you might include with @samp{INCLUDE} keyword. The timestamp
+mechanism in Org is not smart enough to detect if included files have
+been modified.
+
+@node Sample Configuration
+@section Sample Configuration
+
+Below we provide two example configurations. The first one is
+a simple project publishing only a set of Org files. The second
+example is more complex, with a multi-component project.
@menu
-* Simple example:: One-component publishing
-* Complex example:: A multi-component publishing example
+* Simple example:: One-component publishing.
+* Complex example:: A multi-component publishing example.
@end menu
@node Simple example
@subsection Example: simple publishing configuration
-This example publishes a set of Org files to the @file{public_html}
+This example publishes a set of Org files to the @samp{public_html}
directory on the local machine.
@lisp
@@ -15066,12 +16788,11 @@ directory on the local machine.
'(("org"
:base-directory "~/org/"
:publishing-directory "~/public_html"
- :publishing-function org-html-publish-to-html
:section-numbers nil
- :with-toc nil
- :html-head "<link rel=\"stylesheet\"
- href=\"../other/mystyle.css\"
- type=\"text/css\"/>")))
+ :table-of-contents nil
+ :style "<link rel=\"stylesheet\"
+ href=\"../other/mystyle.css\"
+ type=\"text/css\"/>")))
@end lisp
@node Complex example
@@ -15079,89 +16800,104 @@ directory on the local machine.
This more complicated example publishes an entire website, including
Org files converted to HTML, image files, Emacs Lisp source code, and
-style sheets. The publishing directory is remote and private files are
-excluded.
+style sheets. The publishing directory is remote and private files
+are excluded.
To ensure that links are preserved, care should be taken to replicate
your directory structure on the web server, and to use relative file
-paths. For example, if your Org files are kept in @file{~/org} and your
-publishable images in @file{~/images}, you would link to an image with
-@c
+paths. For example, if your Org files are kept in @samp{~/org/} and your
+publishable images in @samp{~/images/}, you would link to an image with
+
@example
file:../images/myimage.png
@end example
-@c
-On the web server, the relative path to the image should be the
-same. You can accomplish this by setting up an "images" folder in the
-right place on the web server, and publishing images to it.
+
+On the web server, the relative path to the image should be the same.
+You can accomplish this by setting up an @samp{images/} folder in the right
+place on the web server, and publishing images to it.
@lisp
(setq org-publish-project-alist
'(("orgfiles"
- :base-directory "~/org/"
- :base-extension "org"
- :publishing-directory "/ssh:user@@host:~/html/notebook/"
- :publishing-function org-html-publish-to-html
- :exclude "PrivatePage.org" ;; regexp
- :headline-levels 3
- :section-numbers nil
- :with-toc nil
- :html-head "<link rel=\"stylesheet\"
+ :base-directory "~/org/"
+ :base-extension "org"
+ :publishing-directory "/ssh:user@@host:~/html/notebook/"
+ :publishing-function org-html-publish-to-html
+ :exclude "PrivatePage.org" ;; regexp
+ :headline-levels 3
+ :section-numbers nil
+ :with-toc nil
+ :html-head "<link rel=\"stylesheet\"
href=\"../other/mystyle.css\" type=\"text/css\"/>"
- :html-preamble t)
-
- ("images"
- :base-directory "~/images/"
- :base-extension "jpg\\|gif\\|png"
- :publishing-directory "/ssh:user@@host:~/html/images/"
- :publishing-function org-publish-attachment)
-
- ("other"
- :base-directory "~/other/"
- :base-extension "css\\|el"
- :publishing-directory "/ssh:user@@host:~/html/other/"
- :publishing-function org-publish-attachment)
- ("website" :components ("orgfiles" "images" "other"))))
+ :html-preamble t)
+
+ ("images"
+ :base-directory "~/images/"
+ :base-extension "jpg\\|gif\\|png"
+ :publishing-directory "/ssh:user@@host:~/html/images/"
+ :publishing-function org-publish-attachment)
+
+ ("other"
+ :base-directory "~/other/"
+ :base-extension "css\\|el"
+ :publishing-directory "/ssh:user@@host:~/html/other/"
+ :publishing-function org-publish-attachment)
+ ("website" :components ("orgfiles" "images" "other"))))
@end lisp
-@node Triggering publication
-@section Triggering publication
+@node Triggering Publication
+@section Triggering Publication
Once properly configured, Org can publish with the following commands:
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c C-e P x,org-publish}
-Prompt for a specific project and publish all files that belong to it.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-e P p,org-publish-current-project}
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e X} (@code{org-publish})
+@kindex C-c C-e X
+@findex org-publish
+Prompt for a specific project and publish all files that belong
+to it.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e P} (@code{org-publish-current-project})
+@kindex C-c C-e P
+@findex org-publish-current-project
Publish the project containing the current file.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-e P f,org-publish-current-file}
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e F} (@code{org-publish-current-file})
+@kindex C-c C-e F
+@findex org-publish-current-file
Publish only the current file.
-@orgcmd{C-c C-e P a,org-publish-all}
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e E} (@code{org-publish-all})
+@kindex C-c C-e E
+@findex org-publish-all
Publish every project.
@end table
@vindex org-publish-use-timestamps-flag
-Org uses timestamps to track when a file has changed. The above functions
-normally only publish changed files. You can override this and force
-publishing of all files by giving a prefix argument to any of the commands
-above, or by customizing the variable @code{org-publish-use-timestamps-flag}.
-This may be necessary in particular if files include other files via
-@code{#+SETUPFILE:} or @code{#+INCLUDE:}.
-
-
-@node Working with source code
-@chapter Working with source code
-@cindex Schulte, Eric
-@cindex Davison, Dan
+Org uses timestamps to track when a file has changed. The above
+functions normally only publish changed files. You can override this
+and force publishing of all files by giving a prefix argument to any
+of the commands above, or by customizing the variable
+@code{org-publish-use-timestamps-flag}. This may be necessary in
+particular if files include other files via @samp{SETUPFILE} or @samp{INCLUDE}
+keywords.
+
+@node Working with Source Code
+@chapter Working with Source Code
+
@cindex source code, working with
-Source code here refers to any code typed in Org mode documents. Org can
-manage source code in any Org file once such code is tagged with begin and
-end markers. Working with source code begins with tagging source code
-blocks. Tagged @samp{src} code blocks are not restricted to the preamble or
-the end of an Org document; they can go anywhere---with a few exceptions,
-such as not inside comments and fixed width areas. Here's a sample
-@samp{src} code block in emacs-lisp:
+Source code here refers to any plain text collection of computer
+instructions, possibly with comments, written using a human-readable
+programming language. Org can manage source code in an Org document
+when the source code is identified with begin and end markers.
+Working with source code begins with identifying source code blocks.
+A source code block can be placed almost anywhere in an Org document;
+it is not restricted to the preamble or the end of the document.
+However, Org cannot manage a source code block if it is placed inside
+an Org comment or within a fixed width section.
+
+Here is an example source code block in the Emacs Lisp language:
@example
#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp
@@ -15171,85 +16907,89 @@ such as not inside comments and fixed width areas. Here's a sample
#+END_SRC
@end example
-Org can take the code in the block between the @code{#+BEGIN_SRC} and
-@code{#+END_SRC} tags, and format, compile, execute, and show the results.
-Org can simplify many housekeeping tasks essential to modern code
-maintenance. That's why these blocks in Org mode literature are sometimes
-referred to as @samp{live code} blocks (as compared to the static text and
-documentation around it). Users can control how @samp{live} they want each
-block by tweaking the headers for compiling, execution, extraction.
-
-Org's @samp{src} code block type is one of many block types, such as quote,
-export, verse, latex, example, and verbatim. This section pertains to
-@code{src} code blocks between @code{#+BEGIN_SRC} and @code{#+END_SRC}
-
-For editing @samp{src} code blocks, Org provides native Emacs major-modes.
-That leverages the latest Emacs features for that source code language mode.
-
-For exporting, Org can then extract @samp{src} code blocks into compilable
-source files (in a conversion process known as @dfn{tangling} in literate
-programming terminology).
-
-For publishing, Org's back-ends can handle the @samp{src} code blocks and the
-text for output to a variety of formats with native syntax highlighting.
-
-For executing the source code in the @samp{src} code blocks, Org provides
-facilities that glue the tasks of compiling, collecting the results of the
-execution, and inserting them back to the Org file. Besides text output,
-results may include links to other data types that Emacs can handle: audio,
-video, and graphics.
-
-An important feature of Org's execution of the @samp{src} code blocks is
-passing variables, functions, and results between @samp{src} blocks. Such
-interoperability uses a common syntax even if these @samp{src} blocks are in
-different source code languages. The integration extends to linking the
-debugger's error messages to the line in the @samp{src} code block in the Org
-file. That should partly explain why this functionality by the original
-contributors, Eric Schulte and Dan Davison, was called @samp{Org Babel}.
-
-In literate programming, the main appeal is code and documentation
-co-existing in one file. Org mode takes this several steps further. First
-by enabling execution, and then by inserting results of that execution back
-into the Org file. Along the way, Org provides extensive formatting
-features, including handling tables. Org handles multiple source code
-languages in one file, and provides a common syntax for passing variables,
-functions, and results between @samp{src} code blocks.
+Org can manage the source code in the block delimited by @samp{#+BEGIN_SRC}
+@dots{} @samp{#+END_SRC} in several ways that can simplify housekeeping tasks
+essential to modern source code maintenance. Org can edit, format,
+extract, export, and publish source code blocks. Org can also compile
+and execute a source code block, then capture the results. The Org
+mode literature sometimes refers to source code blocks as @emph{live code}
+blocks because they can alter the content of the Org document or the
+material that it exports. Users can control how live they want each
+source code block by tweaking the header arguments (see @ref{Using Header Arguments}) for compiling, execution, extraction, and
+exporting.
+
+Source code blocks are one of many Org block types, which also include
+@samp{quote}, @samp{export}, @samp{verse}, @samp{latex}, @samp{example}, and @samp{verbatim}. This
+section pertains to blocks between @samp{#+BEGIN_SRC} and @samp{#+END_SRC}.
+
+For editing and formatting a source code block, Org uses an
+appropriate Emacs major mode that includes features specifically
+designed for source code in that language.
+
+Org can extract one or more source code blocks and write them to one
+or more source files---a process known as @emph{tangling} in literate
+programming terminology.
+
+For exporting and publishing, Org's back-ends can format a source code
+block appropriately, often with native syntax highlighting.
+
+For executing and compiling a source code block, the user can
+configure Org to select the appropriate compiler. Org provides
+facilities to collect the result of the execution or compiler output,
+insert it into the Org document, and/or export it. In addition to
+text results, Org can insert links to other data types, including
+audio, video, and graphics. Org can also link a compiler error
+message to the appropriate line in the source code block.
+
+An important feature of Org's management of source code blocks is the
+ability to pass variables, functions, and results to one another using
+a common syntax for source code blocks in any language. Although most
+literate programming facilities are restricted to one language or
+another, Org's language-agnostic approach lets the literate programmer
+match each programming task with the appropriate computer language and
+to mix them all together in a single Org document. This
+interoperability among languages explains why Org's source code
+management facility was named @emph{Org Babel} by its originators, Eric
+Schulte and Dan Davison.
Org mode fulfills the promise of easy verification and maintenance of
-publishing reproducible research by keeping all these in the same file: text,
-data, code, configuration settings of the execution environment, the results
-of the execution, and associated narratives, claims, references, and internal
-and external links.
+publishing reproducible research by keeping text, data, code,
+configuration settings of the execution environment, the results of
+the execution, and associated narratives, claims, references, and
+internal and external links in a single Org document.
-Details of Org's facilities for working with source code are shown next.
+Details of Org's facilities for working with source code are described
+in the following sections.
@menu
-* Structure of code blocks:: Code block syntax described
-* Editing source code:: Language major-mode editing
-* Exporting code blocks:: Export contents and/or results
-* Extracting source code:: Create pure source code files
-* Evaluating code blocks:: Place results of evaluation in the Org mode buffer
-* Library of Babel:: Use and contribute to a library of useful code blocks
-* Languages:: List of supported code block languages
-* Header arguments:: Configure code block functionality
-* Results of evaluation:: How evaluation results are handled
-* Noweb reference syntax:: Literate programming in Org mode
-* Key bindings and useful functions:: Work quickly with code blocks
-* Batch execution:: Call functions from the command line
+* Structure of Code Blocks:: Code block syntax described.
+* Using Header Arguments:: Different ways to set header arguments.
+* Environment of a Code Block:: Arguments, sessions, working directory...
+* Evaluating Code Blocks:: Place results of evaluation in the Org buffer.
+* Results of Evaluation:: Choosing a results type, post-processing...
+* Exporting Code Blocks:: Export contents and/or results.
+* Extracting Source Code:: Create pure source code files.
+* Languages:: List of supported code block languages.
+* Editing Source Code:: Language major-mode editing.
+* Noweb Reference Syntax:: Literate programming in Org mode.
+* Library of Babel:: Use and contribute to a library of useful code blocks.
+* Key bindings and Useful Functions:: Work quickly with code blocks.
+* Batch Execution:: Call functions from the command line.
@end menu
+@node Structure of Code Blocks
+@section Structure of Code Blocks
-@node Structure of code blocks
-@section Structure of code blocks
@cindex code block, structure
@cindex source code, block structure
-@cindex @code{#+NAME}
-@cindex @code{#+BEGIN_SRC}
+@cindex @samp{NAME} keyword, in source blocks
+@cindex @samp{BEGIN_SRC}
-Org offers two ways to structure source code in Org documents: in a
-@samp{src} block, and directly inline. Both specifications are shown below.
+Org offers two ways to structure source code in Org documents: in
+a source code block, and directly inline. Both specifications are
+shown below.
-A @samp{src} block conforms to this structure:
+A source code block conforms to this structure:
@example
#+NAME: <name>
@@ -15258,12 +16998,12 @@ A @samp{src} block conforms to this structure:
#+END_SRC
@end example
-Do not be put-off by having to remember the source block syntax. Org mode
-offers a command for wrapping existing text in a block (@pxref{Structure
-templates}). Org also works with other completion systems in Emacs, some of
-which predate Org and have custom domain-specific languages for defining
-templates. Regular use of templates reduces errors, increases accuracy, and
-maintains consistency.
+Do not be put-off by having to remember the source block syntax. Org
+mode offers a command for wrapping existing text in a block (see
+@ref{Structure Templates}). Org also works with other completion systems
+in Emacs, some of which predate Org and have custom domain-specific
+languages for defining templates. Regular use of templates reduces
+errors, increases accuracy, and maintains consistency.
@cindex source code, inline
An inline code block conforms to this structure:
@@ -15272,421 +17012,75 @@ An inline code block conforms to this structure:
src_<language>@{<body>@}
@end example
+@noindent
or
@example
src_<language>[<header arguments>]@{<body>@}
@end example
-@table @code
-@item #+NAME: <name>
-Optional. Names the @samp{src} block so it can be called, like a function,
-from other @samp{src} blocks or inline blocks to evaluate or to capture the
-results. Code from other blocks, other files, and from table formulas
-(@pxref{The spreadsheet}) can use the name to reference a @samp{src} block.
-This naming serves the same purpose as naming Org tables. Org mode requires
-unique names. For duplicate names, Org mode's behavior is undefined.
-@cindex @code{#+NAME}
-@item #+BEGIN_SRC
-@item #+END_SRC
-Mandatory. They mark the start and end of a block that Org requires. The
-@code{#+BEGIN_SRC} line takes additional arguments, as described next.
-@cindex begin block, end block
-@item <language>
-Mandatory for live code blocks. It is the identifier of the source code
-language in the block. @xref{Languages}, for identifiers of supported
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{#+NAME: <name>}
+Optional. Names the source block so it can be called, like
+a function, from other source blocks or inline code to evaluate
+or to capture the results. Code from other blocks, other files,
+and from table formulas (see @ref{The spreadsheet}) can use the name
+to reference a source block. This naming serves the same purpose
+as naming Org tables. Org mode requires unique names. For
+duplicate names, Org mode's behavior is undefined.
+
+@item @samp{#+BEGIN_SRC} @dots{} @samp{#+END_SRC}
+Mandatory. They mark the start and end of a block that Org
+requires. The @samp{#+BEGIN_SRC} line takes additional arguments, as
+described next.
+
+@item @samp{<language>}
+@cindex language, in code blocks
+Mandatory. It is the identifier of the source code language in
+the block. See @ref{Languages}, for identifiers of supported
languages.
-@cindex source code, language
-@item <switches>
-Optional. Switches provide finer control of the code execution, export, and
-format (see the discussion of switches in @ref{Literal examples})
-@cindex source code, switches
-@item <header arguments>
-Optional. Heading arguments control many aspects of evaluation, export and
-tangling of code blocks (@pxref{Header arguments}). Using Org's properties
-feature, header arguments can be selectively applied to the entire buffer or
-specific sub-trees of the Org document.
-@item source code, header arguments
-@item <body>
-Source code in the dialect of the specified language identifier.
-@end table
-@node Editing source code
-@section Editing source code
-@cindex code block, editing
-@cindex source code, editing
-
-@vindex org-edit-src-auto-save-idle-delay
-@vindex org-edit-src-turn-on-auto-save
-@kindex C-c '
-@kbd{C-c '} for editing the current code block. It opens a new major-mode
-edit buffer containing the body of the @samp{src} code block, ready for any
-edits. @kbd{C-c '} again to close the buffer and return to the Org buffer.
+@item @samp{<switches>}
+@cindex switches, in code blocks
+Optional. Switches provide finer control of the code execution,
+export, and format (see the discussion of switches in @ref{Literal Examples}).
-@key{C-x C-s} saves the buffer and updates the contents of the Org buffer.
+@item @samp{<header arguments>}
+@cindex header arguments, in code blocks
+Optional. Heading arguments control many aspects of evaluation,
+export and tangling of code blocks (see @ref{Using Header Arguments}).
+Using Org's properties feature, header arguments can be
+selectively applied to the entire buffer or specific sub-trees of
+the Org document.
-Set @code{org-edit-src-auto-save-idle-delay} to save the base buffer after
-a certain idle delay time.
-
-Set @code{org-edit-src-turn-on-auto-save} to auto-save this buffer into a
-separate file using @code{auto-save-mode}.
-
-@kbd{C-c '} to close the major-mode buffer and return back to the Org buffer.
-
-While editing the source code in the major-mode, the @code{org-src-mode}
-minor mode remains active. It provides these customization variables as
-described below. For even more variables, look in the customization
-group @code{org-edit-structure}.
-
-@table @code
-@item org-src-lang-modes
-If an Emacs major-mode named @code{<lang>-mode} exists, where @code{<lang>}
-is the language identifier from code block's header line, then the edit
-buffer uses that major-mode. Use this variable to arbitrarily map language
-identifiers to major modes.
-@item org-src-window-setup
-For specifying Emacs window arrangement when the new edit buffer is created.
-@item org-src-preserve-indentation
-@cindex indentation, in source blocks
-Default is @code{nil}. Source code is indented. This indentation applies
-during export or tangling, and depending on the context, may alter leading
-spaces and tabs. When non-@code{nil}, source code is aligned with the
-leftmost column. No lines are modified during export or tangling, which is
-very useful for white-space sensitive languages, such as Python.
-@item org-src-ask-before-returning-to-edit-buffer
-When @code{nil}, Org returns to the edit buffer without further prompts. The
-default prompts for a confirmation.
-@end table
-
-Set @code{org-src-fontify-natively} to non-@code{nil} to turn on native code
-fontification in the @emph{Org} buffer. Fontification of @samp{src} code
-blocks can give visual separation of text and code on the display page. To
-further customize the appearance of @code{org-block} for specific languages,
-customize @code{org-src-block-faces}. The following example shades the
-background of regular blocks, and colors source blocks only for Python and
-Emacs-Lisp languages.
-@lisp
-(require 'color)
-(set-face-attribute 'org-block nil :background
- (color-darken-name
- (face-attribute 'default :background) 3))
-
-(setq org-src-block-faces '(("emacs-lisp" (:background "#EEE2FF"))
- ("python" (:background "#E5FFB8"))))
-@end lisp
-
-@node Exporting code blocks
-@section Exporting code blocks
-@cindex code block, exporting
-@cindex source code, exporting
-
-Org can flexibly export just the @emph{code} from the code blocks, just the
-@emph{results} of evaluation of the code block, @emph{both} the code and the
-results of the code block evaluation, or @emph{none}. Org defaults to
-exporting @emph{code} for most languages. For some languages, such as
-@code{ditaa}, Org defaults to @emph{results}. To export just the body of
-code blocks, @pxref{Literal examples}. To selectively export sub-trees of
-an Org document, @pxref{Exporting}.
-
-The @code{:exports} header arguments control exporting code blocks only and
-not inline code:
-
-@subsubheading Header arguments:
-
-@table @code
-@cindex @code{:exports}, src header argument
-@item :exports code
-This is the default for most languages where the body of the code block is
-exported. See @ref{Literal examples} for more.
-@item :exports results
-On export, Org includes only the results and not the code block. After each
-evaluation, Org inserts the results after the end of code block in the Org
-buffer. By default, Org replaces any previous results. Org can also append
-results.
-@item :exports both
-Org exports both the code block and the results.
-@item :exports none
-Org does not export the code block nor the results.
-@end table
-
-@vindex org-export-use-babel
-To stop Org from evaluating code blocks to speed exports, use the header
-argument @code{:eval never-export} (@pxref{eval}). To stop Org from
-evaluating code blocks for greater security, set the
-@code{org-export-use-babel} variable to @code{nil}, but understand that
-header arguments will have no effect.
-
-Turning off evaluation comes in handy when batch processing. For example,
-markup languages for wikis, which have a high risk of untrusted code.
-Stopping code block evaluation also stops evaluation of all header arguments
-of the code block. This may not be desirable in some circumstances. So
-during export, to allow evaluation of just the header arguments but not any
-code evaluation in the source block, set @code{:eval never-export}
-(@pxref{eval}).
-
-Org never evaluates code blocks in commented sub-trees when exporting
-(@pxref{Comment lines}). On the other hand, Org does evaluate code blocks in
-sub-trees excluded from export (@pxref{Export settings}).
-
-@node Extracting source code
-@section Extracting source code
-@cindex tangling
-@cindex source code, extracting
-@cindex code block, extracting source code
-
-Extracting source code from code blocks is a basic task in literate
-programming. Org has features to make this easy. In literate programming
-parlance, documents on creation are @emph{woven} with code and documentation,
-and on export, the code is @emph{tangled} for execution by a computer. Org
-facilitates weaving and tangling for producing, maintaining, sharing, and
-exporting literate programming documents. Org provides extensive
-customization options for extracting source code.
-
-When Org tangles @samp{src} code blocks, it expands, merges, and transforms
-them. Then Org recomposes them into one or more separate files, as
-configured through the options. During this @emph{tangling} process, Org
-expands variables in the source code, and resolves any Noweb style references
-(@pxref{Noweb reference syntax}).
-
-@subsubheading Header arguments
-
-@table @code
-@cindex @code{:tangle}, src header argument
-@item :tangle no
-By default, Org does not tangle the @samp{src} code block on export.
-@item :tangle yes
-Org extracts the contents of the code block for the tangled output. By
-default, the output file name is the same as the Org file but with a file
-extension derived from the language identifier of the @samp{src} code block.
-@item :tangle filename
-Override the default file name with this one for the tangled output.
-@end table
-
-@kindex C-c C-v t
-@subsubheading Functions
-
-@table @code
-@item org-babel-tangle
-Tangle the current file. Bound to @kbd{C-c C-v t}.
-
-With prefix argument only tangle the current @samp{src} code block.
-@item org-babel-tangle-file
-Choose a file to tangle. Bound to @kbd{C-c C-v f}.
-@end table
-
-@subsubheading Hooks
-
-@table @code
-@item org-babel-post-tangle-hook
-This hook runs from within code tangled by @code{org-babel-tangle}, making it
-suitable for post-processing, compilation, and evaluation of code in the
-tangled files.
-@end table
-
-@subsubheading Jumping between code and Org
-
-Debuggers normally link errors and messages back to the source code. But for
-tangled files, we want to link back to the Org file, not to the tangled
-source file. To make this extra jump, Org uses
-@code{org-babel-tangle-jump-to-org} function with two additional source code
-block header arguments: One, set @code{padline} (@pxref{padline}) to true
-(the default setting). Two, set @code{comments} (@pxref{comments}) to
-@code{link}, which makes Org insert links to the Org file.
-
-@node Evaluating code blocks
-@section Evaluating code blocks
-@cindex code block, evaluating
-@cindex source code, evaluating
-@cindex @code{#+RESULTS}
-
-A note about security: With code evaluation comes the risk of harm. Org
-safeguards by prompting for user's permission before executing any code in
-the source block. To customize this safeguard (or disable it) see @ref{Code
-evaluation security}.
-
-Org captures the results of the @samp{src} code block evaluation and inserts
-them in the Org file, right after the @samp{src} code block. The insertion
-point is after a newline and the @code{#+RESULTS} label. Org creates the
-@code{#+RESULTS} label if one is not already there.
-
-By default, Org enables only @code{emacs-lisp} @samp{src} code blocks for
-execution. See @ref{Languages} for identifiers to enable other languages.
-
-@kindex C-c C-c
-Org provides many ways to execute @samp{src} code blocks. @kbd{C-c C-c} or
-@kbd{C-c C-v e} with the point on a @samp{src} code block@footnote{The option
-@code{org-babel-no-eval-on-ctrl-c-ctrl-c} can be used to remove code
-evaluation from the @kbd{C-c C-c} key binding.} calls the
-@code{org-babel-execute-src-block} function, which executes the code in the
-block, collects the results, and inserts them in the buffer.
-
-@cindex @code{#+CALL}
-By calling a named code block@footnote{Actually, the constructs call_<name>()
-and src_<lang>@{@} are not evaluated when they appear in a keyword line
-(i.e. lines starting with @code{#+KEYWORD:}, @pxref{In-buffer settings}).}
-from an Org mode buffer or a table. Org can call the named @samp{src} code
-blocks from the current Org mode buffer or from the ``Library of Babel''
-(@pxref{Library of Babel}). Whether inline syntax or the @code{#+CALL:}
-syntax is used, the result is wrapped based on the variable
-@code{org-babel-inline-result-wrap}, which by default is set to @code{"=%s="}
-to produce verbatim text suitable for markup.
-
-The syntax for @code{#+CALL:} is
-
-@example
-#+CALL: <name>(<arguments>)
-#+CALL: <name>[<inside header arguments>](<arguments>) <end header arguments>
-@end example
-
-The syntax for inline named code block is
-
-@example
-... call_<name>(<arguments>) ...
-... call_<name>[<inside header arguments>](<arguments>)[<end header arguments>] ...
-@end example
-
-@table @code
-@item <name>
-This is the name of the code block to be evaluated (@pxref{Structure of
-code blocks}).
-@item <arguments>
-Org passes arguments to the code block using standard function call syntax.
-For example, a @code{#+CALL:} line that passes @samp{4} to a code block named
-@code{double}, which declares the header argument @code{:var n=2}, would be
-written as @code{#+CALL: double(n=4)}. Note how this function call syntax is
-different from the header argument syntax.
-@item <inside header arguments>
-Org passes inside header arguments to the named @samp{src} code block using
-the header argument syntax. Inside header arguments apply to code block
-evaluation. For example, @code{[:results output]} collects results printed
-to @code{STDOUT} during code execution of that block. Note how this header
-argument syntax is different from the function call syntax.
-@item <end header arguments>
-End header arguments affect the results returned by the code block. For
-example, @code{:results html} wraps the results in a @code{BEGIN_EXPORT html}
-block before inserting the results in the Org buffer.
-
-For more examples of header arguments for @code{#+CALL:} lines,
-@pxref{Arguments in function calls}.
+@item @samp{<body>}
+Source code in the dialect of the specified language identifier.
@end table
-@node Library of Babel
-@section Library of Babel
-@cindex babel, library of
-@cindex source code, library
-@cindex code block, library
-
-The ``Library of Babel'' is a collection of code blocks. Like a function
-library, these code blocks can be called from other Org files. A collection
-of useful code blocks is available on
-@uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/library-of-babel.html,Worg}. For remote code
-block evaluation syntax, @pxref{Evaluating code blocks}.
-
-@kindex C-c C-v i
-For any user to add code to the library, first save the code in regular
-@samp{src} code blocks of an Org file, and then load the Org file with
-@code{org-babel-lob-ingest}, which is bound to @kbd{C-c C-v i}.
-
-@node Languages
-@section Languages
-@cindex babel, languages
-@cindex source code, languages
-@cindex code block, languages
-
-Org supports the following languages for the @samp{src} code blocks:
-
-@multitable @columnfractions 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25
-@headitem @b{Language} @tab @b{Identifier} @tab @b{Language} @tab @b{Identifier}
-@item Asymptote @tab asymptote @tab Awk @tab awk
-@item C @tab C @tab C++ @tab C++
-@item Clojure @tab clojure @tab CSS @tab css
-@item D @tab d @tab ditaa @tab ditaa
-@item Graphviz @tab dot @tab Emacs Calc @tab calc
-@item Emacs Lisp @tab emacs-lisp @tab Fortran @tab fortran
-@item gnuplot @tab gnuplot @tab Haskell @tab haskell
-@item Java @tab java @tab Javascript @tab js
-@item LaTeX @tab latex @tab Ledger @tab ledger
-@item Lisp @tab lisp @tab Lilypond @tab lilypond
-@item Lua @tab lua @tab MATLAB @tab matlab
-@item Mscgen @tab mscgen @tab Objective Caml @tab ocaml
-@item Octave @tab octave @tab Org mode @tab org
-@item Oz @tab oz @tab Perl @tab perl
-@item Plantuml @tab plantuml @tab Processing.js @tab processing
-@item Python @tab python @tab R @tab R
-@item Ruby @tab ruby @tab Sass @tab sass
-@item Scheme @tab scheme @tab GNU Screen @tab screen
-@item Sed @tab sed @tab shell @tab sh
-@item SQL @tab sql @tab SQLite @tab sqlite
-@item Vala @tab vala
-@end multitable
-
-Additional documentation for some languages are at
-@uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/org-contrib/babel/languages.html}.
-
-@vindex org-babel-load-languages
-By default, only @code{emacs-lisp} is enabled for evaluation. To enable or
-disable other languages, customize the @code{org-babel-load-languages}
-variable either through the Emacs customization interface, or by adding code
-to the init file as shown next:
-
-In this example, evaluation is disabled for @code{emacs-lisp}, and enabled
-for @code{R}.
-
-@lisp
-(org-babel-do-load-languages
- 'org-babel-load-languages
- '((emacs-lisp . nil)
- (R . t)))
-@end lisp
-
-Note that this is not the only way to enable a language. Org also enables
-languages when loaded with @code{require} statement. For example, the
-following enables execution of @code{clojure} code blocks:
+@node Using Header Arguments
+@section Using Header Arguments
-@lisp
-(require 'ob-clojure)
-@end lisp
-
-@node Header arguments
-@section Header arguments
-@cindex code block, header arguments
-@cindex source code, block header arguments
-
-Details of configuring header arguments are shown here.
-
-@menu
-* Using header arguments:: Different ways to set header arguments
-* Specific header arguments:: List of header arguments
-@end menu
+Org comes with many header arguments common to all languages. New
+header arguments are added for specific languages as they become
+available for use in source code blocks. A header argument is
+specified with an initial colon followed by the argument's name in
+lowercase.
-@node Using header arguments
-@subsection Using header arguments
+Since header arguments can be set in several ways, Org prioritizes
+them in case of overlaps or conflicts by giving local settings
+a higher priority. Header values in function calls, for example,
+override header values from global defaults.
-Since header arguments can be set in several ways, Org prioritizes them in
-case of overlaps or conflicts by giving local settings a higher priority.
-Header values in function calls, for example, override header values from
-global defaults.
-@menu
-* System-wide header arguments:: Set globally, language-specific
-* Language-specific header arguments:: Set in the Org file's headers
-* Header arguments in Org mode properties:: Set in the Org file
-* Language-specific mode properties::
-* Code block specific header arguments:: The most commonly used method
-* Arguments in function calls:: The most specific level, takes highest priority
-@end menu
+@anchor{System-wide header arguments}
+@subheading System-wide header arguments
+@vindex org-babel-default-header-args
-@node System-wide header arguments
-@subsubheading System-wide header arguments
@vindex org-babel-default-header-args
-System-wide values of header arguments can be specified by adapting the
-@code{org-babel-default-header-args} variable:
+System-wide values of header arguments can be specified by customizing
+the @code{org-babel-default-header-args} variable, which defaults to the
+following values:
-@cindex @code{:session}, src header argument
-@cindex @code{:results}, src header argument
-@cindex @code{:exports}, src header argument
-@cindex @code{:cache}, src header argument
-@cindex @code{:noweb}, src header argument
@example
:session => "none"
:results => "replace"
@@ -15695,8 +17089,8 @@ System-wide values of header arguments can be specified by adapting the
:noweb => "no"
@end example
-This example sets @code{:noweb} header arguments to @code{yes}, which makes
-Org expand @code{:noweb} references by default.
+The example below sets @samp{:noweb} header arguments to @samp{yes}, which makes
+Org expand @samp{:noweb} references by default.
@lisp
(setq org-babel-default-header-args
@@ -15704,23 +17098,24 @@ Org expand @code{:noweb} references by default.
(assq-delete-all :noweb org-babel-default-header-args)))
@end lisp
-@node Language-specific header arguments
-@subsubheading Language-specific header arguments
-Each language can have separate default header arguments by customizing the
-variable @code{org-babel-default-header-args:<lang>}, where @code{<lang>} is
-the name of the language. For details, see the language-specific online
-documentation at @uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/org-contrib/babel/}.
+@cindex language specific default header arguments
+@cindex default header arguments per language
+Each language can have separate default header arguments by
+customizing the variable @code{org-babel-default-header-args:<LANG>}, where
+@var{<LANG>} is the name of the language. For details, see the
+language-specific online documentation at
+@uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/org-contrib/babel/}.
-@node Header arguments in Org mode properties
-@subsubheading Header arguments in Org mode properties
+@anchor{Header arguments in Org mode properties}
+@subheading Header arguments in Org mode properties
-For header arguments applicable to the buffer, use @code{#+PROPERTY:} lines
-anywhere in the Org mode file (@pxref{Property syntax}).
+For header arguments applicable to the buffer, use @samp{PROPERTY} keyword
+anywhere in the Org file (see @ref{Property Syntax}).
-The following example sets only for @samp{R} code blocks to @code{session},
-making all the @samp{R} code blocks execute in the same session. Setting
-@code{results} to @code{silent} ignores the results of executions for all
-blocks, not just @samp{R} code blocks; no results inserted for any block.
+The following example makes all the R code blocks execute in the same
+session. Setting @samp{:results} to @samp{silent} ignores the results of
+executions for all blocks, not just R code blocks; no results inserted
+for any block.
@example
#+PROPERTY: header-args:R :session *R*
@@ -15728,13 +17123,13 @@ blocks, not just @samp{R} code blocks; no results inserted for any block.
@end example
@vindex org-use-property-inheritance
-Header arguments set through Org's property drawers (@pxref{Property syntax})
-apply at the sub-tree level on down. Since these property drawers can appear
-anywhere in the file hierarchy, Org uses outermost call or source block to
-resolve the values. Org ignores @code{org-use-property-inheritance} setting.
+Header arguments set through Org's property drawers (see @ref{Property Syntax}) apply at the sub-tree level on down. Since these property
+drawers can appear anywhere in the file hierarchy, Org uses outermost
+call or source block to resolve the values. Org ignores
+@code{org-use-property-inheritance} setting.
-In this example, @code{:cache} defaults to @code{yes} for all code blocks in
-the sub-tree starting with @samp{sample header}.
+In this example, @samp{:cache} defaults to @samp{yes} for all code blocks in the
+sub-tree.
@example
* sample header
@@ -15744,17 +17139,16 @@ the sub-tree starting with @samp{sample header}.
@end example
@kindex C-c C-x p
-@vindex org-babel-default-header-args
+@findex org-set-property
Properties defined through @code{org-set-property} function, bound to
-@kbd{C-c C-x p}, apply to all active languages. They override properties set
-in @code{org-babel-default-header-args}.
-
-@node Language-specific mode properties
-@subsubheading Language-specific mode properties
+@kbd{C-c C-x p}, apply to all active languages. They override
+properties set in @code{org-babel-default-header-args}.
+@cindex language specific header arguments properties
+@cindex header arguments per language
Language-specific header arguments are also read from properties
-@code{header-args:<lang>} where @code{<lang>} is the language identifier.
-For example,
+@samp{header-args:<LANG>} where @var{<LANG>} is the language
+identifier. For example,
@example
* Heading
@@ -15768,44 +17162,44 @@ For example,
:END:
@end example
-would force separate sessions for clojure blocks in Heading and Subheading,
-but use the same session for all @samp{R} blocks. Blocks in Subheading
-inherit settings from Heading.
+@noindent
+would force separate sessions for Clojure blocks in @samp{Heading} and
+@samp{Subheading}, but use the same session for all R blocks. Blocks in
+@samp{Subheading} inherit settings from @samp{Heading}.
-@node Code block specific header arguments
-@subsubheading Code block specific header arguments
+@anchor{Code block specific header arguments}
+@subheading Code block specific header arguments
-Header arguments are most commonly set at the @samp{src} code block level, on
-the @code{#+BEGIN_SRC} line. Arguments set at this level take precedence
-over those set in the @code{org-babel-default-header-args} variable, and also
-those set as header properties.
+Header arguments are most commonly set at the source code block level,
+on the @samp{#+BEGIN_SRC} line. Arguments set at this level take
+precedence over those set in the @code{org-babel-default-header-args}
+variable, and also those set as header properties.
-In the following example, setting @code{results} to @code{silent} makes it
-ignore results of the code execution. Setting @code{:exports} to @code{code}
-exports only the body of the @samp{src} code block to HTML or @LaTeX{}.:
+In the following example, setting @samp{:results} to @samp{silent} makes it
+ignore results of the code execution. Setting @samp{:exports} to @samp{code}
+exports only the body of the code block to HTML or @LaTeX{}.
@example
#+NAME: factorial
#+BEGIN_SRC haskell :results silent :exports code :var n=0
-fac 0 = 1
-fac n = n * fac (n-1)
+ fac 0 = 1
+ fac n = n * fac (n-1)
#+END_SRC
@end example
-The same header arguments in an inline @samp{src} code block:
+The same header arguments in an inline code block:
@example
src_haskell[:exports both]@{fac 5@}
@end example
-Code block header arguments can span multiple lines using @code{#+HEADER:} on
-each line. Note that Org currently accepts the plural spelling of
-@code{#+HEADER:} only as a convenience for backward-compatibility. It may be
-removed at some point.
+@cindex @samp{HEADER}, keyword
+Code block header arguments can span multiple lines using @samp{#+HEADER:}
+on each line. Note that Org currently accepts the plural spelling of
+@samp{#+HEADER:} only as a convenience for backward-compatibility. It may
+be removed at some point.
-@cindex @code{#+HEADER:}
-
-Multi-line header arguments on an unnamed @samp{src} code block:
+Multi-line header arguments on an unnamed code block:
@example
#+HEADER: :var data1=1
@@ -15817,7 +17211,7 @@ Multi-line header arguments on an unnamed @samp{src} code block:
: data1:1, data2:2
@end example
-Multi-line header arguments on a named @samp{src} code block:
+Multi-line header arguments on a named code block:
@example
#+NAME: named-block
@@ -15830,110 +17224,64 @@ Multi-line header arguments on a named @samp{src} code block:
: data:2
@end example
-@node Arguments in function calls
-@subsubheading Arguments in function calls
+@anchor{Header arguments in function calls}
+@subheading Header arguments in function calls
-Header arguments in function calls are the most specific and override all
-other settings in case of an overlap. They get the highest priority. Two
-@code{#+CALL:} examples are shown below. For the complete syntax of
-@code{#+CALL:} lines, see @ref{Evaluating code blocks}.
+Header arguments in function calls are the most specific and override
+all other settings in case of an overlap. They get the highest
+priority. Two @samp{#+CALL:} examples are shown below. For the complete
+syntax of @samp{CALL} keyword, see @ref{Evaluating Code Blocks}.
-In this example, @code{:exports results} header argument is applied to the
-evaluation of the @code{#+CALL:} line.
+In this example, @samp{:exports results} header argument is applied to the
+evaluation of the @samp{#+CALL:} line.
@example
#+CALL: factorial(n=5) :exports results
@end example
-In this example, @code{:session special} header argument is applied to the
-evaluation of @code{factorial} code block.
+In this example, @samp{:session special} header argument is applied to the
+evaluation of @samp{factorial} code block.
@example
#+CALL: factorial[:session special](n=5)
@end example
-@node Specific header arguments
-@subsection Specific header arguments
-Org comes with many header arguments common to all languages. New header
-arguments are added for specific languages as they become available for use
-in @samp{src} code blocks. A header argument is specified with an initial
-colon followed by the argument's name in lowercase. Common header arguments
-are:
-
-@menu
-* var:: Pass arguments to @samp{src} code blocks
-* results:: Specify results type; how to collect
-* file:: Specify a path for output file
-* file-desc:: Specify a description for file results
-* file-ext:: Specify an extension for file output
-* output-dir:: Specify a directory for output file
-* dir:: Specify the default directory for code block execution
-* exports:: Specify exporting code, results, both, none
-* tangle:: Toggle tangling; or specify file name
-* mkdirp:: Toggle for parent directory creation for target files during tangling
-* comments:: Toggle insertion of comments in tangled code files
-* padline:: Control insertion of padding lines in tangled code files
-* no-expand:: Turn off variable assignment and noweb expansion during tangling
-* session:: Preserve the state of code evaluation
-* noweb:: Toggle expansion of noweb references
-* noweb-ref:: Specify block's noweb reference resolution target
-* noweb-sep:: String to separate noweb references
-* cache:: Avoid re-evaluating unchanged code blocks
-* sep:: Delimiter for writing tabular results outside Org
-* hlines:: Handle horizontal lines in tables
-* colnames:: Handle column names in tables
-* rownames:: Handle row names in tables
-* shebang:: Make tangled files executable
-* tangle-mode:: Set permission of tangled files
-* eval:: Limit evaluation of specific code blocks
-* wrap:: Mark source block evaluation results
-* post:: Post processing of results of code block evaluation
-* prologue:: Text to prepend to body of code block
-* epilogue:: Text to append to body of code block
-@end menu
-
-For language-specific header arguments, see @ref{Languages}.
+@node Environment of a Code Block
+@section Environment of a Code Block
-@node var
-@subsubsection @code{:var}
-@cindex @code{:var}, src header argument
-Use @code{:var} for passing arguments to @samp{src} code blocks. The
-specifics of variables in @samp{src} code blocks vary by the source language
-and are covered in the language-specific documentation. The syntax for
-@code{:var}, however, is the same for all languages. This includes declaring
-a variable, and assigning a default value.
-Arguments can take values as literals, or as references, or even as Emacs
-Lisp code (@pxref{var, Emacs Lisp evaluation of variables}). References are
-names from the Org file from the lines @code{#+NAME:} or @code{#+RESULTS:}.
-References can also refer to tables, lists, @code{#+BEGIN_EXAMPLE} blocks,
-other types of @samp{src} code blocks, or the results of execution of
-@samp{src} code blocks.
-For better performance, Org can cache results of evaluations. But caching
-comes with severe limitations (@pxref{cache}).
+@anchor{Passing arguments}
+@subheading Passing arguments
-Argument values are indexed like arrays (@pxref{var, Indexable variable
-values}).
+@cindex passing arguments to code blocks
+@cindex arguments, in code blocks
+@cindex @samp{var}, header argument
+Use @samp{var} for passing arguments to source code blocks. The specifics
+of variables in code blocks vary by the source language and are
+covered in the language-specific documentation. The syntax for @samp{var},
+however, is the same for all languages. This includes declaring
+a variable, and assigning a default value.
-The following syntax is used to pass arguments to @samp{src} code blocks
-using the @code{:var} header argument.
+The following syntax is used to pass arguments to code blocks using
+the @samp{var} header argument.
@example
-:var name=assign
+:var NAME=ASSIGN
@end example
-The @code{assign} is a literal value, such as a string @samp{"string"}, a
-number @samp{9}, a reference to a table, a list, a literal example, another
-code block (with or without arguments), or the results from evaluating a code
-block.
+@noindent
+@var{NAME} is the name of the variable bound in the code block
+body. @var{ASSIGN} is a literal value, such as a string,
+a number, a reference to a table, a list, a literal example, another
+code block---with or without arguments---or the results of evaluating
+a code block.
Here are examples of passing values by reference:
-@table @dfn
-
+@table @asis
@item table
-an Org mode table named with either a @code{#+NAME:} line
+A table named with a @samp{NAME} keyword.
@example
#+NAME: example-table
@@ -15944,23 +17292,77 @@ an Org mode table named with either a @code{#+NAME:} line
#+NAME: table-length
#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var table=example-table
-(length table)
+ (length table)
#+END_SRC
#+RESULTS: table-length
: 4
@end example
+When passing a table, you can treat specially the row, or the
+column, containing labels for the columns, or the rows, in the
+table.
+
+@cindex @samp{colnames}, header argument
+The @samp{colnames} header argument accepts @samp{yes}, @samp{no}, or @samp{nil}
+values. The default value is @samp{nil}: if an input table has column
+names---because the second row is a horizontal rule---then Org
+removes the column names, processes the table, puts back the
+column names, and then writes the table to the results block.
+Using @samp{yes}, Org does the same to the first row, even if the
+initial table does not contain any horizontal rule. When set to
+@samp{no}, Org does not pre-process column names at all.
+
+@example
+#+NAME: less-cols
+| a |
+|---|
+| b |
+| c |
+
+#+BEGIN_SRC python :var tab=less-cols :colnames nil
+ return [[val + '*' for val in row] for row in tab]
+#+END_SRC
+
+#+RESULTS:
+| a |
+|----|
+| b* |
+| c* |
+@end example
+
+@cindex @samp{rownames}, header argument
+Similarly, the @samp{rownames} header argument can take two values:
+@samp{yes} or @samp{no}. When set to @samp{yes}, Org removes the first column,
+processes the table, puts back the first column, and then writes
+the table to the results block. The default is @samp{no}, which means
+Org does not pre-process the first column. Note that Emacs Lisp
+code blocks ignore @samp{rownames} header argument because of the ease
+of table-handling in Emacs.
+
+@example
+#+NAME: with-rownames
+| one | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 |
+| two | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 |
+
+#+BEGIN_SRC python :var tab=with-rownames :rownames yes
+ return [[val + 10 for val in row] for row in tab]
+#+END_SRC
+
+#+RESULTS:
+| one | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 | 15 |
+| two | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 | 20 |
+@end example
+
@item list
-a simple list named with a @code{#+NAME:} line. Note that only the top level
-list items are passed along. Nested list items are ignored.
+A simple named list.
@example
#+NAME: example-list
- - simple
- - not
- - nested
- - list
+- simple
+ - not
+ - nested
+- list
#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var x=example-list
(print x)
@@ -15970,13 +17372,16 @@ list items are passed along. Nested list items are ignored.
| simple | list |
@end example
+Note that only the top level list items are passed along. Nested
+list items are ignored.
+
@item code block without arguments
-a code block name (from the example above), as assigned by @code{#+NAME:},
-optionally followed by parentheses
+A code block name, as assigned by @samp{NAME} keyword from the example
+above, optionally followed by parentheses.
@example
#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var length=table-length()
-(* 2 length)
+ (* 2 length)
#+END_SRC
#+RESULTS:
@@ -15984,22 +17389,21 @@ optionally followed by parentheses
@end example
@item code block with arguments
-a @samp{src} code block name, as assigned by @code{#+NAME:}, followed by
-parentheses and optional arguments passed within the parentheses following
-the @samp{src} code block name using standard function call syntax
+A code block name, as assigned by @samp{NAME} keyword, followed by
+parentheses and optional arguments passed within the parentheses.
@example
#+NAME: double
#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var input=8
-(* 2 input)
+ (* 2 input)
#+END_SRC
#+RESULTS: double
: 16
#+NAME: squared
-#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var input=double(input=2)
-(* input input)
+#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var input=double(input=1)
+ (* input input)
#+END_SRC
#+RESULTS: squared
@@ -16007,37 +17411,34 @@ the @samp{src} code block name using standard function call syntax
@end example
@item literal example
-a literal example block named with a @code{#+NAME:} line
+A literal example block named with a @samp{NAME} keyword.
@example
#+NAME: literal-example
#+BEGIN_EXAMPLE
-A literal example
-on two lines
+ A literal example
+ on two lines
#+END_EXAMPLE
#+NAME: read-literal-example
#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var x=literal-example
- (concatenate 'string x " for you.")
+ (concatenate #'string x " for you.")
#+END_SRC
#+RESULTS: read-literal-example
: A literal example
: on two lines for you.
-
@end example
-
@end table
-@subsubheading Indexable variable values
-Indexing variable values enables referencing portions of a variable. Indexes
-are 0 based with negative values counting backwards from the end. If an
-index is separated by @code{,}s then each subsequent section will index as
-the next dimension. Note that this indexing occurs @emph{before} other
-table-related header arguments are applied, such as @code{:hlines},
-@code{:colnames} and @code{:rownames}. The following example assigns the
-last cell of the first row the table @code{example-table} to the variable
-@code{data}:
+Indexing variable values enables referencing portions of a variable.
+Indexes are 0 based with negative values counting backwards from the
+end. If an index is separated by commas then each subsequent section
+indexes as the next dimension. Note that this indexing occurs
+@emph{before} other table-related header arguments are applied, such as
+@samp{hlines}, @samp{colnames} and @samp{rownames}. The following example assigns
+the last cell of the first row the table @samp{example-table} to the
+variable @samp{data}:
@example
#+NAME: example-table
@@ -16054,10 +17455,10 @@ last cell of the first row the table @code{example-table} to the variable
: a
@end example
-Ranges of variable values can be referenced using two integers separated by a
-@code{:}, in which case the entire inclusive range is referenced. For
-example the following assigns the middle three rows of @code{example-table}
-to @code{data}.
+Two integers separated by a colon reference a range of variable
+values. In that case the entire inclusive range is referenced. For
+example the following assigns the middle three rows of @samp{example-table}
+to @samp{data}.
@example
#+NAME: example-table
@@ -16078,7 +17479,7 @@ to @code{data}.
@end example
To pick the entire range, use an empty index, or the single character
-@code{*}. @code{0:-1} does the same thing. Example below shows how to
+@samp{*}. @samp{0:-1} does the same thing. Example below shows how to
reference the first column only.
@example
@@ -16096,9 +17497,9 @@ reference the first column only.
| 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
@end example
-Index referencing can be used for tables and code blocks. Index referencing
-can handle any number of dimensions. Commas delimit multiple dimensions, as
-shown below.
+Index referencing can be used for tables and code blocks. Index
+referencing can handle any number of dimensions. Commas delimit
+multiple dimensions, as shown below.
@example
#+NAME: 3D
@@ -16116,15 +17517,18 @@ shown below.
| 11 | 14 | 17 |
@end example
-@subsubheading Emacs Lisp evaluation of variables
+Note that row names and column names are not removed prior to variable
+indexing. You need to take them into account, even when @samp{colnames} or
+@samp{rownames} header arguments remove them.
-Emacs lisp code can set the values for variables. To differentiate a value
-from lisp code, Org interprets any value starting with @code{(}, @code{[},
-@code{'} or @code{`} as Emacs Lisp code. The result of evaluating that code
-is then assigned to the value of that variable. The following example shows
-how to reliably query and pass file name of the Org mode buffer to a code
-block using headers. We need reliability here because the file's name could
-change once the code in the block starts executing.
+Emacs lisp code can also set the values for variables. To
+differentiate a value from Lisp code, Org interprets any value
+starting with @samp{(}, @samp{[}, @samp{'} or @samp{`} as Emacs Lisp code. The result of
+evaluating that code is then assigned to the value of that variable.
+The following example shows how to reliably query and pass the file
+name of the Org mode buffer to a code block using headers. We need
+reliability here because the file's name could change once the code in
+the block starts executing.
@example
#+BEGIN_SRC sh :var filename=(buffer-file-name) :exports both
@@ -16132,8 +17536,8 @@ change once the code in the block starts executing.
#+END_SRC
@end example
-Note that values read from tables and lists will not be mistakenly evaluated
-as Emacs Lisp code, as illustrated in the following example.
+Note that values read from tables and lists are not mistakenly
+evaluated as Emacs Lisp code, as illustrated in the following example.
@example
#+NAME: table
@@ -16148,584 +17552,424 @@ as Emacs Lisp code, as illustrated in the following example.
: (a b c)
@end example
-@node results
-@subsubsection @code{:results}
-@cindex @code{:results}, src header argument
-
-There are four classes of @code{:results} header arguments. Each @samp{src}
-code block can take only one option per class.
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-@b{collection} for how the results should be collected from the @samp{src}
-code block
-@item
-@b{type} for which type of result the code block will return; affects how Org
-processes and inserts results in the Org buffer
-@item
-@b{format} for the result; affects how Org processes and inserts results in
-the Org buffer
-@item
-@b{handling} for processing results after evaluation of the @samp{src} code
-block
-@end itemize
-
-@subsubheading Collection
-Collection options specify the results. Choose one of the options; they are
-mutually exclusive.
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @code{value}
-Default. Functional mode. Result is the value returned by the last
-statement in the @samp{src} code block. Languages like Python may require an
-explicit @code{return} statement in the @samp{src} code block. Usage
-example: @code{:results value}.
-@item @code{output}
-Scripting mode. Result is collected from STDOUT during execution of the code
-in the @samp{src} code block. Usage example: @code{:results output}.
-@end itemize
-
-@subsubheading Type
-Type tells what result types to expect from the execution of the code
-block. Choose one of the options; they are mutually exclusive. The default
-behavior is to automatically determine the result type.
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @code{table}, @code{vector}
-Interpret the results as an Org table. If the result is a single value,
-create a table with one row and one column. Usage example: @code{:results
-value table}.
-@item @code{list}
-Interpret the results as an Org list. If the result is a single value,
-create a list of one element.
-@item @code{scalar}, @code{verbatim}
-Interpret literally and insert as quoted text. Do not create a table. Usage
-example: @code{:results value verbatim}.
-@item @code{file}
-Interpret as path to a file. Inserts a link to the file. Usage example:
-@code{:results value file}.
-@end itemize
+@anchor{Using sessions}
+@subheading Using sessions
-@subsubheading Format
-Format pertains to the type of the result returned by the @samp{src} code
-block. Choose one of the options; they are mutually exclusive. The default
-follows from the type specified above.
+@cindex using sessions in code blocks
+@cindex @samp{session}, header argument
+Two code blocks can share the same environment. The @samp{session} header
+argument is for running multiple source code blocks under one session.
+Org runs code blocks with the same session name in the same
+interpreter process.
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @code{raw}
-Interpreted as raw Org mode. Inserted directly into the buffer. Aligned if
-it is a table. Usage example: @code{:results value raw}.
-@item @code{org}
-Results enclosed in a @code{BEGIN_SRC org} block. For comma-escape, either
-@key{TAB} in the block, or export the file. Usage example: @code{:results
-value org}.
-@item @code{html}
-Results enclosed in a @code{BEGIN_EXPORT html} block. Usage example:
-@code{:results value html}.
-@item @code{latex}
-Results enclosed in a @code{BEGIN_EXPORT latex} block. Usage example:
-@code{:results value latex}.
-@item @code{code}
-Result enclosed in a @samp{src} code block. Useful for parsing. Usage
-example: @code{:results value code}.
-@item @code{pp}
-Result converted to pretty-print source code. Enclosed in a @samp{src} code
-block. Languages supported: Emacs Lisp, Python, and Ruby. Usage example:
-@code{:results value pp}.
-@item @code{drawer}
-Result wrapped in a RESULTS drawer. Useful for containing @code{raw} or
-@code{org} results for later scripting and automated processing. Usage
-example: @code{:results value drawer}.
-@end itemize
-
-@subsubheading Handling
-Handling options after collecting the results.
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{none}
+Default. Each code block gets a new interpreter process to
+execute. The process terminates once the block is evaluated.
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @code{silent}
-Do not insert results in the Org mode buffer, but echo them in the
-minibuffer. Usage example: @code{:results output silent}.
-@item @code{replace}
-Default. Insert results in the Org buffer. Remove previous results. Usage
-example: @code{:results output replace}.
-@item @code{append}
-Append results to the Org buffer. Latest results are at the bottom. Does
-not remove previous results. Usage example: @code{:results output append}.
-@item @code{prepend}
-Prepend results to the Org buffer. Latest results are at the top. Does not
-remove previous results. Usage example: @code{:results output prepend}.
-@end itemize
+@item @var{STRING}
+Any string besides @samp{none} turns that string into the name of that
+session. For example, @samp{:session STRING} names it @samp{STRING}. If
+@samp{session} has no value, then the session name is derived from the
+source language identifier. Subsequent blocks with the same
+source code language use the same session. Depending on the
+language, state variables, code from other blocks, and the
+overall interpreted environment may be shared. Some interpreted
+languages support concurrent sessions when subsequent source code
+language blocks change session names.
+@end table
-@node file
-@subsubsection @code{:file}
-@cindex @code{:file}, src header argument
-
-An external @code{:file} that saves the results of execution of the code
-block. The @code{:file} is either a file name or two strings, where the
-first is the file name and the second is the description. A link to the file
-is inserted. It uses an Org mode style @code{[[file:]]} link (@pxref{Link
-format}). Some languages, such as @samp{R}, @samp{dot}, @samp{ditaa}, and
-@samp{gnuplot}, automatically wrap the source code in additional boilerplate
-code. Such code wrapping helps recreate the output, especially graphics
-output, by executing just the @code{:file} contents.
-
-@node file-desc
-@subsubsection @code{:file-desc}
-
-A description of the results file. Org uses this description for the link
-(see @ref{Link format}) it inserts in the Org file. If the @code{:file-desc}
-has no value, Org will use file name for both the ``link'' and the
-``description'' portion of the Org mode link.
-
-@node file-ext
-@subsubsection @code{:file-ext}
-@cindex @code{:file-ext}, src header argument
-
-File name extension for the output file. Org generates the file's complete
-name, and extension by combining @code{:file-ext}, @code{#+NAME:} of the
-source block, and the @ref{output-dir} header argument. To override this
-auto generated file name, use the @code{:file} header argument.
-
-@node output-dir
-@subsubsection @code{:output-dir}
-@cindex @code{:output-dir}, src header argument
-
-Specifies the @code{:output-dir} for the results file. Org accepts an
-absolute path (beginning with @code{/}) or a relative directory (without
-@code{/}). The value can be combined with @code{#+NAME:} of the source block
-and @ref{file} or @ref{file-ext} header arguments.
-
-@node dir
-@subsubsection @code{:dir} and remote execution
-@cindex @code{:dir}, src header argument
-
-While the @code{:file} header argument can be used to specify the path to the
-output file, @code{:dir} specifies the default directory during @samp{src}
-code block execution. If it is absent, then the directory associated with
-the current buffer is used. In other words, supplying @code{:dir path}
+Only languages that provide interactive evaluation can have session
+support. Not all languages provide this support, such as C and ditaa.
+Even languages, such as Python and Haskell, that do support
+interactive evaluation impose limitations on allowable language
+constructs that can run interactively. Org inherits those limitations
+for those code blocks running in a session.
+
+@anchor{Choosing a working directory}
+@subheading Choosing a working directory
+
+@cindex working directory, in a code block
+@cindex @samp{dir}, header argument
+The @samp{dir} header argument specifies the default directory during code
+block execution. If it is absent, then the directory associated with
+the current buffer is used. In other words, supplying @samp{:dir PATH}
temporarily has the same effect as changing the current directory with
-@kbd{M-x cd path @key{RET}}, and then not supplying @code{:dir}. Under the
-surface, @code{:dir} simply sets the value of the Emacs variable
+@kbd{M-x cd PATH}, and then not setting @samp{dir}. Under the
+surface, @samp{dir} simply sets the value of the Emacs variable
@code{default-directory}.
-When using @code{:dir}, relative paths (for example, @code{:file myfile.jpg}
-or @code{:file results/myfile.jpg}) become relative to the default directory.
-
-For example, to save the plot file in the @samp{Work} folder of the home
-directory (notice tilde is expanded):
+For example, to save the plot file in the @samp{Work/} folder of the home
+directory---notice tilde is expanded:
@example
#+BEGIN_SRC R :file myplot.png :dir ~/Work
-matplot(matrix(rnorm(100), 10), type="l")
+ matplot(matrix(rnorm(100), 10), type="l")
#+END_SRC
@end example
-@subsubheading Remote execution
-To evaluate the @samp{src} code block on a remote machine, supply a remote s
-directory name using @samp{Tramp} syntax. For example:
+To evaluate the code block on a remote machine, supply a remote
+directory name using Tramp syntax. For example:
@example
#+BEGIN_SRC R :file plot.png :dir /scp:dand@@yakuba.princeton.edu:
-plot(1:10, main=system("hostname", intern=TRUE))
+ plot(1:10, main=system("hostname", intern=TRUE))
#+END_SRC
@end example
-Org first captures the text results as usual for insertion in the Org file.
-Then Org also inserts a link to the remote file, thanks to Emacs
-@samp{Tramp}. Org constructs the remote path to the file name from
-@code{:dir} and @code{default-directory}, as illustrated here:
+Org first captures the text results as usual for insertion in the Org
+file. Then Org also inserts a link to the remote file, thanks to
+Emacs Tramp. Org constructs the remote path to the file name from
+@samp{dir} and @code{default-directory}, as illustrated here:
@example
[[file:/scp:dand@@yakuba.princeton.edu:/home/dand/plot.png][plot.png]]
@end example
+When @samp{dir} is used with @samp{session}, Org sets the starting directory for
+a new session. But Org does not alter the directory of an already
+existing session.
-@subsubheading Some more warnings
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-When @code{:dir} is used with @code{:session}, Org sets the starting
-directory for a new session. But Org will not alter the directory of an
-already existing session.
-@item
-Do not use @code{:dir} with @code{:exports results} or with @code{:exports
-both} to avoid Org inserting incorrect links to remote files. That is because
+Do not use @samp{dir} with @samp{:exports results} or with @samp{:exports both} to
+avoid Org inserting incorrect links to remote files. That is because
Org does not expand @code{default directory} to avoid some underlying
portability issues.
-@end itemize
-@node exports
-@subsubsection @code{:exports}
-@cindex @code{:exports}, src header argument
-
-The @code{:exports} header argument is to specify if that part of the Org
-file is exported to, say, HTML or @LaTeX{} formats. Note that
-@code{:exports} affects only @samp{src} code blocks and not inline code.
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @code{code}
-The default. The body of code is included into the exported file. Example:
-@code{:exports code}.
-@item @code{results}
-The results of evaluation of the code is included in the exported file.
-Example: @code{:exports results}.
-@item @code{both}
-Both the code and results of evaluation are included in the exported file.
-Example: @code{:exports both}.
-@item @code{none}
-Neither the code nor the results of evaluation is included in the exported
-file. Whether the code is evaluated at all depends on other
-options. Example: @code{:exports none}.
-@end itemize
+@anchor{Inserting headers and footers}
+@subheading Inserting headers and footers
-@node tangle
-@subsubsection @code{:tangle}
-@cindex @code{:tangle}, src header argument
-
-The @code{:tangle} header argument specifies if the @samp{src} code block is
-exported to source file(s).
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @code{tangle}
-Export the @samp{src} code block to source file. The file name for the
-source file is derived from the name of the Org file, and the file extension
-is derived from the source code language identifier. Example: @code{:tangle
-yes}.
-@item @code{no}
-The default. Do not extract the code a source code file. Example:
-@code{:tangle no}.
-@item other
-Export the @samp{src} code block to source file whose file name is derived
-from any string passed to the @code{:tangle} header argument. Org derives
-the file name as being relative to the directory of the Org file's location.
-Example: @code{:tangle path}.
-@end itemize
+@cindex headers, in code blocks
+@cindex footers, in code blocks
+@cindex @samp{prologue}, header argument
+The @samp{prologue} header argument is for appending to the top of the code
+block for execution, like a reset instruction. For example, you may
+use @samp{:prologue "reset"} in a Gnuplot code block or, for every such
+block:
-@node mkdirp
-@subsubsection @code{:mkdirp}
-@cindex @code{:mkdirp}, src header argument
+@lisp
+(add-to-list 'org-babel-default-header-args:gnuplot
+ '((:prologue . "reset")))
-The @code{:mkdirp} header argument creates parent directories for tangled
-files if the directory does not exist. @code{yes} enables directory creation
-and @code{no} inhibits directory creation.
+@end lisp
-@node comments
-@subsubsection @code{:comments}
-@cindex @code{:comments}, src header argument
-Controls inserting comments into tangled files. These are above and beyond
-whatever comments may already exist in the @samp{src} code block.
+@cindex @samp{epilogue}, header argument
+Likewise, the value of the @samp{epilogue} header argument is for appending
+to the end of the code block for execution.
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @code{no}
-The default. Do not insert any extra comments during tangling.
-@item @code{link}
-Wrap the @samp{src} code block in comments. Include links pointing back to
-the place in the Org file from where the code was tangled.
-@item @code{yes}
-Kept for backward compatibility; same as ``link''.
-@item @code{org}
-Nearest headline text from Org file is inserted as comment. The exact text
-that is inserted is picked from the leading context of the source block.
-@item @code{both}
-Includes both ``link'' and ``org'' comment options.
-@item @code{noweb}
-Includes ``link'' comment option, expands noweb references, and wraps them in
-link comments inside the body of the @samp{src} code block.
-@end itemize
+@node Evaluating Code Blocks
+@section Evaluating Code Blocks
-@node padline
-@subsubsection @code{:padline}
-@cindex @code{:padline}, src header argument
-Control insertion of newlines to pad @samp{src} code blocks in the tangled
-file.
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @code{yes}
-Default. Insert a newline before and after each @samp{src} code block in the
-tangled file.
-@item @code{no}
-Do not insert newlines to pad the tangled @samp{src} code blocks.
-@end itemize
+@cindex code block, evaluating
+@cindex source code, evaluating
+@cindex @samp{RESULTS}, keyword
-@node no-expand
-@subsubsection @code{:no-expand}
-@cindex @code{:no-expand}, src header argument
-
-By default Org expands @samp{src} code blocks during tangling. The
-@code{:no-expand} header argument turns off such expansions. Note that one
-side-effect of expansion by @code{org-babel-expand-src-block} also assigns
-values to @code{:var} (@pxref{var}) variables. Expansions also replace Noweb
-references with their targets (@pxref{Noweb reference syntax}). Some of
-these expansions may cause premature assignment, hence this option. This
-option makes a difference only for tangling. It has no effect when exporting
-since @samp{src} code blocks for execution have to be expanded anyway.
-
-@node session
-@subsubsection @code{:session}
-@cindex @code{:session}, src header argument
-
-The @code{:session} header argument is for running multiple source code
-blocks under one session. Org runs @samp{src} code blocks with the same
-session name in the same interpreter process.
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @code{none}
-Default. Each @samp{src} code block gets a new interpreter process to
-execute. The process terminates once the block is evaluated.
-@item @code{other}
-Any string besides @code{none} turns that string into the name of that
-session. For example, @code{:session mysession} names it @samp{mysession}.
-If @code{:session} has no argument, then the session name is derived from the
-source language identifier. Subsequent blocks with the same source code
-language use the same session. Depending on the language, state variables,
-code from other blocks, and the overall interpreted environment may be
-shared. Some interpreted languages support concurrent sessions when
-subsequent source code language blocks change session names.
-@end itemize
+A note about security: With code evaluation comes the risk of harm.
+Org safeguards by prompting for user's permission before executing any
+code in the source block. To customize this safeguard, or disable it,
+see @ref{Code Evaluation Security}.
-@node noweb
-@subsubsection @code{:noweb}
-@cindex @code{:noweb}, src header argument
-
-The @code{:noweb} header argument controls expansion of Noweb syntax
-references (@pxref{Noweb reference syntax}). Expansions occur when source
-code blocks are evaluated, tangled, or exported.
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @code{no}
-Default. No expansion of Noweb syntax references in the body of the code
-when evaluating, tangling, or exporting.
-@item @code{yes}
-Expansion of Noweb syntax references in the body of the @samp{src} code block
-when evaluating, tangling, or exporting.
-@item @code{tangle}
-Expansion of Noweb syntax references in the body of the @samp{src} code block
-when tangling. No expansion when evaluating or exporting.
-@item @code{no-export}
-Expansion of Noweb syntax references in the body of the @samp{src} code block
-when evaluating or tangling. No expansion when exporting.
-@item @code{strip-export}
-Expansion of Noweb syntax references in the body of the @samp{src} code block
-when expanding prior to evaluating or tangling. Removes Noweb syntax
-references when exporting.
-@item @code{eval}
-Expansion of Noweb syntax references in the body of the @samp{src} code block
-only before evaluating.
-@end itemize
+@anchor{How to evaluate source code}
+@subheading How to evaluate source code
-@subsubheading Noweb prefix lines
-Noweb insertions now honor prefix characters that appear before the Noweb
-syntax reference.
+Org captures the results of the code block evaluation and inserts them
+in the Org file, right after the code block. The insertion point is
+after a newline and the @samp{RESULTS} keyword. Org creates the @samp{RESULTS}
+keyword if one is not already there.
-This behavior is illustrated in the following example. Because the
-@code{<<example>>} noweb reference appears behind the SQL comment syntax,
-each line of the expanded noweb reference will be commented.
+By default, Org enables only Emacs Lisp code blocks for execution.
+See @ref{Languages} to enable other languages.
-With:
+@kindex C-c C-c
+@kindex C-c C-v e
+@findex org-babel-execute-src-block
+Org provides many ways to execute code blocks. @kbd{C-c C-c} or
+@kbd{C-c C-v e} with the point on a code block@footnote{The option @code{org-babel-no-eval-on-ctrl-c-ctrl-c} can be used
+to remove code evaluation from the @kbd{C-c C-c} key binding.} calls the
+@code{org-babel-execute-src-block} function, which executes the code in the
+block, collects the results, and inserts them in the buffer.
-@example
-#+NAME: example
-#+BEGIN_SRC text
-this is the
-multi-line body of example
-#+END_SRC
-@end example
+@cindex @samp{CALL}, keyword
+@vindex org-babel-inline-result-wrap
+By calling a named code block@footnote{Actually, the constructs @samp{call_<name>()} and @samp{src_<lang>@{@}}
+are not evaluated when they appear in a keyword line---i.e. lines
+starting with @samp{#+KEYWORD:}, see @ref{In-buffer Settings}.} from an Org mode buffer or
+a table. Org can call the named code blocks from the current Org mode
+buffer or from the ``Library of Babel'' (see @ref{Library of Babel}).
-this @samp{src} code block:
+The syntax for @samp{CALL} keyword is:
@example
-#+BEGIN_SRC sql :noweb yes
--- <<example>>
-#+END_SRC
+#+CALL: <name>(<arguments>)
+#+CALL: <name>[<inside header arguments>](<arguments>) <end header arguments>
@end example
-expands to:
+The syntax for inline named code blocks is:
@example
--- this is the
--- multi-line body of example
+... call_<name>(<arguments>) ...
+... call_<name>[<inside header arguments>](<arguments>)[<end header arguments>] ...
@end example
-Since this change will not affect noweb replacement text without newlines in
-them, inline noweb references are acceptable.
+When inline syntax is used, the result is wrapped based on the
+variable @code{org-babel-inline-result-wrap}, which by default is set to
+@code{"=%s="} to produce verbatim text suitable for markup.
-This feature can also be used for management of indentation in exported code snippets.
-
-With:
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{<name>}
+This is the name of the code block (see @ref{Structure of Code Blocks}) to be evaluated in the current document. If the block is
+located in another file, start @samp{<name>} with the file name
+followed by a colon. For example, in order to execute a block
+named @samp{clear-data} in @samp{file.org}, you can write the following:
@example
-#+NAME: if-true
-#+BEGIN_SRC python :exports none
-print('Do things when True')
-#+END_SRC
-
-#+NAME: if-false
-#+BEGIN_SRC python :exports none
-print('Do things when False')
-#+END_SRC
+#+CALL: file.org:clear-data()
@end example
-this @samp{src} code block:
+@item @samp{<arguments>}
+Org passes arguments to the code block using standard function
+call syntax. For example, a @samp{#+CALL:} line that passes @samp{4} to
+a code block named @samp{double}, which declares the header argument
+@samp{:var n=2}, would be written as:
@example
-#+BEGIN_SRC python :noweb yes :results output
-if True:
- <<if-true>>
-else:
- <<if-false>>
-#+END_SRC
+#+CALL: double(n=4)
@end example
-expands to:
+@noindent
+Note how this function call syntax is different from the header
+argument syntax.
+
+@item @samp{<inside header arguments>}
+Org passes inside header arguments to the named code block using
+the header argument syntax. Inside header arguments apply to
+code block evaluation. For example, @samp{[:results output]} collects
+results printed to stdout during code execution of that block.
+Note how this header argument syntax is different from the
+function call syntax.
+
+@item @samp{<end header arguments>}
+End header arguments affect the results returned by the code
+block. For example, @samp{:results html} wraps the results in
+a @samp{#+BEGIN_EXPORT html} block before inserting the results in the
+Org buffer.
+@end table
-@example
-if True:
- print('Do things when True')
-else:
- print('Do things when False')
-@end example
+@anchor{Limit code block evaluation}
+@subheading Limit code block evaluation
-and evaluates to:
+@cindex @samp{eval}, header argument
+@cindex control code block evaluation
+The @samp{eval} header argument can limit evaluation of specific code
+blocks and @samp{CALL} keyword. It is useful for protection against
+evaluating untrusted code blocks by prompting for a confirmation.
-@example
-Do things when True
-@end example
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{never} or @samp{no}
+Org never evaluates the source code.
+
+@item @samp{query}
+Org prompts the user for permission to evaluate the source code.
+
+@item @samp{never-export} or @samp{no-export}
+Org does not evaluate the source code when exporting, yet the
+user can evaluate it interactively.
+
+@item @samp{query-export}
+Org prompts the user for permission to evaluate the source code
+during export.
+@end table
+
+If @samp{eval} header argument is not set, then Org determines whether to
+evaluate the source code from the @code{org-confirm-babel-evaluate}
+variable (see @ref{Code Evaluation Security}).
+
+@anchor{Cache results of evaluation}
+@subheading Cache results of evaluation
+
+@cindex @samp{cache}, header argument
+@cindex cache results of code evaluation
+The @samp{cache} header argument is for caching results of evaluating code
+blocks. Caching results can avoid re-evaluating a code block that
+have not changed since the previous run. To benefit from the cache
+and avoid redundant evaluations, the source block must have a result
+already present in the buffer, and neither the header
+arguments---including the value of @samp{var} references---nor the text of
+the block itself has changed since the result was last computed. This
+feature greatly helps avoid long-running calculations. For some edge
+cases, however, the cached results may not be reliable.
+
+The caching feature is best for when code blocks are pure functions,
+that is functions that return the same value for the same input
+arguments (see @ref{Environment of a Code Block}), and that do not have
+side effects, and do not rely on external variables other than the
+input arguments. Functions that depend on a timer, file system
+objects, and random number generators are clearly unsuitable for
+caching.
+
+A note of warning: when @samp{cache} is used in a session, caching may
+cause unexpected results.
-@node noweb-ref
-@subsubsection @code{:noweb-ref}
-@cindex @code{:noweb-ref}, src header argument
+When the caching mechanism tests for any source code changes, it does
+not expand Noweb style references (see @ref{Noweb Reference Syntax}). For
+reasons why, see @uref{http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.emacs.orgmode/79046}.
-When expanding Noweb style references, Org concatenates @samp{src} code
-blocks by matching the reference name to either the code block name or, if
-none is found, to the @code{:noweb-ref} header argument.
+The @samp{cache} header argument can have one of two values: @samp{yes} or @samp{no}.
-For simple concatenation, set this @code{:noweb-ref} header argument at the
-sub-tree or file level. In the example Org file shown next, the body of the
-source code in each block is extracted for concatenation to a pure code file
-when tangled.
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{no}
+Default. No caching of results; code block evaluated every
+time.
+
+@item @samp{yes}
+Whether to run the code or return the cached results is
+determined by comparing the SHA1 hash value of the combined code
+block and arguments passed to it. This hash value is packed on
+the @samp{#+RESULTS:} line from previous evaluation. When hash values
+match, Org does not evaluate the code block. When hash values
+mismatch, Org evaluates the code block, inserts the results,
+recalculates the hash value, and updates @samp{#+RESULTS:} line.
+@end table
+
+In this example, both functions are cached. But @samp{caller} runs only if
+the result from @samp{random} has changed since the last run.
@example
- #+BEGIN_SRC sh :tangle yes :noweb yes :shebang #!/bin/sh
- <<fullest-disk>>
- #+END_SRC
- * the mount point of the fullest disk
- :PROPERTIES:
- :header-args: :noweb-ref fullest-disk
- :END:
+#+NAME: random
+#+BEGIN_SRC R :cache yes
+ runif(1)
+#+END_SRC
- ** query all mounted disks
- #+BEGIN_SRC sh
- df \
- #+END_SRC
+#+RESULTS[a2a72cd647ad44515fab62e144796432793d68e1]: random
+0.4659510825295
- ** strip the header row
- #+BEGIN_SRC sh
- |sed '1d' \
- #+END_SRC
+#+NAME: caller
+#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var x=random :cache yes
+ x
+#+END_SRC
- ** output mount point of fullest disk
- #+BEGIN_SRC sh
- |awk '@{if (u < +$5) @{u = +$5; m = $6@}@} END @{print m@}'
- #+END_SRC
+#+RESULTS[bec9c8724e397d5df3b696502df3ed7892fc4f5f]: caller
+0.254227238707244
@end example
-@node noweb-sep
-@subsubsection @code{:noweb-sep}
-@cindex @code{:noweb-sep}, src header argument
+@node Results of Evaluation
+@section Results of Evaluation
-By default a newline separates each noweb reference concatenation. To change
-this newline separator, edit the @code{:noweb-sep} (@pxref{noweb-sep}) header
-argument.
+@cindex code block, results of evaluation
+@cindex source code, results of evaluation
-@node cache
-@subsubsection @code{:cache}
-@cindex @code{:cache}, src header argument
-
-The @code{:cache} header argument is for caching results of evaluating code
-blocks. Caching results can avoid re-evaluating @samp{src} code blocks that
-have not changed since the previous run. To benefit from the cache and avoid
-redundant evaluations, the source block must have a result already present in
-the buffer, and neither the header arguments (including the value of
-@code{:var} references) nor the text of the block itself has changed since
-the result was last computed. This feature greatly helps avoid long-running
-calculations. For some edge cases, however, the cached results may not be
-reliable.
-
-The caching feature is best for when @samp{src} blocks are pure functions,
-that is functions that return the same value for the same input arguments
-(@pxref{var}), and that do not have side effects, and do not rely on external
-variables other than the input arguments. Functions that depend on a timer,
-file system objects, and random number generators are clearly unsuitable for
-caching.
+@cindex @samp{results}, header argument
+How Org handles results of a code block execution depends on many
+header arguments working together. The primary determinant, however,
+is the @samp{results} header argument. It accepts four classes of options.
+Each code block can take only one option per class:
-A note of warning: when @code{:cache} is used for a @code{:session}, caching
-may cause unexpected results.
-
-When the caching mechanism tests for any source code changes, it will not
-expand Noweb style references (@pxref{Noweb reference syntax}). For reasons
-why, see @uref{http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.emacs.orgmode/79046}.
-
-The @code{:cache} header argument can have one of two values: @code{yes} or
-@code{no}.
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @code{no}
-Default. No caching of results; @samp{src} code block evaluated every time.
-@item @code{yes}
-Whether to run the code or return the cached results is determined by
-comparing the SHA1 hash value of the combined @samp{src} code block and
-arguments passed to it. This hash value is packed on the @code{#+RESULTS:}
-line from previous evaluation. When hash values match, Org does not evaluate
-the @samp{src} code block. When hash values mismatch, Org evaluates the
-@samp{src} code block, inserts the results, recalculates the hash value, and
-updates @code{#+RESULTS:} line.
-@end itemize
+@table @asis
+@item collection
+For how the results should be collected from the code block;
-In this example, both functions are cached. But @code{caller} runs only if
-the result from @code{random} has changed since the last run.
+@item type
+For which type of result the code block will return; affects how
+Org processes and inserts results in the Org buffer;
-@example
- #+NAME: random
- #+BEGIN_SRC R :cache yes
- runif(1)
- #+END_SRC
+@item format
+For the result; affects how Org processes and inserts results in
+the Org buffer;
- #+RESULTS[a2a72cd647ad44515fab62e144796432793d68e1]: random
- 0.4659510825295
+@item handling
+For processing results after evaluation of the code block;
+@end table
- #+NAME: caller
- #+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var x=random :cache yes
- x
- #+END_SRC
+@anchor{Collection}
+@subheading Collection
- #+RESULTS[bec9c8724e397d5df3b696502df3ed7892fc4f5f]: caller
- 0.254227238707244
+Collection options specify the results. Choose one of the options;
+they are mutually exclusive.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{value}
+Default. Functional mode. Org gets the value by wrapping the
+code in a function definition in the language of the source
+block. That is why when using @samp{:results value}, code should
+execute like a function and return a value. For languages like
+Python, an explicit @code{return} statement is mandatory when using
+@samp{:results value}. Result is the value returned by the last
+statement in the code block.
+
+When evaluating the code block in a session (see @ref{Environment of a Code Block}), Org passes the code to an interpreter running as
+an interactive Emacs inferior process. Org gets the value from
+the source code interpreter's last statement output. Org has to
+use language-specific methods to obtain the value. For example,
+from the variable @code{_} in Python and Ruby, and the value of
+@code{.Last.value} in R.
+
+@item @samp{output}
+Scripting mode. Org passes the code to an external process
+running the interpreter. Org returns the contents of the
+standard output stream as text results.
+
+When using a session, Org passes the code to the interpreter
+running as an interactive Emacs inferior process. Org
+concatenates any text output from the interpreter and returns the
+collection as a result.
+
+Note that this collection is not the same as that would be
+collected from stdout of a non-interactive interpreter running as
+an external process. Compare for example these two blocks:
+
+@example
+#+BEGIN_SRC python :results output
+ print "hello"
+ 2
+ print "bye"
+#+END_SRC
+
+#+RESULTS:
+: hello
+: bye
@end example
-@node sep
-@subsubsection @code{:sep}
-@cindex @code{:sep}, src header argument
+In the above non-session mode, the ``2'' is not printed; so it does
+not appear in results.
+
+@example
+#+BEGIN_SRC python :results output :session
+ print "hello"
+ 2
+ print "bye"
+#+END_SRC
-The @code{:sep} header argument is the delimiter for saving results as tables
-to files (@pxref{file}) external to Org mode. Org defaults to tab delimited
-output. The function, @code{org-open-at-point}, which is bound to @kbd{C-c
-C-o}, also uses @code{:sep} for opening tabular results.
+#+RESULTS:
+: hello
+: 2
+: bye
+@end example
-@node hlines
-@subsubsection @code{:hlines}
-@cindex @code{:hlines}, src header argument
+In the above session, the interactive interpreter receives and
+prints ``2''. Results show that.
+@end table
-In-between each table row or below the table headings, sometimes results have
-horizontal lines, which are also known as hlines. The @code{:hlines}
-argument with the value @code{yes} accepts such lines. The default is
-@code{no}.
+@anchor{Type}
+@subheading Type
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @code{no}
-Strips horizontal lines from the input table. For most code, this is
-desirable, or else those @code{hline} symbols raise unbound variable errors.
+Type tells what result types to expect from the execution of the code
+block. Choose one of the options; they are mutually exclusive. The
+default behavior is to automatically determine the result type.
-The default is @code{:hlines no}. The example shows hlines removed from the
-input table.
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{table}
+@itemx @samp{vector}
+Interpret the results as an Org table. If the result is a single
+value, create a table with one row and one column. Usage
+example: @samp{:results value table}.
+
+@cindex @samp{hlines}, header argument
+In-between each table row or below the table headings, sometimes
+results have horizontal lines, which are also known as ``hlines''.
+The @samp{hlines} argument with the default @samp{no} value strips such
+lines from the input table. For most code, this is desirable, or
+else those @samp{hline} symbols raise unbound variable errors.
+A @samp{yes} accepts such lines, as demonstrated in the following
+example.
@example
#+NAME: many-cols
@@ -16735,209 +17979,169 @@ input table.
|---+---+---|
| g | h | i |
-#+NAME: echo-table
-#+BEGIN_SRC python :var tab=many-cols
+#+NAME: no-hline
+#+BEGIN_SRC python :var tab=many-cols :hlines no
return tab
#+END_SRC
-#+RESULTS: echo-table
+#+RESULTS: no-hline
| a | b | c |
| d | e | f |
| g | h | i |
-@end example
-
-@item @code{yes}
-For @code{:hlines yes}, the example shows hlines unchanged.
-
-@example
-#+NAME: many-cols
-| a | b | c |
-|---+---+---|
-| d | e | f |
-|---+---+---|
-| g | h | i |
-#+NAME: echo-table
+#+NAME: hlines
#+BEGIN_SRC python :var tab=many-cols :hlines yes
return tab
#+END_SRC
-#+RESULTS: echo-table
+#+RESULTS: hlines
| a | b | c |
|---+---+---|
| d | e | f |
|---+---+---|
| g | h | i |
@end example
-@end itemize
-@node colnames
-@subsubsection @code{:colnames}
-@cindex @code{:colnames}, src header argument
+@item @samp{list}
+Interpret the results as an Org list. If the result is a single
+value, create a list of one element.
-The @code{:colnames} header argument accepts @code{yes}, @code{no}, or
-@code{nil} values. The default value is @code{nil}, which is unassigned.
-But this header argument behaves differently depending on the source code
-language.
+@item @samp{scalar}
+@itemx @samp{verbatim}
+Interpret literally and insert as quoted text. Do not create
+a table. Usage example: @samp{:results value verbatim}.
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @code{nil}
-If an input table has column names (because the second row is an hline), then
-Org removes the column names, processes the table, puts back the column
-names, and then writes the table to the results block.
+@item @samp{file}
+Interpret as a filename. Save the results of execution of the
+code block to that file, then insert a link to it. You can
+control both the filename and the description associated to the
+link.
-@example
-#+NAME: less-cols
-| a |
-|---|
-| b |
-| c |
+@cindex @samp{file}, header argument
+@cindex @samp{output-dir}, header argument
+Org first tries to generate the filename from the value of the
+@samp{file} header argument and the directory specified using the
+@samp{output-dir} header arguments. If @samp{output-dir} is not specified,
+Org assumes it is the current directory.
-#+NAME: echo-table-again
-#+BEGIN_SRC python :var tab=less-cols
- return [[val + '*' for val in row] for row in tab]
+@example
+#+BEGIN_SRC asymptote :results value file :file circle.pdf :output-dir img/
+ size(2cm);
+ draw(unitcircle);
#+END_SRC
-
-#+RESULTS: echo-table-again
-| a |
-|----|
-| b* |
-| c* |
@end example
-Note that column names have to accounted for when using variable indexing
-(@pxref{var, Indexable variable values}) because column names are not removed
-for indexing.
+@cindex @samp{file-ext}, header argument
+If @samp{file} is missing, Org generates the base name of the output
+file from the name of the code block, and its extension from the
+@samp{file-ext} header argument. In that case, both the name and the
+extension are mandatory.
-@item @code{no}
-Do not pre-process column names.
-
-@item @code{yes}
-For an input table that has no hlines, process it like the @code{nil}
-value. That is, Org removes the column names, processes the table, puts back
-the column names, and then writes the table to the results block.
-@end itemize
+@example
+#+name: circle
+#+BEGIN_SRC asymptote :results value file :file-ext pdf
+ size(2cm);
+ draw(unitcircle);
+#+END_SRC
+@end example
-@node rownames
-@subsubsection @code{:rownames}
-@cindex @code{:rownames}, src header argument
+@cindex @samp{file-desc}, header argument
+The @samp{file-desc} header argument defines the description (see
+@ref{Link Format}) for the link. If @samp{file-desc} has no value, Org
+uses the generated file name for both the ``link'' and
+``description'' parts of the link.
+@end table
-The @code{:rownames} header argument can take on values @code{yes} or
-@code{no} values. The default is @code{no}. Note that @code{emacs-lisp}
-code blocks ignore @code{:rownames} header argument because of the ease of
-table-handling in Emacs.
+@anchor{Format}
+@subheading Format
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @code{no}
-Org will not pre-process row names.
+Format pertains to the type of the result returned by the code block.
+Choose one of the options; they are mutually exclusive. The default
+follows from the type specified above.
-@item @code{yes}
-If an input table has row names, then Org removes the row names, processes
-the table, puts back the row names, and then writes the table to the results
-block.
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{raw}
+Interpreted as raw Org mode. Inserted directly into the buffer.
+Aligned if it is a table. Usage example: @samp{:results value raw}.
+
+@item @samp{org}
+Results enclosed in a @samp{BEGIN_SRC org} block. For comma-escape,
+either @kbd{@key{TAB}} in the block, or export the file. Usage
+example: @samp{:results value org}.
+
+@item @samp{html}
+Results enclosed in a @samp{BEGIN_EXPORT html} block. Usage example:
+@samp{:results value html}.
+
+@item @samp{latex}
+Results enclosed in a @samp{BEGIN_EXPORT latex} block. Usage example:
+@samp{:results value latex}.
+
+@item @samp{code}
+Result enclosed in a code block. Useful for parsing. Usage
+example: @samp{:results value code}.
+
+@item @samp{pp}
+Result converted to pretty-print source code. Enclosed in a code
+block. Languages supported: Emacs Lisp, Python, and Ruby. Usage
+example: @samp{:results value pp}.
+
+@item @samp{drawer}
+Result wrapped in a @samp{RESULTS} drawer. Useful for containing
+@samp{raw} or @samp{org} results for later scripting and automated
+processing. Usage example: @samp{:results value drawer}.
+@end table
-@example
-#+NAME: with-rownames
-| one | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 |
-| two | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 |
+@anchor{Handling}
+@subheading Handling
-#+NAME: echo-table-once-again
-#+BEGIN_SRC python :var tab=with-rownames :rownames yes
- return [[val + 10 for val in row] for row in tab]
-#+END_SRC
+Handling options after collecting the results.
-#+RESULTS: echo-table-once-again
-| one | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 | 15 |
-| two | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 | 20 |
-@end example
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{silent}
+Do not insert results in the Org mode buffer, but echo them in
+the minibuffer. Usage example: @samp{:results output silent}.
+
+@item @samp{replace}
+Default. Insert results in the Org buffer. Remove previous
+results. Usage example: @samp{:results output replace}.
+
+@item @samp{append}
+Append results to the Org buffer. Latest results are at the
+bottom. Does not remove previous results. Usage example:
+@samp{:results output append}.
+
+@item @samp{prepend}
+Prepend results to the Org buffer. Latest results are at the
+top. Does not remove previous results. Usage example: @samp{:results
+ output prepend}.
+@end table
-Note that row names have to accounted for when using variable indexing
-(@pxref{var, Indexable variable values}) because row names are not removed
-for indexing.
+@anchor{Post-processing}
+@subheading Post-processing
-@end itemize
+@cindex @samp{post}, header argument
+@cindex @samp{*this*}, in @samp{post} header argument
+The @samp{post} header argument is for post-processing results from block
+evaluation. When @samp{post} has any value, Org binds the results to
+@code{*this*} variable for easy passing to @samp{var} header argument
+specifications (see @ref{Environment of a Code Block}). That makes results
+available to other code blocks, or even for direct Emacs Lisp code
+execution.
-@node shebang
-@subsubsection @code{:shebang}
-@cindex @code{:shebang}, src header argument
-
-This header argument can turn results into executable script files. By
-setting the @code{:shebang} header argument to a string value (for example,
-@code{:shebang "#!/bin/bash"}), Org inserts that string as the first line of
-the tangled file that the @samp{src} code block is extracted to. Org then
-turns on the tangled file's executable permission.
-
-@node tangle-mode
-@subsubsection @code{:tangle-mode}
-@cindex @code{:tangle-mode}, src header argument
-
-The @code{tangle-mode} header argument specifies what permissions to set for
-tangled files by @code{set-file-modes}. For example, to make read-only
-tangled file, use @code{:tangle-mode (identity #o444)}. To make it
-executable, use @code{:tangle-mode (identity #o755)}.
-
-On @samp{src} code blocks with @code{shebang} (@pxref{shebang}) header
-argument, Org will automatically set the tangled file to executable
-permissions. But this can be overridden with custom permissions using
-@code{tangle-mode} header argument.
-
-When multiple @samp{src} code blocks tangle to a single file with different
-and conflicting @code{tangle-mode} header arguments, Org's behavior is
-undefined.
-
-@node eval
-@subsubsection @code{:eval}
-@cindex @code{:eval}, src header argument
-The @code{:eval} header argument can limit evaluation of specific code
-blocks. It is useful for protection against evaluating untrusted @samp{src}
-code blocks by prompting for a confirmation. This protection is independent
-of the @code{org-confirm-babel-evaluate} setting.
-
-@table @code
-@item never or no
-Org will never evaluate this @samp{src} code block.
-@item query
-Org prompts the user for permission to evaluate this @samp{src} code block.
-@item never-export or no-export
-Org will not evaluate this @samp{src} code block when exporting, yet the user
-can evaluate this source block interactively.
-@item query-export
-Org prompts the user for permission to export this @samp{src} code block.
-@end table
+The following two examples illustrate @samp{post} header argument in
+action. The first one shows how to attach an @samp{ATTR_LATEX} keyword
+using @samp{post}.
-If @code{:eval} header argument is not set for a source block, then Org
-determines whether to evaluate from the @code{org-confirm-babel-evaluate}
-variable (@pxref{Code evaluation security}).
-
-@node wrap
-@subsubsection @code{:wrap}
-@cindex @code{:wrap}, src header argument
-The @code{:wrap} header argument marks the results block by appending strings
-to @code{#+BEGIN_} and @code{#+END_}. If no string is specified, Org wraps
-the results in a @code{#+BEGIN/END_RESULTS} block.
-
-@node post
-@subsubsection @code{:post}
-@cindex @code{:post}, src header argument
-The @code{:post} header argument is for post-processing results from
-@samp{src} block evaluation. When @code{:post} has any value, Org binds the
-results to @code{*this*} variable for easy passing to @ref{var} header
-argument specifications. That makes results available to other @samp{src}
-code blocks, or for even direct Emacs Lisp code execution.
-
-The following two examples illustrate @code{:post} header argument in action.
-The first one shows how to attach @code{#+ATTR_LATEX:} line using
-@code{:post}.
-
-@example
-#+name: attr_wrap
-#+begin_src sh :var data="" :var width="\\textwidth" :results output
+@example
+#+NAME: attr_wrap
+#+BEGIN_SRC sh :var data="" :var width="\\textwidth" :results output
echo "#+ATTR_LATEX: :width $width"
echo "$data"
-#+end_src
+#+END_SRC
-#+header: :file /tmp/it.png
-#+begin_src dot :post attr_wrap(width="5cm", data=*this*) :results drawer
+#+HEADER: :file /tmp/it.png
+#+BEGIN_SRC dot :post attr_wrap(width="5cm", data=*this*) :results drawer
digraph@{
a -> b;
b -> c;
@@ -16952,12 +18156,12 @@ The first one shows how to attach @code{#+ATTR_LATEX:} line using
:END:
@end example
-The second example shows use of @code{:colnames} in @code{:post} to pass
-data between @samp{src} code blocks.
+The second example shows use of @samp{colnames} header argument in @samp{post}
+to pass data between code blocks.
@example
-#+name: round-tbl
-#+begin_src emacs-lisp :var tbl="" fmt="%.3f"
+#+NAME: round-tbl
+#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var tbl="" fmt="%.3f"
(mapcar (lambda (row)
(mapcar (lambda (cell)
(if (numberp cell)
@@ -16967,10 +18171,10 @@ data between @samp{src} code blocks.
tbl)
#+end_src
-#+begin_src R :colnames yes :post round-tbl[:colnames yes](*this*)
-set.seed(42)
-data.frame(foo=rnorm(1))
-#+end_src
+#+BEGIN_SRC R :colnames yes :post round-tbl[:colnames yes](*this*)
+ set.seed(42)
+ data.frame(foo=rnorm(1))
+#+END_SRC
#+RESULTS:
| foo |
@@ -16978,327 +18182,845 @@ data.frame(foo=rnorm(1))
| 1.371 |
@end example
-@node prologue
-@subsubsection @code{:prologue}
-@cindex @code{:prologue}, src header argument
-The @code{prologue} header argument is for appending to the top of the code
-block for execution. For example, a clear or reset code at the start of new
-execution of a @samp{src} code block. A @code{reset} for @samp{gnuplot}:
-@code{:prologue "reset"}. See also @ref{epilogue}.
+@node Exporting Code Blocks
+@section Exporting Code Blocks
+
+@cindex code block, exporting
+@cindex source code, exporting
+
+It is possible to export the @emph{code} of code blocks, the @emph{results} of
+code block evaluation, @emph{both} the code and the results of code block
+evaluation, or @emph{none}. Org defaults to exporting @emph{code} for most
+languages. For some languages, such as ditaa, Org defaults to
+@emph{results}. To export just the body of code blocks, see @ref{Literal Examples}. To selectively export sub-trees of an Org document, see
+@ref{Exporting}.
+
+@cindex @samp{export}, header argument
+The @samp{exports} header argument is to specify if that part of the Org
+file is exported to, say, HTML or @LaTeX{} formats.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{code}
+The default. The body of code is included into the exported
+file. Example: @samp{:exports code}.
+
+@item @samp{results}
+The results of evaluation of the code is included in the exported
+file. Example: @samp{:exports results}.
+
+@item @samp{both}
+Both the code and results of evaluation are included in the
+exported file. Example: @samp{:exports both}.
+
+@item @samp{none}
+Neither the code nor the results of evaluation is included in the
+exported file. Whether the code is evaluated at all depends on
+other options. Example: @samp{:exports none}.
+@end table
+
+@vindex org-export-use-babel
+To stop Org from evaluating code blocks to speed exports, use the
+header argument @samp{:eval never-export} (see @ref{Evaluating Code Blocks}).
+To stop Org from evaluating code blocks for greater security, set the
+@code{org-export-use-babel} variable to @code{nil}, but understand that header
+arguments will have no effect.
+
+Turning off evaluation comes in handy when batch processing. For
+example, markup languages for wikis, which have a high risk of
+untrusted code. Stopping code block evaluation also stops evaluation
+of all header arguments of the code block. This may not be desirable
+in some circumstances. So during export, to allow evaluation of just
+the header arguments but not any code evaluation in the source block,
+set @samp{:eval never-export} (see @ref{Evaluating Code Blocks}).
+
+Org never evaluates code blocks in commented sub-trees when exporting
+(see @ref{Comment Lines}). On the other hand, Org does evaluate code
+blocks in sub-trees excluded from export (see @ref{Export Settings}).
+
+@node Extracting Source Code
+@section Extracting Source Code
+
+@cindex tangling
+@cindex source code, extracting
+@cindex code block, extracting source code
+
+Extracting source code from code blocks is a basic task in literate
+programming. Org has features to make this easy. In literate
+programming parlance, documents on creation are @emph{woven} with code and
+documentation, and on export, the code is tangled for execution by
+a computer. Org facilitates weaving and tangling for producing,
+maintaining, sharing, and exporting literate programming documents.
+Org provides extensive customization options for extracting source
+code.
+
+When Org tangles code blocks, it expands, merges, and transforms them.
+Then Org recomposes them into one or more separate files, as
+configured through the options. During this tangling process, Org
+expands variables in the source code, and resolves any Noweb style
+references (see @ref{Noweb Reference Syntax}).
+
+@anchor{Header arguments}
+@subheading Header arguments
+
+@cindex @samp{tangle}, header argument
+The @samp{tangle} header argument specifies if the code block is exported
+to source file(s).
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{yes}
+Export the code block to source file. The file name for the
+source file is derived from the name of the Org file, and the
+file extension is derived from the source code language
+identifier. Example: @samp{:tangle yes}.
+
+@item @samp{no}
+The default. Do not extract the code in a source code file.
+Example: @samp{:tangle no}.
+
+@item @var{FILENAME}
+Export the code block to source file whose file name is derived
+from any string passed to the @samp{tangle} header argument. Org
+derives the file name as being relative to the directory of the
+Org file's location. Example: @samp{:tangle FILENAME}.
+@end table
+
+@cindex @samp{mkdirp}, header argument
+The @samp{mkdirp} header argument creates parent directories for tangled
+files if the directory does not exist. @samp{yes} enables directory
+creation and @samp{no} inhibits directory creation.
+
+@cindex @samp{comments}, header argument
+The @samp{comments} header argument controls inserting comments into
+tangled files. These are above and beyond whatever comments may
+already exist in the code block.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{no}
+The default. Do not insert any extra comments during tangling.
+
+@item @samp{link}
+Wrap the code block in comments. Include links pointing back to
+the place in the Org file from where the code was tangled.
+
+@item @samp{yes}
+Kept for backward compatibility; same as @samp{link}.
+
+@item @samp{org}
+Nearest headline text from Org file is inserted as comment. The
+exact text that is inserted is picked from the leading context of
+the source block.
+
+@item @samp{both}
+Includes both @samp{link} and @samp{org} options.
+
+@item @samp{noweb}
+Includes @samp{link} option, expands Noweb references (see @ref{Noweb Reference Syntax}), and wraps them in link comments inside the
+body of the code block.
+@end table
+
+@cindex @samp{padline}, header argument
+The @samp{padline} header argument controls insertion of newlines to pad
+source code in the tangled file.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{yes}
+Default. Insert a newline before and after each code block in
+the tangled file.
+
+@item @samp{no}
+Do not insert newlines to pad the tangled code blocks.
+@end table
+
+@cindex @samp{shebang}, header argument
+The @samp{shebang} header argument can turn results into executable script
+files. By setting it to a string value---for example, @samp{:shebang
+"#!/bin/bash"}---Org inserts that string as the first line of the
+tangled file that the code block is extracted to. Org then turns on
+the tangled file's executable permission.
+
+@cindex @samp{no-expand}, header argument
+By default Org expands code blocks during tangling. The @samp{no-expand}
+header argument turns off such expansions. Note that one side-effect
+of expansion by @code{org-babel-expand-src-block} also assigns values (see
+@ref{Environment of a Code Block}) to variables. Expansions also replace
+Noweb references with their targets (see @ref{Noweb Reference Syntax}).
+Some of these expansions may cause premature assignment, hence this
+option. This option makes a difference only for tangling. It has no
+effect when exporting since code blocks for execution have to be
+expanded anyway.
+
+@anchor{Functions}
+@subheading Functions
+
+@table @asis
+@item @code{org-babel-tangle}
+@findex org-babel-tangle
+@kindex C-c C-v t
+Tangle the current file. Bound to @kbd{C-c C-v t}.
+
+With prefix argument only tangle the current code block.
+
+@item @code{org-babel-tangle-file}
+@findex org-babel-tangle-file
+@kindex C-c C-v f
+Choose a file to tangle. Bound to @kbd{C-c C-v f}.
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Hooks (1)}
+@subheading Hooks
+
+@table @asis
+@item @code{org-babel-post-tangle-hook}
+@vindex org-babel-post-tangle-hook
+This hook is run from within code files tangled by
+@code{org-babel-tangle}, making it suitable for post-processing,
+compilation, and evaluation of code in the tangled files.
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Jumping between code and Org}
+@subheading Jumping between code and Org
+
+@findex org-babel-tangle-jump-to-org
+Debuggers normally link errors and messages back to the source code.
+But for tangled files, we want to link back to the Org file, not to
+the tangled source file. To make this extra jump, Org uses
+@code{org-babel-tangle-jump-to-org} function with two additional source
+code block header arguments:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+Set @samp{padline} to true---this is the default setting.
+@item
+Set @samp{comments} to @samp{link}, which makes Org insert links to the Org
+file.
+@end enumerate
+
+@node Languages
+@section Languages
+
+@cindex babel, languages
+@cindex source code, languages
+@cindex code block, languages
+
+Code blocks in the following languages are supported.
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaa}
+@headitem Language
+@tab Identifier
+@tab Language
+@tab Identifier
+@item Asymptote
+@tab asymptote
+@tab Awk
+@tab awk
+@item C
+@tab C
+@tab C++
+@tab C++
+@item Clojure
+@tab clojure
+@tab CSS
+@tab css
+@item D
+@tab d
+@tab ditaa
+@tab ditaa
+@item Graphviz
+@tab dot
+@tab Emacs Calc
+@tab calc
+@item Emacs Lisp
+@tab emacs-lisp
+@tab Fortran
+@tab fortran
+@item Gnuplot
+@tab gnuplot
+@tab Haskell
+@tab haskell
+@item Java
+@tab java
+@tab Javascript
+@tab js
+@item @LaTeX{}
+@tab latex
+@tab Ledger
+@tab ledger
+@item Lisp
+@tab lisp
+@tab Lilypond
+@tab lilypond
+@item Lua
+@tab lua
+@tab MATLAB
+@tab matlab
+@item Mscgen
+@tab mscgen
+@tab Objective Caml
+@tab ocaml
+@item Octave
+@tab octave
+@tab Org mode
+@tab org
+@item Oz
+@tab oz
+@tab Perl
+@tab perl
+@item Plantuml
+@tab plantuml
+@tab Processing.js
+@tab processing
+@item Python
+@tab python
+@tab R
+@tab R
+@item Ruby
+@tab ruby
+@tab Sass
+@tab sass
+@item Scheme
+@tab scheme
+@tab GNU Screen
+@tab screen
+@item Sed
+@tab sed
+@tab shell
+@tab sh
+@item SQL
+@tab sql
+@tab SQLite
+@tab sqlite
+@item Vala
+@tab vala
+@tab
+@tab
+@end multitable
+
+Additional documentation for some languages is at
+@uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/org-contrib/babel/languages.html}.
+
+@vindex org-babel-load-languages
+By default, only Emacs Lisp is enabled for evaluation. To enable or
+disable other languages, customize the @code{org-babel-load-languages}
+variable either through the Emacs customization interface, or by
+adding code to the init file as shown next.
+
+In this example, evaluation is disabled for Emacs Lisp, and enabled
+for R.
@lisp
-(add-to-list 'org-babel-default-header-args:gnuplot
- '((:prologue . "reset")))
+(org-babel-do-load-languages
+ 'org-babel-load-languages
+ '((emacs-lisp . nil)
+ (R . t)))
@end lisp
-@node epilogue
-@subsubsection @code{:epilogue}
-@cindex @code{:epilogue}, src header argument
-The value of the @code{epilogue} header argument is for appending to the end
-of the code block for execution. See also @ref{prologue}.
+Note that this is not the only way to enable a language. Org also
+enables languages when loaded with @code{require} statement. For example,
+the following enables execution of Clojure code blocks:
-@node Results of evaluation
-@section Results of evaluation
-@cindex code block, results of evaluation
-@cindex source code, results of evaluation
+@lisp
+(require 'ob-clojure)
+@end lisp
-How Org handles results of a code block execution depends on many header
-arguments working together. Here is only a summary of these. For an
-enumeration of all the header arguments that affect results, see
-@ref{results}.
+@node Editing Source Code
+@section Editing Source Code
-The primary determinant is the execution context. Is it in a @code{:session}
-or not? Orthogonal to that is if the expected result is a @code{:results
-value} or @code{:results output}, which is a concatenation of output from
-start to finish of the @samp{src} code block's evaluation.
+@cindex code block, editing
+@cindex source code, editing
-@multitable @columnfractions 0.26 0.33 0.41
-@item @tab @b{Non-session} @tab @b{Session}
-@item @code{:results value} @tab value of last expression @tab value of last expression
-@item @code{:results output} @tab contents of STDOUT @tab concatenation of interpreter output
-@end multitable
+@kindex C-c '
+Use @kbd{C-c '} to edit the current code block. It opens a new
+major-mode edit buffer containing the body of the source code block,
+ready for any edits. Use @kbd{C-c '} again to close the buffer
+and return to the Org buffer.
+
+@kindex C-x C-s
+@vindex org-edit-src-auto-save-idle-delay
+@cindex auto-save, in code block editing
+@kbd{C-x C-s} saves the buffer and updates the contents of the
+Org buffer. Set @code{org-edit-src-auto-save-idle-delay} to save the base
+buffer after a certain idle delay time. Set
+@code{org-edit-src-turn-on-auto-save} to auto-save this buffer into
+a separate file using Auto-save mode.
+
+While editing the source code in the major mode, the Org Src minor
+mode remains active. It provides these customization variables as
+described below. For even more variables, look in the customization
+group @code{org-edit-structure}.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @code{org-src-lang-modes}
+@vindex org-src-lang-modes
+If an Emacs major-mode named @code{<LANG>-mode} exists, where
+@var{<LANG>} is the language identifier from code block's
+header line, then the edit buffer uses that major mode. Use this
+variable to arbitrarily map language identifiers to major modes.
+
+@item @code{org-src-window-setup}
+@vindex org-src-window-setup
+For specifying Emacs window arrangement when the new edit buffer
+is created.
+
+@item @code{org-src-preserve-indentation}
+@cindex indentation, in code blocks
+@vindex org-src-preserve-indentation
+Default is @code{nil}. Source code is indented. This indentation
+applies during export or tangling, and depending on the context,
+may alter leading spaces and tabs. When non-@code{nil}, source code
+is aligned with the leftmost column. No lines are modified
+during export or tangling, which is very useful for white-space
+sensitive languages, such as Python.
+
+@item @code{org-src-ask-before-returning-to-edit-buffer}
+@vindex org-src-ask-before-returning-to-edit-buffer
+When @code{nil}, Org returns to the edit buffer without further
+prompts. The default prompts for a confirmation.
+@end table
+
+@vindex org-src-fontify-natively
+@vindex org-src-block-faces
+Set @code{org-src-fontify-natively} to non-@code{nil} to turn on native code
+fontification in the @emph{Org} buffer. Fontification of code blocks can
+give visual separation of text and code on the display page. To
+further customize the appearance of @code{org-block} for specific
+languages, customize @code{org-src-block-faces}. The following example
+shades the background of regular blocks, and colors source blocks only
+for Python and Emacs Lisp languages.
+
+@lisp
+(require 'color)
+(set-face-attribute 'org-block nil :background
+ (color-darken-name
+ (face-attribute 'default :background) 3))
+
+(setq org-src-block-faces '(("emacs-lisp" (:background "#EEE2FF"))
+ ("python" (:background "#E5FFB8"))))
+@end lisp
+
+@node Noweb Reference Syntax
+@section Noweb Reference Syntax
-For @code{:session} and non-session, the @code{:results value} turns the
-results into an Org mode table format. Single values are wrapped in a one
-dimensional vector. Rows and columns of a table are wrapped in a
-two-dimensional vector.
-
-@subsection Non-session
-@subsubsection @code{:results value}
-@cindex @code{:results}, src header argument
-Default. Org gets the value by wrapping the code in a function definition in
-the language of the @samp{src} block. That is why when using @code{:results
-value}, code should execute like a function and return a value. For
-languages like Python, an explicit @code{return} statement is mandatory when
-using @code{:results value}.
-
-This is one of four evaluation contexts where Org automatically wraps the
-code in a function definition.
-
-@subsubsection @code{:results output}
-@cindex @code{:results}, src header argument
-For @code{:results output}, the code is passed to an external process running
-the interpreter. Org returns the contents of the standard output stream as
-as text results.
-
-@subsection Session
-@subsubsection @code{:results value}
-@cindex @code{:results}, src header argument
-For @code{:results value} from a @code{:session}, Org passes the code to an
-interpreter running as an interactive Emacs inferior process. So only
-languages that provide interactive evaluation can have session support. Not
-all languages provide this support, such as @samp{C} and @samp{ditaa}. Even
-those that do support, such as @samp{Python} and @samp{Haskell}, they impose
-limitations on allowable language constructs that can run interactively. Org
-inherits those limitations for those @samp{src} code blocks running in a
-@code{:session}.
-
-Org gets the value from the source code interpreter's last statement
-output. Org has to use language-specific methods to obtain the value. For
-example, from the variable @code{_} in @samp{Python} and @samp{Ruby}, and the
-value of @code{.Last.value} in @samp{R}).
-
-@subsubsection @code{:results output}
-@cindex @code{:results}, src header argument
-For @code{:results output}, Org passes the code to the interpreter running as
-an interactive Emacs inferior process. Org concatenates whatever text output
-emitted by the interpreter to return the collection as a result. Note that
-this collection is not the same as collected from @code{STDOUT} of a
-non-interactive interpreter running as an external process. Compare for
-example these two blocks:
+@cindex code block, Noweb reference
+@cindex syntax, Noweb
+@cindex source code, Noweb reference
+
+Org supports named blocks in Noweb@footnote{For Noweb literate programming details, see
+@uref{http://www.cs.tufts.edu/~nr/noweb/}.} style syntax:
@example
-#+BEGIN_SRC python :results output
- print "hello"
- 2
- print "bye"
+<<CODE-BLOCK-ID>>
+@end example
+
+Org can replace the construct with the source code, or the results of
+evaluation, of the code block identified as @var{CODE-BLOCK-ID}.
+
+@cindex @samp{noweb}, header argument
+The @samp{noweb} header argument controls expansion of Noweb syntax
+references. Expansions occur when source code blocks are evaluated,
+tangled, or exported.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{no}
+Default. No expansion of Noweb syntax references in the body of
+the code when evaluating, tangling, or exporting.
+
+@item @samp{yes}
+Expansion of Noweb syntax references in the body of the code
+block when evaluating, tangling, or exporting.
+
+@item @samp{tangle}
+Expansion of Noweb syntax references in the body of the code
+block when tangling. No expansion when evaluating or exporting.
+
+@item @samp{no-export}
+Expansion of Noweb syntax references in the body of the code
+block when evaluating or tangling. No expansion when exporting.
+
+@item @samp{strip-export}
+Expansion of Noweb syntax references in the body of the code
+block when expanding prior to evaluating or tangling. Removes
+Noweb syntax references when exporting.
+
+@item @samp{eval}
+Expansion of Noweb syntax references in the body of the code
+block only before evaluating.
+@end table
+
+In the following example,
+
+@example
+#+NAME: initialization
+#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp
+ (setq sentence "Never a foot too far, even.")
#+END_SRC
-#+RESULTS:
-: hello
-: bye
+#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :noweb yes
+ <<initialization>>
+ (reverse sentence)
+#+END_SRC
@end example
-In the above non-session mode, the ``2'' is not printed; so does not appear
-in results.
+@noindent
+the second code block is expanded as
@example
-#+BEGIN_SRC python :results output :session
- print "hello"
- 2
- print "bye"
+#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :noweb yes
+ (setq sentence "Never a foot too far, even.")
+ (reverse sentence)
#+END_SRC
+@end example
-#+RESULTS:
-: hello
-: 2
-: bye
+Noweb insertions honor prefix characters that appear before the Noweb
+syntax reference. This behavior is illustrated in the following
+example. Because the @samp{<<example>>} Noweb reference appears behind the
+SQL comment syntax, each line of the expanded Noweb reference is
+commented. With:
+
+@example
+#+NAME: example
+#+BEGIN_SRC text
+ this is the
+ multi-line body of example
+#+END_SRC
@end example
-In the above @code{:session} mode, the interactive interpreter receives and
-prints ``2''. Results show that.
+@noindent
+this code block:
-@node Noweb reference syntax
-@section Noweb reference syntax
-@cindex code block, noweb reference
-@cindex syntax, noweb
-@cindex source code, noweb reference
+@example
+#+BEGIN_SRC sql :noweb yes
+ ---<<example>>
+#+END_SRC
+@end example
-Org supports named blocks in Noweb style syntax. For Noweb literate
-programming details, see @uref{http://www.cs.tufts.edu/~nr/noweb/}).
+@noindent
+expands to:
@example
-<<code-block-name>>
+#+BEGIN_SRC sql :noweb yes
+ ---this is the
+ ---multi-line body of example
+#+END_SRC
@end example
-For the header argument @code{:noweb yes}, Org expands Noweb style references
-in the @samp{src} code block before evaluation.
+Since this change does not affect Noweb replacement text without
+newlines in them, inline Noweb references are acceptable.
-For the header argument @code{:noweb no}, Org does not expand Noweb style
-references in the @samp{src} code block before evaluation.
+This feature can also be used for management of indentation in
+exported code snippets. With:
-The default is @code{:noweb no}. Org defaults to @code{:noweb no} so as not
-to cause errors in languages where Noweb syntax is ambiguous. Change Org's
-default to @code{:noweb yes} for languages where there is no risk of
-confusion.
+@example
+#+NAME: if-true
+#+BEGIN_SRC python :exports none
+ print('do things when true')
+#+end_src
-Org offers a more flexible way to resolve Noweb style references
-(@pxref{noweb-ref}).
+#+name: if-false
+#+begin_src python :exports none
+ print('do things when false')
+#+end_src
+@end example
-Org can include the @emph{results} of a code block rather than its body. To
-that effect, append parentheses, possibly including arguments, to the code
-block name, as show below.
+@noindent
+this code block:
@example
-<<code-block-name(optional arguments)>>
+#+begin_src python :noweb yes :results output
+ if true:
+ <<if-true>>
+ else:
+ <<if-false>>
+#+end_src
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+expands to:
+
+@example
+if true:
+ print('do things when true')
+else:
+ print('do things when false')
@end example
-Note that when using the above approach to a code block's results, the code
-block name set by @code{#+NAME} keyword is required; the reference set by
-@code{:noweb-ref} will not work.
+@cindex @samp{noweb-ref}, header argument
+When expanding Noweb style references, Org concatenates code blocks by
+matching the reference name to either the code block name or, if none
+is found, to the @samp{noweb-ref} header argument.
-Here is an example that demonstrates how the exported content changes when
-Noweb style references are used with parentheses versus without.
+For simple concatenation, set this @samp{noweb-ref} header argument at the
+sub-tree or file level. In the example Org file shown next, the body
+of the source code in each block is extracted for concatenation to
+a pure code file when tangled.
+
+@example
+#+BEGIN_SRC sh :tangle yes :noweb yes :shebang #!/bin/sh
+ <<fullest-disk>>
+#+END_SRC
+* the mount point of the fullest disk
+ :PROPERTIES:
+ :header-args: :noweb-ref fullest-disk
+ :END:
+** query all mounted disks
+#+BEGIN_SRC sh
+ df \
+#+END_SRC
+
+** strip the header row
+#+BEGIN_SRC sh
+ |sed '1d' \
+#+END_SRC
+
+** output mount point of fullest disk
+#+BEGIN_SRC sh
+ |awk '@{if (u < +$5) @{u = +$5; m = $6@}@} END @{print m@}'
+#+END_SRC
+@end example
+
+@cindex @samp{noweb-sep}, header argument
+By default a newline separates each noweb reference concatenation. To
+change this newline separator, edit the @samp{noweb-sep} header argument.
+
+Eventually, Org can include the results of a code block rather than
+its body. To that effect, append parentheses, possibly including
+arguments, to the code block name, as shown below.
+
+@example
+<<code-block-name(optional arguments)>>
+@end example
+
+Note that when using the above approach to a code block's results, the
+code block name set by @samp{NAME} keyword is required; the reference set
+by @samp{noweb-ref} does not work in that case.
+
+Here is an example that demonstrates how the exported content changes
+when Noweb style references are used with parentheses versus without.
With:
@example
#+NAME: some-code
#+BEGIN_SRC python :var num=0 :results output :exports none
-print(num*10)
+ print(num*10)
#+END_SRC
@end example
+@noindent
this code block:
@example
#+BEGIN_SRC text :noweb yes
-<<some-code>>
+ <<some-code>>
#+END_SRC
@end example
+@noindent
expands to:
@example
print(num*10)
@end example
-Below, a similar Noweb style reference is used, but with parentheses, while
-setting a variable @code{num} to 10:
+Below, a similar Noweb style reference is used, but with parentheses,
+while setting a variable @samp{num} to 10:
@example
#+BEGIN_SRC text :noweb yes
-<<some-code(num=10)>>
+ <<some-code(num=10)>>
#+END_SRC
@end example
-Note that now the expansion contains the @emph{results} of the code block
-@code{some-code}, not the code block itself:
+@noindent
+Note that now the expansion contains the results of the code block
+@samp{some-code}, not the code block itself:
@example
100
@end example
+@node Library of Babel
+@section Library of Babel
+
+@cindex babel, library of
+@cindex source code, library
+@cindex code block, library
+
+The ``Library of Babel'' is a collection of code blocks. Like
+a function library, these code blocks can be called from other Org
+files. A collection of useful code blocks is available on @uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/library-of-babel.html, Worg}. For
+remote code block evaluation syntax, see @ref{Evaluating Code Blocks}.
+
+@kindex C-c C-v i
+@findex org-babel-lob-ingest
+For any user to add code to the library, first save the code in
+regular code blocks of an Org file, and then load the Org file with
+@code{org-babel-lob-ingest}, which is bound to @kbd{C-c C-v i}.
+
+@node Key bindings and Useful Functions
+@section Key bindings and Useful Functions
-@node Key bindings and useful functions
-@section Key bindings and useful functions
@cindex code block, key bindings
-Many common Org mode key sequences are re-bound depending on the context.
+Many common Org mode key sequences are re-bound depending on
+the context.
Active key bindings in code blocks:
-@multitable @columnfractions 0.25 0.75
@kindex C-c C-c
-@item @kbd{C-c C-c} @tab @code{org-babel-execute-src-block}
+@findex org-babel-execute-src-block
@kindex C-c C-o
-@item @kbd{C-c C-o} @tab @code{org-babel-open-src-block-result}
+@findex org-babel-open-src-block-result
@kindex M-UP
-@item @kbd{M-@key{UP}} @tab @code{org-babel-load-in-session}
+@findex org-babel-load-in-session
@kindex M-DOWN
-@item @kbd{M-@key{DOWN}} @tab @code{org-babel-switch-to-session}
+@findex org-babel-pop-to-session
+@multitable @columnfractions 0.2 0.55
+@headitem Key binding
+@tab Function
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c}
+@tab @code{org-babel-execute-src-block}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-o}
+@tab @code{org-babel-open-src-block-result}
+@item @kbd{M-@key{UP}}
+@tab @code{org-babel-load-in-session}
+@item @kbd{M-@key{DOWN}}
+@tab @code{org-babel-pop-to-session}
@end multitable
Active key bindings in Org mode buffer:
-@multitable @columnfractions 0.5 0.5
@kindex C-c C-v p
@kindex C-c C-v C-p
-@item @kbd{C-c C-v p} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-p} @tab @code{org-babel-previous-src-block}
@kindex C-c C-v n
@kindex C-c C-v C-n
-@item @kbd{C-c C-v n} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-n} @tab @code{org-babel-next-src-block}
@kindex C-c C-v e
@kindex C-c C-v C-e
-@item @kbd{C-c C-v e} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-e} @tab @code{org-babel-execute-maybe}
@kindex C-c C-v o
@kindex C-c C-v C-o
-@item @kbd{C-c C-v o} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-o} @tab @code{org-babel-open-src-block-result}
@kindex C-c C-v v
@kindex C-c C-v C-v
-@item @kbd{C-c C-v v} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-v} @tab @code{org-babel-expand-src-block}
@kindex C-c C-v u
@kindex C-c C-v C-u
-@item @kbd{C-c C-v u} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-u} @tab @code{org-babel-goto-src-block-head}
@kindex C-c C-v g
@kindex C-c C-v C-g
-@item @kbd{C-c C-v g} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-g} @tab @code{org-babel-goto-named-src-block}
@kindex C-c C-v r
@kindex C-c C-v C-r
-@item @kbd{C-c C-v r} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-r} @tab @code{org-babel-goto-named-result}
@kindex C-c C-v b
@kindex C-c C-v C-b
-@item @kbd{C-c C-v b} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-b} @tab @code{org-babel-execute-buffer}
@kindex C-c C-v s
@kindex C-c C-v C-s
-@item @kbd{C-c C-v s} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-s} @tab @code{org-babel-execute-subtree}
@kindex C-c C-v d
@kindex C-c C-v C-d
-@item @kbd{C-c C-v d} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-d} @tab @code{org-babel-demarcate-block}
@kindex C-c C-v t
@kindex C-c C-v C-t
-@item @kbd{C-c C-v t} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-t} @tab @code{org-babel-tangle}
@kindex C-c C-v f
@kindex C-c C-v C-f
-@item @kbd{C-c C-v f} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-f} @tab @code{org-babel-tangle-file}
@kindex C-c C-v c
@kindex C-c C-v C-c
-@item @kbd{C-c C-v c} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-c} @tab @code{org-babel-check-src-block}
@kindex C-c C-v j
@kindex C-c C-v C-j
-@item @kbd{C-c C-v j} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-j} @tab @code{org-babel-insert-header-arg}
@kindex C-c C-v l
@kindex C-c C-v C-l
-@item @kbd{C-c C-v l} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-l} @tab @code{org-babel-load-in-session}
@kindex C-c C-v i
@kindex C-c C-v C-i
-@item @kbd{C-c C-v i} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-i} @tab @code{org-babel-lob-ingest}
@kindex C-c C-v I
@kindex C-c C-v C-I
-@item @kbd{C-c C-v I} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-I} @tab @code{org-babel-view-src-block-info}
@kindex C-c C-v z
@kindex C-c C-v C-z
-@item @kbd{C-c C-v z} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-z} @tab @code{org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code}
@kindex C-c C-v a
@kindex C-c C-v C-a
-@item @kbd{C-c C-v a} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-a} @tab @code{org-babel-sha1-hash}
@kindex C-c C-v h
@kindex C-c C-v C-h
-@item @kbd{C-c C-v h} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-h} @tab @code{org-babel-describe-bindings}
@kindex C-c C-v x
@kindex C-c C-v C-x
-@item @kbd{C-c C-v x} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-x} @tab @code{org-babel-do-key-sequence-in-edit-buffer}
+@findex org-babel-previous-src-block
+@findex org-babel-next-src-block
+@findex org-babel-execute-maybe
+@findex org-babel-open-src-block-result
+@findex org-babel-expand-src-block
+@findex org-babel-goto-src-block-head
+@findex org-babel-goto-named-src-block
+@findex org-babel-goto-named-result
+@findex org-babel-execute-buffer
+@findex org-babel-execute-subtree
+@findex org-babel-demarcate-block
+@findex org-babel-tangle
+@findex org-babel-tangle-file
+@findex org-babel-check-src-block
+@findex org-babel-insert-header-arg
+@findex org-babel-load-in-session
+@findex org-babel-lob-ingest
+@findex org-babel-view-src-block-info
+@findex org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code
+@findex org-babel-sha1-hash
+@findex org-babel-describe-bindings
+@findex org-babel-do-key-sequence-in-edit-buffer
+@multitable @columnfractions 0.45 0.55
+@headitem Key binding
+@tab Function
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v p} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-p}
+@tab @code{org-babel-previous-src-block}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v n} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-n}
+@tab @code{org-babel-next-src-block}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v e} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-e}
+@tab @code{org-babel-execute-maybe}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v o} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-o}
+@tab @code{org-babel-open-src-block-result}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v v} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-v}
+@tab @code{org-babel-expand-src-block}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v u} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-u}
+@tab @code{org-babel-goto-src-block-head}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v g} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-g}
+@tab @code{org-babel-goto-named-src-block}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v r} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-r}
+@tab @code{org-babel-goto-named-result}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v b} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-b}
+@tab @code{org-babel-execute-buffer}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v s} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-s}
+@tab @code{org-babel-execute-subtree}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v d} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-d}
+@tab @code{org-babel-demarcate-block}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v t} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-t}
+@tab @code{org-babel-tangle}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v f} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-f}
+@tab @code{org-babel-tangle-file}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v c} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-c}
+@tab @code{org-babel-check-src-block}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v j} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-j}
+@tab @code{org-babel-insert-header-arg}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v l} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-l}
+@tab @code{org-babel-load-in-session}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v i} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-i}
+@tab @code{org-babel-lob-ingest}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v I} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-I}
+@tab @code{org-babel-view-src-block-info}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v z} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-z}
+@tab @code{org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v a} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-a}
+@tab @code{org-babel-sha1-hash}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v h} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-h}
+@tab @code{org-babel-describe-bindings}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v x} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-x}
+@tab @code{org-babel-do-key-sequence-in-edit-buffer}
@end multitable
-@c Extended key bindings when control key is kept pressed:
-
-@c @multitable @columnfractions 0.25 0.75
-@c @item @kbd{C-c C-v C-a} @tab @code{org-babel-sha1-hash}
-@c @item @kbd{C-c C-v C-b} @tab @code{org-babel-execute-buffer}
-@c @item @kbd{C-c C-v C-f} @tab @code{org-babel-tangle-file}
-@c @item @kbd{C-c C-v C-l} @tab @code{org-babel-lob-ingest}
-@c @item @kbd{C-c C-v C-p} @tab @code{org-babel-expand-src-block}
-@c @item @kbd{C-c C-v C-s} @tab @code{org-babel-execute-subtree}
-@c @item @kbd{C-c C-v C-t} @tab @code{org-babel-tangle}
-@c @item @kbd{C-c C-v C-z} @tab @code{org-babel-switch-to-session}
-@c @end multitable
-
-@node Batch execution
-@section Batch execution
+@node Batch Execution
+@section Batch Execution
+
@cindex code block, batch execution
@cindex source code, batch execution
-Org mode features, including working with source code facilities can be
-invoked from the command line. This enables building shell scripts for batch
-processing, running automated system tasks, and expanding Org mode's
-usefulness.
+Org mode features, including working with source code facilities can
+be invoked from the command line. This enables building shell scripts
+for batch processing, running automated system tasks, and expanding
+Org mode's usefulness.
The sample script shows batch processing of multiple files using
@code{org-babel-tangle}.
@example
#!/bin/sh
-# tangle files with org-mode
+# Tangle files with Org mode
#
emacs -Q --batch --eval "
(progn
@@ -17313,22 +19035,22 @@ emacs -Q --batch --eval "
@chapter Miscellaneous
@menu
-* Completion:: M-@key{TAB} guesses completions
-* Structure templates:: Quick insertion of structural elements
-* Speed keys:: Electric commands at the beginning of a headline
-* Code evaluation security:: Org mode files evaluate inline code
-* Customization:: Adapting Org to changing tastes
-* In-buffer settings:: Overview of the @code{#+KEYWORDS}
-* The very busy C-c C-c key:: When in doubt, press C-c C-c
-* Clean view:: Getting rid of leading stars in the outline
-* TTY keys:: Using Org on a tty
-* Interaction:: With other Emacs packages
-* org-crypt:: Encrypting Org files
+* Completion:: M-@key{TAB} guesses completions.
+* Structure Templates:: Quick insertion of structural elements.
+* Speed Keys:: Electric commands at the beginning of a headline.
+* Code Evaluation Security:: Org files evaluate in-line code.
+* Customization:: Adapting Org to your taste.
+* In-buffer Settings:: Overview of keywords.
+* The Very Busy @kbd{C-c C-c} Key:: When in doubt, press @kbd{C-c C-c}.
+* Clean View:: Getting rid of leading stars in the outline.
+* TTY Keys:: Using Org on a tty.
+* Interaction:: With other Emacs packages.
+* Org Crypt:: Encrypting Org files.
@end menu
-
@node Completion
@section Completion
+
@cindex completion, of @TeX{} symbols
@cindex completion, of TODO keywords
@cindex completion, of dictionary words
@@ -17343,612 +19065,710 @@ emacs -Q --batch --eval "
@cindex tag completion
@cindex link abbreviations, completion of
-Org has in-buffer completions. Unlike minibuffer completions, which are
-useful for quick command interactions, Org's in-buffer completions are more
-suitable for content creation in Org documents. Type one or more letters and
-invoke the hot key to complete the text in-place. Depending on the context
-and the keys, Org will offer different types of completions. No minibuffer
-is involved. Such mode-specific hot keys have become an integral part of
-Emacs and Org provides several shortcuts.
+Org has in-buffer completions. Unlike minibuffer completions, which
+are useful for quick command interactions, Org's in-buffer completions
+are more suitable for content creation in Org documents. Type one or
+more letters and invoke the hot key to complete the text in-place.
+Depending on the context and the keys, Org offers different types of
+completions. No minibuffer is involved. Such mode-specific hot keys
+have become an integral part of Emacs and Org provides several
+shortcuts.
-@table @kbd
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{M-@key{TAB}}
@kindex M-TAB
-@item M-@key{TAB}
-Complete word at point
-@itemize @bullet
+
+Complete word at point.
+
+@itemize
@item
At the beginning of a headline, complete TODO keywords.
+
@item
After @samp{\}, complete @TeX{} symbols supported by the exporter.
+
@item
-After @samp{*}, complete headlines in the current buffer so that they
-can be used in search links like @samp{[[*find this headline]]}.
+After @samp{*}, complete headlines in the current buffer so that
+they can be used in search links like:
+
+@example
+[[*find this headline]]
+@end example
+
@item
-After @samp{:} in a headline, complete tags. The list of tags is taken
-from the variable @code{org-tag-alist} (possibly set through the
-@code{#+TAGS} in-buffer option, @pxref{Setting tags}), or it is created
-dynamically from all tags used in the current buffer.
+After @samp{:} in a headline, complete tags. Org deduces the list
+of tags from the @samp{TAGS} in-buffer option (see @ref{Setting Tags}),
+the variable @code{org-tag-alist}, or from all tags used in the
+current buffer.
+
@item
-After @samp{:} and not in a headline, complete property keys. The list
-of keys is constructed dynamically from all keys used in the current
-buffer.
+After @samp{:} and not in a headline, complete property keys. The
+list of keys is constructed dynamically from all keys used in
+the current buffer.
+
@item
-After @samp{[}, complete link abbreviations (@pxref{Link abbreviations}).
+After @samp{[}, complete link abbreviations (see @ref{Link Abbreviations}).
+
@item
After @samp{#+}, complete the special keywords like @samp{TYP_TODO} or
-file-specific @samp{OPTIONS}. After option keyword is complete, pressing
-@kbd{M-@key{TAB}} again will insert example settings for that option.
+file-specific @samp{OPTIONS}. After option keyword is complete,
+pressing @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} again inserts example settings for
+this keyword.
+
@item
-After @code{#+STARTUP:}, complete startup keywords.
+After @samp{STARTUP} keyword, complete startup items.
+
@item
-When the point is anywhere else, complete dictionary words using Ispell.
+When point is anywhere else, complete dictionary words using
+Ispell.
@end itemize
-@kindex C-M-i
-If your desktop intercepts the combo @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} to switch windows, use
-@kbd{C-M-i} or @kbd{@key{ESC} @key{TAB}} as an alternative or customize your
-environment.
@end table
-@node Structure templates
-@section Structure templates
+@node Structure Templates
+@section Structure Templates
+
@cindex template insertion
@cindex insertion, of templates
-With just a few keystrokes, it is possible to insert empty structural blocks,
-such as @samp{#+BEGIN_SRC} @dots{} @samp{#+END_SRC}, or to wrap existing text
-in such a block.
+With just a few keystrokes, it is possible to insert empty structural
+blocks, such as @samp{#+BEGIN_SRC} @dots{} @samp{#+END_SRC}, or to wrap existing
+text in such a block.
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x w,org-insert-structure-template}
-Prompt for a type of block structure, and insert the block at point. If the
-region is active, it is wrapped in the block. First prompts the user for
-a key, which is used to look up a structure type from the values below. If
-the key is @key{TAB}, the user is prompted to enter a type.
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x w} (@code{org-insert-structure-template})
+Prompt for a type of block structure, and insert the block at
+point. If the region is active, it is wrapped in the block.
+First prompts the user for a key, which is used to look up
+a structure type from the values below. If the key is
+@kbd{@key{TAB}}, the user is prompted to enter a type.
@end table
@vindex org-structure-template-alist
-Available structure types are defined in @code{org-structure-template-alist},
-see the docstring for adding or changing values.
+Available structure types are defined in
+@code{org-structure-template-alist}, see the docstring for adding or
+changing values.
@cindex Tempo
-@cindex Template expansion
-@cindex template insertion
+@cindex template expansion
@cindex insertion, of templates
@vindex org-tempo-keywords-alist
@vindex org-structure-template-alist
Org Tempo expands snippets to structures defined in
@code{org-structure-template-alist} and @code{org-tempo-keywords-alist}. For
-example, @code{org-tempo} expands @kbd{< s @key{TAB}} to a code block.
-Enable it by customizing @code{org-modules} or add @code{(require
-'org-tempo)} to your Emacs init file@footnote{For more information, please
-refer to the commentary section in @file{org-tempo.el}.}.
-
-@multitable @columnfractions 0.2 0.8
-@item @kbd{c} @tab @samp{#+BEGIN_CENTER}
-@item @kbd{C} @tab @samp{#+BEGIN_COMMENT}
-@item @kbd{e} @tab @samp{#+BEGIN_EXAMPLE}
-@item @kbd{E} @tab @samp{#+BEGIN_EXPORT}
-@item @kbd{a} @tab @samp{#+BEGIN_EXPORT ascii}
-@item @kbd{h} @tab @samp{#+BEGIN_EXPORT html}
-@item @kbd{l} @tab @samp{#+BEGIN_EXPORT latex}
-@item @kbd{s} @tab @samp{#+BEGIN_SRC}
-@item @kbd{q} @tab @samp{#+BEGIN_QUOTE}
-@item @kbd{v} @tab @samp{#+BEGIN_VERSE}
+example, @kbd{< s @key{TAB}} creates a code block. Enable it by
+customizing @code{org-modules} or add @code{(require 'org-tempo)} to your Emacs
+init file@footnote{For more information, please refer to the commentary section
+in @samp{org-tempo.el}.}.
+
+
+@multitable @columnfractions 0.1 0.9
+@item @kbd{a}
+@tab @samp{#+BEGIN_EXPORT ascii} @dots{} @samp{#+END_EXPORT}
+@item @kbd{c}
+@tab @samp{#+BEGIN_CENTER} @dots{} @samp{#+END_CENTER}
+@item @kbd{C}
+@tab @samp{#+BEGIN_COMMENT} @dots{} @samp{#+END_COMMENT}
+@item @kbd{e}
+@tab @samp{#+BEGIN_EXAMPLE} @dots{} @samp{#+END_EXAMPLE}
+@item @kbd{h}
+@tab @samp{#+BEGIN_EXPORT html} @dots{} @samp{#+END_EXPORT}
+@item @kbd{l}
+@tab @samp{#+BEGIN_EXPORT latex} @dots{} @samp{#+END_EXPORT}
+@item @kbd{q}
+@tab @samp{#+BEGIN_QUOTE} @dots{} @samp{#+END_QUOTE}
+@item @kbd{s}
+@tab @samp{#+BEGIN_SRC} @dots{} @samp{#+END_SRC}
+@item @kbd{v}
+@tab @samp{#+BEGIN_VERSE} @dots{} @samp{#+END_VERSE}
@end multitable
-@node Speed keys
-@section Speed keys
+@node Speed Keys
+@section Speed Keys
+
@cindex speed keys
-Single keystrokes can execute custom commands in an Org file when the cursor
-is on a headline. Without the extra burden of a meta or modifier key, Speed
-Keys can speed navigation or execute custom commands. Besides faster
-navigation, Speed Keys may come in handy on small mobile devices that do not
-have full keyboards. Speed Keys may also work on TTY devices known for their
-problems when entering Emacs keychords.
+Single keystrokes can execute custom commands in an Org file when the
+cursor is on a headline. Without the extra burden of a meta or
+modifier key, Speed Keys can speed navigation or execute custom
+commands. Besides faster navigation, Speed Keys may come in handy on
+small mobile devices that do not have full keyboards. Speed Keys may
+also work on TTY devices known for their problems when entering Emacs
+key chords.
@vindex org-use-speed-commands
-By default, Org has Speed Keys disabled. To activate Speed Keys, set the
-variable @code{org-use-speed-commands} to a non-@code{nil} value. To trigger
-a Speed Key, the cursor must be at the beginning of an Org headline, before
-any of the stars.
+By default, Org has Speed Keys disabled. To activate Speed Keys, set
+the variable @code{org-use-speed-commands} to a non-@code{nil} value. To
+trigger a Speed Key, the cursor must be at the beginning of an Org
+headline, before any of the stars.
@vindex org-speed-commands-user
@findex org-speed-command-help
-Org comes with a pre-defined list of Speed Keys. To add or modify Speed
-Keys, customize the variable, @code{org-speed-commands-user}. For more
-details, see the variable's docstring. With Speed Keys activated, @kbd{M-x
-org-speed-command-help}, or @kbd{?} when cursor is at the beginning of an Org
-headline, shows currently active Speed Keys, including the user-defined ones.
-
-
-@node Code evaluation security
-@section Code evaluation and security issues
-
-Unlike plain text, running code comes with risk. Each @samp{src} code block,
-in terms of risk, is equivalent to an executable file. Org therefore puts a
-few confirmation prompts by default. This is to alert the casual user from
-accidentally running untrusted code.
-
-For users who do not run code blocks or write code regularly, Org's default
-settings should suffice. However, some users may want to tweak the prompts
-for fewer interruptions. To weigh the risks of automatic execution of code
-blocks, here are some details about code evaluation.
+Org comes with a pre-defined list of Speed Keys. To add or modify
+Speed Keys, customize the variable, @code{org-speed-commands-user}. For
+more details, see the variable's docstring. With Speed Keys
+activated, @kbd{M-x org-speed-command-help}, or @kbd{?} when
+cursor is at the beginning of an Org headline, shows currently active
+Speed Keys, including the user-defined ones.
+
+@node Code Evaluation Security
+@section Code Evaluation and Security Issues
+
+Unlike plain text, running code comes with risk. Each @samp{src} code
+block, in terms of risk, is equivalent to an executable file. Org
+therefore puts a few confirmation prompts by default. This is to
+alert the casual user from accidentally running untrusted code.
+
+For users who do not run code blocks or write code regularly, Org's
+default settings should suffice. However, some users may want to
+tweak the prompts for fewer interruptions. To weigh the risks of
+automatic execution of code blocks, here are some details about code
+evaluation.
Org evaluates code in the following circumstances:
-@table @i
-@item Source code blocks
-Org evaluates @samp{src} code blocks in an Org file during export. Org also
-evaluates a @samp{src} code block with the @kbd{C-c C-c} key chord. Users
-exporting or running code blocks must load files only from trusted sources.
-Be wary of customizing variables that remove or alter default security
-measures.
+@table @asis
+@item @emph{Source code blocks}
+Org evaluates @samp{src} code blocks in an Org file during export.
+Org also evaluates a @samp{src} code block with the @kbd{C-c C-c}
+key chord. Users exporting or running code blocks must load
+files only from trusted sources. Be wary of customizing
+variables that remove or alter default security measures.
@defopt org-confirm-babel-evaluate
-When @code{t}, Org prompts the user for confirmation before executing each
-code block. When @code{nil}, Org executes code blocks without prompting the
-user for confirmation. When this option is set to a custom function, Org
-invokes the function with these two arguments: the source code language and
-the body of the code block. The custom function must return either a
-@code{t} or @code{nil}, which determines if the user is prompted. Each
-source code language can be handled separately through this function
+When @code{t}, Org prompts the user for confirmation before executing
+each code block. When @code{nil}, Org executes code blocks without
+prompting the user for confirmation. When this option is set to
+a custom function, Org invokes the function with these two
+arguments: the source code language and the body of the code
+block. The custom function must return either a @code{t} or @code{nil},
+which determines if the user is prompted. Each source code
+language can be handled separately through this function
argument.
@end defopt
-For example, this function enables execution of @samp{ditaa} code +blocks
-without prompting:
+For example, here is how to execute ditaa code blocks without
+prompting:
@lisp
(defun my-org-confirm-babel-evaluate (lang body)
- (not (string= lang "ditaa"))) ; don't ask for ditaa
-(setq org-confirm-babel-evaluate 'my-org-confirm-babel-evaluate)
+ (not (string= lang "ditaa"))) ;don't ask for ditaa
+(setq org-confirm-babel-evaluate #'my-org-confirm-babel-evaluate)
@end lisp
-@item Following @code{shell} and @code{elisp} links
-Org has two link types that can also directly evaluate code (@pxref{External
-links}). Because such code is not visible, these links have a potential
-risk. Org therefore prompts the user when it encounters such links. The
-customization variables are:
+@item @emph{Following @samp{shell} and @samp{elisp} links}
+Org has two link types that can directly evaluate code (see
+@ref{External Links}). Because such code is not visible, these links
+have a potential risk. Org therefore prompts the user when it
+encounters such links. The customization variables are:
@defopt org-confirm-shell-link-function
Function that prompts the user before executing a shell link.
@end defopt
+
@defopt org-confirm-elisp-link-function
Function that prompts the user before executing an Emacs Lisp link.
@end defopt
-@item Formulas in tables
-Org executes formulas in tables (@pxref{The spreadsheet}) either through the
-@emph{calc} or the @emph{Emacs Lisp} interpreters.
+@item @emph{Formulas in tables}
+Formulas in tables (see @ref{The spreadsheet}) are code that is
+evaluated either by the Calc interpreter, or by the Emacs Lisp
+interpreter.
@end table
@node Customization
@section Customization
+
@cindex customization
@cindex options, for customization
@cindex variables, for customization
-Org has more than 500 variables for customization. They can be accessed
-through the usual @kbd{M-x org-customize @key{RET}} command. Or through the
-Org menu, @code{Org->Customization->Browse Org Group}. Org also has per-file
-settings for some variables (@pxref{In-buffer settings}).
+Org has more than 500 variables for customization. They can be
+accessed through the usual @kbd{M-x org-customize} command. Or
+through the Org menu: Org @arrow{} Customization @arrow{} Browse Org Group.
+
+Org also has per-file settings for some variables (see @ref{In-buffer Settings}).
+
+@node In-buffer Settings
+@section Summary of In-Buffer Settings
-@node In-buffer settings
-@section Summary of in-buffer settings
@cindex in-buffer settings
@cindex special keywords
-In-buffer settings start with @samp{#+}, followed by a keyword, a colon, and
-then a word for each setting. Org accepts multiple settings on the same
-line. Org also accepts multiple lines for a keyword. This manual describes
-these settings throughout. A summary follows here.
-@kbd{C-c C-c} activates any changes to the in-buffer settings. Closing and
-reopening the Org file in Emacs also activates the changes.
+In-buffer settings start with @samp{#+}, followed by a keyword, a colon,
+and then a word for each setting. Org accepts multiple settings on
+the same line. Org also accepts multiple lines for a keyword. This
+manual describes these settings throughout. A summary follows here.
+@cindex refresh set-up
+@kbd{C-c C-c} activates any changes to the in-buffer settings.
+Closing and reopening the Org file in Emacs also activates the
+changes.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{#+ARCHIVE: %s_done}
+@cindex @samp{ARCHIVE}, keyword
@vindex org-archive-location
-@table @kbd
-@item #+ARCHIVE: %s_done::
-Sets the archive location of the agenda file. This location applies to the
-lines until the next @code{#+ARCHIVE} line, if any, in the Org file. The
-first archive location in the Org file also applies to any entries before it.
-The corresponding variable is @code{org-archive-location}.
-@item #+CATEGORY:
-Sets the category of the agenda file, which applies to the entire document.
-@item #+COLUMNS: %25ITEM ...
-@cindex property, @code{COLUMNS}
-Sets the default format for columns view. Org uses this format for column
-views where there is no @code{COLUMNS} property.
-@item #+CONSTANTS: name1=value1 ...
+Sets the archive location of the agenda file. The corresponding
+variable is @code{org-archive-location}.
+
+@item @samp{#+CATEGORY}
+@cindex @samp{CATEGORY}, keyword
+Sets the category of the agenda file, which applies to the entire
+document.
+
+@item @samp{#+COLUMNS: %25ITEM ...}
+@cindex @samp{COLUMNS}, property
+Set the default format for columns view. This format applies
+when columns view is invoked in locations where no @samp{COLUMNS}
+property applies.
+
+@item @samp{#+CONSTANTS: name1=value1 ...}
+@cindex @samp{CONSTANTS}, keyword
@vindex org-table-formula-constants
@vindex org-table-formula
-Set file-local values for constants that table formulas can use. This line
-sets the local variable @code{org-table-formula-constants-local}. The global
-version of this variable is @code{org-table-formula-constants}.
-@item #+FILETAGS: :tag1:tag2:tag3:
-Set tags that all entries in the file will inherit from here, including the
+Set file-local values for constants that table formulas can use.
+This line sets the local variable
+@code{org-table-formula-constants-local}. The global version of this
+variable is @code{org-table-formula-constants}.
+
+@item @samp{#+FILETAGS: :tag1:tag2:tag3:}
+@cindex @samp{FILETAGS}, keyword
+Set tags that all entries in the file inherit from, including the
top-level entries.
-@item #+LINK: linkword replace
+
+@item @samp{#+LINK: linkword replace}
+@cindex @samp{LINK}, keyword
@vindex org-link-abbrev-alist
Each line specifies one abbreviation for one link. Use multiple
-@code{#+LINK:} lines for more, @pxref{Link abbreviations}. The corresponding
-variable is @code{org-link-abbrev-alist}.
-@item #+PRIORITIES: highest lowest default
+@samp{LINK} keywords for more, see @ref{Link Abbreviations}. The
+corresponding variable is @code{org-link-abbrev-alist}.
+
+@item @samp{#+PRIORITIES: highest lowest default}
+@cindex @samp{PRIORITIES}, keyword
@vindex org-highest-priority
@vindex org-lowest-priority
@vindex org-default-priority
-This line sets the limits and the default for the priorities. All three
-must be either letters A--Z or numbers 0--9. The highest priority must
-have a lower ASCII number than the lowest priority.
-@item #+PROPERTY: Property_Name Value
-This line sets a default inheritance value for entries in the current
-buffer, most useful for specifying the allowed values of a property.
-@cindex @code{#+SETUPFILE}
-@item #+SETUPFILE: file or URL
-The setup file or a URL pointing to such file is for additional in-buffer
-settings. Org loads this file and parses it for any settings in it only when
-Org opens the main file. If URL is specified, the contents are downloaded
-and stored in a temporary file cache. @kbd{C-c C-c} on the settings line
-will parse and load the file, and also reset the temporary file cache. Org
-also parses and loads the document during normal exporting process. Org
-parses the contents of this document as if it was included in the buffer. It
-can be another Org file. To visit the file (not a URL), @kbd{C-c '} while
-the cursor is on the line with the file name.
-@item #+STARTUP:
-@cindex @code{#+STARTUP}
+This line sets the limits and the default for the priorities.
+All three must be either letters A--Z or numbers 0--9. The
+highest priority must have a lower ASCII number than the lowest
+priority.
+
+@item @samp{#+PROPERTY: Property_Name Value}
+@cindex @samp{PROPERTY}, keyword
+This line sets a default inheritance value for entries in the
+current buffer, most useful for specifying the allowed values of
+a property.
+
+@item @samp{#+SETUPFILE: file}
+@cindex @samp{SETUPFILE}, keyword
+The setup file or a URL pointing to such file is for additional
+in-buffer settings. Org loads this file and parses it for any
+settings in it only when Org opens the main file. If URL is
+specified, the contents are downloaded and stored in a temporary
+file cache. @kbd{C-c C-c} on the settings line parses and
+loads the file, and also resets the temporary file cache. Org
+also parses and loads the document during normal exporting
+process. Org parses the contents of this document as if it was
+included in the buffer. It can be another Org file. To visit
+the file---not a URL---use @kbd{C-c '} while the cursor is
+on the line with the file name.
+
+@item @samp{#+STARTUP:}
+@cindex @samp{STARTUP}, keyword
Startup options Org uses when first visiting a file.
-The first set of options deals with the initial visibility of the outline
-tree. The corresponding variable for global default settings is
-@code{org-startup-folded} with a default value of @code{t}, which is the same
-as @code{overview}.
-
@vindex org-startup-folded
-@cindex @code{overview}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{content}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{showall}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{showeverything}, STARTUP keyword
-@example
-overview @r{top-level headlines only}
-content @r{all headlines}
-showall @r{no folding of any entries}
-showeverything @r{show even drawer contents}
-@end example
+The first set of options deals with the initial visibility of the
+outline tree. The corresponding variable for global default
+settings is @code{org-startup-folded} with a default value of @code{t},
+which is the same as @code{overview}.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{overview}
+Top-level headlines only.
+
+@item @samp{content}
+All headlines.
+
+@item @samp{showall}
+No folding on any entry.
+
+@item @samp{showeverything}
+Show even drawer contents.
+@end table
@vindex org-startup-indented
-@cindex @code{indent}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{noindent}, STARTUP keyword
Dynamic virtual indentation is controlled by the variable
-@code{org-startup-indented}
-@example
-indent @r{start with @code{org-indent-mode} turned on}
-noindent @r{start with @code{org-indent-mode} turned off}
-@end example
+@code{org-startup-indented}.@footnote{Note that @code{org-indent-mode} also sets the @code{wrap-prefix}
+property, such that @code{visual-line-mode} (or purely setting @code{word-wrap})
+wraps long lines (including headlines) correctly indented.}
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{indent}
+Start with @code{org-indent-mode} turned on.
+
+@item @samp{noindent}
+Start with @code{org-indent-mode} turned off.
+@end table
@vindex org-startup-align-all-tables
-Aligns tables consistently upon visiting a file. The corresponding variable
-is @code{org-startup-align-all-tables} with @code{nil} as default value.
+Aligns tables consistently upon visiting a file. The corresponding
+variable is @code{org-startup-align-all-tables} with @code{nil} as default
+value.
-@cindex @code{align}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{noalign}, STARTUP keyword
-@example
-align @r{align all tables}
-noalign @r{don't align tables on startup}
-@end example
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{align}
+Align all tables.
+
+@item @samp{noalign}
+Do not align tables on startup.
+@end table
@vindex org-startup-shrink-all-tables
-Shrink table columns with a width cookie. The corresponding variable is
-@code{org-startup-shrink-all-tables} with @code{nil} as default value.
+Shrink table columns with a width cookie. The corresponding
+variable is @code{org-startup-shrink-all-tables} with @code{nil} as default
+value.
@vindex org-startup-with-inline-images
-Whether Org should automatically display inline images. The corresponding
-variable is @code{org-startup-with-inline-images}, with a default value
-@code{nil} to avoid delays when visiting a file.
-@cindex @code{inlineimages}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{noinlineimages}, STARTUP keyword
-@example
-inlineimages @r{show inline images}
-noinlineimages @r{don't show inline images on startup}
-@end example
+When visiting a file, inline images can be automatically displayed.
+The corresponding variable is @code{org-startup-with-inline-images},
+with a default value @code{nil} to avoid delays when visiting a file.
-@vindex org-startup-with-latex-preview
-Whether Org should automatically convert @LaTeX{} fragments to images. The
-variable @code{org-startup-with-latex-preview}, which controls this setting,
-is set to @code{nil} by default to avoid startup delays.
-@cindex @code{latexpreview}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{nolatexpreview}, STARTUP keyword
-@example
-latexpreview @r{preview @LaTeX{} fragments}
-nolatexpreview @r{don't preview @LaTeX{} fragments}
-@end example
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{inlineimages}
+Show inline images.
+
+@item @samp{noinlineimages}
+Do not show inline images on startup.
+@end table
@vindex org-log-done
@vindex org-log-note-clock-out
@vindex org-log-repeat
-Logging the closing and reopening of TODO items and clock intervals can be
-configured using these options (see variables @code{org-log-done},
-@code{org-log-note-clock-out} and @code{org-log-repeat})
-@cindex @code{logdone}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{lognotedone}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{nologdone}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{lognoteclock-out}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{nolognoteclock-out}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{logrepeat}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{lognoterepeat}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{nologrepeat}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{logreschedule}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{lognotereschedule}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{nologreschedule}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{logredeadline}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{lognoteredeadline}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{nologredeadline}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{logrefile}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{lognoterefile}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{nologrefile}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{logdrawer}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{nologdrawer}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{logstatesreversed}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{nologstatesreversed}, STARTUP keyword
-@example
-logdone @r{record a timestamp when an item is marked DONE}
-lognotedone @r{record timestamp and a note when DONE}
-nologdone @r{don't record when items are marked DONE}
-logrepeat @r{record a time when reinstating a repeating item}
-lognoterepeat @r{record a note when reinstating a repeating item}
-nologrepeat @r{do not record when reinstating repeating item}
-lognoteclock-out @r{record a note when clocking out}
-nolognoteclock-out @r{don't record a note when clocking out}
-logreschedule @r{record a timestamp when scheduling time changes}
-lognotereschedule @r{record a note when scheduling time changes}
-nologreschedule @r{do not record when a scheduling date changes}
-logredeadline @r{record a timestamp when deadline changes}
-lognoteredeadline @r{record a note when deadline changes}
-nologredeadline @r{do not record when a deadline date changes}
-logrefile @r{record a timestamp when refiling}
-lognoterefile @r{record a note when refiling}
-nologrefile @r{do not record when refiling}
-logdrawer @r{store log into drawer}
-nologdrawer @r{store log outside of drawer}
-logstatesreversed @r{reverse the order of states notes}
-nologstatesreversed @r{do not reverse the order of states notes}
-@end example
+Logging the closing and reopening of TODO items and clock
+intervals can be configured using these options (see variables
+@code{org-log-done}, @code{org-log-note-clock-out}, and @code{org-log-repeat}).
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{logdone}
+Record a timestamp when an item is marked DONE.
+
+@item @samp{lognotedone}
+Record timestamp and a note when DONE.
+
+@item @samp{nologdone}
+Do not record when items are marked DONE.
+
+@item @samp{logrepeat}
+Record a time when reinstating a repeating item.
+
+@item @samp{lognoterepeat}
+Record a note when reinstating a repeating item.
+
+@item @samp{nologrepeat}
+Do not record when reinstating repeating item.
+
+@item @samp{lognoteclock-out}
+Record a note when clocking out.
+
+@item @samp{nolognoteclock-out}
+Do not record a note when clocking out.
+
+@item @samp{logreschedule}
+Record a timestamp when scheduling time changes.
+
+@item @samp{lognotereschedule}
+Record a note when scheduling time changes.
+
+@item @samp{nologreschedule}
+Do not record when a scheduling date changes.
+
+@item @samp{logredeadline}
+Record a timestamp when deadline changes.
+
+@item @samp{lognoteredeadline}
+Record a note when deadline changes.
+
+@item @samp{nologredeadline}
+Do not record when a deadline date changes.
+
+@item @samp{logrefile}
+Record a timestamp when refiling.
+
+@item @samp{lognoterefile}
+Record a note when refiling.
+
+@item @samp{nologrefile}
+Do not record when refiling.
+@end table
@vindex org-hide-leading-stars
@vindex org-odd-levels-only
-These options hide leading stars in outline headings, and indent outlines.
-The corresponding variables are @code{org-hide-leading-stars} and
-@code{org-odd-levels-only}, both with a default setting of @code{nil}
-(meaning @code{showstars} and @code{oddeven}).
-@cindex @code{hidestars}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{showstars}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{odd}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{even}, STARTUP keyword
-@example
-hidestars @r{hide all stars on the headline except one.}
-showstars @r{show all stars on the headline}
-indent @r{virtual indents according to the outline level}
-noindent @r{no virtual indents}
-odd @r{show odd outline levels only (1,3,...)}
-oddeven @r{show all outline levels}
-@end example
+Here are the options for hiding leading stars in outline headings,
+and for indenting outlines. The corresponding variables are
+@code{org-hide-leading-stars} and @code{org-odd-levels-only}, both with
+a default setting @code{nil} (meaning @samp{showstars} and @samp{oddeven}).
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{hidestars}
+Make all but one of the stars starting a headline invisible.
+
+@item @samp{showstars}
+Show all stars starting a headline.
+
+@item @samp{indent}
+Virtual indentation according to outline level.
+
+@item @samp{noindent}
+No virtual indentation according to outline level.
+
+@item @samp{odd}
+Allow only odd outline levels (1, 3, @dots{}).
+
+@item @samp{oddeven}
+Allow all outline levels.
+@end table
@vindex org-put-time-stamp-overlays
@vindex org-time-stamp-overlay-formats
To turn on custom format overlays over timestamps (variables
-@code{org-put-time-stamp-overlays} and
-@code{org-time-stamp-overlay-formats}), use
-@cindex @code{customtime}, STARTUP keyword
-@example
-customtime @r{overlay custom time format}
-@end example
+@code{org-put-time-stamp-overlays} and @code{org-time-stamp-overlay-formats}),
+use:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{customtime}
+Overlay custom time format.
+@end table
@vindex constants-unit-system
The following options influence the table spreadsheet (variable
@code{constants-unit-system}).
-@cindex @code{constcgs}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{constSI}, STARTUP keyword
-@example
-constcgs @r{@file{constants.el} should use the c-g-s unit system}
-constSI @r{@file{constants.el} should use the SI unit system}
-@end example
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{constcgs}
+@samp{constants.el} should use the c-g-s unit system.
+
+@item @samp{constSI}
+@samp{constants.el} should use the SI unit system.
+@end table
@vindex org-footnote-define-inline
@vindex org-footnote-auto-label
@vindex org-footnote-auto-adjust
-For footnote settings, use the following keywords. The corresponding
-variables are @code{org-footnote-define-inline},
+To influence footnote settings, use the following keywords. The
+corresponding variables are @code{org-footnote-define-inline},
@code{org-footnote-auto-label}, and @code{org-footnote-auto-adjust}.
-@cindex @code{fninline}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{nofninline}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{fnlocal}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{fnprompt}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{fnauto}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{fnconfirm}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{fnplain}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{fnadjust}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{nofnadjust}, STARTUP keyword
-@example
-fninline @r{define footnotes inline}
-fnnoinline @r{define footnotes in separate section}
-fnlocal @r{define footnotes near first reference, but not inline}
-fnprompt @r{prompt for footnote labels}
-fnauto @r{create @code{[fn:1]}-like labels automatically (default)}
-fnconfirm @r{offer automatic label for editing or confirmation}
-fnplain @r{create @code{[1]}-like labels automatically}
-fnadjust @r{automatically renumber and sort footnotes}
-nofnadjust @r{do not renumber and sort automatically}
-@end example
-
-@cindex @code{org-hide-block-startup}
-To hide blocks on startup, use these keywords. The corresponding variable is
-@code{org-hide-block-startup}.
-@cindex @code{hideblocks}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{nohideblocks}, STARTUP keyword
-@example
-hideblocks @r{Hide all begin/end blocks on startup}
-nohideblocks @r{Do not hide blocks on startup}
-@end example
-
-@cindex @code{org-pretty-entities}
-The display of entities as UTF-8 characters is governed by the variable
-@code{org-pretty-entities} and the keywords
-@cindex @code{entitiespretty}, STARTUP keyword
-@cindex @code{entitiesplain}, STARTUP keyword
-@example
-entitiespretty @r{Show entities as UTF-8 characters where possible}
-entitiesplain @r{Leave entities plain}
-@end example
-
-@item #+TAGS: TAG1(c1) TAG2(c2)
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{fninline}
+Define footnotes inline.
+
+@item @samp{fnnoinline}
+Define footnotes in separate section.
+
+@item @samp{fnlocal}
+Define footnotes near first reference, but not inline.
+
+@item @samp{fnprompt}
+Prompt for footnote labels.
+
+@item @samp{fnauto}
+Create @samp{[fn:1]}-like labels automatically (default).
+
+@item @samp{fnconfirm}
+Offer automatic label for editing or confirmation.
+
+@item @samp{fnadjust}
+Automatically renumber and sort footnotes.
+
+@item @samp{nofnadjust}
+Do not renumber and sort automatically.
+@end table
+
+@vindex org-hide-block-startup
+To hide blocks on startup, use these keywords. The corresponding
+variable is @code{org-hide-block-startup}.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{hideblocks}
+Hide all begin/end blocks on startup.
+
+@item @samp{nohideblocks}
+Do not hide blocks on startup.
+@end table
+
+@vindex org-pretty-entities
+The display of entities as UTF-8 characters is governed by the
+variable @code{org-pretty-entities} and the keywords
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{entitiespretty}
+Show entities as UTF-8 characters where possible.
+
+@item @samp{entitiesplain}
+Leave entities plain.
+@end table
+
+@item @samp{#+TAGS: TAG1(c1) TAG2(c2)}
+@cindex @samp{TAGS}, keyword
@vindex org-tag-alist
-These lines specify valid tags for this file. Org accepts multiple tags
-lines. Tags could correspond to the @emph{fast tag selection} keys. The
-corresponding variable is @code{org-tag-alist}.
-@cindex @code{#+TBLFM}
-@item #+TBLFM:
-This line is for formulas for the table directly above. A table can have
-multiple @code{#+TBLFM:} lines. On table recalculation, Org applies only the
-first @code{#+TBLFM:} line. For details see @ref{Using multiple #+TBLFM
-lines} in @ref{Editing and debugging formulas}.
-@item #+TITLE:, #+AUTHOR:, #+EMAIL:, #+LANGUAGE:, #+DATE:,
-@itemx #+OPTIONS:, #+BIND:,
-@itemx #+SELECT_TAGS:, #+EXCLUDE_TAGS:
-These lines provide settings for exporting files. For more details see
-@ref{Export settings}.
-@item #+TODO: #+SEQ_TODO: #+TYP_TODO:
+These lines (several such lines are allowed) specify the valid
+tags in this file, and (potentially) the corresponding @emph{fast tag
+selection} keys. The corresponding variable is @code{org-tag-alist}.
+
+@item @samp{#+TODO:}
+@itemx @samp{#+SEQ_TODO:}
+@itemx @samp{#+TYP_TODO:}
+@cindex @samp{SEQ_TODO}, keyword
+@cindex @samp{TODO}, keyword
+@cindex @samp{TYP_TODO}, keyword
@vindex org-todo-keywords
-These lines set the TODO keywords and their significance to the current file.
-The corresponding variable is @code{org-todo-keywords}.
+These lines set the TODO keywords and their interpretation in the
+current file. The corresponding variable is @code{org-todo-keywords}.
@end table
-@node The very busy C-c C-c key
-@section The very busy C-c C-c key
+@node The Very Busy @kbd{C-c C-c} Key
+@section The Very Busy @kbd{C-c C-c} Key
+
@kindex C-c C-c
@cindex @kbd{C-c C-c}, overview
-The @kbd{C-c C-c} key in Org serves many purposes depending on the context.
-It is probably the most over-worked, multi-purpose key combination in Org.
-Its uses are well-documented through out this manual, but here is a
-consolidated list for easy reference.
+The @kbd{C-c C-c} key in Org serves many purposes depending on
+the context. It is probably the most over-worked, multi-purpose key
+combination in Org. Its uses are well documented throughout this
+manual, but here is a consolidated list for easy reference.
-@itemize @minus
+@itemize
@item
-If any highlights shown in the buffer from the creation of a sparse tree, or
-from clock display, remove such highlights.
+If any highlights shown in the buffer from the creation of a sparse
+tree, or from clock display, remove such highlights.
+
@item
-If the cursor is in one of the special @code{#+KEYWORD} lines, scan the
-buffer for these lines and update the information. Also reset the Org file
-cache used to temporary store the contents of URLs used as values for
-keywords like @code{#+SETUPFILE}.
+If the cursor is in one of the special @samp{KEYWORD} lines, scan the
+buffer for these lines and update the information. Also reset the
+Org file cache used to temporary store the contents of URLs used as
+values for keywords like @samp{SETUPFILE}.
+
@item
-If the cursor is inside a table, realign the table. The table realigns even
-if automatic table editor is turned off.
+If the cursor is inside a table, realign the table. The table
+realigns even if automatic table editor is turned off.
+
@item
-If the cursor is on a @code{#+TBLFM} line, re-apply the formulas to
-the entire table.
+If the cursor is on a @samp{TBLFM} keyword, re-apply the formulas to the
+entire table.
+
@item
-If the current buffer is a capture buffer, close the note and file it. With
-a prefix argument, also jump to the target location after saving the note.
+If the current buffer is a capture buffer, close the note and file
+it. With a prefix argument, also jump to the target location after
+saving the note.
+
@item
-If the cursor is on a @code{<<<target>>>}, update radio targets and
+If the cursor is on a @samp{<<<target>>>}, update radio targets and
corresponding links in this buffer.
+
@item
-If the cursor is on a property line or at the start or end of a property
-drawer, offer property commands.
+If the cursor is on a property line or at the start or end of
+a property drawer, offer property commands.
+
@item
If the cursor is at a footnote reference, go to the corresponding
definition, and @emph{vice versa}.
+
@item
If the cursor is on a statistics cookie, update it.
+
@item
-If the cursor is in a plain list item with a checkbox, toggle the status
-of the checkbox.
+If the cursor is in a plain list item with a checkbox, toggle the
+status of the checkbox.
+
@item
If the cursor is on a numbered item in a plain list, renumber the
ordered list.
+
@item
-If the cursor is on the @code{#+BEGIN} line of a dynamic block, the
-block is updated.
+If the cursor is on the @samp{#+BEGIN} line of a dynamic block, the block
+is updated.
+
@item
If the cursor is at a timestamp, fix the day name in the timestamp.
@end itemize
-@node Clean view
-@section A cleaner outline view
+@node Clean View
+@section A Cleaner Outline View
+
@cindex hiding leading stars
@cindex dynamic indentation
@cindex odd-levels-only outlines
@cindex clean outline view
-Org's default outline with stars and no indents can become too cluttered for
-short documents. For @emph{book-like} long documents, the effect is not as
-noticeable. Org provides an alternate stars and indentation scheme, as shown
-on the right in the following table. It uses only one star and indents text
-to line with the heading:
+Org's default outline with stars and no indents can become too
+cluttered for short documents. For @emph{book-like} long documents, the
+effect is not as noticeable. Org provides an alternate stars and
+indentation scheme, as shown on the right in the following table. It
+uses only one star and indents text to line with the heading:
@example
-@group
* Top level headline | * Top level headline
** Second level | * Second level
-*** 3rd level | * 3rd level
-some text | some text
-*** 3rd level | * 3rd level
-more text | more text
+*** Third level | * Third level
+ some text | some text
+*** Third level | * Third level
+ more text | more text
* Another top level headline | * Another top level headline
-@end group
@end example
@noindent
+@cindex Indent mode
+@findex org-indent-mode
+To turn this mode on, use the minor mode, @code{org-indent-mode}. Text
+lines that are not headlines are prefixed with spaces to vertically
+align with the headline text@footnote{The @code{org-indent-mode} also sets the @code{wrap-prefix} correctly
+for indenting and wrapping long lines of headlines or text. This
+minor mode handles @code{visual-line-mode} and directly applied settings
+through @code{word-wrap}.}.
+
+@vindex org-indent-indentation-per-level
+To make more horizontal space, the headlines are shifted by two stars.
+This can be configured by the @code{org-indent-indentation-per-level}
+variable. Only one star on each headline is visible, the rest are
+masked with the same font color as the background.
+
+Note that turning on @code{org-indent-mode} sets @code{org-hide-leading-stars}
+to @code{t} and @code{org-adapt-indentation} to @code{nil}.
-To turn this mode on, use the minor mode, @code{org-indent-mode}. Text lines
-that are not headlines are prefixed with spaces to vertically align with the
-headline text@footnote{The @code{org-indent-mode} also sets the
-@code{wrap-prefix} correctly for indenting and wrapping long lines of
-headlines or text. This minor mode handles @code{visual-line-mode} and
-directly applied settings through @code{word-wrap}.}.
-
-To make more horizontal space, the headlines are shifted by two stars. This
-can be configured by the @code{org-indent-indentation-per-level} variable.
-Only one star on each headline is visible, the rest are masked with the same
-font color as the background. This font face can be configured with the
-@code{org-hide} variable.
-
-Note that turning on @code{org-indent-mode} sets
-@code{org-hide-leading-stars} to @code{t} and @code{org-adapt-indentation} to
-@code{nil}; @samp{2.} below shows how this works.
-
+@vindex org-startup-indented
To globally turn on @code{org-indent-mode} for all files, customize the
variable @code{org-startup-indented}.
-To turn on indenting for individual files, use @code{#+STARTUP} option as
+To turn on indenting for individual files, use @samp{STARTUP} keyword as
follows:
@example
#+STARTUP: indent
@end example
-Indent on startup makes Org use hard spaces to align text with headings as
-shown in examples below.
+Indent on startup makes Org use hard spaces to align text with
+headings as shown in examples below.
-@enumerate
-@item
-@emph{Indentation of text below headlines}@*
+@table @asis
+@item @emph{Indentation of text below headlines}
Indent text to align with the headline.
@example
-*** 3rd level
+*** Third level
more text, now indented
@end example
@vindex org-adapt-indentation
-Org adapts indentations with paragraph filling, line wrapping, and structure
-editing@footnote{Also see the variable @code{org-adapt-indentation}.}.
+Org supports this with paragraph filling, line wrapping, and
+structure editing, preserving or adapting the indentation as
+appropriate@footnote{Also see the variable @code{org-adapt-indentation}.}.
-@item
+@item @emph{Hiding leading stars}
@vindex org-hide-leading-stars
-@emph{Hiding leading stars}@* Org can make leading stars invisible. For
-global preference, configure the variable @code{org-hide-leading-stars}. For
-per-file preference, use these file @code{#+STARTUP} options:
+Org can make leading stars invisible. For global preference,
+configure the variable @code{org-hide-leading-stars}. For per-file
+preference, use these file @samp{STARTUP} options:
@example
#+STARTUP: hidestars
@@ -17958,220 +19778,322 @@ per-file preference, use these file @code{#+STARTUP} options:
With stars hidden, the tree is shown as:
@example
-@group
* Top level headline
* Second level
- * 3rd level
+ * Third level
...
-@end group
@end example
@noindent
-@vindex org-hide @r{(face)}
-Because Org makes the font color same as the background color to hide to
-stars, sometimes @code{org-hide} face may need tweaking to get the effect
-right. For some black and white combinations, @code{grey90} on a white
-background might mask the stars better.
+@vindex org-hide, face
+Because Org makes the font color the same as the background color
+to hide to stars, sometimes @code{org-hide} face may need tweaking to
+get the effect right. For some black and white combinations,
+@code{grey90} on a white background might mask the stars better.
-@item
+@item @emph{Odd levels}
@vindex org-odd-levels-only
-Using stars for only odd levels, 1, 3, 5, @dots{}, can also clean up the
-clutter. This removes two stars from each level@footnote{Because
-@samp{LEVEL=2} has 3 stars, @samp{LEVEL=3} has 4 stars, and so on}. For Org
-to properly handle this cleaner structure during edits and exports, configure
-the variable @code{org-odd-levels-only}. To set this per-file, use either
-one of the following lines:
+Using stars for only odd levels, 1, 3, 5, @dots{}, can also clean up
+the clutter. This removes two stars from each level@footnote{Because @samp{LEVEL=2} has 3 stars, @samp{LEVEL=3} has 4 stars, and so
+on.}.
+For Org to properly handle this cleaner structure during edits
+and exports, configure the variable @code{org-odd-levels-only}. To
+set this per-file, use either one of the following lines:
@example
#+STARTUP: odd
#+STARTUP: oddeven
@end example
-To switch between single and double stars layouts, use @kbd{M-x
-org-convert-to-odd-levels @key{RET}} and @kbd{M-x
-org-convert-to-oddeven-levels @key{RET}}.
-@end enumerate
+To switch between single and double stars layouts, use @kbd{M-x org-convert-to-odd-levels} and @kbd{M-x org-convert-to-oddeven-levels}.
+@end table
+
+@node TTY Keys
+@section Using Org on a TTY
-@node TTY keys
-@section Using Org on a tty
@cindex tty key bindings
-Org provides alternative key bindings for TTY and modern mobile devices that
-cannot handle cursor keys and complex modifier key chords. Some of these
-workarounds may be more cumbersome than necessary. Users should look into
-customizing these further based on their usage needs. For example, the
-normal @kbd{S-@key{cursor}} for editing timestamp might be better with
-@kbd{C-c .} chord.
-
-@multitable @columnfractions 0.15 0.2 0.1 0.2
-@item @b{Default} @tab @b{Alternative 1} @tab @b{Speed key} @tab @b{Alternative 2}
-@item @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} @tab @kbd{C-u @key{TAB}} @tab @kbd{C} @tab
-@item @kbd{M-@key{LEFT}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x l} @tab @kbd{l} @tab @kbd{@key{Esc} @key{LEFT}}
-@item @kbd{M-S-@key{LEFT}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x L} @tab @kbd{L} @tab
-@item @kbd{M-@key{RIGHT}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x r} @tab @kbd{r} @tab @kbd{@key{Esc} @key{RIGHT}}
-@item @kbd{M-S-@key{RIGHT}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x R} @tab @kbd{R} @tab
-@item @kbd{M-@key{UP}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x u} @tab @kbd{ } @tab @kbd{@key{Esc} @key{UP}}
-@item @kbd{M-S-@key{UP}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x U} @tab @kbd{U} @tab
-@item @kbd{M-@key{DOWN}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x d} @tab @kbd{ } @tab @kbd{@key{Esc} @key{DOWN}}
-@item @kbd{M-S-@key{DOWN}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x D} @tab @kbd{D} @tab
-@item @kbd{S-@key{RET}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x c} @tab @kbd{ } @tab
-@item @kbd{M-@key{RET}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x m} @tab @kbd{ } @tab @kbd{@key{Esc} @key{RET}}
-@item @kbd{M-S-@key{RET}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x M} @tab @kbd{ } @tab
-@item @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} @tab @kbd{C-c @key{LEFT}} @tab @kbd{ } @tab
-@item @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} @tab @kbd{C-c @key{RIGHT}} @tab @kbd{ } @tab
-@item @kbd{S-@key{UP}} @tab @kbd{C-c @key{UP}} @tab @kbd{ } @tab
-@item @kbd{S-@key{DOWN}} @tab @kbd{C-c @key{DOWN}} @tab @kbd{ } @tab
-@item @kbd{C-S-@key{LEFT}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x @key{LEFT}} @tab @kbd{ } @tab
-@item @kbd{C-S-@key{RIGHT}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x @key{RIGHT}} @tab @kbd{ } @tab
+Org provides alternative key bindings for TTY and modern mobile
+devices that cannot handle cursor keys and complex modifier key
+chords. Some of these workarounds may be more cumbersome than
+necessary. Users should look into customizing these further based on
+their usage needs. For example, the normal @kbd{S-<cursor>} for
+editing timestamp might be better with @kbd{C-c .} chord.
+
+@multitable @columnfractions 0.2 0.28 0.15 0.21
+@headitem Default
+@tab Alternative 1
+@tab Speed key
+@tab Alternative 2
+@item @kbd{S-@key{TAB}}
+@tab @kbd{C-u @key{TAB}}
+@tab @kbd{C}
+@tab
+@item @kbd{M-@key{LEFT}}
+@tab @kbd{C-c C-x l}
+@tab @kbd{l}
+@tab @kbd{Esc @key{LEFT}}
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{LEFT}}
+@tab @kbd{C-c C-x L}
+@tab @kbd{L}
+@tab
+@item @kbd{M-@key{RIGHT}}
+@tab @kbd{C-c C-x r}
+@tab @kbd{r}
+@tab @kbd{Esc @key{RIGHT}}
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{RIGHT}}
+@tab @kbd{C-c C-x R}
+@tab @kbd{R}
+@tab
+@item @kbd{M-@key{UP}}
+@tab @kbd{C-c C-x u}
+@tab
+@tab @kbd{Esc @key{UP}}
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{UP}}
+@tab @kbd{C-c C-x U}
+@tab @kbd{U}
+@tab
+@item @kbd{M-@key{DOWN}}
+@tab @kbd{C-c C-x d}
+@tab
+@tab @kbd{Esc @key{DOWN}}
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{DOWN}}
+@tab @kbd{C-c C-x D}
+@tab @kbd{D}
+@tab
+@item @kbd{S-@key{RET}}
+@tab @kbd{C-c C-x c}
+@tab
+@tab
+@item @kbd{M-@key{RET}}
+@tab @kbd{C-c C-x m}
+@tab
+@tab @kbd{Esc @key{RET}}
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{RET}}
+@tab @kbd{C-c C-x M}
+@tab
+@tab
+@item @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}}
+@tab @kbd{C-c @key{LEFT}}
+@tab
+@tab
+@item @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}}
+@tab @kbd{C-c @key{RIGHT}}
+@tab
+@tab
+@item @kbd{S-@key{UP}}
+@tab @kbd{C-c @key{UP}}
+@tab
+@tab
+@item @kbd{S-@key{DOWN}}
+@tab @kbd{C-c @key{DOWN}}
+@tab
+@tab
+@item @kbd{C-S-@key{LEFT}}
+@tab @kbd{C-c C-x @key{LEFT}}
+@tab
+@tab
+@item @kbd{C-S-@key{RIGHT}}
+@tab @kbd{C-c C-x @key{RIGHT}}
+@tab
+@tab
@end multitable
-
@node Interaction
-@section Interaction with other packages
+@section Interaction with Other Packages
+
@cindex packages, interaction with other
-Org's compatibility and the level of interaction with other Emacs packages
-are documented here.
+Org's compatibility and the level of interaction with other Emacs
+packages are documented here.
@menu
-* Cooperation:: Packages Org cooperates with
-* Conflicts:: Packages that lead to conflicts
+* Cooperation:: Packages Org cooperates with.
+* Conflicts:: Packages that lead to conflicts.
@end menu
@node Cooperation
@subsection Packages that Org cooperates with
@table @asis
+@item @samp{calc.el} by Dave Gillespie
@cindex @file{calc.el}
-@cindex Gillespie, Dave
-@item @file{calc.el} by Dave Gillespie
-Org uses the Calc package for tables to implement spreadsheet functionality
-(@pxref{The spreadsheet}). Org also uses Calc for embedded calculations.
-@xref{Embedded Mode, , Embedded Mode, calc, GNU Emacs Calc Manual}.
-@item @file{constants.el} by Carsten Dominik
+
+Org uses the Calc package for implementing spreadsheet
+functionality in its tables (see @ref{The spreadsheet}). Org also
+uses Calc for embedded calculations. See @ref{Embedded Mode,GNU Emacs Calc Manual,,calc,}.
+
+@item @samp{constants.el} by Carsten Dominik
@cindex @file{constants.el}
-@cindex Dominik, Carsten
@vindex org-table-formula-constants
-Org can use names for constants in formulas in tables. Org can also use
-calculation suffixes for units, such as @samp{M} for @samp{Mega}. For a
-standard collection of such constants, install the @file{constants} package.
-Install version 2.0 of this package, available at
-@url{https://staff.fnwi.uva.nl/c.dominik/Tools/}. Org checks if the function
-@code{constants-get} has been autoloaded. Installation instructions are in
-the file, @file{constants.el}.
-@item @file{cdlatex.el} by Carsten Dominik
+
+Org can use names for constants in formulas in tables. Org can
+also use calculation suffixes for units, such as @samp{M} for @samp{Mega}.
+For a standard collection of such constants, install the
+@samp{constants} package. Install version 2.0 of this package,
+available at @uref{http://www.astro.uva.nl/~dominik/Tools}. Org checks
+if the function @code{constants-get} has been autoloaded.
+Installation instructions are in the file @samp{constants.el}.
+
+@item @samp{cdlatex.el} by Carsten Dominik
@cindex @file{cdlatex.el}
-@cindex Dominik, Carsten
-Org mode can use CD@LaTeX{} package to efficiently enter @LaTeX{} fragments
-into Org files (@pxref{CDLaTeX mode}).
-@item @file{imenu.el} by Ake Stenhoff and Lars Lindberg
+
+Org mode can make use of the CD@LaTeX{} package to efficiently enter
+@LaTeX{} fragments into Org files. See @ref{CD@LaTeX{} mode}.
+
+@item @samp{imenu.el} by Ake Stenhoff and Lars Lindberg
@cindex @file{imenu.el}
-Imenu creates dynamic menus based on an index of items in a file. Org mode
-supports Imenu menus. Enable it with a mode hook as follows:
+
+Imenu creates dynamic menus based on an index of items in a file.
+Org mode supports Imenu menus. Enable it with a mode hook as
+follows:
+
@lisp
(add-hook 'org-mode-hook
(lambda () (imenu-add-to-menubar "Imenu")))
@end lisp
+
@vindex org-imenu-depth
-By default the Imenu index is two levels deep. Change the index depth using
-thes variable, @code{org-imenu-depth}.
-@item @file{speedbar.el} by Eric M. Ludlam
+By default the index is two levels deep---you can modify the
+depth using the option @code{org-imenu-depth}.
+
+@item @samp{speedbar.el} by Eric M. Ludlam
@cindex @file{speedbar.el}
-@cindex Ludlam, Eric M.
-Speedbar package creates a special Emacs frame for displaying files and index
-items in files. Org mode supports Speedbar; users can drill into Org files
-directly from the Speedbar. The @kbd{<} in the Speedbar frame tweaks the
-agenda commands to that file or to a subtree.
-@cindex @file{table.el}
-@item @file{table.el} by Takaaki Ota
-@kindex C-c C-c
+
+Speedbar package creates a special Emacs frame for displaying
+files and index items in files. Org mode supports Speedbar;
+users can drill into Org files directly from the Speedbar. The
+@kbd{<} in the Speedbar frame tweaks the agenda commands to
+that file or to a subtree.
+
+@item @samp{table.el} by Takaaki Ota
@cindex table editor, @file{table.el}
@cindex @file{table.el}
-@cindex Ota, Takaaki
-
-Complex ASCII tables with automatic line wrapping, column- and row-spanning,
-and alignment can be created using the Emacs table package by Takaaki Ota.
-Org mode recognizes such tables and export them properly. @kbd{C-c '} to
-edit these tables in a special buffer, much like Org's @samp{src} code
-blocks. Because of interference with other Org mode functionality, Takaaki
-Ota tables cannot be edited directly in the Org buffer.
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c ',org-edit-special}
-Edit a @file{table.el} table. Works when the cursor is in a table.el table.
-@c
-@orgcmd{C-c ~,org-table-create-with-table.el}
-Insert a @file{table.el} table. If there is already a table at point, this
-command converts it between the @file{table.el} format and the Org mode
-format. See the documentation string of the command @code{org-convert-table}
-for details.
+
+Complex ASCII tables with automatic line wrapping, column- and
+row-spanning, and alignment can be created using the Emacs table
+package by Takaaki Ota. Org mode recognizes such tables and
+exports them properly. @kbd{C-c '} to edit these tables in
+a special buffer, much like Org's code blocks. Because of
+interference with other Org mode functionality, Takaaki Ota
+tables cannot be edited directly in the Org buffer.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c '} (@code{org-edit-special})
+@kindex C-c '
+@findex org-edit-special
+Edit a @samp{table.el} table. Works when the cursor is in
+a @samp{table.el} table.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c ~​} (@code{org-table-create-with-table.el})
+@kindex C-c ~
+@findex org-table-create-with-table.el
+Insert a @samp{table.el} table. If there is already a table at
+point, this command converts it between the @samp{table.el}
+format and the Org mode format. See the documentation
+string of the command @code{org-convert-table} for the
+restrictions under which this is possible.
@end table
@end table
@node Conflicts
@subsection Packages that conflict with Org mode
-@table @asis
-
-@cindex @code{shift-selection-mode}
+@cindex shift-selection-mode
@vindex org-support-shift-select
-In Emacs, @code{shift-selection-mode} combines cursor motions with shift key
-to enlarge regions. Emacs sets this mode by default. This conflicts with
-Org's use of @kbd{S-@key{cursor}} commands to change timestamps, TODO
-keywords, priorities, and item bullet types, etc. Since @kbd{S-@key{cursor}}
-commands outside of specific contexts don't do anything, Org offers the
-variable @code{org-support-shift-select} for customization. Org mode
-accommodates shift selection by (i) making it available outside of the
-special contexts where special commands apply, and (ii) extending an
-existing active region even if the cursor moves across a special context.
-
-@item @file{CUA.el} by Kim. F. Storm
-@cindex @file{CUA.el}
-@cindex Storm, Kim. F.
-@vindex org-replace-disputed-keys
-Org key bindings conflict with @kbd{S-<cursor>} keys used by CUA mode. For
-Org to relinquish these bindings to CUA mode, configure the variable
-@code{org-replace-disputed-keys}. When set, Org moves the following key
-bindings in Org files, and in the agenda buffer (but not during date
-selection).
+In Emacs, @code{shift-selection-mode} combines cursor motions with shift
+key to enlarge regions. Emacs sets this mode by default. This
+conflicts with Org's use of @kbd{S-<cursor>} commands to change
+timestamps, TODO keywords, priorities, and item bullet types, etc.
+Since @kbd{S-<cursor>} commands outside of specific contexts do
+not do anything, Org offers the variable @code{org-support-shift-select}
+for customization. Org mode accommodates shift selection by (i)
+making it available outside of the special contexts where special
+commands apply, and (ii) extending an existing active region even if
+the cursor moves across a special context.
-@example
-S-@key{UP} @result{} M-p S-@key{DOWN} @result{} M-n
-S-@key{LEFT} @result{} M-- S-@key{RIGHT} @result{} M-+
-C-S-@key{LEFT} @result{} M-S-- C-S-@key{RIGHT} @result{} M-S-+
-@end example
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{cua.el} by Kim. F. Storm
+@cindex @file{cua.el}
+@vindex org-replace-disputed-keys
+Org key bindings conflict with @kbd{S-<cursor>} keys used by
+CUA mode. For Org to relinquish these bindings to CUA mode,
+configure the variable @code{org-replace-disputed-keys}. When set,
+Org moves the following key bindings in Org files, and in the
+agenda buffer---but not during date selection.
+
+@multitable @columnfractions 0.4 0.4
+@item @kbd{S-@key{UP}} @result{} @kbd{M-p}
+@tab @kbd{S-@key{DOWN}} @result{} @kbd{M-n}
+@item @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} @result{} @kbd{M--}
+@tab @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} @result{} @kbd{M-+}
+@item @kbd{C-S-@key{LEFT}} @result{} @kbd{M-S--}
+@tab @kbd{C-S-@key{RIGHT}} @result{} @kbd{M-S-+}
+@end multitable
@vindex org-disputed-keys
-Yes, these are unfortunately more difficult to remember. To define a
-different replacement keys, look at the variable @code{org-disputed-keys}.
+Yes, these are unfortunately more difficult to remember. If you
+want to have other replacement keys, look at the variable
+@code{org-disputed-keys}.
-@item @file{ecomplete.el} by Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen @email{larsi@@gnus.org}
+@item @samp{ecomplete.el} by Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen
@cindex @file{ecomplete.el}
+Ecomplete provides ``electric'' address completion in address
+header lines in message buffers. Sadly Orgtbl mode cuts
+Ecomplete's power supply: no completion happens when Orgtbl mode
+is enabled in message buffers while entering text in address
+header lines. If one wants to use ecomplete one should @emph{not}
+follow the advice to automagically turn on Orgtbl mode in message
+buffers (see @ref{Orgtbl Mode}), but instead---after
+filling in the message headers---turn on Orgtbl mode manually
+when needed in the messages body.
+
+@item @samp{filladapt.el} by Kyle Jones
+@cindex @file{filladapt.el}
+Org mode tries to do the right thing when filling paragraphs,
+list items and other elements. Many users reported problems
+using both @samp{filladapt.el} and Org mode, so a safe thing to do is
+to disable filladapt like this:
-Ecomplete provides ``electric'' address completion in address header
-lines in message buffers. Sadly Orgtbl mode cuts ecompletes power
-supply: No completion happens when Orgtbl mode is enabled in message
-buffers while entering text in address header lines. If one wants to
-use ecomplete one should @emph{not} follow the advice to automagically
-turn on Orgtbl mode in message buffers (see @ref{Orgtbl mode}), but
-instead---after filling in the message headers---turn on Orgtbl mode
-manually when needed in the messages body.
+@lisp
+(add-hook 'org-mode-hook 'turn-off-filladapt-mode)
+@end lisp
-@item @file{filladapt.el} by Kyle Jones
-@cindex @file{filladapt.el}
+@item @samp{viper.el} by Michael Kifer
+@cindex @file{viper.el}
+@kindex C-c /
-Org mode tries to do the right thing when filling paragraphs, list items and
-other elements. Many users reported problems using both @file{filladapt.el}
-and Org mode, so a safe thing to do is to disable filladapt like this:
+Viper uses @kbd{C-c /} and therefore makes this key not
+access the corresponding Org mode command @code{org-sparse-tree}. You
+need to find another key for this command, or override the key in
+@code{viper-vi-global-user-map} with
@lisp
-(add-hook 'org-mode-hook 'turn-off-filladapt-mode)
+(define-key viper-vi-global-user-map "C-c /" 'org-sparse-tree)
+@end lisp
+
+@item @samp{windmove.el} by Hovav Shacham
+@cindex @file{windmove.el}
+
+This package also uses the @kbd{S-<cursor>} keys, so
+everything written in the paragraph above about CUA mode also
+applies here. If you want to make the windmove function active
+in locations where Org mode does not have special functionality
+on @kbd{S-<cursor>}, add this to your configuration:
+
+@lisp
+;; Make windmove work in Org mode:
+(add-hook 'org-shiftup-final-hook 'windmove-up)
+(add-hook 'org-shiftleft-final-hook 'windmove-left)
+(add-hook 'org-shiftdown-final-hook 'windmove-down)
+(add-hook 'org-shiftright-final-hook 'windmove-right)
@end lisp
-@item @file{yasnippet.el}
+@item @samp{yasnippet.el}
@cindex @file{yasnippet.el}
-The way Org mode binds the @key{TAB} key (binding to @code{[tab]} instead of
-@code{"\t"}) overrules YASnippet's access to this key. The following code
-fixed this problem:
+The way Org mode binds the @kbd{@key{TAB}} key (binding to @code{[tab]}
+instead of @code{"\t"}) overrules YASnippet's access to this key. The
+following code fixed this problem:
@lisp
(add-hook 'org-mode-hook
@@ -18180,15 +20102,16 @@ fixed this problem:
(define-key yas/keymap [tab] 'yas/next-field-or-maybe-expand)))
@end lisp
-The latest version of yasnippet doesn't play well with Org mode. If the
-above code does not fix the conflict, first define the following function:
+The latest version of YASnippet does not play well with Org mode.
+If the above code does not fix the conflict, start by defining
+the following function:
@lisp
(defun yas/org-very-safe-expand ()
(let ((yas/fallback-behavior 'return-nil)) (yas/expand)))
@end lisp
-Then tell Org mode to use that function:
+Then, tell Org mode to use that function:
@lisp
(add-hook 'org-mode-hook
@@ -18198,153 +20121,126 @@ Then tell Org mode to use that function:
(add-to-list 'org-tab-first-hook 'yas/org-very-safe-expand)
(define-key yas/keymap [tab] 'yas/next-field)))
@end lisp
-
-@item @file{windmove.el} by Hovav Shacham
-@cindex @file{windmove.el}
-This package also uses the @kbd{S-<cursor>} keys, so everything written
-in the paragraph above about CUA mode also applies here. If you want make
-the windmove function active in locations where Org mode does not have
-special functionality on @kbd{S-@key{cursor}}, add this to your
-configuration:
-
-@lisp
-;; Make windmove work in org-mode:
-(add-hook 'org-shiftup-final-hook 'windmove-up)
-(add-hook 'org-shiftleft-final-hook 'windmove-left)
-(add-hook 'org-shiftdown-final-hook 'windmove-down)
-(add-hook 'org-shiftright-final-hook 'windmove-right)
-@end lisp
-
-@item @file{viper.el} by Michael Kifer
-@cindex @file{viper.el}
-@kindex C-c /
-Viper uses @kbd{C-c /} and therefore makes this key not access the
-corresponding Org mode command @code{org-sparse-tree}. You need to find
-another key for this command, or override the key in
-@code{viper-vi-global-user-map} with
-
-@lisp
-(define-key viper-vi-global-user-map "C-c /" 'org-sparse-tree)
-@end lisp
-
-
-
@end table
-@node org-crypt
-@section org-crypt.el
-@cindex @file{org-crypt.el}
-@cindex @code{org-decrypt-entry}
+@node Org Crypt
+@section Org Crypt
-Org crypt encrypts the text of an Org entry, but not the headline, or
-properties. Org crypt uses the Emacs EasyPG library to encrypt and decrypt.
+Org Crypt encrypts the text of an entry, but not the headline, or
+properties. Behind the scene, it uses the Emacs EasyPG library to
+encrypt and decrypt files.
-Any text below a headline that has a @samp{:crypt:} tag will be automatically
-be encrypted when the file is saved. To use a different tag, customize the
-@code{org-crypt-tag-matcher} variable.
+@vindex org-crypt-tag-matcher
+Any text below a headline that has a @samp{crypt} tag is automatically
+encrypted when the file is saved. To use a different tag, customize
+the @code{org-crypt-tag-matcher} setting.
-Suggested Org crypt settings in Emacs init file:
+Here is a suggestion for Org Crypt settings in Emacs init file:
@lisp
(require 'org-crypt)
(org-crypt-use-before-save-magic)
-(setq org-tags-exclude-from-inheritance (quote ("crypt")))
+(setq org-tags-exclude-from-inheritance '("crypt"))
(setq org-crypt-key nil)
- ;; GPG key to use for encryption
- ;; Either the Key ID or set to nil to use symmetric encryption.
+;; GPG key to use for encryption
+;; Either the Key ID or set to nil to use symmetric encryption.
(setq auto-save-default nil)
- ;; Auto-saving does not cooperate with org-crypt.el: so you need
- ;; to turn it off if you plan to use org-crypt.el quite often.
- ;; Otherwise, you'll get an (annoying) message each time you
- ;; start Org.
-
- ;; To turn it off only locally, you can insert this:
- ;;
- ;; # -*- buffer-auto-save-file-name: nil; -*-
+;; Auto-saving does not cooperate with org-crypt.el: so you need to
+;; turn it off if you plan to use org-crypt.el quite often. Otherwise,
+;; you'll get an (annoying) message each time you start Org.
+
+;; To turn it off only locally, you can insert this:
+;;
+;; # -*- buffer-auto-save-file-name: nil; -*-
@end lisp
-Excluding the crypt tag from inheritance prevents encrypting previously
-encrypted text.
+Excluding the @samp{crypt} tag from inheritance prevents already encrypted
+text from being encrypted again.
@node Hacking
@appendix Hacking
+
@cindex hacking
-This appendix covers some areas where users can extend the functionality of
-Org.
+This appendix describes some ways a user can extend the functionality
+of Org.
@menu
-* Hooks:: How to reach into Org's internals
-* Add-on packages:: Available extensions
-* Adding hyperlink types:: New custom link types
-* Adding export back-ends:: How to write new export back-ends
-* Context-sensitive commands:: How to add functionality to such commands
-* Tables in arbitrary syntax:: Orgtbl for @LaTeX{} and other programs
-* Dynamic blocks:: Automatically filled blocks
-* Special agenda views:: Customized views
-* Speeding up your agendas:: Tips on how to speed up your agendas
-* Extracting agenda information:: Post-processing of agenda information
-* Using the property API:: Writing programs that use entry properties
-* Using the mapping API:: Mapping over all or selected entries
+* Hooks: Hooks (2). How to reach into Org's internals.
+* Add-on Packages:: Available extensions.
+* Adding Hyperlink Types:: New custom link types.
+* Adding Export Back-ends:: How to write new export back-ends.
+* Tables in Arbitrary Syntax:: Orgtbl for LaTeX and other programs.
+* Dynamic Blocks:: Automatically filled blocks.
+* Special Agenda Views:: Customized views.
+* Speeding Up Your Agendas:: Tips on how to speed up your agendas.
+* Extracting Agenda Information:: Post-processing agenda information.
+* Using the Property API:: Writing programs that use entry properties.
+* Using the Mapping API:: Mapping over all or selected entries.
@end menu
-@node Hooks
-@section Hooks
+@node Hooks (2)
+@appendixsec Hooks
+
@cindex hooks
-Org has a large number of hook variables for adding functionality. This
-appendix illustrates using a few. A complete list of hooks with
+Org has a large number of hook variables for adding functionality.
+This appendix illustrates using a few. A complete list of hooks with
documentation is maintained by the Worg project at
@uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/doc.html#hooks}.
-@node Add-on packages
-@section Add-on packages
+@node Add-on Packages
+@appendixsec Add-on Packages
+
@cindex add-on packages
Various authors wrote a large number of add-on packages for Org.
-These packages are not part of Emacs, but they are distributed as contributed
-packages with the separate release available at @uref{https://orgmode.org}.
-See the @file{contrib/README} file in the source code directory for a list of
-contributed files. Worg page with more information is at:
-@uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/org-contrib/}.
+These packages are not part of Emacs, but they are distributed as
+contributed packages with the separate release available at
+@uref{https://orgmode.org}. See the @samp{contrib/README} file in the source code
+directory for a list of contributed files. Worg page with more
+information is at: @uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/org-contrib/}.
+
+@node Adding Hyperlink Types
+@appendixsec Adding Hyperlink Types
-@node Adding hyperlink types
-@section Adding hyperlink types
@cindex hyperlinks, adding new types
-Org has many built-in hyperlink types (@pxref{Hyperlinks}), and an interface
-for adding new link types. The example file, @file{org-man.el}, shows the
-process of adding Org links to Unix man pages, which look like this:
-@samp{[[man:printf][The printf manpage]]}:
+Org has many built-in hyperlink types (see @ref{Hyperlinks}), and an
+interface for adding new link types. The following example shows the
+process of adding Org links to Unix man pages, which look like this
-@lisp
-;;; org-man.el - Support for links to manpages in Org
+@example
+[[man:printf][The printf manual]]
+@end example
+@noindent
+The following @samp{org-man.el} file implements it
+
+@lisp
+;;; org-man.el - Support for links to man pages in Org mode
(require 'org)
-(org-add-link-type "man" 'org-man-open)
-(add-hook 'org-store-link-functions 'org-man-store-link)
+(org-link-set-parameters "man"
+ :follow org-man-command
+ :export #'org-man-export
+ :store #'org-man-store-link)
(defcustom org-man-command 'man
"The Emacs command to be used to display a man page."
:group 'org-link
:type '(choice (const man) (const woman)))
-(defun org-man-open (path)
- "Visit the manpage on PATH.
-PATH should be a topic that can be thrown at the man command."
- (funcall org-man-command path))
-
(defun org-man-store-link ()
- "Store a link to a manpage."
+ "Store a link to a man page."
(when (memq major-mode '(Man-mode woman-mode))
- ;; This is a man page, we do make this link
+ ;; This is a man page, we do make this link.
(let* ((page (org-man-get-page-name))
(link (concat "man:" page))
- (description (format "Manpage for %s" page)))
+ (description (format "Man page for %s" page)))
(org-store-link-props
:type "man"
:link link
@@ -18357,142 +20253,128 @@ PATH should be a topic that can be thrown at the man command."
(match-string 1 (buffer-name))
(error "Cannot create link to this man page")))
-(provide 'org-man)
+(defun org-man-export (link description format)
+ "Export a man page link from Org files."
+ (let ((path (format "http://man.he.net/?topic=%s&section=all" link))
+ (desc (or description link)))
+ (pcase format
+ (`html (format "<a target=\"_blank\" href=\"%s\">%s</a>" path desc))
+ (`latex (format "\\href@{%s@}@{%s@}" path desc))
+ (`texinfo (format "@@uref@{%s,%s@}" path desc))
+ (`ascii (format "%s (%s)" desc path))
+ (t path))))
+(provide 'org-man)
;;; org-man.el ends here
@end lisp
@noindent
-To activate links to man pages in Org, enter this in the init file:
+To activate links to man pages in Org, enter this in the Emacs init
+file:
@lisp
(require 'org-man)
@end lisp
@noindent
-A review of @file{org-man.el}:
+A review of @samp{org-man.el}:
+
@enumerate
@item
-First, @code{(require 'org)} ensures @file{org.el} is loaded.
+First, @code{(require 'org)} ensures @samp{org.el} is loaded.
+
@item
-The @code{org-add-link-type} defines a new link type with @samp{man} prefix.
-The call contains the function to call that follows the link type.
+@findex org-link-set-parameters
+@vindex org-link-parameters
+Then @code{org-link-set-parameters} defines a new link type with @samp{man}
+prefix and associates functions for following, exporting and
+storing such links. See the variable @code{org-link-parameters} for
+a complete list of possible associations.
+
@item
-@vindex org-store-link-functions
-The next line adds a function to @code{org-store-link-functions} that records
-a useful link with the command @kbd{C-c l} in a buffer displaying a man page.
+The rest of the file implements necessary variables and functions.
+
+For example, @code{org-man-store-link} is responsible for storing a link
+when @code{org-store-link} (see @ref{Handling Links}) is called from a buffer
+displaying a man page. It first checks if the @code{major-mode} is
+appropriate. If check fails, the function returns @code{nil}, which
+means it isn't responsible for creating a link to the current
+buffer. Otherwise the function makes a link string by combining
+the @samp{man:} prefix with the man topic. It also provides a default
+description. The function @code{org-insert-link} can insert it back
+into an Org buffer later on.
@end enumerate
-The rest of the file defines necessary variables and functions. First is the
-customization variable @code{org-man-command}. It has two options,
-@code{man} and @code{woman}. Next is a function whose argument is the link
-path, which for man pages is the topic of the man command. To follow the
-link, the function calls the @code{org-man-command} to display the man page.
+@node Adding Export Back-ends
+@appendixsec Adding Export Back-ends
+@cindex Export, writing back-ends
-@kbd{C-c l} constructs and stores the link.
+Org's export engine makes it easy for writing new back-ends. The
+framework on which the engine was built makes it easy to derive new
+back-ends from existing ones.
-@kbd{C-c l} calls the function @code{org-man-store-link}, which first checks
-if the @code{major-mode} is appropriate. If check fails, the function
-returns @code{nil}. Otherwise the function makes a link string by combining
-the @samp{man:} prefix with the man topic. The function then calls
-@code{org-store-link-props} with @code{:type} and @code{:link} properties. A
-@code{:description} property is an optional string that is displayed when the
-function inserts the link in the Org buffer.
+@findex org-export-define-backend
+@findex org-export-define-derived-backend
+The two main entry points to the export engine are:
+@code{org-export-define-backend} and @code{org-export-define-derived-backend}.
+To grok these functions, see @samp{ox-latex.el} for an example of defining
+a new back-end from scratch, and @samp{ox-beamer.el} for an example of
+deriving from an existing engine.
-@kbd{C-c C-l} inserts the stored link.
+For creating a new back-end from scratch, first set its name as
+a symbol in an alist consisting of elements and export functions. To
+make the back-end visible to the export dispatcher, set @code{:menu-entry}
+keyword. For export options specific to this back-end, set the
+@code{:options-alist}.
-To define new link types, define a function that implements completion
-support with @kbd{C-c C-l}. This function should not accept any arguments
-but return the appropriate prefix and complete link string.
+For creating a new back-end from an existing one, set
+@code{:translate-alist} to an alist of export functions. This alist
+replaces the parent back-end functions.
-@node Adding export back-ends
-@section Adding export back-ends
-@cindex Export, writing back-ends
+For complete documentation, see @uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/dev/org-export-reference.html, the Org Export Reference on Worg}.
-Org's export engine makes it easy for writing new back-ends. The framework
-on which the engine was built makes it easy to derive new back-ends from
-existing ones.
+@node Tables in Arbitrary Syntax
+@appendixsec Tables in Arbitrary Syntax
-The two main entry points to the export engine are:
-@code{org-export-define-backend} and
-@code{org-export-define-derived-backend}. To grok these functions, see
-@file{ox-latex.el} for an example of defining a new back-end from scratch,
-and @file{ox-beamer.el} for an example of deriving from an existing engine.
-
-For creating a new back-end from scratch, first set its name as a symbol in
-an alist consisting of elements and export functions. To make the back-end
-visible to the export dispatcher, set @code{:menu-entry} keyword. For export
-options specific to this back-end, set the @code{:options-alist}.
-
-For creating a new back-end from an existing one, set @code{:translate-alist}
-to an alist of export functions. This alist replaces the parent back-end
-functions.
-
-For complete documentation, see
-@url{https://orgmode.org/worg/dev/org-export-reference.html, the Org Export
-Reference on Worg}.
-
-@node Context-sensitive commands
-@section Context-sensitive commands
-@cindex context-sensitive commands, hooks
-@cindex add-ons, context-sensitive commands
-@vindex org-ctrl-c-ctrl-c-hook
-
-Org has facilities for building context sensitive commands. Authors of Org
-add-ons can tap into this functionality.
-
-Some Org commands change depending on the context. The most important
-example of this behavior is the @kbd{C-c C-c} (@pxref{The very busy C-c C-c
-key}). Other examples are @kbd{M-cursor} and @kbd{M-S-cursor}.
-
-These context sensitive commands work by providing a function that detects
-special context for that add-on and executes functionality appropriate for
-that context.
-
-@node Tables in arbitrary syntax
-@section Tables and lists in arbitrary syntax
@cindex tables, in other modes
@cindex lists, in other modes
@cindex Orgtbl mode
-Because of Org's success in handling tables with Orgtbl, a frequently asked
-feature is to Org's usability functions to other table formats native to
-other modem's, such as @LaTeX{}. This would be hard to do in a general way
-without complicated customization nightmares. Moreover, that would take Org
-away from its simplicity roots that Orgtbl has proven. There is, however, an
-alternate approach to accomplishing the same.
+Due to Org's success in handling tables with Orgtbl, a frequently
+requested feature is the use of Org's table functions in other modes,
+e.g., @LaTeX{}. This would be hard to do in a general way without
+complicated customization nightmares. Moreover, that would take Org
+away from its simplicity roots that Orgtbl has proven. There is,
+however, an alternate approach to accomplishing the same.
This approach involves implementing a custom @emph{translate} function that
operates on a native Org @emph{source table} to produce a table in another
-format. This strategy would keep the excellently working Orgtbl simple and
-isolate complications, if any, confined to the translate function. To add
-more alien table formats, we just add more translate functions. Also the
-burden of developing custom translate functions for new table formats will be
-in the hands of those who know those formats best.
-
-For an example of how this strategy works, see Orgstruct mode. In that mode,
-Bastien added the ability to use Org's facilities to edit and re-structure
-lists. He did by turning @code{orgstruct-mode} on, and then exporting the
-list locally to another format, such as HTML, @LaTeX{} or Texinfo.
+format. This strategy would keep the excellently working Orgtbl
+simple and isolate complications, if any, confined to the translate
+function. To add more alien table formats, we just add more translate
+functions. Also the burden of developing custom translate functions
+for new table formats is in the hands of those who know those formats
+best.
@menu
-* Radio tables:: Sending and receiving radio tables
-* A @LaTeX{} example:: Step by step, almost a tutorial
-* Translator functions:: Copy and modify
+* Radio tables:: Sending and receiving radio tables.
+* A @LaTeX{} example:: Step by step, almost a tutorial.
+* Translator functions:: Copy and modify.
@end menu
@node Radio tables
-@subsection Radio tables
+@appendixsubsec Radio tables
+
@cindex radio tables
Radio tables are target locations for translated tables that are not near
their source. Org finds the target location and inserts the translated
table.
-The key to finding the target location are the magic words @code{BEGIN/END
-RECEIVE ORGTBL}. They have to appear as comments in the current mode. If
-the mode is C, then:
+The key to finding the target location is the magic words @samp{BEGIN/END
+RECEIVE ORGTBL}. They have to appear as comments in the current mode.
+If the mode is C, then:
@example
/* BEGIN RECEIVE ORGTBL table_name */
@@ -18500,64 +20382,67 @@ the mode is C, then:
@end example
@noindent
-At the location of source, Org needs a special line to direct Orgtbl to
-translate and to find the target for inserting the translated table. For
-example:
-@cindex @code{#+ORGTBL}
+At the location of source, Org needs a special line to direct Orgtbl
+to translate and to find the target for inserting the translated
+table. For example:
+
+@cindex @samp{ORGTBL}, keyword
@example
-#+ORGTBL: SEND table_name translation_function arguments...
+#+ORGTBL: SEND table_name translation_function arguments ...
@end example
@noindent
-@code{table_name} is the table's reference name, which is also used in the
-receiver lines, and the @code{translation_function} is the Lisp function that
-translates. This line, in addition, may also contain alternating key and
-value arguments at the end. The translation function gets these values as a
-property list. A few standard parameters are already recognized and acted
-upon before the translation function is called:
-
-@table @code
-@item :skip N
-Skip the first N lines of the table. Hlines do count; include them if they
-are to be skipped.
-
-@item :skipcols (n1 n2 ...)
-List of columns to be skipped. First Org automatically discards columns with
-calculation marks and then sends the table to the translator function, which
-then skips columns as specified in @samp{skipcols}.
+@samp{table_name} is the table's reference name, which is also used in the
+receiver lines, and the @samp{translation_function} is the Lisp function
+that translates. This line, in addition, may also contain alternating
+key and value arguments at the end. The translation function gets
+these values as a property list. A few standard parameters are
+already recognized and acted upon before the translation function is
+called:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{:skip N}
+Skip the first N lines of the table. Hlines do count; include
+them if they are to be skipped.
+
+@item @samp{:skipcols (n1 n2 ...)}
+List of columns to be skipped. First Org automatically discards
+columns with calculation marks and then sends the table to the
+translator function, which then skips columns as specified in
+@samp{skipcols}.
@end table
@noindent
-To keep the source table intact in the buffer without being disturbed when
-the source file is compiled or otherwise being worked on, use one of these
-strategies:
+To keep the source table intact in the buffer without being disturbed
+when the source file is compiled or otherwise being worked on, use one
+of these strategies:
-@itemize @bullet
+@itemize
@item
-Place the table in a block comment. For example, in C mode you could wrap
-the table between @samp{/*} and @samp{*/} lines.
+Place the table in a block comment. For example, in C mode you
+could wrap the table between @samp{/*} and @samp{*/} lines.
+
@item
-Put the table after an @samp{END} statement. For example @samp{\bye} in
-@TeX{} and @samp{\end@{document@}} in @LaTeX{}.
+Put the table after an ``end'' statement. For example @code{\bye} in @TeX{}
+and @code{\end@{document@}} in @LaTeX{}.
+
@item
-Comment and uncomment each line of the table during edits. The @kbd{M-x
-orgtbl-toggle-comment @key{RET}} command makes toggling easy.
+Comment and un-comment each line of the table during edits. The
+@kbd{M-x orgtbl-toggle-comment} command makes toggling easy.
@end itemize
@node A @LaTeX{} example
-@subsection A @LaTeX{} example of radio tables
+@appendixsubsec A @LaTeX{} example of radio tables
+
@cindex @LaTeX{}, and Orgtbl mode
-To wrap a source table in @LaTeX{}, use the @code{comment} environment
-provided by @file{comment.sty}. To activate it, put
-@code{\usepackage@{comment@}} in the document header. Orgtbl mode inserts a
-radio table skeleton@footnote{By default this works only for @LaTeX{}, HTML,
-and Texinfo. Configure the variable @code{orgtbl-radio-table-templates} to
-install templates for other export formats.} with the command @kbd{M-x
-orgtbl-insert-radio-table @key{RET}}, which prompts for a table name. For
+To wrap a source table in @LaTeX{}, use the @samp{comment} environment
+provided by @samp{comment.sty}@footnote{@uref{https://ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/comment?lang=en}}. To activate it, put
+@code{\usepackage@{comment@}} in the document header. Orgtbl mode inserts
+a radio table skeleton@footnote{Because @samp{LEVEL=2} has 3 stars, @samp{LEVEL=3} has 4 stars, and so
+on.} with the command @kbd{M-x orgtbl-insert-radio-table}, which prompts for a table name. For
example, if @samp{salesfigures} is the name, the template inserts:
-@cindex @code{#+ORGTBL}, @samp{SEND}
@example
% BEGIN RECEIVE ORGTBL salesfigures
% END RECEIVE ORGTBL salesfigures
@@ -18567,19 +20452,19 @@ example, if @samp{salesfigures} is the name, the template inserts:
\end@{comment@}
@end example
+@vindex LaTeX-verbatim-environments
@noindent
-@vindex @LaTeX{}-verbatim-environments
-The line @code{#+ORGTBL: SEND} tells Orgtbl mode to use the function
+The line @samp{#+ORGTBL: SEND} tells Orgtbl mode to use the function
@code{orgtbl-to-latex} to convert the table to @LaTeX{} format, then insert
-the table at the target (receive) location named @code{salesfigures}. Now
+the table at the target (receive) location named @samp{salesfigures}. Now
the table is ready for data entry. It can even use spreadsheet
-features@footnote{If the @code{#+TBLFM} line contains an odd number of dollar
-characters, this may cause problems with font-lock in @LaTeX{} mode. As
-shown in the example you can fix this by adding an extra line inside the
-@code{comment} environment that is used to balance the dollar expressions.
-If you are using AUC@TeX{} with the font-latex library, a much better
-solution is to add the @code{comment} environment to the variable
-@code{LaTeX-verbatim-environments}.}:
+features@footnote{If the @samp{TBLFM} keyword contains an odd number of dollar
+characters, this may cause problems with Font Lock in @LaTeX{} mode. As
+shown in the example you can fix this by adding an extra line inside
+the @samp{comment} environment that is used to balance the dollar
+expressions. If you are using AUC@TeX{} with the font-latex library,
+a much better solution is to add the @samp{comment} environment to the
+variable @code{LaTeX-verbatim-environments}.}:
@example
% BEGIN RECEIVE ORGTBL salesfigures
@@ -18592,17 +20477,17 @@ solution is to add the @code{comment} environment to the variable
| Feb | 21 | 16 | 0.8 |
| March | 22 | 278 | 12.6 |
#+TBLFM: $4=$3/$2;%.1f
-% $ (optional extra dollar to keep font-lock happy, see footnote)
+% $ (optional extra dollar to keep Font Lock happy, see footnote)
\end@{comment@}
@end example
@noindent
-After editing, @kbd{C-c C-c} inserts translated table at the target location,
-between the two marker lines.
+After editing, @kbd{C-c C-c} inserts the translated table at the
+target location, between the two marker lines.
-For hand-made custom tables, note that the translator needs to skip the first
-two lines of the source table. Also the command has to @emph{splice} out the
-target table without the header and footer.
+For hand-made custom tables, note that the translator needs to skip
+the first two lines of the source table. Also the command has to
+@emph{splice} out the target table without the header and footer.
@example
\begin@{tabular@}@{lrrr@}
@@ -18623,58 +20508,70 @@ Month & \multicolumn@{1@}@{c@}@{Days@} & Nr.\ sold & per day\\
@end example
The @LaTeX{} translator function @code{orgtbl-to-latex} is already part of
-Orgtbl mode and uses @code{tabular} environment by default to typeset the
-table and mark the horizontal lines with @code{\hline}. For additional
-parameters to control output, @pxref{Translator functions}:
-
-@table @code
-@item :splice nil/t
-When non-@code{nil}, returns only table body lines; not wrapped in tabular
-environment. Default is @code{nil}.
-
-@item :fmt fmt
-Format to warp each field. It should contain @code{%s} for the original
-field value. For example, to wrap each field value in dollar symbol, you
-could use @code{:fmt "$%s$"}. Format can also wrap a property list with
-column numbers and formats, for example @code{:fmt (2 "$%s$" 4 "%s\\%%")}.
-In place of a string, a function of one argument can be used; the function
-must return a formatted string.
-
-@item :efmt efmt
-Format numbers as exponentials. The spec should have @code{%s} twice for
-inserting mantissa and exponent, for example @code{"%s\\times10^@{%s@}"}.
-This may also be a property list with column numbers and formats, for example
-@code{:efmt (2 "$%s\\times10^@{%s@}$" 4 "$%s\\cdot10^@{%s@}$")}. After
-@code{efmt} has been applied to a value, @code{fmt} will also be applied.
-Functions with two arguments can be supplied instead of strings. By default,
-no special formatting is applied.
+Orgtbl mode and uses a @samp{tabular} environment to typeset the table and
+marks horizontal lines with @code{\hline}. For additional parameters to
+control output, see @ref{Translator functions}:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @code{:splice nil/t}
+When non-@code{nil}, return only table body lines; not wrapped in
+tabular environment. Default is @code{nil}.
+
+@item @code{:fmt FMT}
+Format to warp each field. It should contain @samp{%s} for the
+original field value. For example, to wrap each field value in
+dollar symbol, you could use @samp{:fmt "$%s$"}. Format can also wrap
+a property list with column numbers and formats, for example
+@samp{:fmt (2 "$%s$" 4 "%s\\%%")}. In place of a string, a function
+of one argument can be used; the function must return a formatted
+string.
+
+@item @code{:efmt EFMT}
+Format numbers as exponentials. The spec should have @samp{%s} twice
+for inserting mantissa and exponent, for example
+@samp{"%s\\times10^@{%s@}"}. This may also be a property list with
+column numbers and formats, for example @samp{:efmt (2
+ "$%s\\times10^@{%s@}$" 4 "$%s\\cdot10^@{%s@}$")}. After
+@var{EFMT} has been applied to a value, @var{FMT}---see
+above---is also be applied. Functions with two arguments can be
+supplied instead of strings. By default, no special formatting
+is applied.
@end table
@node Translator functions
-@subsection Translator functions
+@appendixsubsec Translator functions
+
@cindex HTML, and Orgtbl mode
@cindex translator function
+@findex orgtbl-to-csv
+@findex orgtbl-to-tsv
+@findex orgtbl-to-latex
+@findex orgtbl-to-html
+@findex orgtbl-to-texinfo
+@findex orgtbl-to-unicode
+@findex orgtbl-to-orgtbl
+@findex orgtbl-to-generic
Orgtbl mode has built-in translator functions: @code{orgtbl-to-csv}
(comma-separated values), @code{orgtbl-to-tsv} (TAB-separated values),
@code{orgtbl-to-latex}, @code{orgtbl-to-html}, @code{orgtbl-to-texinfo},
@code{orgtbl-to-unicode} and @code{orgtbl-to-orgtbl}. They use the generic
-translator, @code{orgtbl-to-generic}, which delegates translations to various
-export back-ends.
+translator, @code{orgtbl-to-generic}, which delegates translations to
+various export back-ends.
Properties passed to the function through the @samp{ORGTBL SEND} line take
-precedence over properties defined inside the function. For example, this
-overrides the default @LaTeX{} line endings, @samp{\\}, with @samp{\\[2mm]}:
+precedence over properties defined inside the function. For example,
+this overrides the default @LaTeX{} line endings, @code{\\}, with @code{\\[2mm]}:
@example
#+ORGTBL: SEND test orgtbl-to-latex :lend " \\\\[2mm]"
@end example
-For a new language translator, define a converter function. It can be a
-generic function, such as shown in this example. It marks a beginning and
-ending of a table with @samp{!BTBL!} and @samp{!ETBL!}; a beginning and
-ending of lines with @samp{!BL!} and @samp{!EL!}; and uses a TAB for a field
-separator:
+For a new language translator, define a converter function. It can be
+a generic function, such as shown in this example. It marks
+a beginning and ending of a table with @samp{!BTBL!} and @samp{!ETBL!};
+a beginning and ending of lines with @samp{!BL!} and @samp{!EL!}; and uses a TAB
+for a field separator:
@lisp
(defun orgtbl-to-language (table params)
@@ -18687,63 +20584,68 @@ separator:
@end lisp
@noindent
-The documentation for the @code{orgtbl-to-generic} function shows a complete
-list of parameters, each of which can be passed through to
-@code{orgtbl-to-latex}, @code{orgtbl-to-texinfo}, and any other function
-using that generic function.
+The documentation for the @code{orgtbl-to-generic} function shows
+a complete list of parameters, each of which can be passed through to
+@code{orgtbl-to-latex}, @code{orgtbl-to-texinfo}, and any other function using
+that generic function.
For complicated translations the generic translator function could be
-replaced by a custom translator function. Such a custom function must take
-two arguments and return a single string containing the formatted table. The
-first argument is the table whose lines are a list of fields or the symbol
-@code{hline}. The second argument is the property list consisting of
-parameters specified in the @samp{#+ORGTBL: SEND} line. Please share your
-translator functions by posting them to the Org users mailing list,
-@email{emacs-orgmode@@gnu.org}.
-
-@node Dynamic blocks
-@section Dynamic blocks
+replaced by a custom translator function. Such a custom function must
+take two arguments and return a single string containing the formatted
+table. The first argument is the table whose lines are a list of
+fields or the symbol @code{hline}. The second argument is the property
+list consisting of parameters specified in the @samp{#+ORGTBL: SEND} line.
+Please share your translator functions by posting them to the Org
+users mailing list, at @email{emacs-orgmode@@gnu.org}.
+
+@node Dynamic Blocks
+@appendixsec Dynamic Blocks
+
@cindex dynamic blocks
-Org supports @emph{dynamic blocks} in Org documents. They are inserted with
-begin and end markers like any other @samp{src} code block, but the contents
-are updated automatically by a user function. For example, @kbd{C-c C-x C-r}
-inserts a dynamic table that updates the work time (@pxref{Clocking work
-time}).
+Org supports @emph{dynamic blocks} in Org documents. They are inserted
+with begin and end markers like any other code block, but the contents
+are updated automatically by a user function. For example, @kbd{C-c C-x C-r} inserts a dynamic table that updates the work time (see
+@ref{Clocking Work Time}).
-Dynamic blocks can have names and function parameters. The syntax is similar
-to @samp{src} code block specifications:
+Dynamic blocks can have names and function parameters. The syntax is
+similar to source code block specifications:
-@cindex @code{#+BEGIN}, dynamic block
@example
#+BEGIN: myblock :parameter1 value1 :parameter2 value2 ...
-
+ ...
#+END:
@end example
-These command update dynamic blocks:
+These commands update dynamic blocks:
-@table @kbd
-@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-u,org-dblock-update}
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-u} (@code{org-dblock-update})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-u
+@findex org-dblock-update
Update dynamic block at point.
-@orgkey{C-u C-c C-x C-u}
+
+@item @kbd{C-u C-c C-x C-u}
+@kindex C-u C-c C-x C-u
Update all dynamic blocks in the current file.
@end table
-Before updating a dynamic block, Org removes content between the BEGIN and
-END markers. Org then reads the parameters on the BEGIN line for passing to
-the writer function. If the function expects to access the removed content,
-then Org expects an extra parameter, @code{:content}, on the BEGIN line.
+Before updating a dynamic block, Org removes content between the
+@samp{BEGIN} and @samp{END} markers. Org then reads the parameters on the
+@samp{BEGIN} line for passing to the writer function. If the function
+expects to access the removed content, then Org expects an extra
+parameter, @samp{:content}, on the @samp{BEGIN} line.
-To syntax for calling a writer function with a named block, @code{myblock}
-is: @code{org-dblock-write:myblock}. Parameters come from the BEGIN line.
+The syntax for naming a writer function with a dynamic block labelled
+@samp{myblock} is: @code{org-dblock-write:myblock}. Parameters come from the
+@samp{BEGIN} line.
The following is an example of a dynamic block and a block writer function
that updates the time when the function was last run:
@example
#+BEGIN: block-update-time :format "on %m/%d/%Y at %H:%M"
-
+ ...
#+END:
@end example
@@ -18762,35 +20664,36 @@ To keep dynamic blocks up-to-date in an Org file, use the function,
@code{org-update-all-dblocks} function does not run if the file is not in
Org mode.
+@findex org-narrow-to-block
Dynamic blocks, like any other block, can be narrowed with
@code{org-narrow-to-block}.
-@node Special agenda views
-@section Special agenda views
+@node Special Agenda Views
+@appendixsec Special Agenda Views
+
@cindex agenda views, user-defined
@vindex org-agenda-skip-function
@vindex org-agenda-skip-function-global
Org provides a special hook to further limit items in agenda views:
-@code{agenda}, @code{agenda*}@footnote{The @code{agenda*} view is the same as
-@code{agenda} except that it only considers @emph{appointments}, i.e.,
-scheduled and deadline items that have a time specification @samp{[h]h:mm} in
-their time-stamps.}, @code{todo}, @code{alltodo}, @code{tags},
-@code{tags-todo}, @code{tags-tree}. Specify a custom function that tests
-inclusion of every matched item in the view. This function can also
-skip as much as is needed.
+@code{agenda}, @code{agenda*}@footnote{The @code{agenda*} view is the same as @code{agenda} except that it
+only considers @emph{appointments}, i.e., scheduled and deadline items that
+have a time specification @samp{[h]h:mm} in their time-stamps.}, @code{todo}, @code{alltodo}, @code{tags}, @code{tags-todo},
+@code{tags-tree}. Specify a custom function that tests inclusion of every
+matched item in the view. This function can also skip as much as is
+needed.
For a global condition applicable to agenda views, use the
-@code{org-agenda-skip-function-global} variable. Org uses a global condition
-with @code{org-agenda-skip-function} for custom searching.
+@code{org-agenda-skip-function-global} variable. Org uses a global
+condition with @code{org-agenda-skip-function} for custom searching.
-This example defines a function for a custom view showing TODO items with
-WAITING status. Manually this is a multi step search process, but with a
-custom view, this can be automated as follows:
+This example defines a function for a custom view showing TODO items
+with @samp{waiting} status. Manually this is a multi-step search process,
+but with a custom view, this can be automated as follows:
-The custom function searches the subtree for the WAITING tag and returns
-@code{nil} on match. Otherwise it gives the location from where the search
-continues.
+The custom function searches the subtree for the @samp{waiting} tag and
+returns @code{nil} on match. Otherwise it gives the location from where
+the search continues.
@lisp
(defun my-skip-unless-waiting ()
@@ -18816,41 +20719,49 @@ meaningful string suitable for the agenda view.
@vindex org-odd-levels-only
@vindex org-agenda-skip-function
-
-Search for entries with a limit set on levels for the custom search. This is
-a general approach to creating custom searches in Org. To include all
-levels, use @samp{LEVEL>0}@footnote{Note that, for
-@code{org-odd-levels-only}, a level number corresponds to order in the
-hierarchy, not to the number of stars.}. Then to selectively pick the
-matched entries, use @code{org-agenda-skip-function}, which also accepts Lisp
-forms, such as @code{org-agenda-skip-entry-if} and
+Search for entries with a limit set on levels for the custom search.
+This is a general approach to creating custom searches in Org. To
+include all levels, use @samp{LEVEL>0}@footnote{Note that, for @code{org-odd-levels-only}, a level number
+corresponds to order in the hierarchy, not to the number of stars.}. Then to selectively pick
+the matched entries, use @code{org-agenda-skip-function}, which also
+accepts Lisp forms, such as @code{org-agenda-skip-entry-if} and
@code{org-agenda-skip-subtree-if}. For example:
-@table @code
-@item (org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'scheduled)
+@table @asis
+@item @code{(org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'scheduled)}
Skip current entry if it has been scheduled.
-@item (org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'notscheduled)
+
+@item @code{(org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'notscheduled)}
Skip current entry if it has not been scheduled.
-@item (org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'deadline)
+
+@item @code{(org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'deadline)}
Skip current entry if it has a deadline.
-@item (org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'scheduled 'deadline)
+
+@item @code{(org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'scheduled 'deadline)}
Skip current entry if it has a deadline, or if it is scheduled.
-@item (org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'todo '("TODO" "WAITING"))
+
+@item @code{(org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'todo '("TODO" "WAITING"))}
Skip current entry if the TODO keyword is TODO or WAITING.
-@item (org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'todo 'done)
+
+@item @code{(org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'todo 'done)}
Skip current entry if the TODO keyword marks a DONE state.
-@item (org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'timestamp)
-Skip current entry if it has any timestamp, may also be deadline or scheduled.
-@anchor{x-agenda-skip-entry-regexp}
-@item (org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'regexp "regular expression")
-Skip current entry if the regular expression matches in the entry.
-@item (org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'notregexp "regular expression")
+
+@item @code{(org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'timestamp)}
+Skip current entry if it has any timestamp, may also be deadline
+or scheduled.
+
+@item @code{(org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'regexp "regular expression")}
+Skip current entry if the regular expression matches in the
+entry.
+
+@item @code{(org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'notregexp "regular expression")}
Skip current entry unless the regular expression matches.
-@item (org-agenda-skip-subtree-if 'regexp "regular expression")
+
+@item @code{(org-agenda-skip-subtree-if 'regexp "regular expression")}
Same as above, but check and skip the entire subtree.
@end table
-The following is an example of a search for @samp{WAITING} without the
+The following is an example of a search for @samp{waiting} without the
special function:
@lisp
@@ -18861,61 +20772,72 @@ special function:
(org-agenda-overriding-header "Projects waiting for something: "))))
@end lisp
-@node Speeding up your agendas
-@section Speeding up your agendas
+@node Speeding Up Your Agendas
+@appendixsec Speeding Up Your Agendas
+
@cindex agenda views, optimization
-Some agenda commands slow down when the Org files grow in size or number.
-Here are tips to speed up:
+Some agenda commands slow down when the Org files grow in size or
+number. Here are tips to speed up:
-@enumerate
+@itemize
@item
Reduce the number of Org agenda files to avoid slowdowns due to hard drive
accesses.
+
@item
-Reduce the number of @samp{DONE} and archived headlines so agenda operations
-that skip over these can finish faster.
+Reduce the number of DONE and archived headlines so agenda
+operations that skip over these can finish faster.
+
@item
-@vindex org-agenda-dim-blocked-tasks
Do not dim blocked tasks:
+@vindex org-agenda-dim-blocked-tasks
+
@lisp
(setq org-agenda-dim-blocked-tasks nil)
@end lisp
+
@item
+Stop preparing agenda buffers on startup:
@vindex org-startup-folded
@vindex org-agenda-inhibit-startup
-Stop preparing agenda buffers on startup:
+
@lisp
(setq org-agenda-inhibit-startup nil)
@end lisp
+
@item
+Disable tag inheritance for agendas:
@vindex org-agenda-show-inherited-tags
@vindex org-agenda-use-tag-inheritance
-Disable tag inheritance for agendas:
+
@lisp
(setq org-agenda-use-tag-inheritance nil)
@end lisp
-@end enumerate
+@end itemize
+
+These options can be applied to selected agenda views. For more
+details about generation of agenda views, see the docstrings for the
+relevant variables, and this @uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/agenda-optimization.html, dedicated Worg page} for agenda
+optimization.
-These options can be applied to selected agenda views. For more details
-about generation of agenda views, see the docstrings for the relevant
-variables, and this @uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/agenda-optimization.html,
-dedicated Worg page} for agenda optimization.
+@node Extracting Agenda Information
+@appendixsec Extracting Agenda Information
-@node Extracting agenda information
-@section Extracting agenda information
@cindex agenda, pipe
-@cindex Scripts, for agenda processing
+@cindex scripts, for agenda processing
-@vindex org-agenda-custom-commands
-Org provides commands to access agendas through Emacs batch mode. Through
-this command-line interface, agendas are automated for further processing or
-printing.
+Org provides commands to access agendas through Emacs batch mode.
+Through this command-line interface, agendas are automated for further
+processing or printing.
+@vindex org-agenda-custom-commands
+@findex org-batch-agenda
@code{org-batch-agenda} creates an agenda view in ASCII and outputs to
-STDOUT. This command takes one string parameter. When string length=1, Org
-uses it as a key to @code{org-agenda-custom-commands}. These are the same
-ones available through @kbd{C-c a}.
+standard output. This command takes one string parameter. When
+string consists of a single character, Org uses it as a key to
+@code{org-agenda-custom-commands}. These are the same ones available
+through the agenda dispatcher (see @ref{Agenda Dispatcher}).
This example command line directly prints the TODO list to the printer:
@@ -18923,9 +20845,10 @@ This example command line directly prints the TODO list to the printer:
emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -eval '(org-batch-agenda "t")' | lpr
@end example
-When the string parameter length is two or more characters, Org matches it
-with tags/TODO strings. For example, this example command line prints items
-tagged with @samp{shop}, but excludes items tagged with @samp{NewYork}:
+When the string parameter length is two or more characters, Org
+matches it with tags/TODO strings. For example, this example command
+line prints items tagged with @samp{shop}, but excludes items tagged with
+@samp{NewYork}:
@example
emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs \
@@ -18938,52 +20861,77 @@ An example showing on-the-fly parameter modifications:
@example
emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs \
-eval '(org-batch-agenda "a" \
- org-agenda-span (quote month) \
- org-agenda-include-diary nil \
- org-agenda-files (quote ("~/org/project.org")))' \
+ org-agenda-span (quote month) \
+ org-agenda-include-diary nil \
+ org-agenda-files (quote ("~/org/project.org")))' \
| lpr
@end example
@noindent
-which will produce an agenda for the next 30 days from just the
-@file{~/org/projects.org} file.
+which produces an agenda for the next 30 days from just the
+@samp{~/org/projects.org} file.
+@findex org-batch-agenda-csv
For structured processing of agenda output, use @code{org-batch-agenda-csv}
with the following fields:
-@example
-category @r{The category of the item}
-head @r{The headline, without TODO keyword, TAGS and PRIORITY}
-type @r{The type of the agenda entry, can be}
- todo @r{selected in TODO match}
- tagsmatch @r{selected in tags match}
- diary @r{imported from diary}
- deadline @r{a deadline}
- scheduled @r{scheduled}
- timestamp @r{appointment, selected by timestamp}
- closed @r{entry was closed on date}
- upcoming-deadline @r{warning about nearing deadline}
- past-scheduled @r{forwarded scheduled item}
- block @r{entry has date block including date}
-todo @r{The TODO keyword, if any}
-tags @r{All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons}
-date @r{The relevant date, like 2007-2-14}
-time @r{The time, like 15:00-16:50}
-extra @r{String with extra planning info}
-priority-l @r{The priority letter if any was given}
-priority-n @r{The computed numerical priority}
-@end example
+@table @asis
+@item category
+The category of the item
+@item head
+The headline, without TODO keyword, TAGS and PRIORITY
+@item type
+The type of the agenda entry, can be
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @code{todo}
+@tab selected in TODO match
+@item @code{tagsmatch}
+@tab selected in tags match
+@item @code{diary}
+@tab imported from diary
+@item @code{deadline}
+@tab a deadline
+@item @code{scheduled}
+@tab scheduled
+@item @code{timestamp}
+@tab appointment, selected by timestamp
+@item @code{closed}
+@tab entry was closed on date
+@item @code{upcoming-deadline}
+@tab warning about nearing deadline
+@item @code{past-scheduled}
+@tab forwarded scheduled item
+@item @code{block}
+@tab entry has date block including date
+@end multitable
+
+@item todo
+The TODO keyword, if any
+@item tags
+All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
+@item date
+The relevant date, like @samp{2007-2-14}
+@item time
+The time, like @samp{15:00-16:50}
+@item extra
+String with extra planning info
+@item priority-l
+The priority letter if any was given
+@item priority-n
+The computed numerical priority
+@end table
@noindent
-If the selection of the agenda item was based on a timestamp, including those
-items with @code{DEADLINE} and @code{SCHEDULED} keywords, then Org includes
-date and time in the output.
+If the selection of the agenda item was based on a timestamp,
+including those items with @samp{DEADLINE} and @samp{SCHEDULED} keywords, then
+Org includes date and time in the output.
If the selection of the agenda item was based on a timestamp (or
deadline/scheduled), then Org includes date and time in the output.
-Here is an example of a post-processing script in Perl. It takes the CSV
-output from Emacs and prints with a checkbox:
+Here is an example of a post-processing script in Perl. It takes the
+CSV output from Emacs and prints with a checkbox:
@example
#!/usr/bin/perl
@@ -18996,49 +20944,55 @@ $agenda = qx@{$cmd 2>/dev/null@};
# loop over all lines
foreach $line (split(/\n/,$agenda)) @{
- # get the individual values
- ($category,$head,$type,$todo,$tags,$date,$time,$extra,
- $priority_l,$priority_n) = split(/,/,$line);
- # process and print
- print "[ ] $head\n";
+ # get the individual values
+ ($category,$head,$type,$todo,$tags,$date,$time,$extra,
+ $priority_l,$priority_n) = split(/,/,$line);
+ # process and print
+ print "[ ] $head\n";
@}
@end example
-@node Using the property API
-@section Using the property API
+@node Using the Property API
+@appendixsec Using the Property API
+
@cindex API, for properties
@cindex properties, API
-Functions for working with properties.
+Here is a description of the functions that can be used to work with
+properties.
@defun org-entry-properties &optional pom which
-Get all properties of the entry at point-or-marker POM.@*
+Get all properties of the entry at point-or-marker @var{POM}.
This includes the TODO keyword, the tags, time strings for deadline,
scheduled, and clocking, and any additional properties defined in the
entry. The return value is an alist. Keys may occur multiple times
-if the property key was used several times.@*
-POM may also be @code{nil}, in which case the current entry is used.
-If WHICH is @code{nil} or @code{all}, get all properties. If WHICH is
-@code{special} or @code{standard}, only get that subclass.
+if the property key was used several times. @var{POM} may also
+be @code{nil}, in which case the current entry is used. If
+@var{WHICH} is @code{nil} or @code{all}, get all properties. If
+@var{WHICH} is @code{special} or @code{standard}, only get that subclass.
@end defun
@vindex org-use-property-inheritance
@findex org-insert-property-drawer
@defun org-entry-get pom property &optional inherit
-Get value of @code{PROPERTY} for entry at point-or-marker @code{POM}@. By
-default, this only looks at properties defined locally in the entry. If
-@code{INHERIT} is non-@code{nil} and the entry does not have the property,
-then also check higher levels of the hierarchy. If @code{INHERIT} is the
-symbol @code{selective}, use inheritance if and only if the setting of
-@code{org-use-property-inheritance} selects @code{PROPERTY} for inheritance.
+Get value of @var{PROPERTY} for entry at point-or-marker
+@var{POM}. By default, this only looks at properties defined
+locally in the entry. If @var{INHERIT} is non-@code{nil} and the
+entry does not have the property, then also check higher levels of the
+hierarchy. If @var{INHERIT} is the symbol @code{selective}, use
+inheritance if and only if the setting of
+@code{org-use-property-inheritance} selects @var{PROPERTY} for
+inheritance.
@end defun
@defun org-entry-delete pom property
-Delete the property @code{PROPERTY} from entry at point-or-marker POM.
+Delete the property @var{PROPERTY} from entry at point-or-marker
+@var{POM}.
@end defun
@defun org-entry-put pom property value
-Set @code{PROPERTY} to @code{VALUE} for entry at point-or-marker POM.
+Set @var{PROPERTY} to @var{VALUES} for entry at
+point-or-marker POM.
@end defun
@defun org-buffer-property-keys &optional include-specials
@@ -19046,123 +21000,149 @@ Get all property keys in the current buffer.
@end defun
@defun org-insert-property-drawer
-Insert a property drawer for the current entry.
+Insert a property drawer for the current entry. Also
@end defun
@defun org-entry-put-multivalued-property pom property &rest values
-Set @code{PROPERTY} at point-or-marker @code{POM} to @code{VALUES}@.
-@code{VALUES} should be a list of strings. They will be concatenated, with
-spaces as separators.
+Set @var{PROPERTY} at point-or-marker @var{POM} to
+@var{VALUES}. @var{VALUES} should be a list of strings.
+They are concatenated, with spaces as separators.
@end defun
@defun org-entry-get-multivalued-property pom property
-Treat the value of the property @code{PROPERTY} as a whitespace-separated
-list of values and return the values as a list of strings.
+Treat the value of the property @var{PROPERTY} as
+a whitespace-separated list of values and return the values as a list
+of strings.
@end defun
@defun org-entry-add-to-multivalued-property pom property value
-Treat the value of the property @code{PROPERTY} as a whitespace-separated
-list of values and make sure that @code{VALUE} is in this list.
+Treat the value of the property @var{PROPERTY} as
+a whitespace-separated list of values and make sure that
+@var{VALUE} is in this list.
@end defun
@defun org-entry-remove-from-multivalued-property pom property value
-Treat the value of the property @code{PROPERTY} as a whitespace-separated
-list of values and make sure that @code{VALUE} is @emph{not} in this list.
+Treat the value of the property @var{PROPERTY} as
+a whitespace-separated list of values and make sure that
+@var{VALUE} is @emph{not} in this list.
@end defun
@defun org-entry-member-in-multivalued-property pom property value
-Treat the value of the property @code{PROPERTY} as a whitespace-separated
-list of values and check if @code{VALUE} is in this list.
+Treat the value of the property @var{PROPERTY} as
+a whitespace-separated list of values and check if @var{VALUE} is
+in this list.
@end defun
@defopt org-property-allowed-value-functions
Hook for functions supplying allowed values for a specific property.
-The functions must take a single argument, the name of the property, and
-return a flat list of allowed values. If @samp{:ETC} is one of
-the values, use the values as completion help, but allow also other values
+The functions must take a single argument, the name of the property,
+and return a flat list of allowed values. If @samp{:ETC} is one of the
+values, use the values as completion help, but allow also other values
to be entered. The functions must return @code{nil} if they are not
responsible for this property.
@end defopt
-@node Using the mapping API
-@section Using the mapping API
+@node Using the Mapping API
+@appendixsec Using the Mapping API
+
@cindex API, for mapping
@cindex mapping entries, API
-Org has sophisticated mapping capabilities for finding entries. Org uses
-this functionality internally for generating agenda views. Org also exposes
-an API for executing arbitrary functions for each selected entry. The API's
-main entry point is:
+Org has sophisticated mapping capabilities to find all entries
+satisfying certain criteria. Internally, this functionality is used
+to produce agenda views, but there is also an API that can be used to
+execute arbitrary functions for each or selected entries. The main
+entry point for this API is:
@defun org-map-entries func &optional match scope &rest skip
-Call @samp{FUNC} at each headline selected by @code{MATCH} in @code{SCOPE}.
-
-@samp{FUNC} is a function or a Lisp form. With the cursor positioned at the
-beginning of the headline, call the function without arguments. Org returns
-an alist of return values of calls to the function.
-
-To avoid preserving point, Org wraps the call to @code{FUNC} in
-save-excursion form. After evaluation, Org moves the cursor to the end of
-the line that was just processed. Search continues from that point forward.
-This may not always work as expected under some conditions, such as if the
-current sub-tree was removed by a previous archiving operation. In such rare
-circumstances, Org skips the next entry entirely when it should not. To stop
-Org from such skips, make @samp{FUNC} set the variable
-@code{org-map-continue-from} to a specific buffer position.
-
-@samp{MATCH} is a tags/property/TODO match. Org iterates only matched
-headlines. Org iterates over all headlines when @code{MATCH} is @code{nil}
-or @code{t}.
-
-@samp{SCOPE} determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
-
-@example
-nil @r{the current buffer, respecting the restriction if any}
-tree @r{the subtree started with the entry at point}
-region @r{The entries within the active region, if any}
-file @r{the current buffer, without restriction}
-file-with-archives
- @r{the current buffer, and any archives associated with it}
-agenda @r{all agenda files}
-agenda-with-archives
- @r{all agenda files with any archive files associated with them}
-(file1 file2 ...)
- @r{if this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned}
-@end example
+Call @{@{@{(var(FUNC))@}@}@} at each headline selected by @var{MATCH}
+in @var{SCOPE}.
+
+@var{FUNC} is a function or a Lisp form. With the cursor
+positioned at the beginning of the headline, call the function without
+arguments. Org returns an alist of return values of calls to the
+function.
+
+To avoid preserving point, Org wraps the call to @var{FUNC} in
+save-excursion form. After evaluation, Org moves the cursor to the
+end of the line that was just processed. Search continues from that
+point forward. This may not always work as expected under some
+conditions, such as if the current sub-tree was removed by a previous
+archiving operation. In such rare circumstances, Org skips the next
+entry entirely when it should not. To stop Org from such skips, make
+@var{FUNC} set the variable @code{org-map-continue-from} to a specific
+buffer position.
+
+@var{MATCH} is a tags/property/TODO match. Org iterates only
+matched headlines. Org iterates over all headlines when
+@var{MATCH} is @code{nil} or @code{t}.
+
+@var{SCOPE} determines the scope of this command. It can be any
+of:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @code{nil}
+The current buffer, respecting the restriction, if any.
+
+@item @code{tree}
+The subtree started with the entry at point.
+
+@item @code{region}
+The entries within the active region, if any.
+
+@item @code{file}
+The current buffer, without restriction.
+
+@item @code{file-with-archives}
+The current buffer, and any archives associated with it.
+
+@item @code{agenda}
+All agenda files.
+
+@item @code{agenda-with-archives}
+All agenda files with any archive files associated with them.
+
+@item @code{(file1 file2 ...)}
+If this is a list, all files in the list are scanned.
+@end table
+
@noindent
-The remaining args are treated as settings for the scanner's skipping
-facilities. Valid args are:
+The remaining arguments are treated as settings for the scanner's
+skipping facilities. Valid arguments are:
+@table @asis
+@item @code{archive}
+Skip trees with the archive tag.
+
+@item @code{comment}
+Skip trees with the COMMENT keyword.
+
+@item function or Lisp form
@vindex org-agenda-skip-function
-@example
-archive @r{skip trees with the archive tag}
-comment @r{skip trees with the COMMENT keyword}
-function or Lisp form
- @r{will be used as value for @code{org-agenda-skip-function},}
- @r{so whenever the function returns t, FUNC}
- @r{will not be called for that entry and search will}
- @r{continue from the point where the function leaves it}
-@end example
+Used as value for @code{org-agenda-skip-function}, so whenever the
+function returns @code{t}, @var{FUNC} is called for that entry
+and search continues from the point where the function leaves it.
+@end table
@end defun
-The mapping routine can call any arbitrary function, even functions that
-change meta data or query the property API (@pxref{Using the property API}).
-Here are some handy functions:
+The mapping routine can call any arbitrary function, even functions
+that change meta data or query the property API (see @ref{Using the Property API}). Here are some handy functions:
@defun org-todo &optional arg
-Change the TODO state of the entry. See the docstring of the functions for
-the many possible values for the argument @code{ARG}.
+Change the TODO state of the entry. See the docstring of the
+functions for the many possible values for the argument
+@var{ARG}.
@end defun
@defun org-priority &optional action
-Change the priority of the entry. See the docstring of this function for the
-possible values for @code{ACTION}.
+Change the priority of the entry. See the docstring of this function
+for the possible values for @var{ACTION}.
@end defun
@defun org-toggle-tag tag &optional onoff
-Toggle the tag @code{TAG} in the current entry. Setting @code{ONOFF} to
-either @code{on} or @code{off} will not toggle tag, but ensure that it is
-either on or off.
+Toggle the tag @var{TAG} in the current entry. Setting
+@var{ONOFF} to either @code{on} or @code{off} does not toggle tag, but
+ensure that it is either on or off.
@end defun
@defun org-promote
@@ -19173,18 +21153,17 @@ Promote the current entry.
Demote the current entry.
@end defun
-This example turns all entries tagged with @code{TOMORROW} into TODO entries
-with keyword @code{UPCOMING}. Org ignores entries in comment trees and
-archive trees.
+This example turns all entries tagged with @samp{TOMORROW} into TODO
+entries with keyword @samp{UPCOMING}. Org ignores entries in comment trees
+and archive trees.
@lisp
-(org-map-entries
- '(org-todo "UPCOMING")
- "+TOMORROW" 'file 'archive 'comment)
+(org-map-entries '(org-todo "UPCOMING")
+ "+TOMORROW" 'file 'archive 'comment)
@end lisp
The following example counts the number of entries with TODO keyword
-@code{WAITING}, in all agenda files.
+@samp{WAITING}, in all agenda files.
@lisp
(length (org-map-entries t "/+WAITING" 'agenda))
@@ -19192,552 +21171,614 @@ The following example counts the number of entries with TODO keyword
@node MobileOrg
@appendix MobileOrg
+
@cindex iPhone
+@cindex smartphone
+@cindex android
@cindex MobileOrg
-MobileOrg is a companion mobile app that runs on iOS and Android devices.
-MobileOrg enables offline-views and capture support for an Org mode system
-that is rooted on a ``real'' computer. MobileOrg can record changes to
-existing entries.
-
-The @uref{https://github.com/MobileOrg/, iOS implementation} for the
-@emph{iPhone/iPod Touch/iPad} series of devices, was started by Richard
-Moreland and is now in the hands Sean Escriva. Android users should check
-out @uref{http://wiki.github.com/matburt/mobileorg-android/, MobileOrg
-Android} by Matt Jones. Though the two implementations are not identical,
-they offer similar features.
-
-This appendix describes Org's support for agenda view formats compatible with
-MobileOrg. It also describes synchronizing changes, such as to notes,
-between MobileOrg and the computer.
-
-To change tags and TODO states in MobileOrg, first customize the variables
-@code{org-todo-keywords} and @code{org-tag-alist}. These should cover all
-the important tags and TODO keywords, even if Org files use only some of
-them. Though MobileOrg has in-buffer settings, it understands TODO states
-@emph{sets} (@pxref{Per-file keywords}) and @emph{mutually exclusive} tags
-(@pxref{Setting tags}) only for those set in these variables.
+MobileOrg is a companion mobile app that runs on iOS and Android
+devices. MobileOrg enables offline-views and capture support for an
+Org mode system that is rooted on a ``real'' computer. MobileOrg can
+record changes to existing entries.
+
+The @uref{https://github.com/MobileOrg/, iOS implementation} for the @emph{iPhone/iPod Touch/iPad} series of
+devices, was started by Richard Moreland and is now in the hands of
+Sean Escriva. Android users should check out @uref{http://wiki.github.com/matburt/mobileorg-android/, MobileOrg Android} by
+Matt Jones. Though the two implementations are not identical, they
+offer similar features.
+
+This appendix describes Org's support for agenda view formats
+compatible with MobileOrg. It also describes synchronizing changes,
+such as to notes, between MobileOrg and the computer.
+
+To change tags and TODO states in MobileOrg, first customize the
+variables @code{org-todo-keywords} and @code{org-tag-alist}. These should cover
+all the important tags and TODO keywords, even if Org files use only
+some of them. Though MobileOrg has in-buffer settings, it understands
+TODO states @emph{sets} (see @ref{Per-file keywords}) and
+@emph{mutually exclusive} tags (see @ref{Setting Tags}) only for those set in
+these variables.
@menu
-* Setting up the staging area:: For the mobile device
-* Pushing to MobileOrg:: Uploading Org files and agendas
-* Pulling from MobileOrg:: Integrating captured and flagged items
+* Setting Up the Staging Area:: For the mobile device.
+* Pushing to MobileOrg:: Uploading Org files and agendas.
+* Pulling from MobileOrg:: Integrating captured and flagged items.
@end menu
-@node Setting up the staging area
-@section Setting up the staging area
-
-MobileOrg needs access to a file directory on a server to interact with
-Emacs. With a public server, consider encrypting the files. MobileOrg
-version 1.5 supports encryption for the iPhone. Org also requires
-@file{openssl} installed on the local computer. To turn on encryption, set
-the same password in MobileOrg and in Emacs. Set the password in the
-variable @code{org-mobile-use-encryption}@footnote{If Emacs is configured for
-safe storing of passwords, then configure the variable,
-@code{org-mobile-encryption-password}; please read the docstring of that
-variable.}. Note that even after MobileOrg encrypts the file contents, the
-file names will remain visible on the file systems of the local computer, the
-server, and the mobile device.
-
-For a server to host files, consider options like
-@uref{http://dropbox.com,Dropbox.com} account@footnote{An alternative is to
-use webdav server. MobileOrg documentation has details of webdav server
-configuration. Additional help is at
-@uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/org-faq.html#mobileorg_webdav, FAQ entry}.}.
-On first connection, MobileOrg creates a directory @file{MobileOrg/} on
-Dropbox. Pass its location to Emacs through an init file variable as
-follows:
+@node Setting Up the Staging Area
+@appendixsec Setting Up the Staging Area
+
+MobileOrg needs access to a file directory on a server to interact
+with Emacs. With a public server, consider encrypting the files.
+MobileOrg version 1.5 supports encryption for the iPhone. Org also
+requires @samp{openssl} installed on the local computer. To turn on
+encryption, set the same password in MobileOrg and in Emacs. Set the
+password in the variable @code{org-mobile-use-encryption}@footnote{If Emacs is configured for safe storing of passwords, then
+configure the variable, @code{org-mobile-encryption-password}; please read
+the docstring of that variable.}. Note
+that even after MobileOrg encrypts the file contents, the file name
+remains visible on the file systems of the local computer, the server,
+and the mobile device.
+
+For a server to host files, consider options like @uref{http://dropbox.com, Dropbox.com}
+account@footnote{An alternative is to use a WebDAV server. MobileOrg
+documentation has details of WebDAV server configuration. Additional
+help is at this @uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/org-faq.html#mobileorg_webdav, FAQ entry}.}. On first connection, MobileOrg creates a directory
+@samp{MobileOrg} on Dropbox. Pass its location to Emacs through an
+initialisation file variable as follows:
@lisp
(setq org-mobile-directory "~/Dropbox/MobileOrg")
@end lisp
-Org copies files to the above directory for MobileOrg. Org also uses the
-same directory for sharing notes between Org and MobileOrg.
+Org copies files to the above directory for MobileOrg. Org also uses
+the same directory for sharing notes between Org and MobileOrg.
@node Pushing to MobileOrg
-@section Pushing to MobileOrg
+@appendixsec Pushing to MobileOrg
+@vindex org-mobile-files
+@vindex org-directory
Org pushes files listed in @code{org-mobile-files} to
@code{org-mobile-directory}. Files include agenda files (as listed in
-@code{org-agenda-files}). Customize @code{org-mobile-files} to add other
-files. File names will be staged with paths relative to
-@code{org-directory}, so all files should be inside this
-directory@footnote{Symbolic links in @code{org-directory} should have the
-same name as their targets.}.
-
-Push creates a special Org file @file{agendas.org} with custom agenda views
-defined by the user@footnote{While creating the agendas, Org mode will force
-ID properties on all referenced entries, so that these entries can be
-uniquely identified if MobileOrg flags them for further action. To avoid
+@code{org-agenda-files}). Customize @code{org-mobile-files} to add other files.
+File names are staged with paths relative to @code{org-directory}, so all
+files should be inside this directory@footnote{Symbolic links in @code{org-directory} need to have the same name
+as their targets.}.
+
+Push creates a special Org file @samp{agendas.org} with custom agenda views
+defined by the user@footnote{While creating the agendas, Org mode forces ID properties on
+all referenced entries, so that these entries can be uniquely
+identified if MobileOrg flags them for further action. To avoid
setting properties configure the variable
-@code{org-mobile-force-id-on-agenda-items} to @code{nil}. Org mode will then
-rely on outline paths, assuming they are unique.}.
+@code{org-mobile-force-id-on-agenda-items} to @code{nil}. Org mode then relies
+on outline paths, assuming they are unique.}.
-Org writes the file @file{index.org}, containing links to other files.
-MobileOrg reads this file first from the server to determine what other files
-to download for agendas. For faster downloads, MobileOrg will read only
-those files whose checksums@footnote{Checksums are stored automatically in
-the file @file{checksums.dat}.} have changed.
+Finally, Org writes the file @samp{index.org}, containing links to other
+files. MobileOrg reads this file first from the server to determine
+what other files to download for agendas. For faster downloads,
+MobileOrg only reads files whose checksums@footnote{Checksums are stored automatically in the file
+@samp{checksums.dat}.} have changed.
@node Pulling from MobileOrg
-@section Pulling from MobileOrg
+@appendixsec Pulling from MobileOrg
-When MobileOrg synchronizes with the server, it pulls the Org files for
-viewing. It then appends to the file @file{mobileorg.org} on the server the
-captured entries, pointers to flagged and changed entries. Org integrates
-its data in an inbox file format.
+When MobileOrg synchronizes with the server, it pulls the Org files
+for viewing. It then appends to the file @samp{mobileorg.org} on the
+server the captured entries, pointers to flagged and changed entries.
+Org integrates its data in an inbox file format.
@enumerate
@item
-Org moves all entries found in
-@file{mobileorg.org}@footnote{@file{mobileorg.org} will be empty after this
-operation.} and appends them to the file pointed to by the variable
-@code{org-mobile-inbox-for-pull}. Each captured entry and each editing event
-is a top-level entry in the inbox file.
+@vindex org-mobile-inbox-for-pull
+Org moves all entries found in @samp{mobileorg.org}@footnote{The file will be empty after this operation.} and appends
+them to the file pointed to by the variable
+@code{org-mobile-inbox-for-pull}. Each captured entry and each editing
+event is a top-level entry in the inbox file.
+
@item
-After moving the entries, Org attempts changes to MobileOrg. Some changes
-are applied directly and without user interaction. Examples include changes
-to tags, TODO state, headline and body text. Entries for further action are
-tagged as @code{:FLAGGED:}. Org marks entries with problems with an error
-message in the inbox. They have to be resolved manually.
+After moving the entries, Org attempts changes to MobileOrg. Some
+changes are applied directly and without user interaction.
+Examples include changes to tags, TODO state, headline and body
+text. Entries for further action are tagged as @samp{FLAGGED}. Org
+marks entries with problems with an error message in the inbox.
+They have to be resolved manually.
+
@item
-Org generates an agenda view for flagged entries for user intervention to
-clean up. For notes stored in flagged entries, MobileOrg displays them in
-the echo area when the cursor is on the corresponding agenda item.
+Org generates an agenda view for flagged entries for user
+intervention to clean up. For notes stored in flagged entries,
+MobileOrg displays them in the echo area when the cursor is on the
+corresponding agenda item.
-@table @kbd
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{?}
@kindex ?
-@item ?
-Pressing @kbd{?} displays the entire flagged note in another window. Org
-also pushes it to the kill ring. To store flagged note as a normal note, use
-@kbd{? z C-y C-c C-c}. Pressing @kbd{?} twice does these things: first it
-removes the @code{:FLAGGED:} tag; second, it removes the flagged note from
-the property drawer; third, it signals that manual editing of the flagged
-entry is now finished.
+
+Pressing @kbd{?} displays the entire flagged note in
+another window. Org also pushes it to the kill ring. To
+store flagged note as a normal note, use @kbd{? z C-y C-c C-c}. Pressing@kbd{?} twice does these things: first
+it removes the @samp{FLAGGED} tag; second, it removes the flagged
+note from the property drawer; third, it signals that manual
+editing of the flagged entry is now finished.
@end table
@end enumerate
-@kindex C-c a ?
-@kbd{C-c a ?} returns to the agenda view to finish processing flagged
-entries. Note that these entries may not be the most recent since MobileOrg
-searches files that were last pulled. To get an updated agenda view with
-changes since the last pull, pull again.
-
-@node History and acknowledgments
-@appendix History and acknowledgments
-@cindex acknowledgments
-@cindex history
-@cindex thanks
-
-@section From Carsten
-
-Org was born in 2003, out of frustration over the user interface of the Emacs
-Outline mode. I was trying to organize my notes and projects, and using
-Emacs seemed to be the natural way to go. However, having to remember eleven
-different commands with two or three keys per command, only to hide and show
-parts of the outline tree, that seemed entirely unacceptable. Also, when
-using outlines to take notes, I constantly wanted to restructure the tree,
-organizing it paralleling my thoughts and plans. @emph{Visibility cycling}
+@kindex ? @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
+From the agenda dispatcher, @kbd{?} returns to the view to finish
+processing flagged entries. Note that these entries may not be the
+most recent since MobileOrg searches files that were last pulled. To
+get an updated agenda view with changes since the last pull, pull
+again.
+
+@node History and Acknowledgments
+@appendix History and Acknowledgments
+
+
+
+@anchor{From Carsten}
+@appendixsec From Carsten
+
+Org was born in 2003, out of frustration over the user interface of
+the Emacs Outline mode. I was trying to organize my notes and
+projects, and using Emacs seemed to be the natural way to go.
+However, having to remember eleven different commands with two or
+three keys per command, only to hide and show parts of the outline
+tree, that seemed entirely unacceptable to me. Also, when using
+outlines to take notes, I constantly wanted to restructure the tree,
+organizing it parallel to my thoughts and plans. @emph{Visibility cycling}
and @emph{structure editing} were originally implemented in the package
-@file{outline-magic.el}, but quickly moved to the more general @file{org.el}.
-As this environment became comfortable for project planning, the next step
-was adding @emph{TODO entries}, basic @emph{timestamps}, and @emph{table
-support}. These areas highlighted the two main goals that Org still has
-today: to be a new, outline-based, plain text mode with innovative and
-intuitive editing features, and to incorporate project planning functionality
-directly into a notes file.
-
-Since the first release, literally thousands of emails to me or to
-@email{emacs-orgmode@@gnu.org} have provided a constant stream of bug
-reports, feedback, new ideas, and sometimes patches and add-on code.
-Many thanks to everyone who has helped to improve this package. I am
-trying to keep here a list of the people who had significant influence
-in shaping one or more aspects of Org. The list may not be
-complete, if I have forgotten someone, please accept my apologies and
-let me know.
+@samp{outline-magic.el}, but quickly moved to the more general @samp{org.el}.
+As this environment became comfortable for project planning, the next
+step was adding @emph{TODO entries}, basic @emph{timestamps}, and @emph{table
+support}. These areas highlighted the two main goals that Org still
+has today: to be a new, outline-based, plain text mode with innovative
+and intuitive editing features, and to incorporate project planning
+functionality directly into a notes file.
+
+Since the first release, literally thousands of emails to me or to the
+@email{emacs-orgmode@@gnu.org, mailing list} have provided a constant stream of bug reports, feedback,
+new ideas, and sometimes patches and add-on code. Many thanks to
+everyone who has helped to improve this package. I am trying to keep
+here a list of the people who had significant influence in shaping one
+or more aspects of Org. The list may not be complete, if I have
+forgotten someone, please accept my apologies and let me know.
Before I get to this list, a few special mentions are in order:
-@table @i
+@table @asis
@item Bastien Guerry
-Bastien has written a large number of extensions to Org (most of them
-integrated into the core by now), including the @LaTeX{} exporter and the
-plain list parser. His support during the early days was central to the
-success of this project. Bastien also invented Worg, helped establishing the
-Web presence of Org, and sponsored hosting costs for the orgmode.org website.
-Bastien stepped in as maintainer of Org between 2011 and 2013, at a time when
-I desperately needed a break.
+Bastien has written a large number of extensions to Org (most of
+them integrated into the core by now), including the @LaTeX{}
+exporter and the plain list parser. His support during the early
+days was central to the success of this project. Bastien also
+invented Worg, helped establishing the Web presence of Org, and
+sponsored hosting costs for the orgmode.org website. Bastien
+stepped in as maintainer of Org between 2011 and 2013, at a time
+when I desperately needed a break.
+
@item Eric Schulte and Dan Davison
-Eric and Dan are jointly responsible for the Org-babel system, which turns
-Org into a multi-language environment for evaluating code and doing literate
-programming and reproducible research. This has become one of Org's killer
-features that define what Org is today.
+Eric and Dan are jointly responsible for the Org Babel system,
+which turns Org into a multi-language environment for evaluating
+code and doing literate programming and reproducible research.
+This has become one of Org's killer features that define what Org
+is today.
+
@item John Wiegley
-John has contributed a number of great ideas and patches directly to Org,
-including the attachment system (@file{org-attach.el}), integration with
-Apple Mail (@file{org-mac-message.el}), hierarchical dependencies of TODO
-items, habit tracking (@file{org-habits.el}), and encryption
-(@file{org-crypt.el}). Also, the capture system is really an extended copy
-of his great @file{remember.el}.
+John has contributed a number of great ideas and patches directly
+to Org, including the attachment system (@samp{org-attach.el}),
+integration with Apple Mail (@samp{org-mac-message.el}), hierarchical
+dependencies of TODO items, habit tracking (@samp{org-habits.el}), and
+encryption (@samp{org-crypt.el}). Also, the capture system is really
+an extended copy of his great @samp{remember.el}.
+
@item Sebastian Rose
-Without Sebastian, the HTML/XHTML publishing of Org would be the pitiful work
-of an ignorant amateur. Sebastian has pushed this part of Org onto a much
-higher level. He also wrote @file{org-info.js}, a Java script for displaying
-web pages derived from Org using an Info-like or a folding interface with
-single-key navigation.
+Without Sebastian, the HTML/XHTML publishing of Org would be the
+pitiful work of an ignorant amateur. Sebastian has pushed this
+part of Org onto a much higher level. He also wrote
+@samp{org-info.js}, a Java script for displaying webpages derived from
+Org using an Info-like or a folding interface with single-key
+navigation.
@end table
-@noindent See below for the full list of contributions! Again, please
-let me know what I am missing here!
+@noindent
+See below for the full list of contributions! Again, please let me
+know what I am missing here!
-@section From Bastien
+@anchor{From Bastien}
+@appendixsec From Bastien
-I (Bastien) have been maintaining Org between 2011 and 2013. This appendix
-would not be complete without adding a few more acknowledgments and thanks.
+I (Bastien) have been maintaining Org between 2011 and 2013. This
+appendix would not be complete without adding a few more
+acknowledgments and thanks.
I am first grateful to Carsten for his trust while handing me over the
-maintainership of Org. His unremitting support is what really helped me
-getting more confident over time, with both the community and the code.
+maintainership of Org. His unremitting support is what really helped
+me getting more confident over time, with both the community and the
+code.
When I took over maintainership, I knew I would have to make Org more
-collaborative than ever, as I would have to rely on people that are more
-knowledgeable than I am on many parts of the code. Here is a list of the
-persons I could rely on, they should really be considered co-maintainers,
-either of the code or the community:
+collaborative than ever, as I would have to rely on people that are
+more knowledgeable than I am on many parts of the code. Here is
+a list of the persons I could rely on, they should really be
+considered co-maintainers, either of the code or the community:
-@table @i
+@table @asis
@item Eric Schulte
-Eric is maintaining the Babel parts of Org. His reactivity here kept me away
-from worrying about possible bugs here and let me focus on other parts.
+Eric is maintaining the Babel parts of Org. His reactivity here
+kept me away from worrying about possible bugs here and let me
+focus on other parts.
@item Nicolas Goaziou
-Nicolas is maintaining the consistency of the deepest parts of Org. His work
-on @file{org-element.el} and @file{ox.el} has been outstanding, and it opened
-the doors for many new ideas and features. He rewrote many of the old
-exporters to use the new export engine, and helped with documenting this
-major change. More importantly (if that's possible), he has been more than
-reliable during all the work done for Org 8.0, and always very reactive on
-the mailing list.
+Nicolas is maintaining the consistency of the deepest parts of
+Org. His work on @samp{org-element.el} and @samp{ox.el} has been
+outstanding, and it opened the doors for many new ideas and
+features. He rewrote many of the old exporters to use the new
+export engine, and helped with documenting this major change.
+More importantly (if that's possible), he has been more than
+reliable during all the work done for Org 8.0, and always very
+reactive on the mailing list.
@item Achim Gratz
-Achim rewrote the building process of Org, turning some @emph{ad hoc} tools
-into a flexible and conceptually clean process. He patiently coped with the
-many hiccups that such a change can create for users.
+Achim rewrote the building process of Org, turning some @emph{ad hoc}
+tools into a flexible and conceptually clean process. He
+patiently coped with the many hiccups that such a change can
+create for users.
@item Nick Dokos
-The Org mode mailing list would not be such a nice place without Nick, who
-patiently helped users so many times. It is impossible to overestimate such
-a great help, and the list would not be so active without him.
+The Org mode mailing list would not be such a nice place without
+Nick, who patiently helped users so many times. It is impossible
+to overestimate such a great help, and the list would not be so
+active without him.
@end table
-I received support from so many users that it is clearly impossible to be
-fair when shortlisting a few of them, but Org's history would not be
-complete if the ones above were not mentioned in this manual.
-
-@section List of contributions
+I received support from so many users that it is clearly impossible to
+be fair when shortlisting a few of them, but Org's history would not
+be complete if the ones above were not mentioned in this manual.
-@itemize @bullet
+@anchor{List of Contributions}
+@appendixsec List of Contributions
+@itemize
@item
-@i{Russel Adams} came up with the idea for drawers.
-@item
-@i{Suvayu Ali} has steadily helped on the mailing list, providing useful
-feedback on many features and several patches.
-@item
-@i{Luis Anaya} wrote @file{ox-man.el}.
-@item
-@i{Thomas Baumann} wrote @file{org-bbdb.el} and @file{org-mhe.el}.
+Russel Adams came up with the idea for drawers.
+
@item
-@i{Michael Brand} helped by reporting many bugs and testing many features.
-He also implemented the distinction between empty fields and 0-value fields
-in Org's spreadsheets.
+Thomas Baumann wrote @samp{org-bbdb.el} and @samp{org-mhe.el}.
+
@item
-@i{Christophe Bataillon} created the great unicorn logo that we use on the
-Org mode website.
+Christophe Bataillon created the great unicorn logo that we use on
+the Org mode website.
+
@item
-@i{Alex Bochannek} provided a patch for rounding timestamps.
+Alex Bochannek provided a patch for rounding timestamps.
+
@item
-@i{Jan Böcker} wrote @file{org-docview.el}.
+Jan Böcker wrote @samp{org-docview.el}.
+
@item
-@i{Brad Bozarth} showed how to pull RSS feed data into Org mode files.
+Brad Bozarth showed how to pull RSS feed data into Org files.
+
@item
-@i{Tom Breton} wrote @file{org-choose.el}.
+Tom Breton wrote @samp{org-choose.el}.
+
@item
-@i{Charles Cave}'s suggestion sparked the implementation of templates
+Charles Cave's suggestion sparked the implementation of templates
for Remember, which are now templates for capture.
+
@item
-@i{Pavel Chalmoviansky} influenced the agenda treatment of items with
+Pavel Chalmoviansky influenced the agenda treatment of items with
specified time.
+
@item
-@i{Gregory Chernov} patched support for Lisp forms into table
-calculations and improved XEmacs compatibility, in particular by porting
-@file{nouline.el} to XEmacs.
-@item
-@i{Sacha Chua} suggested copying some linking code from Planner, and helped
-make Org popular through her blog.
-@item
-@i{Toby S. Cubitt} contributed to the code for clock formats.
-@item
-@i{Baoqiu Cui} contributed the first DocBook exporter. In Org 8.0, we go a
-different route: you can now export to Texinfo and export the @file{.texi}
-file to DocBook using @code{makeinfo}.
+Gregory Chernov patched support for Lisp forms into table
+calculations and improved XEmacs compatibility, in particular by
+porting @samp{nouline.el} to XEmacs.
+
@item
-@i{Eddward DeVilla} proposed and tested checkbox statistics. He also
-came up with the idea of properties, and that there should be an API for
-them.
+Sacha Chua suggested copying some linking code from Planner.
+
@item
-@i{Nick Dokos} tracked down several nasty bugs.
+Baoqiu Cui contributed the DocBook exporter.
+
@item
-@i{Kees Dullemond} used to edit projects lists directly in HTML and so
-inspired some of the early development, including HTML export. He also
-asked for a way to narrow wide table columns.
+Eddward DeVilla proposed and tested checkbox statistics. He also
+came up with the idea of properties, and that there should be an API
+for them.
+
@item
-@i{Jason Dunsmore} has been maintaining the Org-Mode server at Rackspace for
-several years now. He also sponsored the hosting costs until Rackspace
-started to host us for free.
+Nick Dokos tracked down several nasty bugs.
+
@item
-@i{Thomas S. Dye} contributed documentation on Worg and helped integrating
-the Org-Babel documentation into the manual.
+Kees Dullemond used to edit projects lists directly in HTML and so
+inspired some of the early development, including HTML export. He
+also asked for a way to narrow wide table columns.
+
@item
-@i{Christian Egli} converted the documentation into Texinfo format, inspired
-the agenda, patched CSS formatting into the HTML exporter, and wrote
-@file{org-taskjuggler.el}, which has been rewritten by Nicolas Goaziou as
-@file{ox-taskjuggler.el} for Org 8.0.
+Thomas S. Dye contributed documentation on Worg and helped
+integrating the Org Babel documentation into the manual.
+
@item
-@i{David Emery} provided a patch for custom CSS support in exported
-HTML agendas.
+Christian Egli converted the documentation into Texinfo format,
+inspired the agenda, patched CSS formatting into the HTML exporter,
+and wrote @samp{org-taskjuggler.el}.
+
@item
-@i{Sean Escriva} took over MobileOrg development on the iPhone platform.
+David Emery provided a patch for custom CSS support in exported HTML
+agendas.
+
@item
-@i{Nic Ferrier} contributed mailcap and XOXO support.
+Nic Ferrier contributed mailcap and XOXO support.
+
@item
-@i{Miguel A. Figueroa-Villanueva} implemented hierarchical checkboxes.
+Miguel A. Figueroa-Villanueva implemented hierarchical checkboxes.
+
@item
-@i{John Foerch} figured out how to make incremental search show context
+John Foerch figured out how to make incremental search show context
around a match in a hidden outline tree.
+
@item
-@i{Raimar Finken} wrote @file{org-git-line.el}.
+Raimar Finken wrote @samp{org-git-line.el}.
+
@item
-@i{Mikael Fornius} works as a mailing list moderator.
+Mikael Fornius works as a mailing list moderator.
+
@item
-@i{Austin Frank} works as a mailing list moderator.
+Austin Frank works as a mailing list moderator.
+
@item
-@i{Eric Fraga} drove the development of BEAMER export with ideas and
+Eric Fraga drove the development of Beamer export with ideas and
testing.
+
@item
-@i{Barry Gidden} did proofreading the manual in preparation for the book
+Barry Gidden did proofreading the manual in preparation for the book
publication through Network Theory Ltd.
+
@item
-@i{Niels Giesen} had the idea to automatically archive DONE trees.
+Niels Giesen had the idea to automatically archive DONE trees.
+
@item
-@i{Nicolas Goaziou} rewrote much of the plain list code. He also wrote
-@file{org-element.el} and @file{org-export.el}, which was a huge step forward
-in implementing a clean framework for Org exporters.
+Nicolas Goaziou rewrote much of the plain list code.
+
@item
-@i{Kai Grossjohann} pointed out key-binding conflicts with other packages.
+Kai Grossjohann pointed out key-binding conflicts with other
+packages.
+
@item
-@i{Brian Gough} of Network Theory Ltd publishes the Org mode manual as a
-book.
+Brian Gough of Network Theory Ltd publishes the Org mode manual as
+a book.
+
@item
-@i{Bernt Hansen} has driven much of the support for auto-repeating tasks,
-task state change logging, and the clocktable. His clear explanations have
-been critical when we started to adopt the Git version control system.
+Bernt Hansen has driven much of the support for auto-repeating
+tasks, task state change logging, and the clocktable. His clear
+explanations have been critical when we started to adopt the Git
+version control system.
+
@item
-@i{Manuel Hermenegildo} has contributed various ideas, small fixes and
+Manuel Hermenegildo has contributed various ideas, small fixes and
patches.
+
@item
-@i{Phil Jackson} wrote @file{org-irc.el}.
+Phil Jackson wrote @samp{org-irc.el}.
+
@item
-@i{Scott Jaderholm} proposed footnotes, control over whitespace between
+Scott Jaderholm proposed footnotes, control over whitespace between
folded entries, and column view for properties.
+
@item
-@i{Matt Jones} wrote @i{MobileOrg Android}.
-@item
-@i{Tokuya Kameshima} wrote @file{org-wl.el} and @file{org-mew.el}.
+Matt Jones wrote MobileOrg Android.
+
@item
-@i{Jonathan Leech-Pepin} wrote @file{ox-texinfo.el}.
+Tokuya Kameshima wrote @samp{org-wl.el} and @samp{org-mew.el}.
+
@item
-@i{Shidai Liu} ("Leo") asked for embedded @LaTeX{} and tested it. He also
+Shidai Liu (``Leo'') asked for embedded @LaTeX{} and tested it. He also
provided frequent feedback and some patches.
+
@item
-@i{Matt Lundin} has proposed last-row references for table formulas and named
-invisible anchors. He has also worked a lot on the FAQ.
+Matt Lundin has proposed last-row references for table formulas and
+named invisible anchors. He has also worked a lot on the FAQ.
+
@item
-@i{David Maus} wrote @file{org-atom.el}, maintains the issues file for Org,
-and is a prolific contributor on the mailing list with competent replies,
-small fixes and patches.
+David Maus wrote @samp{org-atom.el}, maintains the issues file for Org,
+and is a prolific contributor on the mailing list with competent
+replies, small fixes and patches.
+
@item
-@i{Jason F. McBrayer} suggested agenda export to CSV format.
+Jason F. McBrayer suggested agenda export to CSV format.
+
@item
-@i{Max Mikhanosha} came up with the idea of refiling and sticky agendas.
+Max Mikhanosha came up with the idea of refiling.
+
@item
-@i{Dmitri Minaev} sent a patch to set priority limits on a per-file
+Dmitri Minaev sent a patch to set priority limits on a per-file
basis.
+
@item
-@i{Stefan Monnier} provided a patch to keep the Emacs-Lisp compiler
+Stefan Monnier provided a patch to keep the Emacs Lisp compiler
happy.
+
@item
-@i{Richard Moreland} wrote MobileOrg for the iPhone.
+Richard Moreland wrote MobileOrg for the iPhone.
+
@item
-@i{Rick Moynihan} proposed allowing multiple TODO sequences in a file
+Rick Moynihan proposed allowing multiple TODO sequences in a file
and being able to quickly restrict the agenda to a subtree.
+
@item
-@i{Todd Neal} provided patches for links to Info files and Elisp forms.
+Todd Neal provided patches for links to Info files and Elisp forms.
+
@item
-@i{Greg Newman} refreshed the unicorn logo into its current form.
+Greg Newman refreshed the unicorn logo into its current form.
+
@item
-@i{Tim O'Callaghan} suggested in-file links, search options for general
-file links, and TAGS.
+Tim O'Callaghan suggested in-file links, search options for general
+file links, and tags.
+
@item
-@i{Osamu Okano} wrote @file{orgcard2ref.pl}, a Perl program to create a text
+Osamu Okano wrote @samp{orgcard2ref.pl}, a Perl program to create a text
version of the reference card.
+
@item
-@i{Takeshi Okano} translated the manual and David O'Toole's tutorial
+Takeshi Okano translated the manual and David O'Toole's tutorial
into Japanese.
+
@item
-@i{Oliver Oppitz} suggested multi-state TODO items.
+Oliver Oppitz suggested multi-state TODO items.
+
@item
-@i{Scott Otterson} sparked the introduction of descriptive text for
+Scott Otterson sparked the introduction of descriptive text for
links, among other things.
+
@item
-@i{Pete Phillips} helped during the development of the TAGS feature, and
-provided frequent feedback.
-@item
-@i{Francesco Pizzolante} provided patches that helped speeding up the agenda
-generation.
-@item
-@i{Martin Pohlack} provided the code snippet to bundle character insertion
-into bundles of 20 for undo.
+Pete Phillips helped during the development of the TAGS feature,
+and provided frequent feedback.
+
@item
-@i{Rackspace.com} is hosting our website for free. Thank you Rackspace!
+Martin Pohlack provided the code snippet to bundle character
+insertion into bundles of 20 for undo.
+
@item
-@i{T.V. Raman} reported bugs and suggested improvements.
+T.V. Raman reported bugs and suggested improvements.
+
@item
-@i{Matthias Rempe} (Oelde) provided ideas, Windows support, and quality
+Matthias Rempe (Oelde) provided ideas, Windows support, and quality
control.
+
@item
-@i{Paul Rivier} provided the basic implementation of named footnotes. He
-also acted as mailing list moderator for some time.
+Paul Rivier provided the basic implementation of named footnotes.
+He also acted as mailing list moderator for some time.
+
@item
-@i{Kevin Rogers} contributed code to access VM files on remote hosts.
+Kevin Rogers contributed code to access VM files on remote hosts.
+
@item
-@i{Frank Ruell} solved the mystery of the @code{keymapp nil} bug, a
-conflict with @file{allout.el}.
+Frank Ruell solved the mystery of the @samp{keymapp nil} bug, a conflict
+with @samp{allout.el}.
+
@item
-@i{Jason Riedy} generalized the send-receive mechanism for Orgtbl tables with
-extensive patches.
+Jason Riedy generalized the send-receive mechanism for Orgtbl
+tables with extensive patches.
+
@item
-@i{Philip Rooke} created the Org reference card, provided lots
-of feedback, developed and applied standards to the Org documentation.
+Philip Rooke created the Org reference card, provided lots of
+feedback, developed and applied standards to the Org documentation.
+
@item
-@i{Christian Schlauer} proposed angular brackets around links, among
+Christian Schlauer proposed angular brackets around links, among
other things.
+
@item
-@i{Christopher Schmidt} reworked @code{orgstruct-mode} so that users can
-enjoy folding in non-org buffers by using Org headlines in comments.
-@item
-@i{Paul Sexton} wrote @file{org-ctags.el}.
+Paul Sexton wrote @samp{org-ctags.el}.
+
@item
-Linking to VM/BBDB/Gnus was first inspired by @i{Tom Shannon}'s
-@file{organizer-mode.el}.
+Tom Shannon's @samp{organizer-mode.el} inspired linking to VM/BBDB/Gnus.
+
@item
-@i{Ilya Shlyakhter} proposed the Archive Sibling, line numbering in literal
-examples, and remote highlighting for referenced code lines.
+Ilya Shlyakhter proposed the Archive Sibling, line numbering in
+literal examples, and remote highlighting for referenced code lines.
+
@item
-@i{Stathis Sideris} wrote the @file{ditaa.jar} ASCII to PNG converter that is
-now packaged into Org's @file{contrib} directory.
+Stathis Sideris wrote the @samp{ditaa.jar} ASCII to PNG converter that is
+now packaged into Org's @samp{contrib/} directory.
+
@item
-@i{Daniel Sinder} came up with the idea of internal archiving by locking
+Daniel Sinder came up with the idea of internal archiving by locking
subtrees.
+
@item
-@i{Dale Smith} proposed link abbreviations.
+Dale Smith proposed link abbreviations.
+
@item
-@i{James TD Smith} has contributed a large number of patches for useful
-tweaks and features.
+James TD Smith has contributed a large number of patches for
+useful tweaks and features.
+
@item
-@i{Adam Spiers} asked for global linking commands, inspired the link
-extension system, added support for mairix, and proposed the mapping API.
+Adam Spiers asked for global linking commands, inspired the link
+extension system, added support for Mairix, and proposed the mapping
+API.
+
@item
-@i{Ulf Stegemann} created the table to translate special symbols to HTML,
-@LaTeX{}, UTF-8, Latin-1 and ASCII.
+Ulf Stegemann created the table to translate special symbols to
+HTML, @LaTeX{}, UTF-8, Latin-1 and ASCII.
+
@item
-@i{Andy Stewart} contributed code to @file{org-w3m.el}, to copy HTML content
-with links transformation to Org syntax.
+Andy Stewart contributed code to @samp{org-w3m.el}, to copy
+HTML content with links transformation to Org syntax.
+
@item
-@i{David O'Toole} wrote @file{org-publish.el} and drafted the manual
-chapter about publishing.
+David O'Toole wrote @samp{org-publish.el} and drafted the
+manual chapter about publishing.
+
@item
-@i{Jambunathan K} contributed the ODT exporter and rewrote the HTML exporter.
+Jambunathan K. contributed the ODT exporter.
+
@item
-@i{Sebastien Vauban} reported many issues with @LaTeX{} and BEAMER export and
-enabled source code highlighting in Gnus.
+Sebastien Vauban reported many issues with @LaTeX{} and Beamer export
+and enabled source code highlighting in Gnus.
+
@item
-@i{Stefan Vollmar} organized a video-recorded talk at the
-Max-Planck-Institute for Neurology. He also inspired the creation of a
-concept index for HTML export.
+Stefan Vollmar organized a video-recorded talk at the
+Max-Planck-Institute for Neurology. He also inspired the creation
+of a concept index for HTML export.
+
@item
-@i{Jürgen Vollmer} contributed code generating the table of contents
-in HTML output.
+Jürgen Vollmer contributed code generating the table of contents in
+HTML output.
+
@item
-@i{Samuel Wales} has provided important feedback and bug reports.
+Samuel Wales has provided important feedback and bug reports.
+
@item
-@i{Chris Wallace} provided a patch implementing the @samp{QUOTE}
-keyword.
+Chris Wallace provided a patch implementing the @samp{QUOTE} block.
+
@item
-@i{David Wainberg} suggested archiving, and improvements to the linking
-system.
+David Wainberg suggested archiving, and improvements to the
+linking system.
+
@item
-@i{Carsten Wimmer} suggested some changes and helped fix a bug in
+Carsten Wimmer suggested some changes and helped fix a bug in
linking to Gnus.
+
@item
-@i{Roland Winkler} requested additional key bindings to make Org
-work on a tty.
+Roland Winkler requested additional key bindings to make Org work on
+a TTY.
+
@item
-@i{Piotr Zielinski} wrote @file{org-mouse.el}, proposed agenda blocks
-and contributed various ideas and code snippets.
+Piotr Zielinski wrote @samp{org-mouse.el}, proposed agenda
+blocks and contributed various ideas and code snippets.
+
@item
-@i{Marco Wahl} wrote @file{org-eww.el}.
+Marco Wahl wrote @samp{org-eww.el}.
@end itemize
-
@node GNU Free Documentation License
@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
-@include doclicense.texi
+@include doclicense.texi
@node Main Index
-@unnumbered Concept index
+@chapter Main Index
@printindex cp
@node Key Index
-@unnumbered Key index
+@chapter Key Index
@printindex ky
@node Command and Function Index
-@unnumbered Command and function index
+@chapter Command and Function Index
@printindex fn
@node Variable Index
-@unnumbered Variable index
+@chapter Variable Index
-This is not a complete index of variables and faces, only the ones that are
-mentioned in the manual. For a complete list, use @kbd{M-x org-customize
-@key{RET}}.
+This is not a complete index of variables and faces, only the ones
+that are mentioned in the manual. For a more complete list, use
+@kbd{M-x org-customize} and then click yourself through the tree.
@printindex vr
-@bye
-
-@c Local variables:
-@c fill-column: 77
-@c indent-tabs-mode: nil
-@c paragraph-start: "\\|^@[a-zA-Z]*[ \n]\\|^@x?org\\(key\\|cmd\\)\\|\f\\|[ ]*$"
-@c paragraph-separate: "\\|^@[a-zA-Z]*[ \n]\\|^@x?org\\(key\\|cmd\\)\\|[ \f]*$"
-@c End:
-
-
-@c LocalWords: webdavhost pre
+@bye \ No newline at end of file